Full text of "Journal of the Straits Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society"

This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project
to make the world's books discoverable online.

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject
to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books
are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover.

Marks, notations and other marginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the
publisher to a library and finally to you.

Usage guidelines

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing this resource, we have taken steps to
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.

We also ask that you:

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for
personal, non-commercial purposes.

+ Refrain from automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.

+ Maintain attribution The Google "watermark" you see on each file is essential for informing people about this project and helping them find
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liability can be quite severe.

About Google Book Search

Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web

at |http : //books . google . com/

THE PIGMIES

HOMER, HERODOTUS, ARISTOTLE, PLINY, ETC.;

THE ASIATIC PIGMIEvS, OH NEGRITOS ;
THE NEGRILLOS OR AFRICAN PIGMIES.

A. DE QUATREFAGES, f.r.s.,
Jlrmbre dr VInsfifut, Profatsmr au Museum (VHhfoire Naiurclle.

TKAKSLATED BY

J. EERINGTON de la CROIX.

( Con fin ucd from Journal No . II, page 1 20. )

THE ASIATIC PIGMIES OR NEGRITOS, (i)
111.
Imellkctval Ciiabactebistics. C*)

Z.*i M^ii/7^f.— Being a ])cife(l rslranger to the study of liiuguagcs,
I can but gimply record here, without discussing them, the variouis

C ^ ) This paper was originally published in the Jomnal di'» Saianttf (Aviit
et Dccrmbre 188:i).

^C*) 1" order to make a complete untliropological dcFcription of the
Ne^ritof*, 1 onght to have mentioned here their physiological j.nd pathological
cliaraet* riBtice. But what we know on this wihjcct amcuntfl to veiy iittle mmI
if* little more than what truvellers have said of most wild tiiben. Tiie
muscular strength of the MincopicH is much greater than would 1 c Buppoytd
from ihuir t-hort stature and rounded linil>. Like the AcU-h, ti cy ar«! ic-
nuirkable for tin ir extreme agility md ihcacuttncbK of their tetUKh. IJoth

TU£ MIUMIKS.

ptirtirttljirs ^^utbt're^l by a few tniveUui"?*, Nvliicli inilorlmiately comci
fa vtiry little.

Of all the languages j^juiktm h\ NegritotJ thu most ItittTestitig tci
«tiuly would mujue&tionably be tlial^ of the Mini'0[)icf*, Owinj^ to th(.*
uluiofit niiui>lete isolation in wliicb fbene ittlandt^r** b*ne lived, espe-
cially in the Great Aniiainaii group. (' ) tbi'jrdialeL'ta i-an only have
bceu altered through uatural evolution atul tiidepen^letitly of forei^
influenc<\ This laii|;uiige *;on.s back t'crtatnly to remote antif[iiity
and luis probably precox led those now spokon in Malacca, 8iam
and ill Indi?i Itself, The ntudy of it would eonsequently be of the
j^reatus*t interest, as well from an ethnoloj^iral as from a linguistieal
[mint of view,

Mr. Fa U. Man Heems to liu\e understood it so. Before hiui,
SvMEs, CoiiKBUooKE, KoEj»sTOiiFF, TiCKEL, ifcc, had confiiied
lliemselves to gatheritiL? abort vocabubirletj. (*) Brought into
daily communication vvitb the natives, in the eourse of big oiricial
rtnties, Mr. Ma?^ learned their languages. lie trani«lated in one of
thorn tho Lord*? Prayer, which was published uith a eommentary

rice^ arc able to bear lon<]^ foM^tiug and alBO t4> con»uiiie at onu mi^l n ]»n>difn*
oiw qu'Mitity of fool, Tbt^ Mincopie*, who aloBe eeem to have Ikjch Rtadie<l
at all from a pathological iKiint of viow, miffcr mostly from dif»eai*»»«eontnict*Ml
from thp habit, to which I whall refer hort'Aftert of c!f>thing themselvt^H,
fio to hprjik, ys'lth mail. PulnioDiiry L'<jiifiuaiptiou diii not c'Xi8t in tho vUida-
matiKt, I Hit u few riativei^ who trame to Europi^au t^ettlementD were very eoon
atfiicte'l with it, Thi» would tend to coafirm what I have repeatedly «axd«
namely that wc ournelveii have imjiorted the di*^ia«e intt^ various part« of thr
vvorld where it waf* iiuknowu tefore. ( Lr* PoltjHeMiHi^ vi Itut* Mii/ratioH£ et
Jtuirnii tlin S tptuttit, IS7J). M. M usTANo found, in oue Biuglt* Mantlira family,
two individujiii* altticted one with the rick©t*i, the other with t-jtilepfiy. ( i^url'
ij/tc/tjoftr^t rhi'z Irnf hnittjenvn dv la prnriMt*e d** Maimuui ; Urent' d' EihHogrujfhii%
Vol/l, p. 4(1,^ Thi* he a]i]ieiiri» to conaider a» a g:earral rule aud what he saw
«»H7<!mR4l to hiiu to show htnc w ruct< dhs vnt. lint the group** Hcen by M*
AIosTANo um^t lie the exci i»t:i..u, L<»ciAK, ut all events, mentioue nothiD{r
of the kind aul n[4k'ari», od the contrary, to iiH8igu to the^^ j.>opuIatiottii a
vitality cft|KU>h' uf reiilwtinj^ the unfavourable conditioiu to which cotiqueAt
hoM Niibjeetel thein. f'/fir Uhtfm n/ Jufwir : Tfu Jotirnal of the Indutft

^1 ) In m," 6i»t Etttdc mnv Ivx Mirn'opie* rt la It-ire y^tjriia t'ntfi'nefutt, I have
fTit»nt;nnid t ic fiwX that <*igii^ of er*>HH' breed it* •: have l>een f«fmid in Little An-
daiuaUt ooutii nt the oUif^r isnlinidH,, f Urrui d\\f$f/trtt^Mi/ot/it\ Vol. I, p, -13.)

(3) I h ivi! liorrowoil fnmi ihrrtc variou.M vvrit.er» t^nnv vt the exiuupki*
wlii^Il •t.i iiihI mo«*t RuUed to show dearly the variety of Miiicoiue dialocits.
Iir%i jM,iiiitvd to by Mr, Fkancis Day, i^tmlc *«/- k* MinvvpUv, p. 11*1.)

THE PT0MII8. 8

an<l notes added by Lieutenant K. C. Templk. (*) Colonel Laxe
Fox, in two different papers, has given this translation, (•) and
9uinmed up, though rather too briefly, the general concluHiona of
the authors. (') Thinking that it may be useful to readers,
engaged in the study of languages, I transcribe hereunder (♦) the
document which was the starting point of this investigation.

The study of the vocabularies to which I have just called atten-
tion had led Latham to admit of a certain connection between the
Mincopie and Burmese languages. (*) M. Pruneh-Bey has pointed
out a few common traits in the Mincopie and Xcw Caledonian dia-
lects. ("; Hyde Clarke has fancied that he could discover in the
Andamanese language affinities with those of several races of Asia,
Africa and the two Americas. (') Messrs. Man and Temple begin
!)y stating that the nine tribes which figure on the map prepared
by one of these authors, ('*) have each a private language. ** A

(i) Tke JUfrd'* Prayer tramUtted into B6jing''jtdn by E. H. Man, »nY/<
prtfacr and noteM by R. C. TEMPLE. Calcutta 1877.

(•) The Andaman Idnnd*. (The Journal of the Anthropo1i>gieal Institiffe^
Vol- VII, p. 108.;

(3) Ob*erratioh$ an Mr. Man's eoUectlon of Andamanefte and yieobaresfi
Objtcf*. r The Jour Hal of the Anthropoloyleal Inxtitvte, VoL VII, p. 4:J6.J
(^ » ) J/r Matr-rn kohtor-hit yutr inollurduru Ab-Moyola,

O Heaven iu (in) who oiir (lit. all of ub <5f) Father.

dtii-i-i-mrh/H-t n-hi(/tt Ittifi. ^yoNa-hn mo/h'jdih'U

\Hi reverence. \mU\ Let. Yon (to) we all

nyrndkr iib-rhanmj (/'-'" bt'diy. Man'-rn

wish for supreme taily and. llraven

tiy't-lnt-fmilifi yf*" "il'<f hnnik, h<l-itb<t(la

is <»beyetl which thy will, in the same way

lirht-h tt I'rlu'hn ('Vtm-hn Uun. Ka-trai iiioUoardarxi-Un

« vt-r (thiily. always) earth on Let. This day all of ns

I'trlti'mickan yni-vmn. MuUurduvn mol oichih-hn tiyrrl ytf''

to daily (lit. daily like) food j^ive. We all ub (to) /. r. against offend who
t'hnckik-li n irtidubn. M'.lh'rduru-lt u ofiy-ujiinya Itf'/i yo-bd, dona
them forjrive I's all (so) he tempted let not, hut

Hn.'U''irdurii-lt'it abja-bay-tth ofroj. ^y^l hii'hi-han hnnakc !

UH all (to) t:vil from deliver. (Do) thou thnR order (/.r. Amen. )

t ^ ) Kh mt htf of Comparatirr PhUoloyy^ j), '/.).

(< ) Jinlhrin dt fa Stu-it'tr d'A/tfhrojjoioyir de Parix, ISOJ), p. 12 et Li.
( T ) Thf Jinivmil of ihv Anihvopuhujivu} Tnnfitute, Vol. IV, p. 407.
( - ) fill Andanutti hhnaU by E. H. Man, Y,Hi\.,(Joiirnul of thr Anthro-
f»n?o(iiraf Jnjttitiiti', Vol. VII, p. *1().'..) The Lord's Pniyer was translat«!.l into
the'lanjjTuajre siK»ken by the tril)e inhabiting the sonthern island of (rreat
Andaman, wliere Fort Blair, the FiUglish Settlement, is situntr^d.

y.ju,

thtg-h n

Tiiv

name \i^

'ft la

rnt'uft'.hi

our

chief

la.t.'r

.'/ n tr^

4 TTfr rn}>iTK8.

*' native of Nartli An«la*nau is aa utterly nnable to make Itiinaclf
** understood by a native of 8out1i Andaman, aa an English pea-
•* sant wDvild b? by a Russian ." It m not, tberefore, a question of
simple dialects, hyt in reality •►f rlistinct lani^nages. Yet thpsc*
langnageB bave a common origin and Rtrueture; tbey aro all agglii*
tinative. Sbould tbey have any affinities witb otbers, which
Mpssfi*. ^Ian aud Temple consider as doubtful, il nii^^lit be with
the lanj^uag'^ft of Australia or of the Dra%'jdian and Scytblnn groupa,
which they resemble in a few peculiarities, 8uch n^ tbe use uf
post-positiona instead of prepositioti« ; the use of two forms — one
inclusive, t!io olber exeluHive — for the Brst person of the plural,
aud, iu general, iu the agf;lutinative structure of words. Heading
over tbese few Bent^ncea one la naturally reminded of the eon nee*
tiou already noted by |diilolof;:ista auiouji^ others by otir enuni.»nt
eollca^^^iic. Mr. MAinY, as exiwtiuLj between tbe Draviduiu aud Aus-
tralian birif^iuvgert. (*) To lliese Messri;*, Man and Temflk add
a third philoloj^ieal «^ron[i whii-b ba» probably preceded the two
otherft. Everytbiu^' tii fai't tenii.s tuore aul ui'jra to prove that the
Negrito race, of wbieb the Mineot>ies are tbe purest repres-
entatives, is the fuudanieutal negro element of all or very nearly
all the Drav'idiati tribei< aud of tlione wbo, tbo'if^b not speak-
ing a lan*^uago clussifiod under tbat name, reseml>le thein iu
phyt*ical charactcriiitic«, (") If Lhi?* is really the ease, are we not
entitled to believe tbat tbe subntrafum of this linguistic family
will be found in tbi* Mineopie buiguaj;ef?? At all events, it h an
interest iu^i problem to Rolve, ami we hoartily wlnb that Messrs,
Man and Tkmple may pursue rese^rebt^ wbicli bave already leil
them to 8neh eurious results

Tbuu^di 8eattt»red from tbe Andaman lalauda to the Pbiltppini*8,
the Negrito tribes have retained, in a remarkable manner, ^11 lhi*fr
exterior and o»kM»lo^»cal ebaracteri«ticK. It ia otherwise with re*

(i) Xtf Tnrr rf nfomwf, *M\m C*lition, {^TiUA.j M. Ma try is moreover
Inclined to connect th<^J»e tA-o g-roiqiH of knjfujiges with the Mi4jo-fH'ytlthitf^
iivluch wjVH jjroliahly ftjwkt-n, ho wiyc, In- theuativi^ tribcftof McJiaaurlSuHitma,

(") I bfivc dwtlt on thif* qneKtion in a pap^r in the Rvrne ff Effinotft^a-
phi*". Vol. I.

TUK PIGMIEfl.

jTrtrcl lo lan^innge. Tins ho« in nomc inRtnnces, completely dU-
appcftrcd, through contact vith ftuporior populations, oven where
Kegritn grntip?, ntimeni'ally strong and enjovinq: n certain inde-
pondonce, have preserved a com pa rati ve purity of blood.

Thi» faet hrid been observed in the Philippinea, from the cnrliea*
period of the Spanish occupation. Even in the island named after
thriDt thpj*o dtminiHive ne^roos spoke Bisaffu, one of the Incnl ^Way
dtaleet«», (*) to which however they added a j^reat number of
foreign woi-d}?. ]t Bc^eius to tne probable that these hitter were
m many surviving wttne»8es of the primitive lanjTUfLge.

Still njore munt tbi-i Ikivo been the va^e in Ln/on, The evi-
Jenee given on ihi» puiot by de la Fl'Evtk, {^) has lately been
fully cuiiiirmed by the researches of Dr, Montajto, who has kindly
|da< ed h\ti ut j published notes at my disposal with a liberality for
which I utJi happy tu be able to thank him here. This traveller,
who apeaks Malay t^ucntly mid is acquainted with several of its
dialects, was able to detect, in the A«'ta Itnignage, not only gram-
matical forma, but eveti a vombrdary, almost exclusively Tagaloc,
0\w by one, ho verified oac btindred and four words ooUet-ted by
Mr. Meyer in the dialect of the Marivelcji. He noted down those
which seamed to be foreign lo the Malay hmguages and could fiud
butueventeen. lie ia Ktill unable to speak decidedly about moiuo
o( these, (^)

(*) "lift lin^uA deUlaola deUa de* Negri e la Biaaaya KttsMsa col tniBcuglio

*'^^ '"^ *' > jMirole forentjerw/' (L'Abb?* ToBttfe, quote«i by PRICHAAD^
■ftf t/tr P/ii/*it'ui flhto.y (tf .Uti/fkinti, VoL \\ |% 1*2 L)
' '-^ Pkk.hako, hH\ ctt,
^.^'\ o tuuml murcovtft in the same vocabulary, tmuHlateil into

**** ^*^ t of ZAiiibaict?, thirteen wordu which are not Malay, lie

» oltU.iio*l, uot without ajujt* trouble, from ao A(«ta, the fonywing: verwi

1 am goiugr

Be vi^rv
Ta .' «M
All) I mn g«>mn

ivhilt* ytm

^rt'eT (.vaur) vi)higr wili l>e forgottcJi (by) \m.

aka

imt^

(oh my)

frieud

Ifdit,

ktt t tt'i

pruilent

ihou, frirml

fH4p.tkt

ttfiifitH, ttkil

tH'f*

vi'.ry

tnt my

friend,

miH tt

biltit*4f

UltllHiK

f«to|) ill

du'elliii«^

voure.

httHH^rt

diUijtitUin

mo.

TJTK FIOMIE?*.

M, MoKTAKO wn>i iinnMo tn i^T^nmre nqunllj aoeurntt* infortna-
tion with regai%l to the lans^uii^t* i>lt tlio Mam/iinias, or Xogritofi of
MiiKlaiuio. But these people conM make them^t'lve.'* unilemtootl
by hiu guides who spoke to them a kiutl of corrupted or rather
Bimplified Bisaya. (') There also, no doubt, the primitive language
has nil I re or lees died out.

Haa it been the same in the Malay Peninsula ? M* T^Ioxtan'O,
does not think he can yet answer the f|uestion. He easily nnder-
fttood his Manthra (*) g[uido, when the hitter spoke Malay to him ;
but ho could eatoh but very few words when the same individual
conversed with his wild countrymen. He is satisfied that the
Manthraa have a peculiar accent which mny ari?ie from various
cauj^es. Father Pixokt, who has lived fttv a lon^]^ time in Malacca
and visited all tho irdaud tribcrt^ told M. Must wo that these wild
pe<iple had no special language or dialect of their own, aod that
they sptike a mixture of corrupted Malay and Siamese. lfowever»
in his ruri*'UH wru'k on the Binuas of dohore, ( \) Lo*iAN re«;ard8 it
as certain that these people, though evidently more freely crossed
with Malay blood thau the JManthras^ have hu<l, in former times, a
bm^najje of their own ; and he brin;^^ forward numerous ar^ii-
nientH in support of his opinion. (' / In the peculiar Itinguai^e, whicdi
they speak wfu:;n searchiug for cain[jlior tree>i (^) amid tltcir forests,
the same author ha» detecteil acortaiu ntnnbtu* «»t' wonb foreij»u
to Malay. 1 have compareil seveui] of lhrj«e wilh wordn in two

Tho Negritos of tbe Allmy province (South -eant of Lu/.on) R|w*4ik Bicol flu-
ently. But i\wy un' cniKHtsil w-ith Malays* The liisjiya Tajruhxs lUcol. Piiui*
pimgo, etc., are but Mi*lay dialect* more or less coiisiil< nildv nioclitieiL (MoN-
TASO.)

(i> M, MONTAXO Rnyi*: "a kiud of Pifljin Biaaya/'

(*) The Manthrae? arc half-tireinls of the neig'hhourhfK>d of Kepung, neiu*
Mulaccat in ttie MiUuy PenuiHuhi.

(a) The mo^t fioutherlj' rej^ion of the Mitlny Pi-ninfluLi.

(*) Tkt ihutmj IJitiHu t*f Johorr. (Jtnfrnal Titttttiu An^hijitltttja^ I, p. 2811.^

(a) Thij^ langiiofre m culleil bnAitft kujwr (cjinipbor lan^fuagL-)* Loo AN
found it employeil juulalwuvH the KaiuLr, hy thntrit>t'H who nt-arch for camphor*
TUee«? »5iiVttge« are ixthUi-uUmI thtit it would litr iiin>ow<it'T«? to diHcoviT camphor
ta'CM"* if anv othtr idiom but thf^ hunm-intpm- were ^siiokcn while w^arvb m
l>«iD^: made* for thtw trc^ti. (LoiiAN, hn\ tft., p, *Hu^.) M. Montaxo alw5
mMitictUi^ thit* Iujij*^uajrt* m hif^ uoU^ autl hjm»11^ it ** buhtn^o-htpoutJ'

Niame«tc aud Lau»iaii vocabularu'^ |»ubiiiihe(i hy Lajiiam (*) aod
cuuld uot trace « ay resemblauce. Nor could I Hiid any on eom-
f>arin«5 these again with M. de li Cuoix*s vocabulary of the Pemk
SakaiH, (*) M. de l\ Croix only Hudu twelve Malay word* out
uf the ninety wliicli he givea. The llu8«.inn traveller MrKLrrin»-
Maclay ha*! ppevitia»ly gathered, among the wild tribe<i of Johoro
and further inland, one hundred and seventy words, (*) whicli
*ieveral Mahiys'. on being contiuUed, declared were perfectly un-
known to them. Lastly Mr. m: Castei.xau had al^o arrived
independently at analagous concluBionR. ( * ) From this ag^reji^tc
of facts, it seems to me to result that the orii^nal Negritos of the
Malay Peninsula m\i:*t have had a language of their own, which
lui» been almo.st completely forgotten by a portion of their dc»-
cendanls and a Httlc Jei<8 so perhaps by others, because they are
iill more or le»? crosfc<od with Malays, no doubt with Siiiuiesc also,
and probably with other ethnological elements still undetermined.
Was this languaire connected in any way with that of the Min-
ropies ? Thid i^ but an hypothesis, but the comparative proximity
of the two raecfi allnwa us at all events to put the cjuestion.
Measrif. Ma> and Temi»lk will perhaps one day tell ub how much
truth there may be in this conjecture. (*) They may alao aue-

E^tment^ nf i\*mparniire Phtlohffy^ p. 5l,

Pemk j« #ittLate<l about 2^ or 3^ >^orth of Malacca iowarcU the mid-
*' * m cooAt of the Puuiiiiaiila. We hiire no particulatB as to

vy tri>>e« which may exifct ftirther north.

/ t/it' ytehifU'*Uin Trilft* in the Malay Pcnintudd (Jour iHtl of
rdtu hrattch nfth^ Royal Afimtic ^H^m^irti/, Nu. 1, p. 3^*.) From Johory
tiOMih of the Peain^oiA to Ligor in the eoath of Siam« the Ruj4»iiLn
[ivdlci h«e asoertamed the identity of language among' tTil)es which are
'at«d Mid hare no communication with each other. This result eeem»
■ * him with ai^nifihmeut. There is^ however, nothing in it
ilK^' em (^uit^ natural to any one who Btudies the hiflfioiy of Ni^^

a whole*

{*) ii^vM de PhiMoffie, lS7e, [ I am indebted to M, MoXTA>o for this
rttcionoc.]

\m^V \ ** ^^^^^*^' 1 think, be most intcre^fting-, with reference to thie enqiiiiy,
W nttfl uiit whjit lanyvwige i£ spoken by t^he Kejp-ito^i who have recently be<cu
*^*'^*^T**J i^ tiic am ail Mrchipehigo of Tenabbcrim- Their comparative ieola*
won Wight cncoumgo a hope that their primitive lanir uaec hji»!^ h^en lem alter*
w ihui cm the cottiacat.

THE PrOMIEfH.

vaed ill tindiiiLC out wlietlier there is anjtbiu|f t^olid in tlie singr^tlari
affinities pointed to by Mr. Hyde Clahkk, between the various ,
Mincopie lanf^iuiges aod certaiQ African and American idiom*. (*| |
La&tlj it would l»c of soino interest to iiiveatljtjate whether the '
hmguagc of the Pnttourts of the Amaikaiitak nioiuitaini!*, whieh i?* ,
l^erfeetly different from any Dravidian diideet of the neighbour-
hood, (^) would j^eeni to he at all eonneetcd with those spoken in
tJ»o Andauian Islands or Malay t'eniui^ula.

Social Sftjh\ — The Mincopies depend exekKsively for their exist- i
once on hunting and lishinp and have no permanent homes. Living
on the 8hore« of a j^ea in whieh linh is reumrkably abundanl, within
immediate reach of dense f4}reijts where i»iga are very unmorotw,
and honey and fruits plentiful, they have not felt the want of
claiming from tlie aoil a supplement of food, and this very state i
of comfort htiis^ in itself, kept them down on the lowest rung of the
eocial ladder. (')

Moat travellers, who have visited the Fhilippiue I^landB, hare
fcjipoken of the Actas as having never got past this step, though
placed in much loss favouraide condittouB. La OmoNNihtK, (*)
and Mkyer are very positive on this point, (*) and M. Giuuou
has nnresorvedly accepted what they say cm the iiubject, (•)
KiENZi himt*elf| to whom we are indebted for information as to llie
more happy past of the^e people, represents them as living now-
a-days exclusively on wild fruits and tlie proceeds of fishing and
hunting. (')

( I ) Xott* ftn the Langttftge* of the Audumuitjf (Journal of the Ahthro/Hftoffical
lHJrtitf*te, VoL IV, p. AtnJ

(■) ROL'SSELKT, Tttifii^ttt det Iin<^ eUf tlnde CeHtruk (BevHe d'Anthrajtohgie^
Vol. II, p. 282 J

(5) Mr. Fbanois Day informa lis tliat a very amflll Mincopie tribe, atatioa-
ed close to the Brititili Settlements and reociviug daily rations, bagged, in one
year. 500 wild-boars, 150 turtles, 2o wild cats, 50 igujuu.s and 6 dugongi»
(Pffiftrdhif/ti i\f the Ajmitii' Stuudi/ of Iitit*jtd, iS70, p, [CjXJ

(O Vin//t A unit a ftitJT PhilippiHtH, p, lUKl.

(») Di(( Phitif.jyintu uud iltrt ^r/tv/Ztwrr, M«

(fl) ifindi sutia Iiti:a ytf/rita (Archiriojpei* lAnlropohtgia, Voli V, p« 21^
■Jid Vmrniv ddla Pironttvctia MttgentHi p. '24 6. J

(t) dviankuyol I. p. ^1>1.

THE PI0MUC8.

But it if* evident that in the Philippine^, this degraded »oeiai
Hiatus i» tbo cons€«iuenee of the persecution which theac Negritoa
h^VG suffered at the hands of more powerful and vigorous racea.
No doobt also, the interestedly false etatements made to travellers
hj the petty chief** of Tagal villages, (^) have led to the ndmii^Bion.
as general, of a state of things which is, perhaps, more or less excep-
tional. In reply to these exaggerations, I cannot do better than
copy almost verbally M. Montafo's own words : —

** The Negritos of the Bataan province seemed to value fully
** the security afforded to them by the just and enlightened admin-
'* istratfoo of the Governor, Don Estakiblao Chaves. I have

•* visited them in their own mountains The house of the chief,

•• wety clean indeed, was situated on an eniinenco surrounded by
*' other small bills. Several huts had been erected, every one of
" them in the centre of a clearing of a few acrew planted with

•* banana4reeB, rice» sugar-cane and, above all. sweet potatoes

*' The chief shouted, and immediately the shouts were repeated
** near and far. Before long the whole tribe had gathered round
"me ,,. . , In the provinre of Albay, where the conditions of
•* life must be similar to tliusu which exist in Bataan, I have
** seen a considerable quantity of cacao that had been gathered
** by the Negritos inhabiting the islands of the bay."

Even among the Mamanouas (*) of Mindanao^ of whom the
laat survivors are constantly being hunted down by the ferocious
Manobros, the French traveller saw on the eastern shore of Lake
Haimt, "a timid tribe, very distrustful, who had nevertheless clear-
•*ed a apace in the jungle, erected huts, and planted banana- trees
*• and sweet potatoes.*'

TLuA, aU that has been said about the indomitable roving
lEiBtiacts of Actas is thoroughly inaccurate. If, in certain parts of
tlie Archipelago, these diminutive negroes lead a wandering life, if
iWy do not buUd huts or till the soil, the fault lies with those who
persecute and victimise them. The method of cultivation just

V> ^' »Wt« of M. MONTAXO.

e) »a«nit given voKegrltos in Mindanao* (MoyiAKO).

If)

THE PIOMIEfl.

meationed, very primitive by the way, i» to be seen among tbe half*]
breed Negritos of India and the Malay Peninsula. All of tbei
i*eeni to proceed in the same way. The Gond, like the Manthra^l
be^^ins by felKng the trees^ whk'h ho burns when half dried up»
In the outanglemcnt of trunks and bmncho^, he then sows or plants
rice, potatoes, •fee. When the jungle « hoots np again, he abati*
don« hii4 fniil and leaf-coverotl hut and proceeds elsewh^Sre to
begin over again. A dog, a few fowls and pigs live as bent they
viiu hi these primitive clearings. What they can get by Hshiug
and hunting, together with edible root^ mkI jungle fruits, seem t
form the prineipal rcBOurecn of these people. ( ')

8ueh i« the present state of things. But have not theae tribes^
now half-nomad and scattered, known better days and enjoyed a
more perfect social organization ? It is not easy to give a general
answer to this question.

As far as regards the Mincopies, nothing indicates that they evei
rose above what we know them to be now-a-days. Having,
to apeak, under their hand, all that can ftatinfy the simple wants
of a wild mau, and without interoonrae with foreigners, they have
received nothiug that could awaken new aspirations in them, and
their intellectual activity has been applied solely to ninltiplying.
or improving the implements reijuired by their mL*de of life, Wc
shall see further on that they have, in that line, evinced real
initiative power

It ia more than probable that in the Philippines, the Aetas were
once in a more advanced stage. EiEKZi. whose summary of thai
tra^litions of these people is unfortunately rather confused, repre-
sents them as h'lving in by-gone days occupied the whole of Luzon
and having for a long while resisted the Tagal invasions. (•) They
had, in tho^e times, a form of government. An assembly of chiefa^
and elders snperiutended the execution of the laws. (*) It is dif
ficult to admit that, at that period, rmllivation of the soil waa no'

(i> Notes (unpubli^ed) of M. MoNTAKo ; EouSSELET, for. tit. p. 276
LotJAJi, hw, fit, p. 255 ; etc.

(1) Oeritnit, Vol. I. p, 80L

<>) ThiH iti preaisdy whjit \a etill the cufiUim among tbu Bhik, LuUf-bre
Negritos. CRoiJSSJtLKT, he. cit p. Ul ).

TIIK PIGMIES.

[ ftt least m the same degree oi that deicribed by M.
MoxTAjJa.

With still more reason muRt it have been the same with the more
or leae mixed tribes of Malacea. M, MoyTAXO informs ub that
the Mantbras have still preserved a recollection of the days wheo
iheir aoceators ruled over the whole ooantry. At that time, they
nay, they had nuraoroiis records written on leaves. Thiii fact implies
in tt«elf a soctal state of which M. Moxtako seems to have found
in the very name of his guide. He was called , as his father,
ud father, and, no doubt, his ancestors had been, Pfln^/mi» dalam,
which the tnivelltsr translates as ** the lord who admiuisters the
Sultan's palace/' (• ) This descendant of some great dignitary is
now but a simple coolie in a Chinese plantation. In the Malay
Feninsnla, ae9 in India, conquest has destroyed States that were
considerable and flourishing once upon a time, but of which even
rooollectiou haabeen lost, driving back to the jungles and mountains
the races, more or less Negroid, which had founded them. There
the T»r.e, like many other Dravidian (■) groups, has returned to a
wild life. It has been broken up and divided into tribes and small
communities, (*) and the hierarchy of chiefs, recorded by Looan
aa existing among the Bermun populations, is probably ail that is
left of ita former social state. (*)

(1) MOXTANO.

iMrftut d' Ethnofjraphie, VoL I» p. 48).

however^ they stUl have pennonent homes,
-oup4:iicI in viUagtiB. What may be oonsidered iis a suppo-

<r» ) Tiie Bbilfi amonir others
well boDt hoQse« grot

sitjon with regurd to wme of the Bermun tribes would seem to be weU osoer-
tamed with respect to their brethren the Binuas. LuoAN informs \ib that the
mtf^* " ^ "^ *^ r times g^ovemed by kingfi, the origin of whom was
iitnral and whow deooonilantB ore still to be found.

It¥ him Mfinoir nn the Binuoa of Johore, L06AK givee particulara con-

^M vdi thut I 8a J here ff|)eciaLly applies: they are

^B the Jakunft, the SakaiSf the HiutiraH or Manthrati

^^ li^rtxikj^ cine ♦ ^^* iJil** inbubit the monntainouB region of Gnnong

Jfant-hrA^. tWj / ,^^^'^ high»^«t ruii^^H in the Malay PeninBiila. Among the

d«MMMcd 'ujmtTicftL*^^v^' ^^*^^*^^^^^ ( Halin) whose jurisdiction extends over well

Mtaf mn fad^flnftja ^"^^^ H^itiu UaH uutltx him a Jinunff, a Jukra or Jttrokru,

^ ttajMlxei of Pit ng limit* and Uhbala)tg>c. On the death of a

run rioMiEs*

Among Negritofl, everywhere thv family jieems to have survived
the general decl ine of the race. A Sepoj deserter who«e as^er*
tioHR have been too easily accepted by some writers, represented it
as rather loosely constituted in the Andaman inlands. Information
gathered by Lientenant St. John (* ) and partienlarly by Mr, Dai
(*) has corrected what was erroneous in these early reports. The
Mmcopiea are mooogamouB, Marriage only takes place wit
the consent uf the *jwirdian of the inaidens^ who sanctioos tl
union of the pair by joining their hands together. The duties
nma and wife are reciprocal, and the pareuts evince the most ten
der affection for their offspring. (^) In the Philippine Island
La GiRONNii^ KE ascertained analogous facte, even among the wretobed
and savage tribe which he vi&ited. ** The Atitafi/* ^vl^a he, *' are fait I
'* ful in wedlock and have but one wife.'* When a young man hfl
made his choice, he applies to tlie parents^ who never refus
their consent, but send the girl into the forest where she hide
herself before daybrealc. The young man has to find her, and, if
he does not suecued, has to relinqnisb all claim. (•) It is evident
that the decision really depends on the young girl.

M. MoTTTANo's notes conlirm and complete the information
given by La GiRONNrfcae. lie moreover actpiaints ns with the
curious ceremony which ratifies wedlock among the Acta** of
Luzou. The young couple climb up two flejtible trees which
an old man bends down towards each other. When the head of
bridegroom touches that of the young woman tlie marriage is pr
nounced legal and is followed by a big fejiat and war dances.

I also borrow from the same traveller the following JntereMii
particulars relating to the Negritos of Mindanao,

*' Among the miserable Mamanuas, those ancient owners of tli5"

Biitin^ his Hueoefl«or ie chcwea from nmong the eons of one of his bu
(TTis liinwi of Johore. JanrnttJ of ike Indian Arehipchtgo, VoL I, p, 275 j.

(I) X<w. eit. p, 245*

(i) L&c. cit, p. 160.

(») MoUAT, Adpentnmi and Re*farfke§ amomj thv Amhiman UIhh

TUK HCMIE8.

•• Imjd, (*) who are described a« so degraded, I have found the

*' same habits as among the Negritos of Marivelea; I have witnessed
** the same Teneration for old men, the same love for chiUlren, the
** fiarne respeet for the dead. Among this tribe, which m faist dying
** out, the old customs have preserved an uaabated iiiffuonce. Theee
** customs are simple indeed, and the procedure elementary, but
*' tbey do exist. It muBt not be supposed that a Mamanua can act
•* a$ he likes in his own hut without having an account to give to
*' anyone.'*

** An unfaithful wife may be killed by her husband, but not
*' onlesB the adultery be proved, in which case the relations of the
'* guilty woman absent to her death. Otherwise he would be con-
** ifidered as a common murderer and liable to be condemned to
*' death by the chief of the tribe, on the complaint of the relations
'* of the viotira."

" Adultery, however, like other offences or crimes, is exceedingly
•• rare among the Negritos of these regions. The young girlf* are
" Tery modest in their demeanour. Tbe slightest suspicion on that
" score would be an obstacle to their finding a husband/*

** A Negrito does nut buy his wife, he dimply makes a small
** present to his future father-in-law, who generally gives his
** daughter a dowry equivalent to what he has thus received.'"

** Private property is well recognised and can be transmitted by
•' sale or inheritance* Every field is the incontestable property of
* the one who has cleared it, or his heirs. At the death of the
** father, should the mother still be alive, the estate is divided in
•* two, one-half going to the latter, the other half to the children,
" between whom it is divided in ciiual shares.**

** If lUe children are grown up, the widow continues to live in
•' tbe hut of her late husband, but should they be very young, she
^ removes with them to the abode of her panrnts."

** All disputes are settled by the chief of the tribe and his dcci-

nons are always scrupulously obeyed. He has, however, but

•elOom to interfere;'

(l) Atfifir«

*/iad'*; iMt jiofisrfiiiive prefix. (Moktano.)

niE PTaMTK?i.

We mnni acknowledge tbat there ia a grent diicrepancy betwow
this atate of things, as described by M, Moktano, and the itifornii*
tion given hy his predeeeaaora. This is orio more instance, to be
added to many othert*, of the imprudence of limiting oneself to
eiiperficial observation when it ih a question of forming an opinion
of these backward and wild popidations.

In 8pit« of their intermixturo with alien races, the Negritos of
Malacca would, no doubt^ if better known, exhibit similar social cha-
racteriHtics. M. Mont and tells us that they never gcj to war, ( » )
that parents attend n^iost tenderly on their offspring, and, if necea-
«ary, wiil, for their sake, deprive themselves of food* Logan
informs ua that, among the Manthra^, adultery is punished with
death, but not unless, as among the Mamanuas, the enme be
proved by witnesses. The sentence is passed by the head chief
( Bat in) and carried out by the Pangllma. The two culprit a are
laid down in the nearest stream and their heads are kept under
water by the means of a fork. A man who is convinced of hU
wife*a misconduct, but who has no actual proof of it, can leave her
on condition of giving up to her his house and fields, a certain
amount of cotton atuff, a few rings, and a small sum of money.
The children remain with their mother, hut she cannot re-marry
until her divorced husband has taken to himself another w^ife. (*)

Indastrif. — I have already mentioned how the various Negrito
populations support themselves. I must add that none of those
of whom I speak here are cannibals. ( ') This accusation has been

(1 ) Logan liad already aUuied to this fact, which is a ramarkaWe feature
among tbeee wild and sport-loving triliee. (7^' li'mmi of Johare^ p 273.)

(t) Loe.cit,\i.*l\M^

(3 ) I mast remark here that this paper is exohisively devoted to the Rtody
of tbi:' Negritos projjer. As for the Papua-Negritoet mixed with tht* Papiuis
of NeW'G-Qiiiea and the adjacent ialaad-frroupe, it is very possible that tht»j
may have let themnelves be carmd tiway bv eKainftle and may have addicted
thenutelves to man-cating; but it i'r inii>ow*ihle, for want of accurate inforina-
tion* to give an opinion on the eubject. The oonfiision wbieh has too long
eit«t(^d coaoemJQg th*i**e t\\ o raee*» and which ir Ftill mere or teas kept up by
Hunic of the mo«t recent tnivellfcrjt. makes it very difficult to Rtudy them
indtf|Mndently of each other. The examination nl ftktills pirmits uf owr din-
ting iiiiihing the two races, but thrown bo light on the various characteristics
which liivide them in other respect**.

TEE PI61IIE8. 15

brought againat several of these tribes, particularly against the
Mincopies. Now, far from having any liking for human flesh, the
Andamanese look upon it as a deadly poison. (^)

All Negritos cook meat by boiling or roasting ; all consequently
are able to procure fire and no doubt use the same process, the fric-
tion of two pieces of wood. This is an uncertain and laborious task,
even for savages, and therefore when the first spark is procured,
they devise means to preserve it. The Mincopies have invented
a peculiar method of their own : ** The large trees are charred in
" the interior : a great hollow is formed iu the centre in which they
** allow about three feet of ashes to accumulate, under which fii*e
" is always found— over the fire of these strange ovens the Min-
** copie can grill his little pig, fry his fish and prepare his turtle
" soup." (*) Among the Manthras the charred tree is replaced by a
heap of clay enclosed in a wooden frame in which fire is care-
fully kept up. (') In cold or temperate climates the most urgent
wants, after food, are shelter and clothing. In tropical countries, on
the contrary, clothes are a matter of luxury and are often more
inconvenient than useful. It is almost the same with regard to
dwellings. A simple cover, affording shade during the day, shelter
from the moon's rays at night, and protection from rain, answers
all the most important purposes. Travellers are but too often
luimindful of these circumstances, and many writers look upon
this extreme simplicity of dress or houses, as a sign of intellectual
inferiority and want of industry. The Mincopies have been
reproached with wearing no clothes. It is a fact ; with the excep-
tion of a girdle to which I shall refer further on, their dress is
limited to uncouth tattooing or painting such as we see in
Mr. Dobson's phototypes. (*) Still, in order to protect them-
selves against mosquitos or other insects, they are in the habit,
when night comes on, of smearing the body with a thick coating of

( 1 ) Day, loc. cit, p. 16o.
(«) lAoVKT, Adventures, ^.m%.
(^) MoNTA>'0, /oc. e/Y. p. 46.

( * ) On the Andaniatm and Andainancse, (The Journal of the AfUhropolo-
gical Irutitute, VoL IV, p. 467, PI. XXXI, XXXII and XXXIII.;

THE 1>IGMIES.

clayoy mud, which bood dries and forma a regular cuirass. They
cau thus ftleep in peace ; but it is ohvioiia that this night-dresB fxoea
a ItjriL; way tnwarda dovolopiog the rheumatic and abdominal diseaftca
to which they are particularly subject.

l\T|jetualIy wautleriag as thoy do, along their shores, the Anda-
maneae are not giv'en to ereetiuf^ permaoeot dwellings. Four
poles secured together at the upper ends and covered with broad
leaves give them a perfect but, which is quickly erected and aftords
capital shelter against rain — the only thing they aeem to di-ead,
tSueh a hut is in reality a kind of impervious tent, the materials of
which are entirely supplied hy the neighbouring jungle, and which
need not be transported from place to place. They could not
possibly have contrived any tiling better* and our own African
Boldiers would deem themaelves lucky, ct>uld they but do the same.

The Ai^'tas aro scarcely better clad than their Andamanese
brotbren. (^) Further, such of their tribes as are subject to the
continual attacks of formidable enemies do not even erect tem-
porary sheds, but sleep in trees, or, as a proteetioji againat cold,
roll themselves up in the hot ashes of a large fire kindled for the
purijose. But we have aceo already that, when placed in normal
conditions of Hfe, they know how to erect permanent house® and
settle down.

The photographs of M. de Saint Pol- Lias repreaeot the Sakais
as wearing a simple waist cloth tied round the waist with tboj
ends hanging down on the thighs. M* Montano has de8cribe5'«|
the bauaboo hut of a Manthra family whom he met livinjjby them-
selves in the midst of the forest. (*) Though anything but luxuri-
ous, this dwelling exhibited the peculiarity of having a floor
raised two feet oSf the ground. In almost all of the houses of
our own peasants the bare earth is the substitute for plank floors
and in this respect at all events the Malay savage imderstanda
hygienic conditionfl better than the European.

( I ) A portrait of an Acta chief* eDgrnved after a photograph by _
MoNTANO has been given by me in a memoir called — ymtpeile^ Mtvdet wr I
dittributwft git^raphifj^t^ det A^urito§ rf tiir levr ideHtiJieatimi avee Ie$ P^
mie» a$iatiqv»9 de CHi$ia§ et de flint!, {Jlevve d'Ethrngtaphie^ Vol. I* p, l^8)i

{9)Loc. cif p. 40.

TJt£ piouiica.

The Miucopie^ live exclusi%*cly on bun ting andfibbing, but owing
to tbcir isolatiou and ale<o to tbe fables that have been spread con*

■ning some of their habiU, (^) they have been free to develop
qxiictly the various indut*triea puited to their mode of life. The
reaulti* attained by these islander** had already forcibly «truek the
learned obscrvera who were the first m our time to study the
Andaman? nnd their inhabitants. Notwithstanding their contempt
for these *'a(tva(fe nnjroes^^' CohKBUooKK, HTXfEs, and especially
MouAT have iu many instances done juatice to their merits in thia
respect. (•) Thanka to Mr, Ma^, we are now better acquainted
with them, lie got together and sent to London a valuable coU
lection illotttrating most of the native industries, and of thia
Major-Genoral L\ne-Fo3l (*) has given an account m interesting
ae it ifl instructive. I can only very brieily sum up these Tarioua
documents.

Let ua notice firiit of all that the Andaman Islands, where iron
seecdfl to have been introduced by the Chinese and Nicobareso, have
hrid their stone age, the remains of which are dtill to be found iu
kmklienmfriidings^ entirely similar to those of Denmark. Those
heaps of *' kitchen refuse*' were discovered by M. db Roepstorfp (*)
and more closely examined by Br. Stoliczka. (*) Hammers and
knives were fotm<l in them together with rude hatchets undoubted-
ly corre«ponding with the chipped Implomeuts of our stone ago.
Close to these were discovered a polished axe which Stoliczka
declares to be identical with the " ctUn' of the neolithic period^ and
also real vhUel^ three inches long, with a sharp edge at one

(» ) Iu a \ysi\n*x Mpecially devoted to the Mmcopiea, I hnve recorded some of
tli« f allies Inirro wet i from MAaco-PoLO and Ariib writers— (id*M?i*<» d'Aathro-
^^*^*, Vol 1» II. 40).

A I inaat hcTii refer the reader to my ftrst poper, already quoted.

'" ' " ''r.^'* Colhctioa of Andamitnc^e and Nicoharete

?Q\, P. a, 8., with fourplattw* CI he Jonrnal
^'J Vol. VII, p. 434).

(•> -*! " r*r Tttt Wordii, {Pi'ocerJifi^n ttf the Atiatie

Saaetp ttf j' ,. Xiie Kitjckkeiiitta'ddiuff discovered near Hope

Town WM6 ..;, iji i:ucumfereiiue and 12 ftset high. Several of euok

*f \^^*^ *^^ ^ ^ found ia various parte of Chatham Island.

-#-1 f'f'--'*''<^^^ixkkcnma^4intnu/the Andamnn Itlandt* iPr0C$9dinst

PI0MI£5.

©ud. Numerous fragments of aun-baked pottery, decorated with
incieiana of irregular designs, (*) were found in the same place.
The Mincopiea still manufacture pots of the same kind, and if they
have uotyet attained the art of baking pottery in a kiln» this is due,
no doubtj to the facility with which they can replace water vessels
by a length of bamboo, and eookiDg utensils by the large shells of
the Tridacna and Turbo,

With the exception of harpoons exclusively used for EahiDg, the
bow i^, according to the latest travellers, the only weapon employ-
ed in hunting or warfare. (') The bow used in Little Andaman is
very similar to most otherss, being straight and Bymmetric&llj|
tapered from the middle to the endn. ("*) lu the Great Andaman »|
on the contrary, it asanmns a peculiar fthape. In the middle there is \
a kind of cylindrical handle of a comparatively small diameter ;i
\hG two sides, nithor wide at tinst. nre flat inside with a convex back; |
they get thinner towards the extremities iitid are curved in opposite |
way 80 that the whole reminds one of an elongated g. This bow '
is from 1^75 to 2'» in length, (♦) It is \erj hard to beud, and
the strongest English sailors were unable to strinf^ it. T*) In
spite of their small stature and rounded limbs, the Mincopies used j
it BO skillfully and with such puwer that, at 40 or 50 metres, the i
arrows penetrated right through the cluthes of Europeans and deep i
into the llesh. Several varieties of arrows are used, among which
there is one which might be styled a huntittg harpoon. The head
of it, to which the point is attached, ia very small, whilst the shaft
is im long. The two parts are brought together by means of a
strong cord twisted round so as to keep the two independent por-
tions together. When a pig is ?^truck and tries to escape headlong
through tlie jungle, tfie cord unrolls itself, the barbed point uf the

( i ) Fkte XVI of General Lank-Fox's Ngte repre«eata nerend of these
dceigns.

(s) 8VMES o!ime has mentioned long spears ani shldda made of bark.

U) L.O4E-F0X, PI. XIV, fi(f. 3.

U> MoUAT. Loc. cit, p. 321,

\»j Ueneral Laxk-Fox obi^rvts that the same shaped bow is to be found
at MiilLicxilo. It also rcsoiubles the Japauosu bow in so far oe the ondi are
net sj'mmetrical* {Zot?> vit., p. 440>

THX PiaMIXS. 19

arrow remains in the fleeh, but the shaft which is dragged after
him, keeps on checking the course of the animal which is soon
captured.

The Mincopie canoe has deserredly attracted the attention of
the English. It is cut out of the trunk of a tree : outside, it is
highly finished ; the sides are very thin, and the bottom very
thick. Being thus naturally ballasted, it cannot capsize and even
when riddled with bullets it does not sink.

They are propelled by paddles, with marvellous speed. The gig
and cutter of the Pluto, manned by picked crews, had a trial with
a Mincopie canoe, and were completely beaten ; the victory of the
ravages was owing to the superiority of their workmanship. (*)

It is useless my dwelling any longer on the various manufac-
turer of these islanders and mentioning their harpoons, nets, &c.,
Here, again, they ^rove themselves to be equal, and at times
much superior to other races placed in the same conditions of life.
The collection made by Mr. Man and the plates which accompany the
paper of General Lane- Fox are sufficient to refute all that has been
said concerning the intellectual degradation of the Mincopies.

It is otherwise with regard to the Actas, whom persecution keeps
in a coutiuual wandering state, and there is nothing surprising in
the fact. The only weapons they use in war or hunting expedi-
tions are a short spear, a bow, and one single kind of arrow. But
the^e latter are poisoned, and the slightest wound, if not deadly,
causes, at least, long and acute suffering, which La GiBONNifeBE
has described from his own experience. (^)

(i) MorAT, Adrcnfiirc.% p. .315.

(*) La Giro NKiE RE was wounded in the finger by one of these arrows,
in the n^moval of the nkeleton of an Acta (the first that was sent to
EurojKr and which is now nt the Paris Muwnim). He took no notice of the
wound which he took for the scmtch of a thorn. After three days, however, the
jioifH^n bc-.^an to act, and fearful suffering ensued ; the whole arm was inflamed
and the jjain extended to the chest. After a whole month of torture, the sick
man war* reduced to the last extremity. He recovered, however, but, for
more than a year, he felt pains in the chest. These symptoms recall, in no
way, what travellerb and experimenters tell us of the effect of known poisons.
It would seem as if the poison used by Aetas was of a si>ecial kind. But
perhaps also the treatment had something to do with the sufferings of the
intrepid traveller.

30 TRS PIGMIES.

Poison is also employed by the Manthraa (^) and other Bermnn
tribes. But these half-bred Negritos, although knowing the use
of bows and arrows, Lave substituted the blow-pipe for them. (■)
In this case, as in many others, we can easily detect the influence
of the Malays.

These Malacca Negritos are also acquainted with the art of
setting snares for big game, some of them being strong enough to
capture even tigers. They place at the end of a long path, artifici-
ally made in the jungle, a strong spear fixed to a tree which is bent
back and kept in position by the means of a catch. Any anim&l
passing by, releases the spring, and is instantly transfixed. (*)
In India, now-a-days, as in the time of CxfisiAS, the bow is, so to
speak, the characteristic weapon of the Dravidian races. The
Gonds seem to be the only ones who have given it up and
taken to the use of the axe and pike. (*)

IV.

EELIGIOrs AND MOBAL CHARACTERISTICS.

Belief in Superior Beings. — Like many other wild races, the
Negritos, to whom these chapters are specially devoted, have
often been represented as perfect atheists. This is anything but
accurate. We must not, in our appreciation of their rudimentary
beliefs, start from the ideas which educated Europeans form of
religion, even when they declare themselves unbelievers.

On the strength of assertions made by a Sepoy deserter who had
lived for some time with the Mincopies, some writers have, even
quite recently, taken for granted that these islanders do not bcliove
in any superior being who has any influence, bad or good, on their

(l) MONTANO, loc. clt., p. 47.
(•) MoNTANO ; Logan, he. cit., p. 272.
(8) Logan, loc. cit., p. 257.

(*) RocsSELET, Tableau des JRaees dc I'Inde Ceniralr {Revve d" Anthropole-
gie. Vol. II, p. 276).

THE PI6MIZ8. 21

destiny. They forget the formal evidence given by Stices, which
I think right to reproduce textually : —

" Their religion is the simple but genuine homage of nature, ex-
" pressed in adoration to the sun as the primary and most obvious
" source of good ; to the moon as the Hecondary power ; and to the
*' genii of the wood?, the waters and the mountains, as inferior
** agents. In the spirit of the storms thpy confess the influence of
" a malignant being, and during the south-west monsoon, when
" tempests prevail with unusual violence, they deprecate his wrath
" by wild chorus, which they chant in small congregations assom-
"bled on the beach or some rock that overhangs the ocean." (^)
The late statements furnished by Messrs. St. John and Day have
still further confirmed the above account of Colonel Symes.

When the question has been more thoroughly studied as in
other places, we shall perhaps ascertain the existence of a complete
rudimentary mythology among the Mincopios. We knotv as yet,
through Mr. Man, that they have preserved some tradition of a
deluge. In the south-east of 3Iiddle Andaman, they point out a
rock, called Wota-Emeda, on wliich the first man made his appear-
ance and engraved the history of the creation. Mr. Man has visited
this Mincopie Eden, and has given a description of it. It is an
isolated boulder of small proportions, the surface of which is
covered with irregular grooves due to the action of the waves and
storms. (') Let us hope that Mr. Max will enter into more
detail respecting the fables connected with it. (^)

(») Accoutit of the BrifiK/i EmbaRny to the Kiugdom of Am, p. 282.
Major Symes gives the information furnished to hira by Captain Stockoe,
who had resided for Hcveral years in the Andiuuans and taken great interest
in the natives.

(«) 'liie Andaman I)<hiv(I». {^Tlit Journal of the Anihroj)olu(jical Inst'itnte,
Vol. VII, pp. lur> and 4:>.->).

(5) Ihis pajxjr was orij^inally puhliRhcd in AugiiFt, 1882. Since then I
have read in " 'I he Journal of the Anlhrojjologlcd Institute, (Vol. XII, Nob. I
II and III), the very remarkable paper of Mr. !Man " On the Aboriginal
InhahituAii of the And'unan Islands:' Unfortunately the first number.
thoTigh bearing the Rame date as mine, was JFsued some time after, and I
wa« ooMequently unable to profit by the valuable and detailed account given
m it. However, far from altering my cBsential conclusions, it fully confirmn
tne opmjon which I had alwaj-s maintained touching th« religious feelings

22 THE PIOMIIS.

With regard to the Aetas, our present knowledge is lees ftdraneed.
M. Mont A NO says in his notes that he could find among them no
form of worship ; but judging from personal experience, he refrain-
ed from concluding that they were wholly destitute of any beliefs
whatever. (^) La GiuoNNiiiRE, while declaring that these di-
minutive Negroes have no religion, informs us that, at times, they
worship rocks and trunks of trees which seem to bear xesemblance
to animal beings. («) My impression is that in all probability,
this homage is paid to something higher than these material objects,
perhaps to the spirits or genii of the mountains and forests, for
RiENzr tells us that these savages believe in evil spirits called
Nonos, to whom they offer up sacrifices. (')

This belief in spirits is current among the Bermun tribes, and
consequently among the Sakais, Manthras, &c. Here it is profes-
sionally represented by a body of priests or rather wizards called

of the AndamancBe- Where certain travellers had only seen moet wretched
savages, where I had m^^self only suspected confused but genuine notions, we
find in reality a pretty complete niytholop:^' and a belief in a true God, invi-
sible, immortal and omniscient, by whom the whole world was created and
whom they call Pu-lvgn. I shall quote Mr. Man's own words (No. II, pu
167):—

*• Of Pu'higa they say that : —

I. — Though His appearance is like fire, yet He is (now-a-days) invisible.
II. — He was never bom and is immortal.
III. — By Him the world and all objects, animate and inanimate, were
created, excepting only the ix)wer8 of evil.
IV. — He is regarded as omniKcient while it is day, knowing even the

thoughts of their hearts.
V. — He is angered by the commission of certain sins, while to those in
pain or distress he is pitiful, and sometimes deigns to afford
relief.
VI. — He is the Judge from whom each soul receives its sentence after
death, and, to nonic extent, the hope of escai)e from the tor-
monts of Jvr-f(j-h)rni'i(jii (regartling which anon) is said to
alf^ ct their course of action in the present life.
This Jtr'-vfj-lnr-mCtju is a kind of hell or purgatory which the Mincopies
c(.iiHiutr j;b a cold and icy region,
(i) M. MoNTANO had been told that the Bagobogos had no religion.
Owing to favourable circuni stance b, he was able to recognise among them a
well defined and anything but rudimentary religious conception, of which he
gave us an outline in one of his adiiresses to the " Soci^te de Grcographie,"
1877.

(2) Xr>r. nY., p. 300.
(S) hoc, cit., p. 303.

THE PIGMIES. 23

PiHfamg or Fawang, After having given, on this subject, many
details, which I need not repeat here, Loqan sums up his impres-
sions in the following terms : — " Among these tribes, we recognise
" a pure Schamamism with its accompanjing charms and talismans;
•• a living faith fresh from ancient days of Eastern and Middle Asia,

" preserving its pristine vigour and simplicity, untouched

" by the Budhistic deluge and resisting the pressure of the

'* Islamism which surrounds it.'* (^)

I hardly need remark that among most Dravidian tribes, even
among those who have reached a certain standard of civilization,
we can detect, in spite of the influence of different Hindu or
Mohamedan sects, a substratum of various beliefs similar to those
I have just recorded.

Belief in a future life. — All Negritos believe that the soul sur-
vives the body ; that it has the same wants as the living, and
desires that a regard should be manifested for it. Among the
Mincopies it is customary to place a vet'Sel full of water on
the grave of the deceased, so that his soul may be able to (jucnch
its thirst during the night ;' a fire is lighted under the stage which
bears the body of a chief, in order to prevent his mighty spirit
from harming any traveller passini; by ; the skull and bones,
exhumed from the tomb, are worn round the nock as propitiatoiy
to the spirit of the dead ; the soul of a stranger iy looked upon as
harmless, and therefore the body of any one who dies away from
his tribe is left unburied. (2)

The Aetas show great respect to the dead. ** For several
'* years," says La Gironxikre, "they depoj^it tobacco and Letel on
** the tombs. The bow and arrows which belonged to the departed
** are suspended over his grave, on the day of the funeral, and every
•* night, according to the belief of his friends, he leaves it and
** goes out hunting." (^)

(1) Tfie Binua of Johore. Loc. clt., p. 282.

(J) The details ore borrowed from Mr. Day's memoir. They have all
the more weight that the writer gave them ''en pannnnf' and without hav-
ing apparently understood their real importance. OhHwationtontheAnda'
mansse, loc. cit. p. 163).

(^) Mnft annehi avx Philip^inei^ p. 301.

TUB PIOMCEtf.

The Malacca Negritos do not appear to eniertaiu eucli well
defined Uleaa. I^ooAJf states that the Berinuii tribes light a fire on
the tomb, for sevcnil eont«c<.nilive ni*;hts» in order to prevent the
apirit from cryinji; out. (*) M. Montajso aibU that the Maiithraa
bury their dead sufllfienll v far from the houses, ** so that they shall
not he* troubled by the crowing of the cocks/' (•) But neither of
those two wnterii makes any mention of offerinirsj being presented
to the spirit of the departed, though among theManthras the gravo
is evidently the object of peculiar attentions. (^)

Chnxiit^, MofIrist(j, — M, MoNTAXo has given ue his experience
regarding the chastity of the A^ta daniBeU* The testimony
of Symes leavod no room for doubt that this virtue Is found
among the Andaman ose. Two Mincopie girln who had been taken
as prisoners on board an English man-of-war, were soon tran*
quillised in many respects^ but though they had been put by
themselves in a separate room, they never went to sleep both at
the same time, but watched alternately over each other, (•) Not
one of the travellers who have vi:*ited the Andamans up to the pre-
sent time has ever reported having witnessed any of those scenes
and seandalniis sightj* st» often alluded to by the discoverers of the
Pacific Archipelagoes. In that respect, the Mincopie women are
unquestionably superior to the Pol}Tjesiaus*

Want of decency is the most common of all the accusations
which have been brought against a whole host of wild tril)es.
But we know that travellers have often been mistaken, so far in-
rleed ad to take for the height of immodesty what, in the eyes of
the natives, was but an elementary act of decency.

On this particular point, we lack information with regard to most
Negrito races. Bnt as to the Andaumns, where the dress of the
women is aa limited as possible, we know now, thanks to Mr. Man,

(I) Loc. eit„ p. 271.

(») Loc. cit, p, 49.

(»> Montjuco, kit. cit., p. 50, and Fi^. r»'i, 'tH, 54 and Su. [But sue llr.
Hebvkit's desoriptioa of a Jakan tomb in Xo> b of this JounmL--£D.,
Joum. Straita Branch, R* A. S.j

(•) L^e. dt, p. 243.

TUE PIGMIES. 25

that Buch a dret^s docs exist and bears a particular uame (^) and
that appearing without it is considered as indecent. (*^

Though displayed otherwise than with us, modesty nevertheless
exists among the Andamanese.

The history of a Mincopie, brought over to Europe, shows how
much this sentiment is developed amonor these islanders. When a
full length photograph was taken of Jack Andaman and ** he
" was told to strip, it was by no moans an easy master to prevail
" upon him to take off his clothes, and, when he waa dressed again,
** he manifested much joy at the restoration of his garments. This
" savage seemed utterly shocked at the very thought of being
*• seen naked." (^)

Oeneral Character. — It follows, from the various descriptions
given above, that the Negritos, who are the special subject of this
Part, are far from deserving the accusations which have been too
often brought against them.

The Mincopies who have repeatedly been depicted as horrid can-
nibals, have been found, when more closely examined, to be spoilt,
capricious but good tempered children. (*) Mouat describes them
ar a gay, laughter-loving population, fond of singing and dancing.
Far from being intractable and cruel, they have shown themselves
kind and hospitable when fear was banished from their hearts.

The English traveller adds that they are courageous, hardwork-
ing, skilful and extremely active, and, that under the influence of
civilization, they would become intelligent and industrious. (*)

M. MoNTAXO tells me in his notes : ** Not only are the Negri-
" tos anything but ferocious, but they are really humane. They
'* nurse the sick with much devotion, even when they do not
" belong to their own family.*' He adds again : " The Manthras
*• are not wanting in brain power but carelessness and laziness

( » ) Bod'dii. ThLs ffirdle varyinif in shape, is represented in the paper
quoted alwvc. PI. XIII, figr- 27 and 27 a.

(») Obsertiitwns on Mr. ManscoUection^ loc, cit. p. 440.
(a) Mot' AT, loc. cit. 284.
(♦) St. John, he. cit. p. 45.
(») Adventures^ Preface p. XV.

26" THE PIGMIES.

"seem (o prevent them from making any progress." Q) At
the same time he acknowledges among them the gentle and
soft manners to which we liave already allnded. In this, ho
ai^rees entirely with Lo(*an. The latter, however, considers the
Bcruinn tribes as inconi»i{>lent and irritable. They must, says
he, be treated as children. (■) St. John uses tlie very same
expression with regard to the Mincopies. It shows once more
that these two groups resemble each other, in their moral as well
their physical characteristics. To deny their fundamental ethnical
identity is evidently impossible for any one who has at all studied
tlie (piestion.

Conclusion. — However, incomplete this study may be, the con-
clusion to be drawn from it seems to me to be obvious and easy to
formulate. From nearly unanimous testimony, these races have
been considered as occupying one of the last stages in humankind.
When attention was originally directed to the Mincopies, some
Icanu^l men of unquestionable merit, were led to believe that the
missing link between the man and the monkey had been found at
lust. "We have now seen that this is not so and that, even where
fnrthcrcst removed from change and from mixture with other
ra((\s, the only things which ennoble a community, the Negrift)B
prove to be true and real men in every respect.

PAIiT IV.
'J HE ^EGKIJ.LOS OK A 1 HI CAN PIGMIES.

'\ ho At'iican dwarfs of whom the Ancients had a glinipse and the
vciy «^onijino cxistc lue oF whom has given rise to so many legends,
wcic ()iily dis((>v(r(il n«:[n'n by n odcrn generations at a late period.

( 1 ; MoNTANO, loc. lit. ]K 41
I'/) Lor. cif. p. 'JGiK

THE proMiT^a.

in 1625, Battel first made known certain faints asccrtafnetl by him
m the Loa!igo. (*)

At eight daja march to the east of Cape Neg^ro, (■) is fniuid,
arcortling to hi id, the Mani-KeHOck territur^^ to the north -east
of which *' lives n race of Pij^niies. cnllefl Mulimhtjn. Their stn-
"tiire har<lly exceeds that of an ordinary hoy of twelve, they
^*are all niont uncommonly stout They feed on tlie flesh of
'*antmala which they kill with arrows. They pay to IMani-KeBOck
**ii trihnte of elephnnts' tnsks and tniU. Though thctr dif^pDRition
•' ig by no meant* lierce they absolutely refuse to etiter into the
'*hou«ed of the Marambas or receive them in their own town».
"The ^moieii nre as MUlfnl asi tht^ men in archory, and ai-e not
^'alVmd of [lenetrntin;; alone into the di»pth of the woods, wilh
*' no other protection than their poijjoned arrowj^. (') '"

AVithout mentioniuf^ the 8ource of his information, Dajh^er giv(*K
fletniU of the game kind regarding the Mimoa or Bnl'ktiBahkt^!^ whom
h^ places a little further 80iith, in the very heart of Loan^o. (♦ )

More recent observations, the latest of which does not go back
farther thrit 18G1, (') have come to hand to coiitirui the^jo ancient
ilattt. The Bakk«'-Bakk*'8 of Dapper were discovered a^ain in
Loani^o, under the name of Bnkonkoa^ by a Grerman expedilion
who brought back portraits and photogriiphs, C*)

( » > ANoufcw Battel, aq English fiailoT, takei] prieoncsr by the PortuyneBc
i»' "" ■ ciurieMl oway to Congro^ where he remained a captive for nearly

^''-. 2x llt^ puiilitiht'fl his* afiv*:;ntures ill Purchae* coUection. Walc-

Ki- .. ^.f.tj k tictailotl aiimmary of this niirrativti aftt^r caUiug atten-
tion to tUe evident veracity whitrli charivcteriKeii it* Hi*(oit^ ffhtrruif dr*
V^f'tffc*, vol. XIII, p. 12 and 4rt4).

(•) This i8 not the Cajie Ne^ro Bhimt««l S<mth of Rengiu^la, U\'^ IV W)nth
Ifttitiiilf* luul n^ W f-fwt Inng-itudc (Malt<-BniTi). The Ca|>e ^'egro, aUtideil to
l*y '' '' L the iJayof Ma^omtmj and is perhupsCui>e YnmUa

r< ao' South Latitude.

yr.r,,,,. ,;,> \'(t)/u^t*, vol. Xlll, }y, iiL

i » ) t>t-**^ rifition dp la Bawse fitldopie.

'. * ^ ^ T'^' ' I! iKO, .Vfifirr it*tr tv (JtihoM in the Urfuf mor'ttime ti eoloititiiv
f^' 'iz^i\ Uy M. H\MY itt hi^ AWir dt t'om'tltHittivn dru matt^'ia**^

^ 'l** nw r*fftrwi(tfftc df'x S,'f/riffnt m$ Ptftfrnttn dv tA/t'i*jNr

^/ ft*n tir Itt Si**irte d'tttftfntwaitujir dr Pttrid, !*<?'{♦, p, 8'i),

f*n' Ethntthttjir, |K74— H- IlAllT.MANX, Dtr ytyrifii-i; PI.

, ^^' ' -'d many i>f the foUowiuiJ lH*hliog:niphirjd ri*f«*rtaio»-H itJftrnnJiri^

tb^hmUMtr^ of VViviU'rii Xt»^iU«w am horrowed frrnu M. Uamv t^ work.

28 THE PIGMIES.

Dr. ToucHARD has remarked on the recent disappearance of a
Gabonese race, the AJcoas ( ^ small group of whom were never-
theless in 1868, still established in the woods north of the river
Nazareth. Admiral Fleuriot de Langle was able to photo-
graph one of them who was a real dwarf. (■) It is the same
with regard to the WBoalous, ChcJcianis or Osxekanis visited by
M. M. ToucHARD (') and Marohe. (*) Smothered between the
Fans and the Pongoes, the}' are fast dying out like their brethren,
the Akoas.

By grouping together the in fr.rmation procured by these various
photographs and descriptions, M. Hamt has been able to draw an
almost complete portrait of some of these African dwarfs. The
Akoa, examined by Admiral Fleuriot, "seemed to be forty years
"old and was from l'"^ 39 to I'* 40 in height. lie was most

"beautifully proportioned lie had a fairly good head, his hair

*' was well placed, and loss woolly than those of Negroes properly
" so called ; the nose was straight and the commissure of the lips
'* well defined, exhibiting in no way the bestial stamp so common
" with certain African types. (**) " The photograph justifies this
description. The head is globular, but relatively strong. The
length of it, as compared to the total height of the individual
comes very close to the ratio already mentioned by M. IIamy with
reference to a Babongo (1/6). {^) The countenance is just a little
prognathous. The muscles of the thorax and upper limbs present
outlines at the same time developed and rounded ; the lower limbs
however are more slendoi', the feet are decidedly flat, and the heels
rather too projecting. {'')

(i) Notice sur Iv (hihon. {Rerue mnrit'ime et coloniale, vol. Ill, p. 9)

(2) Crohih'i's a la coiv. d'Afrique, ISiJS {Tour du Monde, 1^70, p. 27\)
and plate p. 28;i ). Owing to a j overnig-lit, thin Ahou or Ahona f FLEriuoT)
is deHcri1>e(l as an Ohotigo.

( » ) Ja)c. rif., p. \K

(t) Troiif roijnffe* dung V Afr'njnr orcidenlale, p. lOG.

(5) Lc'ttc^r of the Admiral quoted by M. Hamv, loc. eif., p. 84.

( •' ) This is the highest ratio yet recorded among human beings. Tlie Xe-
grilloH would surpaw* the Negritos in this res)X»ct.

(-) IIamy. for. rit., p. 84.

)

TOE PIGMIES. 29

M. Mabche describes the M* Boulous as having an earthy-
brown complexion. (^) Admiral Fleuriot confines himself to
stating that these dwarfs are not so dark as their taller neighbours.
We have seen above that the Admiral has only spoken appro-
ximately of the height of his Akoa. M. March e also confines
himself to saying that the M' Boulous hardly exceed l"'o 60. Dr.
Faxkensteix is more precise. The adult Babonko, whom he pho-
tographed, was about forty years of age and measured 1^*^ 365. (")
The average of these four figures is 1™ 428; but as two of
them have been given as maxima, we are entitled to consider this
average as too high. With regard to stature, the Negrillos of
this region would therefore be below Negritos and would come
nearer to the Bushmen, who are perhaps the shortest race of
men, their mean height being as low as 1^ 370. ('*).

But the Negrillos differ from the Bushmen in a mo«t esjsenlial
anatomical characteristic. These latter are strictly dolichocephalic
or sub-dolichocephalic, ("•) whereas, on the contrary, the Aknas
the Bongos,... Ac, are brachycephalic or at least sub-brnchycepha-
Hc. (5) The measurements of the skulls, brought back by Admiral
Fleurtot, M. MaR( he and others, have removed all doubt as to
this fact which a simple glance at the photographs is sufficient
to prove. C)

M. Hamy has not contented himself with recognising and defin-
ing the Negrillo type of the tribes that have maintained a com-
parative purity of blood in Gaboon, lower Ogoouc and Loaiigo ; he
has traced it much farther and has shown that it has had a real
J^i^d important iniluence on the formation of several of the popula-

0) Hamy, lor. cit., p. 80.

V*) The other individual was a young: man of fifteen rears ohl who mea-
s^ured ln,025 only. ( Hamy, lor. rit.. p. 82.)

V ) We shall see further on that tae Akkan seem to Htaiul l)olo\v the Bunh-
™en in this respect.
, \ ) Their average horizontal index, 77,45, places them in thin !aHt cateprorj'

linn? ?^^^' average horizontal index, 83.2:^ raiHOS them to the upper

^J^^^ «ii^-l>rachycrphali»m. {Cranhi rf/iitiru,p. lioO.)
T ...^ Among otherH, the photograph ffiven in the work of Admiral DK
*^^NOLEal)ove quoted.

30 THE PIGMIES.

tions of the same region and adjacent territories, who are connected
with the negro type proper. Availing himself again of materialu
of all kinds, M. Hamy has proved that crossing of dolichocephalic
with brachycephalic Negroes could alone account for the general
mixture of characteristics, especially for the morphological differ-
ences in the skull, remarked, instance after instance, among variou«
tribes of the valley of the Ogoouc of Fernand-Vaz. (*) I need
not follow him here in all the details which have brought him to
this general conclusion, but will state one single fact only. When
M. M. DE Brazzv and Ballay returned from the perilous jour-
ney, which was rewarded by the discovery of the Alima and the
Licona, they found, on an island of the Upper Ogoono, four bkull.-*
and one complete skeleton which are now in the anthropological
gallery of the Museum. Two out of these ^ve skulls, have an
average horizontal index of 82.24, thus approaching very closely
to true brachycephalism. (*) The three others are dolichocephalic.
The former arc the skulls of Negrillos the latter of Negroes.

Let us add that the observations, gathered by M. Makche
among the N'Javis, the Apindjis, the Okotas and the Okoa.s, show
that among these races, who have the skull relatively full, there is
a sensible falling off in stature. (*) With the N'Javis, it hardly

(1) I should mention, among others, the study made by M. Hamy of the
eraniometrical results which Professor Owex obtained by examining a
collection brought from these regions by M. de Chaillu. The Eiiglish
ttaranf had published the rough figures. Our countryman calculateti the
indices and showed that, out of the 93 skulls, which formed the collection,
411 only were dolichocephalic or sub-dolichocephalic, 1 1 sub-brachycephalic,
and 2 brachycephalic. The intervention of an eth-tical element belonging
to this last tyiHi is shewn clearly by this discussion which M. Hamy ha«
made the starting point of his studies on the same subject, (yotv xtir
Ti'xhtfnce de» Aigrcs brachycvpJiaU« *ur IdcMc occidentale d'A^'riquvj in the
Jiullet'ui dv la Soeiete d' Anthropologies 2ineserie, vol. VII, p. 210.)

(a) Hamy, Note xur rcxiatt-nrc de» Avgreit brachycephalcit <5>"'*m P* •*^»)
(3) M. Hamy thinks that these tribes are al lieu to the Obongoe seen by
DlT Chaillu, near Nlembouai in the Ashango land, ( l°r»iS'.*>4' sonth latitude*
and IPriCi'liS" east longitude). Tucse Obongos belong in fact to the small
sized iMipulations we are examining now. The you.ig adult m.de nifasuntd
])y the tnivoller, was luiiww; only, and one of the women, lm.'i40. B\it ilio
dirty y<OJow colonr of their ^kin and esiJociall^' their short hair, growinjr in
small Irixzied tufts, Iwid led to co)nH?ctiug these dwarfs witli thtr IJrsHiiKN
Howevt-r, l>U Chailli: has not mentioned the chamcteristic ai)ron and stvuto-

THS PIOMIICS.

roaclii.*^ 1'" (50. Among the Akoa«ji« the a verrrge height of the men
vsirieji fmrn l"^')0 to 1 52, that of the women hvhvf l'"i(l io I'^'ill
(•) At the Fame time, the complexion ia lighter, praj^nuthi^m
dimiijit»hes and the general outline i» elegant especiaUy unions; tlje
womt^n, whose rounded iaccs havu a pleanant expresrfsion. It i»
evident that the negru tvpe proper is modi tied in places by
a di»tiuct ethnologiral element* and we ©ay eonsid^r the whole
of thi« ret^on m haring been in farmer time«, and still being to
gome eitont, a centre of a Negrillo popalntton, 1 shall further
on refer again to the dit^tinetion which has thus to be made
between the pai*t and the present,

J am inclined to consider as a eentre of the «ame kind, another
umall territory, the Tenda-Maie, situated much further north and
we»t, in a bend of the Riu-Grande, Mollikn, who visited thebe
n^iona in 1818, eaye '* there is but little uniformity in the general
'* eharacleriBtic» of the physiognomy of thes^e Keg roe** but the
'* natives of the village of Karan are remarkable for their small
•* statiire, slender limbs and the softnoBs of their voice. They are
*• the tnie African Pigniiee.*' {*) However incomplete this nbort
de»eription may be, it is eauy tu see that Teuda Mai J is inhabited
by a mixed population, of whrch these Pigmies are an element.

Although Tenda Maic is somewhat distant from the «pot
where the Nflsamons {'*) of Herodotus were taken pri^oneri«, yet
it in difficult not to connect the diminutive men alluded to by the
Greek historian with Mollien*8 Pigmies. The upper banins
of th© Kio-Grande and Niger are not far apart and we may admit,
without ditEculty, that they were inhabied, in former daye, by men
of tho same race.

^jgrgy as wtifitinff aiuoxij; tbe women though lie sow them qaite clo&e. Bouie

f»i»i»f»T-t;.inrv i.v,;.,i ■nn^ moasurements odone couJd remove* etill prevails

the ethaicftl affinities of the Ol>ongo«. (Dtr Chaillit,

^ . - -'''.)

(•) ttfi/fiffft iittn, ruiirrii*ttr tie rj/ritjur, tntj; unfitrt tltt Sitnigul it de h
,fo*^%^f' •^•yiMl iH3a. VOL II, ^ 216. The viJIftge of FMania situated about

< » y ^ Itfo Part I, p.

32 TUE PIGMIES.

The Gaboon, the Ogooue and the Loaiigo arc a long way from
Tenda Male, and the existence of Negrillo tribes has never as yet
been reported within these limits. 1 am, however, inclined to
believe that all these races of low stature are closely allied one
with another. We know that the whole of the Guinea coast
has been the same of successive invasions which have brought the
conquering tribes of the interior up to the soa-coast. The purpose
of the movement of these swarms of tribes, and their murderous
customs, of which the Dahomeyans of our own times still furnish
a well known example, explain easily how a comparatively feeble
race could, and in fact did disappear over a considerable area.
The extinction of some of these tribes has just been carried out
in our own generation and under our very eyes. It was no doubt
one of the last scenes of a drama, the first acts of which were
enacted far back in the past.

I shall not enter into more detail, the above being sufficient to
lead me to the conclusion that the Negrillos of the Kio- Grande
and those of the further end of the Gulf of Guinea are closely
related with each other and that both have relation to the small
beings described to Herodotus by the Nasamons.

II.

Almost due East of this Gabonese group of pigmies, there pro-
bably exists, in the very heart of Africa, a large centre of Negrillo
populations of which the ancients could have had no knowledge.
The accounts given to Sta^lky by Ahmed, son of Djoumah
(^) seem to me to be of too precise a nature not to be founded on
fact. This ivory merchant had himself seen the small men he
spoke of and had had to fight them ; he owned having been beaten
by them and his statements agree with all the other information
collected by the great American traveller. From this ensemble
of evidence, it follows that towards the centre of the region
comprised within the extensive track of Livinostone, there exists
a race of dwarfs called VouatouaSf very numerous, spread over a

(1) Across the Dark Continent VoL II, p. 114.

THK PIGMIES.

eon«iderable area au<l in possession o£ complete mdcpciitiencp
(») As liu piisj^cil ihrougli Ikoiiudou, (") h>TA n let captured a u
individual beloiif^iug to that or a neigtibuuring tribe. This Voua-
toua mcaaured l^iL His head waa lar^e and his face wju
eurrouudod willi uneven whiskers i>f a lli»hr. chocolate-brow u
colour. Likcj Battel's little Negroe«, these Vouatouns aro elephaul
hunteri* aiid use ]>oij«oned arrows. Thia combiuation of phyaical
and Kocial characteristics connect them evidently with the Negril-
los almve-mentioned. We ehall again find similar traits* among
their brethren, the descendants of the Pigmies of Homer and

POMPOJtirS ]\rELA.

The tradition referring to the latter ie by uu uicanB lost ; It
haa been kept up, in particular, by the Arab geographers who have
placed a rirer of (he Fii^mies m tlio South of Abyssinia. The
Reverend Father LfiON Dts Atanojiers i» of opinion that thit*
ri?er can be identified with a stream spiin^^ng from the Anku
mountains, a little to tbe north of the Eijuator In thift region,
abuut 32^ east longitude, this eminent misBionnry has placed his
Wa-B^^nA'imt/fi^ {^) aIi*o called Cincitllt^Hj which literally means* </7m</
a nyander! Me aUo &aw, in iho kingdom of Gcra, several of these
dwarfs wbom he describeB as ** deformed, thick-set beings, with
large heads, and at the most four feet in height*' (about l^ 30) {*).

The particulars collecte<l by M, ij'AnaAorE from A mace, ainlm«-
sador of the King of Kullo, and from a woman a native of the
neighbouring territory of Kaffa, (*) corroborate the preceding
et&texnente. The Malatt or Maz^ MaJmn would stand a little over

(»> In Stajclky's large Map this region is i>!Aced in about 3*^ south latitude

' Ifi^ ♦ t^de. The tiriveller udda that th« Vouatouaa aiia also

Fc y. Vtmaluiumun and Ymiahoumouit,

(•) Ik • -v 2°53'.

(•) jt ^ dr«mjf4 Orttmo on (hiUn dit» /wyjr Stfttmli

ft tie h c< : „ ..:. ,^ i, with a map, borrowed from a letW to M.

^Z»'AB&APia. Kl^aUmn d€ ia Sael^^ de Gtom^aphltf, ime s^rie, vol. XVII,

(*) ^ i* d Abl>adif, with a mop ( Bullet in d4S la SocteU de

Gm>gr^j*h ic, vol. XII. 1866, p. 171).

( »> , ir'^" ""^"^ ^^ north latitude and 31** east longitude ( Map of Be v.
Fataer Lioy dssAvakou&bs, ho, cit}

THE FtGHIBS*

l^ 50; they are of a black, and occasionally reddish, complexion
(fnym). C)

The data, which my eminent colleague has been good enough to
give mts seem to take these diminutive Negroes a little further
North. But, even so, this would indicate that herc» as in Western
AlVitva, Ihuy arc sputtered over a more or less extenwive area, nnd
that thuir triboH bear different nnmes. Everything, tberet'ore, tends
to show that, to the south of the Gallas countries, thero exists a
centre of a Negrillo population, and I do not think I am too bold in
eunnecting theso eastern tribes with the Pigmies of Povpoyirs
MEC.A.jnst ml have roiupareil the small beings of Hebodotl's with
the dwarfs of ^^enegnmbia. It is useless, I think* my repeating
ben% in Kupport of tliis ii|jiijion, the arguments whieh I have men-
tioned above.

We know that it is particularly the Pigmies of IIomeb, living m
the marshy region of the Nile, who have a ttrarted the attention
of commentators. I have before this recalled the opinions expressed
by BuFFos nnd HnuLtN on this subject, {*} The paper of the Abbe
Ba**ikh sums up the various interpretations ottered by other
savants, who, also regarding these legends as having a certain
groundwork of truth, have tried to indentify the dwarfs of mytho-
logy with some of the populations known to the ancients, (*)
It IB hardly necessary to add that these conjectures, wliieh were
bu«ed on no solid foujidation whatever, could lead to no valua-
ble result, nnd it is easy to vniderstaud why earnest investigators
should have rejected, as groundless, all that had been said on the
Buhjeet It was reserved for modern exploration to give another
direction to these resi^arches and lo lead to positive conclusions.

In fact, the further travellers have penetrated in the regions of
the Upper Nile, the more evidence they have been able to collect

(I) M. S. Communicnihm of M* B'Abbadik with a note by tlie aame
author, ilhtlhtiN ilv lu Soviet t iV AKthroj/ologie^ Mu fi6rie, II, p. lOD).

(») Vidt anti\ Part I.

(>) JtU^ettntwti «ftr /rt r^ym^es (M^mohc* tif VActidcfttif dca In*erip-
inns t /Irlti* Lt'ttfTA^sul \\ p, lOl), The author ynde^voiira to i»ruvo thut
r gm tn fiave rc^Jly cxi«te<l titid arc to be lOQked for m Aaoiont Ethiopia,
Eo ideutaieb Lhom with the PaohiiiiAnB of Ftolsmy.

THE PI0HIV8. 88

with regard to theeo Bmall aised populationa. Tlie existence of true
Pigmiea thus became more and more probable; so innch bo tliat in
Bome instructions framed by a committee of the '* Acadcmio
dca Sciences ■' for the exploring expedition of M. d*Escayrac or
LAUTriiE, the compiler took care to draw the attention uf the tra-
veller to this particular point. (*) But we know that it has been
in rain thnt Eun:>pean8 have travelled up the Nile and have even
reached its source; they have never come across these small beinga.
Spcke ftJone »aw, at the court of Kamraai, a deformed dwarf of
whom be gives a portrait. But this* drawing and aci'ompanying
explanation ahow that KvMJ'iKiA, far from belonging to a race of
Pigmiefl, was not even aware of the existence of the^e diminutive
Ncgpocs. (*)

It is SciiwEiFFiTBTH to whom is due the honour of demonstrating
that rhe myth of IIomkr oonccalod a reality, and of proving the word^
of AttisTOTLt. But to do this he had to cross over from the water-
shed of the Nile to that of the Ouellu, to go beyond the laud of
the Niftm-Niam» and reach the eountry of the Monbouttoua whleh
he was the first to visit It was at the court of Mounza that he
diKovered tliis dwarfish race, still know^n there under the name of
Akkas, the very name whitrh Mariettk had read at the side of
th*; portrait of a tlvvarf on a monument of the old Ej^yptian empire,
tVom the information ^iven to Schwexnfurth by Adimokou,
^■hicf o! the small colony which Mounza keeps near his royal resi-
lience^ it would seem that the land of the Akkas or Tiki-Tikis, (<")
i» fitnated about '4 Nortli latitude and 25'' East longitude. This
wmtry ia uo doubt pretty extensive- Living on amicable terms
*Hh the surrounding populations, and protected by their mighty
^^Jglil>orir, the Akkas seem to occupy here a continuous area and

^»M Comjptn rrtuhu d^ VArntUmir dt4i Scientet. Sitting of the 10th

, ^"^" ~ '"' ' ' ■ *y« df hi SoetHr dc Gro0rttphit\ -^wi/* Berie. XII,

- cuinix*«<Mi of M-M. OATssy, CoaoiEB, ^lik

I - ^i . iA«\OON, MONTAGNK, It?. GEorFROT SALNT-HI-

* i^^. VALi:.XLli;?iNE3, J. ULOijCKT ftml JOMARD,

J J) 7h4^ Simrce M iU y\it\ J. U. SPEKE. p. 496 and plate, p. 497.
X^ . ) HoLT^ZA oaeil the w uid Akka to describe theee little Negroeii, wbereait
^ ^^^Mi euxemia Moimimeri, called tliem Tiki-Tikifl,

number, nine difitinct tribes having each ite own king or chief. (*)
At the time of iScEWEiNFUCTii's nsit, these people were, partiallr
at least, under the atithority of MorMSiERi, one of MorxzA^'s ras*
"^nh^ whn catne to pay homapje to hts suzerain at the head of a
perfect regiment of these Btnall Negroes, so that the European
traveller was able to see, at the same time, several hundreds of
tliese dwarf warriors. (^)

In exchange for one of ht^ dogs, ScHWEiNFUftTH obtaloed from
MouiczA one of the Akkas of whom he had made a portrait f*)
Ue ihteuded brui*j;ing lum over to Europe, but th<? unfortunate
Nsfnor^ died of dj^eutery at Berber, Soutli of Khartoum, His
skeleton may perhaps one tUy be found by some traveller and
brought to somo Muaoum where it will furnish to science tlie
anatomical indications which are still wanting concerning these
people.

The only record^^ wo have as jet^ with respect to the Akkiis,
proceed from the examijiatitm of living subjectH, and are very few
in number. The notes and measuremeuts taken by 8ciiWKi\'prRTii
were burnt in the unlucky fire which destroyed the fruit of three
years* arduous work and toil, and it was anything but easy to make
up, even partially, for such a loss. However, M. MatinO bad the

(1) ScmwiiiNFCliTH, .ttf P€Pwr ^/r rj/r/^wf, p. 110. This journey i» one
of the most remarkable amonjf tho&e which have fw> rapiiUy incjvoeeci our
kaovvledge of Central Africa* It lasittd from the beginning of July, I^<;h^
to tiie eArly part of Novemljcr, 1 871, and the greattT part of it was jus^Ik m
countrit5» entirely unexplored up to that time hy Europeans. The trav< ; ^i
had gathered splendid collpctionti of ail kinds and had taken numerous ol -- r-
fttions. note**, drawinp!i» maps, etc. Nearly all of these scientific Uku-

ires were unfortunately desti'oyed by fire. We can will "ro ig-'ue t^v j- f

' the flavant thus rctiucod to relate his travels from memory. Hi* u ui k
is none the lec<H moat valuable on account of the information obtained al>oDt
regrionfi which until then were utterly unknown.

(«) ScHWEiNFniTii, Ah cfcnr drVAtrifjite, p. ILl.

(>) Id. p. i>4. BcuwKiNFT'BTU has given a full height portnut of another
AJdCA called B6mbi. {LL p. 121 ),

Sinoe Moi^nza hiLH learnt tlie value attached Uy Akkas, as objects of eurio«i^,
he oecft«ionally gives them ae pT«*enti3 to the ivorj* merchaute who visit him
I'.very year* This m liow one of these individuale arrived at Khartoum; he
had l>een eent to the Governor of the Soudan by Emin-Bst ( Doctor
Hthx iTZOR ). M. VnssioK, the French Vioe-CouJinl, gave a brief deecriii*
tion of him iu a iett<*r t«o \vhicli I will refer htrenftci'.

THE FI0HTI8. 37

good luck, during one of his travels, of coming across two Akka
female slaves, a young girl and an adult woman. (^) Another
woman, SaIda, sent to Italy by Gessi-Pacha, was thoroughly
examined by M. Gioliolt. (') M. CiiAiLLfi-LoNo-BEY saw also
a woman who had accompanied one of Mouxza's sisters
to the country of the Niams-Niams. (^) M. Vossion, French
Vice-Consul at Khartoum, has given, in a letter that was put at my
disposal, a brief description of a grown-up man. But, though
these records may corroborate and complete each other, still they
would be quite insufficient, had not a favourable circumstance
occurred, which furnished European anthropologists with the means
of studying personally the curious race under remark.

A traveller, more courageous than learned, M. Miani, had fol-
lowed on the footsteps of ScnwEiNFrRTn and also reached the
country of Mombouttous. Less fortunate than his predecessor,
he broke down from fatigue, and died, bequeathing to the Italian
Geographical Society, two young Akkas whom he had exchanged
for a dog and a calf. (*) After various vicissitudes, Tebo and
Chaieallah, were taken charge of by a man of science and feeling,
Count MiNiscALcni-Eiiizzo, who had them brought up under his
direction. They could thus be followed and studied at leisure.
Their photographs were at the same time profusely distributed
by the Geographical Society, and attracted, on all sides, the atten-
tion of anthropologists. (*) The result of these observations was

(i) M. Marxo'S notcfi were publisher! in the Mittheilnnz/en der Anthropo-
loghche^tt Gticlhchafi in Wicn, vol. V, and were analvftctl in the Arch irio per
TAniropolotjia e Ul Etnologia^XiA. IV, p. 4r>l, and also in M. HAM Y*S work, loc.
cit, p. 98.

(«) Gli Akhi rrrtniti in If aim. {Archirio, vol. X, p. 404.)

(s ( Vaynge an Lac Mctoria Nyanza et an Patjg des yiaTns-JViams ; linlletin
dc la Svciatt de Geoijraphiv^ <»tb Series, vol. X, p. 303 ) and Central Africa^ p.
263. with plates, p. 264 and 207. In the latter an Akka woman is represented
between two Niam-Niams and hardly comes up to their shouldtr.

(♦) Les Ahkas, by Count Miniscalchi-Eeizzo. ) Congref International
de* Sciences Geographiqvat, Steeion of Paris, 1879. vol. I, p. 299.) The author
jnves three photographs representing Tebo, full face and profile, and Chaib-
ALLAH full face only.

(») Tebo and Chairallah, on arriving at Cairo, were examined by
Colucci-Pacha, Reony-Bey, Doctor Gaillardot and by M.M. Schwein-
FLRTH, OwEN% CoRNALiA and Paxceri, who happened, by chance, to be at

THE PIGltlEfl.

first to remove all doubt as to the reality of SoHWKi»TrBTH*B dis-
4?orerj, Some persona considered the individuals preriouely
meaKured by travellers as mere children and believed that Tedo
aud Chairallah would grow taller. (^) The former of these two
8 lip positions could not stajid before the accurate statementa made by
MabnO, onthe observatinos of MM. Giolioli and Chaill6-Loko
on three women, and those of M. Vossion on a man ; as for the
second hypothesis, it was refuted by one of the two Akkas himself,
who, as he grew older, never exceeded or even reached the maxi-
mum height recorded by Schweintcrtu, (-)

The Russian traveller measured six adults; none of them, aaya

LAI

i the name time in Egypt. Their observations were published in the BnUrtin
\de V Inst it tit Etjijpfien in 1873 and 1874* These little negroes w^rethe cause of
the pul>licatioii of mim)' other jMifiers, among which I shall quote : Ej'amrn de
dcuiF jXrffrffJt I*i/ffitUeit df la trtbu (iejf Akktis ramenvx par Miani dtt ^^trure f/a-
hoH, by M, Richard Owen ; Itcmarqurnt on the above jjapex, by MM, Baix^A,
Hamy and de QuATBKiUfJuei. ( JiulUtin de la ,Soeit^t^ d' A nf hnfpoh^^ie^ 1874^
p. 255*) ; — Sitr leg Akhttt by M, Fantzza {id, p. 4fi3; Observationji Anrles Jdit't**
natHJf A/riefthtcs it propo» drs Alikait, hy A, De Quatrefaoks ( #VA p- 7»OU )
And Comptett-rrndnn de V Academic drs *^Vwr//tvvf, 1874, p. 1518); — Lem Akkm^^
race Ptfijtnee de V AfviqKc Ctntralc^ by P. Bllu€A {limfv d'Anthropoltufh\ 1874,
p. 279 ) ;— / dup Afika dd MianU by MM. P. Manteuazza and A. ZAy>ET'ri,
{Archirio per tAnthropulogitt e U Etmdogia^ voL III, 1874, p. 1H7 ) with an
AppvndU (p* 158) including three letters ^Fxitten at Cairo by MM. Owfijr,
P, Paiccehi, and E. Corn alt A ; — I^ltns wr les Akkat de Mititti, l»y E, CoR-

NALIA, 'ftith remarks by M. M. Oi«LiOLi and Zanneti Arehit^w , 1874.

p. 4L^8 i^Gli Ahhi ddMiani by Z— - Archirio -, vol. IV, 1874, p. IMO );

— Attrritiri yt/tizif cutornir di Ac(/riti ; ftfi Akkii rirtnti t*t Itatiti^ by Pro-
fessor E. UlLLIOKH GlOLlULI ( Archirio , vol, X, p. 404 ),

(t) Panijuca— /f^t'. c^t^ p. 4G4. The Anthropological Society of Madrid fieemi
I have shared tbu doubts euUirtaintd by the Itomnn Doctor.
(5) Some doubt haa betm entertuin%?*l a» t*> the puritj' of type of MlANl'8
kk^fi. M, Hamy expreHHe^, on thirt particidar jHjint, ( he eit^ p* 97 ) a
ktion which m not p«rliaj)« entirely without t^round with reg'anl to
HAIItALLAH. On the other hand, his cephiillL' index m rather low ( 77,52 ) ;
i\L Manteoazza and Zannktti, in thoir exhaui?ti%'e work on these Akka^
'groumiing^ their opinion on the t*uppo*H^d aj<e of tho two subject** aud the
g^^neral hiws of growth, had predicted thatTetio wuuld stop below Chairal-
LAU ( W. eit^ p. 1 H )* The event hart confirmtid their pretliction ; Chairal-
kABi Btili growings had rcaohed lin42t wheroan Tkbo* who hoe all the cha-
M!ten9tica of an aduJt, and ^tec-mc^ to have finiehetl gioyfing^ has Ktoppc'd at
;ni4! (GIOLIOLT, lor. cit, p. 4uii ). Moreover, the latter has a verj' hig-h index
80.2H ). Therefore, if any doubt can utill be »aid to exist with regard to
HAIRALLAU, who may |>erhap*i have tieen aflPected by intermixture with a
full -blood Negro element, such a frappoeitlou can howeTer not apply to Tebo
himMlf.

THE PIQMIX8. 89

be, exceeded lm50. (0 l^e one measured bj &f. Yossion, was
32 years old and l°>dl in height. Tebo, the older of Miami's
Akkas, with all the characteristics of an adult, has stopped grow-
ing at 1™41, which is the average for the three figures above. (■)

The woman measured by Mabn5, was from 20 to 25 years of
a^e and came up to 1°^3G (') ; the one of Chaill^-Long was
l=»2ir>; Saida, 1™;34 (*) ; the mean height thus being 1^302.
The average for both sexes would be lm3o6. These figures bring
the Akkas, with regard to stature, perceptibly below the Mincopies,
and even slightly under the Bushmen, who, to this day, have been
looked upon as the smallest people on earth. But the measure-
ments obtained, up to now, among intertropical Pigmies are not
numerous enough to allow of this fact being definitively accepted
by science. (*)

ScnwErxFUBTH describes the Akkas as having a very large head,
a wide and nearly spheroidal skull. (•) The latter feature has
certainly been exaggerated. The highest index, ever measured on
the body, is given by Mabno*s figures and only reaches 82-85,
which amounts to about 80-85 for the dry skull. The average, for
three young subjects, is 78-03, that is, over 76-00 for the dry skull.
(') This result, far from indicating the true dolicocephalism which
dis*tinguii*he8 full-blooded Ne^^roes, agrees on the contrary with the
figures that distinguish the Negrillo type as shown above. Accord-
in:^ to Sceiweixfukth again, the complexion of the Akkas recalls
the colour of slightly burnt coffee. The observations made ou

CO Loc. cit p. 151.

(«) GiGLiOLi, loc. cit., p. 406.

(3) Zor. r/f, p. 461.

( * ) Loe. rit, p. p. 410.

( *) This refiervation is all the more juBtified that no Akka has ever exhi-
bited BO low a minimum (1ml 4) as the female Bushman measured by Bar-
R< ► w and especially as the individual of the same race to whom Doctor Weis-
BACK a**igiiii a stature of Im only.

(«) Loc. cit, p. 124.

(' ) In order to bring back the ratio obtained on the living to what it
would be on the dry skull, M. Hamy takes into account the small develop-
ment of the temporal muscles in young subjects, and reduces the index by
oue unit only, thuji considering the average under remark at being 77.00 at
lean. {loc. c</, p. 98.)

40 THE PIQIIIES.

Tebo and CHi.iRi.LLA.u are in accordaace with this statement. But
Count MiNrscALCiii has observed that their skin became much paler
in winter time. (^) Their hair is about the same colour, though
lighter in the ease of Ciiairalla.it. With both it is decidedly woolly
and forms gzoun'rides ; such is also the beard which has grown on
Tebo's chin and upper lip. (')

SrnwEiXFUBTH has represented Nsfevou^ as very prognathic,
the nose being aquiline de profil, though the tip is blended with
the upper lip (^) ; the chin is prominent, whereas, with Bombi,
it recedes a good deal and the nose stands out more. (*) In that
respect, Tebo's photograph approaches more closely the latter type
than the former. (*) The lips are not so thick as with common
Negroes, and are even described as thin by VL. VossiON and by
ScnwEiNFURTii as well.

All statements agree in asigning to the Akkas, men or
women, a considerable expansion of the belly which gives to
adults the appearence of Negro or Arab children. (•) In the
photographs we possess of Tebo and Chairallau, this feature is
most conspicuous. M. Panizza, who studied, in an anatomical
point of view and by auscultation, the cause of such a develop-
ment, attributes it to an unusual size of the spleen and of the
left lobe of the liver, and also to a large amount of fat accummu-
lated in the mesentery. (0 '^^^^ distension of the abdomen is
attended by consequences which have struck all observers. The
chest, comparatively narrow and flat in the upper region, expands
lower down so as to encompass this enormous paunch. (®) On the
other hand, the protrusion of the belly requires, for the sake of
balance in the body, that the lower portion of the spine should

(1) Lite, clt., p. 301.

( a ) GlOLlOLl, loc. cit., p. 405.

(s) Loc. cit., p. Gi.

(4) SCHWEINKL'RTII, loc. cit., p. 121.

^^) MiNISCALCHI, ior. Clt., p. 30U.

(0) SCHWEIXFL'KTU, ioc. cit , p. 123; 3IarNo, loc. cit., p. 461 ; VossiON's
unpubliahed letter. However, BoMBi's portrait docs not exhibit this character,

(7) Z«7C. c<Y., p. 465.

(») SCHWEIXrURTH, loc, cit.

TKE PKSnaL 41

ilao be brought forvud in c«:QK4x<esf^ cf w^j^sl ij« T«c^«cr^

It is obrioos, boirerer, laat tai* Ab:::-r3jil oe^clopzaei: of lie
abdomen cannot be taken as a tme ratriil crLir:fc::e»dir 'i izi*
people, but w no d»"»ubt brought on r_r th^ir 2>>ie *>f li^ac ac-i
nature of tbe food, and perhaps al^o hv the ^ceral o?Qd::io:is of
habitat. TLia we can infer from the personal experience of Coon;
MnascALCHi, who noticed that, after a few weeks of vholessome
and regular diet, " the excessive expansion of the abdomen had
disappeared and the spine had resumed it« normal state. *^ i. ' )
The same change has occurred with regard to SaIda. (')

In order to complete the physical description of these Akkas, I need
saj a few words about their limbs. The upper ones are long« and
the hands very delicately shaped. (*) The lower limbs are short
as compared with the bust and have a slight inward bend. The
feet also arc turned in, but more so than with other Africans. (*)

(1 ) This conformation has been the cause of a singular mistake and of a
good <1^ of discussion. In a communication to the Egyptian Institute
( 5th December, 1873 ), Schweixfubth had compared this bend of the spine
to a G. The eminent traveller evidently alluded to the lower portion of the
back and meant to say that the concavity of the C was turned backwards.
But, acting under the influence of preconceived ideas, and in the hopes of disco-
vering the mingifig link, which has been the subject of so much active search
for so long, some venturesome minds supposed that theC represented the shape
of the whole back, that the concavity was turned forward, and that, conse-
quently, the Akkas bore, in that respect, a great resemblance to anthropo-
morphous monkeys. Before even having seen their photographs, I had com-
batted. at the Anthropological Society and elsewhere ( loc. eit., p. 1519 ) this
interpretation, which is perfectly incompatible with the mode of locomotion
in man and with the agi'ity universally attributed to the Akkas. Broga {he.
cit., p. 284) and also MM. Manteoazza and Zanxetti ( loc. cit^ p. 148 )
have, later on, given the same arguments in support of our common opinion ,
which is entirely justified by the present state of knowledge on the subject.

(>) HI5IBCALCHI, loc. cit., p. 21)9.

C) GIOLIOLI, U)c. ciU p. 410.

(*) SCHWElxrUBTH, loc. cit, p. 124. The photographs' of Tebo and
CBAiaALLAH do not justify this compliment, any more than the cast made of
TiBO.

(») SCHWEDTFUBTH, loc» ciU P. 123.

42 TH£ PI6MI£8.

The Akka women bear a great resemblance to the men. M.
GiGLTOLi speaks of SaIda as having a thick waist, short neck,
arms neither slim nor long and hands rather largo than other-
wise, ller complexion, as with Chaiballaii, is that of a mulatto;
her hair is of a fuliginous black and the grony'rulrs are not so
distinct; prognathism rather more defined. (*) This description
agrees perfectly with the portrait given by M. Chaill^-Lono,
who adds that, in the case of his Tiki-Tiki woman, the breasts were
very flaccid, though she vowed never having had any children. (•)

The physiological characteristics of Akkas resemble those of
most savages. Thoir senses are extremely acute, and Schwiih-
FUBxn repeatedly bears witness to their excessive agility. Accord-
ing to the Monboukous, these little creatures are wont to bound
in the tall grass, after the manner of grasshoppers. (') NsfevouiS
had, in a certain measure, kept up that habit and during the time
he stopped with Scuwei>fueth, was never able to bring a dish
without spilling part of its contents. (*)

The Akkas are very courageous. " They are men, and men who
know how to fight," said Moumm^bi speaking of his followers. (•)
They are great elephant hunters and will attack them with a very
short bow, and spears hardly as high as themselves. (•) LoNO-
Bbv coroboratcs this statement and adds that the women are as
martial as the men and this again fully confirms the information
given by Battf:l. (")

J;^c^WKINFUurII draws a miserable picture of the character and
iiitellcct of NsEvou^:. lie describes him as enjoying the sight of

( ) Lot', fit., !». 410.

( -^ ) Loc. at., p. 201). Tay traveller liowovor asjilbos to hor very small han^JU

Mllfctt.

(n A/., p. 111.
(4) /r/., p. 12X
(») SCHWEI.NFUKTII, p. 11.").

('* ) P7.'//? portrait of Bom bi, he cit. ScH WEiXFUUTH does uot mention that
tl.oir arrows arc poisoned.
( 1 ) Lon(J-Bky, Ioc. cit., p. 2<»0.

THS PIGXIM. 43

wfitoinj m men and animals, and as ncrep baring sacceeded in
learning Arabic or any other dialect of the country. (*) Mnaa-
CALCDi, on the contrary, found Tebo and Chatbai.laii to be
affectionate and grateful pupiU, always ready to improre them-
leWes. Both of them, especially TfiBO, had a great tiste for music.
Two years after their arrival in Europe, they knew how to read and
write. Their adoptive father showed, in 1S79, to one of his col-
leagues, two letters entirely worded and written out by them
without any help whatever ; the fac-simile of these specimens wa*
inserted in the proceedings of the Congress. (») They had not,
however, forgotten their mother-tongue and could supply 31.
MiKiBCALcni with several hundred words and various information
enabling him thus to draw up a grammar which he considers as
similar to that of the Niam-Niam Ungnage. (*)

What have these Akkas become under the influence of a Euro-
pean climate and of an education to which they were submitted, for
the first time, these representatives of that ancient and wild race that
has settled down at two or three degrees from the Equator r
Evidently the question is of great interest, and we must feel grate-
ful to M. GioLiOLi for having replied to it in detail. (♦)

Tebo has always borne up very well against the cold winters of
Verona. Chaiballah has had ague and cough pretty often ; he
also suffered from rheumatism for the first two or three years, but
both are now perfectly well acclimatized, (•) and so is also Saida. (•)

(O Loe.eit^^ 125.

^•) ^. ci^., p.p. 302 and 303.

'^) M. MiKiscALCHi used to converse with them in Arabic, which they

fiy^ VAo ^^^ virenti in Italiu^ loc. cit. This memoir was written in \i<¥},
J^eaiB after that of Count Mixie^'ALCHi.
J*> ^rf.p.407.
of the Sl^^^^^^^^ thought that he could discover, by a fidrni^e inqiection
bostandS'^ ^ ^^ ^'^ grown somewhat longer. The examination of the
^^•^ do y^ nie^suiea, necessarily approximative, which I took of this plaster-
not, to my mmd, justify this opinion.

TffE PIQMIES.

A casting was taken of TgBO. and his bust can be Been at the
Museum. By com|mringit with tlie photographs taken in 1874, we
6ee that he has lost somewhat of his infantine looks ; his forehead
is less prominent, though not so elan ting as with Xsfivoufe. In
that reapect he comes closer to B^^mbi. Prognathism is mther more
defined, but the other features are hardly altered. (* )

These two Akkas have kept a sensitive and unsettled disposi-
tion, like that of ehilflren. (*) They are fond of play ; their
motions are rapid, and, in their promenades, they like Ut run at a
douhle-(|uiek pace. ('')

Tebo is more affectionate and studious, and has always behayed
himself well. Chaihallau i.-? more int*^lligent, but has occasionally
nhowed himseU" spiteftd and revengeful. They have, however,
never quarelled with their young friends, and they love each other
most tenderly.

Both of them have been baptized and are observant of their
religious dutie.*^, though their spiritual leader does not consider
their sentiments in tliat respect aa very deeply rooted. (*)

They have now completely forgotten their mother-tongue^ and '
very nearly all the Arabic thoy knew. Tlusy speak Italian fluently,
but experienced at first grt-at diiEculty in pronouncing wordu
containing two z {beHezza, carezza).

They have a great sense of emulation, and, at school, hare shown ,
themselves superior to their European companions of ten and

(i) GlOLIOLI, /<?<?. rf^, p. 4HK

(i) Lo€. ciU p. 409,

(») The above conJd alen B]>ply to SAiDA. However she was not treated in
the Banie way as her coimti'} iulii, 8ht' remaiii'd a servant and was not
taught to read and writt\ SLestjieukB Italian fluently, and a little GeanMi,
s^bich iH lilt- language of hm- iniBtrefi*; she is bometimefi capriciouB and very
fond of plajTng with children. (Oir.LinLi. loe. nt., p. 411.)

(•) /rf,»p. 409,

rwelve jears old» The Dotet wbich their professor nhoweil to M.
GteLiOLi, prove that they went thorough ly well through the v&riam
compositions in arithraetic, paroing and dictation. (*) Countess
^Incise Aii en I gave muaio lessons to Tkbo, and M, GiOLroLt heard
him play» on the piano, some rather difficult piecesj with a certain
amount of feeling and a good de^l of precision, (■)

In jihort, we maj conclude that, in spite of their small stature,
their comparatively long arms, their large bellies and short logs,
the Akkas are real and true men in every respect; those who had
looked upon them as Iialf-monkeya must be now completely un-
deceived,

ConeluMwn, — The foreing facts seem to convey a few general
roniiiderationa which I will now briefly summarize.

In proceeding from Senegambia and Gaboon towards the land
of the Gallafl and Mouboutous, we have verified the true existence
of human communities characterized, all of them, by a small
stature, a comparatively large and rounded head, a lighter
complexion than that of Negroes proper, and by similar instincts and
customs. With M. Hamt, we must acknowledge that these
groups are as many specimens of a special race, the Neoiullos, who
are, in Africa^ the representatives of the Asiatic and Indo-Melane-
ftian Negritos.

The ancients evidently possessed more or less accurate infor-
aation respecting these Negrillos, as well as the Negritos. They
were the African Pigmies, but they had been placed in three

ographical localities where they are no more to be met with now-
adays. In order to find them, wo must look to countries which are

fe- ■ — _^^ — ^. ^

(*) Chaiballau had obtained 10 ( mnximum figure) for dictation and

aJigraphy ; Tebo, aleo 10 for dietntion. Their other noteeare 8/ 10 and &/ll>

ic«t>t for the ioiution of arithmetic problems, in which Chair allah comes

own to 7/10 axkd Tbbo to 6/10. We find hcjre a^^oin a proof of the iuferiority

"of Sapc^o races with Teg^ajrd to science,

(•) 14. p, 209. Their education has uufortimatcsly been stopped at prenent-
Bc^h CHAraALLAU and Tebo make part of the houfehold in the HiifiacAL-
Cfli familj. iQiQLiovhhc, city

i^ti^

m§ TITE FlGMtES.

mucli f uilher from Europe than was supposed in olden times ; more-
over, these Picrniicpi appear to us now as forming isolated agglomer*
ations far apart from ea^^h other Laf*tly, in one of these homes
ftt least, we are able to witness at present the decline of the race
and its fusion with n iiei[jfhl>ourIn); eleii2nt, whieh is conatimtly
inrreaaing in i#trens?th and rinmber

All theae faets reeall vividly the past, and the present fato of the
Negpritos must naturally be relegated to the same causes. They
show us that, iu days gone by, the Neijrillo!* were more niimeroua
and formed more eompaet and continuous communitiea, aud that
they must have been driven back and broken up by anperior race^.
Their Liiitory, if better known, would moat eertaitily biMtr a ^reat
resemblance to that of their Ei^toni brethren.

What we know of the latter iuduces to believe that, in the lauds
where they are still to be fouruh these Negritos have preceded the
races by whom they have Bubaequently been oppresi^ed, di^pert^e^l
and almost anuihilated. With regard to Negrilloe, eimilar facts
must carry with them the same conelusionn. We are tbtia brou^^ht
to accept as must probable that these small and brat'liyt'ephulie
Ne^roei* originally occupied at lea^it a great part of Africa
previous to the full-blooded Negroes characterized by dolieocopha-
lisTii and a larger stature. The latter eorrespuiid ivith the Papuan,
while the Negrillos are the Negritos of Africa.

This comparison does not arise simply from a superficial inspec-
tion of the African and Indo-Mehinesian Negroes ; it is also
justified by the detailed study of skulls which renders evident
the striking connoctiuo existing between the two great anthropo-
logical formatioua which rcpr«'ii'nl tho Xngro type at batli extre-
mities of our continent, ( * )

Ifow could such a narrow resemblance liave occurred between
populations which are separated by so vast a upaee and by su*di

(1) Cran'm Ethnita,

THE PlttHIES. 47

numerous and diflerent raced? Arc these affinities the nimpie
result of a common origin ? This interrogati()u, and many others
too, had been uttered, even before the late discovery of Negrillos,
which has made a reply more urgent than ever. I regret to say
that the present state of science doodi not allow us to offer a satis-
factory solution to this problem, assuredly one of the most curious
among the many points connected with the geographical distribu-
tion of the human race. (*)

The study of these small negro races suggests one more reflec-
tion. ^

AVTien alluding to Pigmies, the ancients mixed up with true
facts many exaggerations and fables. Modern science, misled at
times by its own strictness, and, dwelling solely on the unaccep.
table points of these traditions, rejected in a lump all the
statements regarding the dwarfs of A.-ia and Africa. The above
proves that science was wrong, and this mistake teaches us a
lesson.

When there' is a question of traditions, of legends connected with
people less learned than we are, and especially with wild popula-
tions, it is but right to examine them thoroughly, however strange

(») Logan has studied this que-^t ion from different points of view, and
has developed with much scien^^. the theory that the African Negroes
have penetrated into A<«ia and M^'lauesLi through a slow infloxion which
has been accompli»he<l hv sea. He attributes a great infloence to the
Malagasy pofulation. ^ The Kthnohtgi/of tin- Ind'mn Archipthtno ; The Jour-
nal of the Indian Archipehion anil Eaxttrn Asia, vol- IV, and Ethnology oftke
iHdO'PaciJip Txland*, vol. VII. ) Fu>WERS i* in<l:ne<l to admit that the small
black race which sDrunir n\\ in the southerly re^dons of In^lia, has spread itsefl
East and W» pt in Melanesia and Africa, and that the taU Xegroes are descended
from it. C On. the O*teoloqy and Afi'titia of the yatitei of the Andaman
Islands : Ihe Journal of the Anthropological Institute, vol IX.) AXLESr also
derives the African No^zroes from A^ia and endeavours to prove that they have
left traces of their pasflage in. mnny parte of inteiTnediate countries. fTke
Original Range of the Papna and ycgrito Races ; The Journal of ths AntkrO'
pological Institute, vol. VIII.) Professor Seeley thinks that the Kegro two^
occupied, in former timed, a t^trip of land which extended from Africa to
MeUmeaia and is now submerged. (Quoted by Allen* ; loc, citt p. iO.j

48 THE PIftMISi.

and singular they may appear at first. Many of these accounts
contain interesting and true information which is often concealed
under superstitions, mistakes, forms of language or erroneous in-
terpretations. The duty of the man of science is then similar to
the task of the miner who separates gold from its quartz. Very
often he also, with a little work and cautious criticism will succeed
in redeeming, from a heap of errors, some important truth.

VALENTYN'S DESCRIPTION OF MALACCA.

[ The following paper is a translation by Mr. MCiif.ER, Govern-
ment Translator, of Valenttn's Account of Malacca.

A portion of tliin has alre.idy appe.irc«l in IjOi;vn'h Journal, Vol.
IV, but &A it appears that it was never complete I, asid m.itter waa
omitted wliirh some might find interestin:;, and, further, that the
translation was not altogether to be deperi«led on, I have thoui^ht
it worth while to insert a tru:*tworthy translation of the whole
with a few note«*.

I). F. A. II.]

ABSTRACT, TRANSLATED FROM FRANCOIS VALENTYN'S
HISTORY OF MALACCA (ANNO 1726.)

The town of Malakka is situated in 2' 20" northern latitude
and on 102~ 20" lon«;itude, on the Continental Malay coa:*t, which
lies easterly of the East coast of the great i.^lau'l of Sumatra,
about 8 miles [leagues?] in a strai-^ht line from the oppo.site shore.

Ptolemy and the Ancients gave it the name of "Terra or Regie
Aurifera/* which means ** the country rich in ^old/' or of ** Aurea
Chen«onesus," i.e., ** The Gold Peninsula/' making it appear at
about the 11th dei^ree, where it is* joined by a narrow isthmus to
Tenassefrim and Siam. It is the mo.st southern territory of India.

It is situated on the point of a neck of lan<l, between which and
the N.E. coant of Sumatra is a fine sound, known by the name of
the Straits of Malakka, or otherwise, by that of the Straits of Sin-
gapore, after a very ancient town commonly called Siwjapura.

It covers approximately an area of l.SOJ paces in circuit, or of
about one mile, and has a strong wall on the sea side of about 600
paces long, being also protected by a solid stone wall on the X.W.
or river side. Tliere is, moreover, a stone bastion on the N.K. side,
called Santo Domingos, and there was another wall, called Ti/irtA,
built towards the waterside, and extending to a strong round
bastion called Si. Jngo, now gone to ruins ; there were also other
fortresaes on the S.E. side and two bastions, making it altogether 4

TALETffTT^'B T>P.BCBTPTIOK OT MALACCA

very Btrono: pkce, but in time almnut all thaie fort ifl nation 9 hfive
gone to rninB, We do not ine.Jtiun their aamts now, a« tho/ will
appear io tlie course of this di*^Miri|»tion.

The c(mvent of ttfe'.To*»nrtrt: ai»»o railed St. Pivul'i* Conrent, waw
buift lii;L^lier up in U»\viii, m\\ the riio »n,st«ry iif tha Miiiorin*,
otherwise ealleil that nT Madrede Deo.-*, stoo't on the adjfioeiit hill*.

'11 1€ hrritorj^' belmi^in;; to Mahikka extend?* over a leii^th of liO
milea, and over n breiidfh uf alHmt 10 rnilej*. There are two i?,lets
in its vicinitVT ^//^'' '/'* N*tO}i,{^) witiiin a gun-s+hot fri)tn the t-jwn,
and i7/o^ dnH Pedrust, {^) from where they i^ot the storieH to build
I houBes, tl'r. with, heyoiid the range of ^'invshot. Hio Portumii^o
carraeks and galleonH used to anchor between these two iUet« in
4 or 5 fathoms uf wuier, (^)

On the >iorth-West ftide of the town is a wall with a jratr and a
email fortified turret, and next to it a river, dischartjin;;; into the
eea, with fresh water at low tide, but w^ith salt water at Lifili
tide, lis width ia 40 paces, and its current is generally pretty
strong. It U commonly called ** ChrysoraDt," aud there is another
river on the East side. (*)

The country on the other pide of the river { being on the ^ame
level with the laud Avhere the town i»* built ) is joined to it by a
wooden bridge ; but tlie ground is very Hwampy on the South- Eaut
side, being generally flooiled in the rainy mouiioou, with the excep-
tion of a s*mall ]>iece along tlie beach, which lies somewhat higher.

There are in the town many fine and broad street;?, but un))aveJ,
and also many fin*^ btone houeiies, the greater part of which are of
the time of the Portuguese, and built very solidly after their
fashion.

The town is built in the form of a crescent.

There is a respectable fortreji« of great Httength* fvitli solid wnlU
and fortified with bttstion?, vvell-j»r*tvii!ed with L'uti?», able to stand
with its garrison a hard bh>w* (^> !here are, in the fortress, sci^eral
strong stone houses and pretty good f»treet8, ali reuiembering the
Portuguese timet*, and the tower, erected on the hill, Beem.^ to be

ii) FQliLuJawa,

iPOlaaCpeh.

( « ) OnJy about two fatliomB now.

{ • ) No traces of tliie now, txctj t in the large drains near Kampong Jiwm,
and Banda HUir.

(» ) The only remains visible of thif* now nre contahiefl in the cursor*« old
gateway (near tho io^;d*;nceof Mr. J, E, U'EciXEiiuouT) which bears Porta-
gnese unnB, but a Dutch dutc, vix , ]U«0 ; thifi is prubably whi^t ia left of the
baatiOD called " Balaarte Sfintiatro'' »a marked in the old platnaof the For-

tTMi.

TALEHTYN a DESCBIPTIOJC OF MALACCA.

pretty Btron^, thonpli itii interior is fallinsf into decay. Tbia
rortrefa, built on the hill in the centre of the town, is Ebout the
tize of Belfshriven, and hos also two tiates, and though one o£ it»
fides st/uids on tiie hiU, yet the other t*ide is washed by the sea. It
in rtt ]?re*4fnt tlie res^idence of the Governor, of the other ofBcers
eni[»[t»yt'd by tlie eonipnny. Jind of the garrison* which is pretty
ulroriir. Two Imiidn d years ajo thia place was merely a fidher-
lueh'g villsyje (^ ) attd ni»w it is a fine town*

In fmn>er iinie» the town hinl a populatio'i of 12,000 anuls ; bufc
there are now not more than 2tK) or ;^0 Jfauiilie**^ 8ome<»f w*hich are
Dutch and some others Pi>rtu<Tue»e ami Malay**, the latter living in
the mnijt remote corners of I ho town in common at tap huts.

At a small distance from the town are itl«o Bnme fine houses and
many well-kept eoctni- nut pbintationB and gardens* with fruit treea,
the theater part of which are owned 1>y Malays.

Tiiiti town iH remnrkaldy well situated for trade, and these
stroitd have been frequented, since the times of old, by much
ahippin^» which atill continues from Bengal, Coromandel, Surat,
Pers^ijt, Ceylon, Java, Humsitra, JSiam, Tonkin, China, and from many
other conntries; the groaa reveime in the year lOGO (ctmsislinj^ of
10 per cent, import duly attd 8 per cent, export duty, and some
other somll taxes ) »mnuntin*f to 7i,95STiS guilders.

There arrived in thati*ame year 1U» Javanese veaaeb, beaideBthe
Danish, Portuguese arid MooriKh vect-^eU.

This [dace is very cunvenicnt ftrr our voasela panmni^ throu^^h tho
Straitu t>f Siiit;apore uoini; from Japan to Beii^ul, Cfiromandel,
^iurat and Persia, ajni alan for vfs.sdij bound for Batavia coming
from thcue places,

Tfio plnec lA not very productive in provlrtiona ; everything muft
be iiii[>or*ed from other places, with the exception of tiah and some
kindn of frtjits.

The pri>duc1ivene»8 of ihit* place u very poor, compared to that
of tho tSiast [ of Coromandel], Bengal, Ceylon, itc. ; and the aur-
rounding country bears a barren aspect.

It is nUo not safe to venture in the jungle, as It abounds in
wild befj*ta.

Ota' of my friends, "^Ir, tax Naarsskn, told me, that it once
had fia|'pcned to hiui in |>crsun to fall in with a ti*^pr aecidentallvj
nod lie war* enre on scveml oilier occMsiorts of beinp in the neigh-
bourhood of one of these animals, for it was* only in tbutca^e hia horse

(I J Le, about 1626i or 14 years after the Portuguese took it, in which
ue it matt hare greatlj ftkilvn. from Ui« fitate in whioh ther found it.

' i2 TALXICTYSI'b DEBCKIPTIOK of MALACCA.

got UDmanogeable. There are. moreover, many elephants and other
wild beaBts. 1 his satne gentleman has told me also, that he once
saw a tiger vhich made a leap at a deer that tried to escape him
in the water ; the deer did escape, and the tiger was dragged down
by an alligator.

The East India Company has a Governor at this place, who has
supreme authority over all the oflScers and over all the affairs. He
i» assisted by a Supercargo ( as second in rank ), an Attorney-
General, ( » Paymaster, and a staff of officers similar to those men-
tioned in our account of Amboina, performinif almost the same
duties and rocoiviuii the same pay; there arc here, besides, several
** Opperhoofden" ((^ommandants) of other places or factories, which
are under the authority (»f this Governor, and also an especial
*• Shahbandar " or (^Hector of the Custom-house duties.

A Council of Police is constituted from amon^ these officers (as
aUo already mentioned under Amboina) forming the Government of
thirt territory : another Council administers the law; and a third one
all the ecclesiastical affairs.

The Mahiys of these countries are commonly called " ornn^
di hnicn anr/ift,'' /. e., "the people behiw the wind " (to leeward),
or else '* Easterlin^s," whilst those of the Occident, more especially
the AniljH, are calle<l '* drntf/ af/rs nnf/iu,"" i.e., ** people above the
wind '* or Occidentals ; this is not that there are no other tribes of
that nanje, but that these two nations are the most renowned, the
most intrcnious and the most civilised of that race.

The Malays aie the most cunning, the most ingenious and the
politest people of the whole East.

Whether they have been thus called after the country, or whether
the covMitrv has I een tailed after them, will be shown by and by,
when we s'liall have traced their origin as far back as* possible,
pro(lucing it from their earliest history.

They are of a rather pale hue and much fairer than other na-
tives of India, also much kinder, more polite, neater in their man-
uer of living, and in general 80 charming, that no other people can be
compand to theui. Their lan<;ua^'e. Bnhdsa Maldyu, i.c, the Malay
lanj4uat:e (whether called after the |)e(»ple or after the country)
was not only spoken on that coast, hut was used through the
wluile of India. an<l in all the flastern countries, as a language
understood everywhere and by every one, just as French or Latin
in Europe, or as the Lingua Franca in Italy or in the Iievant,
to such an extent even that, knowing that language, one never

( « ) Prokureur-Generaal.

YALCNTTN » PESCBimOIf OP MALACCA*

will be Rt a loss, it beinjj u^od niifl iindorstond in Persia, nay
even berand that country on that »iilt', and ultio as far as the
Phi lip pities.

And if you don't understand tbis lnn^na«re. yon are fonsidered
ft very badly ediieatcd man in the Ei^^t, whilst the Malays nro
acru»toined to t*tiidy it»tryiiitt their utmost tu enlarge their know-
ledge of it and to learu also tt»e Arubk- ; even Hutue amon^ tbem
the Persian laufrua^e too, and thone who are more studious »till
alrive to ol>tnlu ihe kriowlerl^eof the SauBkrit, the uiuther-hiuguago
of mo8t of the idiom» in the East*

The Malay is spoken nowhere bo eorrectly and fio purely as
bene, thout^li there is still a great di(Teren<'o between the Court
language and that of the lo%ver vhim. The laui»na*^e s[)nken by the
courtiefa ia ao svvt41ini^» bo interlarded with Anibie (to show their
ernditiori in that languai^je), arnl differs &o much fn^m ihe commoa
pure language (the former beinti: the adulterated hmi^uage)^
since ©very nati»ni, that «*ppak8 this comnmn f.r low Mrdny, has
mixed some words of their own language with it» that it would not
be iinderHTOod by the e»ymmon people, for whieh reason it is* UBed
only by prinees, ronrlier^ and (niesti?, ami therefore eonsidered as
the Inntn^fl'ie of (icbolari*. It h by nature a very pleasant, sweet,
cbaruiing, and yet a veiT pt»werful lan^na^e to cxprrt^i*! yourself
in, A lot of works written in that langusiiie, rdready mentioned by

^x^B before^ and several line sonj^n, in whieh they have transmitted
many events of pa!*t time?*, tallow tlij» jdaiiily.
The Malay men are generally dressed in a pair of troupers, with
a broad blue, red or green garment, worn at* a bloUBe, and a luiban
rolled round the head.
They are commonly of a very lively nature, but ihej always
keep open a baek door and ore Kot easily to be eaugbt, wbile they
Ire witty and of great self-conceit,
I do not know another nation in the Jnrlirp irore eunninfr than
the ^^alays and the natives of Macafci*or, for wLieh rtaKUi thty rue
not much to be relied upon.
Tbe women's dress in almost the satjie as ihat of other Jnduin
women, or like that of the Javarte^e wciiien, and consists in a long
gown, h^mj^in^ down to their feet and verj' often al^o freiencd
above tbe b<»g(Jin under the arms, the upper part of the tody \ vmn
naked. Uhey tic np their hair in a iLnclle at the bark of the^>
be; d, though (uDie hv\& aLotber bair-djc^K. aln ot^t the ajjmeatii (hat
af tbe Credei. Theso woiaen too are generally of a tnore exalted

TALEICTTH'S DEaCBIPTlOK OP MALkCCA.

mind tlmn other women of lodia, and they excel also in lo?elineM
and wit far above others. {^)

(O The ioMowijig jmeeage is g"iven in Logan*6 Joumnl* p. 700, Vol. TV, bat
dot« not Occur in my udiiiuii ul VjllektyK, whiiib is dated 1726.

D. R A. H.

** The other ;tihahi tints are PortufriieB©, who are weU koov^u, or «*ihtfr
** Indians, who hiive Ix^en already di^*H?rlU!d as Chintfse, Guzerattes, Beogn*
*^ lis, Ouisl-^Jwjrs, At'liint'se una others.

** The cuniinuditiLs produced hc^re Eire these : —

*' Kt?li'inbak,* Ag^iln*wood und Camjihor in the Kingdom of Ptihang* Tin,
** Gold, Ti ji|xr, IVdra de Fnreo (Qut-ry, Be* oar stouts 'r), Ek'plmni (tunki).

** Tht' iiyi>orttd goods consist of: —

" All sorts of cloths, more especially Petas Malay u, or Malay clotlis.

*♦ Sui'at cloths

** Bengal cloths.

** Guinea cloths (coarse

'* hlue calico,)
** Sfllarapoiies.t
'♦ Bafta Broisjti.t
'* B(ithili9,§

Coast Chintz.

Opium.

Ked Woollens.

Copper.

Rupees.

Rt-ils of eight [SpmmAh
lars ?].

*♦ The chnrj^s of the ^nrrisnn and other expenses run very high, some*
•* tinit'S fi5i mueh as 2(K*,0i«) ^ruil,]rrs (2 to/tncN //<iw</w), the rc^hon of which
*♦ ifi, that the clear income during the year is often much ksi than the out-
»« Jay.

** In the year lf>6i and duriufr several yeari*, the expt^nses were much
'* higher and il wjlh thought proper to rt^duet? tho strenirth of thf* ir«<rnsoii
*' and briu^ the exptui^vs within the sura mentioned, 2(X>,tHH) ifuildcn*,
** Suh?*eiiuintlv it wtt" di^-med proper further to retlure tho ex|K*nujturt hj
** 4r»/MX* |?uildors. Orders were givtn hy their ExivUmries in I0ti9 to
** reduee the extent of the forlilieat ons und a certain Enhlji^n [f^aftrtflri^y
** was cstaMihhvd there from the ITth of January ol the year and eiitru5t4*ct
*' with the duties of enquirer."

• M ABSDKN quot<;6 LouBKiRO against Valenttn in support of the con*
tention that " k^ Cmbck ' and " gtdmru'* (i.e. apila wood or ]ii;numa]'>e8) come
from the «5ame tree* und ore mertly drff* n nt qualities arisinjr from differtnoe
■ t age, &c t and he quotes also, " Gahxu ohiunpnkn cgiillochum eparlum, E.'*

ttt '* kC' 5mbiik'* is tho he&rt -f the " kjiml Aja'' troe, known also as ''poko*
'"broign kubhur. " The heart of the " chempiki* ' tree, furnishes the " kas-
tiiri," while the heart of thi» *' kirns" tr«e profluc<A all the varittiea of
"ifiihartt," which are ts fol'ows:— tgt quditv, very blaek."— lampom;" the
2nd " — tundok" or "— ii^ik ;" the Srd "— wnn^kanj?-*' or "--Vmt\vft ;'* 4th, which
ia net market!) bte, but ia used privutcl^, ie the refuse of the 3rd and ia called
M g&hAiQ mSdang.**

f Half wool, half rotton,

* I Indian cotton cloth. Brotaja, — place where it waa made ?
I A flue Indian linen.

TAUBKTTIV'8 DISCmiPTION 07 MALACCA. 55

SeTeral other factones are under the Oovernorship of Malakka
of which some are in this country and others on the East coaht of*
Saniati*H, and the Opjjerh i.»fdc?i ( (^i^uman'l I'ltn ) (»f th •.-^t: t?Tilv»-
meuts* wtjre sent thituer by tlie (Jov^Tiior jf t.iis* plaeo i nd b\ iiis
TounciL Ihese factories are IVirah ( Puiik ;, Ivcidah ( Kci*»ili ).
Oodjon^-S&tan^, (*; and Andni^iri. (■)

Pel rah, tiie fii-st named iSettlement, situated on thin Mahiy Coast,
was suhjected to the authority of the Queen of At!*jin ( Aeheh ),
and was only kept for the tin trade: the llon'ble Company had
appointed there an Underfactor, to purelrise that mineral for ready
Gish, or to barter it ai;ain$it cloths at fifty Kix (h)narrt the A.i/r^/r,
but the nature of that people is very mean and murderous, which it
has shown by murdering iu 1651 all the people of our factory at
that pkce. Their Honours have often been compelled to ordvrthe
Governors of this (jovernmoiit (Malakka) to break up quietly
that factory and its hid^ings, and to try to find an opportunity to
avenge this abominable piece of ro^^uery, which was carried
out afterwards, and which we will mention with every particular
later on.

The second outer-factory is Quedah (Kcdah), also situated on
this Coast almost opposite Atsjin. We had there also an Under-
factor and a JSettlenieut ti) barter tin, j^old and elephants for the
Ilou'ble Company; but this small kiui^dom, gave us also now and
then so much trouble, that we have been obliged to break up this
factory loo.

We shall meet with the two other factories in our history of
Sumatra.

[Here follows a list of the Governors and principal Officials
of the Government of Malacca.'}

LIST OF THE
GOVERNORS OF MALAKKA.

Johan van Twist, Governor and Extraordinary Mem-
ber of the Council of India, ... ... 1611—1642

Jeremias van Vliet, Governor and Extraordinary

Member • f the Council of India in 1615, ... 1612 — 1645

Commonly known as *' Junk Ceylon."
Indraglri.

56 TALllTTTN*! DSSCBTFTlOir OF MALAOCA.

Arnold do Ylaming van Ontshoorn, GoTernor and

Extraordinary Member of the Council of India, 1645 — 1616

Johan Thyssoon Paijart, Governor and Extraordi-
nary Member of the Council of India in 1657, 1646 — 1062

Johan van Riebeek, Commander and President, 1632—1665

Balthnsar Bert, Commander and President, ... 1665 — 1668.

Promoted to Governorship, ... ... 1668 — 1679

E.xtraordinary Council of India in 1670 and

Ordinary Council of India in 1678.

Jacob Jori8»*oon Pits, Governor, .. ... 1679 — 16S0

Comelis van Quaalber^?, Governor, ... .. 1680 — 16S4

Extraordinary Council of India in 1682.
Nicolaas Schaghen, Governor and Extraordinary

Council of India in 1682, . . .".. 168 A— 1686
Dirk Romans, Director from 5th January till 26th

November, ... ... ... ... 1686

Thomn? Slicber, Governor and Extraordinary Council

of India, ... .. ' ... ... 1686— 1G91

Dirk Komans, Director from 18th October, 1601, to

1st October, 1602, ... ... ... 1691—1692

Gelmer Vosburt?, Governor, ... 1692 — 1697

Govcrt van Hoorn, Governor, ... ... 1G97 — 1700

Bernard Piioonsen, Governed and Extraordinary

Council of India in 1703, ... ... 1700—1704

Johan Grotcnhuys, Director from 18th January to

22nd May, ... ... ... ' ... 1704

Karel Bolner, Governor, ... ... ... 1704 — 1707

Pieter Kooselaar, Governor and Extraordinary Coun-
cil of India in 1707, ... ... ... 1707—1709

Willem Six, Governor, ... .. ... 1709 — 1711

Willem Moorman, Governor, ... 1711-^1717

Herman van Suchtelen Governor, ... ... 1717

VALENTYN S DESCBIPTION OF MALACCA.

8UPERCARG0S OR SECUNDAS.
Johan Verpoorten,
N. Snoek, ( asserts that he saw hero in 1(>43 a wo-

wan 150 years old ) ,♦
Grerard Bersche,
Johan Goesens,...

Garhara Herberts, 1 These two have been Super- 1 ...
Balthasap Bort, ) cargos at the same time, ) ...
Miehiel Curre, (instead of Bort, with Herberts), ...
Gillis Sybcii,
Joannes Massis,...
Fran9oi8 Sandvoord,
Henrik Schenkenberg,

Dirk Komans, (sometimes acting as Director ),
Adriaan Lucassoou,
Francois van der Beko,
Pieter de Vos, ...
Abraham Douglas,
Philip David van Ucchelcn,
Gerard Huychelbosch,
Joannes Grotenhuys,
Antoni Valkeuier,
Herman van Such tele n ,
Antoni Hey usius,
Gerard Voogd,

CAPTAINS (OF THE GAREISON.)
Laurens Forcenburg,
Hans Cruger, Captain-Lieutenant,
N. Femmer,

Jacob Palm, Captain-Lieutenant,
Christiaan Trokmeyer, Captain-Lieutenant,
Nicolaas Oostenrode, Captain-Lieutenant,

1641—1642

1642—1645
1646— (?)
(?) —1656
1656—1661
1656—1657

1657— 165S
1661—1664
1664—1669

1668
1668—1670
1684—1691
1691—1692
1692—1698
1694—1696
1696-1700
1700—1702
1702—1703
1703—1704
1706—1709
1709—1711
1711—1716

1717

1641—1642
1643—1663

1680
1708—1709
1709—1711

1711

* I had credible information the other day of the death of a man at the age
of 120 a few years ago : he died in the Mahomedan year 1295 ; he could read
and write* and told his son that he was bom in 1 1 75. In the Death Returns for
this year, so far, there are 7 deaths registered at the age of 100 years, but I
h«76 been unable to obtain MiiiafRctory proof in regard to them*

5b TALEsny s descbipiiox or iiiulcca.

^HlHBAXDARS.

Jau Jauiwoon van Meiik*, ... ... 1641 — 1644

Emanuel du Molin, ... ... ... 1656—1660

Michel Curre. ... ... .. ... 1660

Francis ran der Beke, ... . 1683—1692

Johan van der Leli, ... ... ... 1T08

DirkVouk. .. ... ... 1709-1712

X. Tempelaar. ... .. .. ... 1712

Samuel Cra8, .. .. 1712-1716

Johan Bernard, ... ... ... 1717

ATTORXEYGEXER.VLS (FISCA.\LS GENERAAL.)

Gerard Herberts, ... . ... 1641

Balthasar Bort, ... ... .. 16*9

Johan van Zy 11, ... ... 1G50— 1 655

Emanuel du Molin, ... ... ... 1655 — 1656

GillisSjben, ^ .. . ... ( 1656

Balthasar Bort, ' a short time those ...) 1656

Emanuel du Molin. (4 all toj^cther, ... ... y 1656

GillisSijlen ) ... ... ... U656— 1657

Gilles Syben, ... ... ... 1657—1661

Abraham den Back, ... ..'. ... 1661—1069

Jacob Martenssoon Scliagcn, ... ... 1669

Jacob van NaarsHcn, ... ... ... 1083 — 1GS4

Pictervan Helsdinj^cn, ... ... ... 1684 — 16S5

UARRIJSTERS (FI.SCAAL.S INDEPENDENT.)

Arnold llackiu8, ... ... ... 1690

Arnold van Alzein, ... ... ... 1695 — 1703

Abraham van Kcrvcl, ... ... ... 1708—1711

N. van Loon, ... ... ... 1711

Kutger Dekker, .. .. .. 1712

N. Cromm(4yu, ... ... ... 1712— (?)

N. SibnrHma. ... ... ... ... (V) —1717

TALXirrT5 8 DBBORIPTIOX OF MALA.COA.

TREASUBEBS.

Jacob do Cooter,
Jan Claestsoon Cloek,
Thomas do Yos,
Adriaan Lucassoon,
Jacob Jorissoon Pits,
Jacob Splinter,
N. Hex,

SECRETARIES.

BalthaKAr Bort.

(HIlis Syben, ...

Abraham den Back,

Mattbys SonuemauH,

Jan Pas,

Samuel Cras,

N. Liflpensier (for a Hhort time "ad interim"),

N. CotgcTe,

WAREHOUSE-KEEPERS. (" Winkeliers.")

Jacob May,

Karel Verwyk, ...

Dirk van Lier, ...

Johan van Groenewep:en, ...

Joban Massis, ...

Nicolaas Muller,

X. Bokent,

1641—1648

1667

1667—1658

1658—1661

1661—1663

1663

1717

101.(5—1649

1649—1656

1656-1604

1669

1680

1709—1717

1712

1717

1611—1612
1612
1656—1658
1658—1659
1659
1662
1691

COMMANDANTS ("Opperhoofden") AT PEIRAH.
This Factory re-eMahlished in 1655.

Isaak Ryken,
Pieter Buy tzen, . . .
Cornclis van Gunwt,

1655—1656
1656
1656

00 VALBITTYK's DESCBTPTIOX op MALACCA.

Factory abandoned in 1656 and re-established in 1659.

Johan Massis, ...
Abraham Schats,
Johan Massis, ...
Adriaan Lucassoon,

1659—1660
1660

1660—1661
1661

COMMANDANTS AT LIGOB.

Balthasar Bort,...
Joannes Zacharks,
Michiel Curre, ...
Johan Masai s,
Nicolaas Muller,

1656
1656—1657
1657—1660
1661— (?)
1667—1609

TREASUBERS AT MALAKKA.

Michiel Curre, ...
Kornelis van Gunst,
Michiel Curre, ...
Abraham Schats,
Cornelis van Gunst,

1656

165G

1650

1650—1658

1658— (?)

STOBE-KEEPERS (DISPEXSIERS) AT MALAKKA.

Lubbert Coorn,
Jan Claassoon Cloek,
Bernhard Vink,
Jacob Jorissoon Pits,

1657
1657—1668

1663
1668— (?)

VALB5TIK*8 DESCBIPTIOX OF MALICCA. 61

OPPEBHOOFDEN ( Commandante ) AT OEDJONG SALANG.

Comelis van Gunst, ... ... ... 1656—1658

r Jacob Jorissoon Pits, ... ... ... 1658—1660

The factory hrolcen up in 1660.

OPPEBHOOFDEN (Commandante) AT KEIDAH ( KCOah).

Pir'?r Bnytz.on, ... ... 105 1~ ID'.r,

Aren- ('l.ia.ssc»«>n Drncy ("^'Iii.s L'.i' *ory w?* ([iiii'tly l'!5()

broken up in Defcuilxr).
Jacob JoriBson Pits (sent thither as Tax-collector; but

the roadstead reraaiued blockaded till 1660), ... 1657

[ I have found, moreover, in some of the documents in the
Archives of Malacca the names of the fojlowinpr Officers, besides
those mentioned ahove : —

Jacob Kerkhoven, Underfactor, ... 1660—1062

Henrik van Ekeren, Supercariiijo in Lii^or.

Jacob van Twist, Lieutenant, ... ... 1656

Scbastiaan Cledits, Ensi*^n, ... ... ... 1657

Jan van Es, Ensi«2;n, ... ... ... 1602

Bernhard Vink, Ensiji;n, ... 1602

Jan Meke, Surojeon-Major, ... ... 1662

Willem Cornelissoon, Surgeon-Major, in the Fortress, 1062

Henrik Peltirom, Ensii^n, ... ... 1710

Pieter du Quesne, ... ... ... 1711]

COMMISSIONERS (known for having" done somethinjir noticeable here.)

Justus Schoutcn, ... ... ... 1611

Pieter Boreel, ... ... ... ... 1642

Johan van Fevlingen. ... ... ... 1646

Balthasar Cofeth, ... ... ... 1709

Isaac Massis,
N. Elards,

The island of Dindinn; belonged also to the jurisdiction of
Malakka, and its Chiefs were also appointed by the Governors of
Malakka.

02 VALENTTK'S description of MALACCA.

PARTICULARS ABOUT MAT.AKTTA

To know Malakka thoroughly and to be fully instructed of those
particulars which have made it renowned, " we must trace its
origin and foundation, and disinter for posterity, from the darkness
of antiquity, all that has been buried by the lapse of years and by
oblivion, or most probably by want of opportunity.

If I had not been so fortunate as to secure some very rare books,
written in Arabia, which cannot be got now for any money, 1
would not have been able to inform the world of those particulars
about IMalakka, which are now here mentioned, and which we are
sure that but very few people could make known to mankind,
while amonjj: thousands ( of men ) w^ho know the Malay language.
there is liardly one able to read it, when it is written in Arabic
characters, and still less to understand that bombastic Malay,
nnxed with so many Arabic nn<l Persian words and sentences.

Those books tlien arc called " Tmljoo Eashttina " or '* Makotn Segalhi
Ihidja,''' i.e., " The Crown ot'tlic Kings," ''MIsn Gomitar'\u\{['' Kitah
llmitoowa' or *' Uanfjtooha'' (^ ) / ^., "The Book Ilantoowa," common.
1 V more known amon*]; the INIalay scholars under the name of " Soolalct
y.ssnlathinn,'^ thatis, " The Book of Heraldry or Genealogical Register
of the Kings '' (viz., Malakka Kings ). These three gems (^which are
now only foundiu very few libraries), though full of fictions and nse-
k'ss stories, are considered, however, among us as the best historical
descriptions written in the Malay lan^uaije, and which are not only
most useful to learn the Malay thoroughly, but in which are also
to be found many useful things ahout the Javanese, Malay and
other Kings, not mentioned hy another author. The Mohamedan
Princes in India and their Priests are almost tl>e nnicjue possessors
of those works, and it is the greatest diibmlty in the world to get
possession of one copy. But I have got them all, as I have men-
tioned already before,* whilst si)eaking of the Malay language.
Though we iiiid in the two first mentioned works and in some other
books, particulars clearing up many obscure points, yet the last
one mentioned is in this respect the best one, while it gives us all
the particulars from the very bej^inniui^, even from before the time
that it (Malakka) was built, and in quite a decent style (for
natives at least).

( 1 ) Hatiri Tfht/t.'-ThcYv wen? Dine of thcrsc* ** hangs," cliampions, of whom
an accouut may be fouud in Lkydkns ''Malay AnnalH." CliAWFl-an
^lx akrt c()ntini])tiu»iipily <»f it nsa li!Kt<»rieal work, which it no iloulit defierves:
i.iit it i^ usrfiil i<»r the insight it allonls into the uationnl customs and man-
nerK.

VALENTYN's DESCKIPTIO:f OF MALACCA. 0*^

I really dou't know the author of tlie book llangtooha, but I
must admit it to be one of tlie most decent Mahiy works I ever
bave read, of which we will conimunicite to our readers a sum-
mary as briefly as possible.

If we want to trace scrupulously the ori*;;in of the Malays, it is
worth while to find out first, whether they derive their name
from the country (the Malay Coast and the town of Malacca) or
whether that country has been called after them.

They lived first on the great island of Sumatra ( called in
former times Andells ( * ) and also Mnnhiifcaho^ ('^) till it was discover-
ed that this was the name of only one kingdom of this island) and
there more especially in the kinj^dom of Palimbang, situated on
the inner west coast, at about H degrees latitude, opposite the
island of Banea, on the river Malatjoo, wliich runs all round the
rtio\x\\t2im Mah a me r 00 ^ (3) and thence downwards to the river Tatnufj
and 80 on into the sea.

* Every one hearing the name of the first mentioned river, would
feel inclined at once to think, that those who had settled there
had been called after the said river '' Ornng MalayoOy' i.e., " the
Malayoo people, people living on the river Malayoo," others however
suppose that that river ( also called JIuIlojoo and Maladjoo) has
received its name from this laborious, industrious, quick and ha*ity
people, while the Malay word for laboriousness and quickness is
also Maladjoo. liut it is my opinion that the Malays got their
first name from that river, and that they have given that name
afterwards to several coasts and countries where they have
nettled, though the whole of this country ( then nothing but
fishermen) has been subdued by the King of Siam, of whom
Home of these natives have rid themselves a long time afterwards.

After having been settled here for some years, without knowing
anything about a King to govern them ( an obscure period, about
which nothing has been mentioned by one author), but not quite
pleased with this place, and not always having been left unmolested,

( 1 ) More commonly •* Indalas " or " Andalns."

(«) M(^nangkabau, or M?nangkcrl)au, as to the origin of which name
various legends exist, c.ff. lijrht between tiger and buffalo, latter winning ; also
fight between gigantic Javanese buffalo and buffalo calf, latter victorious ;
again when Rdja was firht inHtltutcd at liukit GunUing Tf ujaringan a buffalo
with golden bonis and hoofs issued from a hole iu the ground with a herd
of followers, but returned to it before his pursuers could catch him and so
*' mfinang k€rbau."

(«) Mahamiru, the Hindu Olympus.

* This and much of what follows has already been criticised by competent
critics, BO I will not indulge myself here.

64 TALENTYN'S DESCBIPTION of MALA.CCA.

they thought it more advisable to elect a Kin^ir (and such the more
while they had greatly increased, whilst still heathens) which first
King had the name of Sim Toori I3owAyA.(0 This Prince has ruled
them 48 years, and pretended to be a descendant of Alexander thb
Great, to whom Dejiano Latbur Dawano (*) (who then ruled the
Malays as a Prince of less fame) resigned his sway, in considera-
tion of his illustricms lineai:;e and while ho wa.s a descendant of
such a renowned Prince; this happened in about 1160 a.c. (or
some years before).

The Malays crossed under this Prince (SirtToohi Bowana) from
the island of Sumatra to the opposite shore, now the Malay Coast, and
more especially to its Xorth-East point, known as " Ordjomj Tanah,'
that is, " the extremity of the country,*' and known among geogra-
phers as '* Zir baud '* which means in Persian ** below wind " ( to
leeward), hence receiving a long time afterwards also the new
name of " the people below wind " ( to leeward ). or else ** Easter-
lings " (above all the other nations in the East), from thi^
so-called promontory where they had settled again, the same
name having been given afterwards atso to some of their
neighbours or other Eastcrlings. This country has generally been
known since that time by the name of '* Tanah Malayu,'* i.e., **the
Malay territory " or else '* the Malay Coast," comprising in a
larger sense all the country from that very point or from the
2nd degree till the llth degree North latitude and till Tenasse-
rim, though, taking it in a more limited sense, only that country
is understood, which now belongs under the governorship and juris-
diction of Malacca and its environs ; they are also considered above
all the real and original Malays and th.ey are, therefore, also called
" Orang Malay u,^^ i.e., the Malays, whilst all the other Malays,
either closely or far off, as those of Patani, Pahang, Peirah,
Keidah, Djohor, Bintam, (3) Lingga, Gampar, (♦) Haru, and
others in this same country or on the islands of Bintang(*)

(1) " Pri TribuAna" nnd " ^ri Trib'huvcna" — Mahty Annah, Leyden. Bnt
Crawfukd nccoptfl '•SriTuri BiiAnn," end on the authority of Profc-Ror Wilson
giv< s "Illustrious T{iri trfco of the world" as the meaning. His first name was
" Sang Sy|er])a."

(2 J Lcluir Daun. ''Dtmnnjr" a Chief (Javanese). — " Ddmang L^bar
Daun" — '• Chieftain Broad Leaf."

( s ) Batam or Bataiig Island lying between Ben tan and Bulang ? or Bentan ?

(*) Kampar, river and eountry of that name in Sumatra lying between
the Siak and Indragiri rivers.

(») Bentan, the island lying E. by S. of Singapore, on which is a prominent
hill visible from Singapore, and alongside of which on the W. side of it, Uea
PiUau P^nyingat, the tite of RSau (Rhio).

VAtlKTTN*8 DMCttlPTIOK OF MAL4CC4,

I»m|7p;n (») (on the South of Malakkn ), orin Sumatra, are nho
colletl Mnlays, but alwaye with the atldilion of the namo of tbe
country where thej come from, as for insitance : Malayu-Djohor,
Malayu-Ptttatu, <fec., drc.

Now, thi-* i» thit fjimoua far- renowned country considered by
mnny ancients and even by mnny people now-a-days, to be that
very anoiont Oflr^ tho country from wliere King SoLOMDy got
the gold and the other Indian curiosities, mentioned in the H.
8cript:nreR, and <'nnseqnently called by the ancienla **i?fyi£r ^If^r*-
frrn,^' i e.^ tbe gold coast, the ^o\A region.

Ii is certain that, leaviiii^ Ezhn Geher and paR^ing throtigb the
Jisfi St'fi and so alon^ the shares of Arabia and Perst't and from
there a^ain aloniu the Coasts of Mahhnr, Coronmndel and Bengal,
and eo on, »*kirtin*^ ahMiji^ tho coast, from one shore to the other
and finally ahun^ the Kio^'doms of Arraeanf P^fju, Siam and
TrnftsAf-rim^ till the Malay G>a«t, this could be done without a
compass ; but we have aniiily shown in tnir firnt vohimo and in
other places, th;it it was nut this Coaxt, which wan meant by that
O/ifr, but that it mti«t have been very likely the island of Ceylon.

The Malays, after iiavinj^ remained at that place for some time,
built there their first town, calling it StHtjnpura^ and a small
sound on the Snutli side of the same t(»wn aiill carries that name.

The Kini; of MttdjftpfihU (an empire of Java ) was in those days
one of the uiotut powerful Pi-inccs iji those quarterB. lie was not
erdy feared on the ij^land of Java, but he had conquered aUo many
places in Java Minor and in Sumatra and had extended hi^ do^
minion over several other provinces (*)

Madjapaliit then beiuL^one of tbe fir^t and most celebrated cities,
not only of Java, but of the tiurronnding i:5lauds too, the ambitiou
of its Prince induced him to drive this new pcoplu out of their
country, and consequently to attach a new pearl to hia crow^ji.
He attacked tliem several times with large foreea and thus forced
them to fortify their place more and more.

81111 ^Ff^Kiu HciWAX.v died in l:iUS, after having; ruled them as a
brave Prince duriui^ 4S yearn, and was* sneceedud Uy Pauoeka

( 1 ) On ta> ^ ^ Dttck, til*? ee&t of the Johor sovereign iiftf - *^- ' ti-

dyn merit of J I The oocumne© of tko mimos BinUoij J

BitiUm^'L^ng-;; .^ I, woalii au^-gxtit perliapa ttcuilental repetit .. r

Pthiifi tiio iufcn:uct! tJaxit Biiitam was for BaUiin, the latter not bem^' well

' knoWTit while B^jnt^m wu* in comieotion with Lingga. Thia ia eviLteutly the

«iiae from what appears on p. 65.

(>} kvtd had had comTuuBJcatioii with Cbina after defeating a (!hine9Q
expedition Beuta^inst him.

TA.LB!rTTN ft nifiCBrPTTOIT OV MALA.COA.

PiKARAM WrnA as their second Piince. This on© did not govera

them for eueh a long space of time; he died after a period of
15 ypars. Ho did nothiiijEj of importance, only extending the
recently built town and fortifyin;;; it a little more, so a« Uj be
able to withstand butter the plots of the mighty Prince of ALid*
japahit, wIjo did not leavn him in [)eace.

He died a. d. 122:*, and was then succeeded by the tldrd King,
Sriii Rama Wikamam. This was a yomij^ aud brave Knit;, who
ruled them diirin'; 13 years with mofleratiun, ami who cumuieiic^
ed to be feared all rounrl, but ho died very suddenly in 12S^\
to the great grief of hiii people, who liked him very much,

His »iicceasor was 8iin M\h\ Haja» who was the foartli King
and who also made a very go d H^aro and extended the towti
greatly. He guverned them 12^ years with great eai^, and wa»
ako very much liked by his subjwts and feared by hits euemids.
He died 111 1249.

That same year SrEi IsiLiNDER Sn\u was elevated to the crown
in his place as the last Kiwj; of Singapura. He resisted the
mighty Kiug of Madjapahit in the tirist three years of his rei^,
but was 80 hard presstnl by him at the end of l"i52» that he kiid
to abaudon Nini^ajjuni and to migrate higher up to the North ftide
and from thence to the Wo^it side of thit* couiitry, where bo laid
foundation of a new town in 125^1 Including him, live king** had
ruled in Singapura during a period of 91 years. HeombeUi^^bed
that new place gradually to »ni:h an extent thnt» among the three
great and celebrated cities in thur^e quartera of the East, this plaee
was consiidered afterwards to he tbe third in rank^ or next to
Paai in Sumatra, which stood second neatt to ^'kladjapahit. He
caHed this new town Malakka, after a eertaiu tree — ** Kaj(ic»
Malakka/* or the Malakka, otherwise called the Mirnbulan or the
pentagonal tree. While it happened that he com me need to build
the town * at the very spot w here he had taken some retit under
such a tree, whilst waiting there till the dogs dii^lodged the gauiOp
one day that he was hunting in thos'e environn, ail whi»di pitrricn.
laiB are told at large in the book llontoowak. Ihe iormtr kiugti
of Madjapohit, not yit (^atissticd wills ihe conques*t of ^ingapurtt,
CT08t*ed to the oppo^ite shore of the inland olf Sumatra and took
there the kiugdom uf ludmgiri. k'^iuce then, they have iiU
fvaye made one of the Javauewe princes, related tu them, King of
that realm, and we shall find aflerwjifdj* one of the Kinga of

* Mr. Majcwell haA drawn ctUimtlon to the exis^«noe of a fdmilar l«geiid
Amongn't th^ Gumratip. (Journ, Roy. A* R* Sooy ♦ XIII* N.S.)

TALBXTTJC S DSacBIPTlOV OP UXLkCCA.

Malakka as a Kint; an that throDe» invefited with that authority
bj the Kin^of iladjnpahit

In the meantime this town ( Malakka) and this renowned people
increnaed under ihh prince very much in importance and in pow-
er, and it was this King who laid t>ie foundation of a permanent
kingdom.

He lived till 1*274 a. d., and died after havinor governed
this people duntii; 25 yeaiM, liavinij: 8wayed the sceptre three years
in Hingapiira and 22 years as the fir^t King of Mrdakka, feared
by hi* n< iijhiionrs, and beloved by hid subjeeta. «Sultan Magat
sueceeded him that same year as the second Malay King at
Malakka.

This prioee died after a short reign of two years, and on his
death the Malays had been governed 115 yeara and 6 months by
Heathen Kirigg,

lie wa.^ Ruececded in 127B by Stjltnn MoiTAM^^iKnSHARt the seventh
Kini: (tf the Malays, and the third of Malnkkii, uho was the first
Mohaminedm Prince of Malnkka; he hpcame famoun, while he
strongly propagated thij* new religion and f;reatlv eidarged his
empire durin*^ the 57 years that he governed this kingdom.

It i*eeniF that it was he who tran»ferrc«l the name of Malajoo to
the adjaceut islands of Linf^^a and BinUim or liintung, f>onth
of the Promontory of the Malay Coast, and that he made that
uamefamout* anions the natives of Djohar, Patani, Keidab ( other-
wise called Quedah), Peirah and of other places even on the
oppoiiite coaiit of 8umatra and Gampnr (^) and Haru, and that the
inhahitanN of thi^se quarters, feared him so much, that appa-
rently all their conntneis were then already subjected to liim.

^'ot sah•^fied with those conquests, he married in tliL^ last yeai-a
of his rei^n. the Princess of Arracan, heirc^^ of that King, thus
subjecting that kingdom by inheritancejnj^taliing the Prince, ^hom
he appointed there and who had been Kelectcd amon»: the Malays
ItJaniikubnmi^, i.e,. Chancellor of the Kiiigdtun of Mahikka.

lie died ad, K^3I3, after having reached a very advanced a£:e,
leaving to hi« non Snlhtn Aboo Shaujd (the cightli King of the
Malays, the fonrth of Malakka, and the second Mohnii.nudan Kijig)
a ]»ea< eahle kingdom. PiUt tin** Prince did uc^t poseeBs it a very
lon^r time» for he was stal bed by the King of Arm can in
1??34, oftrr a reign of but one year and 6ve montliB, leaving the
lin^di ro in the snme condition as his father bad left it to him.
lie was succeeded that same year by Sultan Modxpab Shah (as

6H VAXEKTVN's DESCBIPTION OF M41.ACC4

the niuth Kinjx of the Malaya, the fifth of Miilnkka, and the third
^lohainmedan Kin^^). Tlii:* Kiug gjrerned hia people with great
HUtrm-ity and vvry vtirefuWy,

lie shewed liis »ai:?iL'ttv iu leaFiiis: to his people a book full of
sublime ruie« and niaxiiui*, ealled " ihe statutes of Malakka."andhe
hai' uiven aUo iimiiy proofs of his valour during him reign of 40 year*.

A very mi<ili ty Friiu'e, called BooB.vxyji governed in isio tb©
Kinijdom of Si am (then called Sjaharnnn or Sornfin),

Thirt Kini* who had overpowered the conntriee all rouud hia
empire, haviji^ also received reports of the celebrated commer-
cial town of Mnlakka, was jealoug of ila rise, challenged it tn
surrender, and when Kin^ Mohafar would not submit to him^ he
ordered hia General Awi Isjakab to attack it.

A fierce battle cnsncd lietween thef»c two Prioce«, or rather
between their (jenernlw. but JSini Naua DitdjA, the General of
Malakkn, behaved so valiantly, that he forced the Hianieae to re-
treat with ^reat loss and shame. That Kiii^ of >>iam died ftoon
afterwards, and was succet^ded hj one rurpAMM>% %vho did not
leave the matter, bnt» a^ain attarkiiii;^ tho Kin^ of 3l»lukkri, bc-
sic'^ed tlie town for the second lime; but he was as unfortunate n«
his predecessor, and w*;ia also defeated hy the same (lenend of
Malakka, wIhi «:ave him sncli a severe Idow in driviif;; tiini nw?iy
from the town, that he to<i died of cha^^rin a sluirt time afterward*.

It wa.-< at thrs time that the town of IMalakka was considorcil
the third in rank with I^ladjapahit ami Pasi, amon*j the renowned
cirics in tliose (piarters of the East.

This IVioce ^'overned this kingdom with much glory for sotn©
y ea rs n n > re, a n d d i ed in 1 :] 74 .

He left III?* so. I as his successor, who was first commonly called
Sultan Abdi L, hut called nitcrwards (when he became Kii:g)
SultJin Mansok iSiJAii. He was the tenth King of the Malays*, the
sixth of 3lalakka, and the fourth i^toliauuncdan Kiu"^, Many
iin[>nrtnnt things happened in tljcse ijuartcrs durinii his reigiv» and
iume of hiM predccesstu's governed so huit^ as he did, viz., 7*i years,

Ihe Kin^ilom of Imlragiri on the East coast of JSumatra %%*aa
Btill under the supremacy of Madjapahit in the beginning of the
reign r^f this King"* but when Ma>soii Nuah had mflrried Kadin
GAtA IfeJiNDHA KiaA>A, the daughtt r r>f the King of Madjapuhtt
and a Piinccfs of gieat celebrity, that King bestowed the King.
dom of Indrngiri ujiou hih i*on-in-law, and iu this manner ludrngiri
came under the rule of the Kings of Malakka, who governed it till
we came here.

The King of Madjapahit was at that time (1380)| io powerful

VA.LElfTTK*S DSSCBIFTI05 Or MIXAOCA. d9

that he rather ought to have been styled an Emperor than a King,
-while there were so many Kiniija submitted to his supromncy, that,
when they appeared in his council, he had to show to every one
of them their scat according to their rank. Jle gave the first seat,
the place of honour no.^t to him, 1o the King of Daha ; the second
Beat to the King of Tanjong Para (Java), who was also married
to one of his daughters, Nasa Kusam\. or Nyai Kasuma and
who has succeeded him as Kiuij: of Madjapahit ; and the third seat
was the place of the King of Malakka, his other son-in-law.

King Mansor Shau made also an alliance with the Kmperor of
China, and married his daughter. After this union he declared
war with the King of Pahang and conquered his kingdom.

At that time Malakka was the first, Pasi the second, and Ham
the third city in those ([uarters of the East : these places were
famous, excelling in power and importance. Afterwards he declar-
ed also war with the King of P^isi, one SAiNALAnniN,* and defeated
him too.

A short time afterwards, about 1420, KnAiy Samahlooka, King
of Macassar, sent a fleet of 200 sail with a strong army to Malakka,
to wage war against that i)lacc, but the Laksan^ana or the Admiral
of King Maksor Shah attacked the enemy so valiantly, that he
compelled him to retreat, and he retired to Pasi, which place he then
besieged, ruining the country all round it.

The said Sainalaudin, King of Pasi, afterwards had differ-
ences with his two youni;er brothers, who drove him from his
kingdom, compelling him to take refuge with this King of
Maliikka (Mansor Sir \u), who took him under his protection,

lie besieged Pa^i for the sake of this Piince, and recoiujuered for
him his kini^dom and its chief town ; but afterwards he (Satnalah-
DI5) would not submit to Mansor Shah.

His reij^n thus passed in constant wars and military troubles.

He died in 14:17, leaving his son, SSultan Aleddin as his suc-
cessor.

He was the eleventh King of the Malays, the seventh of Malakka
and the fifth Mohammedan King.

His reign lasted 80 years, but it does not appear to me, that
he performed anything memorable. It moreover seems to me
that, under his rule, Malakka must have submitted for a short time
to the dominion of the King of Siam.

He died in 1477 and was then succeeded bv Sultan Matimxtd
8HA.H, who was the twelfth King of the Malays, the eighth and also

* ZSDiiDDtN, or ZlINlxABftDDtN.

70 VAL£KTY1s''b DSSCRIPTION of MAIaAOCA*

the last King of Malakka, and the eixth Mohammedan King.

lie ixovenierl t\\u people during 3(5 year^, of which *I9 yeari in
Malakka and afterwardHi 7 years more in Johor, It wan under
hia reii^'n that tho Malays threw off the Siamese yoke, and such
in 15U1>; but we will see that at lari^^e in what follows*

It was also ddrlnif the roiLTii of thU Kin*^, that the Por»ogn<»#e
arnved for tho tirst time at Makkka, and conquered the conntry.
For the sake of evidence and toeleiir up the matter we witl mention
all thoae great events from the beginning and treat In due nrdox
that part of tho history of Malakka and of its Kin^a till the timai.
when we arrived in these regions.

ARRIVAL OF THE PORTUGUESE AT MALKKKA.

The Malay historian ia not quite correct, when he etates thai
the Portuguese arrived for tlie first time in these quarter^, more
especially in Malakka^ in the bej^ioniui^ of the 30th year of Sultan
Maiimud Suau's reijrn, for, ashling 21) years to the date that he
ascended ihe throne, i.e,, 1J:77, the tir^^t arrival of the Portuguese
fihould have happened in A.n, 15U(j, nnd it is fully evident from
whiit fullows, that ihcy first came here not earlier than two or three
years after that date and that they did not conqner Malnkka
earlier than five year^^ after that date, viz., ad. 1511. This Frince'i
reign was conseouently a longer one in Malakka and not 8Uch a
long one in Johor,

KiuiT Emasukl of Portu^*al ordered in I0O8 Japob SEQUKtiiAi (*)
one of hiH Admirals (according to Maffkjus it was the Admiral
DiDAKTs LoPKs), to go with 4 veasels of hi:* fleet of IG sail to
Malakka to make a treaty of friendship with the King of that coun-
try; then Sultan Maumvd Shau.

Arrived at Coebin, he iirsit went in lo09 to Sumatra, touched
at Aeheen, and finolly arrived thence at Malakka.

lie met King Mahmud at that place, vho had then jnst revolted
from the King of yiiim^ under whose dominion the Malaya had
been ft«r a shurt time. Hkqueira, as poon as he had drop-
ped anrhor, forwarded one Hejionhmv^ Ieixi ika (*) with a prestnit
and with a letter written in Arabia from King Kmakcel, requedt-
ing the Slid Kiiii^ of Milakki to allow him (^iiQU^KiiiA) to carry on
trade in amily. whieh the King granted him at once,

Ko fioouer had ^kqueiaa made a treaty of friendship and of

( I ) Tlik name la tttll met wiUi here.

TAiMwrr^n D i icmiF n os of maiacca. 71

eommeiTe, thmn tbe Monrs ind Ambs T^-fnre^i oTit to tlse Kirc that
tlie Portugnttte did not come here to tnii«\ b ;t t!'.ar :t w- r .e r
intoution to drive the Pri::ce oj: of :i:s ki :^'!om. i hey *: •'ie so
m feir that, wben the Pjrtu^"ie*? were •••u-e al. "»«r..-i to tn .e here,
their ottti traSc bj meaas of i-amrjns fr:)zi Cainj an-i AIex.i::dria
in Ezjr>t and lo Europe. woV.d be torallr rui-.e'L

They a-'^ier^e^i th,* Portn^r ;e^ec:i iraorer r .■ the i:=i »^r, an i : \\ • ne
KinsC that they had a^ted i;i t.iat ^erj mi i :fr a: L\vr.:u. Cana-
noor, Orinns and otlier places, t'riit t>*ey hid ^.-izd uj>«n tie viid
countries and had buiit f.jnre«&cs in all those places to vijdioate
their ri;;btd.

The consequence of th?*e in*ri^i:iDn* w.i< tbat Mvhml'd at
once mvie up hii« mini to violate his wirl ^rA to breik t'.e irea'j
already made with .Se^l'EIR^. an! ne intonl:-.! to invite him with
his priiicipii offi^re-s t.^ a dinner anl i > k:L the n ili at that party.
The Moon* thouijht this i^lot to be carri.*! -vj: as ea*:.y as it hai
been eai«y to their cunuinzness t*» persaa-le the Ivinj: to their pur-
poses, but we will see that they dii u>t >j -oee*! s> reaJily as they
had imagined.

True, Sfqi'KIBa had alrea«ly accepte<l the invituion, but, in the
meantime, hivin;^ been infi^rmed uf the said pl»t. he pretended to be
unwell and betrayed nothing.

The Kin^ had also aM«i\ved Srqi-eira to have a building on
shore, in which htiuse KoDBiao Araxge (>) had already established
himself as the Supercargo, fur the trade of the Portujjuesc.

The Chinamen living here and a Persian woman had informed
Sequeiri in time, by means of a tailor, of the intended troacliery,
but at first neither he nor his companions would believe that it w;i8
true,- and thoy went on courting the girls in the town behaving
unehasteiv.

One Nakhoila Beoua and one IsrxEE Mrxis, (-) a Javanese Raja
(1 really dcMi't know how to spell these names), the wealtliiest iuha-
bitants of this place next to the King, meantime did their
be«st to kin<lle this fire and to confirm the King of Malakka more
and more in his hatre«l to the Portu^Miese. They made sjdeu-
did presents to the King antl to his uncle, thus tr\ing to obtain
their villaini»us object; but the Admiral of the King of Malakka,
an honest man, fully disapproved thin shameful treason, and main-
tain! d that the Khig was obliged to kee[) the treaty at least as long
as these new customers liad not given him a reason to do something

( I ) According to the Commriitarie* of Albuquerque, " Ruy de Araujo."
(9) Utimi^ti, a Javanede title.

72 ▼▲LXirTTN*B DI80BIPTI0K OF ULZAOOL,

of that kind with some appearance of jastice : but all his persua-
sion. thouj:h welUfoundt^d, had no effect.

When Mahmud heard that his fipdt plot had failed and that the
principal reason that SEQiTicrR\ had not come was, that the pro-
misj-d spices had not been forwarded to him, ho senthiua wonl that
he would despatch at once the crafts with the fjjoods. Sequeiiia
seemed to be pretty well pleased with this messai^e, but he for his
part stationed at the same time some of his boats on four different
places so as to be prepared for all eventualities.

The King sent some embarkations with soldiers besides, who
were hidden under the victuals and provisions. He ordered more-
over some of his people to conceal their arms under their garments
and to try to get access on board of the vessels as dealers in eata-
bles, and to take hold of the opportunity as soon as they perceived
a column of smoke going up in the town.

Petuus M\ffkjus tt?lls UM, that Isutee Mutis had ordered his
cousin, one Patiakoos, to kill Sequeiua, while Seqcteira had put
his trust entirely in that man and admitted him freely into his
presonce.

When everything had been properly arranijed, the crafts paddled
to the vessels; they created suspicion, however, by ascending the
vessoN with too largo a number at ouce and G-racia dk Sousa
noticing this stopped them and sent Ferdfsand Mao^ellaan to
Skqukiua, to warn him that there was something suspicious in the
wind.

IsuTi Mutis and his men, eight of which already surrounded
Sequeira, wlio was playing at chess, stood anxiously waiting for
the .^^ignal on shore, viz., the column of smoke. 8equeir\, though
warned by Maoellaax, did not care at all about it, ho only ordered
a Mate to ascend the mast to see if the boats, which had their
freight, were on the way back already, and continued his game
as passionately as over. Still the signal was not given, and
when the Mate, who was in the mast, saw that a Malay drew
his Kris and that another made a sign to show the first one, that
it was not the right moment yet, ho warned Sequeira at the top
of his voioe, that those Malays were merely waiting for a signal
to effectuate their plot.

Skqukira called out for his arms just in time and drove the
eneniics ovcrboanl, who, astonished and wild that their attempt
again had failed, jumped in their boats and hurried away from the
vessels.

The signal on shore was given just after they had left the ves-
sels, and the consequence was that those who had still stopped

TALESTTW'g PKSCRlPTIOir OF MALACCA..

strmggiiiig in the town, were murtiered uamercifuHy. Twcatjr of

Lfhem fletl to tlit house of Rc^deioo Araxqe (i) and Fa vycrsco Skii-
iftjuio, and havisig got a bout ia time escaped the massacre.
WhiUt Sec^uEiEA aad his officers were etill deliberating^ with
each other about this wicked deod» the King and the Bandahara
( C'haneellur of the Exchequer) sent an Ambassador to the
ve09el8 to apc>logi?:e for what had happened, offering to pun*
mh all the cuLprlta and to deliver nnhurt all the Portuguei^e
wluj were still in ARAXOE'sbonse. The very first thing that Nk-
iirEiRA did, wris to claim, tlmt those Portuguese should be surren-
dered Jit oTiee, but Beeint^ that the Kioi; was continually ut^inij
Kuhterfuges and that his ahips tjot ^riidiially nurrounded by a |];reat
many native craft**, bloekintr him up imperceptibly, ho thought it
more a<iv liable not to stop any longer, but to wei^h anchor, not
only to avoid a tiagrrnvt breach of peace, but also not to mhs hia
return to India through the Gauge-*, by the pasiiing of the mon-
jn. But when he received the intclligeuoe, that d'Al>ieida
(together with whom he had been dispatched ) had returned home,
lie too went back to Portugal. The famous ALFOKsira ALButiRK,
who bad been appointed Vice-Roy in loOJ), had resolved in the
meantime to conquer Aden, in compliance with the orders
of hia Sovereign ; he consequently first sailed with 2*! vessels,
manned with 800 Portuguoao and 000 Natives of Malabar to
Ormns, int*?nding to take the uuual way, but, prevented by eontrary
winds, he had to put it off an to take another resolution, lie then
con<iuered Goa and made peace at Ormus.

Jacob Mended VAscoxaEL, backed by several other sbip-maaters,
wanted then to go to Malakka against the advice of ALBUKtRK and
iietiially started to realize that plan; but Albitkirk had him brought
back by main force, imprisoned him and dismissed several of his
advisers.

He made at tbe same time a treaty with the King of Pacem
(Pasi) and insisted upon the extradition of Nakhoda Bjc(U'a ; Vnit
fehis one having escaped before he could bo surrendered, tho
Portuguese at once pursued him and sneceeded in overtaking his
ship, he wa» killed after having defended himself very bravely.

The following curious fact occurred at bis death, viz., that no
blood was to be seen first, though he had been stabbed through j
but it was discovered then, that ho wore a blood-stanching stone

(») Sc€note(l)p.71.

:i-:^ .-i-e- "vrr* cni Mi«'ii:r"i to

._ " _• -irrr ^^. 1-..- T ?1Z •■• T-Om

._. -_T.- > -1 z-^- ^: - x-ki n :i:e

: . • • '. " r-Z. K.ZZ z-^"r*r!'.
- r- \ -ji .irar-7.;r tha:

r . • _ . — — - ::z:. :7':': TK"^...:ii
- _ _- - : V r •> '-: -i:Ar

— % - •'- i>-^"*-: A'-IVilBii.

• : ' TL. -. :^ -".1 ^ V :ji. J. vrrv All»«i
•>■ • •<. ■_:-.: "Lii- :.. i-.i zj» f-i*ii can

VALENXrN'fl TJESCBIPTIOK OF MALACCA.

74a

tlie King tried again to deceive him^ he ordered to set fire to his
palace. Then the King begged to make pt'ace and accepted the
terniB made by Albukirk, who deraandi'd the delivery of all the
Fortiigueee, the restitution of the stolen goods, and the indemnifi-
eatton of the expenees ibr two fleets, which had heen despatched
this way ; but the King's son (whom MAFFKJrs hae named Allopin)
and the King of Pahang deolinini* to aer«*pt the mh\ terms, Albu-
KiJLK ordered hie troops to attack and to plunder the town, and t4»
iipare only the properties of one Kinac nexu and of Isutjnutis,
(who hrul already made peace with hiiii liefore and had Kubmitted
to him) and of all the Javanese who stood under lii^ orders and of
a few other individnaln, who were his alliet* in town. The Kin;;
baring been wounded personally dismounted hit* elephrmt and fled.
and HO did the King ot Pahang too, and they never returned again,

A few days afterwards he and his General Antonio n'AatiKo (^)
iiitacked the town for a»ocond time; a fierce battle was foiight, hui
d'Abreo eonrjiiering a certain bridge put the Maluyn to flight and
ALariciRK made hia entry in the royal palme where he found that
the King and hiw hoUBehold had already tied.

Allouin hnving collected the fugitive?*, was defeated for a
Becond time and com[)elied tn flee to the inland of Ointam (>itnated
opposite to Singapore), where he f(»rtitied himself in spite of itn
Prince.

The Portuguese, once niastera of the town, plundered it thoroughly^
capturing among oHu^r Hiiugs the l^tX}(} hrai*a gun«. 'J'hiT
booty fieized at Matakka was ho rich, that one fifth of it, t,fi., the
part reserved for I he King (of I'ortugfil), amounted to 2t>0,<XK)
ducat«.

Albvkiuk appointed Kaja Isriii^UTis^ head of the Moors, and
NlNACiiKTiT, head of the other native inlifibitants; he fortified the
tow^n, opened the place for the trade, and built of the tomb^i of the
Kings trie firs^t Christian rhurch, devoted to the Annunciation.

lie went the news of this <'onque«it to tlie King of Ni/im, wlu»
was very much pleaded, that Juk dit^loyal vansnl h.id been punished
eo severely, he congratulated Ar.m kirk on his hucccfs ivnd beg-
ged him to make an oftensive and dcfeoKive allinnee. The Laxa-
mana (or Admiral of Mal'ikka) came to beg liim alf>o to consider
hira a friend. a8Huring liim, that he had tried todit^suade the King
from making war, and ALorKiRK pardoned him also.

And bcfiold now this proud Malakka, the glory and the fiUCccM
of the Malays!

7iB. TA.LENTrN*S DEBCBTPTtOy OP HALA.CCA.

The fugitive King Mahmud did not die of grief ( * ) (as it is asserted
by the Portuguese), but he had fled in 1511, to the North-East side of
the Southern Promontory of the country, after having ruled Malakka
for 34 years ; with him a period of 252 years was completed that
this country had been under the sway of Malay Kings. He com-
menced to build a new town at that place (the third one built by
Malay Kings in those quarters), enlarged it and finally finished it^
and gave it the name of Johor, after the iLrabic word " Johor"
perhaps, which means " a pearl" also " the fine human shape."

lie founded a new, empire there, the Kings of which from that
date were no longer styled Malay Princes or Kings of Malakka, but
Kings of Johor. He reigned two years at that place, died iii
1513, and was succeeded by his son, who had not the name of
Allodin (according to the Portuguese historians), but who has
been mentioned by the Malays as Sultan Ahmed Suae, in their
^'enealogioal register of the Kings of Malakka and Johor. Ho
was the thirteenth King of the Malays, the first of Johor, and tho
seventh Mohammedan King.

[ To he continued, ]

(1) The Covmi' ntaricH say ho died at Pahang, a few days af ter hifl arriTftl
there.

THE LAW AND CUSTOMS OF THE MALAYS WITH
REFERENCE TO THE TENURE OF LAND.

=0=

Intkoductory.

IT ERE are, probably, few subjects connected with
the Government of a Mahiy population which are so
little understood by Englishmen in the Colony as
the principles which account for the point of view
from which these people treat the possession of, and
rights in, land. Successive generations of public servants in
the Straits Siitlementa have been haunted by a bug- bear
known as *' the Malacca Land Question,*' which still makes
perio<lical appearances, and is very far from having been set
finally at rest : it is nearly sixty years old and has derived
from the joint forces of ignorance and neglect an extraordi-
nary vitality. From time to time a great deal of well-meant
labour has been employed in trying to bring Asiatic customs
and English law into harmony without the aid of legislation,
and it need hardly be said that the task is an endless one.
Two systems of tenure have been in operation in Malacca
during the greater part of this century, and the present gen-
eration of officials have inherited a legacy of confusion in
which time develops fresh combinations continually.

In all the provinces of British India, British Administrators
have' taken the native revenue system as the ground-work on
which to build up a detailed and consistent structure of land-
revenue administration. Native tenure has been fully recog-
nised ; native law has been studied ; the technical terms used in
the vernacular to express particular documents, tenures and
native officials have been preserved and are employed in all the
Coiirta ; nothing so fatal to the prosperity of the country and

76 MALAY LA>D TENURE.

SO uuBuited to the native mind as the introduction of English
real-property law has been dreamt of. Why was the policy of
Indian Administrators as regards Malacca directly con-
trary to that pursued in British India ? Principally, I think,
because it was not soon enough discovered that the conditions
of Malacca — an ancient Malay kingdom and then successively
a Portuguese and Dutch (^olony — differed fundamentally from
those of the modern Settlements of Penang and Singapore,
which had no population prior to their acquisition by the East
India Company, and to which, therefore, any law of laud tenure
might be applied without the fear of disturbing existing rights,
interests, customs, prejudices or sui)crstitions. Malacca has
never been the seat of Government during its occupation by
the British, and the land laws and regulations formulated from
time to time by officials, more conversant with the English
practice introduced into Ptiiang and Singapore, than with
native law and custom, have never really fulfilled their pur-
pose.

Within the last nine years, certain Malay States on the West
('oast of the Peninsula have fallen under the direction of
British OIKcers subordinate to the Government of the Straits
Settlements, and the latter are, therefore, to some extent, in a
])05iition similar to that of the ^Malacca officials earlier in the
('cnturv. Unless i'uturc jj:(.ne rat ions of public servauts are to
be confronted by a Perak, a Salangor, or a Sungei Ujong
•' Jiand Question/' it is difficult to exaggerate the importance
of studying very closely, and understanding very clearly, the
nature of native rights in land. There is even a danger of
imbibing and conveying erroneous ideas on the subject by the
use of Knglisli technical terms.

The first proclamation about laud issued in Perak under the
advica of a British Resident contained such terms as " fee
siniple,^^ and in Larut, as early as 1876, laud was being trans-
ferred and mortgaged with all English legal technicalities by
the aid of two or three ignorant scribes who brought printed
forniss from the nearest British Settlement — Penang ! It is
ptrlmi)s doubtful if, to this day, the Malay law of land tenure
and Malay thought and feeling regarding land are properly
understood by Europetins in Native States^ and, if not^ there
may be reason to fear difficulties in years to come.

MALAY LAND TEXrSE. i §

Besides persons in the senrice of the S'atiTe GoTemmenti,
who are brought, by their duties, into connection with nstire
land-holders, there is an independent class of British settlers —
planters, miners and others — to whom it may be important to
know what rights in contiguous land their native neighbours
may have, and how far they are at liberty to alienate them.

It has occurred to me, therefore, that it may be useful to
summarise, as far as I have been able to ascertain it, the law
relating to immoveable property in an independent Malay
State, and to publish translated extracts from Malay Codes of
laws, as well as the judgmci-ts of English Judges who have had
to deal with the subject. I shall be amply repaid for the
trouble which I have taken to examine the available informa-
tion, and to arrange it in an intelligible f«»rm, if increased recog-
nition and respect for the rights of native land-holders should
be obtained therebv.

Chapter I.
PROPRIETARY RIGHT.

The customary law of the Malays with reference to the
occupation and proprietorship of land differs little from that
of other Indo-Chinese nations — the Burmese, Siamese and
others. The natural condition of land in Malay countries,
from Sumatra to Borneo, is characterised by dense forest, which
demands no small labour and |>erseverance before a clearing
is effected and cultivation commenced. Land is abundant, but
the population is sparse ; there is no restriction upon the selec-
tion and appropriation of forest land, and a proprietary right is
created by the clearing of the land foNowefi ht/ roniinttot/s orcu"

78 MALAY LAND TENURE.

' pation.^ Forest land and land which, though once cleared,
has been abandoned and bears no trace of appropriation ( such
as fruit-trees still existing) are said technically to be tanah
matt, or " dead land." He who, by clearing or cultivation,

, or by building a house, causes that to live which was dead
(meng-hidop-kan burnt), acquires a proprietary right in the
land, which now becomes tanah hidop ('' live land '') in contra-
distinction to tanah mati. His right to the land is absolute
as long as occupation continues, or as long as the land brnrs signs
of appropriation.

This qualification of the right of the proprietor is the key
to several important distinctions which help towards the classi-
fication of the subject. Malays practice two kinds of cultiva-
tion — cither permanent cultivation ( wot rice-fields and plan-
tations of fruit-trees ) in the plains ; or shifting cultivation
( dry rice-lands and vegetable gardens ) on the hills. In cul-
tivation of the latter kind, the element of continuous occupa-
tion, and, therefore, a lasting proprietary right, is wanting.
Again, between wet rice- fields and fruit-plantations there is a
wide difference in respect to the permanence of evidence of
appropriation ; the former, if left uncultivated for a few years,
are soon covered with brushwood and rank vegetation, in
which are harboured vermin of all sorts, to the injury of the
crops of contiguous owners, and shew no signs, except the
absence of heavy forest, of ever having been cultivated ; the
latter, on the other hand, even if abandoned, do not disappear
for many years, not, in fact, until the insidious growth of jun-

/ gle chokes and kills the fruit-trees. Malay custom has, there-
fore, fixed three years as the term within which wet rice-fields,

\^ if left uncultivated, shall remain subject to the proprietary
right of the owner. If wet.rice-land remains uncultivated for
more than that peiiod, it is open to the Kaja, Chief or head-
man, within whose district it is situated, to put in another

♦ " In practice there may be said to ho but one orij^^inul foundation for land
•' tenures in Burma, viz , that tlie cultivated-land clearer acqtiires an abso-
" lute dominion over the soil, bul)ject only to contribution for the service of
" the State. He cm alienate it by pft or sale, and in default of his doing so,
*' it descends to his heirs in th • usual order of succession. The title to land,
•'therefore, is essontially allodial." British Burma Gazetteer, I, 438.

MALAY LAND TENURE. 79

cultivator. Abandoned fruit-plantations, on the other hand, >
may bo successfully claimed and resumed by th » pr jprietor, or ^
by any one claiming under him by descent or transfer, as long i
as any of the trees survive, and the proprietary right is not I
extinguished until all evidence of propriotorsliip is gone.* J

A general view of tlie tenure of land in a Malay State has
been given by Colonel Low ; t the State selected as a type of the
rest being Kedah, as it exi-jtcd before the Siamese concpiest : —
'* The sovereign was lord of the soil, which the nranr/ hiadanfj,
*' or ryots, cultivated under regular tenur^Ns. The chief one was
*' termed sii rat put u^y under which the oci'upicr paid at the out-
"set the price of one J)fa>t, or rupee, for every orlomj of land.
" He received this deed from the K:ija, and it was stamped with
'* tlie chops of the latter and his minister-*. It wa-^ in perpetui-
*' ty, nnd could not be alienated, but was subject to resumption
**' by the (ioveriimeiit if the p()ss(»>s(>r allowed the land to go to
"waste within a given period— sometimes thirty years. Instead
" of a regular quit-rent, each ryot capable of labour was sub-
" jected to a capitati(jn-tax of 10 (jnvfantjii of paddy and one of
" cleaned rice, which wonid now be ccinivalcnt to nearly a
*^ dollar. This was occasionally commute I into a copper pay-
" mcnt." But Colonel Low fails to remark, what I believe to
be the case, that only a small portion of th(; land of th ' State,

• This is what I biivf mys-lt' ohsrved in P«r:ik, and have heard declared
by natives to bu the' (Mi>tom of ih.* coiiiitry. It a;4iv s with what Marsdex
says of thf Malays ol" Sumatra :- -

** Whilst anyofthov (I'niit-lncs) <uhsi>t, th • d-'^cii'laiits ot tin- planter
** may claim tli.';^round, tli«>aih it has ]) 'cn l<»r y^-ars ahand n/<l. It they are
**cut down, Ii..' may n-covrr daiir.i;;is ; hut it ih-y have disaj>j)c*ar«.(l in the
*• course ot* nature, X\\' land nvir.'s to tlie puhli*-.''

"t" Disaertif^i'm tni Prminf tni'l Prorincv Wrf/rs^.-i/, p. (J. Tlu- practice of
usin;^ a \*ritt',n doeuni-.nt h.is p ihap> h ■ ii h .rr .»v • i Uy t!i:- Kedah Midays
fnim th.' Si.eu •> • : **A ( /kik S'n t, or < iil;iv;it .r, wlii> is de>iroU!> <»f clearing
** jriound, applies to the h- adunn o!" t-ie ^ilI.^^.•. Th»' l.itt -r ^hf•wrt his written
** application to the jjp'p-r I'llicc-r, aJk- dir-.-rN him t » in>pe<-t the land and
'* measure it. The ai^plicant, haviiiLT el n-nl it, r civ.-s a writt.-n title ; but
** althoui^'-h he' i.«^ mtf in it v. -t il a »-'»Lj' ly v.i;:i u ri^dil in perp^'tuity, still
*' the liind forms th:.'rea!ur a pirt ot hi:- /<•.-/' pr..p riv, is ali.'uahle by (ieed of
*• sale, or by jrift, and d.-^«vnds to his h.-irs at l.,\v. \\\>:n {\\'ir> it is clear that
** the Kin;^ can taki' alvanta':^' ^t so d f 'liv.' a title. l're.scription is the
** owner's best safeicuard."--t'ulonel Low, Jonrn. Iml. Arch., I, 3;j7.

80 MALAY LAND TENURE.

and that the best padi land probably^ is held direct from
the Raja by suriit putits. The restrictiou on alienation is, there-
fore, limited in operation, and the doctrine of proprietary right
created by clearing and occupying is general.

The rules as to proprietary right may be stated as follows : —

1. There can be no proprietary right in ianah mati.
I 2. Tanah hidop is of three kinds : —

{a) Land planted with fruit-trees {tanah kampong).
' (/>) Wet rice-land [tanah heudang, or, satcah),

i (c) Ilill-land taken up for shifting crops [tanah hnma.

or, la dang),
3. The ])roprietary right in kampong land endures during
occupation and afterwards as long as any fruit-trees re-
1 main as evidence that the land is ianah hidop.

\ 1. The proprietary right in tanah hendang, or satrah, lasts
as long as the laud is occupied, and for three years after-
wards.
5. The proprietary right in ta7iah huma, or ladang, lasts as
long as the land is occupied, which is usually a single
season .
The rights of tenure in a primitive Malay settlement are
thus oxceediiigly simple, if each proprietor is viewed as the
owner of the ])icee of land which he has won for himself from
the forest. The katnpong, or village, is made up of independ-
ent holdings, and there is no such thing as a joint ownership,
by the inhabitants of a village or tract, of cultivated lands,
which is common in India. In long-established and populous
settlements, the cultivated lands of which have been trans-
mitted by descent for generati(ms, there has, of course, been
time for the operation of all sorts of influences — the result of
a comparatively civilised state of society — which have contri-
buted to iutrcHluce fresh modifications into the simple rules
just enunciated. Thus, it will become necessary to consider,
further (m, the right of the Haja to a share of the produce, the
lialjility of the j)r«)|)rictor for personal service, the right of the
proprietor to sell and mortgage, tlie law of inheritance, &c.

MALAY LAND TENURE. 81

Chapter II.
HUMA OK LADANG CULTIVATIOX.

The most primitive form of cultivation known to tlio Malays,
and one that is practised by numerous Indo-Chinese tribes, is
the hill-farm system.*

The Malay peasant who does not possess a .s///r///i, or wet
padi fields or who, possessing one, is unable, from want of
buffaloes or some other cause, to work it, selects a piece of
forest land on the side of a hill and proceeds to clear it by
first eutting down ( 1'^)^ ) the under- wood and then felling
( tebang) the forest trees.

Work is commenced about ^larch or April, and when the
fallen timber is dry it is set on fire; if this is skilfully done
and advantage taken of wind, the whole is rapidly consumed,
leaving a clear surface for agricultural operations, ('harrecl
stumps stick up in all directions on the cleaijng. and some of
the lighter timber is turned to account in making a rough
fence round the cultivated patch. Uill-padi {padi Imma ) ivs
then sown by dropping a few seeds into holes made nt short
intervals with a pointed stick. Many Malays prefer the ladany
system, as it is called, to the wet cultivation on the pi i ins, fur
one reason, namely, the variety of different edible vegetables
which a hi dang will produce. Besides the hili-^^r/^//, he can
grow on his farm bananas, Indian- corn, pumpkins and gourds,
sugar-cane, chillies, &e., A'C. Sometimes the same piece of
land is cultivated in this manner two years running, but
usually new land is taken up every year.

The Sakai and other aboriginal tribes who inhabit the inte-
rior of the Peninsula, also practise this ^*ystcm of hill-cultiva-
tion, and their clearings may be seen on the sides of the more
distant mountains far removed from the districts inhabited by
the Malays. Logan observed this among the wild tribes in the
South of the Peninsula, and has described their mode of clear-
ing and planting their ladnntj. f

* " The custom of * Chcna ' furms is of extreme antiquity in Ceylon.
•* It is alluded to in the Mahawanso, B. C. 161, eh. xxiii, p. 140."— Tbn-
NEHT*s Ceyhn, II, 463.

tJburM. Ind. Arch.f I, 465.

»/

82 MALAY LAXD TENCRE.

This is. no doubt, the national Malay mode of agriculture,
and characterijitically enough it is introduced into the legend
which tells of thf establi-^hment of a royal line of Indian
origin i-.to Malay cjuntries. The two peasant women whom
the Mr^-t ludiun kinir meets when he dcsrendii upon the sacretl
mountain at Palembang, are described as engaged in culti-
vating a hill-jrarden « hrrJatfnnj \ where they plant hiW-padi*
The succ«.*<sive processes of clearing, burning and planting
apjKJar to be carried out in Sumatra in precisely the same way
2A on the Peninsula. t

Texnknt's description of '•' Chena'' cultivation in Ceylon is
worth transcribing in full. It will Ix* seen that he regards the
disadvantagfs of tlio system as outweigl.ed by its advantages : —

" The process of Clicna cultivation in this proA'ince is uni-
'* form and sinjplc. The forest being felled, burned, cleared,
*' and fenced, each individuaPs share is distinguished by
" marks, huts are erected for the several families, and in Sep-
" tember the land is planted with Indian corn and puujpkins ;
*'and melon seeds are sown, and cassava plants put down
"round the enclosure. In December, the Indian corn is
'' pulled in the cob and carried to market ; and the ground is
*' re-sown with millet and other kinds of grain, chillies, sweet
*' potatoes, sugar-cane, hemp, yams, and other vegetables, over
" which an unwearied watcli is kept up till March and April,
'* when all is gathered and carried off. But as the cotton
" plants, which are put in at the same time with the small
" ^rain and other articles that form the second crop after the
*' Indian corn has been pulled, require two years to come to
" maturity, one party is left behind to tend and gather, whilst
*' their companions move forward into the forest to commence
*^ the process of felling the trees, and forming another Chena
" farm .

*' The Chcna cultivation lasts but for two years in any one
'locality. It is undertaken by a company of speculators
" under a license from the government agent of the district,
" and a single crop of grain having been secured and sufficient
*Uime allowed for the ripening and collection of the cotton.

♦ Jovrn. Royal At. Socy. vol. XIII, N.S., p. 401.
t Mabbden, nut of Sumatra, 62.

MALAY LAXU TBXtKK.

** the whole enclosure is abandoned and permitted to return
'* to jangle, the adventurers moving onward to clear a fresh
** Chena elsewhere, and take a crop oil some other enclosure,
'* to be in turn abandoned like the first ; as in this province
'' no Chena is considerefl worth the labour of a second cuUi-
'* vation until after an interval of fifteen years from the
** first harvest.

'* During the period of cultivation great numbers resort to
•• the forests ; comfortable huts are built ; poultr\^ is reared ;
*' thread spun, and chatties and other earthenware vessels are
*' made and fired ; and by this primitive mode of life, which
" ha.^ attractions much superior to the monotonous cultivation
^•' of a coco-nut garden or an ancestral paddy farm, numbers
" of the population find the means of support. It likewise
** suits the fancy of those who feel repugnant to labour for
*' hire, but begrudge no toil upon a sput of earth which they
'* can call their own : where they can choose their own hours
'* for work and follow their own impulses to rest and idleness.
*' It is impossible to dony that thisi system tends to encourage
"the natives in their predilection for a re^itlcss and unsettled
" life, and that it therefore militates against their attaching
*^ tberaselves to fixed pursuits, through which the interests of
*" the whole community would rventually he advanced* It
** likewise leads to the destruction of large tracts of forest hind,
*' which, after conversion to Chena, are unprofitable for a long
*' series of years ; but, on the other liaml, it is equally evident
*' that the custom tends materially to aiigmeut tlie food of the
*' district ( especially during periods of drought ) ; to su-^tain
" the wages of labour, and to prevent an undue increase in the
*' market-value of the first necessaries of life. Regarding it in
" this lights and looking to the prodigious extent of forest land
*' in the island, of which the Chena cultivation affects (mly a
*' minute and unsaleable portion, it is a prevalent and plausi-
" ble supposition, in whicli, however, I am little disposed to
*^ acquiesce, that the a^l vantages are sutheieot to counterba-
^' lance the disatl vantages of the system/'

FoaBEs,"**^ who also gives a full description of this system of

• Britith Surma^ 28 1» " I wn not aware that the Imiuttff mode of cultivn-
'' lion offers any other ftdvuntage to the Hjilftys than that it is oompatfbJe with
" the«njo7me&t of ft wimderiii^ life." — Nswbqld. Strain of Malacca, I, 26S.

MALAY LA^'D TENURE.

agriculture us it prevails amoog tlie Karens of Burma^ regards
as ^^ their great pecidlaritfi, which they pos^^css iu coram on
"with all the hiJl-rucefi, not only of Burma and Assam, but of
'' the whole of India, their unsettled and ever-changing modeaf
*nifet whieli entitles them to the designation of * nomadic cul-
•• tivutoi*s/ To raise their seuuty crops, the viri^in forests on
'* the steep slopes of the hills must he cleared and burned : but
^* the excessive rainfall washes the friable soil ofi the surface,
** so tbat only one crop can he raised on the same spot until
'* it has again heconic overgrown with jungle and a freith
*' deposit of earth has formed/'

The same practice exists amon^ the more remote and unci-
vilised tribes in Siuul The husbandry of the people of Laos
and of the Karieng trihe is thus described by Pallegoix : — "Les
*' Lao choisisscnt un erulroit fertile dans la foret voisine, en
" abattcnt tons !es arbres, et y mettent le feu, ce qui danue k

'^ la terre nne fecondite surpreiuuite/' * " Lc5«

*' Karieng, de meme que les Lai, ont eoutnme de cuuper et dc
'' h ruler cha([ue an nee nne eertainc etendue de la fciret pour
*^ planter leur riz, changeant airisl de place tons les ans, ee qui
** jes oblige i\ etinstruire suuvt^nt de nouvelles cabanos/' \

Cambodia furnishes another example : —

** La culture par le dcfrielicnieat et rincendie des foi*et«
" adoptee par les liabitants sauvajres de Ijoterieur est encore
" bien plus barbare et plus rc«irettablc. Ces pauvresgens se font
" nne idee exageree des proprictcs fertilisantes des eendres, qui
" appartiennent, conHue on suit, aux aniendemmts utilises sculc-
*Vment ponr introdnire dans la terrc les elements mineraux
" qui quelquefois lui manqucnt et qui sout neeessaires k la vie

" de certaines plantes/' , ,...

" lis abattcnt tuus les arbres dans une certaine etendue du bois;
"ils les laissent sei-hcr nn pen, et les bruleut sur place; iU
*' etcndent les eendres uniformenient snr le sol atin de Tamender
" un pen, et an dclmt dc la saison pleuveuse, ils font des Irons
" regulierement espaces dans le sol, avec un morceau de boia

MALAY LAND TEXr»l.

•B

^' poiutu, et <3an8 lesquels iU laissent tomber quelque* grains de
" paddy quails recou%Tent d'un pen de cendres.*' *

This is also ** the proper national mode of plantiDg rice " in
ihc Lampong districts (Sumatra), where such clean Dgs are
tailed by tiie Malay name iadanff, corresponding with the
Javanese '* iipar. ** It is practised in Java also, f

Further east, *^ nomadic cultivation*' is still found, distin-
guishing tribes of cognate origin. The Dyaks of Borneo
repeat year by year the toihome operation of cleariDg forest
land fur their temporary farms. ** They do not suppose that
*' the soil is in any way incapable of bearing further culture, but
" give always as a reason for deserting their farms, that the
** weeds and grass which immediately spring up after the padi
-* has been gathered are less eat^ily eradicated than ground oecu*
'* pied by old jungle is prepared. They never return to the
** 9(ame s|)ot until after n period of seven years has elap^,
** which they say was the custom of their ancestors." J

Amnn^ the hill-tribes of India^ the same primitive mode of
cultivation which Himalaic swarms have carried eastward to
Burma, Siam, the Malay Peninsula, Sumatra and liorneo,
may Vje viewed in the very districts, perhaps, in which it origi-
nated. The Kukis ( north-east of Chittagong ) cut down the
jungle on the declivity of some hill in the month of Marcli,
and allow it to lemain there until sufficiently decayed to hum
freely, when they set it on ^re^ and thus at once perfonn the
double purpo.<e of clearing away the rubbish and of manuring
the ground with its ashes. The women now dig small holes
at certain distances in the spot so cleared and into each hole
they throw a liaudful of difierent seeds they intend to rear.jl

'J'he Abors observe the same method of cultivation, but tisike
three successive crops otl" it before abandoning it.^

In India and Jlurma the control of this practice has neces-
sarily engaged the attention of district officers, and in some
districts tiscal regulations have recognised this system of shift-

f Journ, Jnd. Arch,, V, 636,
f Javrn, Ind, Arch., II. 2'Sii,

MALAY LAND TENURE.

mg cultivatioD, ensuring thereby a reasonable revenue to the
State. In the Straits Settlements, on the other hand, where
the neces&ity of making every cultivator take out a lease seems
to have been the whole and sole guiding principle of the Land
Office, the I ad an g or hnma system has never been recognised
and regulated. It is still practised, u evert helcf^s, in parts of
Malacca at a loss of rcvcuue to the Colony. In Xative States
on the Peniusola it is, of course, common.

The follnwing remarks on the temporary cultivation of hill-
farms by certaiTi tribes m India and Burma ai*e extracted frora
Bad EN- Powell's Mfinfftii of the Laati Ihrenue Sf/sffmft and
Land Temirfn of British India (1882), p, 102 :—

*• Shifting CrLxn atto\.

" An account, liowever elementary, of Indian Innd tenures,
" would beinccioiplete withoutsome notice of a customary hold-
*^ ing of jungle lantl which is widely prevalent in parts of India,
"' but which is of such a nature that it is very doubtful whether
** the term * hmd-ienure ' can with propriety he ap[)licd to it.
'' I alliidc to the practice of temporary or shifting cultivation uf
** patches of forest, winch has iu some districts proved an ubsta-
'* cle, or at least a source of difficulty in the way of making
'* arrangements for the preservation of wooded tracts as forest
"estates, a ivork which mndern science recognises as e-S3?en-
■* tial for almost nuy eountry, and csperiully a great contioent
** like Indiu with its clinuitic chan^^cs iiud seasons of drought uf
*' such frequent recurrence/'

"In the jungle-chid hill country on the east and north of
" Bengal, in the Ghats of the eastern and western coasts of the
** peninsula, in the inlaud hill ranges of the Central Provinces
" and Southern India, there are aborigiTial tribes wlio live by
" clearing patches of the jtingle, and taking u crop or two off J
*^ the virgin soih after wiiieh the tract is left to trmw up again'
" while a new one is attacked.

** This method of cultivation seems to be instinctive to all
"tribes inhabiting such districts. 1 1 seems to be the natural
** and obvious unshod of dealing with a country so situated.

"The details of t!ie t ustom are of course various, and the
" names are legion. The most widespread names^ however^ are

MALAY LAND TENURE.

f^^jim' in Bengal, * * bewnr * ( often, but incorrectly, dah^d)
in the Cetitral Proviaee*, ^kifnri' in S^uth India, and

^* taung-t/d' in Burma,

^[** In all cases the essence of the pncticecan'^i^t^in selecting
hill side where the e^fe^iive trjplcil rainfall will drain on
** sniliciently to prevent floodin^^of ther^rop aWil on wliich thtare
'' 11 a sufficient depth of soil. A few plot^ arc selectc i, and all
" the ve;retation carefully cut : the lar;2fet' trees will usually b?
•* rinc^ed and left to die ; — standin^^ bare and drietl, there will be
** no shade from them hurtful to the ripe iin;a^ crop. The refuse
'* is left on the ground to dry. At the proper season, when the
** dry weather is at its height, and before the tir.st rains begin
"and fit the ground for sowiut?. the wholo nia^s will be S3t
"on fire: the ashes are du*? into the nrrouml, and the seed is
■*»own» — -usually be in f^j ruixed with tlic ashes ami the whole dug
"in together. The ploui^h is not usi» L The ^^rcat labour after
"that consints in wtfcdin;;?, and it i^ the only labr>ur after t!ie
*' first few daVH of hard catting, to clear the ground in the first
** instance, are over. \Veedin«: is, in many places, a sifir qud non,
" for the rich soil would soon send up a crop (jf jutigle growth
** that would suppress the hill rice or wliatovcr it is that has
•' been sown, f

** A second crop maybe taken, the fullowin;^ yeii\% pos-^ibly a
** third, but then a new piece i^ cut, and the process is repeated,

**Natuiie of Riout to wHrcu sucn Prvctick «jives rise,

'* When the whole of the area in tlie locality judf^erl suitable
** fortrcattuRnt in exhausted, tlie families or tribes will move otJ'
'* to another region, and may, if land is abundant, only come
** back to the same hill sides after twenty or even forty years,
'* But when the families are numerous, the land available be-

^**Jdm lathe general niime usel in offijkl rf^porti*, but in rfiaUtj this
"njime must be entirely local- tn fact no oil's name can hn applied In the
••ttaro hilb, in Cliittiigontr, in (ioAlpira, in Suntulk, ami no <louljt in every
**nt^ — r,. ^-: t wbure this m^thoJ of L'ultiviitlon ia practiaeJ, thure is ti dlfisi-

t ^18 not always the caae^ where the hill hmd has long bet>n fiubjeot

*' to this ueatmont, or where the noil Ik pacnlifir : in the Qato hOls, I am told,
** wnetMafg in not requirel."

'< conies limited and then the rotation is shortened to a number
" of Tears — seven or even less^ — ^in which a growth, now reduced
"to bamboos and smaller jungle, can be got wp to a sufficient
" density and height to give the soil and the ash- manure neces*
'' sary. In its ordinary fonn, this method of cultivation may
" give rise to some difficult questions* It obviously does not
" amount to a permanent, adverse occupation of a definite area
*' of land ; nor does it t-xactly fall in with any western legal con-
" ception of a right of user, I n some cases it may he destructive
" of forest wliieli is of great use and value, in others the forast
" may be of no use whatever, and this method of eulttvation may
'* be natural and necessary. The progress of civilisation and the
"increase in the jfopulution always tc!id to bring this class of
'* cultivation into the former category, and tlien it is very ditfi cult
" to deal with. It is impossible not to tVcl that whatever may
" be the theoretical failure in the growth of a !»trict right, the
^' tribes that have for generations praetined this ctiltivatiou from
'" one range of bills to anotber, have seraething closely resem*
" bling u right; ihey have probably been paying a Government
''revenue or tax— so much per adult male who can wield the
'* knife or iixe with wliicb the clearing is effected — which
** streugtbcns their claim to consideration. In creating forest
" estates for the public beuetit, the adjustment of * foumj-i^d,*
"*/»v/wnV ** or 'Juni* claim!* has now become a matter of
*' settled and well-undrrs^tood practice. In the Western GhAts it
** IS becoming a subject of difficulty^* but the discussion of the

• "AlreaJy, in the Koukaii, whole hiU sitiee have ^ ^

•• while the *^oil washe*! hy thv houvy nmnaoon rain-
*' liilfeenl upand renderetl uHolesH, BtrettiiisaiKlcretk:* wiu.i. .1 x. ,rj..v_
**Thediifficiilty is thjit the tribes are ftlwtiVB **t'ini-lmrh.^rou«, aiid the
'* iu^luct! them to overcoiiio their upftthy atid tuke to jNTmaiieDt en
" Uufortiiimtcly, sympothetio ofiiciaJis proj*rly ulive to the ii€C5i:rft»ity
** ttcatinff thest* tribee, are UBUaUy totally hjind tf> thf* t*^\ thmii^r of d
•* the O hut forests, or whiit i« worsct pi :t, the belnji Jii 3 no

*' real hold on thera. To aboliflh thi^ '^u, aerione and su»-

/* tained effort i» necessary ; to g-et tit , , . , . ; ; , , i. .wn. und to procure

**for them cAttle, plou^^hs, and Beeil-gia n. r | 1 rt-. liUorul cxiKinditure, It i«
"diflicalt to find offi^xTa who hare thr liine or li^i z :il nacc^eary for the ftr«(,
" ttnd fituuicial dii!icaltie« are likely to be in thu way of the eeoond. An eAAier
"oourseis to draw harrowing" pictures of the Buffering- cans«^ to the tril>ee hy
** stopping their ancient cultivation, and to denounce the efforts^ of the Foro«t
*♦ Administration as being hnr»b and without recognition of ttie * want** of th«

MALAY LAND TENURE.

** question would be foreign to my present purpose, which is
•* merely to describe what is in fact a form of land occupation
" or quasi -tenure."

Chapter III.
THE RIGHTS OF THE RAJA.

Monarchical goveniment was introduced among the Malay
tribes by Hindu rulers from India, and a new element was thus
added to the primitive structure of society theretofore existing.
The settlement or group of settlements of individual cultiva-
tors ( each deriving his right to his holding from the fact that
lie and his family or slaves had reclaimed it from the forest )
who lived in tribes under elected Chiefs, or Penghulus, for
mutual protection, now became subject to the incidents of
Aryan kingly government.

The rights of the Raja in the early Hindu kingdoms in India
were : —

1. The right to a share in the grain.

2. The right to collect taxes.

3. The right of disposal of waste land.

The proportion of the padi crop which the Malay Raja or
Chief can claim has come to be fixed by custom at one-tenth
of the grain, and payment can be enforced by seizure of the
crop or land. A new qualification in the proprietary right of the

" people.' It is unfortunate that the ver? forests at the head- waters of streams
** with dense growth and steep slopes, whioh forest economy most imperatively
** calls on ns to preserve, are the very tracts in which this temporary oultiva-
'' tion is most indsted on. "

land-Lokkr lias thus grown up in some districts. It wa^
explained just now that liiw right, which was based upon ciri*
ginal oeeupati(*n, is* ahsohitc as hing as that occupation
continues ; to this must now be added, " at}d as long as a pro*
port i Oil of fhv fjrffin h paid to the Raja or Chir/s"

The rate of ouc-tenth of the produce thus leviable by Malay
custom is, it should be observed, the same as the rate still
collected under a law based upon native custom, in Ceylon.
So, in China, *'the land is held as a freehold as long as the
*^ sovereign receives his rent, fthivh h eatimatcfi at about one-
** tenth of f/ff prodftrf, and the pruprietors record their names
" in the District Magistrate' s Office as responsible for the tax,
*' feeling themselves secure in the possession while that is paid/'*
In Cambodia, too, the share of the sovereign is one-tenth of
gross produce, t Low, speaking of Siamese rule in Kcdah, says
" The Siamese, fuUuwing the code of Menu, affect to exact onlyi
** one*tenth of the gross produce value, but the tax is more thi
" doubled in practice. ^'I

The rigid of the Raja to dispOhe of wuste land cannot liare,
been seriously exerted in iMalay States in respect of fore
land. The old Malay cu8ti>m which permitted the free selec-
tion and appropriation of forest land for the purposes of cul-
tivation was not interfered with, the adoption of any other
course being almost impossible iii countries the greater part of
wbich was under forest. As regards abandoned laod, or land
to which there wiis no heir, it was, no doubt, diflerent, and the
rights of the Raja were often duly enforced. It is not difH.
cult to sec how the rights of the Kaja to demand a proportion
of the produce, on pain of forfeiture of the holding, and to
dispose of waste land, tended by degrees to create the doctrine
that the right to the soil was iu the Raja. Such a doctrine
did in fact grow up, and being, to all appearance, consistent
with the rights exercised by the Raji*, and not iucompatibl
with the proprietary rights claimed by the Malay land- holder,^
it has received complete acceptance in Malay States, It wiia

• The Middle Kingdim^-^WiLHAMS, II, 100.
f Ze Eefyavmi! de CamlH>dge—W.OU^JL, I, 264,
} DutmiMWH on Penang and Pt'ovin^f Wflls$Ity^ 6.
336.

Jtfum, Ind, Arek^ I

MALAY LAND TEKUHB.

aot incompatible with the righta of the owner of the proprie-
tary rightj for he did not claim an allodial right to the soil,
but merely the right to appropriate and keep for himself as
much land as he had the power ( ttsaha ) to clear and keep in
cultivation. There was nj necessity, from his point of view,
to ask in whom the absolute property in the soil was vested ;
he did not claim more than a usufruct, continuous as long as
he chose it to be so, and terminable on abandonment,*

That the soil of a Malay State is vested in the Raja is a
doctrine not now to be questioned, though it may have origi-
nated in confusion of thought, the exercise of the rights to
collect the tenth and to dispose of abandoned land being
assumed to imply the existence of a superior right of property
in the soil^ to which the rights of proprietorship were subor-

* ** In tlie timofi of the early Hrndu yOlag^ commimities, proprietary righte,
' Afl defined bj powers to alieimt^, existed to a ^ery tdfling extent. In the
' more ancient form of community, aa has been said, tennree had no market
'value; and in the later and more democratic comm unities where rights
' were more decided, the land waa not an individual but a common property,

* and one man oonid not without the consent of the others sell to a stranger.
' Still transactions occurred in the hitter case among the members of tlie
' community themselves, which showed an indiridual ownere^hip within that
^ limit. Sales were not common, and mortgages were usuaUy not forecloa-
' able fi>r a very long period; but the latter existed in abundanoe, showing a
' c«;rtain ^aluc in individual ownership of landed property'. Individual pro-

* perty m land apni ug up earlier than elsewhere in the districti} on the west-
' cm coast, probnbly owing to the political circumstances which rendered

* the Govpmmcnt RUthority weak and the St-ate demandfl light. The attitude

* of the Hindu rajahs with regard to the ^oil ha« been much discussed* It

* probably varied entirely with the circumstances of timesi and places. The

* object of Government ia to obtain revenueti for Government purposes. If it

* found oomm unities ho organized ii« to be able to farm the villagee properly
' and to render the proi^-r State dues, the Government would uot interfere
' iu the direction of the di^ipoNal of the lands claimed by the community.

* If it found an inifierfect organization it would \y^ forced to interfere

* in the disposal of the lands, e&peciallv of the woMte lauds, with a view to

* the proper develcxprnent of the country and realization of the revenue,
' The tendency probably mis for the villagers to lean more and more on the
' Govermnent in these mattery and hence Id manj* parte of the country the
'* State interference became a regular institution. Still there is no evidence

* that any Hindu government ever tocik the step of ejecting an occupii-r ;

* even if they tailed to obtain their dues from him they limittnl their repri»

* fial« t ! l1 torture or sale of moveable property. The sale hiw is not

* a ua' uion. The discussion whether the Indiiin governments are
'*pro| ;..... af the soil,' or not, seems to be little more than a dispute
' about words." — Sttindrn^ Infoi'vuition^ MadiHt^^ p, 78, ; ;

MALAY LAND TBNtTai.

dinate. The right of the subject of a Malay State to appro-

f)riate and cultivate, and thufi acquire a proprietary right orer,
and which, though once tanah hidop, has been abandoned and
has relapsed into ttinah mati, is unquestioned * ; it is not incon*
sistent with any supposed right of the Raja to the soil of the
abandoned holdings for Malay tenant right may be established
by a cultivator over the land of another, The Raja's absolnte
property in the soi], is but a barren right, and as he undoubt-
edly has, independently of h. the right of levying tenths and
taxes and of forfeiting lands for non-payment, Malay law does
not trouble itself mueh with speculation about it. Tenant
right is the cardinal doctrine of the Malay cultivator, and^ as '
long as that is fully recognised, it does not matter to him who
or what functionary or power may, in theory, be clothed with
the original and supreme right to the soiLf

When Malay laws speak of the grant by the Raja of lands
aireadi/ raider cHltiration to some Chief or royal favourite, it
must be understood that what is granted is the right to exer-
cise the royal privileges of claiming from the cultivators a tenth
of the produce and of disposing of abandoned and forfeited
lands. The Raja's property in the soil is not parted with, and
the tenant right of the cultivators in in no way interfered with.
The grants of the local Dutch Government in Malacca parcel- ,
ling out the district to a few privileged individuals, which gave^

• Appendix 1, p. v. '

t " It doea nut iip],>ear from BI17 of the SiamoHe writing« ezAiniiif^d hy bm»
*• or from inf armation oraUy obtamec?* that the sovereigti us th** virtiml pro^
**prietor of the soil. Thnt he in perfectly despotic c&zmot be doubted. But
*' eaatem despots gi^eeraUy encotiiage Ag^riciilture* and however the case ]
"have stood orsgimllj, it Ib evident from law canes quoted in thedigeotfl
**cleciaionB that the occupiers of Uie laud have a firm pr«icriptiv** -'^ -"^
** indefeaitbld proprietary right in it, Perhape their Kings may ha >
" and with truth, that thoir own pro«i>eiity wtt« linked with the adrj. t J

"that right ; and hence may have arisen the fixed aseefisment on landed _
" perty, which has not altered i^iuce the dajts of the earliest interoonne
** Europeans with Slam. It is coUeeted either in kind ftt 10 per cent* or
** money* Ten per cent, on the value of the net produce is here meai
" Although this, for Asia, ia a light tax in itself, yet when taken in conjuncfcioil
" with the obligation to |*erBonal service for the State and with other exme*
. ♦* tiouB to which all are liable, it will be found on the whole oppreti«ive. Be-
:**^ido8^ the Kings wiU often break thro^igh all law, social and moral/'-^olo-
l"*'" :nAl hOVf^Jifurn, Ind. Arc/t,, I, 33(i

UAULX LAXD TBXrRE.

so tnucli trouble to the officers of the East India Company ou
their aucoession to the Government of that Settlement in 1825,
were of this nature.* The grantees were nothing more than
a species of what are called in India *' Zamiud^rs/' The abso-
lute right of the ciUtivatorH to retain possession of their hold-
ings as long as thoy paid to the grantees tenths of the produce,
was in no way prejudiced, nor was the customary right of
every native of the country to take up forest or waste land
.wherever he pleased and to bring it into cultivation. The
^grants were in accordance with Malay tenure, and in no sense
corresponded with the English idea of a freehold holding.
Nevertheless, there are not wanting, on the part of the few
remaining grantees, attempts to assert that their rights within
the districts granted to them include the fullest pi-oprietor-
(i«hip of the soil, and to act as if they were the owners of the
freehold. This is an illustration of the tendency to argue the
acquisition of a proprietary right from the exercise of certain
powers which, until their history is examined, seem to he
inconsistent with any other position. So, in Bengal, the Za-
minddr, who was, in the inception of the native revenue
system, a revenue official^ or agent, established in course of
time hereditary and proprietary rights and came to be looked
on eventually as the proprietor of the district over which he
exercised the rights assigned to him. Had the Straits otFtcials
from 1825 understood the true bearing of the position, accord-
ing to Malay law, as the Dutch undoubtedly did ( for the
' same system is recognised in some districts of Java), it would
liave been possible, perhaps, to have left the grantees in pos-
["»ession of theii* Zamlnduri rights, to have assessed the land
revenue of their respective districts at a fixed sum, and to
have exacted full payment of this, leaving the concessionaire to
collect the tenth in detail from his tenantry.

The following principles regarding land tenure in Java had
been laid down by Sir Stamford Raffles only eleven years
before the settlement with the Malacca grantees took place t^ —
** The nature of the landed tenure throughout the island is now

• Journ, Ind. Areh., 11. 740,

t Htvenuf Imtructiont, llth Febraaiy, 181'i*

MALAY LAXD TENURE.

*^ thoroughly underBtood. Generally speakiog, no proprietary
*' right in the soil is vested in any between the actual cultiva-
*' tor and the sovereiorn ; the intermediate classes, who may
" have at any time enjoyed the revenues of villages or districts
*^ being deemed merely the execntive officers of Govemmem
" who received these revenues from the gift of their lord ; and
*' who depended on his will alone for their tenure. Of this
" actual proprietary right, there can be no doubt that the
*' investiture vested solely in the sovereign ; but it is equally
" certain that the first clearers of the land entitled themselves,
'^ as a just reward, to such a real property in the ground they
'' tlms in a manner created, that, while a due tribute of a cer-
" tain share of its produ(*e was granted to the sovereign power
** for the protection it extended, the government in return was
'' equally bound nut to disturb them or their heirs in its p<>s-
*' session. The disposal of the government share w^as thus*.
" therefore, all tliat (*ould justly depend on the will of tht'
*' ruling authority ; and consequently the numerous gifts of
*' land niadt* in various periods by the several sovereigns have
" in no way affected the rights of the actual cultivators. All
" that Uoveninient could alienate was merely it« own revenue
*' or share of the produce. This subject has come fully under
*' discussion, and the above result, as regaixling this island, has
" been quite s*atisfai.^torily established ^'

The following description of the mode of creating thc^e
qnani-rnHHorinl rights in Java, and the nature of the rigli
created, from which it will appear that the Dutch in thei;
Eastern possessions have simply adopted tlie native law of
tenure und have not introduced one of their own, is translated
from WixcKEi/s Enaai mtr irti PriifnjjcH reginnani VAdministra-
thii tie la Justice attx htdva Ormitaha JJol/umitnses (1880), p,
141. It is cnlirely in accordance with Malay law. and the
principles laid down apply, to a great extent, to the private
right* in ^lulacca vUjich (jovcrnor Filleuton bought up,
with few exceptions, in 1828 : —

** Following in this respect the general Muhammadan law,
'* at least in part, tlie ancient Javanese sovereigns* used to

* '* Thai is Btill doae in Java on the lands of the Susohunan of Sourakarta
** aad tho Sidtan of Jokjokortu. Hut there* the thing has been ably worked

MAIAT LAND TENURE.

" pay tbeir functionaries and sbew favour to their relations
*• and favourites, not with hard cash, but by a delegation of
'* sovereign rights consisting iu the right to exact a share of
** the produce of the soil (from one to four tenths) and that
" of requiring the cultivator to work (in some cases, one day
*^ out of every five) either for the pecuniary profit of the lord
** or merely to gratify his t^iste for ostentation by swelling his
" train,

'• The delegated ruler (who exercises police control and even
" administers justice to some extent) is not the owner of the
*' soil in the European sense of the word. He cannot, for
" instauce, evict the cultivator from it; but the latter is obliged
" to pay the tithe and to take a part in the forced service*

*' Our ancestors found this system in force in Java and
'* imitated it,

'* Tbese sovereign rights have been conceded by the influ-^
•' ence of monev, but la perpetuity, contrary to Muhammadan
'' law.

'* The European goveninients which have followed have
*^ often clone this and have had cause to repent it.

** Be tbat as it may, in the Residencies of Bantam, Batavia,
*' Krawungj Cheribon, Tagal, Samarang, Japara, Sourabaya
*' and Pa Baruan, there are these 'private lands' [terrea par-

** by EiiropoftJis. They, never natives or Chinese, take on lease, with the
** consent of the Dutch Govemment and for twenty rears at moat, the right*
" delegated to members of the royal family and to* the officers of their High-
*» nesftes. It is the Europeans^ who, instead of usint^the cor vet' to seeure a
** II uite, tuni it to account in indig-o factories, su^ar-niills and cofTee

** 1 OfttD, instead ol a share of the |jrod\ice of the soil, they

" tan< II >riMif of the ttoil itwvlf. This organisation has i^iven incredible
** scope to European enterprise, has demorali»ed thw native nobility, and
'* has given more intelligent and therefore more indulgent masters to the
** common people,

•• If, as it ii> high time it ithould b*^ the case, these phantoms of sovereigns
•* were deprived of their power, and the administration were put on the footing
*• of the ' Government* lands, the Rouroe of European inaustry would drj^
•* np, and the common people would not gain very much, /roi» a practical
** point of view ; the minor ehiefs alone would profit. Effort was made fifty
" Yeari ago to put a stop to the * farming out of the land' fhail de9 UrreiJ^
•• out the ancient system was reverted to, tempered by the, by ao meani ao-
** minal, control of the Dutch ojQ&clals/*

MALAY iJiNB TBKtrai.

ficttiieres}.^ Those of Kmwang — only two in number and
comprising 31H and 51 villages, respectively, with a popula-
tion of nearly 1 80,000 souls — exceed in extent and importance
many an European State,

^' These little principalities have been objects of dislike to
the Dutch power, ever since, dating from the fall of the
noble Company, there has been a governing government : to
^ the Company, commerce was always the chief thing. Some-
times the government has repurchased them ; t on other
' occasions recourse 1ms been had to not very honourable
" means in order to obtain possession of them 4

'* It is certain that these lands, especially those of no great
' extent and cultivated by Chinese, might support a happier
' native population » Nevertheless, for some years past com-
' plaints have much diminished, thanks probably to the strict
'' control of the government.
" However that may be, it was supposed in 1854§ that it
was particularly against these absolute principalities that
^ ill-will was entertained in high places, and guarantees were
^ accordingly asked for. The governments protested, saying
' that such a use of the law of dispossession would be an

* ** In Duteli, partkitfivt' htndhi'zit. Tlie origin of some of the»e oonces*

Biotjs 18 Dot a little mysterious. The Btdleiw des Lois, 1836» No, 19, con-

t4jin^ the Ordinance for the West of Java regarding * private land*/ We

' regret that thi*! interesting subject is Ijcyond the «*copo which we have

Erc'soribed ta tmrstlvoK^ It is too extensive to be treated of in a note.
,et iifi be satistiid with sajing that the Court of Justice of Batavin (BoEE^s
' case, 5th June* 1M78, Indisch Weekhlad van bet Kect, No* 784) winiits as
^ an extenuating tijcumstance the fact that the Uitlinance is inoom|^e

and bad, and that this ha* greatly uonttibuted to the eommisaion of noU
' of violence. See the splendid reports of M. van Dissxl on the pmmtt
' lands of the East of Java, printed, by the Society of Industry and Ag
' culture, Batavia, 1878."

t ^' For instance, the present regency of Frobolingo in the beginning i
' the century,**

t " Sukabumi^ for instanoe*'*

5 ** At the time of the passing of the Eegulation for the Governmcattj
' Netherlands India, article 77 of which commences a& follows ; — 'Ko oC
' * may be dispossessed of his property, except, in the public interetti im thtt
' ' manner laid down hj a general legisktive act, and in ooniidermtioa af
' * preliminary iad^mmfication.* "

MALAY LAND TEKTltS.

enormous wrong against which no law could give a guaran-
*^ tee except that provided by Article 24, para. 1, of the Re-
" gulation for the Conduct of the Govermnent, which forbids
" the Governor-General to sacrifice on his own authority the
** important principles of administration.

** Let us admit that an express allusion would have settled
*' the matter better. There is nothing now to prevent, if not
" the Governor-General, at all events the King, from discover-
ing some fine day that the dispossession of the ' lords of the
aoir * would be in the public interest, especially since a
** good many people are already of that opinion.

** But let these gentry be re-assured : for many years to
*' come the government of India will not be able to aflbrd the
*' immense sums f which such a measure would require, even if
*^ there should be found at the head of this goveniment a man
bold enough to undertake it.'*

Chapter IV.
THE METHOD OF COLLECTING THE TENTH.

The exaction of a tithe of the produce of land is by no means
an universal tax in Malay States. In those States which are
governed by Rajas, there are also hi reditary chiefs who inter-
cept most of the revenue of particular districts, and in email
quasi-republies like the Negri Sambilan taxation is practically
unknown. The only purely Malay provint-e in which I have
personally seen the tenth nf the grain collected by a native

• " Landkeer in Dutch ; Tuaa tanah in Malay,"

t •* We are reminded that one of the estates of the Rje*iilency of Krawang

hiis been encumbertd (to prevent a partition, we believe) with a mortga^

'• of fcix tnil lions of florins. However, we are not eon3|>etent to say what m

*• the value of lands of this kind. All that we know is that they pay well

, •• worked bv an European ; » little less in the hands of a native farmer :

** enormously farmed out to a Chinaraan/*

MALAY LAND TlKtTRE*

Government is the Krian provmce in Perak, Before 1874, tfce
coast district lying between the Krian river and Paair Gedabu
was regarded as a personal estate of the reigning Snltan. It
contains an exteosive area of very fertile paddy-land, cultivat-
ed chiefly by Malays of Penang and Province Wellesley, who
naed in fornier times to live principally in the British Settle-
ments, giving across to Krian dnring tbe padi Beason and re-
moving their grain ^ when harvested, to their homes by the sea»
The fact that most of the padi was taken out of the country in
this way made it easy to collect the tax at the time of export, and
at the time I speak of (1H74-), the headman upon each creek
exacted, instead of an assessed tenth, a fixed tax of thirty ffan-
fangs o^ padi {or e\eT J orlong cultivated, in money or kind,
before a land -owner was allowed to export his grain to British
territory. Those who lived permanently in Krian and did not
export their jj^f// hud to settle with the Penghnlu at the same
rate. He kept a roll of the cultivators in (lis district, and esti-
mated roughly, or by actual measurement, the area cultivated
by each.

The inhabitants of this district paid also a capitation tax of
82,25 per family, or ^l-l^i pci' every unmarried male adult.

These taxes were not levied in Pcrak proper, lirst, because it
is not a great grain-producing country, and taxation would
have discouraged cultivators and cansed them to abandon culti-
vation for mining — the principal industry of the State ; secondly,
because the inhiibitauts of Perak proper were always available
for the performance of forced serviues of all kinds, w^hereus the
L'ultivuturs of Krian w^cre a shifting population who spent most
u f t h ci r t i ni c in B ri t i j? Ii t er r i t o ry ,

It is evident that the Kriun system of collection at the time
of export is one not suited to a country in which the grain
produced is intended for local consiiinption. It is not clear
how the tithe of the produce of the Nuuing rice-fields, which,
by an agreemont made iu 164 1-, became payable to the Dutch
Government at Malacca,* was intended to be collected. It
may liave been levied upon cargoes coming down the river,
but more probably it was never ettectually exacted. In Kedah^
following the Siamese custom, the practice seems to have been

^
4

• JfBWBOLn* I* 2m.

UAhAY LAXD TEXURfi.

to require the cultivator, under fear of puniahtnent, to deliver
the tax in money or kind at a certain place. '* Grain^holdera
** were forced to deliver the rice into the Raja's granaries
'* at the price he chose to fix on it, which always left him a
'* profit of about 20 percent,, uor could they sell grain without
" special permission/'*

The method of levying the tenth on the rice-crops in Malacca
19 thus described by Newhold : t '' When the grain is ripe, a
** person on the part of the Gi)veniment visits the rice-fields,
*• attended hy the owner, the Pang;hulu, or Mata-Mnta, of the
** village aij(l several of the oldest inhabitants, on the «pot, in
" order to agree upon and assess the value of the crop. A dif-
*• fcrence of opinion will naturally souictiiues arise between the
** taxcr and thr^ taxed. This is submitted to the arbitration of
** the Pan«;hulii iiud the village ehlcrs. But should these persons
" Jigain a^^ioss the crop at a lower value than the Collector's
** agent really thinks it worth, the latter has still the resource of
'* offering to purchase the wh<de of tlic evo[> on the part of
** Government, at a price according to the ownei-^s valuation,
*' This proposal, whenever made, has been, I believe, invariably
"refused. It is not^ therefore, improbable, all circumstances
*' considered, that not more than seven or eight per cent., at the
" most, ever finds its way into the Company's godowns. The
'* tenth in kind on paddy is sold, whenever a gootl price can be
** procured for it. on the spot, and the proceeds lodged in the
•* Treasury, The tenth ou the other articles of land prodoee is
** levied at tolls placed at the eutraucos into Nnning from Malac-
** ra, and there immediately sold/'

This account describes a purely native procedure, for, fifty
years ago, when Newbold wrote, just us at the present time
tl88i), no mode of collertin^ the tenth was provided by law.

lie absence of legal powers tri punish the evasion of the well-
known customary regulations does not^ however, seem to have
prevented the collectors from using their position as oppres-
sively in a British possession as in a Native State. J

• Low — DiMert^ttioH^ p. T.

I CorrapoN/ien^ rfhiihtQ to the Land Hn^n^e Syitem (*f the Str^itu Settle* *
m&rtiii, 1837-44, p, 61,

loo

MALAY LAND TlNUBl.

Sir Emerson Tennent, in his account of Ceylon, though he
describes the manoer in which the tenth is collected there under
British Cilnnial rule,* dops not state how, if at all, this varies
from the practice which obtained under the native administra-
tioD, but I find a very full description of the collection of a
tithe on grain in an Asiatic kingdom in Morn\*s Le Rotjaujm'
de Camhodge^ which is interesting as shewing the extreme
elaborateness of the procedure found necessary. It is instruc-
tive to compare the publislied deacriptions of the eflbrts made
during the lai*t fifty or sixty years to collect the Malacca land
revenue, one long history of want of knowled^^e on one side,
and fraud and e\'asion on the other, shewing " how cruelly the
"subject has been neglected and mismanaged ,"t with what this
author is able to state as regards Cambodia, *' no difficulty or
"delay is ever experienced in getting in this tax '^ !

"The rice-harvest is gathered betweenNoveniber and January,
" according to the forwardness of the crops. Towards tlie
" month of Jannar3% the King sends out into each province an
" envoy, who is the beai*er of a royal order conferring on him
" tlie right of estimating tlic riee-crops realised by the owners,
" and of deeiding the portion due to the State, that is to say,
'' a tenth nf the gross produce. The envoy is always ac-
" eompanicd on tliis mission by an agent of the i^torekeeper-
" general of Phnom Penh, They proceed together to the
" province which has been assignetl to them, and exhibit their
" credentials to the Governor, On siglit of the King's seal,
** the Governor prostrates himself three times ; he at once
** causes candles aiid joss-stieks to be lighted and places them
" on the ground u\ front of him, and he then listens, lying on
** hi& face, to tliC reading of the royal edict. He himself at
** once draws up instructions to the various employes of bis
'• province, so that the task of the envoys from the capital may
" be facilitated everywhere and that the reception to which
" they are entitled may be accorded to them. Lastly, the
" Governor nominates from among the local authorities a third
^**. delegate, who forms one, ex-offit-io^ oi the committee of
,:'^. measurement. This delegate represents the interest of the

t Blvxdell

I — Jovrn,

Ind. Arch.. 11, 741.

'* Goyemor, who gets €>iie lenih ci tLe tisMsr ai lire vinc^ huM
" to the State."

" In the Tillages they prepaie beforelimd greaa jb^« laJk
'* for the shelter of the defalcation, the mezLhir^ rf wxaiii art
*' received at the border of his JTuisdicticai Lj iLe bendnuuDu
*' who instals them in the qnarten prepared fur ihsm. A*
'^ soon as they have settled down and are MtDCwLat Tceu^ liie
*' headman of the village joins them and pre*CDi* ' ri/ c/«tf fc
" of the oath' a piece of cotton staff five c:ibit* long wiici i§
" accompanied by five coins • worth about forty oe^tiiDe^ . a
*' cock^ as door-keeper of the *a1Uy and lastly some fresh besuJ
" leaves and peeled areca-nats. The headnum prcfStrttea
" himself before his offering, and the royal delegate tolemnlj
'' reads out his instructions. This rental over, the head man
*' swears to conduct himself in the matUrr as an honest fnne-
" tionary and one anxious for the interests <*f the State, and
^* not to lend assistance to any fraud calculated to withhold
" anv portion of the crops of his district from the researches
" of 'the collectors."

^' Next they proceed to examine, house by house, the heaps
'^ of rice ; these are valued, and against the name of the person
'' liable for the payment, there is entered cm a register one-
'' tenth of the quantity found, representing the tax due to the
'^ State ; this the proprietor himself is under the obligation of
'' conveying to the capital, together with a delivery order which
'' the King's envoy delivers to each cultivator before leaving
" their house."

" When the circuit is finished, the Committee return to the
" chief town of the province, where three precisely identical
'' registers are drawn up recording their labours ; one of these
^^ registers is for the King, another is sent to the keeper of
'' the rice-granary, and the third remains in the hands of the
" Governor. No difficulty or delay is ever experienced in
*' getting in this tax."

" Rice which has been exported before the arrival of the
'' collectors in the district has, of course, had to pay the tax of
^' one- tenth at the custom house, and the cultivator has nothing

to do but to shew the receipt of the custom-house officers."
Forest produce^ such as cardamums, gutta-percha^ bees'

102

MALAY LAND TEKITRB.

** wax, etc., are taxed in a different manner. The inhabitan

" of the forest are required to work these articles; the law
*^ prescribes M^hat amount each family must furnish to thi
^* State annually/and everything exceeding tliis is for themselvei
** Timber is charged with a trifling duty when felled and after
** wardfi with a tenth of its value on parsing the custOJ
*• housc/^^

It is almost incredible that the Colonial Government has
not got proper pawerK for rolleetiug the teuth^ but native cus-
tom is hardly sufficient warrant to enable Courts governed bi
Eiiglislj law and practice to punish by hue and imprisonmeu
breaches of n [>urely native revenue system, which has not heei
specially adopted by the Legislature, Governor Flllertov
in a mmiitc dated the 18th May, 1829, asked : " How are
" to regulate dceisions at llalacea ? There the sovereign righi
*' is one-tenth of tlic produce ; the Dutch made over the righ'
*' to certain of the inhabitants more than 1(N) years ago. Thii
'^Governments by w^iy of ensuring increase of cultivation an<
*' introduction of pojjulatiou. redeemed the right. How ai
** we to levy the tenth if refused ? The land tenures at 31 a-
" laeca bear no analogy or resemblance to any English tenure ;
" yet by such they must, in case of doubt, be tried. Rcgu'
" tions adapted to the case have indeed been sent to England,
'* but until local legislation is applied, and the mode of admi
" nistcring jus^tice better adaptefl to the circumstances of tb
*' place, it secnift to me quite useless to attempt the realisation
** of any revenue whatever. '^t

The prublcm is still unsolved, as the following extract from
an official re])ort laid before the Legislative Council of the
Colony last year shews : —

" The valuation of pudi before the assessment of the GoTem-
"ment tenths h^ccms to be carried on in a perfunctory way,
*' The system is purely customary and its details have neve:
'* been rcgubiied by nny law ^Vhcn the padi in a district
'* ripe, a Clerk (Kumsiau or Miday) is sent tlicre. He visiti
'* the rice-fiehls with tlie Pangliulu. A little of the padi is
" cut and examined, and an estimate is foi'med of the probable

■•M
1

n
le

t Uottit »f CvumifH* Btptrt, a'iOE., October, 1831.

MALAY LAND TENURE. 103

'' yield and what is the assessed tenth. These Clerks are
" ignorant, and the correctness of their returns is not checked
*' in any way. They are entirely dependent upon the Pang-
*' hulu for information as to the names of occupiers and the
*' extent of their cultivation. These may vary annually, for it
•' is the cultivator (not necessarily the proprietor, but possibly
" a tenant for the season only) who has to pay the tenth, and
" only a portion of a given holding may be under cultivation."
" When the Clerk has finished his assessment of a district,
" a copy of his return is made out in Malay and sent to the
'* Panghulu. The latter collects the money from the ryots
" and pays it to the Land OflSce, receiving a commission of ten
'* per cent, on the amounts collected. This procedure is sanc-
'' tioned by custom only and not by law. There is no sum-
" mary method of punishing a cultivator who cuts his crop
" before it has been assessed, or a Panghulu who fails to attend
" the valuation Clerk, or the Panghulu, or Clerk, who makes
" a dishonest assessment or return.''*

Chapter V.

SUB-TENANCY.

*' Persons," says the Malacca Code, " who settle on the
lands or plantations of others, must obey the orders of the
proprietor, and if they oppose him, they may be fined ten

" tahila and one paha. It is the duty of all the dwellers on

'' the land to co-operate with the proprietor."

♦ Proceedingi of the Legiilative Council of the Straits Settlements for 1883,
p. 392.

i€

104

MALAY LAND TENURE.

This pafisagc indicates the existence of a class of sub-tenants
aubordinate to a proprit tor, and that the tenant ri^lit of these
people in el odes fixity of tenure raay be gathered from the fact
that a refractory tenant is liable to fine only. There is no
hint of eviction. The peasant ctdtivator, or sub-tenant, who
enters into occupation of the land of an(^tber, with \m consent
(unqualified as to time)^ acquires, therefore, a proprietary riglit,
enbject to the ri^ht of the other to a share in the produce of
the laud, and subject; to the HabiHty of being lined if he docs
not obey his feudal superior.

Thus one proprietary ri^ht may spring;; up within another,
and this ma 3^ go on a(/ infiniiitm j in Beng^al, ?^incc the permanent
settlement, as many as eighteen and twenty distinct rights may
sometimes be discoverable between the Zaminddr and cultiva-
tor. So among the JIutays a man who, by bis personal indus-
try , or by the co-operation of his family and slaves, or by
inheritance^ finds himself in possession of more land than he
'^dshes to cultivate, can, by admitting sub-tenants, secure himself
an annual return, in kind, of grain or fruit, besides adding to
bis importance by the acquisition of a number of neighbours
who are bound to recognise his superior proprietary rights and
to obey him on pain of fine. The first proprietor who, as was
stated at the outset, is bound to keep up continuous occupa-
tion or cultivation, performs this duty vicariously in the
persons of his sub-tenants, and they again, if they choose,
create fresh sub-tenancies on the same system.

If cultivation, or the payment of the tenth, ceases on the
part of the tenant for a period prescribed by custom (See supra
p. 77) his tenant right lapses.

This is the explanation of the decision in the case of Ahdul-
laiif V. Mahomed Miera Lebe tried in Malacca in 18*^9. The
plaintiff, who brought an action to recover possession of a piece
of land, was non-suited. Apparently he was a proprietor who
had admitted a sub-tenant on the customary agreement to pay
one-tenth uf the produce, and he desired to regard this a,s a
tenancy terminable at tlie will of the proprietor. But the
Court upheld the right of the sub-tenant, or cultivatorj to
fixity of tenure as long as the land was kept in cultivation and
the tenth paid, (See Appmdix, III, p, xxxvi*]

MALAY LAND TENURE. 105

In this case, it was laid down, among other things, that
'' the owner of the soil * ( proprietor ? ) may sell or otherwise
'* dispose of his interest without prejudice to the cultivator,
*' and the cultivator vice vend.'' This is, of course, quite con-
sistent with the existence of separate rights, but these are not
necessarily confined to two persons, the possessor of the first
proprietary right (whom, for convenience sake, I have hitherto
called the proprietor) and the cultivator, but there may inter-
vene any number of subordinate proprietary rights, one spring-
ing from within another.

Where a chief or royal favourite or some powerful individual
or family has obtained a 2:rant from the Raja, or has usurped
the right of the Raja to levy tenths and taxes and to dispose
of abandoned land, a relationship between this superior proprie-
tor and the cultivator is established, which soon develops -into a
system of tenancy, which is not readily distinguishable from that
just described. The tenant continues to be the proprietor of his
holding on fixed tenure, subject to the customary terms, while
the rights of the superior proprietor, be they the creation of
the Raja, or inherited, or the result of usurpation, become, in
course of time, so fixed and continuous as to favour the im-
pression that they include ownership of the soil. The position,
therefore, which the judgment in AhduVatif v. Mahomed
Meera Lehe discusses as existing between " the owner of the
soil'' (see note at foot) and the cultivator, may be created
either by the admission of a tenant by a proprietor already
in possession or by the establishment of a proprietor over
the heads of cultivators already in possession. In a Malay
State, the exercise of the rights of the superior proprietor are
liable to much fluctuation. The despotic power of the Raja
in petty Asiatic States is, of course, fatal to anything like

♦ With all deference, I conceive that the learned Recorder was in error
in using the term ** owner of the soil." The first proprietor has really
only a proprietary right (unless, in Malacca, he has purchased the freehold
from the British Oovemment), which depends upon continuous occupation
and payment of tenths to the Raja or Government, but, of course, in a district
where land is valuable, occupation is certain to be continuous and thus the
first proprietor comes to be regarded as the "owner of the soil."

MALAY LAKD TENURE.

security of rights of property^ and everything depends npcm
the personal energy and family influence of the person who
claims the superior rights. There will always be other candi-
dates for royal fa%^oiar wl»o will seek to supplant him in his
rights if they are profitable (the rights of minora are almost
certain to be invaded in this way)^ and the cultivator is always
anxious to be reco^ised as an independent proprietor. One
man will make good his right to receive tenths from a whole
.district and to regard the cultivators as his tenants, while his
successor may, perhaps, on some show of opposition, tacitly
abandon oil such cliiime and leave the cultivators to be recog^
nised in course of time as separate proprietors* All this it
quite inconsistent with any notion of '* ownership of the soil,'"
though it is cosy to see how a systematic and continuous ex-
ercise of pmprielury rights would lead an English Court to
aj^surae that such ownership existed, I entirely repudiate the
theory of '^ownership of the soil " as iucidcntal in any way to
the Malay system of land-tenure, and all the evidence showsi
that the Dutch grantee in Malacca had simply the rights of a
Malay iifan tanak, sucli a one as I have described as being put
in by the Raja over the heads of the cultivators.

'J'Le right of the proprietor to require obedience from hia
tenantt?! raises a new question — the liability of the cultivator to
tbrced labour.

* ** From the facts alrea^ly udJuctd, regarding the state of land ' .

*' it will have aimpiirod thai the pro|»m*tnry rijjfht to the boil ]b i.
** hilly vcjitid iu me Sovemgn, Thin priiieiplo is »!> luii versa Uy • i,

** una so frequently cserciatHl, thut it is almost suptrtliiouB to o&« ; 1

**ofit. Such ifl the tluctimtion of Imuleil property from the uj - 1.. x. i. v*t
'* this principle that there is nut» perhapw, iiU oVf»r the etnmtiy, nt the presftit
** dnv, ten ,/"«//* of land in the possession of the dei*eendLiuts of thosr wlo
** held them fifty, nay, thirty years ngo. The aetuul efllei of lUf pn
** is, indeed, even more violent than we should be led at tir»t night to . -
** The descendants of those who, no ^^reat miniber of years n^o, were in
** aifluenee, holding the hit^hest employinentij of the State, and, conseqnently,
** important and valnaltle tmel.** t>f land, rauy now be seen not only o*»t
** inheritini? the posf+essions of their Corefathers, Imt hardly enjoj-ing the
** hart* means of Mibsii*tenee, and rediieed to n U'vel with the meane'st of iho
*' people.'' Ca^iwrerm — l^jHtrt on Xiitiireatuf Coftth'tt'im of LttiKird Trnut^tn
under ih^ Nafire Garernmvttt of Jtira. Qifftird hf Hafflks : M*hhU tm Ad*
\pttm*ttafioti of Java f p. Wl.

MALAY LAND TENURE.

Chapter VL

THE LIABILITY OF THE CtJLTrVATOR TO
FOKCED SERVICE.

In a land regulatioo passed by the Governor in Council in the
Straits Settlements for the Settlement of Malacca (IX of 1830),
there occurs a clause which declares cultivators to be exempt
from forced labour. This regulation, if it ever Lad the force
of law, was repealed a few years afterwards, and none of the
Laud Acts now in force in the Straits approach the subject
at all. Whether or not the liability to forced labour from
which Malacca cultivators were declared to be exempt in 1830,
still survives, though dormant, as one of tlic incidents of the
locsil customary tenure, is not u qucsti<m of much importance
now» for there is little likelihood of any attempt beiuf^ made
to enforce it on a laro^e scale in a British Colony, But it is
clear thut, if tliere had been no existing liability in 1830, tliere
would have been no necessity for special exemption. A code
of regulations for Penghulus, which the I)ut<")i authoritica
were about to introduce in Malacca just before the cession in
1825, contains a claase requiring the Tenghulu to keep ail
ruads in order and to call on the tenants to repair them, This^
too. assumes a pre-existing duty on the part of the tenants.

Mr, FuLLEHTON, Govemor of Penang and subsequently of
ihe incorporated Settlements (18:24 to 1830), recorded tliaf,
under the Dutch Government in Malacca, services were required
and laboiu* exacted, from the tenants j that they were, in short,
ki'pt in a state of vajisaluge and servitude quite inconsistent
with the encouragement of cultivation,*

The cultivator or tenant, who was thus liable to be required
to work for the Governmctit or superior propriety »r, was the
holder of the proprietary right which has already bLcn described.
In Malay States, the liability still exists, and^ for the com-
plete understanding of the ra'it/af^s position, it is necessary
to ascertain, as nearly as possible, what is the extent of
his liability to forced service, how far it is an incident of his

•/oiirn. Jnrf. Arch,, II. 740.

108

LAY LAND TENURE,

tenure of his knd> what is tlie mode of enforcing obedience,
and wluit is tlie penalty for contumacy. With the excep-
tion of the extract at the head of the preecTling chapter, I
have met with nu passage in ]Malny laws which affects tho*«e
questions; there is no written definition of the nature and
extent of the services which a llaja or f'hief or superior pro-
prietor can exact from the cultivator. In a Malay State. tJRt
exaction of personal service from the rn*h/(tt is limited only by
t!ie powers of endurance of the latter. The supciiur autho-
rity is obliged, fnim self-interest, to stop short of the point
at which oppression will compel the cultivator to abandon
his laud and emigrate. But within this limit, the euIti\ator
may be requiretl to give his labour in making roads, briil'_r'-^.
drains, and other works of public utility, to tend e!ephaiit>.
to pole boats, to curry letters mid messages* to attend hi^
Chief when travelling, to cultivate his Chiers fields as %ifcll
as his own, and to serve as a soldier when required.* Local
custom often r< gulates the kind of service cxactfKl from the

♦ Kapfles, writing tu Lord Ml mo in IHll on the disad vantages of allow-
ing Sifimose inliuenc* to prej^ondcinte in Kttlfili, thus describes ihe atntus of
diL' Siunic'W pcasunt :— ** Iti^th (irrsons and proiHTty are at the ooinraiind of
*' the King. !Uid,of f^oitrst% nt the command of Ins UlTjotTs in rcc^ - m

** th*jlowt*it to the hjt.'hfst ; hence nti man will r,nr what hvuaM
" own. Cftjiin months are allowi d th< immv tii |dnnt nud riap t!
*' iimi thin wlh'ii siond x^ saorud uml cannot W tnkm fioni their j
** with (his < \replJ*>n idl the rest of their limr, exertions, or a* 4 »......, ,.;h

** may Le Uikt a l»y the King or hij* Oifieera if so indilied. ** Life nf J(eJ^f$^
p. 52,

The Burninn sc'ems to In linh» heller off: —

'* (oi'trtji and enfoieed duties of all linds are fn^qneut, and iht* iiii*n
" sielei'Ird for ^iirh SL'jviee eon only get olT by fuini^hju^ a 5nh^4titnU* or
*' hrihiit^ the tiihing-miui. The Kin^ or st me gzent Hkmi i;vnnts to hniUl
" n r^^f «1». "»nl orders are M'nr ronfid to I he Tarious Hreles that they nmist
'' fiindf^h a rev iilar supply *if workers thiily. The W/j or nit/o-t/nHj^ytf
** draws up « r* suis aiol « ath man litt>« U^ ^o !o work ftjr a ecrloin nnii,b« r
"of dnvfl. If he fail to *^o, he i« tied np to a iiost or a tree and pets a
" titnincl tlo|^^inj£. Sinnlar foried duties are the protection of the frontier
'* and (he pursuit < f <L^He<its. Such wmk i.s jartieuhuly detigted, 1\ r tho
** nu ti have to keep (lieoi*
*' hiin^ it to tlieni, and this is not alwavR an easy nifttter. BeKideR, jiueh
*' serriee mnv last an indolinite time." * The Bunnan, hh Life and Xotfiotu,
1»82, IT» 262

MALAY LAND TEXVIIK.

109

cultivator in a particular district. Thns in Perak one district
used to supply the Raja ivith timber for building purposes,
while rattans ond oilier materials came from others; the peo-
ple of one locality used to furnish the musicians for tlie Raja's
band, while another had to provide nurses and attendants for
his children.''^ Speaking of Keduh, Colonel Low eays : ** The
'* ryrit was obliged also to pay for keeping- up bands of music
*• and stiite elephants. His children were liable to be forcibly
" taken from him — the girls for the seraglio, and the youths for
'* public %\*orks or for war, ^vhere they got no pay and hut pre-
•' I arious supplies (*f food/'t

Teknent describes 'Meudnl service** as prerailiug in its
amplest details in the Ea-^tern Province of Ceylon. *'^ Accord-
" ing to the ctistom of the country, the chief of the district
''directs its cultiviition hy the villager^*; they acknowledge his
^' aiilhority, and, ao long as they live on the land, devote their
" whole time and labour to his service, receiving in return a
"division of the grain^ a shar^' of the milk fi'om liis cattle, and
"'the certainty of support in pcriodB of fiuiiine and distress,
" Their houseSj gaitlens and wells, though built, pkintcd and
*'dug by themselves, are the property of the Chief, who alone
" can dispose of thern." *#-»(■

" These serfs, whilst they live on the land, are bound to
" perform every service for the lord of the soil, without pay;
*' they fence his gardens^ cover his houses, carry bis baggoge,
** perform the work of eoolies in IxtlamH (canoes), fish for liim,
** act as his messengers ; and wheu absent from his village,
*' they must provide food for himself and servants* They

• ** It would he in viun to pretcnt^ to rendtr au oceouut of nil the irreijnlar
•* emttnbittvnts and rei/uhsittons to which a p'^ojile nre lialile who liil>our under
" iho vTilh ot a nidf ixud fuliitr»i-y Govenjmtixt. At tcstivals, t*t ni,irria^es
**iiiid hiiths wLtther iti the tYimily of the Bmereig^ orol tht* Chief who
** j>! ' ' > 1 thiw, the eiiltivatcaa are called upon for Loatributiotis. lu
** tl r;*iion ol' public proi>erly, or the coiivtyiinct' of the laiiuoas ol

**th' .' i.iL 'd uarai^roi-
•^ fuUv, aud without thanks or reward." CluwFTRn— ^i>^ Ind, Arch,^

t DfMfriafiant p. 7

110

MALAY LAND TENtTAB*

" may, in fact^ be called his slaves, except that they are at
*' liberty to quit his service for that of another chief when
" they choose. But as tliey seldom do change, it may safely
" he presumed that they are contented with the arrangement,
" and their healtliy and pleasant faces suflficiently prove that
*' they are well-fed and happy /^ ^

Forced service in a Malay State, too, is not merely the result
of tlie applicatino of the lawof tlje etronger; it is well under-
stood to be an incident of the lot of the cultivator of land, he
acquiesces in it as one of the couditions on which he holds his
fields, and lie usually submits Cjuietly to the orders of his supe-
riors until tliey reach the pitch of oppression at which he
decides that eujigration is preferable to shivery. lie knows
that, hy emigrating, he will forfeit his land, and in fact it is at
once seized by the Pengbulu an^l held for the Raja.

The cultivator may perhaps receive forgiveness and the re-
stitution of bis fiehls if he returns and sula raits at some later
time, but he will probably have to pay a hue if he is known to
possess the means of doing 80,

No incident of native rule has contnbutcd so much to swell
the Malay population of Pcnaug and Province Wellesley as
this. Kedah has been half dcnutlcd of its inbabitant^, and
Pat an i, Perl is, Situl^ Trung, etc., have contributed numbers of
emigrants anxious to escape the unjust exactions of native
rulers. But when the system is worked with justice and
moderation, there are sehlom e<unplaints from the people. In
the Krian district of Perak, the people (many of them British
subjects), under the orders of the Oraug Kaya Mantri, made
roads and canals without murmnrinrr, and in the same distrh-t,
after its cession to the British Government, there was no dilh-
cnlty in turning out nearly a thousand men in 1874, to com-
mence clearing a line tbrou«^h the forest for a pi-opubcd ruud^f

The kvrahf or forced levy of men for labour, is effected
through the hearlmcn of villages or districts. A Pcuglmlu
receives tbc orders of his Chief or Raja to have a certain num-
ber of men ready at a given time or placcj and runs a risk of

• TenNENT'8 CeyUn, II, 459.

t Government Qut^f^ Feb. 6th, 1875,

MAtAY LAND TI^rCBS.

Ill

pnmihment or disgrace if he does not do to. He fines those
■vrLo liisohey, and takes raoney from those whd are able to pur-
chase p\eni|)tion, so Ue rontiiv* s usuaMy to make the incident
profitable to himself. The cultivator who ba« to leave his house
and his firlds at this bidding, has to Hnd his own tools and
food, which may involve the carrying of a heavy load to the
place of work, and a good deal of expense or privation* The
abolition of the eultivator's liability for personal sorvice in
Java* %Ta8 ouc of the facts which ItAri'LEs took into consi-
deration in deciding what proportion of his crop the cultivator
should pay to the State by way of land-revenue. t Tlnit
pnlightcned administrator was very far from thinking that
forced service, as one of the incidents of native tenure, wa-s to
be abulifthed simply, without any consideration given to Gov-
ernment for the concession. It was never for a moment
doubted that the rif^ht of the Government to exact personal
service from the cultivator was inherent in the system under
which he held his lands, and the s:*iiie holds good in Malay
countries also. The right of a Slalay Raja or Chief to order his
feudal inferior to perform reasonable services is indisputable,
and the surrender of such a right is a perfectly legitimate
eonsideratiori fur demanding an enhanced land revenue or
other equivalent.

' Tlie Bj'Btem of TOPBaluge and forced (leliveriee has becm aholielied gene*
■itiUy throug-hout the Ifiloiid-" Pfifctamathu hy Lieut. *6t*Ffrn&r of Jurrt^
7cU»b€T\hth,\%\Z.

t '* On mntnre conHulrrjition, and the l»eBt ftd^dce within my reach, I con-
"eeivod that a fair equivalent for thenit mchnliriif the acknowle*!^,''^* < Govern*
♦*mi'r?* - ♦' the croi>» the njuonnt piiid in personal taxen utv^ - " ^'^'•- intcr-
**«iil thi't'ahi(rttfforctd>nrciev^^TT\\ghih^^ioxini\^i^ with

"HDtit uibJiflhing the Guvtmrfteiit share, at about t^ '1 the

"ric«'crt»iv Icttving the eecond crop and the fruit-trees and pivrdfeiis aituched to
•Hhe rUliige^ free from a*<fi*>iwiHL»iitH tho etiltivator free from fjernouul taxe&«
** and the inland Ixade ujire«trict€d aiul untaxed." RAyrLES' jihtutc ofi Java,
1S7

' "T-i - - --gjtnt wni? snVijoct to groes oppression and undefined exnctlon; onr

•? to rrmove hiB opprcBBor* und to liDut demand to a fixed and rea-

• .tto of contribution. He waB Hable to reetruiiita on the fTerdom of

" jniand trade, to perBonal oerrices and forced eontingents : onr objwt wae to

**eommnbQ them all for a fixed and well-kno^-n contribution/' lIi$U>ry of

Jaw}^ J, 154,

112

MALAY LA!«n> TENURX.

With the k^rah system aa practised in Malay States, it is
interesting to compare the state of things which the ICnglish
fouml in jMva •:*veuty years ago. A Dutch Commissiotier,
repoiting oa the province of Sourabayain 1812, wrote as fol-
lows : —

''The feudal scrviee was as grievous as almost all the other
'' chur^t's united, Tlie orip;in of those services must be song lit
''for in the feudal system of the native f Joveriiment lon;^ ngo
" adopted throughout Java. It was considered that all the land
**wa9 the property of the j^rineej who only marie provisional
"assignments tlR'nof to his subjects, in remuneration for niili-
'^ tury and other services rendered. This was the cause of all
"tlic hmds^ being dividetl into as many allotments as cfudd be
''cultivated, called Huh-hus, each nf a size to be cultivated by
*' one man. A ccrttiin number of these was assignerl to the dif-
" forent chiefs, according to his rank : the custom of the eomitry
'* fixing not only the amount of contributions to be pai<l from
"the produce, but the nnmber of men to be const an tjy kc]it in
" attcmhiuec upon him. The lands thus assigned to cbietH were
"exempt from service to them, and the inhablhints were only
"expected to watch the vilhigcs, to make and repair the roads,
"and to perform other general services of the State. This
'*' was the sitmiliou of the people witli regard to service, when
"the coast diMtricts were first ceded to the European Govern*
" raent. The system of tratle and iixed contributions did not
"admit of any change, and the services weie at that titm- of
"very little consequence, and such as could be performed
" witliout oppression to the inhabitants; but the ease is now
*^ quite different, Snecessively, and particularly of late years,
"njueh heavier services have been demanded than were ever
"before known, and itnatumlly follows, that tlu" Javan must
'* be k« pt more at work than before. Besides, it is not possi-
" ble to apportion those services equally, on account t>f the
"fiitnation (jf the idaces where the !*ervices are required, and
"because the chiefs, who have the direction of the works, from
"indifierenee or laziness, generally make a requisition on the
"nearest village; and it not unfrcqaentlv happens, that nuuiy
" people are thus taken for the public service, who have no lands
" whatever allotted to them/'

I
I

HAhAY L^ND TENURS.

113

Were the requisitions made for the public service alone*

l** it would still hi! companitivoly nothinfj, it heiri;:^ ailraitted
'*' tbftt the 8tate Ua« a rifj^ht to the labour of iu subjects, but
I "the Regents, their relations, their PtfA'//«, and the subordi-
r'nnte Chiefs of every description, assume the riglit of disposing
''*of the services of the common people as they think proper,
'*and themselves employ many of them in menial hibour of all
"tleseriptions, from wliieh it arises titat the number of people
" employed away from their houses on what is culled public
"services is almost incredible.''

Forced labour is naturally hated by Malays and is evaded as
much as posftihle. Travel lino in the interior of Kcdah, I have
seen the Malay peasant runoin*; from his fields into the jungle
at the sight of the Raja's elephants, lest he sould be called
upon to iorm one of the train. In Perak, the establishment of
British influence has led to a general "strike" on the part
of the peasantry against the system to which they formerly
ibmitted peacefully. A Malay Raja in Pcrak, who in 1876
M able to supply roe with the men of two or three villages
In order to convfV the bagi^age and stores of u detaelmient of
troops from Blanja to Kiuta, now finds it ditheult to procure
men to pole his own boat without paying them. Men required
to perform work for the Government of ihe State, as at present
constituted, are jtcrupulously paid, or provided witli ara[de
rations. In Malacca, the corvee system has never been exer-
cised under British rule, though it isj no doulit, an incident of
native tenure, and, unless surrendered by Government for a
money eq\iivalent, might very reasonably be exacted for such
purely local objects* as repairing the dams and other native
irrigaiiun works which are necessary for the successful cultiva-
tion of the fields of a \'illagc or district,^ buildini^ a balei

ry likUour wub forrnerly An institution in Cevlon also ; — " Anotlier
* 11' io the inlintnce and oji^riition of which the country wus in^kbtcd

*»fcjr tii^; t-onstmction of thi! workB which diffused plcTity throughout every
*'f%glojK w»e the ny^Um of Rnja-Ittritfit^ by which the King had a rig'ht to
**eaipk»7, for imbliu jiiirpt»(*LR, thvj * otopulBory Irvliour of ihe inhabitants. To
*^ whiit Qxteint this wub c&fiable of tjXiiction» or umL r whut mde^ma^ it W:ui
♦'enforced in curly tiin»?s, does not appear from the hiattirical bookn. Bat on
♦' oil occasions when tanks were to bo formed or cuniila cut for irrigation, the
*' Miihamatuo aUadca almost in worda of course — to the application of Ruja-
*• hAri^fa for their construction, the people being luiomoiMd to the ta«k by
' beat of dmm.** TaxyENTs Ceylon, I, 427.

Ufa

lU MALAY LAXD TKNUR*.

or place of business for the use of the headman and elders of
the village, keeping pathways clear of jungle, etc., etc.*
But no wunls can be too strong to condemn the exactions
of Mahiy Rajus, Chiefs und their followers in respect of
the family and jiersonal property of the cultivator, which may
aft'tit any of his possessions, from his daughter to the vegeta-
bles growing in bis garden. t The goats, fowls, fruit, crops, etc.,
of the uufoi lunate peasant whose hut and land are on the route
followed by a Kaja on liis journey, are, under a native Crovero-
ment, at the mercy of his rapacious followers; gajah iaiu
araffff huat hf/u, " the elephant parses by, but men bring

* Sf), in Enj^land. the oath of fealt^' ib fitill lui iocident of the teattfc of oer-
t»iii csUit€B in liinJ* thctigh f*cldf»iii or nerer exacted in pnKitioc.

f *♦ The proi»rietcn-B of tXio ptittiktu have aJeo a claim to the fterriee* of tJie oal-
"tivatOFR; a certain nninber of them are alwaya in attendanof^ at the liooMi
"of their Chief ts and on joumr-ys are em ploy wi in earr**'"' *^- -- ^— rm>ii0mtid
"bagga^. Thehindfi not jt it ^ukti used to pay the wmi ppodoot

"to the SuJtau n» the othern did to the proprit'tc>w : bu n* of tin

♦•royal dominions lolxnired under grcjiter di8advanta,(<<^ri ihuu the otiienL
" Ercrj Chief or favourite about Court had authority to employ th^m in th«
"moat menial oiliccsi and Chiefs "pc^mtmin^ pttttikdM often sparf^ their own
"people^ and emplojed tha others. Jttpoji on BanUim -Haffles' liUtorp 0/
Java, I, loO.

" It muy be veiy desirable that I ehoidd mention a few of the oppru>«»ion*
'• from which it ia the object of the present syetem to relieve the t>c^(fp1ew I
** cannot but conddcr the greatest of these— the extent of the fiernonal ^jriot
" demanded not only by the TumnfiffffOtt^ and hiA family, but the MuntrtM and
** all the petty Chief «, who had trains of followers that received no stipendiary
♦* reeompenBe. Thene udde<i to the individuals employed in the colfee<ptjuitA-
"tioiia (to which they apj^ar jieculiarly averse), in beatin : -^ - ' - the
'•continfctnti. ill cutting- gntea I'or and att^ndingr the ;^V<y ire

"mil.titOt V^^^ carriage and letter-carrit r**, may be calci ... m-

*■ ployed one*Bfth of the male population of the wot klngr men« ^ : <.!at

"source of exaction was the large unwieldy e«tablishment of ^^ ir#,

" and police officers: the former were libcridly imid, the latter Tutd uki rugular
" emoluments. Both ihet^o cksses. however, quartered themetilves fn 1 ly in
"whatever part of the countiy their funetionB demandctl ' ' noci

"This was equally the cubc with any of the Repcnt'fl fan >i£«

** who travelled for plertBure or on duty. WfanLever waw rtqii: ^ . ^ - . . ... , . . vt«
*'aiid their followers, wae tbkm from the poor inhcbitiint^ who have now h(>en
•• to long accnstomcil to such practices that they never dure to compliim or to
** remonfNtrate. The European authority did not escape the taint of corruption.
••Monopolies, unpaid acn'iceft, licences, forced or at lea^t expected present*,
"were but too summon even in the best times, and must have contributed to
•* ©strange the affections and respect of the natives from that power whick
•♦should have afforded them protection/' liejmi an Fosuruan — Id,

MALAY LAND TENURE.

a blight/' is a significant saying in Perak and aufficiently
denotes the effect of royal progrresses from the villager's point
of view. The praetice of the Malay peasant, which must he
well known to British officials who have worked in Malay
districts, of bringing some Bimple offering, such as a fowl
nr two, or a basket of fruit or vegetables, when he presents
himself before his sui>crior with some request or application,
has its orij^ip in tins cu»tora. Such a present is expectLd in a
State under native Government^ and a man has small chance
of a favourable hearing who comes empty-handed, It is satis-
factory to observe the gradual disappeiirance of the practice
of oflering such present s^ hmvever trifling, for it is a testimony
of the general acceptance by the people of the fact that, far
ifrom being expecte<l or exacted, they are not even accepted
1 under British administratioa.

Before quitting the subject of forced service, it may be use-
ful to notice that Sir Stamford Kaffles maintained the right
of the renters of Government estates to require the cultivators
to perforin certain duties, hut he stipulated that in such case
they should be paid. The following paragraph occurs in his
minute of June 1 i-th, 1813 : —

" It will necessarily form a part of the arrangement to be
'* concluded, that the renters shall engage to keep the roads and
•' bridges in repair (witli the exception of the great military
** road) and aNo to furnish labourers, carriages, etc,^ when
'* required fur the public service : but 1 propose that, oo these
"occasions, the persons so furoislicd be regularly paid for, at
'' the rate to be established in the leases of each district. This
"arrangement is, indeed, ahsolutely necessary if it were only
** to place in the hands of Government the meanti of checking
** the employment of people, on the various pretexts of official
" establishment, on the ptdjlic service. At present there exists
*" no check ; and as the people so furaished by the Regents,
" under the existing Hystem» ought to be paid by a proportion of
*' land J it follows either that they are not paid for their labour,
*' or that the Regent is obliged to give up to them a portion of
" that land, from which he would derive a revenue^ and for which,
**it is naturally to be expected, he will make a proportionate
" exaction elsewhere. As the whole lands will now be rented

116

MAUIY L^

*' mdibcrimjuately, this fund ceases, and the additional hiud thus
**' to be rented, instead of fiunishing a fund for the payment of
** persons employed in the public service, will provide the »ource
" of Revenue from whence stieh persons will be paid, while the
*' exaniintitlon of the public disbursements will ctfeetually pre-
*' vent imanthoriscd employraeut of individuals on the |jublie
'^ac^ount.'*

In Java, it would appear from the fidlowing extract.* the
Dutch GoveriimeDt proceeds on the principle of requiring that
all labour which niav be legally exacted should be paid for in
full:—

*' F(/rcni Luhoti)\ — Besides the ordinary day labourers, the
^* landlord, whether Government or a private land-owner, is fur-
*^ tlicr entitled to require the cottiers on his estate to work Utr
" him as much as he pleases, but otdy on the condition of paying
** each man the hi|;ficst a;ji:ri cultural wages of the district. This
'* is the only real forced labour in Java, and the only lutint on
*' which the land-owner there ]\m any but a strictly limited power
**over the cottier peasantry on his estate. The labour reutt
** extcndin*^ all ovi'V the island causes no perceptible dissat is fac*
" tion, but tlie foricd labonr beyund tlie one-tent Ii excites bitter
" feelinj^s if pei-sistcd in. Both tlie labour rent and the forced
** labour are applied, on private estates, to the cultivation of
'* those crops which the ]and<»wner is growing on the spaix; land
'* for his own profit, except so much of the labour as is required
" for the pardtjs, and for Xhv maintenance of the roads near the
** estate, hoth which the landlords have to keep up from the
** labour rciit.*^

*■ Tlic ccjttirr peasant is carefully guarded from extortion by
** hii» landlord, but btmud to pay his landlord's share of the pro-
•'duce of the laud ; his subordinaie rights in his holding arc
*• protected, but kept subject to his landlord's paramount right
'* to the soil ; anil he is praetically freed from oppression, though
*' subject 1i* have his laVmur utilized by his landlord. By these
'* means the cottier tciooit's interests are secured, and he soon
** becomes rich, IVoni the large stirplus produce of his holding
'* after paying his landloid's one-tifth. By the same protisiona

• MoxEY'a Java, II, 2 IP.

t The obligatian of the peasant to give one day'B gxataitOQa work m

VALAT LAXD TFN*UHE.

117

the land- owner is invested with sufficient power over his whole
' estate to enable him to turn the remainder of his laiid to the

most profitable use it is fitted for. After having thus care-
' fully regulated the respective rights of landlord and tenant,
' the Dutch are wise enough to abs^tain from further interfer-

* ence. beyond seeing that the legal conditions are fulfilled. If
' a land-owner chooses to exact forced labour from liis cottiera^
' and thereby to create discontent among them, tlic Dutch
'officials do not envenom this feeling by issuing injudicious
' proclamations of abstract right** fr>r tlie cottiers, or of remon-

* strance with the land-owner. Tliey take care that the land-
' owner complies with the law, by paying the highest agricul-
' tural wages for sucli forced labour, and they meet the peasant's
' complaint by saying that the huid-m^nier is only exercising his
' right, in a manner of which he i« sole judge, and that the cot-
' tiers mu8t either submit or withdraw from the estate/'

Chapter VI 11.

TUANSFER JtY SALK AND ^yiORTGAQE.

*' Land/* f^ays Marsdex, *■ is so abundant in proportion to
'^the population, that they (the ilalays of Sumatra) Bcarrely
" consider it as the subject of right, any more than tlic elemenls
'* of air and water ; excepting so far as in speculation the prince
" lays claim to the whole. The ground^ boweverj on which a
*' man plants or builds, with the consent of his neighbours,
'* becomes a s]»eciej^ of nominal property, aud is trauHftrahh' ;*

* In Batma "all owtiern cxcrLitK? the rijirht of 8;iJe, lciiw,yirt aiul mortjitage,
" llioiu;ti HflJe fmti-Jt»ht \b %'try fKildom made. Thtn.^ appears toVtc an objection
" t<) it» which uiMj ftliuoet be coJle<l religiont", irreepeotivo of tile rights of
" heirn, ^v!;-' -h «."iiiiiot be olienufed ; oiul when land ia pohl hy deed, it is gene-
'* rail I that the object of the purchiiser is to buiJd a pagcx3tt or other

" r*l ij e thereon. This is supposed to justify the dale* Rice land Ib

C"occ^Pi''niaiiy let fTom year to year on verbal agreement, the tenant agreeing
•to pay ten per cent, of the produce.' 8ir ARTurR pHAYBEt before the So-
iSety of A^rta, May, 18ft I.

118

MALAY LANB TCNXntS.

" but as it costs him nothing, beside his labour, it is only the
'* produce which ib esteemed of value, and the compensation he
" receives is for this alone, A temporary usufruct is accordingly '
" all that they attend to, and the price^ in case of sale^ i>
" generalhj ascertained ttt/ the cocoa-nui^durian^ and oth^^r fruit'
*' trees that have been phuted on it ; the buildings bein^ for the
'* most part, but little durable. Whilst any of these subsist, the
" de^ceudaiits of the planter may claim the groutid, though it
" has been for years abandoned. If they are cut down, he maj"
** recover damages ; but if they have disappeared in the course
'* of nature the land reverts to the public/'^

'* In Celebes* in Buli, and in that ill-peopled portion of
" Java called the country of the Sundas, the cultivator is
** invested with a kiitd of ]>roprietary right. Bf/ sufferance he
" can hequvafh, ahtnatv, or morfgage his little ttnemnif^^'f

" Among thcui (the Sundanese), private property in the soil
" is generally established ; the cultivator can transmit his pos*
" session to his children. Among them it ran he sub-divided
" tcithoift am/ interference on the part of a mi per tor ; the po^nen'
" sor can sell liis interest in if to ot/ters^ and transfer it h*/ gift
" or c(*reiiant. He pays to his Chief a certain proportion of the
" produce, in the same manner as the other inhabitants of
" Java; because in a couutry without trade or raanufaeturen,
" labour or produce is the only shape in which he can contri-
'* bute to support the necessary establishments of the commu-
" nity. So long as he advances this tribute^ which is one*tenth
^' or one-fifth of the gros-s produce^ he has an independent right
" to the occupancy of his land and the enjoyment of the
*' remainder/' * ^ * *

*' The situation, however, of the cultivator in the Sunda
*' districts, who is a proprietor^ is not much more eligible than
'Mhatofthe tenant of the Government: he may, it is true,
" alienate or transfer Ins lands, but while he retains them, he
" is liable to im points almost as great as they can bear ; and
" when he transfers them, he can therefore expect little for
*' surrendering to another the privilege of i*eaping from his

• Ei^ory of Sumatra, 244.

t CRAWFCRn— jHW . lifd. J rrA.» III. fiS.

MALAY LAND TENURE. 119

'' own soil, what ia only the average recompense of labour
" expended on the estate of another."*

In the first of the above extracts, Marsden, with his usual
accuracy, describes the chief incidents of the laud tenure of
the Malays^ as they exist among the people of the Pen nsula a^
well as among those of Sumatra ; and it is subsequently shewn
that among the Sundanese in the west of Java — a people who
in their customs and language bear a much nearer resemblance
to the Malays than do the people of any other part of Java —
those incidents which have relation to the alienation of land
are almost identical with those which obtain among the ^la-
lays. I am inclined to think that the superior permanency of
the tenure of the Sundanese, when compared with that of the
Javanese, is to be accounted for by a Malay origin, and that it
is unnecessary to argue, with R \ffles, that it is a mere survival
in a remote district of a more liberal system, which once pre-
vailed generally in the island, but which was destroyed by the
rapacity of Muhammadan sovereigns. ^Malays, too, have had
for centuries Muhammadan Rajas, not less given to encroach-
ment upon the rights of individuals than those of Java ; yet
the Malay peasant has retained his proprietary right, and I
believe that, both in Malay countries and in Suuda, this has
been due to a national feeling or instinct on this subject, not to
be found among the Javanese, who. under native rule, were serfs
without proprietary interest in the land which they cultivated.
The power of alienation is one of the most important pri-
vileges connected with laud that a land-holder can exercise,
but it is only the result of an advanced and liberal recognition
on the part of the governing power, of tho rights of the sub-
ject. It must not be forgotten that, even in P^ngland, it was
not until the Statute of Quia em jj fores was passed, in the reign
of Edward I, that tenants in fee simple obtained the right of
alienating their lauds at their pleasure, and that the right of
devising lands bv will onlv dates from the reign of Henry
Vlll.t

* 'Ravfles— History of Jaea, I, 140.

t " We are too apt to fortret that property in land as a transferable, mar-
" ketable commodity, absolutely owned and passing from hand to hand like
" any chattel, is not an ancient institution, but a modem development reach-
" ed only in a few very advanced countries. In the greater part of the world,

120

MALAY LAND TENURE.

It is not to be expected that among the Malays the system
of alienation, or the effect of a transfer, shoald quite corres-
pond with any European system, and it is necessary to be cau-
tious in supposing that when land in a Malay State is said to
have been bought or sold, the transaction has been similar to
the purcliase or sale of land in British territory, either in the
mode in which it has been conducted, or in its practical opera-
tion. ( RAWFURD, it will have been noticed, says that the Suu-
dancse cultivator is allowed to alienate his land " by suffer-
ance '/' and ^Iarsden points out that die usufruct is all that a
Malay has and all that he can dispose of.

Wiuri Captain Low, in describing land tenure in Kedah,
s^ys that land granted by the Raja " could not be alienated '**
it must not l)e supposed that the right-of occupancy could not
in general be the subject of a bargjun there. Captain Ja)w
quotes extracts from the Unrfninj-Undam] Kvdah (Laws of
Kcdah) in which occur the two follow^ing sectiuns : —

" \\'lien a garden is to be sold, the trees are to be estimated
'^ at \ of a dollar each and the amount will be the price of the
'' land."

'* AVhat the Raja has given no one can take away, nor can
*' any one sell land so given trithovi the Rnju's conrurretice/* t

Tlic Hrst of these rules exac*tly coir.cidrs with what Maksdiix
describes, as rcgnrils the interest in the land which passes by
sale in Sumatra, and with Raffles' estimate of what the Sun-
tlancso ])ca>iuit has a right to expect on the surrender of his

"tln! ri'^'^ht of cultivutinpr particular jwrtions of the earth ih rather a privi-
" Irgc thjiTi a i)ro]H!rty — a privilcjrc tir^»t of the whole i>eoi»le, then of a jvirti-
'• culnr trilif or a pnrtirular villape comiminity, and finally of i>artionlar
" in<liviiliial of the community." Sir GK(»i:(;e CAMrnr.LL on Indhtn Lnml
" Ttimrcn fCobdtn CUthPapn'»).

* Scr supra, J). 7I>.

f " Powerful an ll)i' /uuihuliir l)ecame in mmaprinp' the lantl, in grasi^ing' an«l
"ill oiist Tit:, he ha'l no i><^w» t (in Bcnjrnl hoforo 171)3) of alit:uatin^ hi-*
"ostiito: he ((niM not rai^c mom.y on it liy niortjrajjTc, nor wll the whole or
'* .-luy \y.\vt <»1" it. This el* iirly apin-ars from a proclamation iwucdonlst
'• Aiijnirt, 17.S«) ; the illc^^al prii<:tice of 'aJicnating i-evenue lands ' is compluinod
"of; 'the prentlemen «i»i.ointed to bu per intend ' the various districts arc
" invito »1 7«;iloiisly to i»n\ent the 'commission of the offence;' and the Z-/-
" viiiid.'-r, i lumdlit, ri, Tulinjdfh\ orothcr land-holder who iliPol)oyB, is tlircatvn»tl
"with «lisi)Oh«eHsion from his landp.' Lnnfl Rvriuni* and I^nd Tmvrf* of

/ndifi ,- -UWIIS-VOWTAA., p. I'lM .

MALAY LAND TENURE. 121

proprietary right to a transferee. It may be clearly laid down
that the Malay cultivator can transfer only the interest in the
land which he himself possesses ; that that interest, as already
shewn, is merely a permanent and inheritable right of occu-
pation, conditional on the continuous occupation of the land
on the payment of tenths and taxes, and on the rendering of
certain customary services ; and that the price to be paid has
no reference to the value of the land itself (for, in a j)rimitive
state of society, that has little intrinsic value), but is calculated,
if garden land, by estimating the value of the fruit-trees, or, if
padi land, by assessing at a reasonable sum the probable value
of the labour bestowed by the first cultivator in clearing the
forest and bringing the field into cultivation.

I have had opportunities of observing the Malay customs
relating to the sale and mortgage of land in operation in
purely native districts, having been deputed in 1874 to take
over the territory on the left bank of the Krian river, then
recently ceded by Perak to the British Government, and having
since then served for some years as Assistant Resident in the
Native State of Perak. I am, therefore, able to speak with
some confidence upon the laws and customs which have come
under my personal observation in actual practice.

The technical term used in Perak for the transfer of land
by sale h pulang belanja (return of expenses), which sufficient-
ly indicates that the money paid is not a price set upon the
land itself, but the recoupment of the outlay incurred by the
vendor in bringing it into cultivation. The new proprietor,
in fact, does not buy the land ; he simply buys out the occupier
by compensating him for his labour, thut being the factor
which originally created the tenancy, and thus obtains the
right to stand in his place. It is manifest that he will not
pay a long price for a mere right of occupancy weighted by
the incidents and liabilities above described; in Krian, in
1874, it was difficult to get ten dollars an orlung for excellent
padi land by pulmiff hilanja, but when security of tenure and
the full right of alienation of the soil were introduced in the
district by the British Government, it became possible to sell
the same land for $G0 or $70 an orlong.

So in the case of land on which fruit-trees are growing.

122

MALAY LAXD TENURE.

Not long after the PSrak war it became necessary to acquire
the piece of land at Kuala Kanofsa, m Perak, on wliich the
British lieaiduiicy novv stauds. The bargain was effected in
strict accorclance with Malay law, and the sum which was paid
was cnh^nlated as the value of the fruit-trees and houses stand-
ing on the land. It was clearly understood on both side^ that
the soil was vested in the State, and that all that the praprie*
tor could dispose of was the proprietary right; the transaction
was strictly one of /j?//fl«f7/j^Au//t/. 8pcakin{»: of this purchase
to Kaja Muda YisuF at Sayong soon aftcrwanlsj I was asked by
him in a pointed manner whether the late proprietor had sold
me f/if I((Hff ; the explanation that the proprietor liad merely
been compensated for her interest in the land, namely, her
trees and houses, quite satisfied him and others that Malay
custom had been observed, and that the rights of tlie Raja or
State had not been invaded by an undue claim, on the part of
a subject^ to the soil. This principle has always been recog-
nised in all sales of land in Malay districts in Perak which
have come under thj notice* But the ^lalay cultivator is
always ready to claim from British officers, whom he may think
likely to be i^^norant of the real conditions of native land
lenurej a larger interest than Malay law gives him, in fact, ae
large an interest as csui be conceded. The official who hears the
words ** seir^ ( jual ) and " hitt/ '* ( heli ) used in connection with
the transfer of land under native tenure, is apt to conclude that
a title to the soil has been passed by the transaction, and he
very possibly recognises, or allows to be recognised in a general
way, this view of the matter, and so people get to believe, or
are allowed to assert, that their pusition in respect to the State
is something quite different from what it really is. This, though
it may cauac cmbarrasmeut in administering the huid-rc venue
of a district, cannot, of course, affect the legal status of the cul-
tivator, for ignorant administration of the law does not alter
the law itself, Tsothirg can be more certain than the fact
that no subjrct in a Malay State can lawfully claim to hold
any pioperty inland approaching our freehold or fee simple
tenure.

As the Malay J3t//aw^ b(^lof\ja differs widely from our idea of
a sale of laud^ so the jual janji (conditional lale)^ the onlj

I
I

MALAY LAND TENURE. 123

form of hypothecation of land known to Malay law^ is^ in its
principal incidents^ quite unlike our mortgage of real pro-
perty. *

The Malay who raises money on his holding by the transac-
tion cMed J ualjanji, sells his proprietary right for a sum then
and there advanced to him, and surrenders the land to the
vendee, coupling, however, the transfer with the condition
that if, at any time, or within a certain time, he shall repay to
the vendee the sura so advanced, he (the vendor) shall be enti-
tled to take back his land. This transaction differs from our
mortgage in the facts: — (1) that no property in the soil passes,
but merely the proprietary right ; (2) that possession is actually
given to the person who advancas the money.

It frequently happens that the conditional vendor (the
debtor) wishes to retain possession of the land during the
period of his indebtedness, and, if so, this is arranged by his
becoming the tenant of the conditional vendee (the creditor).
The Tent in money or kind which he pays, or which some other
tenant pays if the laud is not let to the conditional vendor, or
the profit which the conditional vendee derives from cultivating
tlie land himself if he does not let it, takes the place of in-
terest, which is not charged, usury being condemned by
Muliammadan law.

If a term is mentioned within which the money must be
repaid, and the condition of repayment is not fulfilled within
tli«- ajipointed period, the sale becomes absolute (pittus) and
the vendee takes the full rights of proprietorship. But even

' In China, ** a mortjrag^ee must actually ent«r into posseswion of the pro-

• l^Tiy and make himself i>ersonul!y resjJonKible for the payment of the tuxoB,
•• '■♦'fi.'rH his mortgag-e in valid : unleH« explicitly stated, the land can l>e re-
" ■:t.-«-meil at any time within thirty yearw on payment of the oris"inal wum.
~ Jv**.-*. 1M> U) 1(M) of the Code contain the laws relating- to thin yubject, some

•of which l»ear a re-i^rmhlunce to those established among the Hebrews and
" :nt€'nde«l to s«^curo a similar ol>ject of retaining the land in the same class
•ortriU'."— TV//' Middlt- Kinf/dom, Williams, II, 100.
'* Land under Burman rule was never sold in the usual acceptation of the

• term. It wa« frequently conveyed for a price from one person to another,
•' and thnugh the tranhacti<m was styled a sale, Jind not a mortgage, it was fully

• imderstood tliat the vendor retained a right to repurchase the land at
~ any time he likeil, and that the emptor could not re-sell the land without

• the c^n*ent of the original vendor." — lirifiith Hvrma (Tuzcitrei\ Vol. I, p. 438

124

MALAY LAND TEXURB.

then the payment of the money at some later time would, in
most cases, be sufficient to enable the conditional vendor to
regain his land from a stranger under purely native rule. If
no term is fixed, the money may be paid at any time, but
until it is paid, the conditional vendee is entitled to retain
possession of the land and to cultivate it, or let it» at his
pleasure, A short document is generally drawn up in evidence
of the transaction, but these are ofteu so loosely or iuformallj*
worded that t!je proof of the existence of the condition reft«
principally upon the good faith of the parties. Sometime^
there is no written agreement at all.

Transactions of this nature necessarily led to the inrestiga-
tions of many flisputed claims when the rights of the native
land-holders in Kriau were being settled (sec ^*//>m, p. 121 ),
The rise in the value of land OL't^asioiied by the establish meat
of British rule resulted in a general runh for possession, men
who had long since sold their fields by pulattff bi^ianjn ruming
forward to declare that the sale was merely conditional, while
in other instance's conditional vendees in possession were eqaaU
\y ready to declare that the transaction which gave them their
right \\visjtffffjj{{fui,nn absolute sale^ wot j*(al jnnju a condi-
tional one.

The native laws contain some curious provisions on the sub-
ject of hypothecation, a specimen of which relating to real
pr6perty may be consulted in the Appendix, p. xv. In all,
the peculiar principle of the ^falay mortgage^ namely, the
handing over to thr creditor of the property on which the
money is advanced, is fully recognised*

Chapter VIII.
INHERITANCE.

Among the Malays, the distribution of the property of ^
deceased persons is governed either by Jluharamaclan law, or
by national custom, or partly by one and partly by the other.

MALAY LAN0 TKMCEt*

125

e.^.f tbe real proi>erty by customary law and the personal pro-
perty by Muhammaaan law.

There are Malay treatises on the Mnhammadau law of inhe-
ritance (faraiz^ )^ in accordrtnco v?ith the rulcK of which it is
commoTi to apportion the estate of an intestate. But thtre are
rpasoDs which often make it clear to the Malay mind that land
ia a species of ijri»perty, the tran^niis.sion of which nlioukl he
in accordance with tlie national cnstoniar}^ law ( kttkuiu ^adnt )
rather than with that of the Koran ( httkutti Rhur^a), For
inntanee, the wife of a Malay cultivator will generally share in
the toil of cultivation ; indeed the planting and reaping of
paddy is performed almost entirely by women* althongh the
ploughing and harrowing fall to the lot of the men. In res-
pect, therefore^ of the crop, which is harvested as tlie result of
these joint labours, the hus^band and wife are co-partners
(nhnrikat) and this is often the case with regard to the land
itself. Under such circumstances, in case of the death of the
liUFband, it would be manifestly unjust to distribute the joint
property as hin estate nndor Mubammadan law. The joint
property must be equally divided, and the share of the wife
having bt'cn allotted to her, the share of the deceased husband
may, if desired, be distributed in accordance with the Muham-
matlan law of inheritance. This is only the rightful due of the
wife, who, properly speaking, is entiiletl to be maintained by her
husband in a manner befitting his station in life without per-
forming any labour,

I think that it will be generally found that, in the Malay
States, the property of- the trading class— goods, merchandise,
tthops, ships, &c. — are distributed according to Muhammadan
law, while the agricultural class cling with tenacity to their
old customs, and insist that their lands at least, and often the
I whole of their property, shall descend in accordance with the
old Malay law which has come down to them from their fore-
fathers.

This customary law varies very much according to locality,
individual States having often regulations peculiar to them
alone.

• s^J^f plural of 4^^^ from ^J to cut. (Irabic.)

126 MALAY LAND TENURE.

Crawfurd mentions the subject very briefly : — '' Where
*^ there is a right of private property in land, or at least the
'' usufruct of it, there is generally a community of goo:ls
" among the members of a family. It is held in the name of
*' the father or elder male of the family, and hence, by the
'* customs of the greater number of the tribes, the father, or
"nearest of kin, is answerable for the debts of all the meni-
*' bers of a family. 1 can nowhere discover in any of the
" collections of native laws which have fallen into my hands^
'' that the right of devising property by will had any existunre
'* among the tribes of the Indian Islands."*

This recognition of a superior right in the eldest male of a
family and the tendency of the Malays to confine the right of
succession to land to the tribe to which the deceased owner
belonged, is found in the law of the Chinese also : " The
** paternal estate and the houses upon it descend to the
''eldest son, but his brothers can remain upon it with their
*M'amilie8, Hud devise their iwrtxon in perpetuo to their {:h\U
'' dren, or an amicable composition can be made ; daughters
*' never inherit, nor can an adopted son of another clan suc-
'' ceed. *' t

Marsden, writing of the law of inheritance among the peo-
ple of Pasummah in Sumatra, says : —

*• If a person dies having children, these inherit his effects
" in equal portions and become answerable for the debts of the
" deceased. If any of his brothers survive, they may be per-
*' mittcd to share with their nephews, but rather as a matter
*' of courtesy than right and only when the effects of the
'* deceased devolved to him from his father or grandfather. If
'' he M as a )iian of rank, it is common for the son who succeeels
*• liini in title to have a larger share. This succession is not
•'conilncd to the eldest born, but depends much on j^riVa/e
^^ a(jri(ii(i)tt in the family. If the deceased person leaves no
*' kindred behind him, the tribe to which he belonged shall
*' inherit his effects auel be answerable for his debts.*' J

♦ Crawfurd— 7//*^ Ind. Arch., Ill, 98.
t Williams— The MiddU Kingdom, II, 100.
J Hist, of Sumatra, p. 230, (3rd Ed.).

MALAY LAND TENURE. 127

According to the Menangkabau law of inheritance^ the
nephew on the sister's side becomes heir to his uncle's pro-
perty to the exclusion of the son of the latter. The tradition
which accounts for this singular regulation is to be found in
Newbold^s work on the Straits of Malacca, vol. II, p. 221.
A similar custom prevails in the Eastern Province of Ceylon
and in parts of India, and there is a Sinhalese legend, not
unlike the Malay one, explanatory of its origin.* This
custom is still obser\'ed in the district of Naning in the
interior of Malacca, and in Kambau, Sungci Ujong and the
Negri Sambilan.

The Perak custom differs from this. In that State the lands
and houses of the deceased descend to his daughters equally,
while the sons divide the personal property. The latter are
supposed to be able to create landed estates for themselves, by
clearing and planting land which they may select, or, at all
events, to obtain the use of land by marrying women who may
have inherited it.

However, the more active of the Muhammadan priests and
mosque o£Scials, especially if they be foreigners and not Perak
Malays, endeavour, as far as they can, to get the Muhamma-
dan law of inheritance adopted, to the exclusion of the local
custom. The older men are more conservative. PVom infor-
mation supplied by an old Imam up the country, I learn that
the principle of distribution practised in his district is as fol-
lows : —

" If a man dies without children, leaving a widow, his pro-
" perty is divided between her and the uaris of the deceased.
" If he leaves a wife and children, the property is, in the firpt
" instance, divid( d into two equal shares, one of which gees to
" the Karis of the deceased and the other is again sub-divided
" into four parts, one of which ( one-eighth of the whole )
" goes to the widow and the other three ( three-eighths ) are
*' divided among the children."

" If there are children of both sexes, the three-eighths above-
" mentioned are divided into four portions, of which three go

♦ Tenxekt's Ceylon, II, 4oS.

MALAY LAKD TENUfiE.

'* to the sou or sons, and tlie remaining one to the dauglitc-r oi
'^danghtors/'

It will be apparent that there is very little genuine Muhatn-
madan law in all this. Under that system, the widow does
not get a half under any circumstance*. It is not clear who
are the tear is, or heirs, who take oae-half of an estate to the
exclusion of the widow and children. Perhaps it is meant
that one-half is set apart in the first place to meet funeral
expenses and tbe claims of persons entitled to share under
llubanimadau law, among whom the cluldren would be in-
chided* The same authority has supplied me with the follow-
ing note on the customary law of inheritance practised in part^
of Pcrak : —

** Upon the death of a man possessed of property^ his phin-
*' tations^ houses and />rtf/i-fields go to his daughters, while hid
*^ other property, such as cattle, huftaloes, goat^^ elephants,
" &c., are divided into four shares : three of these go to the
'^ sons and the fourth is devoted to the cost of the funeral
'* feasts. If there is no land or house, the daughters share in
"the personal property equally with the sons/'

^* If a woman who has inherite<l land or house property
** marries and then dies without leaving a chihl, the property
•^^ goes to her gravis and not to her husband. If she leaves
" issue, tlie inheritance goes to the cliild or children.*'

" Property which has been acquired by the joint earning*
"of the husband ond wife must, upon the death of either of
" them, be divided. The funeral expenses must be deducted
** before division. The remainder must be divided equally in
'* two shares, one of which goes to the survivor and the other
" to the children or ^rarrs of the deceased.''

'* The shares of infant children are held in trust for them by
'* the fraris of a deceased parent, until they come of age."

The descent of landed property in Perak to the female issue
and its restitution to the family if an heiress dies childlesa,
illustrate in a striking manner the tribal instinct of the
Malays and the tendency to keep property in a particular
family, group or tribe.

Even the wild tribes of the Peninsula have their rules of
inheritance. Favre, writing of the Jakuns, says : *' After the

MALAY LAND TENURE. 129

'' death of parents the whole of their property will be divided
" amongst all the children in equal parts/' *

In Siam^ according to Colonel Low, f " the property of an
" intestate person, should he leave no legal heirs, escheats to
'' the King, who generally contrvies to get a portion of the
" estate of every person deceased. Wills are written or made
'* verbally, in the presence of competent witnesses ; and may
" not be confounded with alienation by gift. Real and per-
'* sonal property may be willed and gified away to any one,
" and, as hereditaments, descend to, and are without distinc-
" tion divided amongst, the heirs at law. The laws of inheri-
" tance are considered as applying chiefly ti> heads of families.
" Under this view, the property of a man deceased is divided
'^ into three portions. One goes to the parents and grand
' parents, one to the widow, and the third to the children
*' and other relations on the man's side according to priority.
*•' But should the man not have cohabited so lon;^ as three
" years with his wife, she will only receive one-third of a por-
" tion or part."

"The distribution of the property takes effect after the
'* solemnization of the obsequies ; and should a claimant,
" having the power and opportunity so to do, neglect to put
" in his claim previous to the termination of the obsequies, he
•^ forfeits his right.^'

" A person claiming inheritance must personally appear ;
" substitutes being inadmissible. Heirs to property must
" assist at and bear their share of the charge for obsequies,
" exceptions being made for those who cannot, from the nature
**of circumstances, be present."

'* Before property is divided, the debts of the deceased are
" to be punctually paid, and competent witnesses must be pre-
•' sent at the division. It does not appear that any distinction
'* is drawn betwixt property of which a female may be pos-
" sessed, and that left by a man : both are divided on similar
'* principles. The eldest child, whether male or female, gets
" the largest share. Should the individual have no parents,

♦ Jonni, Ind, Arch., II, 2(>«,
i Id,, I, Mi.

130

MilLAY LAJTD TEKURE.

"grandparents or great- grandparents living, then the portion,
'' or one-tliird of the real and personal property which such
^* persons Wuuld have otherwise taken is divided equally and
*' added to the two romiiniog p>rtioua, the form of rtrst sepi-
" rating the estate into three parts being always adhered to.
" Tlie same principle regulates the division where there are no
'^ cliimants to either of the other two shares.'^

With this description, and with the cn^toms of the Malars
as to succession, it is interesting to compare the law:j of another
Indo-Chinese kingdom — Gumbodii. I take the futlowing
account from a recent French work : — *

" Pptperty in land doea not G\kt in Cambodia, for, as is
** well known, the State is the absolute proprietor of the «oiK
" Nevertheless, the enjoyment of lands is left to those who
'*" clear them and employ them for Romc specific eultivution,
'* rice in particular; It happens also, sometimes, that the fir-it
'* occupiers arc disposisesticd witliout a wurd of warning, with-
"out the excuse of public interest and simply in order that
"some one mav help himself to a field quite fit for cnliiva-
" tion,'^

** The furtuuL' uf a Cambodian is cumposed of moveable and
" immoveable piMperty, laud excepted. Generally apcak-
'* ing, even the richest have not much money, but they own
'* boats, elephants, horses, cattle, butiiiloes, which they hire
" out ; they have sometimes a large number of lilaves tvhom
" they eni[doy at home either on the products which they cnl-
*' tivute or in M kinds of commercial and industrial underta-
** kings. Money is lent out at high rates of interest, but it in
*' liable to catastrophes/'

** The goods of a Cumbodiau who dies a widower and with-
** out children, go all to the State, that is to the Kiug. If he
*' leaves daughters only, the Government takes half of the
" property and divides the other lialt' among them. If they
" arc of tender age, tlic goods are deposited with their graud-
" father who beeouies their guardian.'^

** When the Government is a creditor of the deceased, the
" King causes the whole of the debt to be exacted first of all

MALAY LAND TEMKE,

1:31

*' from the assets, and the balance, if any, is divided aoioug the
heirs/'

" When the head of a family dies leaving several wives
" and several children, the child or children by whom he has
" been more excluaively nursed during his illness share the
'* fortune according to the rank of their mother. For this
'* purpose, the property is divided into seven parts; out of
" these, the son of the third wife lias one^ that of the second
"wife two, aad that of the first, four. If these ladies have
'* several children, the distribution is made, all the same,
''according to the proportion ju^i mentioned. Children who
"arc absent at the time of the sickness and death of their
'* father lose a portion of their riji^lits to the inheritance/'

'* If there are no children, the fii-ht wife keeps all the goods
" and the family remains united. Were the second and third
*' wife to wish to leave the house before the conclusion of the
-* mourning, that is to say, within three years, they %vould have
" the right to do so, but on the condition of renouncing their
*' share of the inheritance. After the three years, if tlic
"widows separate, the property is divided amonoj them accord-
*'iixg to the rule laid down for their children^ when they have
•' any, that is to say, the first has four shares, the second, two
*' and the third, one."

**The widows of the same husband may marry again after
"three years of mourning: tlic socond smd tliird have not
" got to pay anything to the State for this, but the first wife,
" if she marry again and be without children by her first hus-
*' band, must first surrender half of her fortune for the benefit
"of the royal treasury. If she docs not marry again the
** Government takes the whole at her death."

"An adopted son renounces the right of inheriting from
*' his real parents and cannot be sued for debts wiiich they
" may have contracted in their lifetime. If the head of u
"family, after having adopted a child, becomes himself the
" father of a legitimate child, the adopted son does not lose
"all hope of inheriting, foi* the law gives him equal rights
" with the children of the full blood.'^

'♦Children, wiio, at the time of the death of their father,
" are in the special service of the King, have a right to three
" and a half shares of the inheritance/'

182

MALAY LAND TENURK.

*' In case a busband, on account of the barrenness of bis

first wife, marries another who bearg him a son, this latter
19 the sole heir of his father and he provides, after the death
of the latter, for the support of the first widow and hia own
mother."

"The law of the Hindus sanctions similarly the right of
' the eldest son to the gr«\atcr part of the putrimony of the
' father and mother, * The eldest of the family,' says the
' law, * if he he virlnons, nia)* take pQJs?»ession of the whole of
' his patrimony of the father and motlier, and the other
' brothers must live under his guardianship as they live under
' that of their father/ *'
** Gcnendly, in India, di.strtbution used to be made in the

* I'oUowin;^ way : the eldest had a double share, the second a

* nhiire and a half, and tlie other brothers a single share res-

* pectively. The bi othei'^* gave to their sisiteis by the same

* mt>ther a qunrter of their shares to help them to establish

* themselves/'

f'li VITKH IX.

NATIVi: TKNUHK rXUKIi EUROPEAN RULE.

ixni A, iuTK:\rA. Java, ckylox.

I N in A

a wholesale inmlifitation of the systems of land tenure of
iiueieut ami highly civilised com nuiui ties in British India by
the intHMliu'tiuu of Kntflish biw would obviously have been
unwise. It has always been the objeit of l^ritish Admiuistra-
k»rs iu that country to recognise native laws and customs
relating to the tenure of land, and, in elaborating Revenue
systems, to secure that the regulations laid down shall give
due effect to every class of interest in land known to native
laws. It has been gradually ascertained in the various pro-

I
I

MALAY LAND TENURE. 133

yinces what are the different degrees of right of occupants and
proprietors and each interest has received definition in the
Land Acts passed from time to time for particular provinces,
divisions or districts. In such Acts, the terminology used in
describing tenures, classes of proprietors, and occupants, docu-
ments evidencing title, and rents and other payments, is
largely borrowed from the .native languages. The use of
terms which have a technical meaning in English law is thus
avoided.

Speaking generally, the ra'iyat is the owner of his holding,
subject to the payment of the assessed land revenue. No
documentary evidence of title is necessary, though in some
provinces he holds a patta, or official statement of the facts of
his holding or assessment. Ilis rights are alienable and heri-
table, but all transfers have to be registered.

Revenue systems vary in different parts of India ; there are
practically two. The first contemplates settlement with a mid-
dleman ; and the second, dealing with the individual culti-
vator direct — ( the ra'if/at-trdri system). The Government
may, in point of fact, either deal with a whole village at once
through representative headmen, or may make a settlement
of each individual holding.

In the latter case the settlement of a district is based
upon a survey, the soil of every field is classified with a view
to ascertaining the proper rate of assessment to be imposed, and
eventually settlement records are made up, which include a
register shewing the name of the occupant of every surveyed
allotment.

In such a system, there is no place for English documents of
title, and the tenure is none the less certain and secure because
it is not supported by parchment and sealing-wax. The ra^iyafs
name is down in the register of the village to which he be-
longs, and the extent of his land and the annual assessment
which he has to pay are there recorded. The village records
and the evidence of the headmen and villagers are at hand to
support him if his right of occupancy is impugned.

"In Bombay (just as in Madras) the occupant holds on
" the simple terms of paying the revenue ; if he admits that
" he is ( or is proved by a decree of a Court to be ) holding

MALAT LAXD TEXTRE.

5 he

^ on behalf of some one else^ aa a tenant, or in an inferic _
^position, then the 'superior holder's' name is entered in
^ the register, not his : he becomes the ' inferior holder, * and
' it is the superior who is entered in the register as the ' occu-
'pant' responsible for the assessed sum* Any one who
' recorded as the responsible holder can simply resign ( if
^ does not like to pay the assessment ) any field in his holdir
' The assessment is fixed for a period of thirty years^ so th
^a roan who elects to hold continuously, knows for certa
^that during that long period, ail the profit he can make wij
' go to him."

" At the beginning of each year, he can signify to
^ mdmlatddr ( or local revenue officer of a tahtk sub-divisioii
^ w^hat fields he wishes to hold, and what he wishes to give upT
^ as long as he does this in proper time, he is free to do as he_
' pleases. If he relin(|utshes, the fields are available for aii
' one else ; if no one applies for them, they are usually m
^ tioned as fallow (for the right of grazing) for the year, and
■ on, till some one offers to take them up for cultivatic
'Nothing whatever is said in tlio Revenue Code about tha
'person in possession { on his own accouut ) being ' ow*ncJ
' in the western sense. lie is simply called the ' occupani
^ and the Code says what he can do and what he cauLot. Tl
' occupant may do anything he pleases to improve tlic lar
^but may not, without permission, do anything w^hich divc^
' the holding from agricultural purposes. He has no right^
' mines or minerals.*^

*' These are the facts of the tenure ; yon may theorise
' them as you please ; you may say this amounts to propr
' torship, or this is a riominium minus plenum, or anyttiing
' else/'

'* The qncatiou of tenancy is just us simply dealt with.

have 8tatcd that, if it appears that the occupant is in

session m behalf of some one else, that some one else j
' recorded as the ' superior holder^' and he becomes

' inferior holder/ ^'

'* What sort of 'inferior* — whether a tenant or on aome
^ other terras— is a simple question of fact and of the ;

nient or the custom by which he holds/*

:Ding

MALAY LAND TENURE. 135

'' If an occupant dies^ one ( the eldest or responsible ) heir
'' mnst be entered as the succeeding occupant who has to pay
** the revenue, for there can only be one registered revenue-
*' payer for each field with a separate survey number, though,
''of course, there may be several sharers (joint heirs of the
" deceased owner, for instance ) in a numbsr. Which of them
'' is so entered, depends, of course, on consent, or on the result
" of a Court decree, if there is a dispute/'

" Sharers can always get their shares partitioned and assess-
" ed separately, as long as there is no dispute as to what the
*' shares are." *

The advantages enjoyed by the occupant of land under the
survey settlement are : —

Ist. — Fixity of tenure conditional on the duo payment of
the Government demand.

2ndly. — His occupation is heritable and transferable by
gift, sale, or mortgage, without other restriction than the
requirement to give notice to the authorities.

Srdlf/. — His assessment is fixed, but subject to revision
after periods of thirty years. The right of occupancy is not
afiected by the expiration of a term of settlement, being con-
ditional solely on the payment of the assessment imposed.

Athhj. — lie is at libtTty to resign his entire occupancy, or
any recognised share or part of it defined by the survey in any
year, provided notice be given by a fixed date. 1 1: waste land
be available, he may enlarge his liolding at pleasure on appli-
cation to the district oflScials.

5M/y. — He may sub-let his lands, and Government will
assist him, under certain limitations, in recovering rents from
his tenants.

Qthlff, — His holding cannot be encroached on by his
neighbour, every sub-division of it being clearly defined by
boundary marks, and susceptible of immediate identification
by means of the village maps and registers. Further, the
fact of his possession of any field or sub-division of it can be
traced without difficulty in the village records year by year up

♦ Badex- Po WELL— Z/in/7 Hrfcnveand Land Tenure in India, 136-8.

186

MALAY LAND TENTRE*

to the date of the introduction of the first survey settlement.
Thus the chances of dispute and litigation are entirely removed,
or reduced to a minimum. Subject, then, to the part of the
Government assessment, the oecupant of land under the sur-
vey tenure may be said to enjoy every right of property that
be can desire, with the advantage of possessing a title the
most simple and complete that can bo imagined.*

imiTISH BURMA.

The rights of the land-holder, s^ubject to the revenue de-
mands of Government, have been just as carefully guarded
in British Burma, The Land Act of that province (Act II
of 1876 ) is founded upon earlier local regulations, whicli
were themselves an epitome, more or lese, of the laws and
customs of the Biirmer^e as to tenure of land. The land-hohl-
er in Burma has, like the ra'hjaf \\i Malacca, a propric*
tary rij^ht, but in the case of the Ibrmcr, this ri*;ht is inchoate
until there have been twelve years' continuous possession ;
whereas in the case of the Malay mere appropriatiuo and pos-
session create tlic ritjpht at once, provided that cleariiif^ and
cultivation arc undertaken.

In British Burma, " if a person ( not holding under a ji^rurit
*^ or order of Government whioli itsdf determines the extent
*' of right) has conti[Uiously \\\t\i\ po^^^vm'iuH of any culturable
^"^ land for twelve years, antl has contiononsly paid thcrevcnae
^* due tlicreon, or held it exempt on express grant, he is allow-
'* cd to have acquired a permanent heritable and transferable
'* title. It will not, liowever, do for a man to be able to assert
** former or ancient possession if that pcrssession came to an
'*end twelve years before tlie Act came into force ( 1st l^e-
'* bruary, l>v79)» Possession, on the other hand, is m>t broken
*^ by a succession or transfer. If A has held for seven years,
'* and then sells to B, who has held for iive, B can put in a
** twelve years^ possession. So if B has inherited from A. In
*^ the same way as regards the condition of paying the revenue,
** The payment will liold good if it has been made by a tenant

" Btmhn^ Adminiitfnjnofi Iiej>&rt, 1S82-H, p, 32»

" or odier penco iiiiizx imfisr -izir t»*t<»l jl ti:i«.ts*;';.i_ Tiif
" ]aiid-hoIdcr*§ ris^z > iiic ;x -:" ir: T-ri*i:.'7 le/Lii*.: :: :«
*^ restricted n-:c oslLj Vt -.*it IL-7 nr Taj*-!^ t-. rriiir . ttx**. tri
" cesses, whiai i* a r*Tsr-kTj:»i :•:. tZ zr^z^i^rrr 11. 'jiz.i ii. Iziiii^
*• but also bj tie fvi*: i':;^: l1_ zm** kui rz^itnl Tr;il-:i* kz.!
" buried treaft-are *rc r?--^rr*-i z:- '>:Trnr:jei.: kf ils: ^If r-^i:
"to work or search f.-r 'i':**^ Z'rjiz.r.^ :- 1*1.7-^ r;:L:»f--skt.;a
" for the snrfacE- darr.are.""

"Any •' land-LciceT ' :-i- :b:i- i:i i-:l.-.:i:.r If-:liri-
'• tion that he is «:*:-. br LjT-Triir :: iiTe >..- rlrr.: rt*:-:riei
"on a rezisttr prorior^a ::-r :le i-rT«:'<e. i-i ^irriL^ & c^nf-
'•' ficaie of the rec-i-rd. Th-ere arv, :■: c-:-r**f, ir:v:>..-> :- ihe
" Act regarding the cincelniei:: i-d call:- z in c:ie*::on :•: <uoii
"record."'*

JAVA

It has already been stated that, under native niie. the Java-
nese were mere serfs, without f»roprietarT interest in the land
which they cultivated. Under Dutch rule, prior to the con-
quest of Java by the English in 1>11. no proprietary tenure
was introduced, and the native system ix-mair.ed uumoditied if
the foll(»wing description jriven by Raffles is a correct one : —

" The Dutch Company, actuated solely by the spirit of jrain,
"and viewing their Javan subjects with Kss reganl or consi-
" deration than a AVest Indian planter formerly viewed the
" gang upon his estate, because the latter had paid the pur-
" chase money of human property which the other had not,
" employed all the pre-existing machinery of despotism, to
"squeeze from the people their utmost mite of contribution,
" the last dregs of their labour, and thus aggravated the evils
" of a capricious and semi-barbarous government by working
" it with all the practised ingenuity of politicians, and all the
" monopolising selfishness of traders.'' t

* Baden-Powell — Land Revenue and Land Tenure in India, 700-702.
t Hiitory of Java, 1, 168, ( 2nd edition ).

138

Hi ALA Y LAND TENtJREt

Security of tenure and protection from unjust exactions
the desiderata indicated in the eloquent passage which follo'
written with all the burning indignation with which Raffles
avowed tlie tyranny and rapacity of the Dutch Colonial Otfi-
cialsi of thoHC days inspired hira ; — *

^' Ctin it, therefore, be a subject of surprise, that the arts of
** agriculture and the improvement of society have made no
** greater advances in Java? Need it excite wonder that the
** implement of husbandry are simple ; that the cultivation is
*' unskilful and inartificial ; that the state of the roads, where
" European eonveniuucu in not consulted, is bad ; that the
*' natural advantages of the country arc neg:lectcd ; that so
•* little euterprise is dis[ilayed or c.»pital employed ; that the
** pcasant'jJi cottage is niefiri, and that so little wealth and know*
" ledge are among the aj^rieultural po[)nlatJon ; when it is
'* considered that the occupant of lantt enjoys no security for
'* reaping the fruits of his industry ; when Ins possession is
'* liable to be taken away from him every seaBoo, or to suffer
*' each an cnliHucement of rent as will drive hira fr(tm it ; when
" such a small t|uantity of lartd only is allowed him as will
" yield hira bare subsistence, and every car of grain that can be
** spared from the supply of his immediate wants, is extorted
'* from him in the shape of tribute ; when his personal ser-
" vices arc required unpaid for, in the train of luxury or in the
'* culture of urtielcs nf rantiopoly j and when in addition to
•* all these discourageraent>«, he is subject to other heavy im-
'* posts and impolitic restraints ? No man will exert himself,
" when actiug for another^ m ith so much zeal as when stimu-
*' lated by hi?* own immediate interest ; and under a system of
^* goveruraent, where everything but the bare means of sub-
*' sistencc is liable to be seized, nothing but the bare means of
*^ subsistence will be sought to be attained," f

♦ •♦ It m but ri^hi, however, to siy that the Dutch* while fulmittingr their '
old Colouial nile Uj have been mi>hfc objectionable in many ways*, deny the
uysteraatic atrociticH iiripute'd to tbvm hy Raffles juiiJ CuAWicito, both of i
whom, the Dut<.ih say, difiti rtod the fact* and wsirking- ot their old Colonial}
GovernnHjnt, which was only known to thoRe aothors by hearsay/' KosKV'a i
Javih I, *>7, citing Tkaijhikck's Cotm d'eeil general Mur les Ptfttetsions AV<?W*/rt-
daUcj dam VInde Arehipehigiquc, i, 13.

MALAY LAND TENURE. 139

To transmute the serf into a proprietor, and to give him
immunity from forced labour and other exactions, was the
task which Kafflks set himself. To use his own woMs : " The
" foundation of the amended system wasj, 1st — The entire
'* abolition of forced deliveries ot inarlequate rates, ond of all
"feudal services. T\'itli ihc ostjililislimcut of a pi^rf^'t rrocdom
'* in cultivation and iradt? ; '.2\\d — Tlio a>;sinnpti!)n, on the
'* part of Government, of the immediate suj)enntendcnc'C of
''the hinds with the collection of tlic res()n^'C^' and n-nts thcre-
" of; 8rd — The renting out of the lands so assumed to the
** actual occupants, in large or small estates, according to local
" circumstances, on leases for a moderate term. In the course
"of tho following years (1814 and 1815) these measures wore
** carried into execution in most of the districts under our
*' Government, with a view to the eventual establishment of a
" perpetual settlement, on the principle of the vi/otwar
''Or as it has been termed in Java, the finnfj-a/if system.'^
* * ^ * -x- -H- •»<■

*' In the first settlement, leases were only granted for a year,
" or, at the utmost, three years, and were given to intermedi-
*•' ate renters; but in the more detailed settlement of 181'J,
*' after sufficient information had been collected on the state
" of the country. Government determined to act directly with
^' the individual cultivator and to lay the foundation of a per-
'* manent system. By this hitter period, the experiments had
" been tried to a certain extent, and had succeeded beyond the
" most sanguine expectation. Difficulties met us in the way,
'* but they were by no means insurmountable ; there were at
'* first imperfections in the system, but they did not affect its
" principle, and were easily removed. By the zeal, the ability,
" and industry of the various officers entrusted with the exe-
" cution of the duty, whatever was practicable in furtherance
" of the object in which they felt deeply interested, was accom-
" plished. In the course of the j^ears 1814 and 1815, the new
'* system was introduced into Bantam, Cheribon and the
'* eastern districts, over a population of a million and a half of
" cultivators, not only without disturbance and opposition, but
" to the satisfaction of all classes of the natives, and to the
" manifest increase of the public revenue derivable from land."

140

MALAY LAKD TEXUAK.

Raffles' system wm the raHyat^ttdri system of Bengal ^a
proprietary right was accqnlel to the cultivator, aad a tempo-
rary BCttlefticnt was arrived at with him as to the amount of
assessment pLiyahle by him in lieu of the miacellaaeoua lia-
bilities of former tiraes» The assessment was payable in
money or kind (grain). It was intended that this should be a
stepping-stone to a permanent settlement, when expf^rience
should have shewn the justice or otherw'iae of the scale first
determined upon. This was : —

For sawah lands ( rice-fields ),
Ist quality of soil, one-half of the estimated produce.
2nd quality of suil, two-fifths of the estimated produce.
3rd quality of soil, one- third of the estimated produee.

For teffai lands ( maize, &c.).
let quality of soil, two^fifths of the estimated produce.
2nd quality of soil, one-third of the estimated produce*
3rd quality of soil, one- fourth of the estimated produce.
Chiefs and headmen of villages were continued in office aa
Cullectors of Revenue. Individuul rights were recorded in a
document, kept for inspection in every village office, in which
the name of every land-holder in the village and the amount
of his assessment were to be found.

About the year 1818, two years after the restoration of
Java to the Dutch, Raffles* experiment was abandoned aa
unsuccessfn!, and the Government of Netherlands India went
back to the system of settlement with the village for the
wliole village lands. *' The yearly allotment of lands wj
'' then left to be made as b'ifore, and the legal fiction of the''
*' separate property of each village in certain specified fields
'* was abolished."

The present system of land-tenure in Java, which is fouuded
on the native customary law, is thus explained by Mr.
MoNEV : — *

'* Old Lftnd Tenure and Bent under NaUte Rule, — The old
'* idea under the Native rule was, that the laud belong* d to
'^ the prince, the usufruct of it to the cultivator. The price of

* Monet's Jata^ Ii 76.

MALAY LAND TKNURJE.

'* the usufract, or thu rent, was oye-fiftii of the produce, and
** one- fifth of the ppasant"'s labour, or one day's s^ratuitnoivs
"labour in the Java week of five dnys. The Dutch, in re-
*' verting to the olJ system, lo^iciilly carried out this idea,
** holding that they had conquered tlje priiiee and not the
'* people, and therefore came int'» the prince's rights^ They
''however, rtdnci'd the Liboiir rent from one-fifth to one-
'* seventh, substituting one day in the European week of seven
^ " days, for one day in tfie Java week of five days/"

*• The difl^rent systems of land tenure in the island all
" derive from this idea/'

" Landlord Pmperti/, — ^ Where the Dutch are masters by
" treaty and not by conque-st, tlie produce rent and the labour
'* rent are jmid, not to the Dntch 1>ut to the Native Princes, as
"in the Preantrer and in Soerakarta and Djokjakarta, In tho
" rest of the islanrl, where the Dntch are masters by conquest,
"the one- fifth of produce and one-seventh of labour belong
'* to the Dutch Government, except on private estates, where
"the Government has pro fanto granted away its rights.
'* There tlie one fifth and one-seventh are paid by the peasant
"to the European or Chinese landowner, and the landowner
'* pays to Government three-fourths of one per cent, per
" annum on the total value of his estate, equal at most to
" one-fifth of the net yearly income/'

" Ptasanfs Property, — The peasant's property under the
** Kative syjttem to which the Dutch reverted, is of three kinds.

" Ist* Village lands belonging jointly to the whole village
" community, to liis share in which every householder has a
" right. These Joint village lands are yearly pai'titioned and
*' separately allotted to every head of family according to the
" size of his family, and according to their capacity to cnlti-
" Tate the laud so pJlotted.**

*' '^nd. Lands formerly uncultivated, which belong exclu-
" sively to the peasant who brings thera into cultivation. For
" these he pays the one- fifth and one-seventh after five years,
" but is exempt from all payment for them^ and from all
" gratuitous labour whatever, during the first five years/'

" 8rd. Lands which have descended from the first cultivator
" to his representatives.

MALAY LAND TENURE*

'* quires the one-fiM of produce to be paid in kind, the tenant
" must delivor it at the landlord's grange on the property as
" soon as reaped/'

" If landlord and tenant cannot a gee as to the number of
*' piculs the different fields will yield per ba/m, the rest of the
" villagers are called in, the crop is at once cut down, tied up
" in geddinffB or bundles of pftdi as big as can be held in the
" two arms, and put up in heaps of five yedchm/s each. The
*' landlord or his agent then takes one t/eddinff from every
*' heap. The villagers get a certain proportion of the geddivg^
" for cutting down and stacking the crop^ which, makes it the
" the tenant's interest to agree to a nither higher asse&s-
" ment in quantity, so as to be left to cut down his crop him-
" self. The landloixl is subject to the disadvantage, in th»i«
*' having the crop cut down by tlie vilbgcrs* of having to C4irry
** away his own share, which also induces him not to insist
" on quite the highest valuation in quantity he thinks the
' can bear/*

" If the landlord and t-enant agree as to quant it v, but can-
" not agree as to the market price, the peasant is left to reap
" his crop himself, and has to deliver to the landlord one-fifth
*' of tht> f^tipulutcd quantity of j/adi in kind, for the liafe dc-
*' livery of which the village chief i* also rejjjponsible."

" The value to be agreed on is the current market value of
** the neighbourhood in full harvest, and wht:n consequently
** the price is lowtr than the average throughout the year,
" The cottier koowt* that if the laufllord and he can agree m
'* to value, he will have four months time to pay in. He
" knows that as soon as ihe harvest is oil in, and the produce
** rent of the neighbourhood has either been sold on the spot
*' or been sent away fur export, produce will rise again to tl.e
•' Uf^ual price through the year in his locality* It is the tenant's
*Mnterei!^t, thtrefurc, to agree to both the assessed quantity and
'* value if not exorbitaot^ while the landlord's estimate is kept
" within bounds by the tenant^s right to pav the actual one-
" fifth in kind/^

" Large £!urcpc on Lavdotrticvs. — Although, as previously
''mentioned, the linglii^h Government of Java found on in*
" quiry that the Native chiefs did not even claim any proprie-

MAX^Y LAXD TtXrftS*

lAiy hghtB in the soil, ret ta some few instances oonsiderm*
** We tracts of crown land wt i^ b Mto^ed by us on Natives as
** pii^^te estates. On the return of tbe Dutch all our grants
" and alienations of crown land were recognised, but from that
** time the Jam crown landt ha^e only been leised out, and
*' nerer granted away. The few Natives, whom we than made
'' landed pft>pnetors^ then entered into the same condition as the
" old European and Chinese lauded proprietors, and their
^' estates became liable to sale for arrears of land tax or for
'* mortgage debt. The reckless and extravagant habits of
** these Native landowners have gradually alienated most of
*' ibeir properties, and thei^ are now not above half-a-dozen
*■ Natives, out of the Preanger and other Native states,
** who are still owners of land. There is no pn»hibition a-
" gainst any Native buying any private estate which is for sale,
" but the practice is discouraged by the Dutch Government/'

The culture-system, a description of which does not fall
within the scope of this paper, has been founded upon and is
in no way inconsistent with the native customary tenure.

CEYLON.

The land-revenue system of Ceylon is based upon native
custom, which, in this respect, resembles the practice, common
to the Malays and other Indo-Chinese peoples, of levying u
tenth or otlier proportionate share uf tfic pmducc* A local
Ordinance, passed in Ceylon in lH4tl, gave legislative sanction
to a procedure devised for securing the du-.* collection of the
Govemmcut share of the crops of paddy and dry grain grown
in the island. This ta\ was a well-rei^oj^tiijied inipjst leviable
by ctistom and continued by Govern uiont proclamations issued
in the early years of British occupation, *

The law of IHJ-O, which is still in force, dcHcribcs the duty
leviable to be " a tax of one-tenth or such other proportion
*' of the crops of pad Jy and dry groin grown in a^id upon all
" lauds now liable thereto^ as by law^ custom, or usage is at
" present levied or payable,"

**OTdltiaao« XIV of 1840, quoting in the preamble ProolamatiaEis of Sept,
Srd, leOl. and Nov, 21»t» 1818.

140

MAI.AY T-AKD TENrRE,

The mode of coUeoting the tax was, in 184"1, described as
followfi, by one who had held high office in Ceylon and whose
nofavourable opinion of this system of collecting a laud reve-
nne was fuimedj therefore, aftrr some experience : —

"When the crop is ??nf!iciontly advanced to enable an e^ti-
'^ mate to bo formed td'its possible proilai*e» tliu Govorarnent
*' A?*iessor8 proceetj to ealuulutc it^^ pmb^iblc value, and a
'* return is made to the Govenitnent A^jjent of the atnoimt
" leviable upon every field. The faim of the tax id" each district
" is thin sold by pnhlie auction ; and, as the harve^st approaches,
"the enltivator is obliged to ^ive fiv*» days' notice to the pnr-
" chaser of \m intention to cut ; two days* notice if he finals it
*' necessary to postpone; if the crop be nol threshed inimerlU
*'ately» the renter is entitled to a further notice of the day
'^ fixed for that |)urpose ; and for any omi-ssioti or irregularity
" he has a renjcdv hv suiu|( for a penalty in the District
''Court:'

'* It would he cliihcnlt to devise a system more pregnant
** with oppression, extortion, and (Icmornlisation thaji the one
" liere detailcil. The cultivator is handed over helplessly to
** two successive >«cts of inqnisitoriul otRcers the assessors and
** the renters ; whose acts are so utieoutrolled that abuses are
'inevitable, and the interrruirse of the tw(» parties in cltarac-
** terised by vignur and extortion on tlie one f^ide, and cunning
" and subterfuges of every description on the other. Every
" artifice and disingennous device is put lu practice to deceive
'Mlie headmen and assessors as to the extent and fertility of
" the laud and the uctu:d vahie of the crop ; and they, in
'^return, resort to the most inqui^titorial and vexatious iutcr-
*'ftrence, either to protect the interest of the Government, or
** privately to further tlietr own. Between these tlemorabsing
*' inflnenecs, the clni meter and iudustry uf the rural popula-
" tion are deteriorated and destroyed. The extcntion of culti-
" vution by reclainiin*jr a portion of waste land only exposes
** the harassetl proprietor to fresh visits from thehenilmen^ and
*' a new vahuitiou by tlie Government Asst-ssor, and where
** annoyance is not the kndinfr objrct, recourse is hud to cor-
*' rnption, in order to keep down the vabiation/*

MAJjiY I^XD TEXrRK. 147

'' But no sooner has the cultivator got rid of the assessor than
" he falls into the hands of the renter, who, under the autho-
*' rity with which the law invests him, finds himself possessed
*' of unusual powers of vexation and annoyance. He may be
" designedly out of the way when the cultivator sends notice of
*' his intention to cut ; and if the latter, to save his harvest
•* from perishing on the stalk, ventures to rcjip it in his ab-
*' sence^ the penalties of the law are instantly enforced againjj*
*• him. Under the pressure of this formidable control, the
*' agricultural proprietor, rather than lose his tinio or his crop
*' in dancing attendance on the renter, or submitting to the
" multiform annoyances of his subordinates, is driven to pur-
*' chase forbearance by additional payments ; and it is generally
'^ understood that the share of the tax which eventually reaches
'^ the Treasury does not form one-half of the amount which is
'' thus extorted by oppressive devices from the helpless pro-
" prietors.''

" The same process which is here described for the collection
" of the tax upon rice lands in the valleys is resorted to for
" realising that upon dry grain in the uplands and hills ; and it
^' is a striking confirmation of the discouragement to the exten-
" sion of agriculture, which is inseparable from a system so
" vexatious and so oppressive, that by a return of the produce
*' of the paddi tax and that on dry grain for the years prior to
" 1846, during which the cultivation of every other description
" of produce had been making extensive advances, it was shewn
" that the production of corn had been for some time station-
•' ary in Ceylon ; and the increase has been very inconsiderable

smee

»>*

(^IIAPTER X.

LAND TENURE IN MALACCA UNDER
EI'ROPEAN RULE.

British rule in Malacca dates from 1825, the year in which
the cession arranged by the treaty with the Netherlands of

* Sir Emerson Texnext'.s Hint, of ('njlon, II. 170, //.

148

MALAY LAN© TEXrRI,

1824 wa^ carried into effect. It is truo that from 1795 to
1818, Malacca bad been held by the English, but this was
more in the nature of a military occupationj which might
come to an end at any time on the cessation of war, than per-
manent civil administration. As far as can be learned, the
Government of Malacca between 1795 and 1818 went on very
much as it had under the Dutch, save for the removal of res-
trictions on cultivation nnd trade and lor the humane ^efo^m-1^
of Lord !SIi>'To in the criminal procedure,^ At all events
at first, docuuientis dealing with rights in land were made out
in the Dutch language for the signature of the Englisih
Governor.

Taking 1825 as the starting point, wliat was the land tenure
of the Settlement as the British found it in that year ? I
reply unliesitatiugly that it wan the native tenure of the
Malays^ unchanged in any way either by Portuguese or Dutch
rulers, t All tlie evidence supports this, the absence of any
express htnd hiws or regulations passed during the prcctnliug
period of European rule, the fact t!iat such records as we have
of the Dutch administration exhibit the government uphold-
ing the customary rules of native tenure^ the fact tliut in their
other eastern possessions the Dutch have consistently main-
tained the native tenure as the}' found it, and the fact that at
the date of the final cession of Malacca a code of regulations
was under the consideration of the Dutch Oovernment, which
is founded in all respects upon local custom and baa nothing
in common with any European system.

There were very good reasons why the tenure of Malacca
should not have been interfered with* The Portuguese rulo
was the mere military occupation of a fortress, by which the
command of the Straits, and thereby of the eastern trade, was

• ** Malacca was to have* beta restnnxl to tKe Dutch at the peace of Amieiifi^
** in 1802 ; but war rocommeuccd (Aiay 1603) before the transfer was mode,
** and the Dutch falling agtiin under the grii>e of France, it consequently
** remained m the hands of the Bnti^h until 1818. The kw of Huliand con*
** tinued to be administered, and the d<.rrees of the courts of justice posscd ill
** the luime of their Hi;^h MightiKe88t*s/' — NE'vviiOLlJ, I» 126.

t ** The Portngiieae, while they held Malflcca. iind, after them, the Dutch,
** left the Miilaj custoniB, or irx non Avrivfn, in force." See the judgment of
Sir Bbkson Maxwell in Sahrip v. Mittfiell atui ano,. Appendix, p. xli.

MALAY LAVD TEN U HE.

149

maintained. They were frcqueDtly besieged, and the enemy
was on more than one occasion up to tlieir very gates. It
would be absurd to suppose that any new land system was
devised or introduced for the limited area covered by the fort
and town in those troublous times. The Dutch drove out the
Portuguese in 1640. At no time during their occupation did
tho Dutch open up the interior by means of roads : their forts
at St. John's hill aud elscw^hure .nhcw that the suburbs
were not always peaceful, and there in little reason to suppose
tfiat their direct rule extended far from the town of Malacca
itself. The whole object of their estahlishraetit was trade,
and, in the words of an English ofheial whu Lad studied the
subject, ** Malacca wa^ considered a mere outi>08t of tlie
*• Supreme Colonial Government in Java for securing Dutch
*' supremacy and monojioly in the Straits. Not only wbm
** u<i:»'iculture discounvgcd, hut it was absolutely prevcuteh.
*' Tijc cultivation of grain was forbidden us interfering witd
'"'monopoly in Java, and other species of tropical cultivation
'* were equally disallowed from the same cause.''* Among the
sources of revenue of tlie Dutch (jovernmcnt before 17f)5
there in no mention of land revenue, and the absence of this
item is sufficiently arcounted for by the statement just quoted.
The Dutch did not introduce any laud lawt?, or derive any
public revenue from landj but they fully rccogn is ctT individual
rights in land, and supplied the means of proving title by
written docnment?^. These rights were, for the most part,
rights acquired under the local native customs, and the man-
ner in which they were transferred was quite in keeping with
the native mo<le of thought. I have already quoted (^* //;>., p.
120) a passage from the Kedah laws in which it ia laid down

* Journ. lad, Arch^ 11^ 737 i Id. X, 45.— *' Though under tlie dominion
•* of an Europcim puwtr for nbout 250 years, it itmains, even t^ the foot of
** the linea of the town, ns wild and imciillivated as if there h.*id never been
" II settlement formed here, and except liy the ^mall river that paiisea be-
'* tween the fort and town, you cannot penetrate into the tH>aatrY in any
»* direction above a few miles ; nor is even this extent general, bemR oon»
** fined to the roads that run idong the seashore about two miles each way
•* and one that goes inland (nhout four miles).** — ^Capi. Lo^xok's Journal, —
lim^jQurn, Straits Branch R. A. 5'., Xo. 7, p. m.

130

MALAV LAND TENURE.

that the Raja's concurrence shall bn necessary to validate a
trunsfer made hy a land-owner to anotlicr. Thisi^ the princi-
ple upon which the Dutch documents of title, still extant in
Malacca, seem to have been issued, A purchaser or inheritor
of land had to go before the Court of Justice and deehire and
prove the transaetion by which he claimed possession of the
land. Upon satisfactory proof being a*lduccd, the Court con-
Hmied die transfer or traumis&ion and if^stued to Inui
a document in the nature of a eertifiL-ate of his right of
possession, that \^ of bis proprietary right under the local law.
Tlic greater part of the land in the town of ^falacca is lield ia
this manner, and it has been ha*?tily assumed that the certifi*
cates of the Dutch Court of Justice have superseded enrlier
grants issued to the original proprietors. I do not believo
that there is, in the majority of cases, tiny fonudiition fjT ^ucb
an assumption. Laud in the* town and suburbs of ^^al
was in t\w possession id iu(lividiud> before the Dutch ocnij- -
lion— and before the Portuguese roncpiest for the niattt r •»(
that. It was hchl and continued to be held either by I lie
native |>osses.sors or by new-comers, with or without the pcr-
missio!! of tfic ruling uutbority. nurh^* the local tenure* O, ^
after the cstabiishmful rjf u Court of Justice by the l>.i
secret alicnati.ni was not permitted. A transfer of laiul had
to reccivi' lh<* ^iUu'tiou of tlie goveniuicnt, iu whom ihe<jtf ti-
cally the soil was vested, and this, us lias Ijcen shcwn^ is quite
in accordance with Malay iiiv^h.

The uncertainty attciuling the term;* on wbiidi such hkutl
could be held is clearly evidenced in some of the I>utch
documents SouR-timcs it is exprissly declared that the
laud is subjiM't to any taxes, iSiv., which may at auy tulurf
time be impo^eil, and tliis sutficicntly indicutes that the tei'iaa
ultimattly to be imposed were not settled, though it was well
understood that hintl was liable to a customary tux if the
Govemmeut should at any tinie choose to exact it But, at I
have shewn, no land revenue was collected in Malacca iu
Dutch times and presumedly no tax was ever imposed. The
land on which the town of Malu(^ca stands pays no rentj tax or
reveuuo of any kind to the Governmentj to this day. But
there cau be little doubt that it is open to the Crovemmeut of

bet:. 'j..e:L..-.:^

. : . : K ...: »..:.\>

:^^:^. av.a

'Ne^li: I. : - M: \v ;
3,653 awzvi onlv wti-.- wul;:riu-d

152

MALAY LAND TENURE.

it was only under the British Government, after 1795, that they
began to he valiuible.

The laod-hoklei-s, then, in Malacca, at tlie time that the
British ttiuk possession of the place finally in 1825, were of
tliree rlashes : —
K ]. — Holders ut'land in the town and siibnrl>*!, wither

^^^^ without certificates of the Court of Justice ;

^^^P *J, — Proprietor's of coneessionsj in the natm-c of Zamin-
^^^ t/dri rights, over country lands :

H »1. — Ntitlvo enllivators liaving a proprietary right ; —

all holding under the local cnstoniary tenure of the country.

It was dithuuU at tirst for the offirer^ of the new Crov^erament
to obtain accurate iutorjuation as to the state of the tenure.
The person :s belongiii^j^ to the dceond of the three classes just
enumerated — *' proprietors/' as they called themselves, *' tithe-
owners'^ or *' impropriatoi'?^/' as Sir. VoUxVa termed them"* —
cnnimeneed by making wholly inadmissible chiiins. For a
time it seciued as if the whole of the land of the Province,
beyond the town^limits, was the absolute [)ropcrty of '*' pro-
prietors/^ wlietber eultivatcd laud, waste laud, or forest* Th€*re
was no one to appeal to for inforniatiun as to the nature of
the tenure except the '' proprietors'' thcni'ielves and their

■ friends and relation?^. Snrh intbrmatiun as tliey could or
would give will be found in the minutes nf a mectini^ held by
the Kesideut CmuuMllor on the HJtb nf October, 183fi
(Appciulix 11) . Tlicy claimed the nnqualitk^d ovvnciNihip of hun-
dreds of square niilea of laud, the greater part of which waj?
uncleared forest because^, though the rights granted in i*espect
of it bad been conferred with a view to its bring cleared, the
Dutch Government had never enforced this stipulation ! They
called the cultivators their '' tenants/' and dented the right of
any one to settle on their alleged estates without permission ;
yet they admitted the right of a ** tenant" to sell, mortgage
and devise his land and to extend his property by taking up
waata land at will. They alleged a customary right to collect

^ Correspondence relating to tho Land Revenue System, 3.9. — Mr. YQvya*§
8rd Report, pp. 61-75,

MALAY LAND TEXUBE. 183

a rent which was ordinarily a tenth of all produce, but admit-
ted that they had no right to levy a higher rate.

It need hardly be said that this description was not suflScient
to convince the Governor (Mr. Fullerton ) that the relative
rights of Government, "proprietor,'^ and ''tenants'^ had
been correctly stated.* He pointed out the inconsistencies
which occurred in the information elicited at the meeting, and
the claims of the concesftionaires to be absolute owners were
never recognised. It was made clear by the production of a
Dutch Proclamation, dated 14th December, 1773, and a later one
dated 20th May, 1810 (Appendix IV), that the latter were
forbidden, under pain of a heavy fine, from levying more than
one-tenth of the produce from the cultivators. This satisfied
the Governor that all that had ever been given up by the
Dutch Government to the concessionaires was the right of col-
lecting the tax of onctenth of the produce, and that no valid
claim could be made out to any absolute right of ownership of
the soil. It was decided to redeem the rights which had been
thus given up, and in 1828 these were repurchased by Govern-
ment from the concessionaires, who received in lieu of them
hereditary allowances calculated according to the respective
values of the concessions so re-acquired by Government. In
a few cases, owing to absence from the Settlement, or inca-
pacity to contract, on the part of the persons entitled, the
re-purchase of the right of levying the tenth was not carried
out, and this right is, therefore, still enjoyed by a few indivi-
duals in Malacca.

The lands at Malacca, having been just freed from the
incubus of a middleman between Government and the cultiva-
tor, were taken in hand by the authorities. A Superintendent
of Lands was appointed, and a Regulation for the Administra-
tion of the Land Revenue Department was passed on the 25th
June, 1828, which, after approval by the Board of Directors,
became Regulation IX of 1830.

The foundation of much of the mal-administration that has
followed may be traced to this very incomplete measure. The
Government ought then to have decided whether the tithe

♦ See Mr. Fullebton's minute. Appendix II, p. xxx.

154' MALAY LAXI) TENURE.

system was to be persisted in or not; whether laud was thence-
forth to be taken up in the old way and to be subject to the
payment of tenths, or whether any other system of tenure
was to be introduced. But what was done was this : —

(1). The Government determined to collect the tenth on
produce which had just been rc-acquired from the
former tithc-owncrs, .and toll-houses were erected
throughout the ctnmtry to intLrcc[)t produce ou iis
way to market.
(2). A determination was announced to survey the h<»liU
ings of the then cultivators and to issue '* title-
deeds'' for them. Th's was not carried out.*
(3). For lands disposed of subsequently, grants and

leases were to be issued under English law.
(1). TJic Regulation was silent as to the method of en-
forcing the levy of the tenth.
Is it surprising that the result has been incessant confusion
ever since ? Here was a native tenure easily intelligible and
suited to the customs and traditions of the people. It was
possible to carry it out in its entirety by encouraging the
exercise of the free right of taking up land for agricultural
purposes and the acquisition of an alienable proprietary right,
subject to the payment of tenths, and by providing legal machi-
nery for the collection of tenths and the punishment of per-
sons evading payment. It was possible, on the other hand,
to abandon it, to levy an assessment (founded, as in India, on
a rough survey or estimate of area) in lieu of it, and to alienate
lands in the future on this system. But neither of these sys-
tems was adopted. The old lands cultivated and liable to
tenths before 1830 remained subject to the native customs,
but they were not identified by registration or survey. Lands
taken up and brought into cultivation without permission
after 1830 could not, therefore, in subsequent years, be dis-

* ** A Surveyor was appointed, but before he had been many months
" empl()5'0(l, his servi(;e« were dispensed with in tlie general reduction, and
" in eonseciuenee until this day (1H5G), except in the immediate vicinity of
'' tlie town, the lands are not measured, nor do the tenants hoM any doeu-
•' incuts to prove tlu-ir ri}^hts." Journ. In(f. Arrh,, X, (il.

IIALAT LAMP TEXUItE*

tinguished from them. The lithe system was mamtained, but
the toll-houses pro red to be a nuisance and at the same time
an inefficient means of collecting the tax. It must have been
obrions that much produce liable to the tax would not pass
the toll-houses at all, while, on the other hand^ produce exempt
from taxation, i\^.. that dcri%ed from the lands of Peughulu«,
etc., and from lauds leased or granted on a quit-rent after
1 830, would very likely be charged. The outlook from the
first was not j»ron>isinp:, and two important facts— one legal and
the other administrative — tended to aggravate all the other
difficulties. One was the decision of the Recorder, Sir B.
" ilALKiN,* *' that the introduction of the King's charter into
'* th&se Settlements had introduced the existing law of Eng-
" land also, except in some cases where it was modified by
*^ express provision, and had abrogated any law previously
existing," f and the other was the alteration in the form of
goverument and the reduction of establishments which took
place about l^TO. Thenceforward there were only two officers
to perform all the executive and judicial duties of the station.!
Tho Malacca Land Regulation (IX of 1830) was not long
regarded as law. It was passed by the same autliority as the
Singapore Land Rrgulution, which was judicially declared
by Sir B. M.vlkix, to be illegnl because it was not a
Regulation ** for imposing duties and taxes/* those being the
only purposes for which the Governor in Council of Prince of
Wales' Island, Singapore and Malacca could legislate. §

Changes in the law and in the Government were followed
soon afterwards by the Nauing War ( 1831-2 }. So it will be
seen that the years which immediately followed the cession of
Malacca were characterised by a number of incidents which
^^ rendered the establishment of a successful administration of
^H the Land Department a very difficult operation.

■ *Ro]

■ t^"

RoDTK t\ WiLLiiHsoy, 24th May, 1834.
fin the ffoodit af AhdnUah^ 31st Mari'h^ 1835, Ppeeial Reports of the
- Lftw CommiBsioners, House of Commoas Pftpero, 30th May, 1843, p.

; Jo^m, Ind. Arch., X, 6^»

} Indian Law Commissioners' Rt^poit, 6R. For an abstract of the Sin-
gipOrt< Land Regulation, eoe Journ. Ind. -ire A., IV, 2H.

The difficulties mth which the Oovernmeut was brought
face to face in 1829, the introduction of English law which
rendered the eufurcement of Dutch or native customary iaws,
however well suited to the place, impossible, the absence of
legislative power in the Local Government, and the conse-
quent impracticability of enforcing revenue claims and com-
pelling the delivery of the tenth, were well summarised by
Mr, FuLLEBTo\%in a minute dated I8th May, 1820, from which
I extract the following passage : —

** This brings rae to the explanation of the radical cause why
" revenue cannot be raised in these eastern countries* On the
"continent of India, the Governments are invested with legi«-
*' lative power, and that power is exercised in prescribed fu rm,
" by the enactment and promulgation of laws registered in the
*' Judicial Ilepartmentj under the term of Regulations. Those
'* Regulations, besides providing for the forms of administering
'* justiee, define the relative rights of the (iovcrnment and the
" subject, and prescribe the mode under which those rights are
*' to be inferred on tin* one part, maintained on the other, by
''application to local Pruvincjfd Conrt^, bound to act accord-
** ing to those llcgiikitions. The Supreme Cuurts have no
'* jurisdiction in atiy matters of Revenue, or the collection
'* thereof. In the Revenue Department, public officers hold
*' summary [lowers of enforcing, in the first instance^ all de-
*' miouls, wlictlier for payment of arrears, ejecting from lands
** ujidiily held, leaving the ointu jHrm'^pfrndi on the party sup-
'' posing liimsrlf aggrievctl, distraint when n,o arrear is due, or
*' cjt^c'tmcnt from lands properly belonging to him. It is only
** under the exercise of the summary process that the collec-
" tion of the Government Revenue in India is insured. In
** these eastern settlements the Government has no power of
" framing those legislative provisions. There does not, there-
" fore, exist nny di>tincl and clear definition of relative rights,
** or preseribed mode of enforcing ami preserving them. There
** arc no Provimiul Courts acting under local law. Govern.
* ment possLSscs no power of enforcing its demands. The
** Court administering justice as a Revenue Court is a King's
*' Court, framed on the English model, and taking the common
*' law of England as its guide. Questions of Revenue, there-

MALAY LAVn TIKrBK.

157

'* fore, whether arising from land or excise, fall to be tried
** under principles that have no relation or resemblance to the
*' local situation of the country and its inhabitants. Before
''demands can be enforced, legal process in all the English
*' farms must be resorted to ; writ?? of ejectment must be sued
suits entered for arrears; delays, expenae^j doubts and
- ulties arise that rend'^r it easy for the people to evade
** the payment of all demaiHls. and induce the officers of Gov*
" crnmcnt rather to ubundon the demand, small in individual
*' cases, though considerable iu tlie a^j^regate, rather than
*' encountvr all the diffimiltics and go through forms which
'* they cannot understand. Let us suppose, for example's sake,
'* that the Supreme Cnurt ut Calcutta were at once deelared
" the only lieveuue (Tourt ; that every arrear of Revenue,
" every question resulting from its eolleetion, or the ocrupa-
" tion of land, were to be tried there in the first iiistauce, under
** all its forms ; would it possible to realize the Land Revenue?
'* Yet this, in a small way, is exactly our ease. Hingapore,
"indeed, is of recent acquisition, and tlie titles hithtrto given
'* have been in Englif^h form : but even at Singapore, tlirre is
**much land occupied without any title whatever ; and unless
'* something is done by regular enactment, pusscssion will make
*'a title, a^s it has done in this Island, from the neglect of the
" local authorities. But how are we to regulate decisions at
** Malacca ? There the sovereign right is one-tenth of the
" produce ; the I)ut<4i made over the right to certain of the
'* inhabitants more thnn 100 years ago. Thi;^ (lovernment, by
" way of insuring incrcuse of cultivation and iutrodtiction of
** population, redeeracfl the right » llow are wc to levy the
" tenth, if refused ? The land tenures at ^Malacca bear no
*' analogy or resemblance to any English tenure : yet by such
*^ they must, in ease of doubt, be tried. Regulations arlaptcd
** to the case have indeed been sent to England, but until local
"legislation is applied, and the mode of administering justice
'* better adapted to the circitni stances of the place, it seems to
** me quite useless to attempt the realization of any Revenue
** whatever."

References to Bengal on the many vexed questions relative
to the occupation and alienation of land in the Straits were

1*8

MALAY LAND TENURl.

inceaaant for the next ten years. Each of tlie tbree Settle-
ments had its separate liistory and its peculiar administrative
difficoiltieSj and it was no easy task to find out and apply tlie
proper remedies in each. In 1837 the Supreme Government j
in Calcutta gave effect to some of Sir B. Malkix's recomraeri-
dations by reijealiug: tlie local Land Rcgulatione f the legidity
of which was more than doubtful ),* with a view to the intro-
duction of a general Land Law, and by passing an Act ( No,!
XX of 1837 ) which modifit^^, in tlie 8traits» the English lawj
of succession and mako«i oil immoveable pruiierty d^*s<^cud toJ
the executor or administrator and not to the heir, f In the
t«ame year a Commissioner ( Mr. YoUiNa ) was despatched
from India to the Straits Settlemeuts to settle existing disptites
and difficulties about titles to laud and to report ou the whole
subject. He visited Slahicca in 183B, and again there was an
opportunity of putting the land rcv^enue system on an intelli-
gible basis, either by ascertaining^ and formally enacting as
law, the native customs relative to the eollcetiou of the tenth
(as was done in Ceylon a few years later J ), or by establish-
ing by law the principle of un assessment in money ^ instead of
the tax in kind, to be levied on the cultivated area as in India. ,
Mr, YoUKG recommended neither. He deprecated legisla-^^
ticu, and preferred to trust ( the result has shewn how vainly )
to argument and pcrsuasicni to induce the Malays to commute
the tithe for a fixed antuial payment in money. The idea
started in llegulatiou IX of 1830^ that each cultivator was to
have a title-deed for bis hokbug, seems to have taken complete
possession of that generation of Land Revenue ofBcials and
the object of every succeeding administration seems similarly
to have been to force documents of title upon an miw^illing
population. The tdl-hfjuscs were discoutinucd mid the vohiu-
tary commutation plan was tried. Its complete failure was
thus described bv Mr, E, A. Blundelt. iu 1848 ; —

• ActXof IR37. s> 1.

+ See Sir B* Malkin's letter to the GoTerniurnt of India, datetl Jiilj 17,
1&3T; Report of Indian Land Commisjjioners, p. 85.
\ Sfijh, p, 145,

MALAY LAND TEXrRK.

159

'* He (Mr. Yorxn) seeras to have brouglit to Tiotiee the
" very objectionable svste^n of levvin*jj a reveinic in kind on
** tlie procure of the lands, and to liavc iiidnce I the report to a
" commntation of the tenths into a money paytnent, but
" nnfurlunately tbc mode julopted either by or through him,
** was or.e thnt proved most nrtpalatuljle to the natives of the
'* place, and by its enforeeintnt led to nnieh vexation and dis-
*' satisfaction. This novel mode of raiding a land revenue was
" by means of teebnieal English leijfal iiitientures between the
" tenants an<l tl»e East Incba Company, tlrawii np with all the
*• preeit^ion and formality of a praetisirjg attorney in KiiglanLl,
*' wheri'l)y tl>e tenant cngagesi to pay so much per annum, and
** the East India Company engages not to demand any more,
** during a period of twenty year;* from the date of signing.
" This legal iliH-nmeut oecnpies the whole of une side of a
*' sheet of fnolHcap, while the other ih filh'd with Mahiyan
** writing purporting to be a translation of the F^nglish, but,
** a» may well be .supposed* failing entirely to eotivey to a
'* native reader an'y idea oif its meaning. It requires some
" knowledge of law to nnderstan<l the English original, con-
*' sidering that it is drawn up in striotly legal terms, and the
'• attempt to tratyshite tlioso terms into Malay has produced
" an utterly unintelligible jumble of words. Indentures being
** duplieate doenments are of course required to be t^igued,
** sealed and delivered in duplicate by each party in the prc-
'* sence of witnesses. To secure therefore the payment {often
" of a few anna.s only per annum ) the tenants ( ignorant
*' Malay peasants) were sent for in ^-houls to ptit their marks
" to these sheets of foolscap paper tilled with writing. They
'* naturally got alarmed and evinced the greatest reluctance
** to attix their signature. To uvcreome this reluctance and to
" induce a general signing throughout, seems to have been the
" great and almost sole olijcct nf the Laud Department from
" that time to the present. All the ingenuity of Eesidents
" and Assistants has been exerted to this end and all the prin-
*' ciples of political economy have been exhausted in endea-
** vouring to explain the advantages of the system, but in
** many part^ without success. Threats, coaxings and expla-
" nations have been set at defiance, and an obstinate determi-

MALAY LA?fP TENURE.

" nation evinced not to sign these legal papers. In 1841 or
" 1844^ the then Resident hit on the notable plan of punching
*' the recnearits for their eontninaey by putting their tenths up
** to anetion and seliii:^ them to a Chinaman, the very thing
*^ that foniH^d ime of the i^rounls for redeeming the laiids from
'* the proprietors !"

Tiie Government hnd redeemed the rightti granted in the
days of Duteli nde to a few privileged '' proprietors '" an^l tho
worst that was aiiid of the Imrgairt for some years was that it
had been rashly and improvidently eoneliide<l an<1 bad resulted
in an annnnl luss to (Fovei'nment, Hut a^ time went on it was
cjinfovert'd that the (loverninent had liy no me ins aeqiiirej, ab
had been .<:nrpo5ied, an onfi'Mered rij^ht to de:d witfi the wa»te
lanil of >hih!e<'a. The ileeds by whteh lh<* '"proprietors'*
svu'rcudcred their rights to Ci over ii men h eontaincd a stipuU-
tlonto the e fleet thnt, iji ease the SetthMiient of Malacca shouW
ever be given np to any oth{*r Power, they shoo Id be restored
to their original position with respeet to the lands.* This
proviso efiVemally prevented the (lOVernnient from giving a
elean title to purehaserA.

1 he b^^al dillieulty thus engendered* and the aeknowledged
fail are of the voluntary commutation plan, neeessitated refer*
ence onee more to the Goveriament of India, and in 1861 a
Bill was introduced in the Legislative Council ^4 India , whieh,
it was hoped J would give the loea! authoritien ail the nereg*arv
jKjwers. During a debate on this meaf^nre, the law oHieer of
tlie (jovernmcnt (Mr. St once) read to the Council an extract
from a letter written by Mr. Blundell, ex-Governor of the
Straits Settlements, in wliicb the injurious effect of the exac-
tion ot the tetitb in kind was point*.^ out. lie further
explained that twenty years earlier an attempt had been
made to eonunute the payment in kind to a money payment,
which bad failed ** from the bad way in which it was carried
out/" and tbsit many disputes bad arisen from the inetfici*
ency of the native surveyors, *' whose suiTeys were so bad
** that constant disputes were arising in consequence of them,
many lands having been assigned twice over.'* To meet

♦ J^arfu Ijtd. Arch,, X, 60-61.

MALAY LANIl TSNURK.

161

thid difficulty the Bill provided for a survey und u suminary
feGttletnetit of the rights of parties, *' wliieli wuuld put an end
to disputes /'"**"

Tl»e Bill in dneliine Ijccaine law und, as Act XXVI of 1861,
is still in faree in the Colony. It settled summarily all ditli-
culties OS to the title of the Governmeut to the kmls over
which the Dutch grantees had once had rights, by vesting the
lauds in question in fee simple in Her JIajesty and thus for
ever extin^uislicd any hopes which the former grantees might
have entertained of regaining pos^scssion, at sonje future time,
ijf the surrendered rights.

It also declared what was the legal status of certain classes
of native land-holdcrsi and provided a seheme of survey and
settlement, analogous to the Indian system, under which the
rights and liabilttics of every one could be ascertained and
recorded.

But thirty year« had been lost and the hinds taken up with
or without authority iit that period wrrc now^ n^^t to he distin-
guished from the lands which were held under tlic local cus-
toraary tenure at the time when Regulation IX of 1830 was
pasAcd.f The duty to be urulertakeu was a completely new
sorvey of the Settlement of Malacca, iu the course of whieh
the stiitus of every pcrj^on claiming to have title to land wan
to be ascertained and dcelarefl ; atid this was not facilitated
by any e^'irlier survey and Ncillcinent, for the provisions cf
Kegulattons IX of ]83(> in this respect had been id lowed to
remain a dead letter, J

The Aet contemplated (». 1 ) two elasscs of native land-holdersj
namely, (1) *• cultivators and res^ideut tenants*' of the lauds
redeemed from the Duteh grantees^ and of lands in Naniug
" who hold their lands b}f prvscription ; §

(2) 'VAll other caltivators and under-tcuants who now
occupy or liold^ or shall occupy or hold, any of such lands as
aforesaid," Those who could prnve a proprietary right under

Bcagnl Hurkara, January l&th, 1881,

iSWp. 151,

See tvjfra, p. lo4, note.*

L e., by local cuatom, usaye or law, Sahnft v« Mitchall, Appendix III, p.

162

MALAY LAND T£NURB.

the Lk'uI eiit»totDary tenure, and who c^Lirae, therefore within
the first category, were dechired to be liable to a payment,
either in mouey or kind, of one-tenth part of the pniduce of
the lund to Government*

Thu«e ft'lass 2), whose occupation was independent of the
native eustomai y tenure were to be treated us sqnatters un-
der the Straits Land Act (Act XVI of 1839, s 2) and had the
altemaliveof ^* engaging for *' their land on terms fixed by the
Government, or of removing from it altogether.

Power was givca to the Oovenior to com nude the euatom-
ary liability of a land-holder to pay tenth'* iu kind, for a sum
down and an uonuu! ipi it-rent.

Wa^tc land ut the disposal of Government wa^ to be alien-
ated, in the discretion of the Governor, to applicants, in
perpetuity or for any term of years and subject to any quit-
rent agreed upon ; and the local customary right, which the
peasantry of Mahieca possessed, of taking up forest, waste or
nncnltivatcd hmd and uf^ Hiring n proprietary riglit over it by
clearing and cultivating it, was taken away. Every land-huldcr
was, however, declared to be entitled to add to his holding by
engaging for contiguous uncultivated land in the proportion
of one part of waste for every four parts of land cultivated
by him.

Finally, certain legal powers were given to otKeirds to
be flppointc<l by the Governor^ to make a survey of the
lands of the Settlemenl, to require the utteudance of parties
and tlie pnuluction of documents, and to enquire into and
decide questions of title, subject to an aijpeal to the Court of
Judicature.

If tliis Act had been properly worked by a sutficient estab-
lishment, there would seem to be no reason why the Malacca
Land Revenue Department should not be at the present time,
as regards survey, settlement, maps, registration of holdings,
and record of rights, on m satisfactory a footing as any settled
district in an Indian province.

But no settlement operations on a sufficiently extended scale
were ever undertaken. A surveyor was appointed and worked
for some years during which time a tolerable survey of the coast
diBtricts (about one-fourth of the whole) wa§ executed. The

Malay land tenure.

16a

so ohtaine<I were never publislicd and the Indian sys-
tem of declaring particular land to be liable for so much
revenue annually, leviable quite irrespective of any title-deed
delivered lo the occupant, was not enforced by the LandOtiice,
though this is distinctly what the Act aimed at. The officials
of the day seem to have been still unable to get rid of the
idea that the only way to make an occupant liable for land
revenue was to make him sign a lease first of all.

In the words of the late Attorney-General of this Colony
(Mr, T. Braddell, c ,m.g.), wIiohc paper ou tlie Malacca Laud
History ■'*■ has been of the {j^reatest value to me in com piling
these notes, — ** the cultivators, findin|j^ themselves better ott'
under the Penghuliis, witli whom ( when they had no written
titles registered in the office, and followed by regular demands
for the rent expressed in the titlc-deedj they were able to
evade payment of the tenths, still refused to take titles, and
continued to occupy old lands and to open up otber lands with
impunity, owing to the weakness of the Land Department,
which was provided with so few, and such iueflicient officers,
that there was no regular supervision, and when any person

as found encroaching on the Crown lauds he was all ready
with the excuse that the land was prescriptive tenant land/'t

Systematic work in 3Ialacca under Act XXVI of 1861
fcd with the departure of Surveyor-General Qcinton from
^ Settlement, about 1867.

A parsing reference may here be made to Ordinance XI of
1876, intended to facilitate land-administration in Malacca,
which has remained more or less a dead-letter for want of an
efficient establishraent.J

Neither Act XXVI of 1861, nor the Ordinance last quoted,
touch on a subject which has attracted the attention of several
persons who liave written upon Malacca Lands. It has been
stated above (p. 153 ) that owing to absence from the Settle-
ment, or incapacity to contract, on the part of the persons
entitled, the right of collecting the tenth was not redeemed

*J9ttrK, Ind, Arch,, N.S., 1, 43.

f Fruoecflmgis of the Legialative Council of the Straits Settlements,
p. «8.

i882,

MALAY UlNB TENUEB.

by Government in all cases and that this right is still enjoyed
by a few individuals in Malacca. Blundell speaks of the
omiasion to carry out the redemptiun policy in these few
instances (which of course ought to have been dealt with as
soon as the exceptional circumstances alluded to ceased), as an
*Mmpoi'tant error/* but describes the unredeemed lands as
*^so small in extent (probably not unc-tenth of the whole),
" and abeady ( 1848 ) so far occupied, as to preclude their
"being selected for any extensive cultivation"" by a new
colonist prospecting for agricultuml land *

The plan proposed by Mr. W. R. Young, in 1838, of pixjviding
by a special Act for the resumption by the State of the privileges
held by the few remaining tithe-impropnators, upon the award
of compensation on an equitable principle, has not yet been
acted upon. Tcrhaps the limited area of the land in question,
which, lie states, '' does not exceed in area four or five square
mile-i/' was thought to characterise the matter as one of not
BulUciciit importance to demand special legislation ]nC*alcutta.
Mr, YouNo^s remarks and recommendations are as follows : — f

*' I must here mention that although the great bulk of the
*^ impropriators transferred their rights to the Government in
*' 1828, a few of them were not in eluded in Mr. Fillerton's
*^ arrangemfut, eitlitr by reason of the abstuce from Malacca
'' of the principiils, at the time of the negt«tiation, or because
'* some of ihe tithe-owners had j?ub-lct their privileges to
'* others for a term of years, and tlic derivative interests ihud
"created stood in the way of the admission of those impro-
'* priators into the scheme of adjustment. The land thus
'* excluded from the general arrangement docs not exceed in
** area four or five square miles, and I believe that the impro-
** priators would be quite willing to surrender their privileges
'* to the Government in consideration of receiving compensa-
'• tion on the principle which was applied to the cases of the
** other tithe-ownert'. I think it would be desii-able, for tho
*' sake of uniformity, to extend the arrangement to these par-
'*tie«<, although the land in question is not sufficiently eiLten-

• Jimrn. Ind. Aivh., II, 743, 744.

t Vtn-rrxpotulvnee nhtifuj to the Land Retinue S^iUm 0/ fht StraHs SeM^
wentt, ISSraSU, para* 40, p. «>9.

MALAY LAND TKXrRE*

165

*^ sive to offer any important obstruction to the satisfactory
*' working of the new system as a whole. The position of the
*^ lands referred to^ their limited area, and the faeility of ob-
("taining correct information respecting their produce and
''ralue, would obviate all risk of a recurrence, in relation to
'* them, of the miscalculations or deceptions which have ren-
" dered the existing composition with the tithe-owners so bad
** a bargain to the State. If, however, these impropriators
'* should be unwilling to assent to an equitable arrangement
*^ with tlje State for the surrender of their rights — the terms of
" which might be settled by arbitrators — and if Government
" should be of opinion tliat the retention, in hands of a few
*' individuals of privileges, tlie rescrviition of which, even to
"the ruling authority, has been declared to be incompatible
** with the good of the country, would militate against the
*** beneficial working of the new plan— there would be neither
" injustice nor difhculty in providing by law for the transfer
'^ of those privileges to the State, with a view to the pcrfcc-
'^ tion of the commutation arrangement, compensation, on an
'' equitable principle being of course awarded to the parties
" w^hose interests may be affected by the transfer* A measure
*'of this sort would, I have no doubt, be acceptable to the
" tithe-payers, who will soon find themselves in a more un-
*^ favourable position than their neighbours who have assented
"to the commutation, and, indeed, there is little reason to
" suppose that the tithe-owners woxild object to a fair adjust-
"ment. Perhaps it would be advisable that Government
"should direct the local authorities to negotiate with the
" impropriators in question for the surrender of their rights
" to tithes, aud to report the result for the approval or further
'* instructions of the Supreme Government/'

A good deal has been said lately about " British Malaya,"
under which term those who favour a policy of extending our
territory on the Malay Peninsula, by annexation, would in-
clude the Straits Settlements, and at least those Native States
which are now under our direct protectorate (Perak, Salangor
and Sungei Ujong). A word, therefore, may Iiere he added as
to the lessons to be learnt from the history of the land-laws

166

MALAY LAND TENITRE.

applied during the last sixty years to the only Malay State
which has yet hecome British territory.

In Malacca, the native system of land tenure and revenue
has never been properly ascertained and put into the shape of
an Act. It has always been, therefore^ and still is, more or
less unworkable under English law.

The lands held under the native tenure at the time of ces-
sion were not identified and registered, and though a new system
of tenure under ICnglish grants and leases was introduced, the
old native system went on extending itself side by side with
the new one.

When, in 1861, it was declared to he the intentiou of Gov-
ernment to put a stop to the native system of acquiring a
proprietary riglit by occupation, the holdings then existing
were not ascertained by a visitation or survey.

So, though the native revenue system cannot be satisfacto-
rily worked, for want of power to exact the tenth, the officials
have been untiblc to oblige the people to adopt the English
tenure, because lands, really only recently brought under cul-
tivation, cannot always be proved not to be old lioldings under
the native tenure.

The experience of other British possessions in the Eost con-
clusively si lews that the wisest way to organise the collection
of land revenue in an Asiatic country is to adopt and extend
the native system, to work it through responsible trained offi-
cers charged witli the earc of separate tracts and living in
their districts, to create a revenue side of every District Offi-
cer's Court and to have nothing to do with English law\

This paper, Avhieh has grown to unexpected proportions,
may now fitly end with a final quotation from an official
report :—

'* It wonkl be well if in the Protected States the history of
*' Malacca tenures were taken as a warning, and if an early
" opportunity were taken of ascertaining the rights of native cul-
** tivators and land-holders andi^ecuringtothcm their fullenjoy-
" mcnt, while laying down any modifications of the native law
** which may he decided on us to the fnture. If something of
" this kind is not done, the modern clearing will be undistin-
" guishahle from the ancient holding and land will continue to

MALAY LAND TENURE. 167

" be occupied and acquired on a system which it is diflScult to
'' assimilate with any satisfactory land revenue scheme."*

W. E. MAXWELL.

* Proceedings of the LegiBlative Connoil of the Straits Settlements, 1883,
p. 479.

bkar- 'lMa> ie Zjfw^ as. tl "it; r*» rr "thf

htot Mr. J. B. ViasssairT it: lLu&:» uil 2:<v ^t^
fcaoig & Hr D- J. .1^ nTrrrx, ils&iofSL* Cuctivtlj^x
of HjuJMKm: fcc -at!: T*rtk Ortirf. s tckliir:*:^ in »;>

yeaR oSd : aai f-:«- ib? Mf sjLairiikM .: Cv\ie. :3ir, o",,v
maaiM c iijK cew the MV«f«KTT\^ ^ k«&<^t IVx^V
Chief; tke Ba> :i[mkoa/

170 — »i—

^^5^^y eJI** jt ^U iil ^y \jj^ J^\ i^i ^;--^ /" -l^ ^}^,

I'ri Imkutu orari^^ iiiem-bas riinlia yinv^ tiacia prr-lnimu-i
omiig mflam kari iiiilek orruig sabaja doa jaiiji<iiia.

Halnva mia Viiiig int-nebasi itu Islam, ka-dua Ijuuii itu jaii-
^an ada niilfk orang lain.

Apa-l)ila (li-lobas-iiia uiaka liaraiig yaiig ada di'dalam-iiia
ilii |KMi-da[vat-aii yaii^ nicnebaA-lah.

IScr'tiiuhijika ada ttiraii-kaii im't- dalaiii biinii itu vaug
It^jili di-ri-piHla liajnl-iiia akaii lueii-clrnis taiuiin-au-iiia dan
akiui di-niiiium-nia serta miniini-an bciiataiig-nia maku janiran-
lah di-!aning-kan-iiia dun di-bahagi-nia-lah akan oiang y&ng
di-liilir-nia itu.

♦ii^.* dU ^'y jjl( ^— ^^x5 i 3lx-- ^j.:^ ^5^ j^ J^^

Vada lut'ijyata-lviin sagala tatialj |ier-hnma-an yanf* tiada
di-per-bunia-i iilcb tuaii-nia. Maka baranj^ siapa yaiig haiidah
bcr-buat dia maka di-piTrjam-nia pada tiiaii-nia atau di-sewa-
in'a keiiidian jikalau brT-kaiuiudak tuan-nia di-kembali-kan-nia
dia. Dan jikalau iya ineng-hatldak-i sakali akan dia saperti
bcudiing (U-bcli-nia ka^jada tuan*iiia maka hatidak-hib kamu

— m—

171

[Aeqiunition of Proprietury Uight.
in Water privilegfK,

AJjnccnt Owners t<i nhare
Prrak Ctuk,]

The law regarding the clearing of forest-land
which has not been taken up for huma cultivation.
Such laud becomes the property of the person who
clears it, subject to two conditions, tirst, be must be
a Muha-imiadan ;* secondly, the land must not be
already in the possession of another person.

When such land is cleared, everything which may
be upon it becomes the property of him who cuts
down the jungle.

It' there be a spring of water on the land which
yields )n(jre water than is required Jjy the proprietor
lor wateriug his plants, and for drinking purposes
for himself and cattle, he must not refuse to permit
those wlio liv«» lower down to share in the use of it.

[At'uniiiiiii'n (»f Lanth Ri;;Kl to tnki* uj) Waste Laml, Pei'ak CoJ^,]

To declare the law on the subject of upland fields
which are not cultivated by their owners. Should
any one desire to cultivate land ol'this description, he
must borrow it or rent it from the owner, and should
the latter want it back at any subse(iuent time, it
must be rt^stored to him.

*So, in former timea, Engliab law denied the possibility of righta overland
iO uou-Christlouii

Am. laUi nii CoKE'6 timet, it was th© theory of English lawyers that an
ill'' i could hftve no civil riiiflits. Je we certainly had none beforu

t; V Edwauij L Ui-g-iilutionH were made i'or their gavernment>«

!Ui . ..... H,.. ultima U'ly hunish^id from th*;* i'e:din by the ho1« authority of

the C'ruwn ; and th<\v are fxpreK-^ly udle'l the Kin^w m*^iTh in eontennioniry
docuiu«riil*^ lu mndiuv^al thiniry, no ono iii»tik ehrlt^tian con Id be a real tm?ni-
b^^r of thf; >^Uitn, oud (!hnMtianity wai* om? inid itidjvisilble. — PtiLLi>cic, **T»i«
JLaudLaWN* \u 17m.

lit

-If-

j\j tiiJ^ ijl ^^y iJj! ^«'U*^» -iV**l ^^ f*-^ (•A*' ^^ iV^ J* u>y^^

sakalian meDulong sagala saudara kamit yang Islam, Ada-
pun paila suatu kliiar hakim resam taimh Jang tiada di*per-
iiuma-i uleh tnari-iiia itu aiaka tiada sakali-kali «tapat di-tegnh*
kuii akaii haraiig niapa yaiig liandak bcr-buat me-lain-kan tanah
itu ili-iaran|7-kaii subal) liandak iiieng-ambil nienafa'at dcri-pa-
da-iija atau taiiah van«: dckat dusun-iiia.

^A^ fj^\ ^jm^^ dU is\^^ Jxtt ci^ u£l» ^*^l^ ^^j cri>^i ^^ ^'^ ^fy

Bt^r-miila jika taimli kuin pong dan ladaiig maka lu*r-jiiij-
duh tnart-iiia pnlaii^ kapnda oran^ hcsur niasitii^. massing kapatia
Huka-iiia jikii tbidu wuris-nia dan wakil-nia jika ludanii tiii»f^T»l
di-tlapat nmka di.tt'bjs oran^^r di-trbang*nia kayn-kuyii-nitt
kiTndian inaka puluiig-lali kapuda I'tiafjii-iiia sakali*kali jungau
aiij^^kau |X'r-barjtalj-kan n\v\\ tuaTi-tuaii takaliaii karana tanaU
jjubiii^-lnb ka-rjmha'iiia sji-ksili-kali jangaii anij;kau [»er*ban-
tah-kan ulth tuan*liiau padau^ itii pulang-lah kapada Allah
dan jan<^^an-lab di-per-bautah-kan yan<; damikian iUi lah kata
'ndat.

1 73

Should a person desire to acquire such land out-
and-out in the same manner as wet rice-land, lie must
buy it from the owner. And ye must all give assist-
ince to your l)rethren in Islam [in permitting the
ecupation of anv spare land by such as may nquire
it].

According to an accepted opinion of the judges
to the custom regarding lands lying uncultivated,
'no one has any right whatever to oppose the appro-
priation of tjuch waste land by any one who desires
to cultivate if, unless the owner himself is going to
turn it to some advantage, or unless it is land adjacent
to his holding, in either of w hieb cases objection may
be made.

[Forfeiture of Proprietary Kigjht upon AbanrloiiTnent,
Mentnttfkahan Coflf.^

If the owner of a plantation (knmpong) or fnrni
(Imlang) removes [and ahandons it], the land rt*v*'rts
to tlie Chief of his tribe (mikn) if he have no heirs or
representatives.

in the case of a farm which has been abandon^xl,
that is to say, where a man has felled antl cleared
furrst-land and flien lias allowed his property to go
bark tn junglcj ye must by no means permit any op-
position oil tlie j)nrt of the former cultivjitor to its
appropriation by another^ for it is land which has re-
verted to j untile. Ye must not suffer the former
owners to dispute possession, for the Held has gone*
l)aek to God. and custom d !ctares that there shall bo
no such dispute.

174

— ^Tl —

i>l *iU ji ^'iSy J V ^bU ^Isr^ J--.U ^^ jjjfc Ll ^y ,^y ^uJ^J^

aUI ^^jlJ ijL. o1»j^j d.**. ^ V ^^;i«j u^-* Vff f^ (^ "^ <J V^ l>"* ^^^

Pada menyjitu-kati hukiiiii taiiah per-huma-aii nixni bpii-
(Ijiiij^ oda-puii tatiuli itti atain dua bahaj:;i siuilti tana!i liidnp
ka-diia tanali inati ada-iiuii tanali mati itii ttada tariila *alaTrHit
»a-su:iUi jiiapa yaii|4 puoia hak kurana vaii^ puiita dnsuii itu
liaudak'kaii husil iiMKcliaya tiada-lah lag* pcr-kata-an-nia pada
tuiiaii itu nmka jika di-per-bual ukdi sa-sa'onmg Imma atau
sawali Uendanj^ niaka tiada-lah da pat baraiig ^iapa ber-kuta»
kata hip:! karana sudali di-j^uka-kaii vang putiia (Uimuj aila-)Hui
\ aug ber-uaina tariah liidi»p itu tli-chiduk-i onu^ di'timaiii-i
pukok kayu-kayu-aii dan biudr-ljuali-aii scrta tU-per-buat-nta
kanjpoii^ Jialaujaii tanijjat itu maka tiadu-Ia!i bukdi di-aujbil
ulebea-sa'araiigitLi-lahdi-iiaina-i tanah bidopdan damikiati lagi
sa^ahi orang yatijc dudiik di-dalam tanab oraug^ ataii du2>im
oraag niidva liandak-lah dia meng-ikut ijatvutah dan jika dia
me-la\vaii kapnila yaiig anipuuia taiiali atao dusuu atati yarj*^
di-tnaii-kan-nia uiaka di'liukiitn sa-i>ulfdi taliil sa-palia. Maka
handak-lahsagalu isi taiiali itu niinjyeita-i tuari-nia itu (biniikiau
lagi di-kias-kau pada luikuui kauim ada-pun jika di-per-huat
ubdi sii*8a'orang dusuii umkujidi lUisun itu yagala }ang di-
l;uiam-nia jrka di d'awa idrb auipmda taii!*li uiaka di-balingi-
lab akau lia»"2:a*;Ha tauab itu sa-baliagi Uapada yaug jnirnH
tuuab dua Ijaliagi |Ka]a yaug lueuuiiaui balijuti dan dauykiau

— ^n —

J 75

[Proprietary Kight. What Laud lua^ bu appropriatoJ ami nuiAv
the subject of Proprietary Kigbt. Mttlficcn Code]

Tu tlechuT tlin law relating to upbmd clearings
and [>u(ldy-laiid. Land lor these purpos(\s is of two
kinds, the first is fa/iafi /udop, (live land), and tlie se-
cond is (ffiKfh mati (dead land). Tamth inati is that
on uhieh there is no sign or token that it lias been
appropriated hy any one, or any grove of fruit-trees
in respect of which a proprietor can demand a pay-
ment. Regarding such land it is certain that there
can be no question. If any person proceeds to plant
upland or wet padl on such land, no one has any right
to dispute it with him for it has been abandoned
voluntarily hy its former owner.

Land which is known as Urnah hidop is tliat
which is appropriated by some one, eitlier by living
on it or by planting timber or fruit-trees or by laying
out a garden or enclosure. This cannot he taken by
anyone and is called tunah hidop. This rule applit^s
also to persons who settle on the lands or plantations
of others. As lonj^ as thev live there, thev nmst obev
the orders of the owner, and if they oppose him, they
may be fined ten taltiis and one pului.^ It is the duty
of all the persons who live on the land to support and
co-operate with their lord, a rule which is also laid
down in the Hukum Kffnun.f

If a person plants an oreliard (on the land of
'another) and his trees grow up successfully, and a
complaint is lodged by the owner of the land, the va-
lue of the land shall be divided into three equal parts,
one third shall be paid to the owner of the laud, and
, \ 1 tfthtl^s^i, " ' "

i i jtfthn^l tithiL
t X a>epiu:ate Code. It vvoiild bo inUirGBtiiig^ to Aucortiiin wk^mcc the
f alaya borrowod tho Or^k word it^v^¥ ox Lulia €^h9h*

176

^U-» ^ii ^U U-jJ ^OUJk JU AjU ,^1 ^^V jjl Uyft C»5^^J Ci.^ g|b

^^^xjJL ia)j*. t^jklSy J jlx*. ^jlj iib *]^ j_f^

jijf jt) *]y Ljtjc^^ dl« «^*^^y

^j^l *)^ ^

>in

jjj^

jU Jx** j>l ,^jA jjl ^jfjSj Jb^ lT^"* <ii^ **^ f^ *''^* ^-^ fi

lagi jiku di-per-buat saw ah bcndang itu-lah 'adat-nia dan jika
fli^lKT-buat huma atau ladang akan taiiah yaii^ haiiipa iiii tiada
deiigan sa-talui tuaii-nia niaka di-d*awa-nia iilch yaiig piinia
dia hiileh dapat dun jikalau di-ga^ah-i-niu jiipra raelaiii-kaii di-
rt enda akan dia sa-piiloh am as jika di-tinggal-kaii iileh tiiati-
Ilia maka di-per-buat uleb sa-sa^orang kabun atau barang sa-
biigei-uia maka dt-detida uleli liakim akan dia sa-tabil sa-pahn
karana lya meng-gagah liak arapunia tanah itu dan jikalaii
dengan suka arapunia tanali itu tiada per-kata-an di-dalam-uia
itu-lah hukum tanali yang liidop tetap-lah hiikuoi itu karana
dt-pakei di-dalara ncgri atau dusun atau sagala telok rantau
sckalian ada-nia antahi.

Pada meiiyata-kan hukum orang mem-biiat hama atau
ladang yang bahani di-tebas-tebang maka di-bakar-nia uleh
saWang jikalau iya hangus tiada-lah men-jadi per-kata-an dan
jikalau tiada hangus maka handak-lah orang yang mera-bakar
itu di-suroh memCrun sa-tengah ladang itu dan jika ladang itu
orang bcsar-besar ampunia dia mc-lain-kan di-perun-nia sam*
pei habiB sudah sakali dan jika mcm-bita( huma ber-kawmn-

i7r

-tliirds to liim who lias madelheplar.titiou. The

'ttllfte is the rule in the case of ricc-fieUl^i laid out by

^A person on the land of another. But if a man niikes

a clearing [for a farm of upland padi and vecrot;ibles]

^mi the waste land of another without the kTinwhHl«^e

id consent of the latter, who thereupon complains,

'the owner of the land shall i>et it and if tlie trespasser

persists, he shall be fined ten amas.'^

If (he land is left by the cultivatjr, and another
comes and makes a plantation thereon, or otherwise
cultivates on it, the latter shall be fined by the judge
one lahll and one paha for he has .^oreibly encroaclied
upon the rights of another* If it is the owner of the
land who does this, there is, of course, nothing' to be
said. Sueh is the law rei^ardin^j; frnffth hidopy and it is
firmly established and followed buth in towns and in
the country and in all districts and divisions of the
State.

l^Hunw or Ladanff land. CuBtomarj Hules as to fenciag and ua to

the simultaneoua buruing of a general clearing.

Malacca Code.]

To declare the law regartlini^ up-land farms and
clearing. If the newly-felled timber on such a clear-
ing is tired by some one and is successfully burned,
there is nothing to be said. But if it is not burned
off, the person who set fire to it must be ordered to
lop and pile the branches on half the clearing,
or, if it should belong to a Chief, on the wliole
clearing. If a number of persons clear land in con-
cert, and when each has felled his portion, one of them
of his own individual motion and without any general

* 1 ma§ or amai^l niajf/im^ith of Ibe weight in gold of a SpmiiHli dollar ?

jTl^,^ jU ^/^ (/t aII^ eU ^L..* iJm- Jill f.jj^ jil Uj^^Ufc*
^^t_**^ 4^i o*^* ^* -??^ i'^ L5^^ c^ ^^ ^^ ^j^ ^^^ J^^"^ *^ lJ^'
tt)j». aL-Xa^ cj^-^ c^*>*-^ A*^ *^ ^-^ u*-^ '^^ u^-^^ ^^<^ i^' ^W» j.^^

'^^

(*r^

kawati telah liamplr-lah tebang-an masliig-masiag maka tiba-
tiba di-bakur-nia dengan sa^orang-niadiri tiada dengan muafa-
kut yang ramci maka tcr-bakar liimia oning yang baniak im
pun damikian jun:a hukura-nia dan jikalau tiiem-pagar huma
sagalu oraDg bauiak eiidah mcra-pagar maka tinggal iya sm*-
orang tiada taksir akan tetapi jika saga la pad i- pad i oracig itii
di-makan babi atau kcrbau maka tnoii;;-ganti iya sabab karaaa
taksir tiada dia mcm-pagar dan jika habis di<uiakaa lK?iiataug
aanina-nia uieluin-kan damikiau-iah juga di-hukum-kaii atas-
iiiu aiitabi.

l^ada mengata-kan bnkum resaiii sagala orang yang ber-
tanani-tanam-an per-uleh kamu akan pagar dan parity janganj

taksi r men uo ggu-i-dia,

Sabcrmiila tanum-tanam-an itu atas dua perkara stiatn
tanam-an itu ada ber-pagar jika masok kcrbau atau lumba
jikalau tcr-tikam pada malam mcnyiiih benataiig itu sa-b^Iali
iiarga-nia tetapi pada kaul yang suli inenyilih samua-nia hargm- I
Ilia maka tauam-an itu di-iilih uk4i yang ampunia benatang.

— » —

17V

agreement sets fire to his potion and the fire extends
to the land of the others* the same law is to he fol-
lowed. And if the persons interested in the clearing
set up a fence round it, and, though most of them
fence their respective portions, one person neglects to
do so, this is no offence ; but if, owing to such neglect,
the crops of the others are eaten by pigs or buffaloes,

^he shall make good the loss, for it was by his neglect
in not fencing that it occurred, and if the whole crop
is devoured by animals the same law is to be observed.

[Obligation to fence. Cattle-treBpfifis, Verak 0>ileS\

To declare the customary law regarding the du-
ties of the owners of growing crops. Ye must all have
fences and ditches [round your holdings] and must

not neglect to watch them.

Growing crops are of two kinds. First, those
which are fenced in. In tlie rase of thr^e, if a buJfalo
or ox effects an entry and be stabbed Jit night [by the
owner of the crop or his people], the latter must make
good half of the value of the beast. But according
to another sound doctrine, the full value of the beast
must be made good (by the crop-owner) and the value
(»f the damaged crop must be made good by the owner
of the beast

• " Thi> (ir«?rtt!inice of this practice (the enclosure of catUe in fences), and
th* i»rv with which fencing ih nnjverwally attended to. is the best evidence of
t' ' ctuiion laud by u dense population. Thejr perception of the rights

^ and thetr desire to maintain and reepect them, are amply atte^^ted

I . ,: ...any armngLmente to rt'.8train the tteflinaaei of cattle. On the other
hand, one of the most rterions annoyanoea with which the planters of the South
hn\i hnd to contend, Uoth on their Coffee and Sngur EBteitcfi arises from the
indifference of thti Kandyana and vSing-halese in this particular, and
^:ird of all precantionn foraecuring: their buffaloee and hullock* by
nuv nr Tiy tught.' Tkxxkxt s ^' CevUm, " IT, 532.

ISO

-ni-

Ka-dua tanam-an ito tiada ber-pagar jika di-tikam pada
malam menyilih samua-niu yang ampunia tanatn-an itii dau
tiada-lah di-ailih-Hia iileh yang aniputiia benataug akan
tanam-aii itu.

Jikalaii siaiig ter-tikam sa-piilang-dua hiikum-nia mclaia-
kan jikalau sudali ma<^ahur jaliat-nia kerbau itu sa*hingga
raenyilib sa*br]ah haro;a-nia jagadaii tanam-an itu di-silih pula
tileh yang ampunia kerbau.

(s5^*X^ji ^*ji^\ i^^U* c£« t^>ii '^/^ ^^^ ^^ \J^ *j^ <^ t//"*^ ^^

Pada menyata-kan hukum buah-buali*an di-dalam kam-
pong orang atau di-dalam kota iie;2^ri ada-pun jika tiada iya
meni-baliagi-kuti buab itii akaii tuaii-niadi-makan-niaber-ftama-
saraa jikalau di-jtutUnia biiah-nia itu maka di-piuta harga-nia
sa-per-tiga dua bidiaf^i ]mda ampunia kanipong su*bahagi akau
tuan-fiia lama dim jikaiya tiada malm nicin-bcri maka marali iya
lain di-tebaug-nia pokok itu maka meng-adap ampunia pada J
hakim maka di-surob hakim bayar Iiarga-nia pokok itu bagei-
mana *adat sagala pokok kayu-kuyu-au yang di-dalam kam*j
pong orang di-akan sagala buah-buab-an itu jniu nuiua 'adat*
nia yang sa-per-tiga juga dan jikalau di-Jual-nia uleb ampunia |
kampoug itu dapat di-d'awa-nia uteh yang ampunia hinia me*]

The second kind of growing crop is that which
is not fenced in. Tn the case of land of this kind,
the value of a beast stabbed at night in the act of
trespassing must be made good in full by the owner
of the crop, and there is no obligation upon the owner
of the beast to make good the value of the damage
done by it.

Should a beast be stabbed [trespassing] in day-
light, the rule is that twice its value must be paid,
except in the case of a notoriously vicious buffalo,*
only one-half of the value of which need be paid, and
the owner of which must make good the damage to
the crop.

[Superior and Inferior Rights. Malacca Code.l

To declare the law regarding the fruit of trees
growing in the kampong of another or in the capital
town, if the proprietor (of the trees) does not give a
share of such fruit to the owner of the land, so that
they may enjoy it in common, but on the contrary sells
such fruit (for his own benefit), one-third of the value
thereof may be demanded, that is to say, two shares go
to the proprietor of the kampong and ©ne share to the
o^vner of the land. If the former will not give it, but
in his anger cut« down the trees and the land-owner
presents himself before the j udge for redress, th(5 j udge
must order the value of the trees to be paid in ae-
cordance with the customary price of all fruit-trees
growing in the kampong oi others, and in like manner
fruit must be appraised, the above custom of dividini;
in thirds bein": observed, and it' it is sold bv tlu^
proprietor of the kampong the owner of tlie ancient
right to the land has the right to sue.

• Comiwre the nile of Eiijjli.sli law as to iiiiiiualH of u known vitions disponi-
tion. Cttj- V. nurbiHyf. \'.\ C. B. N. S. A'M).

IU2

V^ ^f-jr'\j^py^fj^^ iJ^ ^^^ J^ o^-*^ G,^-' "^ *^^ eP^

lain-kan vang tiada ada per-kata-aii lugi liania-lah kampong
atau dusun yang di-anugraha deri-pada raja mantri akau sa-
sa'orangada-puii saperti bandahara dan orang be.Har-be^ur raeiii-
brrikampoiigakan Ha-sa*oraiig clengan tiada tabu dapat sampoi
bcr-kata akan hul-nia raariku itu kapada raja adu-piin jikalaii
di-ambil kampong orang atau dusun sa'orang-orang besar-
bt'sar uiaka di-br-ri-kau-nia kapada sa-BaVn'aug luaka uli h am-
puuia kampui^g itu di-per-sembab-kau-uia kapada raja uuika
raja puu bcr-titab itu pun tiada dapat di-d'awa lagl uleli am-
pufiia kampOQg itu karaua sudali dcngau s^a-tidni raja antalii.

Pada mcnyuta-kau bukum orang ber-gudei dusun niaka
ber-gadei itu dua pcr-kara suatu liarus ka-dua-nia gauda harus
ada-pun saperti sa'orang btT-gadei dusun kupada raja atau
orang kampong yang ada taiiainan-uia nnika tiada ber-biiah
pada yuug uiemcgaug kerudian itu saLatna birua-nia iya nit^inu-
gang itu niaka be-brrapa taliuu di-Tuuili-kau-iiia tiada jua ber-
buali inaka dapat di-ganda-kan-nia ulcb vaug auipuuia amas
itu ada-jmu yaiig tiada dapat di-gauda-kan-nia itu dusun kebiiia
pinaiig atau harang sa-bagri-nia iiada~bdi !>u1ih di-ganda-kiin-

—If— Iffl

A eatie in whieli there can be no question at all
(lis to the Tight of the Innd-owner) is tbeeajseofa
knmpOHff (orehard or plantation) or dusun (grove or
fope) which is granted hy the llaja or Mantri to an
individual, Regardiog the Bandahara and Chiefs,
however, if one of them grants a kampong to a person
and nothing is known of it hy the Raja until the case
of the cultivating-proprietor is represented to him, or
if any Chief takes the kampong or dusun of any per-
son and grants it to another and the proprietor re-
presents the matter to the Raja and the Raja eon-
tinnsthe grant, tlie proprietor of the kampoug has no
further cause of action, for the thing has heen done
with the knowledge of the Raja* The end.

[Uypotliecatiou of Land, Recovery oi Laud^ lVv., wrongfully
takeUt Malacca Codfi,]

To declare the law regarding the hypothecation
of dnsunB (groves of fruit-trees). Now hypothecation
is of two kinds, the first is hams (*' lawful '), the se-
cond is ganda harus ("lawful to double '*).

If a man hypothecates a dusun (grove of fniit-
trees) or a kampong planted with fruit-trees to the
Raja, and the trees do not hear fruit while in the pos-
session of the bailee during the whole time of his
possession, even though he wait for years, the creditor
may claim double his money.

Property in respect of which this doubling can-
not take place is a grove of cocoa-nut or betel-nut or
other similar trees. The law is that ganda docs not
apply to these, and should the creditor claim it, in-

.\]Si

-xn-

l^jVl^jV tl^^S^. cU ^t^^»>s£ja}j i^^jdL ^1^^ I

O^W dLJ;A^ lJV^^ ^-^ ,«;Xj|Xi^ A^>^' f y^ ^ ^T^^ At ^J^ ^^ ^'"^I'V

^yuf >\ 4^j^ eU

nitt Imkimi-Tua dnu j»ka di-j>antla-kan maka (li-b*^n tahu ka-
patUi liakiiii maka Imkirn-hih jadi lawan-nia jika iya meu^apat
barung sa*ljag^ei-nia hcuda yan^ gliraih kapada kampoiig oratig
yan«: di-pcpiii«2:-kaTi-uia itii di*baha-^i 8a-pi?r-ti{;a 'adat dan
sa-baluigi pada yaiig memcgang gaclei itii diia babagl pada
am poll ia karana lagi iya meiiimg^qfu di-tampat itu dan darui-
kian lagi kampong yaog di-ainigraha akan orang besar-besar
jikalau iya men-dapat sa-suato peii-dapat-an di-bahagi diia pada
yaiig anipunia sa-babagi dan kapada yang men-dapat sa-
bahagi damikian-lah bukum-nia ada-piin liukum dusun dua
babagi iileb saV^rang yang tiada ber-butang maka di-makan-
nia bnab-eia dau di-jiial-nia maka datang tuan-iiia buleh di-
d*awa-nia dan dara^ikian lagi segala orang yang di-murka-i uleh
raja-raja maka hni iya pacta riegri lain scbab takiit-nia. Hata
maka dusun atau kampong-nia di-tinggal-kan-nia tiba-tiba di-
ambil ideb orang itu pun buleh di-d'awa-nia pada kemdian
bari karana bak-nia naacbaya di-kembaH-kan uleh bakim
ada-nia antabi.

eL L

•J»/ cAtr-* *VJ— '

Jj 4j«)j r

Pri bukum ber*scwa«kan bumi. Apa-bila di-beri-nia uleh

sa'orung laki-laki di-buboh pada ea^oraDg di-surob-nia ber-

— ITU-

18£>

formation may be t^iven lu tliejudj^o. who shallop-
pose it. If the creditor finds any concealed projierty
of value upon the land of the debtor wliich is held
hy him in hypothei*ation, (he custom is that it f>hal! be
divided iu three equal sharej<, one tjf whit'h shall go lo
the holder of the mortgai^ed land, and two to the pro-
prietor, for tlie finding has taken ])lace while the
creditor is in possession of the land. The same prin-
ciple applies to land hestowed by the Eaja upon Chiefs.
If anything is fouo' I thereon, it must Ijc divided in
two equal shares, ore of which goes to the owner of the
land and the other to the tinder. TLis is the law.

Now regarding: ilnsun there are two re^^^nhitions.
first in the case of a man to whom no debt ijs due, hut
he nevertheless eats the fruit of the ifiisHu and sells
it; in such a ease, if the owner appears, he has a ri^'ht
of action. So in the ease of persons who have incur-
red the displeasure of their Rajas and ilee to other coun-
tries out of fear for their safety, abandoning heir
dnstui or kampoHg, wliich arc tVirthwith tak(^n by
others. In their case also, the rightful owners may
sue in after days, for the property is theirs and shall
certainly be restored to them by the ^udgc. The end.

[Sub- letting. A etatad reut necessary. Ferak CoiWl.

The law regarding the renting of land. If land
be made over l)y a man to another, the latter being
put in to cultivate it on the condition that he receives

.il-;U (^^i^j c^'^J*' J>«*J^ u**^ u^^ cr^l?-*'* ^

h»ima, inaka per-jauji -ail sa-^uku clori-pada tanali per-huma-an
itii akan upah-nia ; niaka tiada-lah hams jika di-sewa-kaa-nia
elougau araas atau pcruk atau makan-au di-tuntu-kau-nia liarus-
lab.

^Jj W» ^j j' f^ i/>

.4*$* H^ \jT^ 9jy^ *2tU ^4^-** iij..^ ^^i jjrtU* jCl dU

^;;b ^S^}ij* Aaj^^^ eJj». tr-jl Aft^ ^^^J** JJtii* i/^ dL*. 4_;;b j!V Ak«» \j

u>\

y ^Ui L

Vri Uukuiii unui-^ yaii^ meiiyewa rumah maka apa-kalu
liiiuusu dcntifau sa'wuutu sabab*nia maka orang menyewa ilu
nieuyilib.

Jikahiii Iiiiiidak^di-ljiiiusa-kaii per*jaDJi-an maka di-pinta-
nra*bib kambali akan «a-bt*lab Hewa-niuitu-iiuiparaa-uia sa'uraiig
nirnyewa rumali jaiiji-nia sa-puloli hnlan sa-ratus timah mah
tli-diam-i-iiiii fu'bulaii rnmah itu niiitoh atau binasa di-kinu"'
kira-kan sa-bii!an sa'puloh tiinah dan yanf^ sambihm puloh itu
di*piiita-nia-luh kambali* Jika iya ber-keoaii diam lagi di
rumali itu di-Huroli-uiu-lali per-baik-ki karana sewa-nia telali
di-bayar-uia ter-lebili dabiihi.

Misal jikalau bchim di-tai .sewa-nia belapa hukum-nia t^
Maka apa-kalaiya any:t;au meupj-diaiu*! di-bayar-nialah sewil'
yang telab laht dati jika iya handak mcng-diam-i tampat ilu
juga di-syn»b-iua-lah jer-baik-ki dan di-bayar-nia eewa yang ^
ada lagi pada-nia itu.

— %tx —

IHT

one quarter of the produce as compensation for his
trouble, such an agreement is not lawful But if the
land be let out in consideration of gold, or silver, or
food, the amount of which is determined, this is law-
fttl.

[Ijeane of Hou»e Property. House nt risk of owner- Perai: Codt,]

The law affecting the tenants of houses. If thr
house is destroyed by the fault of the tenant he must
make good its valui*.

Should the tenant desire to put an end to the
agreement, he may demand that a proportionate^ part
of the rent shall be returned ti> him* For instanre,
a man rents a house on the un(U^rtaking that he shall
pay one hundred catties of tin for ten months; he
resides there for one nionth, and then tlie house falls
down, or is othenvisc destroyed ; in tliis case, ten ciat-
ties of tin must be allowed for the onf^montli of occu-
pation, and he uiay demand that the remaining ninety
catties shall be returned to him. If he likes to con-
tinue to live in that hous(% he can call upon the owner
to repair it for him, for he has paid in advance.

The case may be put, '' if the rent has not been
paid beforehand what will the law l)e V^ The answer
is, at the time that he refuses to live in the liouse any
longer, he must pay rent for the term that has ah*eady
expired ; or if he still desires to go on living in the
place, he may call on the owner to repair nnd must
pay all rent which subsequently becomps due,

18S —XX—

•A** J*X4:;*y J^ Q)^^ Jf^ytJ J$-» sj\i' ^Jt y^ /k^^. ^ {fj

^J fiM

Pri hukum benda yang sakutu bumi dan sagala per-buat-
an dan sagala polion kayu meng-ikut bumi itu.

Bcr-mula apa-bila di-jual-nia uleh sa'orang deri-pada dua
itu akan benda yang sakutu itu kapada orang lain. Maka
(li-bclulah uleh yang sakutu itu saperti jual-anitu tiada bams
di-jual-nia pada orang lain.

Maka jikulau bersalah-an pada kadarnia benda itu atau
pada harga-nia mak^ orang yang mem-brli itu ber.surapah.

Maka jikalau tcr.lambat di-tuntut-nia deri-pada-nia me-
lain-kan ^uzur-nia binasa hukum benda yang sakutu itu.

Ber-mula jika sa'orang sakutu itu suka men-jual kapada
Iain orang dan yang sa'orang tiada menyuka-kau maka di-
ambil-nia-Iah sakalian benda itu atau ditinggalkan uleh yang
tiada mera-per-kenan-kan-nia itu.

—Ml— i^g

{Joint-proprietorship, Perak Code,"]

The law regarding property which is held in com-
mon — ^land, and cultivation of all kinds and all fruit-
trees which go with the land.

If any property so held in common be sold by
one of two joint-proprietors to a third person, though
the other joint-proprietor be willing to purchase it
on the same terms, such a sale is illegal.

If there be a disagreement as to the nature of
the property sold {i.e., whether it is part of the joint-
property or not), or as to the price of it, the purchaser
must be put upon his oath.

But if there be delay in making the claim (on
the part of a joint-proprietor whose interests have
been prejudiced by the sale of some of the joint-pro-
perty by another joint-proprietor to a third person),
unless this be caused by ill-health, the law of joint-
proprietorship shall cease to apply. -

If one of two joint-proprietors is willing to sell
joint-property to a third person, and the other is un-
willing to do so, the latter must either take over the
whole of the joint-property or must relinquish his
interest in it to the other [at a valuation ?].

CLAIMS OF IMPROPRIATORS,
— ^_

Inchis.

TuPs^atj, lOlh Octoher, 1820,

The following European and Native Landed Proprietors were
assembled this day at the Resident CouneiUor'a Oftiee for the pur-
pofte of pnqniring into the partictilarB detailed below :

E. De Wind, Esq.

J, B. Wertebhout, Esq.

G. KoEK, Ea<i-

A. VELGEjEaq

The Captain of Malays : —

Ahoom \

MahmatTvre» f

LOEDIEN, t

BOOROE, )

^I. BE Souzi WBB present by proxy in the perfton of his son.

McBsra. De Wit, D. Koek, and G. de Souza, the Capta
Kliiif; and Doaso Bindaaa were reqnested to attend, but imavoula^
h!e riroomfltaocea detained them elsewhere.

The above meeting took place for the purpose of ascertaining the
nature of the agreement subsisting respectively between the Got
emment, the landed proprietors, the Penghulus (or intermediate
officers between the landed propnetor« nut! the fenantp), and lhe|
immediate eultivAtor^ of the Hioil

L — Between the Government and the landed proprietora.

On a reference to the records in the Eegi^trar's Office, it woul4
appear that some t;rant6 expresi<Iy state the ri^ht of Govemmeni
to rcBiime the land, and all, s^o far as the inquiry has gone, seem to
indicate an nltimate right of tht& nature.

The grantee, by the recorde, is generally supposed to receive
the land under an engagement of clearing the Fame of jungle, j
the right of reeumption on the part of Government woiUd seem
arise from the non-fultilment of this eiEpre^Bed or implied duty i
the part of the grantee.

In regard to thie clause, implied or seemingly understood
favour of Government, the present proprietors state that, withou

|ue)9tu>niiif^ the absolute rigbt of Ooverumetit on ihiA point, they

[»iit¥uler themselves as posaeasinf; in equity a full ntid inviolftte

title t«> their ground**, iruiamuch na the land hiin Itceu sold to, and

aandod over during a Hcriea of years to various individual a without

ly mention being made of 8uch inherent reservation allecting

their title. On being required to produce their title deeds and

grants* tbc present landed proprietorrt can only s*how Bill^ of Sale.

Bffhey stat-e that all sales or transfers of land were nmde in the

^BCourt of JuRtice, wbicb body detained all previous papers and

^Wleedfl on delivering up tbe last Bill of Sale or Transfer, and that

^■tbe Court did not intimate to them the reservation above, to which

it wa*i their duty to do, if Mich a right be recognised on the part

^mpi Government.

^P The proprietora acknowledge that they consider themselves
bound, on the requisition of Govemmc^nt* to keep in repair all e«-
tabliMhed bridges and roads running through the grountlH, ajid to

Irleau the banks and bud}^ of the river bordering on thrir estates
from nuisancefj. J»ut that all Jievv roadn are to be constrtieted at
Ihe expense of Ouvernmenl, who ean carry tj^Uih roads llimu^h any
|>art of an estate, after intimating their intention to the immediate
proprietora of the soii.
The propneto»*w aeknowledge also, that in caset* of emergent-y (if
tany buch sliOuld occur), they are bound to provide for the peace of
Ibeir respective estates by embodying a police from among their
tenants.
I 2. — Between the landed proprietora and the Penghulus.
The appointment of Penghulus is not obh'gatory, but h left to
the freewill of the proprietor, being solely for bis own convenience.
Oo small estates there may be no intermediate officer. On estates
somewhat larger, but i^osReesing a paucity of tenants, there may
Ibe a laata-wirta, who, under a more modest deaignationj is de facto a
1 Peughnlu, both in power and privilege. On eatateB possessing 15
">20 houses, there is usually a Penghulu appointed. On exten-
entates, there are several Penghulus, on© being generally ap-
_ :tinted for each respective quarter of an estate, which may incor-
[porate parcels of grouiid of different names.

The Penghulu and Mata-mata are exempted from any tax or
lassedsment on their property, and are supposed to settle all disputes
lof minor importance subsisting among the tenants. But this is by
[gimple com[>romi8e, as they possess no judicial powers. They pay
^regard lo the tranqujllity of the eHtaic, and are the oiodium of
commuoicatiou bulweea the lauded proprietors and the tenanta,

192:

-xxir-

Tht^ IViiglmlus are not Goveriniieut Officen* in any &en»ts of
ihc lerm, ami prior to tlie British Jinthority receiving over MalaArctt
oil 11th April, 1S25, Governmcut ilid not, in uny respect, interfere
with thcni. 8m<'0 that peri oil, the Penghnlus have bc»eu compellecl
1o appear in Court, to l:ike an oath for correctly excpci»»Dg their
Ji II thori ty.

3. — Between the landed proprietors and the tenants.

The tenant eeltles on an estate by the verbal permis^ioD o£ the
(proprietor. There ie no express law as to the rate of rent payable,
init the custom iu j^eneral h for the landlord to receive 10 per cent
upon all the produce of the soil, althoui^lu in Bome particular in-
stances, so low aw *j per cent, hru been accepted by way of encour-
agement. When spices or pepper are to be planted, therein uuuab
ly a separate and sometimes a written engagement made, and no
tithe is levied for the first 3 or 4 years.

During the Dutch administration^ the luhabitanU were not
permitted to cultivate padi, and tlie produce of the estate coDsisted
chiefly iu fruits, wood and charcoal Padi cultivation it* however
now extending in all parttt. The tithe of padi, gpieee and pepper
is UHUall y received at the residence or stores of the cultivators, and
in most casea this lithe is taken by et^timation ratluT than by ah*
solute nieasurement. which is ftmud to be inconvenient. But ihc
tithe of other arlicleK is generally received in ca.Nh, after the saaic
have been disposed of, and in ease of apparent fraud, the «alc mu^t
be traced, in order to a.^certain the truth or error of such a 6U»pi-
eiou. The land-htdder possesses noright toetftablighhis own mode
of ai^HCssmeut or revenue, whether a^ to time, or place, or rmte.
In the collection of these tithes, some proprietors farm out their
revenues* and ovhers receive theai through their own agents,

A tenant moy t*ell, transfer, devise, &c. the portions of land
he may cultivate, and he i^ free to cultivate the soil to any eitent.
He may quit the estate at his free pleasure. But the land-holder
cannot "force him off the estate without just cause of offence.
When this exists, a proper time must be granted to the tenant to
enable him to dispose of hit* property.

If such tenant appeare dilatory in effecting hie arrangemeDts^
the land- holder may assemble the Penghulus and elderly people a»
acomniiltee uf appraieement, and the hind*h older paying the amount
according to their estimate, can oblige the tenant to quit the estate.

If the tenant feels aggrieved with the conduct or the judgmeni
of the Penghulu, he is to apply to his landlord, and in all caai^.

-IXV —

193

without exception, where disputes or differences of opinion maj
Bubeist between the tenant and his landlord, which cannot other-,
wise be compromised, the appeal lies to Government.

Wednesday, llth October, 1826.

As the nature of the landed tenures, so far as respects the re-
lative right of Oovernment and the landed proprietors, remains
involved in eTome obscurity, the following order was issued, and it is
believed that the question at issue will be satisfactorily elucidated
when the Register required in this order may be completed.

With a view to ascertain the precise nature of the landed
tenures, so as to complete the information which was yesterday
elucidated at a meeting of the principal landed proprietors, the
Dutch Translator is requested to examine the records in the oflBce
of the Registrar, who is to assist in the said enquiry, and extract
from thence the particulars necessary to fill up an Abstract Regis-
try of the following form : —

Abstract Registry of the Grants of Land made by Government
from the earliest periods to the Inhabitants of Malacca.

■3

S *i .2

itei

In3

i .

S CD

Remarks.

The Land Surveyor will also draw up a draft of the Territory
of Malacca, grounded upon the map in the Resident's office. In
this draft, the Land Surveyor will trace, in double lines, the several
divisions according to the original grants of Government and with
Roman letters will refer to the foot of the map, or to an appended
Schedule, exhibiting the dates of the original grants, names of the
grantees, and other particulars as set forth in the Register to be
completed by the Dutch Translator as above directed. The Land

lOIr

Survryor will tlien trace off: witU colours only, the prcftorit di^ribu-
tioii of territory, uning miDiWra, in Hon of Roman letters, for
references as above.

A a thin Kegieter and the map are to be be submitted to the
Ilon^hle the Governor, the period of whose arrival h very uncer-
tain, the Dnti'h Translator and Land Surveyor are rerj nested to
exeri isse &uch pracliealde expedition as may be con^patihjc with a
clean eluridation of the points in question.

Ej-tract from ft Jffrfftlc }tt/ Mr. Fullerton, Gorentor t*f fhf
pStt'olis SttlfttHttifjif tinted t/tc 2lih of* Xuremher^ 1827.

All the papers conniTlod with Lamlt* of Multirra heiii!* iind^f
preiMiration fi»r tr<insmist;ion to Benj^iil, I now re*u>rd a minute tu
accompany them. l*ein<^ an abstract of pa?*t transartionsiii tlmtJ
depart mcnL

1*he Lan<lH of Malnt'cii extend alon^ the coast of the Malay
l*enin«nla 39 miles<, their greatest breadth inlantl, withont inrludinsf j
NanitJiTj 2S ntile^i. contain in^f Htpnire miles (551, ur acre« 4lS,5l5*l. Of
thif«, 501* Kqnare mites, or acrc« 32D,tMiU, are capable nf wet rice I
1 uhivation, and of wliich 50i> acrea are iu>\y KUpplied to he actually
cultivateth Of ttie dry lands, acrei§ UM>(_)0 may be Hnp[)n»ed In 1m»
pliintcd with fruit treew, or in {gardens, acren 8H,50^) iva^te an«l
covered with forest.

The wbifle of the lands appea red tu hare been assit^ned over j
to certain of the inhabitant 8 nearly one Inmdn-d yearn ago, i >n first 1
eoipiiry and examination of the iIcciIh hchl by the pre^^ent pro-
jirictni'H us they vwre callcth descendant's of the first grantee)*, the
(iovernmcnt were leil to view them a?t absolnte proprietors audi
owners id' the soil at full liberty to rent and derive the utmost;]
advantage from them. Una fnrfher entpiiry, however, and tbe©x-
aminatiou of the Dutch records, it wan found that only iho |
(government ri^^ht of Icvyitjg from the rewitleiit inhabitants a tenth (
of the produce had been j;ranted to them, and Prochimation» werol
dittcovered interdicting, under heavy penalties*, the demand nfanrj
rent or tax beyond the tenth uf tlie produce. The perfc^tms ihuu I
invet*ting with th** Oovertmient right, it appeared, took btlle pains]
t-o encountgtj or extend tlie cultivation. Jtesiding at Malacca and!
never (juilting the town, the right of levying the tax was? iMjldJ
annually to certain ChineHe itiliabitants, who appear to have exer- 1
ei«ed over the inhabitants the right of eompnbory labour and a J

195

de^ipree of power iueousi^teut with the improvemeut o£ the couutry.
In reality, as the exercise of Police functions seems to have been a
part of tne tenure, the whole authority over the country rested with
a few Chinese contractors. In order to open to Government the
means of direct management of the lands with a view of encour-
aging and extending cultivation, as well as maintaining due con-
trol over the inhabitants, the redemption of the Government right
to the tenth from the persons called proprietors presented itself
as a most desirable measure. The collections having been rented,
and the renters supposed to gain considerably, it was -calculated
that, by agreeing to pay to the proprietors a num. even a little ex-
ceeding that received by them at i)resent, little, it' any, immediate
loss would be sustained, and the Government would, besides the
levy of the tenth on the lands actually occupied, be entitled to dis-
pose of the waste and derive a growing revenue from the gradual
extension of cultivation and increase of produce, to a portion oE
which they would be entitled. A settlement was accoitlingly
made with the ])roprietors, whereby Government agree to pay an-
nually according to the list. In consideration of which, the pro-
prietors agreed to make over to Government all right derived from
previous grants given by the preceding Government, surrendering
all such as were in their possession. More than a year having ex-
pired, the following is the result : —

The total amount to he chart/ai (Ujainut the land.
First, payable to former Proprietors, ... 10,270
^Second, Contingencies, ... ... 145 5 J)

Third, Establishment, ... ... 4,560

24),975 5
Collection, ...15,40012 1

Difference, ... 5,574 9 8

E. FULLEttTON.

Statement of Lands lately taken by Qocernment.

J. B. DE Wind, ... ...4,500 00

Heirs of A. KoEK, ... ...2,000 00

A. A. Velge,... ... ... 500 00

Mrs. WESTERnouT, ... ...2,500 00

Heirs of De Cost .V, ... ... 700 00

Carried forward,. . . 10,200 00

li)t>

XXVlll

Brought forward, . . . 10,200 00

Daniel Koek, ... ... 850 00

Appa Kachil, ... ...1,500 00

Manuel DE-Souz A, ... ... 400 00

Mr. Westeriiout, & Co., ... 450 (K)

Intje SouBiN, ... ... 170 00

,. Aeom, ... ... ... 300 00

„ Sabiaii, .. .. 100 00

Heirs of Samsoodin. ... ... 50 00

Mr. Wbstebhout, (Malim), .. 150 00

Intje Sadeah, (Bertara), ... 120 (X)

Sewa Sanoba, Chetty, ... ... 100 00

Sedassuah, ... ^ ... ... 750 (X)

Mount & Co., ... ... 50 00

Iladjcc Aboobak.ab, ... ... 300 iH)

Intjo AuMiD tfe Co., ... ... 380 00

„ MoMET Hayeb, ... ... 300 (X)

„ Ahamidah, ... ... 100 00

Total Sicca Eupecs,. . . 16,270 00
Malacca, November 2nd, 1829.

A. M. BOND,

A ssist a n t Besidtu t .

LiV of Allowance to the Pangliuloos stationed at the different parti

in the Interior from Ist July to SOth June, 1829.
July, 1828. 18 Panghuloos at 10 Sicca Es. per

^. month, each ... ... 180

August, „

September, „

October, „

November, „

December, ,.
January, 1829.

February, „

March, .,
April,
May,

June, ,,

21
16

ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto

ditto,

ditto, .

ditto, ,

.. 180

.. 210

.. 160

00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00

Total Sicca Eupeos,... 2,180 00
Malacca, the 2dth October, 1829.

A. M. BOND,

Aieistant ReHdent.

— xxix— IS^

Extract from a Letter from the Honourable the Court of Directors,
dated SOth September, 1S29.

15G. The investigations requi-^ite for the adjustment of the
landed tenures at Malacca have, we arc happy to see, been satisfac-
torily performed, and the adjustment itself completed. The follow-
ing are the points which have been ascertained : —

Ist. — That the pecuniary claim of Government upon the soil,
by the custom of the place, and of the neighbour! njjj Malay States,
amounted to one tenth of the produce.

2tuU^. — That the persons called the proj)rietors, mostly Dutch
colonists resident at Malacca, were merely persons to whom Gov-
ernment had granted out its tenth, and who had no other claims
upon the produce, nor upon the occupiers, not founded in abuse.

Srdtt/. — That the occupiers, therefore, were the real proprietors
of the soil.

4ithl^ — That the Panghooloos were merely the Agents of Gov-
ernment, or of the persons called the proprietors, for collecting the
tenth share, and performing certain duties of the nature of Police,
attached by custom to the proprietorship.

157. We are extremely glad that you have baen able to effect,
with the body of proprietors, an arrangement whereby they make over
to you the whole of their rights, for the lixed annual payment,
about equal to the present amount of their annual receipts. You
propose to manage the lands directly on account of Government,
employing the Panghooloos as Collectors and Police Officers. They
are probably the most efficient instruments Whom, in the present
state of society at Malacca, you have it in your power to employ.
They will, however, require a vigilant superintendence, and the more
80 since the administration of justice, as at present organised,
does not afford to the cultivators so accessible or expeditious a
means of redress in case of their sustaining any injury, as to dis-
pense with the necessity of other securities.

158. You have reserved, as the privilege of Government, the
absolute disposal of all lands hitherto unreclaimed, or which here-
after be suffered to run again into forest and remain unproduc-
tive for five years.

159. The limits of all lands occupied by individuals are to be,
as soon as possible, determined by survey, and defined by Grants
duly isBVied and registered. All future transfers of landed proper-

198 —XXX—

ty are likewise to be registered ; all these arraugemeuts are highly
proper.

160. Toil have prepared a ** Regulation for declaring the rights
of the Government over the lands within the territories of Malacca
and providing for the due collection of the Government share of
the produce thereof." This Regulation, consisting of thirteen para-
graphs, you have transmitted for the sanction of the home autho-
rities. We have already separately expressed to you our appro-
bation of uu)s»t of the arrangements to which this Ordinance in in-
tended to give effect. We have now to add, that it is worded with
remarkable clearness and precision and the rights of Government
and of the occupiers are exactly and at the same time concisely
defined. "We, therefore, in conformity with the provih^ions of the
Act 53 Geo. Ill Chap. 155, hereby sanction, with the a])probation
of the Commissioners for the Affairs of India, the draft jis a Regula-
tion w^hieh you have submitted to us, and of which we have already
transcribed the title ; and we direct this Regulation be promulgated
and enforced, on the receipt of this despatch.

A. M. BOND,

Assistant Residtiii,

Krfract from a Minute by Mr, Fuli.erton, dated the
29th January, 1828.

In my minute «of the 5th July, 1827, I entered into the consi-
deration of the land tenures, but rather to record the apparent
contradiction in terms or incompatibility of a supposed ownership of
land with a right of levying no more than 10 per cent, of the pro-
duce, or without that of forbidding the occupancy of land except un-
der such term as might be agreed on between parties. The mam and
express object of that minute was to excite further enquiries and draw
forth further information on the subject apparently little understood.
Mr. Lewis has now made a further report, and nas submitted two
documents out of the records which lend, to throw much light on
the whole subject. I allude to the order issued by the Dutch Gov-
ernment in the year 1819 referring to one of 1773. These documents
render clear the terms and understanding under which the persons
denominated proprietors hold their lands. It expressly interdicts
and prohibits proprietors from levying as a tax from occupants of land

— xiii— 19§

more tlion onc-tentli of the produce. Trom tlii« it appears that
the Governnu'iit of the dny ga-Ne up to the ])ropriotor8, not the
absolute rijjjht or ownerRhip over the Inud, but only the Government
right over it, that is, the tax of one-tenth of t lie produce. As far
as 1 can trace from every enquiry, it appears that along the whole
Knstern Coast of the Bay of iJengal from thecommcncomont of the
J^urmcse Temtories to Point Komania, the right of the Sovereign
is supposed to consist of one-tenth of the produce.* 'ihe owner-
ship of the land is originally vested in the King, by whom it is
infldo over to subordinate occupants to fultivato and render j)ro-
ductive. on tlie term of yielding a tenth «>f the prudnce of every
article. t The <d)jcct of the late (rovcinimiit in assignini^ to the
persons designated as ])roprietnrs tlu- ri«:ht of levying a tenth, pro-
bably was to make ittlie interest of certain individuals to introduce,
encourage and extend the cultivation ot the l.inds. In some deeds
thoso terms are expressly mentioned. How far that object has been
attained will best appear by the former report of Mr. Lewis. It
appears by that report, that of 1,4'J() s(juare miles, only acres 5,05*^
are in cultivation. Jt appears that so far from the persons called
proprietors taking any pains to that purpose, they never even
visit these estates, that they do not even themsclvi'S collect their
tenth, but rent it in the mass once a year to a Chiiui contractor by
pubhc sale, who, having only one year's interest in the country,
extracts from it the utmost he can, and it appears not only from
the report of Mr. Lewis, hut my own enquiries, that an excess is
sometimes levied beyond the tenth, moreover that services are re-
quired, aiul labour exacted, from the t<'nants ; in short they are kept
in a state of vassalage and servitude ([uite inconsistent with the
eiu'ouragement of cultivation. The ri^ht of levying the (Tovernment
rent carries with it all the rent power of the Stat^. That ri^^ht vested
in the Dutch proiirietors, by them transferred in the mass to Chi-
nese, has established a power and intluence in that class too great
even for the Officers of Government to hold in cheek. The advan-
tages, therefore, that wouhl result from the redenq)tion of the rights
of (lovernment are too obvious to reqnire further illustration.
The present proprietors are stattd to be willing to part with their
privileges on certain terms and conditions. According to my idea.

* 1 exclude that porliou of the ci)a^!t held hy the Siamese (iovermiicnt.
It is known that the Chief of Lij^orc- takes in kind 10 per cent, of the pro-
duce, leaving to the cultivator haie suhsisttnee.

t Her«' then wo fiuil, as iu many parts of India, two distinct rig-lits: — (1)
The rijjht to the (iovcmnient tenth. (2) The rig-ht of ooeui)aniy vcstc<l in the
Huboniinatc t^iiiant on tlioir j)ayingr the tenth.

200 — xxxit—

tliee© nhDiild bo settle^l on the principle of tendering them in the
shape of an nnnufil payment the full equivalent of which they now
rei'eivc. That is to say, the propnetors shnuhl agree on their own
behfilf and that of tlieiV heir^ to surrender and deliver up all ri^ht>,
[)rivilei;es and advantages, resulting from this* presetil title, to
Government, receiving in return a certain annual suui/^ayahlc n*
Ion*; aa the Brilinh Government shall remain in poi*tte8!*ion of
Malacca. It might have been expedient to have awaited the ordtrs
of the Hon'ble Court of Directors bofore such a measure wait car-
ried into execution, but it appears to me that the case a^linits <if «<^
delay. Unlesis immediate advantai^e be taken of the di*i>o!«itiou
evinced by the proprietora to part with their titles, the object may
he entirely defeated, for it U impo.Hiiible to sny what eomplicati-tl
rij>hts may arit-e, and come into judicial decision which may opptmc
<iil]icultie8 to future arraimcment, It is cleiir that, by agreeing to
pay a sum equivalent to tiio present amount of their peceipt<*i or
even Konethim^ more — the riglit boin^ rented and a certain exceun
op proHt, without reckoning undue exaction, nrust remain to the
contractor, ami which would, ofeourBO, be levied by the Officeri of
Govcrnment^no Uma could occur. In support of sueli an arrange
TiH'tit, and to induce consent to such, it may be pointed out to the
proprietors thatjiy tlicir tenupc?<, they are bound to perform certaii
>crvicc!^, uhioh, thoiJi;li nt-^i;lected by the lute (jovernment^ wiU '
retjuired under our administration ; that in all old Grants the rigl
of Government to impose a land tax is expressly reserved, is ind<
inherent in vvery Government, and must^ in all probability, be
reverted to at no distant period, as it is not to lie »uppOi*ed that
Government can be at the expenao of af^'ordiri^ efficient protection
to t!ie country without some contribution of the people, levied in
all other countries ^or purpo«e of ftovernment. The titles to many
of the priucipal etitates as they are called, I have reason to believe
are of a very (|ue8tionablc nature, and if strictly i*crutini&ed would
be bnmd probably very defective : they have on some occasions been
ac(|uircd, and llicir limits extended by the exercise of private and
undue intluence rather than the tianctiou of public authority. The
circuujHtanre of their having been lin»;=^ in pti8«efi»ion of the n^ht»
Huch as they are, l^ the main ar^tituerit to induce the offer of pecu-
niary compcni^atioh lor iheir redeuiption. Sliuuld the pn>pfieti>rnr
as they are called, dtndine coming tu terin^, a strict inve.stiuaiu»n
mwHl take |»biee ; the term?i expmswly stipulated on thoj<e quoted iu
Mr, LKwrs'a last report, that i*t» the right of res^tnnption must be
exerted whenever they can bo traceib The cffer of payinj^ an
annual sum tn the pro[>rietor involves no admission of their cljiim«

the 1
ee^4

for it muit be unJeratood that only on their acccptin;^ thcae terms
we waii-e all enquiry. It would appear that raauy of the original
title deed* lodged in the Office of the Court have Oden m-tde away
with, I entertain little doubt, by peranns intereiitCMl, jui^l that the
right of reaumption aad the proviai'^n for cultivating atid impravfn^
them wa< iiiserted in all. should the proprietors assent to the
transfer, our course will be very clear; we «hall then stand in their

f>lace in relation to the actual tenantry. Tlio posaession of t!ie
ands now occupied and cultivated rau:^t, of course, bo ensured to
them, that is, on the payment of the regular tenth and no more, due
notice mujit be ^tren them that all existing rights will be carefully
preserved to them, that rcfful.ir papers will lie given to them
specifying and defining the land attached to each, and securing
jpos^Hcssion to them and their heirs on the estiiblished terms. They
I must be told that they are relieved from all vassalage and feudal
services whatever, that their labour r^ free, that in rendering the
tenth of the produce, all pecuniary ohligatiouB due to the 8tato are
fulfille*!, and that for ^\Gry article required over and above, pay-
ment will be made. It muat, however, be understood that the set-
tlement to be made with the occupants will embrace only the lands
actually cleared, occupied and cultivatot!; to all lands actually
waste and forent the right of Government is reserved ; for the
r gradual clearinij of all such lands, arrangement mnat from time to
I time bo made by the Officers of GMvernment, and in this re^Jipect
the known and es'tablished principle will bo oliserved. That it*, to
grant cutting papers to such as may apply, to allow to the parties
the occupation of the Inrid free of any payment for a given rmmher
of years, after wbich to be liable to the payment of the cjitablished
tenth or Kuch other terms as Government may Hettlo with the
partir-^, \n a country where the t^oil is partienbuly rich and fertile,
(he climate peculinrly favourable and healthy, \vliere due care and
attention exist towanU the protection of the persona and pro-
perty of the inhabit^iiiti*, influx of populatiou and great eitension
of cultivation may be reiisonably expected.

Having made these observationa respecting the lands, and
pnvposed a certain conrdo to be eventually pursued, the next point
for consideration in the Felice of the country. From the repurt
of Mr Garlino above alluded to (of the llih December), 1 infer
generally that there extstbi no Police in the interior, that the
authority of Government has never been establiehed, that the few
inhabitants occupying lands near our iVontier are subjected to con-
stant annoyance from the Cliiefa and inhabitants beyond them,
that the proprietors can neither collect their tenth, or even prevail

*2iil

XXX IT—

*
I

Oil nil J one to reaiUe tlier^. It fl|)poftra from Mr. LEwt3*a i
that certain perBoiia under the Chief o£ Moar have been allowed
to CBtablisli iliomsehTs within the boundaries known from time
iTumetnorial m the bonmkrj of Mnlacca up to Mount (Jphir; thM ]
thia eocroathuient haa been brought about by the aid and conni-
vance of a Dutch proprietor^ who was content to aet as aub-routef 1
of that Chief, who brought persons into Court to depose to points j
affeetin*!: the limits of the territory ; thus, by a strange ineonsis- 1
tency, the sovereign ri^^hts of Government, determinable bv tlicm
only ia the Political Department, were brought into discussion iii a I
Municipal Court, which hurl no jurisdiction whatever in the case.
The circumstance of a Diitch subject eomin*^ forward to infringe tbo^
limitjs of Dutch territory, affords proof of the siuj^ular puiref
UKisiumed by the individual, and the strange hixity and iuatlenlioii
of the GoveriMoent to their (uvti interest. It \vi>uhl appear indeedJ
from all I ran learn, that the whole time Mala«x'a remained imderl
iifs, from L71>5 to the end of IMS, the public authoririea took but J
little iotercHt ni the affiiirHoH the phice, iloldintf it only for a time* I
the Dutch hiw« rontinaeil in foret% and the Duteh Court of JuHrcel
was continoed in operation, but instead of eoniiniug ha powers!**]
itrt proper duUen — the admini.^fration of Municipal Law — theca^^oj
before us jihuws that the Court in re.dity performed the functioiuil
of Government. I mention thi.'^ suljject now, in onhT to induce I
caution ou the part of the public Othcera in [mrting with the
Recordis of the Dutch Court in Judicial Proceedings, since it ^hiusJ
evident they contain as much matter of Govermnent as of Justice;!
the whole of the Kecords should, therefore, he kept as Govern*!
merit Keconli*, the Olbcer of the Court of JudicatufH? beiiM^I
allowed to in8j)ect, examine and take copies when rer[uired. ]
In rebpecL to th* measure to be jmrdued in order t>o effoct the I
removal of the pemons from Moar. and the reutoration of the J
integrity of our teiritory, 1 am of opinion a lettershould be wriltrnl
to the Chief of Moar to recall them. D' not attended lo, the jfun-l
boat with a party of SepojK and a careful peri^on may be sent nnl
to a proper po.^^ilion to iuKisl on their reuiuval, but 1 apprehetiaj
little fear of tjpposition to our wishet*. In respect to Pulice gencral-1
ly, it mav be observed that, mi long aa the pros^ent ptT^on* r?vl]ed|
propnetors* ctnitinue to levv their tenth, they mn**t perform the reci*^
prcu'al obligation imposed by their tenure uf mainrainiug the peace ^
of the country. Jn not ]>erformiug that diity, tiiey have entirely j
failed in their obligation to the Siate. Were lheGo\erunieni, there*
fore, now to maintaitj l*olice EHtablishmeats, it would only be tc
incur an expense which the proprietors ought to pay, and theTj
should be distinctly informed that m long as they exercis-e the pr*

— 3XXV

21 Kt

r function:^ of Govcniiiicut lu tlio ffilkvduii of the tcutli,
ving the proHt therehy* they iniiisi; ptTforni the red proca! duly,

nolhcr duty properly belonging to the iM'oprietors ta that of
"ring roafl», bridges, piitha, Ac, ; this* mily appears* ti» bav«
n Diuch neglected; by all account tfie roail** arc by no iiieaiiH iti
stnte they used to be, and oii^ht to be in ; the little labour Uuit
li«a been befttuwed, I sufipect to have been the forced I ahoy r of the
inhabitants, e^itracted from them by the proprielors*, and not paid
for. Should the proprietors* a^^ree to part with their titles on rca-
solvable terms, tlie ewtnblishinent of a regnlnr Police will not be a
difficult matter. The emiuiricH I have made contirm me in the
belief that the Prmi^hooloos are the fittci^t inHtruments of Police,
they appear to bo the pnneipnl inhabitanta of these vi|[a*^ea or di-
"visions. Their proper duty Jias indeed been to levy the tenth on
account of the proprietor. When the proprietor puts his right, np
to outcry and sells to a Chinese contrnctor this duty «eem8 to bo
done by the contractor himnelf, much to tbo |>rejudico of the
people ; the Panghooloo continucH^ however, to enjoy the immu-
nities* of \\U office— exemption from the payment of the tithe. Two
of the PanghoolooH I met with at Ayer Panas, distinctly informed
me that their fathers were the Panghooloos before them, and that
they expected their i*onji to succeed them. I infer that by the custom
of the country the office \a hereditary in families, and I think the
admiBtiion oi smi^h practice genenilly beneficial, a>« more likely to
ensure good conduct and being consonant to the idea of the people.
To render the Police efficient throughout the conntry, it would
only be neceseary to appoint the Panghooloo the Snperintendcnt of
the Police, to u»*e the Kuropeao term» Cons^table of his divi^tion, to
allow him one or more Peons, to explain to him hi>*i(lutieK. they are
in this case very simple — to seize, and scud in all peri^ojis breaking
the peace or committing crimes and offeneetf, and to execute orders
from the superior Magisterial authorities of the country ; other
duties naturally present themselves — that of keeping a correct list
of all the inhabitanta of bis division, their characters and mode of
life, requiring all newcomers and passers by to report theraselve-a,
allowing no person to settle without a register, or report to and
license from suj^erior authority* In their Eevenue capacity, that is,
as a servant of the proprietors, eventually of Government* his duty
will be to collect the tenth* to report the state of the crops and of
the general cultivation. The duties, if I mi\y use the expression,
of Ke venue and Police arc so blended^ that they can best he [>er-
formed by the same person. As to the argument that ujay be used
in respect to abuse of powers, we must recollect that all jiowcr in
huinan Imndi is liable to abuse, that abu^e would probably b»

2.H

^XXXVI —

greater, certainly not lens^ by the employment of a aeparute Btipeu-
diary establislmient of strfliigerB — Chnliahs or Chinese. Abuse of
power cjin only be prevented by contstant local supervision of \ '
Public Servants of Government, tiod whether the rij;btd of Qove
ment are redeemed or left with proprietors, the occasional preseu
and inspeetioo of Public OiKcer:* U indiupeusable. The expeni^e of
creeling a few bungalows in different parts of the country woulJ
bo very trillinj:;, and I propose that no time be lodt in their cotu-
inf*neemeiit. '1 hey should be built at different directions, at intervaJi
ui from 811 to ten miles, "^ and the roads between them made ami
kept in repair. To faeilitate the niean^ of eonimunication U tbc
fir»t &tep to improvement and exten^iun of cuUivation. When
ready means of aeeess are affuided, wdieu men Gnd tliat thi^y an^
alike scoure at a diatanee frunr the town ai* they are on the !*p<^t,
the Jands ihcnwill be oreujued nnd brought into cultivation, and it
is only when tfiat ^'eneral protection f^hall have been fully eistablt^b-
cd that we can expect ^lalacca to assume the appearance of a
liritiKh fSettleaient. The ctin>municatioii between tne Public Ofli*
eers and the people whonid hi^ at all times direct, free and uiipe»er%ed.
The inturiist of (jovernnienfc cmi never be separated from the »>r,)^.
perity, prott^ction and happinetsi* of the people. We can, tbi i
have no object ill deceit or concealment of our intention to....^ .-
theui^ and from the knowledge no88e8»ed by Mr Lewis of the
lan^uajje, habits and eu*«tomH of tne Malnya in {general, I am led to
hope hii^ endeavonrri will be flticcessful in leading the iuhabitatitj
of the Malacca Territories fully to understand and duly to npprv-
ciate our view.^ in regard to them.

APPENDIX IIL

COURT OF JUIJICATURE OF PRINCE OF WALES"
ISLAND, SINHAPORE AND MALACCA

Malacca, the 7th day of March, 1829.

Before Sir John Tuomas Clabiuoc, Recorder, and SAiirxii]
Gab LINO, E(*quireT Resident Councillor,

* At Nun ng, at of about Tutilang Hill ; at or nbout Pangkalan NaniB^^l
AytrTantLB; at I aU distance ; ut the F\.'jipGr PkntntioQ; at 8upaii HQl; «t
GtxUug Hill ; at Liagy.

— XXX vii — *i05

Abdullatif r. Mahomed Meeka Lebe.
Action to recover possession of a certain piece or parcel of

After hearing the evidence of both parties, \)\ii'mi'i& No nsui fed
with CosU.

N. B.— In tins case, it was proved that in the territories of
Malacca the owners of the soil and the cultivators of it nre onlire-
ly distinct persons, except in, and in the immediate vicinity of, the
fown.

That the owner of the soil cannot eject the cultivator as long
as he continues to pay him a certain portion of tlie produce — gene-
rally one-tenth.

That the owner of the soil may sell, or otherwise dispose of
his interest, without prejudice to the cultivati»r, and the cultiva-
tor vice term.

That in case the cultivator allows the land to lie waste, the
owner of the soil may eject him by due process of law.

That tlie fact of lands lying uncultivated for periods, is evi-
dence of waste.

That the period for paddy is ... ... J3 years.

Cocoa-nut trees and other fruit-trees is ... 3 years.

Gambler, ... ... ... 1 year.

Pepper, ... ... • ... 1 year.*

SUPREME COURT,

Malacca.

Before Sir P. Benson Maxwell, ('. J.

March 17, 1870.

Sahrip v. Mitchell and Endain.

Trespass, Meaning of the expression " hold hy prescription **
u^ed in sec, 12 of Indian Act 16 of 1839, with respect to lands in
Malacca,

* Extracted from the Oiril Court Book for Malaoca» Vol. 1.

Fine

— xxxviii —

The Chief Justice; — This is an action of trespn,^^, The
petition contains two coiiutHi— one for expelling the plaiutiff from
nia land and previ?nting him from reaping the <; rowing crop ; the
eecund, for breaking and enterinf^ into his dweliini^ house and
expelling him from it, whereby he was prevented from earryiiig
on his liusiness^ and was compelled to procure another dwelling.
The fii'Kt three plena deny the tresj)a«!S and the posseBsiou. The
fourth alte<:;es lliat the plaintiif, not beijuj a culfitafor or rtBident
tenant /toh/inq bif prrsrrip/ion^ waa, by a duly served notice, in-
formed that llie land in cpiestion had been assessed by Government
from the Ist of January, 1870, at 97 cents per annum, and wa«
therein also called npon by the Cidleetor to take out proper title
for the huid, within a month from the date of the service of the
notice, and that in default he would be ejected. The plea then
avers that the plaintiff would neither comply with the terms of the
notice, uor remove froiii the lariil w^ithin a month ; and that the
defendants, by the order of the Collector, and in the exercise of
the powers given to him by Act l(i of 1839, assisted him in ejecting
the plaintiff, which are the trespiisse^, &c.

The Act referred to authorises the Collector, by section 3, to
eject persona in occupation of land ntherwise than under a grant
or title from Government, if tlo^y refuse to "engage for or to
remove from** it within a month from the date on which they are
called upon by hiui to enter into such engagement or to remove.
But the last yeetion of the Act except** from itd provisions *' such
"cultivators and resident tenants of Malacca as hold their landji by
'* prescription, subject only to a payment of one-tenth part of the
** produce thereof, whether such payment be made in kind *' or in
money.

The trei*pasM was^ clearly proved ; imleed, it was in substance ad-
mitted. It was proved or admitted that a notice in the terms stated
in the fourth plea, signed by the Lieut. -Governor, had been sensed on
the petitioner a month before, and that by that oflicer's orders, the
defendant Mitchell, a Clerk in the Land OMce, accompanied by
another Clerk of the fiame Office, ivent in company with the other
defendant, Endaix, who is a Police Di^ffadar, three other Poliee-
men, and an European Inspector, to the house of the plaintiff at
about 11 A. M, on tlie 24th December. The Policemen were armed
with swords, and one of the Europeans with a double-barrelled gun.
The plaintiif wa.s absent ; but they turned his wife and family out
of the house, and the furniture was removed from it by their ordem.
The garden and paddy land were also taken possesiiion of ; thev
wore afterwards sold by auction byMixcHfiLL; and the plaintilf

— xxxix— tin

was kept out of possessioD down to the present time. The plain-
tifTii wife made some imputations, in the course of her evidence,
on the conduct of defendants and their comrades, in a<jgravation of
the trespass, to the effect that her box had been broken open and
some money taken from it, and that some of her furniture had been
broken ; and she also spoke of a threat to burn down the house if
she did not leave it ; but, as 1 stated yesterday at the close of the
case, 1 did not think the imputations sufficiently borne out to be
entitled to credit. They were denied by ^Mitchell; they were
not corroborated, as they might have been, if true, by other testi-
mony ; and I had no evidence that any complaint had been made
at the time, of the loss or destruction of the money or goods. A
question arose in the course of the case, whether the Lieut. -Qov-
eruor was a ** Collector'* within the mennini^ of the Act 1(5 of 1S39,
and another, whether the notice was in Jiccordancc with the 3rd
section, ixs. it did not require the plaintifl' " to engage for or remove
from *' the land ; but in the view which I take of the main question
in the case, viz., whether the plaintitf is one of those "cultivators or
tenants holding by prescription,'* who are excepted from the pro-
visions of the Act by the 12th section, it is not necessary that I
should express any opinion on them.

The term "prescription*' does not apply in PJnglish law, as
Mr. Davidson justly observed, to land, but only to incorporeal
hereditaments, such as rights of way, common or light ; and if tho
term were construed in its strictly technical sense, it would find no
application to cultivators of land. We had no statute of limita-
tions in this country, relating to land, until 1850, and if " prescrip-
tion ** were to be understood as referring to a title to land acquired
by long occupation, the section in (juestion wojuld find little or no
application here, because the title acquired by the cultivators and
tenants in Malacca does not depend on any statute or law of limita-
tions. But there is another sense in which the term may have
been used, viz., in the seu«e of "custom,*' and in this sense it
would make the section so widely and justly applicable to the cir-
cumstances of this .Settlement that it appears to !ne beyond doubt
that it is in this sense that the Legislature used it.

" Prescription," properly so called, is personal ; it is the title
acquired by hmg usage by ii particular person and his ancestors, or
the preceding owners of the estates in respect of which the right
is so acquired. A "custom'* is also established by hnig usage, but
unlike prescription it is '* local*' not personal ; when once establish-
ed, it becomes the law of the place where it prevails, to the exclu-
sion of the ordinary law ; and those who have a right under it, have

20S

— xl—

it, not becjiuijie they and their ance«tori or predeceseora Lave long
enjoyeJ it» as in tho caao of prescription^ but simplj because the
custom of local la^ gives it to them, without any referrence to tho
length ijf their oujojment. In the ease of pre^iTiption. Jon-^ u»a^e
gives tillo to an individual; in tlie caso of eudtom, long uga;;o
! estahlishe^ the custom, and it is the custom, become law, which
^ives title to a class of person:* in a IncalitVi and gives it to them
at once. The two thin<j3 are es.^entially different, but there is a
fiulh^^-ient similarity or analogy between them — neage being nn
element common to both — to acconnt for their being occasionally
confounded; and 1 think it plain, from the history of the land
tenure of Malncca, that it was in the s^ense of "cURtom " that the
term *' prescription" was used in the Act of 1839.

Tt is well known that by the iild Malay law or custom i\(
Malacca, while the Sovereign was the owner of the »oil, ev^ery man
had nevertheless the ripfht to clear and occupy all forest and waste
land, subject to the payment, to tho Sovereign, of one-ten I h of ihe
produce of the land so taken. The treci which he phintod, th<^
fiouRCs which he Imilt, imd the remaining nine-tenths uf the pro-
duce, were K\s pn>perlyT which he could sell, or mortujai^'c, or hand
down to hia children. If ho abandoned the pad<!y bind or fruit
treesi for three years, or his gambier or pepper plantatiutis for a
year, his rii^hta ceased, and all reverted to I he 4Soverei*;n. If,
without deserting the land, he left it uncultivated louiijer than was
usual or neceaaary, he was liable to eject lu en t. See Mr, Nctct*oftV$
Work oji (he Sfrni/H of Malacca ^yo). T, 100. It is cliMir that n|;hU
thus acquired are not prescriptive, in tbt* technical sense of the
term, but customary. 'Ihey are ac(iuire<l aa roju as the land i*
occupicil au^l rcchtiincd, and the title re<|uires no lapne of time to
perfect it.

It was contt'inlcd by ihc Solicitor-General tliat sut-h a custom
WHS unreaHouable and I herefi»re invalid ; but if s«ucb an objection
could now he raided after iti^ b^ng recognition, ad 1 bhall presently
show, I should not hcwitate to Iiold that the cu!*tom wan not only
rciiifornilile, but very \\v\[ anitcd to any country like thisi, where ihu
popuhition is ihin and the uui'Ieared land is superabundant and of
no value. It must be for the advantage of the State to attract
aetllerd to lands* winch are worthless n^ forest and awamp, and thu*
to increase at ortce the [copulation and the wealth of the country
A similar custom or law prevails in Snuiutra. {MitrsdnCg Sum^tif^^
22k) In Java, every Javanciio ha^s the right to occupy uncleftreil
land, payiiig for it by giving the State hfs personal labour on iH>ad-
making or similar public work, one day in five, or now, under tHo

— xli-

209

cli, one clay in seven ; and though it might seem unreasonable
iQ England that one pcTj^on should acquire an indefeasible title to
occupy the land of another by fellin*^ hia foreat and ploughing the
land, I think that» in the circumatances of these countries* it 19 noi*
thof unrea>»onftble nor impofitio fur the sovereign power to offer
•uch terms to persons willing to reclaim and cultivate its waste
Laodd. But it i» too late to question its rea^onableuesa^ after a
long and continuous rei-otjnition, amountiUL: virtually to an olTer of
forest land to all who chose to clear it, on the tenna of the custom.

The Portu*;uo8e, wliile they hnld xVlalaeca, and, after thetu, the
Dutch, left the Malay custom or lex non scripfa iu forco. That it
wa«t in force when this Settlement was ceded to the Crown appears
to be beyond dirf[)ute ; and that the cession left the law unaltered
in equally plain on general principles. (Campbell i\ Hall, Covvp,
2U4, 200.) It was held in this Court by Sir John CL.vuiDiiK, in
182J>, to be then in full force* ; and although it was decided by 8ir
H, M-iLici>r in I83l,t in conformity with what had been held in
India, that the taw of En^j^land had been iotruduced into the Set-
tlement by the Charter which crcatctl the Supreme Court, it seems
to me cle^r that the law so introduced would no more supersede the
cui«tom in question, than it syperi<edcs local ctistoms in England.
Further, the custom has always been recognised by the Govern-
ment ; down to the present time tenths are collected, both in kind
and in money, from the holders of land acquired under the custom ;
^ftnd from 1S3S to lS5ij. commutatiotis of the tenths into money
payments were frequently made by deeds between the East India
Campany and the tenants, in which it was recited that the Com-
pany ** possessed the right of taking for the use of the Government
"* one-tenth of the produce of all lands iu the Settlement of Malac-
" ca." The Malacca Land Act of 1891 plainly refers to and reoog-
niseB the same customar}^ tenure, when it ** declares *' that ** all
"cultivators and resident tenants of lands " (the sovereign or quasi-
manorial rights of which had been grautcd away by the Dutch
Government) *' who hold their title bt/ pretfe/iption, are, and shall
** be aubjoct to the payuient of ooc^tentli of tho produce thereof to
** Government/* cither in kind or in money fixed in commutation.

That the 12th Section of the Act of l639t would be justly ap-

• See the caB& of Abdullah p. M \ homed Msera Lebb, iitpra, p. xxrvii
fSee Judgment of S.r B. H. Malilin ; I^ th^ gtmls 0/ Abdullah de^
»wl.— MOBTOJJ'a Deoixiota,^. 19,
J Section 12 of Act XVI of 1839 is n? foUort^a : — '* And it is hereby providcl
" tJiAt nothing in this Act contained slmll iipply to suoh cnltivntors' and rcsi-
•* dcat t»:nantB of Malacco as hold tiieir Jjuidi* by prcaoription, subject only to a
■• p^ynwnt Co Government of one-tenth part of the prodttco thereof, wh^ather
' aocli jM^yment b« made in kind 01 in the form of a sum of money rec«ivod by
' ** tb« Oorenunent ia ot^ounatatloti of tbd paym«&t in kind."

— xlii-

Tvlicab!© to these customary tenant.^, can admit of little doubt, when
It is eonBideretl that that Act made all iier^otia, in general terms,
holdin*? lands in these Settlements otherwise tliau under Govern-
ment f^rant;^, Italdo to nsderstiiuut ** in Kuoh mantuT, at such fiite,
** und under such louditioiid '' a» the Colkvlor, nndor iubtructlons
from Oovurninei't, tdnise to im[H:>»e; and authorised the CoUet'lor to
flject all those who detdiiitid to *' uniiago for ' (that is, I suppose, to
accept the terms of the Goverinnent), "or remove from tiio land"*
in their uccnpation. 'J heseprovisi^ms, suitable enough to new Set-
tlements like 8injT;aporo and Penan^, where neither custom nor
even pretseriptiou luid had iimo to t*prin!» up, couhi not, without
mauiFeat injuFtire, have been af^plicd tvperj^ons In Mahicea, who had
nireadj a^^ood litlt? to their hmd hy the law or custom of the place;
it was to ho cipectcd tliat pro\isiMU t*hould bo made fur exeeptinij
such a numerous and iujj>ortaiit cla^s of persons from their opera-
tion, and it sccuih to me that provision wa;* made for that purpose
by the 1-th &ecliun, the Lv^ialature usiui; the ward "* prescription/*
not in its technical mouuiii^, in which it would be insensible, having
rt^gard to the circumstances of the Settlement, but in the sense of
local custom^ usage or law, with which it is readily confounded.

If this be so, it is plain that the plaintiff was not liable to
ejectment by the Collector for declining ** to take out the proper
** title" for the land in his occupatiun, under the Act of lS39* It
WHS forc^st and uncultivated laud when he cleared it in 1820^ and
he paid tenths to the Government from that time until 1853, when
he was ap^poiuted Fen^^hulu. 1 his appointment he held until iHiiH^
and duriojL; his tenure of it he was, as is usual, exempted from pay-
ment, llv was d(*privcd of the appointment in 18()8, and lie paid
tenths ajj;ain in l^GU. He is, therefore, plaiuly one of the customary
tenants protected by the 12th section of the Act ot 1839.

'Ihe only remainiuij; cpie^^tion, then, is as to the damaj^es. The
plftiritili" claims three hundred dollars. It seemstoine thataserious
wrong was dune him, and that he sustained scriims injury wheu bo
was ejspelk'd from his home and from his laud, lie had lived there
for forty years, and 1 shall not conceal that I have some sympathy
fur the fecliiij^'rt df the Maliy peasant, driven from Ids cottage, from
the orchard which he planted ami the fichl which he reclaimed —
from his home, in a word, and from the IVuits of his labour — bo-
cause lie would not give up his good title for one which he waa not
bound to acee])t, and nobody had the right to impose on him. But
further^ the injury was done by or under the orders of an officer, or
officers, invented with ceriuin pONver»» and under the colour of tho«0

pO"?reTi ; and I tliink that, whnn public offlcora pet about oKcmsin^
powers whieli iieceBi*Bnly iufli*?t y^ufferinfr or injury, or interfero
witli tlio rh^hin or liberties of any peraun, they ought to be ex^
tremt'lv cautious in what they do, or make their agent;* or Buhordi-
n^teu do. Hefp, the defund^nits, acting on their own or the^r su-
periors* view of the law (it mutterd nijt which, aa' regards the
plaintiff), comTnitted a brent-'h of the law, and a hreitch which,
might have resulted in a breach of the peare ; for ainonjg the seven
m<.*n en^^aired in the trpjipii&e, Buverat vvere aitned, and ii the plain-
tiff had happened to bo prps^ctit, ihey mi^ht have eneotintered
resistance; blood mi^ht have been shod, and the ofEcers of the law
would have hnd to ausiwor for all the eonaeqiiences of havini^ been
trespfiftserj* and wron^-doerpi. On tfie other hand, most of onr na-
tive peai^antB, in the plaintiff' i« place, whether they reaisted or yield-
ed, at the timer to the display of fon © in the name of the law,
wotild liot hove ventnred, as ihe plaiotifT his, to qncs ion its legali-
ty in a Court of Jnsti* e, and they would tlins be [permanently dia-
pOJi8es?sed eoutrary to law. For these ren^oof«t I tlrlnk it my duty
to do what iu n^o liea to di^Lonrafice such prtpceedin«:8 ; and, there*
fore, havin|:j re i^ard to sdl the tircumt^tances of the i^ase, I shall
give the plaiiitifi' the amount of the damages which he has claiuaeJ,

Judgment for the plaintiff for 300 dollari.

APPENDIX IV.

PROCLAMATION

A complaint having been laid before the Court of Justice
that the Captain Malay n, land-holder for Sungei Pootat and Batoo
Brandani, has demanded from his tenants more than yV on the pro-
duce and also on sales or transfers of the property of cultivators, —

Considering that it is ac^ainst the rules and regulations of the
place and opposed to the pro.^perity of the Settlement, we have
found it advisable, in order to obviate this evil, to make known by
proclamation that any one found guilty of exacting from any of
his tenants a rent exceeding the tenth of the produce, will be

xUt

fined 600 Bix dollars for luch offence — ono-lialf of which will
given to the Churches and the other Imlf to the Government.

Hth Becemher, 1773.

JOHN CRANS.
O. KKITMOliE,
B. V. SCHELLING.
D. A. BE H1N8ILE,
A. S. Lb:MlvEH,
H. CASS A

PROCLAMATION.

We, JoH.N Samuel TiMMEnMAuTHTSBEN, Governor of Malacca
and its Dependeiicit'8, to uil to whom these PreRentfl mny come,
lend greeting : —

Whereas it has come to tmr koowledge that several covetous
pergkons, proprietors of landed estates, have demanded from their
tenants rcHidiiig on their etstatefl and pOBsessiug plantatioiif^j which
throngh their indutitry have been brought to perfection, more than
the fixed rate of ten per cent, on the produce of sneh plantations,
and whereas it has also been repn^Rented to uethat, on the transfer
or sale of such plantations, the landed proprietorB have demanded ten
per cent, upon the amount realized for the same ;

All of which, we consider to be an unwarrontabl© extortion, by
which the prosperity of the t'ettlement and the interests of the
industriona inhabitants, mutt in a great measure be affected ;

So it 18, that in order to obviate this evil, wo direct the follow-
ing to be promulgated :^ —

!«/, — That the proprietors of lands ehall be eati^ficd *o levy
only a tentli u[>on the pri*duce of their leatied lands.

2fid. — That whenever Hioncy t^hall be pHid l>y the ten ant r of
their leased binds or plantalionti^ instead of puviuent being made in
kind, the landed puprietors mui^t, in tuih c-a^cH^ annually pass a
contract in the pTeseiue of two witncBseds, viz., the Pen^hooJoo of
the district, and the High I'riefct residing in the neighbonrhood, who
•hall declare that none of the contracting parties have been com-
pelled to enter into such an engagement.

llT 3J18

Turtlier, it nhM bo free to every tenant^ after he hm plnnted
hiB groEod with fruit trees, or cultivated it, to disptise of the same
to another person, without pajing to the land- holders the tea per
ceot.

We reiiewj against this extortion, the proclamation of the Got-
eruor and Director Jan CkakSi bearing date 14th December, 177B,
aiid enfort'e the penalty of 500 Rix dollars denounced in that pub-
lication af;aiiiBt tbe transgresior of thiH order, tb> one half of wbich
amoant will go to the poor funds and the other to the informer.

It ii underetood by tliie, that in the event of a tenant wiifthiug
to diRpoee of his plantationpOr tranifer it to another, the laud-boid-
er eh nil have the preference on paying down the ium offered by
another.

And that no one may plead ignorance, this publication will be
published in the Dutch, Portuguette, Mulay and Ohinei^e languages-

2Qth ilfsy, 1819,

APPENDIX V,

EVIDENCE OF TITLE.
SPECIMENS OF DDTCH DOCDMEHTS.

I.— "PROPlilETOK'S'' QUKNT.

GovEBT VAN HooRN, Govcrnor and Director of the Town and
Fortress of Malacca, in the place of the late Inche Hollanda,
Malay Translator and Writer of tbe East India Company, to whom
the land of Battan Tiga, extending in length from Tanjong Broasto
Cooleban Pekeneno* and in breadth on the north side extending to
Bertam, was given for the good of this place, not only to cultivate
it, but especially to settle it in order that no evil-minded or other dis-
reputable people may have harbourage in the said land. Mow as the
said grantee is some time since dead ; so it is that from a good mo-

* Kl£ban|r kechil.

214 — xlri—

tire being a place well situated, and to prevent the M anicabows
our enemies or otber evil-minded men from annoying us which
would be the case if they were permitted to take shelter in that
place : It is therefore by this that we have again appointed as
Head and Superintendent of the said place Battan Tiga, Iiiche
Arok, who at present resides in the said place, and we further per-
mit him to cultivate the aforesaid land, on condition that in the
event a future Governor, our Successor, shall judge it necessary
for the service of the East India Company to make any alteration
in the buildings or the plantations on the said land, he must by
all means acquiesce in such measures, without expecting to receive
any remuneration for the same from the East India Companv, on
the other side. We promise at the request of Inche A.uon to re-
commeud to the favourable consideration of the succeeding
Qtjvernor, our Successor, if his conduct should deserve the favour, to
place his son SA3isooDEEy in the next possession of the said piece
of land in the event of his death or resignation of the charge, this
we do in consideration of the loss of 90J Kix dollars sustained by
Inche Aiioy, arising from the mortgage of the said land to him by
bis predecessor Inche Holla.nda. The above land is, however,
subject to all Government impositions and taxes which are at pre-
sent in force or may hereafter be introduced.

(Signed) G. van HOOEN.
Maheea, 17th June, 1700.

II.iQRANTS OF TOWN LOTS.

Jan Crans, Governor and Director of this place and of the
Fortress of Malacca and its whole jurisdiction, makes known.

That I have alU>wcd and granted with the consent of the
board of Administration of this place, as 1 allow, grant and make
over by tlicso presents, to the masterof theSMixn's shop, Mr. Omstee
a piece of unoccupied and uncultivated ground, beion<xing to the
Fast India Company, bordering upon the trench, to the East of
this Fortressi between the points Amelia and Henrietta Louisa,
broad in front along the road, six rods and three feet, course N.
N. E. and S. S. W., and behind, towards the east side, bordering on

~x1tu —

2lft

the land of the Malab&r Moetiaf bix roda and iix feet, counae
K. and 3-, beajdes deep oa the North East side, borderiog on the
proper tr of the said Umster, ten rods and eight feet, course B.
8, fi. mid W, N, W., am] on the Bouth side borderm;^ on the land
of the widow of the hook'bee]>er, MABTiPfi's van Toulok, thirteen
podn fltid ihrt'e feet, the f^ame course as on the 3outh Woat side, all
in Khiuelaiui measure, timFornmblo to the ^urvcyor'a new plao of
lUth Auitiif^t of tiiia year, and that he may take le<;al poaaession
of the iaid unocciipit*d jx^'^'und and let it out, or mortga*^© it, or do
with it whatever he likes, provided, however, that he wilJ always
remain subjected to all th« taxes and dutie& already put on land
and i^roperiies by the high authorities, or wbieh might etilL be
ordered ia the future,

TbuB done and given in the Fortress of Malacca the,,....Au-
giittp 1776,

(Signed; Jan CRANS,

Seal of the By Order of His Honourable the Gov-

East India Compfmy eriior and Director of thia place and of

in the Fortress of Malacea and of the board

red sealing-wax, of A dmiuint ration.

(Siguod) J. F, FABKIENIS,

Secretart/.

PiETEB Gkrardus de Bruyn, Governor and Director of this
place and of the Foitret^s of Malacca and its -.rhole jurisdiction,
makes known that, with the consent of the Board of Administration
and with the object of improving this place and with other good
purposes, I have transferred to and bestowed upon the Burgeon-
Major of this Fortress, Mr. Joiian IIkkduik Wekth, a certain
piece of ground, situated within this Fortress, opposite the " Mid-
delpunt*' (centrum), between two other cultivated properties of
the same owner, broad in front along the Public Road, live roods
four feet and ten inches, conrs^e N. N.E. or S. S. \V., and behind
St. Paul's Hill, the same breadth and course as on the JSouth East
side, besides deep on the North side and on the South side, twenty
roods, course W. N. W. or E. S. E , all in Rhincland measure,
according to the plan of the sworn Surveyor, II ebmaus JelgeBHUis
dated «30th Marcn last, to take henceforward legal possessioa of

216

— xWii —

this piece of land for him and for his heirs^ with the right to sell
it, or to alienate it in another manner, or to let it out, or to do
with it whatever he likes, provided however, that it will be kept
^cleati, and that it will he cultivated j whilst aoy Possessor^ who-
oever he may he. shall he suhjei'ted to sill such taxes, duties and
ruleis, already laifl down by the llijj:h AiUhoritien of thi>* Goveni-
inrot, or by their representatives, on land granted In this way; or
to any RuleR or Ordinances, still to be nuule and hesiJew, lliat any
PoisEieftsor ^hall be bound to make restiLutiiai *»f the aaid ground, if
it miglit be requin^d for tbe nae of I he East India Company* with-
out having the right to make au action for damages.

Thus drawn and given in the Fortrees of Mylacca, this 12tli
May, 17i!>o-

(Signed) P. G. DeBETJYN.
Seal in
red sealing-wax By order of the Governor and Council.

of the
Judicial Councih (Signed) C. G. BAUMGARTEN,

Sccrefary.

William Fakquiiar, Commandant of this Town and itH Fon-
resSi makes known.

That with the object of improving this pbice and with other
good pu r po Mcs 1 h a Y e t rn n s fv r re d to and bes I u we* I upon ^M r . A o it i a *
AN KoKK, Captain #f the Civil Guard, as 1 am doini^' again by tbese
presents, a certain piece of ground sitviated on the West side oF tbia
town outside Tranijucndi's gate on tl^e ftra-shore, bnmd in front
along tlje pubhc road, eigbt rodfi and nine feet, course H. |° S, or W-
f^ N. ar)d behind on the aea feide, eight rods and nine feet» course
as in front besidtB deep on the S. E. side, thirty-one rods, conrse
K. 1*^ Ft. or 8. 1° W. bounded by a emal! piece of Government land
and a small road towards the flea, and on the 8. W. side by the jrar*
den of tbesaid Mr. KoKK.also deepl!iirty-one rods, course N, J^ P,
pr i>. f^ W-, all in K bine I and measure, conformable to the plan ol:
pile t^wom ^^u^veyor of the 19th instant, to take henceforward leL^al
poB^e&hion of tins piece of land for him and for hia heirs, with the
right to sell it or to alienate it in another manner, or to let it tm*^,
or to (Jo with it whatever he likee, — provided, however, that it will
be kept clean and that it will be cultivated, whilst any poasea&or,

— xlk— 217

whoioever he may be, ehall be subjected to all iuch tajce«, duties
and nilefl already laid dawn by tb© higb autboritieB of tbis Govern-
ment or by tbeir repreBentatives, as to land granted in tbiB same
way, or to any new Bales or Ordinancee, still to be made, and be-
fiideB that any poaaa^sor will bo bound to make reatitution of tbe
said ground, if it may be required for the uae of tbe East India
Compaiiy, without having tbe right to make any action for damages.

Thus drawn stnd giren in tbe Forireis of Malacca this 21at
KoTember, 1808.

(Signed) W, FAEQUHAB,

Contain Commandant

3eal of tbe
East India Company By Order of tbe said Commandant
in William FAEQtmAE,

red sealing-was,

(Signed) J, W. STECKEE,

This tbe 2nd February, 1816, a piece of tbe herein mentioned
ground has been sold and, transferred to the Hon'ble William
Fabquhab, Eesident and Commissioner oft bis place, broad in front
along tbe public road, eight rods and six feet, y)ur8e E. f ° S. or W.
f ° N. and behind on the sea-shore, seven rods and eight feet, the
same course as in front, besides deep on the East side Mr. A.
Koek's, thirty rods, course 8. 6° W. or N. 6° E., and on the West
side bounded by the land of the Hon'ble William Easquhab^
thirty-one rods, course N. i° E. or S. i° W. all in Ehineland mea-
sure, conformable to the new plan of the Sworn Surveyor of
tins place, Johan H£in>BiE Yalbebg, dated the 26th October of
last year.

In cognizance of me the undersigned,

(Signed) A. Y. STECKEE,

Secretary^

218

ni.—CEETIFI GATES OF TEANSFEE OE TKANS^nSSION-
This day tbe 14th July, 1772.

Appeared before us the underBig;iied, especially appoioted
Members of the Hon'ble Court of Justice of this Government, the
Portuguese DoMiKooa de Costa, inhabitant of this place, who has
pretended, and proTcd to u», to be the proprietor or three planta-
tions situated afc a small distance up the river and called Cor-
hou^ TuaUang and Mat! jap ; that the said plantations have still the
same extent as when they were owned and h olden by his deceased
fatber Joan be Costa » pursuant to a deed of purchase, dated 20th
May, IT^t, and to a title deed, dated 6th April* 1739, and that the
Raid plantations have been assigned and allotted to appearer as
co-heir of bi« dceeaaod father Joan be Costa, and as heir ot the late
IsNOCENTiA BE CosTA his siftter, accordiog to a deed of liquidation
of the succession, passed before the Sworn Chief Clerk of the Police
Court and two witnesses on 8 th July in at.

The possession of the said plantations being legal and legiti-
mate, the appearer is consequently entitled to sell and alienate the
three plantations aforesaid as he thinks best.

And in order to be able to prove hia lawfid right, where and
whenever he may want to do so and to exempt himself and guarantee
that all is as it ought to be according to the Law, this deed has been
granted to him.

In witness whereof We the especially appointed Committee i
have herouuto set our hands and have contirmed it with the seal'
of this tow^n. ^

Thus done and passed in the Portress of Malacca at the date
above written.

(Signed) DOMINQOS De COSTA,

The Mcmbera of the Committee.

<tsigned) DANIEL De NEUFOILLE.
„ T, U. Van MOiSBEUQEX.

In witness whereof.

(Signed)-

— (name unreadable.)
Secretary.

-^]i-

219

Na. 574.

ThiB day the 3rd April, 1816.
Appeared before us the undersigned, especiallj appointed
Members of the Court of Juatice of thia Government, the Arab
Cheg Ajcat Bts^ MoHAMAT Baraloean aod his son Mohamat bin
AciiMAT Babaloean (uow abroad), who, in the quality of general
proxies of the Moorish woman Bibi Abji Booy Nessa G^anam
BurrEE MmsA Mohamat Leabeek, iohabitant of Suraita (the
only remaining heir of her deceased mother Boi Amator Bau:ik),
anti in virtue of a Dutch power of attorney, dated the 3rd May,
1808» translated in the Arable langua^j© on the 10th of June, 1813,
declared to have sold and transferred t-o and in heluilf of Joseph
HoTAd, an Armenian Merchant at thia place, two pieces of ground,
now united to one, which have belonged to her above mentioned
mother, (pursuant to a Deed of Purcliase, dated Srd September,
1777) » situated in the Northern suburb in the Ueeren or Tran*
quera Street^ at the end of that Street next to the gate of Tran*
quera, with a brick huuae on its South Western aide, is broad in
front along the Street five rods and six feet, course N. W, 4*^ W.
and behind at the seaside five rode and eight feet, course S. E. 4^
E., besides deep on the N. W. side, bordering on the land of
JaS Teu3, twelve rods» course N, E. 4° N. and on the S, E. side,
bordering on land of the same owner as this ground, also twelve
rods, course S, AV. 4'^ S,, with a private etono-wall on both sides,
all in Rhineland measure, conformable to the now plan of the
sworn Surveyor Jak HEifDRiK Valbero, recently drawn again on
the 24th of last July, and such for the amount of .Spanish Dollars
one thousand and six hundred, of 68 stivers each, which amount the
transferor acknowledges to have received already, promising to
exempt and to guarantee this Transfer, for all whomsoever, to be
a« it ought to be according to the Law.

In witness whereof We the eBpeeially appointed Committee
have hereunto set our hands and have confirmed it with the seal of
thia town.

Thus done and passed in the Fortress of Malacca, at the date
Above written.

By the Order of the following Gentlemen, Members of the
Comimttee,

(Signed) W. OVEREEE.

W. BAUMGAETEN.
(Signed) A, Y. STECKEB,

Secretary^

N, B. — The foreg-oing tranaLations give, it is believeil, the purport of the
'OriffioAlSt btit I am not responsible for grammatical errors in tbe Eiig^Ush ver-

jIoxl

w.aM.

220 MALAY LAND TENURE.

Errata.

Page 79, Note* aefrf, But see the judgment in -46f//^//a/j/ v.
Mahonied Meera Lebe, Appendix p. xxxvii.

82, line 12,/or he regards recul he does not regard.

84, last line but one, for pleuveuse read pluvieuse.

85, Note * for du read de.

98, line 7, for giving read going.

„ line Sy/or by the sea read by sea.

99, Note t /or Id., p. 261 read Newbold, I, p. 261.
104, line 5, after eyiction, add ( see p. 91 end of note*).
107, Note * add, Appendix, p. xxxi.

110, line 19, add ( see Appendix p. xvii).

113, Note * last line but two, for alludes almost read
alludes — almost.

116, line 21, for one-tenth read one-seventh.

117, line 17, for Chapter VIII read Chapter VII.
126, Note X add Appendix, p. v.

148, line 12, add (see Appendix V, p. xlviii.)

149, line 16, /or preventeh read prevented.
„ line 17,/or witd read with,

xii, line 11, /or jaga read juga.

xlvii, last line but one, for Hermaus read Hermanus.

1, line 25, /or hereunto read hereunto.

ON THE STREAM TIN DEPOSITS OF PERAK,

LEt?TCllK5 DELtVMIiEti AT Tli:VTPt:><J, PKft\K,
BV

The Eevd. J. E, TE;N[SONAVUO08. i,a,»., F.L.8., Au.

L£OTUJli!< 1.

17th April, 1884.

1 baye liero before me two pieces of stone. One, you observe, is
n rouj^h frati^meQt of granite of irregular shape : the other is a
rounded pebble mch as vou may pick up any day from the gravel
of a runtiiDg atrenm. It I ask how these stones came to have their
respective appearance, few would hesitate for an answer. You
would sav that oiiq has been roughly broken off from a rocky mass :
and the other has been rounded in the bottom of a running stream.
Yet, in these opinions, simple as they are and evidently borne out
by the facts of the case, you have formed by the interpretation of
the geological record. You have acted upon a principle which, if
followed up, mu8t lead to the interpretatiou of many of the geolo-
gical features upon the earth's surface. You hvje deciphered one
of the inscriptions which nature has written on the stones, that is to
say, the record of the way in which its forces have been exercised.

In this respect, there is a close resemblance between the work
of an Archaeologist or Antiquary and that of a Geologist. For
example, the antiquary finds a stone, covered all over with inscrip-
tions. This, he says, must have been done by a human hand. The
man who has cut this has known the use of metals as well as writ-
ing. His people had arts, and thus he draws conclusions which no
one will be found to dispute, which no one can dispute, as they ob-
viously belong to the facts of the case, however much we may
question theories built upon these facts.

Precisely in a similar manner we are able to draw conclusions
-from the inscriptions on the stones before us. The first is rough

222

8THKAM TIX L>EP08tTS OF PEHAK.

and ite tVaL-fcurtsd edges show that it lias been detached from u more
mafisivo rock by tlie exercbe of some force. Byt I shall re«er7e
for another oeeiisiori wh^xt 1 have to say about this piece of stone.

Thf >«c<'ond sttone is wuter-worn. Wlmtever shape it liad for-
merly, tl«at simpe hns been unxllfiyfl hy tlie action of a running jitream.
No other natural action ^lvv» lo stonen the peculiar smooth and
ronnded t?hnpc that this intone has* It has not, however, been pro-
duced by waiter alone. There ha^ been nUo the ^?i-iii4iu^ action of
friction by one stone npoo another. Hunnin^^ satreame have their
pravel in constant nmtion. By earryin<| nway fesnid and lighter par-
liclef^, the lar^e clones are constantly shifting' their position and roll-
ing over. Ihen a Hood co)ne6, and the rstnncBai'e pushed along and
pounded aj^aiii^t one anoHier nntd the edt^e^^ of the fragments have
abraded aint rounded, 'i'his jirocess of hainmering, breakint; and
washing is one that is constantly ^^oio|r on. It is more rapid of
couFKe and eonntant in t-wift deeji iitrcatn.s. Irregular as it would
Keem, nuvdern t«cjonce h»K found means* to measure it. Bv the use
of the water teh.»tiCO]»c jind by actnal rxperiment. Mens. l)AtnBtE
hfl>* learned mucli that forinerly wra^, in this n;atter, mere conjecture.
Bymean^ut revtdvint* cylinder^*, he found tluit when pieces of gra-
nite are t*ahjocted to the kiinl of movemeut and friction met with
in river**, they jue reduced to fnie mud vvhen they have travei*sed a
distance of about 25 mile8.

One word here al>ont this granitic mud, which will form 8ub«e-
ipiently n 8ui)ject of our enquiry. Though the chauge from a rou^h
piece of granite to mere tine mud is very great, yet it in not ho eom-
pkdeuK to tlude detection by tlie ndcroi^copc. With the aid of this
in»lrument, an ex|>err r:in tell you at iince that snrh nind has been
derived fnim i^rsiiiite. l\v cau not only tell yon what kind of gra-
nite it was*, but J^^o \Oitther it contained any metals, lie can also
aay with cerlninly whether it wns the action of the sea or rivers
which reduced it to innd.and many t>ther particulars whieh we shall
Jind hereafter niosst ikseful in our present entpiiries.

Jt may **cen) very nnucce!*sAry to t^pend so uiiu'h time in ex-
plaining HO Kim pie a thin*^ a** the manner in which t^toue« become
water-worn. Hot obviouj< as it t», 1 think yon will acknowledge its
importanic if you will bear with me a little longer. Simple aku
at* It is, tiL'vend important ge(dot;ical conclm^ioni* depend upon it :
and in fact, like uioi«t ♦simple things in nature, %vbeti closely ob-
served, it eerv Lb lo explain ulrnt is very cuDjplei. Thu8, if you pay
attention to the hiils and moimtalna which surround the beautiful
valleys near Thaipeng, you will notice features which this water-
worn jnece of stone will help you to explain. Our mountain

•TBIAX TZV DSP0IIT8 OF PXBAX. 228

hM been rounded and moalded in a manner timilar to all
mopntain ranges of its class on the earth's surface. The crest of
the range rises and falls according to the projections of the rocks
wUch are mostly bare on the summit. Weathering soon decom*
poees and rounds them, and the materials are swept to lower levels.
From the crest buttresses de.^cond ; the drainage from which soon
canres out deep vallejs on the sides. On these latteral buttresses
other raileys are cut down, and soon almost infinitely. The whole
thing, however complex, reproseutd one hugo system of drainage.
The great surface presented by the side of the range acts as an exten-
•iye condenser to the moist air from the sea. The water is ever rnsh-
ing down back to the ocean, first in rivulets, then in torrents, and
often, as an obstinate fac*e of rock stops the water dashing over, in
angry cascades. It is never at rest. Each day the process of wear*
ing away goes on in thousands of rills and streams. But observe
that it is not water alone which is doing the work. The sand and
fragments of rock carried down by the water does the great work of
scouring and cutting down the valleyK. and the mountainsi are thus
very slowly but surely worn away.

At one time in their history, probably these mountains were
upheaved, but upheaval has little to do with their present form.
The features which so many mountains share in eommou, point to
some common cause for all, and this is what we call weathering,
erosion or denudation. It is tlio effect of tho friction of water and
sand just as we see in the cane of the water-worn pebble. So when
you hold that pebble in your hand, you hold in miniature what the
water is doing in the hills arouinl you. Water is the universal
solvent, and the law of gravity does ther;'Ht. Rocks are under-
mined and come tumbling down in lamlslips \vhich fill up the
vallevK. Water pounces upon them here again and gives the stones
no rest. They are worn away and carried to the sea, and the val-
ley is scooped out again waiting for other supplies of material.
Thus, gradually, main ridges become scarped and cut down by side
valleys until they dwindle away. The materials are carried into
plains which gradually build up islands and mud flats such as those
which front the western side of ihe Malay Peninsula.

Those who have visited the top of tho range must have re-
marked how the crystals of felppar stand out from the surface
of the granite just like pebbles in conglomerate. They often pro-
ject an inch or more. Weathering has dissolved away the rock
arouud them. Their crystalline structure and compact form enable
them to resist decomposition, and thus they remain, for a time, as a

224

STREiM rm DEPOSITS OP PCBAK.

record of what water has done.

If, then, theThaipen^' Hange has thus assumed Us present forraT
by thf^ action of water, we may assume that we have no means of
knowiutT the eitent to which it has been worn away. It certainly
was higher than it is?, and I shall show j^oti what reason there i» fi>r
lielieviag that it wni* covered hy other formations. But one thing
wo can certainly say. It ha?^ not been recently raised from the sea.
Recent marine remains are cotircly absent from ft. I need not
tell you perhap!^ that the sea never leaves doubtful »h^us of itt* pie-
Keuce where it has once been, lU iuliaite treasures uf life leave
millions of relies behind to mark the history of its stay. Nothing of
the kind is seen here. Instead, we have layers of vegetable remains
to mark what has been the former land surface and how it has
support ed oidy plnnt life.

To find out the ^jjetvlogical history of these hills >ve must inter*
rogate the only record that remains to us, that is. the mate-
rial derived from the rocks, thi* drifts, sands and mud banks.
This at first would not seem to be a very hopeful enquiry. Hut
more evidence wilt l>e tVjrthcomini^ from it than one woidd think.
DAUBufeE*s experiment?! havo shown that rocks are broken smaller
and smaller by water until there comes a lime when friction and
ahraf»iou have no lonfj;er any power. This is when tliey are re*
duced to fragments alMUit one-fiftieth of an inch in diameter. Not
only do they then cease to become brokeo* but tlie fragments do
not readily become rounded or nbraded at the edges, ^luch frag-
ments are easily examine<l by microscopes of moder:ite power. By
its aid the sand tells us its history. It it he from the sea, particles
of lime and shell with other familiar remains soon tell its origin,
If it were aeriaUor from a desert, every particle will he rounded,
abraded and opaque. If from fresh water there will be carbona-
ceous matter and a peculiar eortiug of the materials which I «hall
oTtplain more fully.

With these fads as a guide, let us now examine the material
which has come down to the jdains froin the moutitaiiu. C'lu^u to
the bills we shall lind boulderf^ and heavy gravel. Their weight
obviously [>revents these materials from travelling far. Amongst
the boulders some are angular, or just as tlu^v have rolled down
iVora the hills, an<l some are rounded by water. Further out iu tlie
plain, we lind alluvium and certain ontliers of roeks which have as
yet escaped denndutiou. These sometimes rise into detached hil-
locks, ftueli as the Resident's HilL Or they may scarcely rise above
the surface at all, such im the red clays near the Thaipcug gaol.
The-ae clays are most important, and we shall consider them more

BTREkU TIX DFiFOSITi OF FEEIK, 226

at ten ti rely hr and bj. The r©&t of th© pUitia are ri^ep drifts.

When pi^rADns ?eo only narrow streatii3 ery^airii^ wide plains,
they ^Titb dilficiilty tjndHrHtmd how sui-h rinilet:i could have formed
men lar^^t? arean of gra%'el, saad and i-arth. But th*? caiit^c^ is quite
adequate for theelfectti, if we rt^memher the conetaot drainage from
the sides of the mountmnH. It is uncensini^ly bHii^iri^ down new
material^ whitdi, anit aeouinulsite.^, throwis the streun b^iek wards and
forwards. A'o matter how diataat certain portifms of the plain
may be» as aoon ag they become the lowest levelj I he wator goes
over to it and heiipait up.

It was the enstiun, long n^o, to explain deposits of alluvium
and gravel by theories of great iimndatioiia. But ^reat inundations
and couvulHians of nature have a tendency to de5troy and rani'ive.
I'he buildinj^f up i^ done hy the little i*trernii which, like the busy
bee, neatly i^p reads* the materials. They jnny be called nature's
cbiselii which cane ami chip the Ktone, and natnre^a trowels which
smooth and level every t hint;.

Bear in mind again that tlia whole of the plains are not form- ^
ed of alluvium. There were iner|ualitics on thts eurfa.'e which are
covered over by drift, but of unequal thickne-j^.-*. Theae^ no doubt,
were barriei^s to the waters until the drift rose up to tbem*

But not only doea rlrainaije level the materiaU. It sorts them
AH it earrjea them alonj^. Lighter portions of granite sand, espe-
cially mica, are carried a long diataoce, Some metals also with
li^ht eealy ore^^ such ai* p]>ecular iron or tltaniier-m^* iri»n, are
borne a long way. Heavy metals such as tin, gold and platinum,
soon sink and remain belli iid.

In another lecture, I shall tell you more about granite, or the
rough piece of stone with which we began 'J:his evening. But I
want to say now that granite frequently contains metalliferous
veins and crystals of oxide of tin scattered through it. I'his latter
is a heavy mineral, and is never carried far from the hills. It is
enclosed in granite, or at least mixed up with other rock, yet it is
gradually sorted out and gathered together. 1 he constant opera-
tions of water washes it and buries it in alluvial drift where it be-
comes stream tin. Vein tin, from its name, means tin ore occur-
ring in lodes or veins, whence it has to be quarried from the
solid rock. Vein tin. though in narrow lodes, goes down to great
depths: stream tin is only a shallow deposit of fine ore spread
over a wide surface. It is better ore and more accessible, but less
permanent than vein tin.

But has all the alluvial drift of the Larut plains been derived
from ^anite ? I think not. I referred just now to the red clays.

: Tm DEPOSITS or rEHAir

Th<^io are titrntified. If you examine those which ar© not far from
the ^ftol, yoii will perceive in tUetn a finjjrular ribboo-like structure.
Thore nro liiie» vjirjin^ between red, yellow, white and dark alaty
bluii In »ome placet, trnccs of quartz veins may be seen. The
Btiata arc iwiated and mimpled into curves and folds. Now, I re-
gard thin (iH a wry nnrient furmation, and wliieh once probably
covered tlie pranite. Thu latttT rock has* been pushed thronirh if,
iintl ihift U why wo tlnd it [u^inci pally at the base and the aides of
the range, Probably the ij^ranite itnelf has been formed from this
iHJck. It ha« been melted into it:^ pre.<»ent crystalline form, Bnt
tlui clays o<intain moro iron than tno granite does. They have
been much changed by their contact witb tbe j^Tanite, and some
portumn of tht» tormation hjvve been converted into what geologists
call ** f^neifis/* 1 tear ] cannot explain these terms to yon now in
the tinvo at my diwpoHnb

There is one ihin;^ about these clays which must strike ob-
iiw*ver*, and that is their fiery red colour* This is due to per-oxide
of iron or rust of iron. In the^se cot^ntrio^i such a rock is called
'* latrrite/' Tbou;;h the term is applied to many different kinds of
rtjck, in fact any red stone or clay, I am now rtferrini* to only one
kind, which is that derived from the paleoxoit" or ancient formation
which lii*» ftbove the granite. 1 wish to add also that, when not
affected by much aiidation or rusting, these clays are blue instead
of red.

These palcoxoic clays give us a c1uf« to the age of the tin. It
lulls us that the metal oceur?* hcn^ as it does in other pnrts of the
world, that is, in cxiunexiiui with the oldest granites. These }>iiie<>-
toic cUys are pnibably OniovtH'ian, or amongst the oldest of the
ftmlified series know n to ^eolovrlst^. Tsually such eUys or slatM
liAve bet^n much wlTtrt;*! b\ the changes to which they hare been

wMeli tliesf* rUys aope^r througliotit

V they once coTerwl

But before tliia

I altered owing to

ictit eoi:ito>«» vi iUh» fonuatiou in the clifFa

^ ir, Sini^apofe. ^ipd i^^ain mhcr^ the new road

r^ kiUaott wbicb Birr ts b«aUt. Tboettsl

'.In J xl^^ At Sh ^ .^an» ao ckiitrfu|» of tlie

J to ibe westward and a «ar-

ja^ Kliaf naar Malacca th#

tpl roeki^ pftore properlj t«

Ltflkonite ittst««d of Latwt»

8TBKAM TIK DEPOSITS OF PSRAK. 227

hare been deriyed from similar rocks. I call them Ordovecian,
a term proposed for the Upper Cambian series, but I merely sug-
gest this age as probable. They much resemble the Ordovecian
of Australia, though the precise age cannot as yet be proved.

It is probably under these clays, at their junction with the
granite, the great deposits of tin ore took place. All mining
geologists are aware, that when any metal is contained in a rock, it
will be most abundant at the junction of that rock with another
formation. I do not undertake to explain why it is so, but I merely
state the fact. The junction of two formations is the locality
where metallic deposits must be looked for. The whole of the
granite in the peninsula contains tin, but it is at the junction of
this granite with the paleozoic clays that the richest deposits of
tin ore have taken place.

Thus the red clays become a good indication where tin sand
may be looked for. But observe : it is not at this junction that
mining takes place. It is when the clay has been washed away
and the tin washed out of the junction ; when it has been sifted
and sorted by streams of water that the stream tin has been depo-
sited where miners get it now. Not at the base of the clavs, but
in the drift which has been derived from the clays and the gra-
nite together.

It may, be asked, therefore, whether it would be worth while to
mine through the clays where they have not been denuded and
look for tin at their junction with the granite. I think it would
be worth trying. I do not think the tin sand would be likely to
prove so ricFi as in drift wliere it has been subjected to ages of
washing and puddling f n)m tlie streams. Tin sand is found upon
the clays throughout Tliaipeng ami the neighbouring hills. I can-
not even give a guess at how thick these cbws are, except that I
do not think they can be very thick. I repeat that it would be worth
while trying whether there is what miners term a second bottom.

Observe alno that 1 do not think tliat the tin deposits are mere-
ly confined to the junction of the granite with the paleozoic clays.
The ore may be found at the junction of the granite with any rock.
On the other side of the range, we seldom see these clays, but in
place of them we have limestone and marble abutting on the
granite. Here als*o tin is found and in great richness.

So, those who go prospecting may take the presence of such
formations as a favourable indication, especially where there are
high ranges near so as to secure the destruction and thorough wash-
ing of the overlying rock.

If any one asks why we do not find tin in such places as Singa-

STBKAM Tiy DEPOSITS OF PEBAK.

pore, where tUe paleozoic clays and granite are found side by Hide,
tlie answer is that there aro nu drifts. The reason of that is that
there Jire no hif^h mountaint* near to give rise to them. Suiftll
quantities of tiTi hare bt-on found at the junction of the claya and
gniiHte at SiniTfipore, aulKcii^ni perhupa to justify the concluaion
that hud they been aiihji>cted to the action of running water and
monntain jistreama for ages, large deposits of stream tin would
have resulted.

At the Biime time, 1 do not suppose that all the graoita at
i ts j u n c t i on with some o v e rl y i n 14 f o rm ation h e« 1 u n 1 ly ri c h - G e ne-
rally it i« rich. There are doubtless barren granito.H liere ae else-
where, hilt tbty seem to he fewer here than elsewhere.

Jt Ia a remarkable fact in mining for tin that stream tin ore
and tnineral vein-i or lodes of tin iirc ttcldom found together. T say
Hchlom, honause I om not eo nure about the experience of Europe,
but 1 mi^'ht say never, as far as experience teaches us in Au**tralia
and in this country. The richest tin lodes in Australia (Herber-
ton) haTo no stream deposits (iny where near them, I should say
that the causes wliich made the tin fcic^Tcj^ute into lodes were mnre
energetic than those which condemned it loosely on the edges of aaj
overlying formntion. This, however, i^ theory. Wbat my expe-
rience teaches me as certain in, — first, that stream tin is not derived
from lodcH or veins ; and secondly, that lodes or veine do not decom-
pose into anything like stream tin.

Now let usj in conclusion, examine the sections presented by
the tin mines at Ihaipeng, and see how far these will bear out J
those inferencesi. First of all, ^e meet with loamy clay or black
vegetable mould, full of roots, branches^ stumps ot large trees in
the positirms in which tlicy grew, bej^ides pro,strate stems of trees.
Hnlf of thiji black (k-pusit is water, {ind half tbe remainder is vege-
table matter that will burn. I'nderneath are layers of white, red
and yellow sands, mixed with coarse layers of quartz and felspar.
Tbere are also occnwional deposits of red clay.

By the aid of the microscope we find tbat the sand is derived
from granite and dejiosited in fresh w.'iter. If yon examine iti
closely, you will see thai the grains are all an;j:ulav aud transparent* '
Wben the pnlarifcope is applied to them^ we find a magnificent
play of colours. By the same instrument we are enabled to dia-
tinguiFli a few fraf^meiits nf felspar and fewer sTiU of unca. A
little experience enables one to prououiice at once that this sand
has come from granite, If it had been derived from a volcanic
rockj the quartz would be glasiy and not give the play of colour*
that we observe here.

iTBEiM TIW DKPOflTTS Of f SUAE, 2'i&

Tlie red clays, and probablj tlio yellow claTs, are derifed from
the paleozoic ptratB. Tlie white claya may E»e deeom posed fel-
Bpnr from which the sand is washed out, AH thi« careful eorting
and iifting h^n been effected by the for*N> of gravity aided by the
never failing strenms of water from the hills.

t>eeai4ior»!*!lT^ veget-'djle soil ia again repeated, showing that
thare were different stirfjices of dry land at different I o vela and at
various timei in the geological history of these depoi^itB,

Then appear mure or less worn fragments of tinartx, felnpar,
fluourspar, and i^mnitt\ This may be called a gravel, but it»
niaiefial In somel JmeK a stratum of mere peM»h y* ov souictimcj^
conftiwtin^ of large botdders. These represent varimi?* vicis^j^itudoa
in the Kinlory nf iha «treara. When such w.Ut^r-worn Htotn\4 iiro
remrnted togc^ther, the rock is called a conglomeratic

Undprncath all thei^e deposits, at a depth of 2t> or 30 feet, wo
find tho fitream tm. It is usually in a gravel with innch fine clay
and ciiarne sand, which i^ives the stratum a grey speckled appear-
ance. The depth of the tin stratum is variable, bnt seldom more
llian four feet, and often, in oven rich mines, irmeh 1p8«. llie tin
resta upon white or blue clay either paleozoic or ilerived from the
granite.

Now, when we find the tin sand all in one plflce and in the
lowest stratum, we mtist conclude that it came there by the force
of gravity, or that the upper part of the rockw from which tho tin
was^ deprived was richer \n tin than that which sub(*o(piently sup-
plied the materials for the drift. Both these conelusionB, 1 think^
are partly true.

The drift overlying the tin may, in some case, have been re-
moved and replaced many times by the running waters as they
shifted their beds. Streams undermine their .banks, they fall in,
and are thus turned over, washed and re-washed and the heavier
particles of tin soon become a stationary stratum in the lowest part.
This is the history of a good deal of the tin deposits, but not of all.
According to what has been already said, some portions of the ma-
terials for the drift were richer in tin than others, that is, the
junction of the paleozoic clays with the granite rock. When
these rocks were subjected to erosion, tin sand .accumulated in
much larger quantities.

If this exi)lanati()n be correct, then we ought to find tin sand
at different levels in dilVerent mines, and, as a matter of fact, we do.
But in one group of mines there is generally a correspondence in
the level of the tin in all parts of the field. Thus in Thaipeng it
occupies nearly the lowest levels, from which we may infer that a

230

STUEAH TIX DEPOSITi Of PBEAK,

good deal of barren rock has been denuded ftince the rich beds at
the junction of the f^ranite and clay havo been washed away.

To some extent, tin aand may have gravitated tlirnugh the
loose watery rands even after they were deposited in beds. This
actually occurs in thin strnta of washed sand which is thrown out
ot the sluicaa. What little tin ore rcm«iriH in thia m\ud h found
to have settled down to the hottom. But, of course, this could not
happen through coarse gravel or compact clay.

At the nek of being: tedious, I mnst repeat the important les-
son to he learned from these facts. The way \n which tin sand is
found in rich deposits in cerhiin parts only of tlic drift, shows that
it has been the wearing away of some rct^tncted portion of the
rocks. This is at the junction of a formation overlying the granite.
Wherever, therefore, either from the out-crop of tlie rockR or the
nature of the drift such a junction appears evident, deposits of
tin may be looked for Red clays are to he regarded ns a special-
ly favourable indieatioo, and so are out-cropw of alute, scluHt or
liaicstitDe near granite. But an essential t'onditiou appears to bo
tliat there should he high granite hills near, iu order to seeure the
req\]isi1e drainage for the formation of drit't.

I have nicotioned how hollows* in the gronml afl'ect the deposi-
tion of tin. There are a gnod many depres^ioun of the kifid nbout
these mines, thou^li the surface is even. The ground, as the miners
say, rirjos up, and the ore U almost al^t^ont from the slojies, while it
is unusually rich in the hollows^ those nearest the bills being the
richest.

It may be asked whether tin sand might be louked for at any
great distance from the hills. To this a double answer may be
given. The first ji^ that tin sand usually does not ti avel far, even
when it is very nnv. A mile from its origin would be a long
distance.

But, secondly, tin may be looked for far out in the plains, be-
cause it is certain that both paleozoic clays or jrranite in the form
of outlying hilloeks have existed there* though now they aie \va»l -
ed away. In this case, the nature of tlie soil would be the best
indication.

The manner in which the paleozoic clays are strati tied, and how
the strata are turned and twisted and crosseil by white veins, hnB
suggested to the author of '* Tin ilincB it; LArut " tltat there were
fearfTiI convnfstons of nature goiug- on when the streiim tin was
deposited. But the cause of this dales mueli farther baek. It
dates to the i>eriod when the paleozoic were affected by the gn*-
nite. and crumpled or folded back b^ that rock.

STBEAM TlfT DEPOSITS OF FEEAK, 281

1 liave gone til rough moat of the points coDDec ted with the
geology of stream tin, eep^cmlly aa it refers to the State of Pfirak.
you will doubtless be inclined to aek a question which I have not
touched upon at all. This ia, how the occurrence of tin ore in
aucU quantities in dajs or in granite ie accounted for. This must
form the subject of nnother lecture, for the Btory i«a long one. It
cannot be aecountud for in as satisfactorj a manner as the occur-
rrnce of tin in drift, but the matter is of the higbeet interest,
as you wiU find, connected with the most attractive field of geological
research.

Let mv say, in conclunion, that the connexion of stri-'am tin
with paleozoic rocke, Htnestono and granite is a most cheering
part for the future mining prospect of this State. Such rocks are
to be found every where : the valleyn of the rivers arc full of them.
Thi« nifikes me think that the tin depoesits of the Malay Penin-
sula are the richest in the worldj and that we are as yet only on
the threshold of our di«cov erics.

SiHSt ftTJKEAN TlSr PEFOflTB OP PKEAK.

LEC.TCKE IT.
2 1 Bt April, 1884.

(hir i«iM|nii'y in UiU Icctnrr; will be an to the way in which we
I'lili Mi'i'iiiinl I'nr iIm« ricli <lr|)()MitK of tin ore in connexion with
^iMIilIn iiM'lii*

N Mil will rniM»nilu»i' liow, in llu^firht Keture, we be;;an with the
n\\\\\\ III' I wo piiMTH of Htonr, on(»nf which was water- worn and the
nihiM' n ioukIi frMu:m<»ni <»f ^^rnnito. The water-worn stone fur-
nlnhoii UN will) n rluo lo tlie ero^ionH of monntains and the forma-
\\\\\\ of dnft Wo HJinll now turn to the ronp;h stone to sift the
»|Uo»»tiou nf iU ctniwtitucnl parti*, and wo will begin our enquiry by
ll»Kiuu Whrtt ij^jMMuito?

Hn^rtdlx dot\uod» it i»« a coinponnd nvk consisting of quartz,
tS>l*»p<n i\\u\ \\\\\\\ Quart/ i»» a vorv hartl glassy mineral consist-
u\^ y\\ tho o\ido of tho lUMuout silicon. Felspar is a trifle less
hf^^M <^>u\ w>^\^v *mw|^Ua. It ivn>ists of, say roui:lily, IV) or 70 per
^'^vwt iNtA^iL-^rt?, a li<riij>^ por^vntao'* of alunnna. snd iho rest made
upol x.sla or |SNta>h. and a vor\ liulc inu^j, linic and ma^ziu^i.i. Mica
>x A v)nu\ ^hstonn^ij uuU'TaI, Cinorally ^-ol.Mi^od >oro»\ Ma<-ki>h
M \ cn>viv»:> r.t \\ x)^ut> into ihin t^aktv. and hv^k> c-'^lden OfMlverv

s*\ xi»>«<'l XJS\»k^

Mioa >^ a A^^',nJVM

ijiui ^v!nor;i". a:i.^, c .r.:*iTi&, K^idc-^

,»lKv^ )|, .., 4\sK.

v^-'lalvx 'iVr.i, Ni".;,

v-* . y 1 K ;v. - : .r» f.:i\ ft: . a' k ft . i u^^iial-

'.x i\*»M^-^ r«.'.

D'^^iN^ir- 1^ ^ V ;

\A \ r.c n >^in:.lltr Tr prri.r.

i'K^.i .» »oK:^n'

\ -^ .^Kv,,

>v :^*rt ; f'.iy ,'jo,...

. \^ * . : ^ : "h,^^ : ■» • ' .^-s ; r. Tr-! id,>.:

\',*»*\* •! N > ■'. , »"

x^ ; X 'i '','\ » "%

T,^: ,-.' \ ij.*T \ /: f:<'-*f-i.: ki»ii> -f

^. .» ;■, '»' »> .

V. .: (V^.\^> V -^.iv

.* %.'x o.- <^-M. -^ f,>»- :•:•! :i,-.r.>

.. »,,. t".i-o \.i.

.. ..|fc,. . \^, .,-.

\>4^ * « -^ ". t- *•. :ii;m ::»:«!(;**.. M.T

, v,,..\.« ^ . »

•v.. 1 -,»:» ..A V'

* .: ' v>- ^ iT n.; nri^?<ii.i

-..■ ^ ^, ■^■,

1. X ,*.»f M • .• V

• V • S %\ -, ^ ♦* ■, ■' ;

.» ^. ,

. .•f-,r....vv

■ ^ ^- ■•■ ■ :- T- .' <-^ -•.!'!.■.■.

». ■% » .X

BTBEAJf TIN DEPOSITS OF PEBAK. 283

when it is melted and cooled, or slowly cooled if you will, becomes
gramte.

. But against this theory we know many instances of the melt-
ing of the earth's surface by heat, and when cooled it becomes
something very different from granite. Volcanoes emit from
their craters the melted materials of the cru«t of the earth, but lava
is not at all like granite, and even where it has cooled slowly it
is still very different.

Heat alone, then, will notsufEce as a theory. A simple reflex-
ion will make us realize this better. Granite is in structure not
unlike a piece of loaf sugar. But in the case of the sugar the
structore is not due to mere heat, as I need not tell you. , If you
take the sugar and melt it over a fire, what a different material it
becomes, and so it is with granite. If it be melted, which it re-
quires an enormous heat to effect, the result, when cooled, is a mere
slag.

Besides, if granite bo closely examined, a curious feature in the
crystals will be noticed. The mica and the felspar have both left
the forms of their crystals imbedded on the quartz. But the
quartz cools at a much higher temperature than the mica or fel-
spar. ]f heat alone had been in operation, the (juartz should have
cooled first and left its crystals to modify the other two minerals.

But for all that, geological research proved beyond a doubt
that, melted or softened in some sort of way, granite had formerly
been. At its junction with stratified rocks it was frequently found
to throw out veins into fissures, and to be injected, so to speak, as a
molten material could only be expected to do. Granite d^'kes or
elvans are not nncommon, and these sonic'iimes in granite itself
showing tliat the encasing material of which tl« walls of the dyke
are formed had cooled or solidified to some extent before the latter
was injected. AVlien granite is found in coutaet witli stratified
rocks, the latter are usually much changed, and as if the crystal-
line rock had affected them by its heat. When this is not the
case, it can generally be proved that there has been considerable
displacement and upheaval since the granite was melted. The tilted
stratified rocks which lie against it came to their present position
in a later period in the geological history of both formations.
Sometimes gradual transition from stratified rock to granite may
be observed, so that it is difficult to say where one begins and
the other ends, and even where the unaltered slates which lie
near granite are submitted to microscopic examination. Occa-
sionally in granite it>e]f marks of former stratification can be
made uut. Blocks of evident I v stratified rock are found imbedded

234

tr&fiAM TDT DEPOSITS OF VEUkh

in granite pa&te. But tbe most extraordinary thins; of all la
that fossils bave been fonnd in granite, mnch chanored, of course,
ftnd crystalline, but perfectly recognizable, The Jtjra Itelrfntttteg
in tlie Alps may be cited as an example, and I think I have met with
paleozoic fof»sila in a granitic roek in Australia.

All thiij was very pnzzlintj and gave vmG to many tli<^orie*4.
The facta seemed to hold the bulfince equally between a stratified
rock fin the one hand, and a kind of volcanic, or at any rate, an
erujitive rock on ttie other. Then the theory of metamorphiiim
began to make lU wuy. This suggested tlie granite had originally
been a strati fiinl rock, and that it had been converted into its pre-
sent ftirm by the ngency of heat.

This, you ol>8crve, only removed the difficulty one step further
back. Tlie question was still unsolved as to wfiat kind of heat it
wa8» Gradually the microscope was brnught to bear upon tlie
matter, and this, with chemical aids, brought wliat is now believed
to be a full and satisfactory explanation.

If you subject a small rou;^h fragment of granite to micros-
copic examination, you will not learn mnclu But if you grind
down thill polished sli^^es until they bc*conie quite transparent,
you will be able to subject them to very high mtignifying powers.
Then you will see that the apparcjitly solid crystals are full of
minute cavities. 8ome of these arc partly filled with water,
others^ with gas, others again are cavities containing perfect crystals
of such minerals as common salt, and other salts of magnesia, soda,
Ac. These crystals sometimes appear in fluid, which may be
water, and they are in cons taut movement.

It would be an error, however, to suppose that these appear-
ances are only fmind in granite crystals. They are seen, though
not exactly in tffe same manner, in volcanic rocks, in meteoric
stones and even in the slags of furnaccF*, But microscopic examina-
tion ha8 shown immense difTerenccs between granites and those
which have been certainly subjected to heat within reach of the
eartirs at mo sphere.

I cannot, in the limits of such a lecture as thif<, go iyti> the de-
tails of this subject, but it will he sufficient to say thnt the progress
of science, largely aided by the microscopic investigation of rocks,
has shown us a most probable and sufficient cause for the meta-
morphism of granites. All the different effects of heat are found
to vary according to the pressure at which they have been exor-
died.

It will save a great deal of ei^planation if 1 enter at once
into thi coDiideration of what mu»t nave been the geological hii-

rrr 2B?i«

♦nc tr t. -Si"

• I* "1.1 o**'-* yr"-^"! I i:i _"*^L "T •

■*S^ JUL

■fit* :it.i*-:.:.

:.Li

-•*-i- -

of Tbr re^:.:'r'*a-
da:* -f Tiir T v-j

-Hi .* 1^ - .'

roek- •■> »"--i: : " - --i

tnzti- i*:T^i * *» ' •*•.-**«•
roJk*. B-: :i; : r—
of the OT^rji-.j r • K*
lost b.T ra-i:.!-: r..

Le: -:* :ur:, : r a
tlii"« heat. : ' t ikr ::.•
deal. B-.f miLr^^.:-^
We eaii s>ee ;r.> ::i :.. j

St nit a were Lti-i ti-'.vu
sea or tho neiial .-urr-:-:
then c«iii''i?»*ei «.•:" >a^
mean
iron

; :■. V "2.. .- r

- :r\vr

vti.* :l,u.

'. e: re '^ c

: t-.i- r/...:^ r!.»*. \v::V. w :.:,:; i: h.^s tv>
V V ver-; i ^. \tr.«':;iv um^ s::a;;rusl.
s wiitri* :::o :::;ir.N> .»:' s;-;^:irua;i.Mi
TliC-rowa-a ::::u\ :l.tn. \\ho!ith»so
^::.e i v line h.>r:z.-n:.v!!v bv liie rixrr or the
.: iV.m:: wh:^ ;i li.ov woiv .irposito.i. Thov
which iiioiins silii-a, v»i" mua or oi;i\. whioK

.'vi.

n.H alumina. n;:5-n*.>i:t. iiriit. -oia. |>i»tash and a litth^ ovule of
.. Flii'-rint- and lar!'. ns. tin. i;o!d .»r silver weri* alM» pn^sotil
iufinitesimnlly. How they eame to he proont, 1 shall explaiti
hereafter.

But there wa^* t>ne very important injrrtNliont whioh ue must
not leave or.t. and that was water. All roeks eont.un this in a oor-
tain proportion. • 1 do nut mean those stoivs whieh eome out wa
spring!* upon the surfaee, hut water mingled with thein^riHlionts of
the rocks, that is. chemically combined. Gases of couii»o then* weri\

286

(IIRE1.H rat SEFOStTB OS PERAK.

alpo ehemieallj combiDed, and also water in iU simple fornix mixca
or Boakcd in we may sny, and from whicli na compound roek in ever
free,

Kow, cnn^idpr the effect of beat caused by pres8Ui*e on these
materialB aided by the presence of water. The latter material, yon
know, at the surface oi the earth cannot helieatvd much above 212^
degrees of Falirenheit. Then it evaporates in the form of i^team.
But under great pressure, of course it caniint evaporate. It may
bo then hcntrd tr» any evtent that the prosHuro will bear. Water,
even col<l water, is a solvent of rockt* to a far greater extent than
yoti would imagine, not only by wcaiing them away, but by really
dissolviniT the t*toue. Bnt at very high temperatures water actw on
rocks such as quartz more powerfully than the stroni^eKt acid docs
upon iron at the earth's surface. Let us take dull red heat^ for
instjitjce, and 1 will tell you pre^^ently why 1 ei]i>08e (hat dej^ree of
fieat. At thm ttmperature, quart?- would be readily tliHsolved by
superheated water, while 1 need not tell you that it requires a
eon^^idcrably hiL^her temperature to melt it lu the air.

Thciie eonchisiouH are not the result of mere theory. Experi-
ments have ju'oved them, By meauH of carefully eecureil vengelrt,
water has been raided to a red heat and even higher, and its action
u|)on ([uarfz. ^la*fi atid many other s^ubHtances observed* If I douot
mistake, after au evpcrinient which hinted aouie IS montll^^. some of
the iriiu^rals uf granite and fiometbing very like i^ranite have heeu
reproduced liy Muny, DvuxiitKE,

This pressure, or the weiufht of tlie supcriiunimbent rock, is quite
sufficient til account for the change of ^itratified rock into granite.
Pressure has generated heat, bent has brou<r[it into action the
highly corrosive and stdvent action of water, chemit al action has
been set nj*, thoseit»lements that have the greatest affinity for each
other have united, acids have neutralised alkalies, gases liave been
liberated and made new^ combinationsi, and tiually Ciinerals have
segregates], and the ix.*sult is* the rocks iri the form in which we see
them now.

Bo it renieiiiberpd that tliough we class tlie rocka of thi^ Kaiige
under one category, which we distinguish na granite, the r«iek is
very varied in ite constitution. It is fine grained, and coarse,
blue and red, dai'k coloured ami light, Smne of it i» almost all
quartz and s^ome f<diated like a fichiat. Mica prcdouiinatcs lu
one place, and there are thick veins of felsj>ar in anoUter All
this i» just what we should expect* Tl)e Hlrjitilied rock wiis not
of utuforui character, but even if it were, the preBsure would pre-
vent the reduction of the whole into a rock of simple mineralogi-

STBEAM mr DEPOSITS OF PCBAK.

cal features. Tbis fact must also explain tbe presence of metals
in one portion and not in another.

Some persona might find it difficult to umlerstand liow any in-
terchange would go on under such prcBsurc, but it will solve the
diflSculty to some extent when they are reminded that interchange
and chemical aotion goes on in the hardest and most solid roeks.
Solidity is a relative term. There is nothing on the earth 80 hard
that a movement is not going on in its particles. The moving
crystals in the cavities of granite prove thiB. Some think that light
is the stimulus in this case. It may be so. That shows how even on
the hard transparent diamond movement is continually going on,
movement that ia not more appreciable than th© Waves of light, yet
movement and interchange for all that.

I mentioneil red heat just now, and I did so because certain
geologists believe that this is the temperature to which g:ranite has
been rfdsod. This is not a guesH. It is founded on the koowa
qualities of gases and steam. Their rate of expansion under boat
and pressure ia calculated in connexion with the cavities in granite.
8ome of these, it will be remembered, are half full of water, which
has been steam. The amount of rondensation furnishes a factor
from which the former heat is estimatedT

A^nother kind of proof as to the origin of granite is found in the
sections of extinct volcaDoes. A few instances are found which
enable us to see down into the innermost recesses of these subter-
ranean fiery lagoons. In the lowest depths where pressure of the
overlying lava prevented the escape of «team, the rock is granite.
In fact, the volcano itself is probably no more than the escape
through an accidental fissure of some of that heat which pressure
is causing below.

We must not, however, leave out of consitieratiou one impor-
tant condition in these operations, and that is the length of time
through which they have been exercised. We have no standard
by which to measure it. The period of hiintory occupies only a
few thousand years. Supposing the granite to have been seething
and baking amid steam at a red heat for that time, we can well
imagine surprising results. But probably nature's laboratory has
been working for cycles in which the hiRtoncal period is only a
unit. What are the mutations observed in thetie granite hills as
a work for such eternal ages? The silence and obscurity in their
history is one of those mysterious charms to the edge of which
science has enabled us to climb, but where we can discern only a
depth which ia unfathomable.

But now to account for the presence of the tin in the granite,.

STREAM TIN DEPOSITS OF PEBAK.

or ratber in the strata from which the granito ie formed. I am of
opinion that it has been very finely, nay almost iDfinrtesimally,
divided through the rocks just aa gold and silver is in the sea at
the present day. Many people are not aware that these metuli
exist in solution in t^ea-water, but in so small a qnantity, that
tons of water must he evaporated before any appreciable quantity
can be extracted. Now, it is quite certain that the precious metal
is being deposited in the rocks forming on the sea-shore or at the
aea-bottom at the present day. No doubts immense quantities of
this deposit woold have to bo reduced before even a trace of gold
wouhl be seen, yet the quantity la absolutely if not relatively great.
But what is not poseible to man's chemistry is easily effected
in the great laboratory of nature. If the present shore and sea
deposits were subjecttd to such an action as that which reduced
the ranges here to granite, we should have the gold in rich veins
and shf^ots just as it is in the quartz veins in Australia. You may
be inclined to say that the gold in Australia has been much more
abundant than in the case 1 am supposing, but this is not so. It ie
estimated that more than five tons of quartz or vein-stuff has been
operated upon for every ounce of gold extracted, which is coosi*
derably beh>\v the truth. This, however, be it less or more, is only
a mere fraction of the rock metamorphosed from which this gold
hflB been derived.

I'he whole process depends upon a peculiarity in the ehomistry
of minerals which is only im]>erfectly understooil. This is a ten-
dency to what we call segregation. Similar minerals seek eaeli
other out and run together. In tho heavier metals when they are
melted, one can uudcrstand it, but this occur** when the rocks or
metals are not melted at all, where they are not particularly heavy,
and where they tnka^ directions quite independent of tho force of
gravity. You will find veins of quartz and veins of felspar running
through stratified rocks, you fiud lines of flints in chalk and sep-
tarian nodules in clay. If these things take place in solid rocks,
every facility occurs for their occurrence in granite. Thus, in
effect, we iind in granito innumerable veins of i|uartz, felspar,
iron ores, tin from scams of considerable thickness to tho merest
threads. They evidently do not depend upon cracks in the stone
and could not have been injected in a fluid state. They have
iiimply segregated and come together in that strange movement
of particles to which the materials of the most solid rock are sub-
ject^ by means of which they evidently travel long distance.

ISow, turning to the tin ore, we find it in the form of an oxide-
Pay attention to this. Tin ia easily melted. If it had been sub-

STREAM xm DEPoaira of perak.

239

jected to mere heat, it would liave run together in the form of
pure metal as it does in tho smelting furnace. But under heat
pressure and with water, it is forced ti> combine with oxjgen gae^
a combination which is not ens'dy effected without those conditions.
Tin when kept at a red heat with free accejss of air» oxidizes readily,
There are two forms of oxide of tin, one in which one volume of
tin combines with one volume of oxygen, this is called the proto-
ixideor stannous oxide obtained by chemical precipitation. It is
I » T©ry unstable compound, and on slight application of red heat
Imakes it burn like tinder and become stannic oxide. There is the
•econd combination, or peroxide of tin, in which one volumie of tin
18 combined with two of oxygen. This is the common ore of tin.
If heat alone had been coucerned in the production of the tin
which is found, it would have occurred in a different way. The
peculiar oxide of tin, which is so familiar to you here, is a state of
the mineral which can hardly bo adequately exphiined, unless formed
ulowly. Crystals of Cassiterite may have been formed by the sole
action of water just as crystals of silica are so formed. But the
proximity of the granite renders the conclusion more probable that
the agencies of beat, pressure and superheated steam have been all
in operation in the production of this oxkle of tin.

Usually, the form of the fragments of Cassiterite iu the drifts
is not crystalline. You do find many crystals, but the majority of
the grains are angular and amorphous. The edges are very clean
r and sharp, and not often manifosting any marks of abrasion. They
resemble in this respect the fragments of quartz washed out of
granite which are associated with them in the drift. From thia
I conclude that the tin has been amalgamated in the matrix or
other rock paste just as qyartz, felspar and mi<'a are.

I am rather diffident in propounding a theory as to how this
may have occurred. Supposing, however, tin to have been 11 nely
disseminated through the formation which went to form the gra-
mte»tt may have boea sublimed and then condeosed on the edges of
tlie strata where the metamorphiam was not complete. Thus it 19
found at the junction of the granite with the stratified rock. The
use of the terms subliming and condensation may be a little mis-
leading, I only use them as generally expressing the category to
which the processes may have belonged. As a matter of course,
they must have been different, because the conditions were differ-
ent from anything which we can reduce to experiment

I am aware how unsatisfactory any theory is which cannot be
brought to some test for its verificotion. In this matter, however,
wo must rest content with explanations which are little more than

MO BTBSAM TIK DEPOSITS OF PEBAK.

Slausible guesses. In tracing back things like the metalliferous
eposits to their true causes, we are still working very much in the
dark. My object in this lecture has been to point out what is
really known about metamorphism and to show how it bears upon
the occurrence of such ores as Cassiterite. I hope I have at least
suoceeded so far as to give you a clear and simple exposition of
the subject, and with this, I must rest satisfied and conclude my
leeture,*

-:o:-

*NoTB. — ^Tin ia found in drifts or alluvial depositB in Perak. Many
think that it must have been derived from veins and that these will yet be
found. The context of these lectures will show that I do not think so. The
true matrix of the tin is in granite at its junction with the clays where it has
been abundantly disseminated in fine and coarse grains. Nevertheless, in north-
em Perak there are tin veins or true lodes. Furthermore, I wiie^ to place on
record my opinion that the stream tin deposits of Perak are practically in ex*
haustible.

REMBAU.

As little has been recorded on the subject of this Stale, except in
works not very accessible, and as 1 have visited it oflSciallj on
several occasions, I have thought that a short account of the coun-
tr}^ may not be without some interest for the readers of this
Journal.

This State is one of the countries known as the " N'dgH Shihilan,''* One of >
or Nine States, formerly under a Yam Tuan (in full, Tang-di-pSr- ^
tuan) Besar and a Yam Tuan Muda, each, however, with its own
chief or Dato' P^nghulu.

Tn Rembau, as in Naning and others of the " Nine States," a MCnangl
considerable portion of the population ar^Ienangkabau by descent, ^ ^^^
and Menangkabau people still come over, as they do to Malacca.

Its name is said to derive from an enormous M^rhau tree which Suppoea
Urfcd to grow in the plaiu near the foot of Gunong Dato' j there S^e.^'^
are said to be some traces left of it still.

Another account states that the great tree fell down from the
mountain, and that the name of tlie country arose from the des-
cription of the noise of the fall as the colossal s^m thundered down
the steeps — ^^ merhau r^mhau,^\^)

It is further related that so vast was the size of this giant of the
jungle that its head reached to the Sungei tTjongC) stream, to which
it gave its name (i.e.y Sungei tTjong Kayu M^rbau) ; while its
branches extended to the Moar, and it has been pretended that from

(1) Probably a case of mei-ithesis. This is likely enough to be the origin
of the name; the other accounts are, of course, later embeUishnients.

(2) This is the recognised official spelling, or I should spell it " Hiijong "
in accordance with the proper Malay spelling, though Malays have begun to
drop the "h" in this word, as in other similar ones, but I see no reason to
drop it because it it mute. Many Malays still sound the " h " in " hitam " and
''hiyam," though the latter is more commonly sounded now without it.

242

HgMBAF.

gimX Bet<
meni of.

V elected.

tlOD.

this cireumatance **M£rbau SarAtuV(*) one ol" the limits of fiahing
rights on the Moar, took its name.

KcnihuuT like the reatof these countries, was, ncuording to Mentra
traditiuos, at first inhabited hy the aboriginal tribe* alone^ and its
firet Peughulu was, like that of Naniog, appointed by the Dato*
KrUiia Vt'trn of Sungci t^jong, (*)

Another local veruion \a that RCjmbau was first Bettled by Biltin
Brndahara Sakiidoi at Hillu Hem ban near G&nong Dato', and he it
was who felled the niif>:bty Mdrhau tree. According to native autho-
rity quoted by Nkwbold, Bi-iidahrira Sakudei was the first chief of
Sungei Cjong upon wliojn the title Kelfma Pclra wiis conferred,
and waa the ^on of a T>ritin,(*) and the follnwing account of this
origin wna related to Newuolb by the Etlja di lUja of Sungei
fTjoog:—

*' In ancient iimen one of the priiiee8ees(*) o£ iSnugei tjjong hav-
** mg had the presumption to laugh at the naked »tate of a Bittiu
*' of the Jakiinf^, ineyrred Jjis resentment, and wag compelled irre-
** t^istiblv l<j follow him throutrh thicket and brake, nntil, moved

• D ft

** with compaasion, her ' san^-culotte mahre dedanae* broke the
** Kpell and married her. The offspring of this sylvan union isi said
** to be 8akudei,('') from whom descend the rcnghiHu:^ of Sungei

*' Ijcduunda " is the name of one of the chief aboriginal tribes
in the South of the PeninsuLi, and two of the chief Rembau tribesj
bear the ^txme i)am|^the lirdujinda Jawa, and the BCduanda Ja-
knn — from whieh the Pnighnlu is alternately elected*

Tills alternate election is said to be dae to a di^^pute m days

( i > The real origin of tlilfl noiue was probably that it wsm a very large tree,
Bjijd to have KX) bnmchcB: t/» "rf-ngoe tQjoli" furtbei down the ^loar, which
has HtvtJi bti-niH brnuching from one root.

(2) rf, infra with apiprovjil of J oh or.

(ii) vf. ififrtu

(1) The tradition, if the word "ittihcese " ie to be tuktn litiirally, is some*
whut mired (a not uncommon occmTi tict^ about thiB, for there was do princely
ract) ill SuTigci Cjong at the time ; but it la a eommon practice to ooiifer this
titio on women r«,iDiLrk&ble for bc&ut j and faimeas of complexion, and it may
moan no more.

(5) </. with B(m!j&u tradition tH/ra. which mak«« him come from Johor.

rRmbau. 248

gone by between the two branches of the BMuanda, each claiming
the right to elect the P^nghulu, which was settled by the sovereign
.of Johor giving each the right alternately.

He at the same time gave distinctive titles to the Penghulus — to Titles,
the one elected from the " BMuanda Jawa '' that of " SSdia Eaja,"
to him of the '' Btduanda Jakun " that of " Lela Maharaja."

The office is hereditary, desceuding on the side of the sister, as in
Nailing and in all the Mmangkabau States. I attach a table shewing
the constitution of the country, and giving an approximate estimate
of the numbers of each tribe.

it will be noticed tliat the population is mixed. Mixed na-

The Siamese probably date from the time of the invasions by their **o^^*"^'
ancestors recorded in the '^Sejarah," and which, if we may believe
that work, took place shortly before the Portuguese took Malacca.

Acheh and Malacca were at one time intimately connected, the
latter, at first the superior, having subsequently become feudatory
to the former.

The boundaries of Hcnibau with Malacca territory were defined Boimdari<
by the Treaty of the 9th January, 18S3, and were fixed as follows : —
KwalaSnngei Jcrneli,,(0 Bnkit Bertam,(2) Bukit Jel6tong,(») Bukit
PLitua,(*) Jirat Gnnjei,(^) Lilbok Talan,(^) Dusun rcringgi(^)
Dusun Ki^par,^*; Ciu Sungga, Bukit Putus.

(1) '* J«'rneli,"' clear. ^^

(2) " BOrtnm " a palm-like reed, of which the Icwes are used for thatch,
:tntl the stem split for wallinjr houses.

(;i) " Jelotong," a fine j,^euih- bearing tree. The gC'tah is mixed with other
marketable getah.

(4) " Bukit rCitns, " cleft hill, a very common name all over the country.

(.')) " Jirat," a grave : "gunjei, " a giant. This giant is said to have beenso tall
that he could pluck the oo;.oa-nuts as he ^valkcd along ; he is said to have been
killeii at Padaiig Cl^.ai hnr (t'lc plain of thechachar trees) by introducing a spear
head into a l)ambu in which water was given him to drink so that when he
tij'iKHl it up to drink he Bwallowed the H^K-ar-head, on which he fled, and was
brought down by (.< ino- cut in the kg ; he fell and was buried where he fell, the
iieup ov..r this mnrks toe boundary point, where a pillar is now erected.
Tiiere ib another Jin\t Gunjei in Tam])in, said to be that of a female Gunjei.

(<)) " Lubok," pool in a river ; " talan," a tree (in other parts of the couu-
tr>' calle<l " gapis '').

(7) *' Ffringgi " Portuguese ; " dftsun " orchard.

(H) " Kc'par," a very pecidiar stumpy kind of palm.

244

nSMBAr.

hief plaoee.

ation.

cten

The E^inbflH branch of the Linggi from Sempang upwardi f ornn
the rest of tlie bounORrj line.

The boimdnrj with Sungei Cjong wat fixed about two jean ago
by Hii Excellency Sir F. A. Weld, ni, proriotia to that time. tb«r#
had been disputes abont it. It now runs as follows :^from Sempang
to Bukit Mandi Angm, thence to PLrhentian Tinggi, ami thence
to GAnong Angei. The boundary on the inland eide towardi
Sri Mciianti, Inas or Ji^Iei, and Joliol has shifted from time
to time, Gnnon^if Pasir, which is now under Sri Mutianti, Is chn'med
as properly belonging to llembau, though in Newbold's time it
was said to have origitmlly belonged to Johol, and thh lastia eon-
firmed by the aborigines, who aro the best authorities. The
boundaries with Sri MCnanii are said to be Gihioug Tiijoh, and Gu-
nong Lipat Kfijaug.

Those with Johnl, Botu Giljah (on hill of thut oame), Giiiiong
Dato\ Pt^rbentian Lantei {or Tingi^i) on Bukit Clu Api-Api, and
(inelnding Tamjiin) BAti^ Bcri^iit (now claimed to be in Tampin,
Pcrhentiaii Mauggis being said to be the right point, on Bukit
Kiida Mati), Jeram Kambing and Bukit Put us.

Sempang, where the Remhau ftnd Pcnar join to form tlie Linggi,
and where wo have now a Police Station on a small piece of land
ceded to Government in L874, waa formerly one of the chief places
in Rcmhau ; Kwahi Ptdas, a few milefi further up on the right Ixink,
waa another, but ihevliavo hulh been abandoned. At Bandar Kui^au
was the residence j^ the Yam Tiian Mudaj and latterly of the late
Pcnghulu Haji Sail In Nkwholt/s time the PC'Ughfdn lived
at Clirmbong. The prcBCnt Pt^nghuUi rcKidet^ at Gtt-mayun near
Chcugkau^ where IJaji Sail Imd another residence. H-rmban, in
proportion to its size, is, no doubt, the most populous of these
native States, being probably abont 1 1,000, exclusive of Tatnpin»
Krn and Trbong; the details will be found in the table shewing the
constitution of the country ; in Newdold (tS30) it is given at 9,0«)0
ioclnding Tampin aiid Km. The most populous part of the country
is said to be inland at Sri Lcmalc and Clu Nepri, but this is not
confirmed by tho numbers I have itbtained. From the table first
alluded to, it will be seen of what a miied character the population

EftMBAr.

245

ofinst&Uati
of Bdjiu

Ori^nal

ii. Thej likewise bear» among th© Malays, the charaoter of being
pre-etninently treacheroue. The Glidong diftriet (lying between
oar frontier and Gilnong Dato') near which Haji Maatafa lives,
' it taid to be the harbour of robbers and cattle- lifters, but Haji
Mas^tafa i» too far advanced in years, too imbecile, and too much
in tbe hands of others to do anything to improve matters j but
nnder the new n-gitne we may in time look for amendment.

As Kumbau used to he the place of installation i?f the Yam Tilan
or Yang-di-pcrttlan Bt^aar, it will not be out of place to deal here
with the anbjeet of the Yam Tiiane. Tlie onginal States in the
interior of this part of the Peninsula, accordinj^ to tradition, before
they became ** Negri Srmbilan " wereKMang, Jrk-bu, Hiingei Cjong
and Johol, with seniority in the order given.

The ** N«"gri Scmbilan " are stjited by Newbold, and probably cor
rcctly, as being origiually as follows, Kelang^^ Jclebu, 8nngei grisc^mbilu
0jon^, Joliol, Segamat, NAuing, Kcnibim, lihUi Pnhang (iucludiug
Stirting and Jcuipol) and Jclei (in Pah{t^«;, adjuiaing Jrlelju)*(*)
Kelang soon fell under the domluation of WCdrrugor

Johol originally included Jempol and the whole watershed of the
Moar as far as the Piilon^ on one side and Mount Ophir on the
other, having on the N.& W. common boundaries with JClchUj Sungei
t?jong, Ktinban and NTming (the latter now included in Malacca).

H«Sgamat seems to have bemi absorbed by Johor a generation or
two since. K^ning and Ei:m ban were children of Snngei Cjong,
iind when the former of them came nujre fleetly under Dutch
induencc, tSri JVlcnaJiti, or more correctly Iluln Moar, which ha*l
aiiserted independence of Johol, took its place in the con federal ion.

About the middle of b*st century, the Dutch, in conjunction with Origin (
the sovereign of Johor, Sultan Abdl^l Jalil Siiaii, who was suzerain J?"* '^^^

(1 ) There is of course iiDother J?!ei ulso Icnown as Inaa, which, tUl a ^nera-
tion or two ag-o, formed part of Johol, nor is it clear that it is entirelj scp&r-
lite now ; this district coiilii not have hoc.n one of the urig^inal " Negri Sdmbi-
lim ; '* tho titk of its ubief ia the same us that of the Johol Dato\ while that of
the J?lei in the tt^xt wr^s Mahardj^i PerJia. No doubt with the decadence
of the Johor dymuaty, and the pnvctical independence of Ptvhangr, Jclei oeaaed
to be r«igarded as aiijthing bat & dependency of the Bt'ndah^m*

246

BfiMBAr.

of the Nine States, appointed Daing Kamb^jaf a Bugia Prince, ai
ihelr chief.

J lis rule, howerer, was not approved of, and the PcDghfilus of Sim-
gei Cjong, Johol, Hembau and Htllu Moar invited^ with the aasist-
ance of the Dutch and the consent of Johor, the Princes of the
M'"nangk«baii dynasty to come over as their chief j<. Daing Kamhoja,
howe\*er, foimd support with some of the Penghuhis, and for r% tiine
hostilities eneued between. the rival parti e?, hut in the end HA j a
MC:lHwar» the Mt^nnngkribuu Prioce, prevailed, and Daing Ivambrga
withdrew to Riau, where he died in 1773. Thenceforward Johor,
by common couBcnt, hnd nothing more to do with the Nr-gri Seuiln-
Ian,

Raja MrhWar was then duly installed ae Yang-dipt'rtuan Brsar
by the four Pioghulns of iSungoi Cjong, JohtO, Rrmbau andlluln
Moar (who were i?tyled the Fcnghulu Bi^Jantik from their otBee of
installing the suzerain^^ in llembau, whiidi was thenceforth called
" Trmah KLTJunn/* i,e,, the place where tlie Imstnrsa of installation
is performed, not **karaja-uii/* so it is 8aid.(*)

Thence the suzerain proceeded to Sri Menjuiti, his place of rej^i-
deoce, so named from the chief and Eiitins there waiting to reeeive
him in etato, and it was called '* T^nah Mr^ngandong.'X*)

The h/ihis erected for the suaerain on his visits to the differfnt
States wereconfetnicied of peculiar form, whitdi must not be altered.
That in 8nngei^Pjong was called ** Brdei MClintang '' ac*cording
to the bent acconnt, tigui^atlvely speaking from [ts Fenghillu being
in a position to oppose auy innovations at tempted hy the Yam
Tuan j(*) that in Johol '* Bfllei Birtingkat " in the same way, being
as it weix% a third story on iSungei t jong and Itemhan, and being
nest door to Sri Meuanti. would britig their representations riglit
up to the Astana.

(1) I BJB dlBpoi^ed to think It H?g»**ladBi|ilw>ti^ origin all v.

(S) " KtindoDj^," to be with child, in lihtffc senie to carry, to support^ so this
place liore or ftUT)ix>rted tiie Yam Tiiun BOj<itr.

(8) Kot* I am infontied, aft Newbold eUitofl, becmuie it was buDt at right
uiglee to the river. The aJiegorlcul explaiuition giveji in the text is more in
^eoord&nce with Malay idean.

rBmbau. 247

Tlie real power in these States is vested with the PSnghiilu, that Real power
of the suzerain being nominal only. Newbold, from whose writings JJjthP&ighl
I have taken mucli of the account hero given, states that, on the
elevation of Raja Melawar to the office of Yang-di-pcrtuan, the foi-
lowintr arrangement was agreed to between him and the PiJnghillus:
that he should avssemble them on affairs of State and submit to a
majority ; that his maintenance be furnished equally by the inhabi- Mainten^o
tants of the four States, each house contributing annually a gan- BSaar.
tang of padi, two cocoa-nuts and one suku {i.e., 13j cts.).

On the occasion of a death, marriage, or circumcision in the
Royal Family, each Punghulu was to send three buffaloes and to
furnish a certain sum for distribution (probably for the benefit of
the various officers who took part in the ceremonies).

In the case of a war also, the Penghulu was expected to come
forward with a certain contribution of men, arms, ammunition, and
provisions.

The Ptnghiilu derived his revenue frogi his power of inflicting pcnghfila^B
iiues, and from contributions in kind made by the people of his r«v«"*'i©«
State ; he was said, too, to have the power, in other Malay countries
reserved to the sovereign, of enforcing gratuitous labour, but I
doubt if the power has been exercised, except to a very limited
extent. (/) The respective positions of Vang-di-pcrtuan and Peng-
hulu arc also defined by the following verbal Menangkabau tradi-
tions: —

Undany-undang of the N^gri SemhiWk (*) Undang-un

dang*
Al(u/i neu bcrdja, Idh'ik nen herp^nghuiu^ sdku h^riuha, anak hdah

bertbu hdpa.
The kingdom is under the Raja, the district under the Penghulu,
the 8uku under the elder, and the members of the suku

(1) Such as helping in padi-pUntin^: and repairing the Pgnghaiu's house
and Itnoe.

(2) i.e , of the " J'^rputih (or iKjrLapB more pro|)erly " P&ti " Plhang) SabA-
tan^f, opposed to which is the "adat tOm^nggongan/' I may refer to this in
greater detail on a future occasion.

24S

XfeKB^U.

imder tLe ibuhapa, (lit., father aod mulher) lille of lubordi'-
uate elder,

^ahint^kah tdnah ihbdiik^ %a hilei urat Myu yan<f puiu» undang
yang pttuya.

Every clod of eaith upturned, evury slip t>f root aimpped, ia the
Pcnghulu'a.

Drri huftt dyer m^nijcuchcn^ sampti kahilir omhak m^mechah^ To^
BandtJi* ynng^funtja.

From tho trickling »oun?e of tbe stream to the mouth when the
wnvcs hvei\k is the To' Bnndar*».

Di ptjak tdnah ^ dl lamjkah ukat undang yang punya.

All the soil and roots uuder foot belong to the Pmghulu.

Di sntik ay^r, dt put ah ranffnq aa champak ijdhh di itpi ti^'bing
To" Bandnv yang pum/a.

All water taken, or boughs broken within reach of a pun ting-
pole from the ban^s, belong to the To* Baodar.

Adat ttu di tinjak{^) ht^u^ di dUh mdii.

Neglect of these customs will bring dec:ij on the country, and
if they are changed, destruction will result.

Adapun Bdja itu tiddtt m^mjmnyai nPgri dan tidda Mleh menehukei
Icharajaff mHainknn h'-rkadJilan sahaja sMa pSrmdkananya
diiH sasukUf bh'QS dua tjtmtan^t ^itor safdlL

Now the Bfija docs not own the country, nor can he levy taxes
on its prodrj^ but with him liea the final award of justice
only, auil he obtains a maintenance of a *' wuku '* (12 cents),
two gantang8{gallonB) of rice and a string of (i.e., 2) cocoa-
nuts. [A contribution from every householder.]

Kama iPsar than hahHat shar b^lat katehintj.

For the fish (being prcHSed) rest against the weir and the weir ia
attached to the bank, (/.e., the Lcmbagalookto the P^SnghiLln,
and the PgnghlHu to the ESja)*

Jika runtoh t^hing^ Innnsa luh Mlat,

If the bank gives way the weir is destroyed {i.f,, if tho R^ja is
without justice, the Pfinghilln is undang*h$$) and the four

B^MBAU. 249

8uku8 are without their L^mhdga,ihe warts get no inheritance,
and the country is destroyed).

The following table gives a view of the Yang-di-pSrtilans Besar Table of
and Muda from the time of their first introduction to 1832, from •^^*"*-
which it will be seen that up to the time of Eaja Ali's appearance
on the scene, the Yang-di-pcrtuans came over regularly from
Menangkabau. He was called in by the Rembau people to help
in the conduct of hostilities against Yam TQan Muda Baja Asil,
and his son Raja Haji, who had given offence by a marriage that
was considered unlawful.

(From MHangkdbau.) Yam Tuan Besar. Yam Tuan Muda.

Raja MiiLAWAB.

( Do. ) Adil [ (died 1795-96)

leaving Rajas Asil and &ilBUN, latter
became Yam Tuan of Jelebu, and
TfiNGKTT PCtih.]

( Do. ) HiTAM (died 1808.) Raja Asil (son of

Yam Tuan Besar,
Raja Adil.)

( Do. ) Lenugang Laut (died VKaja Ali (1815.) (')

1824) had two sons Radix and

Cjang.(2)

( Do. ) Labu (1820.)

Ali 1832. Syed Sab an 1832. {^)

( 1 ) Son of Raja Hitam's wife by her former husband, Raja Haman, brother
to Sultan Ibrahim of Sehingor.

(2) Tengku Antah, the present Yam TAan of Sri MCnanti is son of Rfija
Radin.

(3) Syed Hamid, the present ruler of Tampin, is his son.

R&ja Alj.

S&b&n.

Sjed Hftmid.

Orig-iu of

Chief fl and
**Sdkii;"

X^^mbaga.

Biija All iotrigued himself into the position of Yam THan Mftda,
and after the defeat and retirement from the country of Kija
Labu, tlie last Mcnangkuhau priuce, he succeeded in obtaining
tbe object of hie ambition, the position of Yam Tuan Bcsar, to
which, as to that of Yam Tuan Muda, be had no real claim at alh

From the time uf his advent till quite hitelj, llcmbau and the
neighbouring States have continued to be troubled by a series ot
intri^rues.

liv appointed Syed Saban, hU son-in-law, Yam Tuan Muda, who
waa nltimately unable to hold hia own, and after the Nnniug war
became a pensioner of the Govcrnmeut, living alternately in Malacca
andTampiu, which latter place hiis, from tlie time of the first Tarn
Tuan Miida RAja A si I, been aswigneO to tho prince holding; that
position for his uiaiutennnce.

Syed 8aban's aon» Teugku Syed Ilamid. though he haa long en-
deavoured to obtain the posilion of Yam Tfian Muda. has never
succteded in secuiing the needful rccognitioo, and now rules in
Tampin only, which may bo now conBidered to be as completely
eevcrcd from Rcmbau, as that State in from any fiu'ther connection
with a Yam Ti\an either Besar or ^hlda.

The following account ombodiea those traditiona which have
been imnded down inRembau ngarding the origin of thePcnghrthi,
of pome of tlae cbicfH, and of souie of the stiliig, and will be found ^
as might have be|^xpected, to differ in some points from otbcrs
on the sauie t^ubject already referred to and ohtained from differi'nt
source 8.

Among the '' Ltmbf^ga " or eigbt ehiefs of /* Buku *' the two
highest are the G«"mpa Mahanijft, and Mtlrah Bangsii.

This is becauae, ou the decease of a Sv^dia EAja Penghulu, when
the ehiefs are ai*sembled for the election uf his successor, the Dato'
Gi?mpa Maharaja*« duty is to install him and notify it to tho people.
And on the decease of a Lcla MahnrAja Ptlni^hidu the Dato' Mcrah
Baugsa discharges t^imilar functions.

Tbe four LemViga in the low country are held senior to the four
inland, and wben one of the former dies, hia insignia are half those
displayed on the death of a Ptnglu'du, wbile tlio^e of m\ inland

bMmbav.

251

chief are slightly less ; money, for instance, is not scattered on the

wajj nor are cloths spread on the path. The story of the ori;;m of Origin o3

raja PCrfa
and PCkti]

Dato' Gempa, Dato* Pi;rba^ and Dato' Piltih Is as follows: There
was a chief named Dato'(*) Biiidahfira *Sakudei(*) (his wife was a s
JakiiD, dau^'hterof Oatio Sarlbn Java, she was iMilcd PriuceBs Long-
hair), who earao from Johor with hia followers to open Rem ban.
After him came a man from Mciiangk^bau imined Dato* Lt'teb, and
he and his party became tru&tod to the I)ato' Btodahsira, and sup-
ported the people from Johor : they all settled at a plat-e called
Krhuu Ltida (Pepper Garden). After a time BCndahrira Sukudei
had three chihlrcti (female) the eldest naiijed Dato' Bungkal, the
next Dato' M ddek, and the yo^jngest Dato' Mengkadii. Later on he
removed to Sunc^ei Cjong, hut he left his eldest cliild Dato' Puno-
KAL in Rt mbaii with Dato' Lrteh, Dato' Leteli belonged to the
Mandiling branch of the Hutu Hampar Snkn. and at the time all
those of the Batn Hampar 8uku who came over from Mcnangka-
bau to Rcmbau put themselves under him.

There were ftve branches of the Bittu Hampar Sdku from
Mcoangk ban who adhered to Dato* Lt:teh* viz,, the MandJling,
the Cheniagaj the Paja Bidara, the Pa gar Chiuchang, and the
A gam.

In course of time Dat43' Lcteh looked rouod for a suitable hus-
band for the daughter of the BcudahfAra, and while he was consi-
dering; the matter, there came a Mi5riangkilbau/^n of the Chi^nijiga
branch of the Batu Hampar fciuku named ^"fflfo' Iicla Balang,
to ask for Dato' Buugkal as a wife ; all the family were agreed to
it, and they were married.

In due course Dato* LcLi Bllang became father of a soiij whom
he named L<^la Maharaja.

When he was about six years old, and the country had become
populous, Dato' Leteh consulted with Dato* Lcla Bulang, and
suggested that it would be advisable for the latter to go to Johor
and make o\*er the country, for it belonged to the Dato* Bt?ndahrkra

(H The account quoted tn^frn cfLlIs him a Batin, which would imply that he
was kimseLf » jAkun. The title of Bt^ndahara Its novr m uso amongst the Jakuns.
(3) Probttblj because he come from the rivt^ of that name in Johor,

rfttappoint-
tntof Pffng-

cond np-
intment of

(Sakftdei), the t
country but Lei
Bt'inirtliara.

Then Data* LCla Bulang went with Dato' Laut Diilam who wa*
a Mcnantjkabau man with a Javanese wife, to Johor antl there
the son of Dato* Lela Balang was appointed Pcnghulu Wla Maha-
nija, but while he was in hk minority Dato* Lt4a BaUanf^ under-
took the duties, and was given the title of Datt>* Gempa Maharaja.

Then came Dato' Laut Dalam complaining to Dato' Lula Btilaug
that he hxid obtained the Penghrduahip for hin aoa and the adminis-
tratiun of it for himself with a title, while ho, Dato' Laut DAhini
had got nothing for hh trouble (the journey to Johor ?). Then
Diito* LChi Bui an g returned to the presence the same day and
reprcftented the state of niatter?*. The B«ja asked whether Dato'
Laut Di\lam had any daughters, and finding he imd, decided that
when he grev? up L^'la Mahari\ja shouhl marry Bato' Laut Drdam's
daughter, ami if he got a chil<l. that child should be Penghuhi
St'dia RAja, wdmse duties should be undertaken b}' Dato' Laut
Dalam^ and Dato* Laut Dalam had the title of Dato' MSrah Bangsa
conferred on him. They then returned to lirmbau. (*)

It was suhsef^ucnlly decided, in couftultatiou with Dato' Ltteh,
that ail the ChcniA^a branch of the Batu Hampjir Suku should be
handed over to thechar^ge of the Dato* Clompa Mahan\ja, i.e.^ Dato'
Lcia B^lang. The o/ r four branches of the suku remained under
Dato' Luteh, who ws Dato' Putili, and have so continued to this
day.

The deacendants of Dato* Laut Dftlam became the " waris " of
the Pcngbiilu Scdia llAJn, becausje of the mother havini? been Java-
nese, and when the " waris '* of both Pi-nghalus had become nume-
roua, an elder was put over t!iom with the name of Dato' Pcrba>
who wae chosen alternately from each side, being at one time
Jakun and the next Jflwa»

Dato* Piitih has always been considered to be connected with the

0) This and tho other Stiit^^s were no doubt At the time of the taking of
Sluhicca by tha Port ugxiese iuhabited by aborigines onJy. These latter asBiffted
in the defence of Malacca with their primitive weapoas.

Brto*

MdlMD':

in tfe]

Lrt«bl

dibi"uiael0v<
I& the tiM of

s gtrcB

oCiki

llrf^tlMI]

people was taken to wife br s miii of tbe J

LoftiieI>4to* IVtlui*9<
r tribe in TuBpui, '
but Us people did not psftbeBarnisedowfy. On tkis tbe Data*
FirU and Data' PStih mft c r «»— llaatka eMBMoaed their people to*^
gelber aod went to l^kupin to deBisiid tbe dowrr ; thej kept up
tlie ttttAck for about m fortiiigbtt bet withovt swceas; tben Dalo'
fitib end Dato* FMincelleil lo tbetr aid Daia* Mabaiija Siadm,
Dato* htU Angsa^ and Dato* Ganti Mabarija; tbeee tbree agre>ed to
b^Ip tbem in tbe a&ir tber were engaged in, and aateemMgd all
tbeir people and attacked Tampin, wKicb waa defieated at tbeir ^r»t
attempt ; tbe ICnngfcar people admitted tbe dowry claini, and the
matter was settled. Tben tbe ^t^ Dato retnmed to Hcmbau, and
ibere tbey agreed to act togetber always, and they bad a fea^^t and
8lau;;litered buffaloes, and Pengbulu Kd«ir removed to a placo
called Mesjid Batu FutiL, wbere there was a great assembly and
the fire ehiefa meotianed registered ao oath with the spiUing(^) of
blood and under the Koran, that they would remain fire elders
with one Lembiiga, each with his own people^ but of one uiind,
whether advantage or injury should acer^ftLhey should share it
as long as the sun and moon, which cannot change, endure* Which-
ever of the B^e chiefs should change or depart from the above
solemn agreement^ he would be punished by the tcs^timouy of the
thirty books of the Koran, the Majesty of Pagar Ruyong would
fall upon him, and the weapon Kftwi would make nu end of him.
Thiis was tho origin of the five eukiis, and thenceforth Dato' Peng-
bQlu KAsir spoke of the four and five aiikus, in the low cuiiotr}',
with respect to tho ** bcrampat bcrliina siiku," and the ** bcrainpat
bcrBcmbilun suku *' inland. It ia said that the first settling of thi^ ^

(1) Each imrty pnte aome of his blooti into a oup* and then each dip® hia j
finger into tbe blood and conveys it to hla mouth*

254

B^MBAU.

part of the countiy was agreed on by tliree chief d from Mdnang-
kubau ; one Dato* Laut of Paya Kamboh (^) selected a stream called
LA van ^ : from him Dato' 8i Maliarfija (^) is descended : another Dat^^'
Putih from 8n Lcmak took the stream called Lubok Ruaa ; from
htm is descended Dato* Siada Maharaja :(*) another Dato' Inda Pctra,
a man of Batii Balani]; took the stream of Bintongan ; ho waa the
nncesttjr of Dato' Andika. (")

These three all be^^an planting in the placea named. Tbej
claimed from the sources of tho streams to their junction with the
main stream. While oriLjai^od in clearing, they heard the aouod of
many trees falling down stream withm the range of their claims,
on going to aeo the cause, thej found one Dato' Put eh KcpS,la a
Sri Mt'ltinggaDg man of ^lenangknbau occupied in clearing. {Dato'
MandL*lika (^)defleends IVom him,) The place was called Bain Ham-
par. Then thero was a ilispute between the three chiefs and Dato'
Puteh Kcpala, the former claiming from the gullies to tlie mouths
of their sitreams, saying t^ey had settled there hrst; the l^ttter
claimed the same, arid tlieir claims wero equally strong, for they had
been all recognised from Johor. Later on authority came from the
Penghulu dividing the land between them, and making the boundary
from Bfitu MLUunggul to Tnnggnl Mcrbau in the Batu Bk*.^ar jun-
gle, and thence to Tunggril Chtlchar, on to Kwtda Anak Aycr
Ilitam in the Sepri stream ; wliocver went up the Leng stream must
be under Da to* SlJf /liarija, whoever went up the Lubok Ilu8<a
stream must be un^^M)at«.y Sinda Maharaja, anil any one settling
up Tao Bintouj^aci stit?am must bo under Dato' Andika. So the
Tiga BAtn people under Nang Bcsar, who went up the Bintongan,
were under the jurisdiction of Dato* Andika. So Ukewir^e in the
case of the ScprI, Dato' PcnghuUi Uban bn3ught two men from
Johor, Dato' Chindei Luatan (a Bcduanda, from whom descends
Dato' Si^lir Maharaja), and a Mt-nangkabau man of the Pilya
Bidrira branch of the B;Uu llampar, (from whom Sytan Bt^udahara
is descended), and told them to settle on the Scpri, They worked

(1) Kame of a ruflh-like gfrofls growing in swampy grrotiiL4
(3) Lt'inbaga " di-darat,**

HEMBAtr.

255

witli tho three ehiefs, Bafco' Si Maharaja, Dat^^' Sitida Maharaja,
anii Dato' Andika, and tliey became five sakus, and were called
" brrampat berliraa suku^' boio^ cotiiiued withm the boundaries
above-mentioned.

Further down streaui came D.ito* Muiigiraig of the Mun^^kar
sukti from ^iriohap,( *) and a M^naugkslbau man, i, e,, Dato' Mahnraja
InJa, making three with Dato' Putih Kopfila, /'. ^., Date' Maudciika,
and these were called three clderjj and one Ltimbaga.

The origin of the appellation '* berfiembihm '' i« that they des-
cended from nine mothers in these three i^ukus, four in tho Sri
Mt'len<jgimg, three in the Mnngkar, in tho Tiinah Datar (") two ; these
worked together, together bore disgrace and shame.

The eight Lemhaga of sukus, fonr in the lo.v country and four
inlaui], hold the next position in the State to llio Penghulu, and in
all affairs* of' consequence ho is obliged to cotisult them and to
follow the opinion of the majority^ and no treaties or agreements
affecting the country generally are vaTid without tbeir signaturo.
The four Oning I>ei»ar, though not heads of silkus, still, from their
position as *' wans'' and con3e<|uent eligibility for the Pengliulu-
Khip, arc able to exercise considerable influence. But subordi-
nate ehiefuS of intriguing eharai:ter are, of course, often found to
have an influence greatly disproportioned to their ollieial position.
The Dato' Pcrba, theforemoatof the " duablas ttCiku/* also occupies
an influentifil poaition, from bis being the ^iid of the joint sAku of
Bi'duunda Jakini and Beduanda Jawa, fr>wr*^vhich he, like the
Pi^nghiilu, is alternately eleeted. He ia aUo eligible for tho Peng-
huluship. It will also be noticed that his siikn is by far the most
liumerouB, being double any of the othcris.

The soil of Ecmbau resembles that of arming generally. The Natuic
l«Eme may bo said of ita pliysical configuration ; the country i.s of con

undulating character, the depressions being mostly "sawah/'
and the rising ground kampongs or secondary jungle. The hill^,
except near the Malacca frontier, seem to be of lesB elevation than
in NAning, Bukit Bcsar is the only mountain in the country, eielu-

(1) InNftning.

J/atar^ i. c. fiat.

250

BitMBAU.

nive of those in the ranges which divide it from Snngei tTjong, Sii
Menanti and Johol.
i-land The ^'sflwah " or padi-fielda are extensive, but a good deal is

now out ot* cultivation^ owing to tbe fatal cattle disease wliich has
ragecl during the last three years, and has carried off almost all
the buffak)es. I saw very few indeed,

A lar^e proportion of the "tiawflh'- have, however, been planted
nut with padi this season , tlie Ileitis having been prepared by means
of a large wooden '* changkul '' or hoe, which is much used by the
Rembatjans.

Tbe ** a^wah *' divisions ( ** ja!or " or ** pt^tak *' ) strike mo as being
a good deal smaller than tboae m our territory, probably owing to
the fiR't that they are cultiv/vted by hand, and the '* bataa '* or
dividiog ridges appear much better kept.

The soil of the *'ftiwah'* ffe of a lighter colour thad ia common
iu MatatTa and there U more tendency to sand and ipiartz grit in it.

The yieltl appears to be high, averaging eighty to ninety^ and in
8ome plaooB run3 ae high aa a buodred-fokL At Qadong I noticed
tbe ** Biiwah" soil waa a very wliite clay with an admixture of grit,
and was told it waa partieolarly good and produced a hundred-fold.
In thiH, as in other Malay countries, a certuiu amount of** ladang/^
or high-land cultivation, of padi takes place, more particularly
when circumstances are unfavourable for the *'8t\wah" or wet cul-
tivation, ^^u

There ia no tin \^^ffcd in ItL-mbau, though it was acknowledged
that it exiated, but was not worked for fear of the water flowing
from the working.-* pnisoning the '^sAwah*' and preventing the
cuUivation of padi. At CUi Prdas tin bus been worked, but T beard
it had been given up owing to rival claims.

Grnnitc w the prevailing rock, but fjuartz occasionally appears
cropping up to u limited extent, and loose fragments are found in
the stream;*. The soil on the mountains of Tampin ami Dato* is
good^ of light brown, occasionally clayey. The variety of ferns on
GQnong Datu' was considerable. The Tampin soil is said to be
richer than any in Malacca, except that in the Machap district

Padi-lai

^rope.

.avc

evailing-

THE TAWARAN AND PUTATAN RIVERS,
NORTH BORKEO.

HE followitii; sketch of these two rivers, tnken
fr.jm the notes of a trip which the writer had the
pleasure of undertaking recently in the company of
Mr. A. H* Everett, known for his rcaearchci* into
the ornithology of the Philippines^ do not claim to be
more than a cursory survcvt hut uitiy contain some eleraeiitj^
of interest. ti3 treating of two rivers tl«it have rcmuined prac*
tically unvislted since the respective visits of Mr. Burbidoe,
the botunist, on his journey to Kina J^uhu and of the present
Sir SpE^'SEii St. John, in one of his numerous exploring
expeditions.

'I he TawAran river is reported to take its rise in tbo moui\-
tainn flanking the great mountain of Kina Balu to tlie South,
An affluent of it, howevrr, called by the Ljcal Duauns the
Sungei Dumit, which flows into the ^Aki stream on its
true right bank at a point some f(*w nnld^Hy from the hcu,
is said by them to flow mure from the North oi East, and rnay,
therefore, be siirmised to take its rise from the western (hink
of the big mountain. Tlie muutfi of the Tawaran open« to the
westward, and is partly closed by the invuriablc sandy bar
which obstructs the entrances uf all the riv^ers of thia part of
Borneo,

Starting from the island of Gaya, where the North norneo
Company have a station, our route lay across the bav of tfiat
name, past the mouth of the Menjigatal, er ICuhatuan river
whii-h, debouching to the westward, has good anchoratre in
deep water off its mouth, to a landing plate called (ianijgan
•itnat© in the bight of Sapangar bay, where formerly tht» vil-

THB TAWARAN AN0 PtTTATAN EIVSE8.

la^rc of Gantieati stood, A low neck of land separates Sapan-
giir bay at this poiut from the adjacent basin of the Karinibu-
nai river. Coal is reported by the natives at thi** point. The
water supply h p>od, and thrre is secure anchorage close in-
nlmvv |>rott?cU'd frosn bfJlh monsoons. A very slight cutting
wouhl KuHice tn pierce tliis narrow collar^ and vvonhl thus
remlr^r riMnlisan, the nutimd ontlct of the trade td'thc Karim-
hunai, MengkAhonp: nnd Tawrtnin rivers. The soil of the
whohi of Huh divitliiig vuU^e is apparently lateritic siiudstone.
Dtr'icriiflinp; into the valley of th<^ Kjinmbunai river, a short
walk d'lu li its left brink hroui^ht n« to tin? village of that nanir;
the henflqiiiirb-rs of PnnocrriTi Kaup, tlie Governfir of tlie dis-
trict, 11 fciifhitdry oi' the SuU:in of Brnnei aurl a member i»f
the former lirunei royal funnily. On examining an outerop
of the «trata on the river b«!ik, the strike provefl to be N.K.
with a tlip of jibnut HO^ bed rock sandstone. After an inter-
view with tlie old Panfffiran, a boat was procured in which we
^)!rrhl^^l down to th*' ei)minf>n month td" the Karinibunai atid
dcn^kjil>un!ij rivoTH. ''nHH is rcinarkaldy narrow and woukl
Neeui to bavr hern furitnicted by the formation of a high sand-
bank which ha8 bem, and is being, pnshcd southwards by the
iiiflnerrec (*f the north-ea8t monsoon and of the heavy swell
from the Chiua Sra, the action of the opposing monsoon being
^'rcaMy neutralized by the proteetiun attbrdcd by the project-
iuijf bbilf of i'myn lii^jid to the soulh-wcstward. The entmnee
iw huh\ (o lit' J/iiiJtf th'cp, but would probably be impraetica-
bio ill heavy iiuJ^\\vsU*i\y winds. Paddling up the broad
expanse of tliu Men^klibou};' liver, our coui-sCj on the average,
being about K» by N,, we come upon some fine reaches of
water. , Nnmerou'^ cbauuclj^ Ijraucheil of}* from the main one,
whicli Will* lliiuk*?d Itj ihf mulliward by mangrove growth, and
to iLl' honth and * ant by ^ruKsy hill.s, while a bold range taw-
en 'd up to the S.K, A few mili's further brought us to a
point nt wliith the rivtr I'Xpands^ into a large, lake-like sheet
of water, fn^m tlie upper oud of ^ bich a perfect network of
brotid charivcls divrrjie^ dotted in all directions with Bajau
villages extending far away up to the foot of the mountains.

Eight feet or go»

THt TAWARAX AND PUTATAN RIVERA

268

Tbe entire population of this district ii Bajaw, and is sup-
ported mainly by fishing, a little hill padcly being grown as
well.

The Mengk&bong "river,'' so called, bf^ars evidences of
.having been originally an inlet of the sea dotted with .sand-
stone islands, which have, for th-^r most part, become cnouected
by the rising of the land and by the silting up oF the ba^in
itself* the bkirking up of the mrnitb of wltitrh, by s:ind-bar^,
has led to its assuming its present form. In general fea*
tares, it much resembles the SuKiman basin» no great distaaec
to the north of it.

After threading this watery labyrinth for some hours we
penctrsited a narrow chanuel aiul landed at its headj at a small
kampontf called Brungis, whence a walk of about uu
hour over a low ridgo, and then across a broad plain,
brought uti to the banks of the swiftly flowing TuwAnin river,
which at this point is a fine stream rolling it*? turgid yellow
tiood along between sandy b:inks of ^nediuiu heigh I. The
Tawfiran here interHcetd a level phnu uf large extent and sandy
soil, dotted with homcHteads surrounded by plantations of
cocoa-nuts, and here and there nntler pathly cnltivatinu. llus
filain is bonuded by tho sea to tlie \V., by the moontains of
the upper TawAran to the E,j and to the 8. by the low ridge
mentioned above, which divides the respective water-sheds of
the Ttiwuran and the Mengkuhoug. On ihe northern bank
the plain apparently extends to tite foot^^« the mountains
separating the Tawtlran from the SulaTnaii^tsin. Our route
from Bruugislay East, East by North and then North, and the
portion of the plain traversetl had a general fall towards the
East of North, Imt a very slight one.

On striking the river, our course lay upstream for some con-
siderable distance, at first over level ground, and then, when
the limits of the plain had been reached, and the true valley
of the Taw4ran entered, along the steep flanks of hills abut-
ting on the stream, where a f^ilse step would often have preci-,
^litatcd one into the flood below. Fields of paddy, groves of
oeoa-mit trees, lierds of buffaloes, together witli pigs, goats
and poultry, betokened a w^ell-to-do and prosperous population.
Siipar-cane appeared to thrive, but the specimens seen were

304

THE TAWARAX AND PUTATAN R1TKI19,

liot well planted and were short in the staple. Some of the
Dusun h'linesteads clottd about this Ta^virdn plain pos^^ea-ied
quke a home-like air of tranquillity and rep(i33 abrnit them.
Nestling in tlie grateful shade of cocoa-nat groves, bowered ia
broad- lea%'ed bananas, and girdled with green pmlly tiells,
they had a pleasant look to the tired traveller's eye. Snowy
pad«ly birds duttt*d the verdant pasture;*, huge adjutaot birds
flew on lazy wing from puiiit to pSnit. Tae sceie was not
without its idylliu charms, nor wt^re bome-assjciatioiis want'
ing in the faiuiliar-soundiug caw of t\w jiorncancrow (Oorvus
faikhisj a* it was borne to the ear on the breeze.

The district towards the mouth of the Tawaran is called the
Timbalung country, and has a Bajan colony settled in it.
Above this point the Dosmi population prevaiU, though a
Bajau house may be found liere aud there, The tnbal de.>ig-
nation of the Ttiwdran I*U8un8 is Laimi^ and it may here be
mentioned that tluit of X\u^ Dusuns up the Tampa^^suk river
further north, is Tln^t! ; that of the Dusuns in tlie vicinity
of tho North Borneo Company's Station tft Kudat, on the
north coast, Memdguti { vide the late Mr. F, Witti ) ; \vhile
that of tbe Dusuna up the Labuk river, on the east coast, is
TfnnUnua.

Reaching at sunset the house of a Bajau named Iinj, who Imd
settled down there and had taken a Tawaran Dusun mnith ii to
wife, we put up ft)r the night, our slumbers soothed by the
potent iuHuerue^B sinue tttnK\ or cocoa-nut toddy, pressed
upon us by tUflproprietor of a neighbouring iJusun hou^e.
This distiiet we were told was called Tcllboug.

An early start on the mon ow down the bank of the river,
brought us to the village of Liong Liongan, the Tawflran at
our starting point H«*wing from N,K. with a rap»il currcau Tuc
bed rock of this region is sandstone. Proceeding some dis-
tance further down stream we accomplislicd a penlons transit
in a gohong, or dug-uut canoe of the very slemlerest di-
mensions, C'eiait' nn vutnrais qitari tthcnrc. for neither of
ns could swim, and the river, swollen by fitjod water^ resem«»
bled a boiling, eddying Maebtrutn, but tuitune was kind, and
on j-alely reaching the ri-ht bank, a short walk brought us to
the Sungei Damitj which w*e struck a few hundred yards above

THE TAWARAN AXD FUTATAN RIVERS,

36S

its eonflufnce with the main river. Tli^ Sungei Damit is a
deep, iliijtrgij^h stream shut in by high muddy baiiki?* tiere we
hailed at the (uu^cof the Datu^ Baridara aad Tam:>nggoa^ — a
large, l«>ug structure of tfie ordiimry Diiiin bara-like typ^. A
sago extmcting apparatus was set up on tfic rUvr bank here,
in whii'h product a moderite tnidc exists thv-^re, I had, e/i ra?*^e,
notieed cocoa-nut aud =*roea p dmsj b^iuanas, keiidi^ and
paddy in prufu^ir'n. The e.jiintry is in fact very proiperoas,
iu despite of the rava;^e3 of tiic menii>rablo flood oi' January,
185i3* wliieh vvn^i very destructive in^the Tawdran district.
From th«^ Datu Tnnionggong's euDver!iatioa;, it uppiMred that a
tarnti, or market^ wfts held at a place twj day>i* journey up
the Sungei Damit, to whieh tlie people of Kiau — the village on
the flankt^ of Kiua Bahi, visiteJ by Mcisrs. Bukbidge and
BpExscH St, Johx at different times — cauie down to tra^le.
Tiie route was, however, at present closed, owing to a blood-
fend.

Returning in the afternoon to Inufe Imuse, we started, after
a h^ht repa^it, for Tcrnpeluri, a village 8L*nio distant e up the
TawAran. reaching tlie house of a Datu Ma?*suui nt about 8
F.M. The Tawl'aii jy here a fine nt^d stream, bordered on its
true right bank hy wooded hillH, arid on it^left liy level ground
well planted witlieocda-nutij, with paddy fieKls beyond, bound-
ed by hillis in the buek-gruund. The height of the river ren-
dering it impossible for us t* proceed to Bawaug or Lokob,
we returned to our head-quarters iu IbC^Jiousc at the loot of
the hill of Tagerangan, after a tramp ^^togcther dome 15
miles i»r mt»re. In the eveniug a native of Kiau, named
BuHOARAX, arrived. This man, in the course of conversation,
deidared tfjat no man had ever yet reached the true summit of
Kina Ualu, which, he asserti-d, is inaccessible from every
»idc when ouee a certain elevation ha.s been re-udicd, the re-
mainder of the accent being sheer pteeipiee. He added that
there is a Dusun legend to the elieet that a deep lake exists
on the top This is piubably only a deduction on their part,
drawn from the exisunce of perenoial cataracts dashing duwn
the topmost precipices, which form a magnilicent feature in
the hind»eaptj on the Tawarau,

The climate m the Taw^ran valley is superb. At 5 a.m

^266

THE TAW ARAN AND PUTATAN RIVBBS*

the thermometer will often stand as low as 68°, while the keen,
cold air blowing down from the black towering summits that
cut the eastern sky-line, invigorates the frame and braces the
muscles for the coming labours of the tlar* It would require
a poet's pen to do anything like justice to the gorgeous scenic
effects and grand transforraatiou scenes^ as the orb of day
rises behind the jagged mountain barrier. The whole country
is so well opened np, that the monsoons have free play, and
fever should be companitiveJy nnknown. The soil may be
described as sandy near the eea, but of every quality as one
proceeds inland. Kina Balu bears about E.S,E, from the plain
near the river mouth.

An hour's walk brought ns back to Brungis, where we had
left our pakerangan^ or native boat, and some hve hours
more brought us to Gaya island, whence a start was effected
early <»n the ensuing murning for the mouth ofthePutatan
river.

The Piitatau river hm two mouths — the Patilgas month,
which lies a little to the E. of S» of the most southerly point
of Gaya island at a distance, in a direvi lincj of about five
miles, roughly estimated,* and about half thj^t distance south
of Taujong Aru ; and its main inoutli, Telipnk^ wtiirh lies a
short distance to the southward of Triujuug Togoruugon, The
former is the most aeces^iible < atrancc, the main kufda having
a very gradually shoallug f >reshon*, and but little depth of
water on it at higb^ater. The Patdgas moutli orwns to the
westward and has^^Bicpth of abunt one fathom at low water.
A short distance from it, to the northward, off Tiuijong Aru,
there is good anchorage close inshore for pruhufi and small
boats^ completely sheltered from both monsoons by an out-
lying sand -bank. The Putatan river is an appiinai:e t^f the
Sultan of Brunei, and of Pangcran Muda BrxjAi^s family.

A paddle of little over a mile and a half^ passing en route ^
on the true right bank, the confluence of the httle river
MuDglab^ brings one to a small B;gau village, the head of
which is Hatu Kilan, From this point the Patil^as flows
more from the 8.K,, and becomes very narrow and tortuou^
up to its divergence from the main Putatan, rather more than
ji mile further on, where (and situate therefore at the apex of

^BE TAWAS

IIVKK8.

267

the delta of the 'Putatau) k a large Bajau kampong contaiu-
ing some liundrcds of inhabitants. Directly above this the
Du^un country bt^gin'*. The heal of this village is Datu
S^TiA. On landing some two miles further up, I found Uaya
island bearing about flue North. A cursory survey sliewed a
fine open cultivated country, honudcd .some two miles off to
the eastward by the foot-liills of tiie coant range, atid dotted
here and there with wooded knolls. The river maintains
an average width of some seventy or eighty yards, with a
winding eourse, whose main axiw lies about East and West. It
t*arries a g'H>d volume of water with a considerable amount
of matter held iu solutiou. From native r* port, it is not sub-
jeet to severe floods, which may perhaps be attributed to its
having two mouths to discharge by. Passing at 2 p.m. a con-
siderable Diisun village, in which the \eYy large house of
Datu BAaUEls, the headman, is con^pienons, we ^xtal our
head* quarters half an hour later, at the house of one Kawan,
a Dusnn, at a small hamlet named Kandayan, From this
point *' Castle Peak*' (of tlie Admiralty Chart) bore S by W,,
while the right hand flank of Kina Balu bore 8tf' E. of N.
After a pleasant walk across a iiue opcti country to the house
of a Chinaman named An Kong^ whose oi^ciipation is that
of diatillitig arrack from rice, we were glad on our return to
settle down for the night* A daughter ui our host being ill
with fever, I administered some tnedicine to her, and a regu-
lar smoking divan was then formed, ail the men, and the
la^lies alsOj joining the circle. The D|^m iu thia respect
presents a favourable contrast to the seoro^, if not ^*^dour^'
Malay. lie and all his belongings, male aud female, after
doing the honours, will freely sit down with yon and join
in the conversatiou. These Putatau Dusuns are by far the
best type of their race that I have met. They are tall, well-
developed, clean-skinned, bright and intelligent looking peo-
ple, who look what they are — well-fed and well-to-do.
Among the bevy of damsels that sat around^ were some by no
means unprepossessing in appearance, with bright dark
eyes, open laughing countenances, clean limbs aud well-
turned figures, A chorus of laughter was evoked by my
cbiperate endeavours to explain to an intelligent youug Du-

268

THE TAWARAN ANU PCJTATAN RITERS.

8un that the earth is round like an orange, and not only
revolves on its own axis, but round the sun also. Our mer-
riment wos, however, interrupted by the raviuf^s of tlie fever-
stricken patient, who had become delirious. Thereupon the
entire compuny rose and adjcjurncd to the long and broad
verandah, wdien a must curious ** function ** wafi performed.
Damar torches were lighted, and all the men squatted
down in a circle out.-ide the door of the patient^s room. In
the centre sat her brotlier. liack to back with another relation.
A tremendous din was tlnn ^truck np by the beating of
numerous gongs, haugin-j rdong the wal!s^ in a kind of mea-
surerl cadence, varied at intervals by a loud shout raised by
all the men present. A youngish woman then com mi need
to dunce with a slow measured step and swaying to and fro
of her body, round the inside of the circle. In her left hand
she held a stick, furnished at one extremity with a curious
arrangement of black feathers. In her right she held a
naked ewfud. With this latttr J^hc cciitinitally mode pulses,
bringing the blade down edgeways b* ti^ctn the hcjids of the
two sitting nicn,nnd then striking the fcatlicred stkk with it.
This continued fir gon e time. She then touched tlie heads
of all prestnt with her '* fetish'* rod, wddeh was then dis-
cPidfd v.im\ a fCKnr/ tiiktn up in its pluce. With this she
danced slowly rcnnd and round, holdii g it out extended in
front of her. All this time the shouts were being vigortmsly
givfii forth at ii;tt^jals, while the t hinging of gr>ngs was
deafening, llic j^p/i.'^in then made up the narcvg intu a tur-
ban which she slcwTv brought down over the head of the sick
we man^s brothf r, letting it rest there for a few seconds. She
then removed it and laid it gen fly down lehind her, and the
ceremony was over. A tt^rch-light piocesBion of truvelling
natives, passing the veranduh jui>t at this juncture, lent an
additicnidly weiul cflect to the conclusion of this curious
ceremony, whose strange rites and obscure origin may per-
haps be admitted to waircnt my des^ciiption cf it. Dinbi-
lesfS the idea is the easting of the tvil .«;pirit out of the sick
pel gen, and the gccd cfl'tcts of the jalJs liduiinistered to the
patient were picbubly set down to the credit of the cere many,
A pemai'kable thing in this district is the neatness and

I
I

THE TAW ARAN AND PUTATAN RITERS,

269

oompirative cleanliness of the bulk oi the houses, Instead
©f the ohjectionable split uibottf/t the floors are made of
beaten out bamboo, the walls, of the same material, neatly
plaited, chess-board pattern. There are regular sleeping
compartmentB, and a tine broad verandah runs from end to
end of the house along the front of it. Our beds were
arranged in the main body of the houae, a fine lofty, airy
apartment where dirt and mosquitoea were equally couHpicu-
0U3 by their absence. We noticed as a curious fact in these
DusunSj that they made use^ iu talking, of the letter Z, which
would seem to point to their affinity to the Mililnaus of
Sarawak*

An early start on the ensuing morning brought U9, after a
seven-mile tramp, among the foot-hills td' the eoast range.
We were here some twelve miles, or more, inland. ( *n our
way we passed the dehoKchuve of the river Sugut, whieli
joins the Putatan on its proper left bank, and further up, on
the opposite side, the eoufluence of ^e Paguuau river, which
is the true Putatan ^ the river bearing that name from this
point, which we follow^ed up, being in reality only a 8mall
tributary stream flowing from S,E. Pursuing our way up
the valley of the latter, we reached our destination, a house
at the foot of the hills^ tenanted by au old Chinaman find his
Dusun wife and daughter. We were here beyond the limits
of the highly cultivated Putatan valley, and in a lovely eoun-
try, at the point where the district c^^he Dusuns of the
plain^ marches "with that of the Ori^k Tag4s^ or Hill
Dusuns. The Putatan valley is, without exception^ the finest
and most highly cultivated district in North Borneo. ^Vith-
out visiting it, it would be diffienlt for any one, accustomed
only to such cultivation, or the lack of it, as is met with in
other parts of North Borneo^ to realize that, side by side
with such districts, there exists one in which rice cultivation
has been carried to the highest pitch of perfection, where every
foot of soil is tilled J where substantial, and in many cases orna-
mental, land-marks of wood and stone have been erected all over
the face of the country, and where the price of land ranges from
$40 an acre or thereabouts. This country must be the gra-
nary of Brunei. The acreage of paddy is immense. One

270

THE TATVARAN AND PCTATAN HIYEK8,

field, or rather plain, must, at a rougb estimate^ bave been
some 000 acres in extent, the whole being marked off by the
land -marks of the different proprietors. It was intersected
by the Longhap, a small, eanaUlike stream. The water sup-
ply for purposes of irrigation is unlimited, the levels are well
laid out and the banks neatly kept up, a path runniag along
the ridge f»f each* It would., however, be of great benefit to
the district were a fre.sh stock of paddy introduced, larger iu
the cur, the premie nt stock being small in the grain and
shewing signs oE divterioration. There are some 80 to 100
Chinese settled on the Pntatau, the bulk of tlicm being the
dcsceodants of former Chinese settlers, who have intermar-
i-ied with the D nanus and shew evidence of mixed blood.
Tliese Chinese are not agricaltnrists, nor^ as far as 1 could
learn, landed proprietors, but are principally distillers,
manufacturing arrack, which tliey barter with the Du-
suns. Tlie soil is decidedly superior to that of the valleys
of the Papar and Ki munis rivers fro the South, and there is
an almost total absence of swamp, owing, no doubt, to the
country being all cleared, and the complete system of drain-
age. The surface configuration is that of a practically level
plain studded with nntnerons smull hills, oti which the timber
has wisely been left standing. The paddy fiekls extend up
to the very bases of these. In moist tracts and along the
lines of water-courses^ some sago is grown, but the quantity
of this is inconside'';ble. Some five piculs of gutta come
down from the iul;4jj^jr monthly, and tobacco, camphor, bees-
wax and armadillo skins form the staple exports. The Bru-
nei Govern lU en t imposes a tux of from $6 to $9 per head per ^
annum, or about ^'200 for each panfjkuian^ or village land-
ing place. The number of the villages is remarkable, and in
some parts of the upper portion of the river, they lie in sight
of, and sometimes quite contiguous to, one another. The
geucial aspect of the whole countiy is that of an orderly,
industrious and civilized community, and a very fair prospect
unfolds itself to the eye of one looking forth from the sum-
mit of one of the picturesque little hills above referred to,
over the far stretching expanse of green paddy plains* clus-
tering villages and detached homesteads nestling amid their

THE TjftlVARAN AND PITTATAN HTVBIS.

271

irroundings of tall cocoa-nut and spreuding eago palms,

[while dotted over the plain, tlio numerous wooded kuolls rise

[like islands amid a sea of green. It ia a smiiiug landscape

iboundiog in soft beauty, and backed by a range of noble

IniouDtains, with the father of them all— the towering Kina

IBalu — rearing his lofty mass on the northern horizon. Indeed,

for general evidences of prosperity, plenty and industry, and

of well applied prineiples of cultivation carried out on a

most exhaustive and extensive scale, the Putatan district

Biay be fairly said to he unequalled in the whole of North

^Borneo. The formation of the lowlands and foot-hills is

sandstone of recent formation.

The Futatan does not apparently drain any of the Kina
Balu water-shed, although the river, which, as before stated,
goes by the name of the Pugunan ubtive thecouflueucc of the
Putatan river so called, can, I was informed, be ascended for
fifteen days, Tbe Oranf/ Tagds, a hill Dusun peoplcj who
wear the c/nitcdtj or bark loin -cloth, and who are found
at the head-waters of all the rivers in N.W Borneo, from
the Tawiiran to the Ivimfmis, inhabit the upper portion of
the river down to its debouchure from the main coast range.
I noticed a curious musical instrument, a species of guitar,
called by the Dusuns tonkoononif. This is made of a piece
of large bamboo about 2i feet long and has strings which
are formed by the detaching and raising thin strips of the
bamboo sheath. These are tiglitcncd r|L will by pushing a
piece of wood along underueath each towSy its point of junc-
tion with the bamboo.

Their customs are much the same as those of the bulk of
the Dusun race. An intcndiu^: bridegroom haa to pay a
marriage portion for his bride. When a father diesj his lauds
and property go to his sons, the eldest getting the largest
share. The widow hfis no share^ but has a right to the usufruct
of the estate during her life, and the daughters have a claim
for support upon the estate until marriage. At his death, a
Dusun^ if a poor man, is buried in the ground, a small house
being erected over his grave, from and above which various
coloured calico streamei-s aie dependent. If a rich man, hi«
body is buried in a valuable old jar. The value of some of

THE TAWAEAN AND FUTATAH RIVERS.

these old jars k very great, amoimtiug in some instances to
hundreds of dollars^ and the expenses of the funeral obsequies
of an opuient Dusnn chief often amount to over gBtX*^ buffaloes
being killed and eaten, iuak consumed in large quantities^
obai (fetish ceremonies) performed, etc*

Although the Putatau cannot properly be described aa a
sago river, its delta would uflbrd a large area of laud suitable
for planting the sago palm, the land being low-lying and
swampy, and abutting on a good water-way on either side.
The highlands of the interior arc easily aecessible up its
valley, the climate is saluhrioos and pleasant, the population
large and well-disposect^ but tlie lands along its banks are
firmly held and highly valued, and it is doubtful whether any
area of such land could ever he brought into the market.

The course of the main Putatau, or Telipuk^ to the sea,
from the point at which the PatJigas branch diverges from it,
is somewhat tortuous but has a good depth of water. Its
mouth, however, as already stated, is ^lioal and difficult of
entry. An examinaticA of an outcrop of the strata on its
right bank, on the way down, shewed the strike to be S.E.
with a dip of about 80^. A mangrove growth extends up both
banks for a short distance from the kuah^ and also along
the coast on cither side, and there is no beach available for
landing on. This is not the case with the PatAgas mouth
which has a sandy beach and true jungle close to the sea
with however mangroves inside*

As regards tbfl^ate of cultivation of the tract watered by
it, the Putatau may be fairly classed as the show river of North
Borneo.

I
I

S. ELPHINSTONE DALRYMPLE.

tErr«tttm:— r>i«» 27t». line 2, for (iKi rrad 6,0(X).]

MISCELLANEOUS NOTES.

PROPOSED ENGLISH-MALAY DICTIONARY.

Students of Malay, among whom many members of this
Society may be iorliidcdj will learn with interciit thut Mr, H. C*
Ki.i^KERT, one of the best ]Mukiy schobii'^ in Hollimd, has it
in coutempltition to publisfi an English- Malay Dictionary,
adapted from bis new Dntch-^fabr* Dictiunaiy now passing
through the press.

Whether the Englinh edition will, or will notj he produced,
will depend upon the measure of support w^bieb may he de-
pended on. A certain number of subseriber.s should be forth-
coming, in the fii'st instance, to cnfiire tbat a work involving
so much labour will not n^sult in pecuniary loss. The publi-
cation of the work, if subscribers are found in auffieient
number ( and among these, the Government of the Straits
Settlements, the Raja of S.\rawak and the DireetorH of the
British North Borneo Company may perhaps be counted
upon fur substantial support ? ), will be undertaken by Mr. E*
J. BuTLL of Ley den, whose recently issued prospectus h sub-
joined ; — 1^

'* Mr. K. C, K LINK BUT whose acientific and practifiil publica-
*' tiona on the Malay Language ami Literature have already eon-
" tributed 6o largely to tiie knowledge of tliat laiit,'ua*;e, has, aa
'* the reault of several yearns* study, uudertaken the rompilation
'* of an English-Malay l)Jetionary, wliitli id to be pabli.shed next
" year. When, during the Oriental Congress at Lejdeo, Mr.
" Klepkebt, speaking with i^ouie fouipeteut men on thi8 publica-
" tion, was requested to make it accesaible to tfiose also, who do
** not undei'stand the Dutch Language. Thou^^h a very tedious
** work, he would not directly deulint* the re<|ueBt, if by a suificient
** suhscriptioii it should appear that the work would meet the
" wiwhea of those who are to use it.

" With regard to the manner in wldeh he iutende to compile
" thlB dictionary, he believes it to bo in consonance with the f*pir-

274

MISCELL^OTEOrS KOTEB,

'* it of the language nimple and natural, aud—what bis long ©x^j
" ]Kvrieiice cuiilirais — thoroughly practical.

• Tlio trpiU3*c»'i|»tiou of the Malay words will be gi^en in tho ,
** iiiiilect uF tho iStrail^e-Seitlcniients, aftfT the manner adopted bjr.
" Messrs, Maxwell and IvKAanEnuY i

** Tho Jini^lii^h part will be revised by a native EogUahman. Aa
*• Boon a*« we lia^e a ttiilBcient number of subscribera — we sh^ll
** begiti prinlitiK. Tbo Hubaeriplit^n pricu for one copy is twenty-
*• five shillinijH, bound —

*' Po show the nmnner in wliicl* the author ha,s formed Ijis plan,
*' and tn give an idf:i of tta fompletenoss and extent, we give a
** speeimen, annexed to tliL^ pmsfKvtus.

" The wlndo will be abotit one tfionsaud — or one thousand two
*' hundred pa^^as^.

To !ay claim to e-ompletenesi* the Dictitjmi ry of tlie EngHah

LfivnuN, October, 1884,

J. }3RlLLr

A subsiTipiinn list lias been opened by the Iloourury Secre-
tary of the Straits Bra in;! i, Kayal Asiatic Soeietyj SiDgapore;
and members of t^^i^ucicty and tho public who may wish to
enter their mtme^ as subscribers can do so at the RalBe^
Library, Singapore, where the spec i men sheet of the proposed
Dictionary ean be seen. As stated in the prospectus, the
wabseription price for one copy will be £1 5.s* 0//. boifitd.

Errata.

In the paper headed " Malacca in the Eighteentli Century '*
printed in Journal No. XIIj p. ^61, for bentang (wherever that
word occurs )^ i<."id henfeny.

JOURNAL •.'"'•^

OF THE

STRAITS BRANCH ''

OF THE

ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY.

DECEMBER, 1884.

PUBLISHED HALF-YEARLY.

SINQAPORE:

Printed at the Govebkmext Pbintino Office.

1885.

Agents of the Society :

London and America, . . . Tbubner & Co.

Paris, ... Ernest Leeoux & CiE.

Germany, ... K. F. Koehler's Antiqcarium, Leipzig.

TABLE OF CONTENTS,

Coimcilfor 1885, ... , •« *.* ... v

List of Members for 1885j ... ... .<. vi

Proceedings of the General Meetiog, .. ,*, xi

Council's Annual Report for 188 4j ... ... xiii

Treasurer's Accounts for 1884j .,. ... xvii

Journey to the Summit of Gunong Bubuj by the Revd,

J". E, Tenison- Woods, f.g.s., f.l.s., &c., ... 275

Sea Dyak Religion^ by the Revd, J. Perham, . . . 287

The History of Perak from Native Sources, by the

Hon'ble W. E. Maxwell, ... ... ... 305

British North Borneo, by E. P, Gueritz, Esquire, . . . 333

Jelebu, by H, A, O'Brien, Esquire, ... ... 337

Occasional Notes, ... * ... ... 436

•^

THE
STRAITS BRANCH

OP THE

ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY.

PATRON:
His ExceUency Sir FREDERICK ALOYSIFS WELD, K.C.3I.(J.

Council for il^S^.

The Iloirble A. M. Skinner, Presidrnf.

W. A. PicKKitiNO, Esquire, c.m.(l. Vicp-Vrrnidrui. Singapore.

J). Loo AX, Esquire. Vice-Pnxidcnf, Peumitf.

Ihe llon'blc W. E. Maxwell, cm.*!.. Jlonomri/ SJtcrefary.

Edwin Kokk. E.^qu'>e, Ilonorrry Treasvrer.

K. W. HuLLKTT, Esjpiire,

A. KNKiHT, E.sqniro. J

IT. L. XoROXiiA, Kr^ouiro. > Couurillon*.

E. C. IIlLL, Esqniro, \

J. MiLLETi. Esquire, /

LIST OF

MEMBERS

FOB

885.

Nob.

Names.

Addresses.

Adamson, W.

London.

Ahmstbong, a.

Malacca.

Abbahamson, E. E.

North Borneo.

Bamppylde, C. a.

North Borneo.

Baumgabten, C.

;

Singapore.

Bebnard, F. Q.

Singapore.

BiCKMELL, W. A.

Singapore.

BiEBEB, Dr. E.

Europe.

Biggs, Rev. L. C.

Penang.

BiBcn, J. K.

Province AVelleslev.

Bland, E. N.

Penang.

Bbanj)t, D.

Singapore.

Bbown, L. C.

Penang.

BURKINSHAW, J.

Singapore.

Buckley, C. B.

Singapore.

Cantley, N.

Singapore.

Cavenagh, General Obpeur

London.

CHEAGIK C. V.

Perak.

Cboix, J. E. Dk La

Paris.

Copley, Georue

Singapore.

Cebbuti, G. B.

Singapore.

DaLBYMPLE, StAIB ELPHFNRTOyE

North Borneo.

Dalmakn, G B.

Singapore.

Daly, D. D.

North Borneo.

Dknntson, N.

Perak.

MEMBERS FOR i&^s,— Continued.

XOi,

Names.

Addrei>3e8.

Dfjtt Alfbed

London. •

•

Dkitnis, Dr. K B,

Singapore,

Djethilm, W. H,

Singapore.

Down, St V. B.

SiDgaporo*

30^ Puff, Alexasipkh

Sijagapora

31, DtOfLOP, ColoDol, S., C.M.G*

Penang*

Dtdtlop, C,

Singapore.

Deloncle, FBAirtj'Ois

Pari».

Dew, a. T,

P^rak.

4 -

•

Etiijiett, a. II.

Nortli Bo^uf^o.

•

£gebto>% Waltkk

Penang.

Fat&e, The He?d. hWhU J-

' ♦

(Hoaorarj Member)

Paris,

BH\

FEaorsoN, A . M., Jr.

Colombo.

Fhank, H.

Singapore.

FR.\si!;R, Jonw

Singapore.

Fbaskk^ Dr. D. MjjfsuK

Kudat, North Borneo.

GrtFiLLAjr, 8,

London.

Gbaham, The Hoii'ble Jajies

Singapore.

Quay, A.

Sydney, N. S. Iff,
North Borneo.

Gxjeeitz, E, p.

46 GULLAKD, W. G.

Loudon,

47 Gottlieb, F, H.

Penang.

Gottlieb, G. S. H.

Singapore.

Hauohtojt. H, T*

Malacca.

Hkbtey, The Hon*ble D.

R A.

Malacca,

Hir»YETT, H. D.

Pprak.

Hill, E. C.

Singapore.

Hole, W.

Johor.

Hose, The Eight Kevd.

Biahop

G. F, (Hatiorarv Member)

Singapore.

•

Hullett, li. W/

Singapore*

—

-i

MEMBERS FOR ^ms^—C^nhmcJ,

OB.

Adclrosfiesft.

H. K. TL Frince Khum Mto

„ , 1

Dkwamonqsk Varopr-viur

BiinL^kolc* 1

H. H, MahaHja of Johor,

(Honorary Member) '

4nhor. 1

58:

Inch© lon.vHiM iit5 Abuim-lah

Juhor. ^1

Ikyixg, The Hun1>1e V. J , c-m.o*

Fetmn^r. ^

J^ingfl|iort^ "

KKtiPlKO. R

Labimn, Deli,

Kku.ma:wn% E

Fenang-

(sa

Km. T EAW80V

Joboi*.

KKuiirr* AKfai'U :

iiiTign-pf>rts

KOKK, EbWtX

8! Dg a ports,

KvhNKUs^L^:!^ C. W. S.

Fenaug.

LAJHHKnT, <t. li.

Jsitignporc.

(S8

La VI NO, (4,

8ingRpom.

iMWEs/rhc Kcvd. K. (.1 {noiiorar}'

Memher)

New Guiii^A.

Leecij, H.K. C

P^rak.

JjMiH'iuiiurj, E, T.

Labuan,

7-.»

LOOAN, D.

Pen an g.

Lou J .Sir If mil, K.i\M.(f.

Porflk,

Ldne, JL Brooke

Sarawak,

Lakoen Van

Kuta Ifailjn, Aijt h.

7(}

MiKLtfHO-MACKLAi% Baron

(Honorarj Mcmbt^r)

Siu^^apoif,

Maxwelu The Han ble \V, E.,

CMLU. «

Singapore,

Maxwell, E. W.

SiiigaporiT.

MllLEH, Ja3JES

Siu^^aiJoro.

MOHAMKI) HmU

Sin^^apore,

MroRv, 0.

Siogaporc.

XoaaKiiA, H. L.

Singapore.

■^

rl EMBERS FOR im$,—Conlim4ed.

Koa,

Kamea,

Addreii©*r.

Nut, Pet KB

Singapore,

OSlTLIJVAN. A. W.

Panaxig* * ,

Or]3, Sir llARaY St. Geohoe^

•

London.

Palqeate. F. GiFFORD: (Ilono-

rarj Member)

Europe

Paul, W. R B.

Sungd Ujong.

Parsonx J. H.

Pell, Bennett

Louilon.

Oi\ Peroam, llevd, J. (Honorary

Member)

Sarawak.

»l

Pickering, W. A., cm. a.

Sinj^apore.

PooLES, Feed.

i^iugaporo.

Ronc^ER, J. P,

SuUngor.

Q-l

Beau, The Hou*ble W. H.

Singapore.

95:

KiCEETT, C. B.

Penan g.

KiTTER. E.

Singapore.

EowKLL, Dr. T. L

Singapore.

^ATOW, E. M.

Bangkyk. .

m 8JIRAWAK, U. II. Tho Kiljil of.

(llonnrarv^ Meuibcr;

Sarawak,

llK) SCHiAJ^E, k.

Rhio.

101

SERyiL, V.

Singapore.

102

SiiELFOED, TKu Iliiirble T.

Singapore.

103

SexnkeEj '\hf' llotrble A. M,

Singapore.

101

SmttHt 11 h HxtrL^lloney C* Ct

C.M.O.

Sinf;apore*

105

SOHST, T.

Singapore.

106

SoiTRixsnitu ^luiriNTAtJOBt:. Mua,

D,. Kajri

Calcutta,

107

StrvKxa* H. (J.

Singapore.

lOS

J5TiiiN\.r>tt* C.

Singapore.

MEMBERS FOR iHSs.—Canttnucd.

Kames.

Addressee, '

Swkttemtam; I\ A.

SrED Aboooakaii mik Omah

P6mk.

AL JrKIEll

Singapore.

StED MuMAMEB BIX AUMED

AL SaQOFF

Singapore,

Syirs, H. C.

i Sel^ngor.

Tah Kim CtiT>'0

SiBgapore.

Tknison-Woods, Hevd, J. E,
(Honorary Member)

aoMPSON, A. B,

Deli.

3LSOK, G, p.

Aclieeti.

-.^ACHSLEE, H.

Europe,

Tbeacdeb, The Hoii'ble W. H.

Korti BorneOi

Trebing, Dr C,

Europe

Talbot, A, P,

S^ingnpore,

TbI!B5F1? & Co,

London.

Veemont, The Hoii'ble J. M.

Penang.

Walteb, Major B. S. F.

P^rak.

-T

124

WATsoir, K A.

J oh or.

125

Whampoa, H, a. Yip

Singapore,

126

WOEATLEY, J. J. L.

Johor,

127

Weay, L., Jr.

nmk.

12B

WfiAY, L.

p^flik.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING

OF THE

STRAITS BRANCH '» "*

OF THE

ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY,

HELD AT THE
EXCHANGE ROOMS

FItlDAr, 27Tff MAliCIL IHhru

The Hon'ble A* M. tiKiNXEBt Vtcr-Fremdenf, in (hf Chmr.

llie minutes of the laet geneml meeting were read and
confimaed-

The Honorary Secretary re^d the Annual Export of tte Com-
mittee for the year 18-Sl. {Sea f. xVu.)

The Honorary Treasurer's Aceounta for the year IS^i were
laid before the meeting* (See p, ivii,)

The Report and Aeconnts were unnnimouel v aJnpted wltbmit
dl'fUFsion.

The election of Oflrc^rs forth© year 1885 werethm prtu'eedml

XII

fRocEKPiwaa.

with, ttnd the following gentlemen were declared duly eleeteil : —

Vice-P resident, Penanrj,
Hanorary Secrrtari/,
Honorary Treaiurer,

. The ITon^ble A, M. SKricNKR.

, W. A. PicKKUiKQ. Esquire^ c.u.o.

Tlie Hon'ble W. E. ^fAXWELL.c.M.i

. E. KoEK, Edfjuire.

f K W. lEiTLLKTT, Esqufre,
I A. Knight, Esquire.
CounrUhr/t^ .,, ., -^ H. L. Xouonma, Enquire.

I E. C. Hill, Enquire,
I^ J. Miller, Egqriire,

The now members elected provisionally by the Council gince
the Ia«t general meeting were then formally elected by an unani-
raous vote; and llie meeting also elected the fullowini* gentlemen
who were duly propOMed and Rccooded: — Messrs. C, B. Cehriti,

F. FL GOTTLIEBt G, S, IL GOTTLIKD.

Mr. KxiouT then proposed thiit the Officers of the Society be
added to by the crcAtion of a Vice-President for Mahicea. and that
the Hon'ble D. F. A. IIeuvet be elected to that office.

The Honorary Secretary explained that the eonatitution of
the Society is fixed by the Rules, and that before altering them,
it wouhl be desirable tinit notice shonld be ^iven, and the nature
of tfie propot4t*d alteration made known to the members of the
Society. Thia view waa generally concurred in by those present.
It was «n|Lri4c8ted in convcrRation ttiut a sixth Council hi r might be
a|>pointedj who t^honld be resident in Malacca, hut to thi.-^ course
the f»ame objection applied. The Honorary Secretary said that h«
would be glad to see the meetint;!* of the Sonety held under a
Vice-Pret^idcnt in Malarca, for that Settlement had a historicul
claim, havimr been the scene t>f a nief^ting of the Asiatic Society of
Ben ga I in 1 h 1 1 , w h c n f^ a F f L K s a n d 1 - 1-: 1 1> kk \i e re t h e re on t h eif
way to Java.

Mr. Kniout enid that he would, ^f necrsanry, give notice of
hm pmpopal at some future date^

Tlic proceedinj^t* then terminated.

. ANNUAL REPORT

OF THE

COUNCIL

OF TUB

STRAITS BRANCH

OF TUB

ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY,

FOR THE YEAU 1881.

The l{<»port which the Council for 1.^8 1 have to lay before the
Annual General Meetinjj: will, they believe, shew that the iuteretit
evinced in the objects for which the Society was established iu
1878 continues unabated, and that those objects are being steadily
kept in view by those to whom the management of the affairs of
the Society is entrusted.

Tho new members elected provisionally by the Council »in<-c the
last General Meeting: are : —

Walter E<^erton.
K. E. Abniliainson.
Fran(;t)is Deloncle.
.^Srair Elphinstone Dalrymple.
Van Langen.
L. Wrav, Jr.
\V. IT. Diethelm.
D. IJrandt.
A.T. Dew, IVrak.
Thei^e elc<'tioris have now to be confirmed by the members pre<
sent at the General ^^celin«^

A. W. O'Sullivan.

Dr. D. Manson Eraser, North

Borneo.
St.V. B. Down.
E. P. Gueritz, North BornC'V.
W. G. Gullaud.
J. p. Itodger, SclAngor.
George Copley.

The following numbers have retired : —

Jiovd. J. Aberigh Mackay. ' General II. Man.

The iloatli of the ft)llowing members has been announced: —
il. Herwig. | J. T. Thomson, New Zealand.

Xir AXNUAL JIEPORT.

The following gentlemen have ceased to he members in accord-
ance with Rule 6 : —

A. Anson.
K. Bruce.

B. Douglas.

Mohamed bin Mahboot.
^y. Krohn.
George Mansfield.

In the Report for 1S^;^>, mention is made of a text book of
Eastern Geogrnphy which the Society had uudertiiken, at the
request of the G-overnment, to produce. The first part of this
work (the Malay Peninsula and Borneo) has now been ])ublishod,
and the following letter regarding it has been received from the
Government of the Colony : —

** Colonial Secrktaky's Office,

Singapore y 12 th February, 18S5.

The Honorart/ Secretary,

Stbaits Asiatic Society, Sixoapoue.

Sir, — I am directed by the Acting Governor to acknowledge
the receipt of your letter of the 29th ultimo with regard to the
publieaticm of the work entitled the '^Easteru Geography," and to
state that His Excellency fully recognises the v.iluable assistance
which the Society has afforded to the Government in acceding to the
request that it should undertake this work, and desires especially
to tender the cordial thanks of the Government to the Vice-Presi-
dent (Mr. A. M. Skinnku) for the valuable results of the action of
the Society. •

2. The work which he has edited —the first of its kind as re-
gards this part of the world — will, in His Excellency's opinion,
prove of very great usefulness both inside the Schools of this
Colony, and outside the C(dony itself, where so much ignorance
prevails regarding the Malay Peninsula and its neighbourhood.

3. I am to add that His Excellency concurs in the recom-
mendation of the Council of the Society, and will invite the Legis-
lative Council to vote the necessary sum to enable Mr. Stanford's
ofter to be accepted. It appears to His Excellency that if the part
regarding Australia is to be omitted, as His Excelleiu^y considers
ir should be, it may not even be necessary to pay so much as £100.

I have, Ac,

A. P. TALBOT,

for Acting Cohniaf Svcvvtary, S, S.**

ANKUJLL BEPORT. XV

The scbeme for republishing a selection of papers which have
' appeared from time to time in the Journals or Proceedings of
learned Societies bearing upon matters of scientinc interest in tlie
Eastern Archipelago, has taken definite shape.

The consent of the Asiatic Society of Bengal having been
received to the republication of papers relating to Imlo-China
which have appeared in their «Tournal(», the first series of selections
will consist of papers extracted from " Asiatic Researches" and the
Journal of the Asiatic Society of Ben;»al. These will probably bo
preceded by a few papers originally published in Dalrtmple*s
** Oriental Kepertory." The Council liave been fortunate enough
to secure the co-operation of Dr. Eeinholj) Rost, Librarian of the
India Office, who has consented to edit the re-printed papers in
London. It i^ hoi)od that two volumes will bo brought out during
1885, and it will tnen rest with the Society whether or not to ex-
tend the scheme and continue to issue, from time to time, as funds
may allow, further volumes of selected papers relating to the Far
East.

The previous ventures of the Society in the direction of
publishing, have not caused, in the aggregate, any pecuniary loss.
The large Map of the Peninsula (1879) has, up to date, left a
margin of proiit of $33.0*3, with 8 copies still in hand.

The re-T>ublication of the ^*Hikayat Abdulhih*' cost $400, of
which $308 Iiae been recovered, and 2 copies remain.

In the Department of Geograpliv, the Council have noted with
satisfaction the publi<*atiou during tlie year 1SS4, by the Govcrn-
nieut of the Native State of Sclim^or, (»f a map of tlie State (pub-
lished by Mr. E. Stanford, Chariug Cross) on the scale of 2 miles
to the inch.

The Skeleton I^Ia]) of the roninaula. upon which all new infor-
mation is to be entered as exploration advances, mentioned in last
year*8 Keport, has been completed, and several maps and sket<»hes
embodying fresh geographical knowledge have bvion received from
the Native States.

The most important of these i^ the Map of Ulu Pahang by
Mr. W. Camekox, a most indefatigable explorer as well as a
itkilful surv'cyur and geologist.

Four of the papers published in the Society's Journal since
the last General ^Meeting are by ^lombers who had not previously
contributed, and the Council hope that they may infer from this
that the number of active ^Icuibers is increasing. They desire,
however, to renew the appeal made in last year's Keport, ft)r

XVI ANNUAL REPOKT.

literary contributions on scientific subjects from those willing to co-
operate in the objects of the Society.

It is believed that some will perhaps contribute notes, who
have not leisure to write papers, and, in order to encourag;e this, it
is proposed to develop the idea with which a few pages have usual-
ly been set apart in each number of the Journal for ** Miscellaneous
Notes," and to publish in each future number a paper devoted to
" Notes and Queries," which will be edited by the Honorary Secre-
tary.

No. 12 of the Journal of this Society (for the half-year ending
December, 1883) did not appear until May, 188 A, and No. 13 (for
the half-year ending June, 1881) was only published in December
last.

The absence of the Honorary Secretary from the Colony in
the spring and autumn of the year partly accounts for this. No. 14
(for the last half-year of 1881) is now in the press.

The following papers have beeu published in the Journal of
the Society since the last General Meeting : —

"Malayan Ornithology" (Part III), by Capt. Kelhom, High-
land Light Infantry.

" Gutta-protiucing Trees," by L. Wray, Jr.

" Shamanism in Pcrak," by W, E. Maxwell.

" Changes in Malayan Dialects," by A. M. Fer^usoji, Jr.

" Straits Meteorology," by A. M. Skinner.

" The Pigmies," translated by J. Erringfon de la Croix.

" Valentyn*8 Description of Malacca," translated by J. MilUer,
edited by D. F. A. Jlervei/.

*• The Law and Customs of the Malays with reference to the
Tenure of Land," by W. E. Maxwell.

" The Stream Tin Deposits of PrTak," by Eevd. J, E. Teuison-
iroods.

" Rx?mbau," by D. F. A. Ilerrey.

" The Tawaran and Putatan Rivers," by B. E. Dalnjmple.

The Honorary TreaMirer's Accounts, which are annexed, shew
a credit balance of $1,021.31;.

W. E. MAXWELL,

llotwrainj SvcrHarij.

XVll

8 8 8

<?! I-* X

8 8

\!i CO

o ^ ;

^ S I

i II

o c:

O .tj

o t^

fa) b

55 tC.

.2 G O « O o

-=t2 «"^ es::^ 5
2 'c5 fc^ '5 -S o*3 X

•• « : g

5 CI. c

5>!

^-9 ~

^ ^ i

S| i

^ -< j

o g '

<t:

r/)

F-

C/1

"•^

|.«

C § S S 5 ?5

1—^

-- » >~ O ft

'.J

•-«

v.. :2 i-i--

— ^^ ~

■

—

lO O

«^ I . i I

C^ o

x ' ■ ■ ■

o *--:

= 3

-:: CI X r

fi X X X
O X ^ — ' •

--'^^ X X 2

n ^ t: ^ Z
^ o c C 3

Chartered M
Bank of Inc
and China,
for ;UG days

to 17th Jill
at 5 per cent.

c - '^ '-E ^

iJiJi

c3 D S S S

*-*
<;

o
o
1r

rom the
eantile
London
Interest

l-H

China,..

Interest

lS8i,

^ Ti y: Xi rrj yti

.£4

■

IVIll

£•:

5 2 -i 2 -3 §

«»

o CI CO o o i^

::5
-I

■^ • .—• t. ^ C3 • w

•T ^ '^ X. t^ S: ^ '
^ "^ »— I -t^ -S ^

^ -*= **r ■'/: ^ -2 .

•1^ id «.'H^3

"^^ c tr *^ f- -t: -

sjii fc- -- i "ii iZ X

5 •

r ^' *^ ^ >^ -^

O-Zh

O (M

= § "^ :!: !

I 5::

I '

: c^i

i '^^

- < i; 'T= c

,i "c w Tl r= —

o ^
^ I

M J

13 £< =

« t- C

^
S

• 00
I 30

O CO

•X o 43 « *s

^ i 2^4

iTi 2 ^ c fl

o X s • ' *- - -

rC ^ ® = X

^ X ^ "- X

« = S S ^S

^ C X - r^

a5 = S;^ 2io

1— 1

i ^

1— •

_ _ _

v.-

1 '■ c

!i^ C

; ^ "^

■o ?^.

.^ ^

/-. 1

"^ s

:5^

[LITI

Cj <i ^

X
X

;J CC C O

CI C I-

W
CO

: ^ I

X ■/. X c'i "c .- — "

j= X rc^ ^ 'Xi 1^ Ti

JOURNEY TO THE SUMMIT OF GUNONG BUBU.

Gunong Bubu is the most elevatetl mountain of the coaat
range of the State of Purak, Its highest summit lies about
8* 17^ E. of Thaipetii^j distant, saVj twenty miles as the crow
fliea. It h one of the jseriea of nearly detached groups of
moun tains which form the coEist-rangc, having their spnvs
and longest axes generally in a N.N.E. and S,S,W, direetioiu
There is no reeord of any exploration of Gunong Bubu. It
is said that some Europeans have ascended it and made a col-
lection of platitSj but what the Keverend Mr, Scohtecuini
and I saw of the fioraj inclineg us to think that some of
the adjacent and lower summits eould only have been reached.
The mountain m not quite 5,600 feet high, but rendered very
inaccessible by pri^^ipiee^ of granite 1,000 feet high^ whioh
bar most of the spuw. At the request of Sir Hugh Low, I
undertook its exploration, accompanied by the Revd. B. Scor-
TECHiNi as botanist, and Mr. C. F. Bt)zzoLo, who had charge of
the Malays carrying our baggage. Wo started from the
mountain garden at Araug Para, which is about 3,0')0 feet
above sea level — not a good point of departure, as we had to
descend and then climb up again over several very steep
spurs before w^e could reach even the foot of the range. The
following is the journal.

May 20, 1884. — Started from the mountain garden at 9
A.M. on a course due south, descending a very steep slope along
a mountain track used by Chinese sawyers. It soon began
to rain heavily, which made the steep path so slippery that

•^ra

JamXKV TO THE SUMMIT OF OUKOyO DlTBr.

prog re fi'^ wu.s excL^cdingly slow, We at last reached the bot-
tom of a narrow gorge, through which a monntain torrent
came down with consirleruble forces. Fro-n this potJit to the
summit of Gutioag Bubu, our ra;i 1 hal to bs cut tlirougli the
jungle* After wa.lio^ along the sfcreini to tiul a convenient
point for climbini^ the next spur or rid^^e, wo crossed it, having
difficult and sluw climbing both in a^cemlin^ and dasneniing.
The fore.'^t wag a clo^ie juni^jlo of rattain aal siplinjs, with
an undergroth of Fi?rn^ w3iich couipletcly clo^od u^ in nbov3
and arw7und. A sc:?ond sptir, still higher than the firat, wa*
ascended, bat on its rid^c wo fv>und the Jiaglo in a slight
dogrtie more open, so we continued along it. It ascended
slowly. In about two miles, fimling that it wa^ taking us too
inneh out of our course* we left the rid^^c and crossed another
spur which was very stcep^ rendering it necessary to proceed by
a series of long zigzags. Rested in the furtliest vtdley^ and
then mounted another ridge Ui'^her and steejer thau any we
bad prerionsly climbed. On the edge, wo found an old rhino-
coixjs beat, which we followed, ascending for about a mile,
Mijcrc it terminated on the summit of an almost precipitous
bhiff. The rain was so heary at this point, that we had to
wait till it C'Ctised before we could dcijccnd, Tlds was uo easy
matter, and occupied until nearly sunstt in biinging down our
baggage. In tliu valley, we found n branch of the Kenus
Ivivcr making a pretty cascade o\er large granite bouldci's.
Here we built nice little wheels which fhe lurgr-lcavc^l Vinauga
pulin enabled us to thatch comfortably.

May 21. — We left our encampment idiout 7, •*);), following
the 8tre*m uutil it joined the Kcua^i liiver. Near this we
found a species of Ililuiit^ whic h is the second proleaccous
plant we have noticed in Pcrak, AVe alno fuuml a ?jplendid
species oi Fngrfta^ pn babiy K attrivulafit, with large fragrant

JOtBKEt TO THE ?*LMMIT OF ur?(OJ«tJ UTUV^ *277

eream-coloured floorers nearly a foot across the rotate corolla,
the tube of which is eight inehea long.

The Kenas River is about one hundred fett w-iJe, desceiiclmg
in rapids amid large granite:! boulderi^. It contains many deep
waier^holes with fiahcsj diffcront someflrhat from those on the
Perak. Thej are under i xami nation ^ witli a view to specific
description. There are also land cnibe about the stream and a
peculiar species of prawn ( Palttmou f ) .

From the Kenas, we struck to the west of south croj^aing two
small J steep, dcuisely- wooded spurs. Thi:! brought us to the
base of a steep slope, which was at the fool of (juaong Bubu.
Here the jungle became mora open, being mostly c^;mposed of
forest trees and Beit am palm ( Engehmnht tnazi^). We soon
lost sight of tbe Pintint/a which wc had found on the Keoas.
There was a distinct rhinoceros beat on the creit, covcn^d
with foot -prints, which had been made only a few hours
before. The logs which Iny in the w^ay were smootlied by the
constant passing and repasaing of these aoimab. There wore
also many of these water-holes and it was difficult to imagine
that they had not been cut artificially on one side. The
jungle was easily cut, but the track was so steep as scarcely
to afford a footing in places. It took us nearly the whole day
to climb a distance of 5,000 yards, and then we camped on a
narrow terrace near a small trickling supply of water. Near
this camp, we could hear the roaring of a large cascade, pro-
bably not far off, but the descent to it was too steep for us
to attempt to reach it then. Our huts were built of attap and
were large and comfortable. We had descended so much from
our starting point that we were still below the level of the
Hermitage garden of Arang Para.

May 22.— -Before starting this morning we sent back a party
of Malays to bring up fresh supplies to this camp for our

JOITHNIST TO THE SUMMIT UF GUKOJTO BlT|Jl^

return jouruey. We got uway about 8 am. It is very difli-
r!ilt Uj make au early move from these cam|)s. What witli
WHjking rice far the day and piicking up the baggage^ a good
part of the moniing runs away. Our journey was just like
that of yesterday, only a little tiiore steep in places*. About
l,Ov)0 fet't above camp \vc k'ft the region of Bertam, or attap
jjalmSj and came into tluit of Lkuala, growing amid high
forest trees. Up to this time^ we could not f^et a single view
of the country around us. When we had ascended to the level
of Araug T\ira we felled a number of trees in the liope of
extending the prospect, but were unsucccssfid. The ascent
was now only very steep in places, and the spur curved
much more to the north. When we reached the height of
nearly 4,000 feet above the sea, we camped and built our
houses. Wlicn this was done, we felled u good deal of timber
on the northern sio| c of the spnr aud soon opened up an ex-
tensive view; Anmg Para bungalow bore about E.N.E., but
none of the Larut side of the range was visible, owing to the
*<purs of Mount liubu. We had an abundance of water close
to our camp, A email stream fell over about one hundred
feet of rocks at a short distance below the terrace we wei^
upon.

Next day, the 23rd, we left all tha baggage at our resting
phica, and proceeded to make a trial trip to reach the summit.
We could get no reliable information frutn the Malays, Some
said it was only two boura' Journey, while otliers insisted that
it would take the whole day. Our intention was to climb
for hrilf a day, and, if the difhcultics were great, to move our
camp on another stage. Our great delay, of course, was in
cutting down tl^e jungle and not being able to see more than
a few yards around us. However, we were agreeably sur-
prised to find a couiparatively eiisy, though stoepj ascent fox

JOtliJiBY TO TtlS tltJUMlT OF GUKOKW BUUU.

about a mile. After tliis^ we had to climb by roots of trees^
stumps and brancbea, aad made but slow progress, I cannot
say now whether this portioQ of our jouraej was on the face of
a cliff or not. We could see absolutely nothing around U8
but trees and roots, and thc^e overhung with such a thick
coating of brown mossj ferns and orchids, that above and
below were equally hidden. Sometimes we crept in and out
under these roots and over them, or climbed a tree to get to
some ledge near its upper branches j but where we wei"e goings
or bow far we were, could only be guessed from the barometer.
I do not suppose^ however, that any one could climb so steep
an ascent with less danger. One could not falL It would
puiszle any person to throw a stone more than a few yards
amid such a thicket.

At five thousand feet by the aneroid, we began to sec the
first specimens of that graceful fern Maionia pectinatu* This
has never been previously recorded from Perak, and the only
habitats are Java and Slount Ophir near Malacca, where it ia
associated with Dip tens Horsfeidii, The latter fern we had
seen IjOOO feet below, and it occurs on all the mountains of
Perak at heights a little over 3,500 feet but at Singapore
it is found at the sea level. Besides this, there was plen-
ty to see and admire in the way of ferns, orchids and
mosses, with many curious fungi and lichens, for the mois-
ture and deep shade made the place the very home of the cryp-
togamia. But the climbing was such very hard work, that
attention to anything else was almost impossible. At about
5,400 feet, the entire vegetation changed. It was still a thick-
et, but more or less stunted and twiggy, very distressing to
climb. I cannot say how long it continued, but long before
I expected it, we suddenly found ourselves on an open level
space, on the summit of Mount Bubu.

280

JOUBKET TO TllK SUMMIT OP (lUNONG BtJIKJ,

This, however, is not the highest point. The creat of the
mountain is a narrow ridge about half a mile long, gradually
sloping up to the northward until it is about 100 feet above
where we then were. This might ha called the lower shoulder
of the ridge or crest. A splendid view wan f^btainable throe-
quarters round the compass, but the north waa liidileu by the
higher summit.

The first tiling that attracted our attention wa^ the vegeta-
tion. The trees were all low and small, stuuted and gnarled
by the weatiier. Beneath there was a thick carpet of moss,
into which the foot sunk some inches and when withdrawn
left a pool of water on the foot-print. Above tin? was a most
luxuriant growth of heatber ( Lf/copoiiifffn nutans ), white
MaioniaptdiMfitft spread out its fan-like fronds on every side.
The sides of the trees were hoary with long-bearded lichens
( Unnca imrbata ) and mos^ses. There were only a few species
of trees. One very common one was a conifer, but in the
absence of any conea we were left in doubt whether it was
Dacrf/rJium viahrm or some other species. Abundance of
young plants of this pine covered the ground. There were
also thickets of Lppiospermum Jiareacerm, which grew as high
as the pine, and a ^hrub of the genus LeitcopiKjon, The two
hitter are entirely Australian on their affinities, and both
species are found on that continent. Besides these, there
were abundance of Nepenthes or pitcher-plants with hushes
of Rhododendron*? ( li. reriiciliafum /), with a Guhnia and some
few other flowering plants and ferns.

From this point, a hasty exploration was made to the high-
est point or northorn summit of the mountain. Though
scarcely half a mile in direct distance, it required considera-
bly over a mile of hard climbing to reach it. The roots of the
bushes have proved a kiud of tipper platform un the crest and

JQURNKr TO TH« SUMMIT OP QlTSOya BUHir.

thus one has to climb over and under in a moat disgraceful
manner, ag the whole was an entangled moss of twigs which
stopped and caui^ht one at e^'cry side, beiides bcitig dripping
with water. By the time the highest ore^t waa reached, the
clouds had gathered, and no view could be obtained. Having
Batisfied onraelve.i about the roadi and cleared the most of it,
we turned back. Though tha descent was slower and more
troublesome than going up, yet we reiched our camp easily
an hour before sunset. Our supplier had not amvedj and our
chancer of making a sea^ad accent s^emsd rather uneertaia.
Our lar^t rations of rice were aer^ed out that.evening. On the
next day ( Queen's birthday, henoe the camp wa.^ called
Queen's Camp ) we cleared away much xaovd of the forest, but
a§ the party were without fo^l, and there were no sigiis of our
niestengeii*, we prepared, with much chagrin, to return to our
lower camp. We hal just picfcel every thiog when the sup-
plies arrived. Oar messengers liad lost t he ao selves in the jun-
gle and this was the can^e of the delay.

On the S;7th, taking with us a light equipment for
earn ping, we again asceudud the aamoiit of the mountain.
After erecting our tcnt^, or rather lutr waterproof sheets which
serv^ed as a suh^^titute, wl» we?it on to the summit and built an
immense heap of wood aid datnmar resin to serve as a signal
fire at night. Beyond the summit there is a steep valley and
at the other side are isolated pinnacle of granite nearly as
liigh as tlie mountain and perfectly precipitous except on the
side of the valley. Messrs. Scohtechini and BozzoLo ascend-
ed tliis with much hard climbing and found on the summit a
small pile of stones and a flag-staff, while the remains of a flag
were strewn on the ground. It is supposed that this flag was
placed ^there at the instance of Captain Speedy, who paid the
Malays a considerable sum to plaat a flag there for surveying

282

JOrBNET TO TlIK MUMMTT OF QITNOXO BUHL",

purposes. We found no other signs that any persoa hswl
visited the locality before.

A perfect deluge of ruin with thunder and lightning obliged
Messrs. Bozzolo and Scohtechi.m to remain on the grunite
pinnacle for some timCj for the cloud and mist obscured every-
thing and rendered it impossible to descend. 1 remained on
the opposite summit superintending the erection of the bonfire,
It was miserably cold, and we were all very glad when we
could make our way back to our tents. This we did not do
until the clouds cleared, when a mugnificent view was iiu veil-
ed. Both sides of the coaat range were visible and the plains
from the Binding River to the town of Tiiaijjeng were laid out
like a panorama. Tbe Matang opening with the village
seemed just boueath us. The whole valley of the PtVak with
all the windings of the river were clear and distinct for a dis-
tance of fifty or sixty miles. The main range was also very
clear and some of the highest peak bore a different tii^pect from
anything I had seen before. An island between Perak and Suma-
tra, which i^ rarely seen from Mount Ijau, was now plainly
visible^ as also several summits of mountains to the south-cast*
Nothing could be seen of the mountain observed by Mr.
S^iSTTENTiAM from Arang Para, The highest summit viijiible
to us was, in my opinion, the sugar-loaf lull to the north and
east of Gunong Robinson. I sliould think the mountain I
refer to is between eight thousand and nine thousand feet high.

Altogether, the view from the summit of Gunong Bnbu is
one of the finest imaginable. Rivers and mountains, dense
forests and open plains, the distant sea and the unexplored
forests to the eastward all combine to form a sceoe of wonder-
fully varied beauty. Unfortunately, however, the clouls and
mistB almost coutinnally obscure this prospect. At early morn-
ing and after a heavy thunderstorm, the whole atmosphere is

JOTJENKT TO THE StTMMIT OF GUN 05 O BtTBU.

28B

comparatively clear. At otlier t'mea^ there is generally either
a cap of cloud on the summit of the mountain itself or the
whole valleys arc slirouded with dazzling masses of steam-like
white vapour in which the mountain tops peep out like Islands.
We returned to our camp about sunset, and then proceeded
to light our signal fires. We had one on each cmd of the crest
so as to be well seen from the valley of tbe Perak on one eide
and Thaipeng^ on the other. Owing to the £;ood supply of
dnmmar we had obtained^ we were able to kindle a very bright
and conspicuous flame at each station xiud we were answered
by fires from Sen gang, Kwala Kangsa, and other places on
the Perak river as well as from Kota and Matang onthcLsirut
side. We also fired rockets, but these were not seen except in
places very close to the mountain.

Our tents were completely open on one side, but the cold
was not great until nearly dawn. The temperature then went
down to 08° Fahrenheit, which was the lowest reached on this
journey. At 4 a.m. we were visited by heavy rain and a strong
wind from the east. Our shelter did uot protect us from
either, so that we passed the time rather uncomfortably until
euDrise, when the rain ceased. Everything was then so wet
that we could not attempt to dry our clothes, we therefore re-
turned to Queen's Camp as speedily as we could. Having
taken a hasty and scanty uieal there, we made our way to our
second day's camp reaching it easily at sunset. We expected
t-o meet supplies at this camp, but they had not arrived. We
had nothing but cocoa to serve out to our weary and hungry
Malays after their long journey, but with this they were satis-
fied and went to rest quite cheerfully. An early start on the fol-
lowing morning enabled us to reach the Kcnas Kiver at an
appointed depOt, and hero we found the much-needed supplier
at about noon.

284

JOritTf^T TO TffK ftTm^TT OF OFNOKO BTTUr.

I have alrea^ly mentioned tliat, at the camp of the preceding
evening, we conid again distinctly hear the roar of some large
casnadc at about half a mile from where wc were. We tried
to scan^h it, bat the jungle was too thiik and the dpscent too
steep tn do so that night, our want of provisions obliged ns
to push r»n withont further delay in the evening. From the
noise we heard, there must be a fine body of water^ falling
from a considerable height.

Tfie camp we were now npon was not one we had occupied
on our outward joqrney. It wa;^ on the Uivcr Kena&, The
Btrenm was here abont eighty yards wide and descending in
nipitls iimid large rocks. There were many deep pools of
beautifully elciir wat^r. We spent a few days fishing on
these pool'i^, and caught a ^ood many rock-fiHli and mullet about
one pound in weight. Three species of fish were seen and a
peculiar prawn. I believe the fish were species of Uarhus
therapon, and what I thought was Pohjfiranthus eivponuR The
latter \% the scaly fish (without barbels) which is found in
the ditch*'s and paddy fieUi^.

In returning from the camp, w^e crossed the watershed be-
tween the Kcnas and Kangsa, in order to explore the course of
that river, which was not previously known. The watershed
was somewhat difficult of access, and took ua to a height of
about three thousand feet above the sea-level* We had the
misfortune to meet with had weather and incessant rain during
this part of the Journey^ The river Kangsa, even in its
upper portions, was swollen into a fierce muddy stream, quite
impassable, except on fallen trees. Uf these there were many
lying fmm hank to biink on the rocky sides of the torrent.
We soon found that the water descended in a series of cascades
for a depth of about 1,1Q0 feet. I can give no idea of the
grand mugnificence of the scenery at this part of our jour-

JOUE^ri^r TO THE aUMMIT OF OUNOXQ BlTBtT. 285

ney. Wbctlicr there was a flood in tlie ri?er or not, the beauty
of the rocks and precipices in the wild forest could not be
surpassed. We had to descend by a series of zigzags crossing
the miccessive rascadoa on logs sometimes at a considerable
bciji^ht a hove the water. If ever the romance of a lovely view
was destroyeil by the perils of a jonmey, it was here* Wc
had f^ cross fifteen of these aerial bridges. Some were nar-
Titw and some were half rutteOj and uU were over caseadeH '
wliere the slightest elip was certain destruction. In the lower
part oP the stream wo had to ford the water, which w^as just
fordable and no more. I consider that it was quite wonderful
tliJit this part of our journey was accomplished without accident,
which, hoiftcver, was only effected by constant care and much
delay, Wc arrived at Lady Weld's rest-house on the Kurda
Kan;r^a Road on the eveuint^ of the last day of the month
the most of whieh had been spent in the jungle^ and none the
wor-^e for our sojourn away from eivilixation^ except in the
innumerable leech-bites from which we all suflered.

J. E. TENISON-WOODS.

Nofr. — AmonL'st the fishes of the Kenas there was a small
specimen of what I took to be Ophiocephalus micropeltf^s, but
tlie species is doubtful. 1 he barbel may have been B. kolas.

Since our journey, the mountain has been again ascended by
Mr. Canti.ky, tlie (jovernment Botanist^ who obtained a good
collection of plants

SEA DYAK RELIGION.

( Cantinffedfrom Journal Na. 10 p. 243. )

In a former nuraber of the Straits Asiatic Journal {No.
10), some arctaint was given of the relitfioius ideas and customs
of the Sea Dyaks of Sarawak j of their belief in {ifoils and evil
spirits; of their sacrifires and auguries. 'J he subject h incom-
plete without a consideration of their burial rite--^, and their
ideas of esehatolog^y. These 1 now endeavour to supply*

But first a word about marriage* Birth is not eelelirated
with any religions ceremony, and marriage is a eoniparatively
simple matter. The marringe ceremony eonsints [vrineipally
in publicly fetching the briile from her fatlter's to the biide-
|groom*s house, hut tlie Dyak, with Ids love of divination, could
not allow such an occasion to pas.s withi'Ut some attempt, or
pretence, to penetrate the secrets of the future. When the bridal
party are assembled in the bride's house, nnd tlje arrangements
for tlie youi g couple talked over, a pivaiifj (betel-nut) is
*plit into seven pieces by someone supposed to lie lueky in
matrimonial affairs; aud these pieces, to*j;ethcr with the other
ingredients of the betel-nut mixture, are put iu a little basket,
which is bound round with ml cloth and laid for a short time
upon the open platform outside the verandah oft lie house:
should the pieces oi phjaag by sf>me mystic power increase iu
number, the marriage wiU be an uu usually lucky one \ but
sliould they decrease, it is a bad omen, and the marriage must
be postponed, or relinquished altogether; but, as matter of
experience, they ncitlicr increase nor decrease i and this i%
intcrpretetl iu the obvious sense of an ordiujiry marriage upon
which the spirits have pronounced neither good nor bad. This
action gives the name to the whole ceremony, wliich is called
Mluh* pinang — hpHiting the bttel-nut* When the bride has

288

SEA DYAK EEL1GI0N.

been brought to her future husband's housej a fowl is waved'**'
over them, with a hastily muttered invocation for Lealtli and
prfigperity ; and with this serai-sacrificial action the marriage
is complete.

Death is much more involved with sacred observances.
Although the Dyiika have something of the Moslem sentiment
of fate, and commonly speak of the measure of a man's life,
which once rc!tchcd nothiiij^ can prohmgj yet this does not
seem to help thera to a qinet submission to the inevitable ;
for, even when death is unmistakeably drawing near, tliey are
eager in fruitl« ss efforts of resistance, and tlie srerie is general-
ly one tjf tumultuous wailing- They will shout wildly to the
nic:licine-man to recover the wandering spirit, and they will
call out to the dying — ^' Come buck ; do not go with the spirits
** who are leading you astray to Hades. 1 his is your country,
" and we are your friends/' The wnrd pulai.pulai^ *' return,
return/' is reiterated in piercing, piteous tones. tSileucc and
reverent awe in the presence of death would be regarded as cul-
pable callousness to the interests ui a life trembling in the
balance. And when actual dissolutitm is plaitdy imminent,
they tlre^s the person in the garments usiuilly worn, and some
few ornaments in addition, that the man may be fully equipped
for tlie untried journey; and in violent demonstrations of
grief, the women and younger people wait tht; end, or perhaps
rush distractetUy about in hopes of doing something to delay
it. As soon as respiration has ceased, a wild ontbui*^t of
wailing is heard from the women, which proclaims to all the
village that life is extinct. The cessation of visible breathing
is with the Dyak the cessation of life ; he knows of no other
way to distiugnish a prolonged state of coma from death, anil
I have good reason to believe that sometimes bodies have been
buried before they were corpses.

After death the body is lifted from the room to the ruai^
or verandah, of the village-house; som^ rice is sprinkled
npoD the breast, and it is watched until burial by numerous
relatives and friends who come to show their Fympatliy,
The nearer connections of the deceased will probably be heanl

* This miring nf a sacrifice or oiVriag is a nottccabk feature in the
practice uf liiiidu uxorciat» in Indiii, — ^Ed.

SEA BTAK RELIGION.

289

shouting out to some departed relative to corae from Hndns
and thke them away also, feeling at the nifimeut that lif^ is
lit* bearable. At u burial once I eaw u. woman jump d-twn into
the grave, and stretch hci^elf at full leugth upon the coffin
loudly lieggiug to be buried with hw husband.

Among some tribes, tliere are professional wailorSj iiPurly

Lai ways women, who arc hired to wail for the dt^ad One of
the-se is now fetched, not only to lament the lost, but by her

I presence and incantation to as^-AiRt the soul in it^s passage to
Hades. Her song takes about twelve hours to sing, and the
Bum of it is this. 8hc calla with tedious prolixity upon bird,
beast and fibli to go to Hades with a message, but in vain,
for they cannot pas:^ the boundary. She then summons the
spirit of the winds to go^ and —

** Call the dead of ancient times,

•* To fetch the laid out corpse under the ere&ceut moon,

** Already arranged like the galaxy of the milky way.

'* To call those along ago bent double,

'* To fetch the shroud of our frieml below the moon,

" Already a heap like the hummock of the rejtgguanfj, (*)

** To call the far away departed,

** To fetch the nailed coffin under the dawn of the rising sun,

*' Already like the form of a fikilled artisan's cheet.

** To call the long departed onee,

** To fetch the icifflKwoud coffin below the brilliant moon,

** Already bound with golden bands.*'

The Spirit of the Winds is reluctant at first : but^ at the
iioUcitation of his wife, at length consents to do the waller's
bidding. He speeds on his way through forests and plains, hills
atid vaUeys, rivers and ravines, until night comefl oo and he is
tired and hungry, and stops to make a temporary resting place.
After refreshing himself, he goes up a high tree to make sure
of the proper road. " He looks round, and all is dark and dim
'* in the distance : he looks behind, and all is obscure and con*

290

SEA DYAK RELIGION*

" fused : be looks before him, and nil k gloomy as iiigbt." t)ii
all sides are roads, for the wnys of the dead are seventy times
fioven* In his perplexity, he drops hisliumiui spirit form, and
by a stroke of ghostly energy raetuniorphohcs himself into
rusliing wind ; and soon makes known bis presence in Hades
by a furious tempest wbicli sweeps everything before it^ and
rouses the inhabitants to enquire tlie cause of the unwotitcd
commotion. They are told. Tliey must go to tlie lund of the
living and fetch so and so and all bis belongings. The dead
rejoice at the summons, and without delay collect their friends^
get iuto a boat and pull through the siygian watci^ ; and with
such force docs the h(mt plough the lake, that all the neigh*
bouring tish die. Arrived at the landing place, they all mako
an eager rush into the lionsc, ^' like soldiers who fly upon the
'*' spoil : and mad like wild pigs they seize the dead oue/^ The
departed soul cries out in anguish at being thus violently
carried oil"; but long before the ghostly party has reached
their abode, it becomes reconciled to its fate*

Thus sings the wailer, wiio has now done her w^ork* She
has conveyed the soul to its new home, which it wouhl never
reacli, it is said, without her intervention ; but remain sus-
pended somewhere, and find rest nowhere.

The climate necessitates a speedy interment ; but there is
another reason for putting their dead quickly out of sight.
After life is extinct^ the body is no longer spoken of as a body
or corpse ; it is an aitfUf a spirit ; and to have it hmg with
them %vould, apart from sanitary considerations, expose them
to sinistm* ghostly influences. Some time before daylight, a
suiRciont number of men take away the corpse wrapped in
mats and secured with a light framework of wood ; and as it
is being borne from tlie Imnse* ashes are tbrow^n after it, and a
water-gourd is flung and broken on the floor. Tlie jjraveyard
is generally a small hill^ or rising ground in the neighbourhood,
as nnkempt as the suiTounding forest, overshadowed by
towering trees, and full of an entangled undergrowth of grass,
climbers and thorny rotan. On coming to the cemetery, the
first thing done is to kill a fowl to propitiate the dread powers
of Hades, to whom the ground is supposed to be devoted :
and so strong is the need of this sacrifice felt^ that no Dyakj

SEA DYAK RELIGION.

291

unenlightened by other principles, will dare toueh the ground
until it is made. >ome now dig the gravii ; some cook a meid,
which is afti.rwards eateti an the 8pot ; whih^t others get a
large log of wood of the required length, split it into two» sicoop
out the inside ^udit-irnlly to admit the corpsj*, und thus make
a rude cotEn, tlie two parts of uhit-h, after receiving the body^
are firmly lushed together with rotan. Sometimes^ however,
the coffin is made of pi Links before proceeding to the grave-
yartl,

With the hnrial of the body is deposited haif/(ff that is,
things given to thcrlead, Personal necessaries, like rice, platei^,
the beteLnnt mixture, money and u few other iirtieles are laid
with the body in the f^round ; whilst spears, baskets, swords,
weaving materiiilsj pots, jarSj g^ongs, etc., art; put on the sur-
face, the jars and gongs being broken to render them useless
to any alien who may be inclined to sacrilegious depreilations*
This hah/a, little or much lieeortling to the wealth of the
deceased, is regarded us a mark of atleetion. and to omit it is
to fail in a natural duty. But the custom i^ really founded
upon the belief that the thin^^s so bestowed are in some
.mystic way carried into the other world, and useful to the
'dea<l — their capital, in fact, to begin life with in tlie new stage
of existence. And in eases where Dyaka are killed, or die by
Hicknes.H* far away from home, the imij/a is tstill depo*sited in
the family buryiug-place, A burial without bau/a is, in
their phrase, the burial of a dog. A fence round the grave
as a protection from ravages by wild pigs completes the
interment.

There is a deeply-seated fear amongst Dyaks touching
everything connected \\ith death and burial rites. They have
for instance, a lurking suspicion that the dead, having become
the victims of the most terrible of all powers, may harbour
envious ft-elings, and possibly follow the burying-party back to
their homes with some evil intent. To prevent such mischief,
some of them will make a notched stick-ladder,t and fix it upside

■ Compare the obtjervances of tht" JoLor Jukans^ Ko. 1 yf this Journal

t The tan^iju fmrnauiiat of the Juhyr Jukans is eaid ** to eaable thi
Bpirit to hjave the gfra^e when required/' Id.— Ed»

dovn ia tlie pMth neir die eeotelerf to «iop any departnl spiiil
r wbo ■»▼ be uafftiflg on «|«at>inbfe vmadrinigB; otfen pbni
bits af ilkktatflntMte bamboo aihiop* to luieiketr feet cboold
thcf Tcntiire in poniut^ mud »• obatrnel tkeir aiTaacc

lorcmieal i» the umui, but not immfnl, nodeof dMposiiis
of tbc dead. Matum^B^ or nedkriQe men, ate suspended in
trees ia tbe cesmeterT ; * and amongit tbe Bakca tiibe, duldfeii
d ring before dentiti* n liai derelatped eiajoj tbe same dbtiDdioD,
b;iviiii^' a jar for tbeir cuffia* Same eccentric mcthidimb bate a
i dislike to be pat andergroaad, and reqoett ibat after deatb
tbej mav be bid upon an open platform in tbe eemetenr; tbe
result of which b that a most ofleosire exudation aoon ooie«
from tbe badly made coffin ; and after a rear or tiro the posts
became rotten^ and tbe whole stmcture tumbles down^ the
eoffin btLrating in ptecesp adding to the alreadj large stoc*k of
eipoaed bones, which^ with broken pots, jars, basketjs, and
other miscellaneous articles, $well the property of grim death,
and make the place a vast cbamel awesome and gloomy, well
calculated to frighten the superstitious Dyak. Occasionally,
a man has a fancy to have his body put on the top of a moun-
tain, and the relativc:5 probably dare not refuse to carry out
the wish through fear of imaginary evil consequences. Among
the Kayans, this burial above ground b the general practice^
but they earrj' it out in a more subitantial manner. The
hatyn is pat in the cofEu, but heads of slain enemies are bung

• Evi'O siuoni^ the Mfllaye of the Feiiinsula, tliiK pmctiee of keeping the
till* IkxIv itta ptttrftti,^, or medifine*man, above ^rtumd h notuidtaown. It
i'xi*.t» ijHf* D'-'^ably amojiK: the Sakai tribes. Ifftan Uimt is the Sakai aanie
for 1 ' I tij;er-?*pint or mon-tiger. A man who baa a tiger-spirit a.i

hi» 1^ a iitiwang hlian^ aud may nut 1»e hariedia the orduiary Malay

way, buL ia» butly mni^t be pbiced leaning against n^prah tree, in order that
the»pirit niHy enter inta auf»ther man.

In iVrrtk, it in Kuid that In the iime of Sultan J' A F.^R there was a
pnttftfiff of tbo httnfH hliiiH^ Bamt;d Alanif Dt'wam. When he died (at
lltiluh Miuyuk in 1^1 u rerai) hi« relations woidd not permit his body to be
*«t up iipiinnt ii tree^ but buried it. fc'oon afterwards the ^onnd was found
diffturUdf iind ninee tljiii Aluu^ Pewiii'a hn» frcijiiently appeared as a
hitntn btiaru whtu luvuked by patcant/a uf that class (See Journal No, 12,
p 224), II'* rumrn down in the ^hujie of a tiper, with one eye closed* the
nftVet of ao in jury he received when huriedi or when ka\ing the earth to
iiituino hia mmu form.^ED.

SEA nVAS RELIGION.

up round the grave. Great warriors have been sometimes
buried fur a time and then exhiinieJ^ and their relics sacredly
tept by their descendants in or iiciir their houses^ or it may be,
ou the spur of a neighbouring hill, witfi the objeet of securing
the departed ancestor ^h a tutehiry .spirit,

yea Dyaks do vnA consider hurial as the last office wliich
they can render to the dead, hut fulhiw tliem up with certoia
after-ministries of mixed afteetion and ftuperstition. For
three or four evcninjjs after death, they li^lit a ^re j*ouiewherc
outside the liouse (or the use of the depurtcil ; fur in Hutlea,
they say, fire is not to he prorored witliout puyint? for it.
After burial, the nearest relatlciu lives in stiict seehrsion aud
keeps a comparative last until the observaiu'e cilled pafm
is made, A plate of rice with other eatablea is taken by one
of the neighbours to this chief mourner, and from tliis time
he or she returns to the usual di^'t, and ui!eu|mti ni-s uf life.
But this ncifj^h hourly act to tlie living is the least part of
pana, amongst those trihe^* at leo-st wlicro pn.fe sional
wallers exist. It is prinei [>:Uly con ee rued with the dead, to
whom by it food is supposed to be scut. Boiled rice and
other ibiu^ usually eaten with it, toget!ier with Dyiik delica-
cies, are put together, au?l thrown through the opeuinjj; at the
back of the house, ami the wuilt-r is Fetched to elicet their
transmission to Hailc^. She comes again to the liouse of
muurning, not to huoent over the dead — that is left for the
relatives to do— but to call upon the adjutant biid, *' the
royal bird which tishes the watere all alone/* to do her bid-
ding in conveying tlie articles of tlic puna to the other world.
Amonpf these are included with some pathos the sorrows and
sif^hs of the living.

** To carry the pano of teartj to the departed ono
** at the clear muutli of the Poiatoe river.

•* To carry deep sighs to tho^e sunk out of view
•* in the land of the red ripu rainhutna

** To carry pityiai; tittbi* to those wh(> have fallen

*' unripo in ihe land uf empty fruiting litnea,"

Tlie bird, says the song, speeds on it^ way, and after
taking a rest on the bacha tree, which hears fur flower one
dark red be^id, arrives in the region of the departed. There

294

»EA DVAR RfitlOlOV.

they flo not recogBize the visitant, and inquire where it comes
from and why : ^' Do you come to look at the widows f We*
" have thirty and one ; bnt onl}^ one is handsome- Do you
" come to seek after maidens? We have thirty and three ;
*' but only one is pretty," *' No," says the bird, ^* we have
" widows and maidi^ns plenty in the land of the living, all
" beautiful and admired of men/' *' What is that you have
" bron.i^'!it with you ho securely covered up ?^' " Get a basin,
" anrl I will pour J he cent en ti* of my burden into it/' The
basin is brought and receives the />(?// ^f, and lu ! the eatables
and ihc tears aad the sobs of the living mourners have become
^ohl and silver and precious* stones wondrously beautiful.
But neither the men or the women know what ibrv are ; and
mutual accusations of ipiorance and stupidity are bnndied
about J and a noif*y quarrel is the result At this juueture, an
ancient rintivc uf Hades appears, one, that is, who never was
an inhabitant of this world ;

Dara Enhai Orn<hi*

Dnyang 8c"pau*]j KapaJya.

She ehides tbi ir unseemly squAbbling. aud explains to them
that the bird has come from tbe realms of the living with
presents from their friends j whcreupou they are sieizcd witfi a
passionate desire to return, but are told that tins is impossible.

** The notched ladder is top dovvnvvanls*

•' Their eye« see eroake<lIy.

" Their feet step the wrong way.

*' Their Bpcecli is all apuide down/'

Their capacities are no longer adapted to the world tliey
have left, aud their destiny is rrrevcrsible ; but still tliey ur/e
their request to accompany the bird, and all the ingtniuity of
Hades is called in requisiiion to devise means of aujusing the
souls as yet nnaceustomcd to their new dwcllin^f. Meanwhile,
tlic bird takes its liumeward flijfbt. Thus fur the wailcr,

Utvtil ihh pa/iu is made, say the Dyaks who observe it, the
fioul is not tborou*:ldy conscious that it lias departed from the
world, and Hades wili not give it food or water; but after this^
it h received as a regular denizen of deatbland.

SEA DVAK KEtiniOX.

2D3

There is a similar observunce called mmpintj, whicb is
carried out at a varying period after death. They tuke the
symbols aud trophies uf a hcad-huatiDf^ raiil, and the wader is
.siqHj<isod to procure the services of the spirit of the windr^i to
convey them to the dead, whose ab^de, before full of darkiu^ss
and discomfort, h now, at sij^ht of the tropluc^, filled with
light; for they have the satisfaction of feeling tliat their rcdu-
.tions have revenged upon others tlieir own deatti ; so Iiciicc-
'forih they stand more f rifely upon their own footing.

This observance, which, according to ancient custom, could
not be performed until the bead of an enemy had been obtainctl,
brings out Ifie darker and fiercer side of the Dvak nature,
Tliey would fight with dealli if tliey could ; but as they cannot,
they rejoice in taking VLingeauce upon tlic living, vv hencver a
eliance of killing the eucnile^ of tUcir tribe otiei*is itself; so as
tn be abhf to say to themselves : ** Aly rehitives l»avc revenged
**my death . I am now on equal terms with tfic evil faJe wliich
" iins sent me hither." But in these times, when they live
under a strong and civilized government^ it is very seldom
that this observance can be carried out in its fntness ; atid
therefore it is cither slurred over by some mild substitute, or
omitted altogctlier.

But the great observairee for the dead is the Oufcvi
aniu, Festival of Departed S])irits. No definite period is
fixed for the celebration of it, and tlie linn* varies from one
to three or four years. The prcparaticm for it of food and
drink a!idothtr things is carried on for weeks and even months ;
and sometimes it taxes very s(^vcrtly the resources of tlvc
Dyak. When all is ready, the whole neighbourhood for ndles
round is invited to partake of it It is an oppurtunity for a
general social gathering ; it is a formal laying aside of mourn-
ing; above ali, it is, in their niimls, tijc execution of certain
offices uccesHary for the liiial well-being of the dead.

But though it is a feast for the dead to which they are
invoked and invited, yet they pictend to guard against any
unorthodox and premature approach of the dep^irtetl as full of
uncanny influence. When the ttu}l\ a drink brewed from
rice, has been miule, an earthenware potful of it is hung up
before the door of the one room which cuih familv of the

286

BKA DYAK KKLlGlOM.

village house occupies^ po as to attract tlie attention of any
casual wanderer from Hades. Such a one is siipposed to see

tbe pot, and to go atid regale himself from it, and be satisfied
without going further: and thus his thouglits are pleasantly
diverted from the inner scat of family ILfe ; the room — where,
if permitted to enter, he might possibly, in revengeful spite,
carry off some of the living circle.

The presence oF the dead i» desired, but only at the pro-
per time and in the proper way. But how are they to come
from Hades in the numbers desired? Nothing easier, thinks
Ihe l>yak, send a boat for them : So he despatches what is
called the Ittmpatiff* A piece of bamboo in which some
rice has heen boiled is nvadc into a tiny boat, which, by the aid
of the wailcr, who is ngain fctehed, is sent to Hades. Actual-
ly, it is thrown away behind the house : spirituallyi it is sup-
posefl by the incantation of the waiter to be transmitted to the
unseen realm through the instrumentality of the king of all
the iishes, who acconiplishcs the journey witlumt much trou-
ble. But in Hades he dare not ascend the great river of the
dead bevond the first landing place, where he leaves the mystic
craft together with food and drink. No sooner is tins done
than the stream becomes dammed up and overflows its banks.
The curious boat is seen floating upon the swollen waters, but
no one knows what it is. At length a water nymph rises out
of tie river, and tells them tluit the strange craft, which by
this time has grown from the size of a toy to a mighty war-
boat, has bctn sent by their living friends for their passage
across the styx to partake of a final banquet. Great is the
joy of Hades on discovering this.

** Their Rhouts reach beyond the clouds.
'* They incite each other like men preparing the druina,
*' With joy they thump their breasts,
" With ghtdness they slap tlieir thighs.
'■ We shall soon feant hckiw tho star-pprinkled heavens.
" We shrtll soon eat where the roaring thuader falls.
** We shall BOon feed below the t^uspended moon.
'* We shall snon be on our way to visit the world, and march
"to the feast.'*

With this contrivance, the way is now^ open fur the

ilEA BTAK EGLIOION.

297

departed to visit their old habitatioiig as soon as the feast shall
be ready and the final summoTis sent. Meanwhile preparations
for ihe festival advance. Those tribes who erect iron wood
memorial monuments at the graves g^et them put together.
On the day of the feast, or may he the day befurcj the women
weave with finely split bamboo small imitations of various
articles of personal and domestic use, which are afterwards
hung over the f^rave, that is, given to the df ail. If it be a male
for whom the feast is made, a bambuo gun, a shield, a war cap,
a Binh bag and drinking vessel, etc, are woven : if a female, a
loom, a fish basket, a winnowing fan, sunsliadc, and other
tilings: if a child, bamboo toy a of various descriptions.

The guests arrive during the day* and tlic feasting begins
lu the evening, and lasts all night. An offering of food to the
dead is put outride at the entrance of the house. The wailer
of course is present, and her office now is to invoke the spirit
of the winds to invite the dead to come, and feast once more
with the living ; and slie goes on to describe in song the whole
imaginary circumstances — the coming of the dead from Hades,
the feasting, and the return. Slie sings how numerous auimals^
one after another, and tlien Salampantifd, maker of men, are
called upon to go to Hades, but none have the capacity to under-
take such a journey ; how thi* spirit of the winds arrives in
Hades, and urges the acceptance of the invitation by expatia-
ting on the abundance ami excellence of the food their rela-
tions have provided for thcna ; how they and a great company
of friends start, an<t make the journey hither in the boat before
sent for them ; how glad tiR^y arc to sec our earth and sky
again, and to hear the many voices of tiie busy Wi>rld ; how
they eat and drink, dance, and have a cock-Hght with their
living friends (for ihey have brought fighting cocks with
them) ; how Hades is beaten (to make it victorious would bo
a bad omen) ; how they sisk for their final share of the fami-
ly property, and a division is made, but liere again the dead
get the worst of it, fur in dividing the paddy, the living get
the grain, the dead only the chest in which it is kept; so, the
jars remain with the living, the stand only on which they are
set being given to the dead ; the weapons too are retained,
whilst the sheaths go to HaiieSj etc., etc* In the very act of

308

91A UTAK RKLlOtOl

professing to eiitcrtaia tlielr friend^?, lli(*y must cheat tbcm for
fenr of concTding too much to Hudes, and so liastcu their own
departure thither. After this pretcnde^l divisiim ofpruporty,
the chikh'en of death hmd make their partni;^ salutation witli
much affcetinu and regret :tnd *j,o on their way. Sunh i^ the
esoteric meaniu|^ of the ie.^tival aceordiug to the waih.'r*$ sonj;;.

Tlie Hong makcfi the dead urnve about early dawn ; and
then occurs an action wherein tlie intercommuniiUi of thedt ad
and the living is supposed to be brought to a climax. A
certain quantity of fffftf, has been reserved niiiil now in a
bamboo, as the peculiar p^irtion of Hades, set apart for a
ssiered symposium between the dead and the livm*^. It i^ uo>v
drunk by some old m:in rcMowned for bravery or riches, or
other aged guest who is believed to possess a nature tough
enough to encounter the risk of so near a contact with the
!*hades of death. This ' drinkinj^ the bamboo/* as it is oalleil,
is an important part of t!ie festival.

Earlier in tlie ni|:^!it eouics the formal putting off of
ninnrninji:. The nearest unile relation is habited in an old
waistclothj or trousers : these are slit throu^li aud taken away,
and the man assumes a better and tiuer garment ; a bit of Lair
from eacli side of the head is cut ott* and thrown away. In
case of female relations, some of the roiftn rinj^cs which they
wear r on n d t h c i r wa i 8 ts a re cut 1 1 1 r o n ;>h a n ( I set an i d e ; and
they now resume the use of personal ornsimeiits. Thitj action
is rej)re5?entcd as a hist farewell tn tlie dead.

The morning afti^r the feast, the hint duty to tlie dead ia
fulfilled. The monument, if jiuy, the bamboo imitati«m articles,
the cast oil* garments, with food (»f all kinds arc taken and
arranged upon the gra%e, ^V'itli tlds final etpiifunciit, the
dead are said to relinquish all elaium u]jun the liviiij^* and to
go henceforward ou ttieir way, and to depend upon tlielr own
resources, lint Ijifore the Gairet antn is mrulc they are
thought to carry on a system of secret depreihititms upon the
eatables und drinkables oi the living, in other words, to come
for their siiare. When sitting down to his plate of rice, a
Dyak will soTuctiins be seen to throw a little under the huusc
a-4 a portion for a departed one. And I have been told that ilk
the morning the footprints of tlie chad are ^ometime« visible in

SEA DYAK HELIGION.

299

.tbe paddy stores from wlik;!i they have been supplying tbem-
flelvt-a under cover of darkness. Thoy are driven to su -h litHc
foraging expeditions, it is afiid^ by the neees-«itied of tlieir
position ; iur the powers of llaJes lojk with c^^nterapt upon
any who go thither insufficiently provtsioned, and even quarrel
with thcni. And worse »tdl is sfiid tn liappou if this feast be
omitted altogether : the dead lose their per^iiuulity, and are
dissolved into primitive earth. Hence charity Ui thn deal
and motives of economy urge the Dyak lo undertake the
Ubour and expense of ibe Gawel utttn, the pre^mration nf
which seriously huiilcrs tlie faruiwork, and diniiuisbes tlie
following year's crop of pa'ldy.

Acconling to ancient custom, thii Feast of the Spirits
eould not be held nutil a new human bead liati been procured,
hut this ghastly, yet valaetl, urn inieat to the festival has now
to b© f^enerally dispensed with.

Thus far I liave, in the main, followed Dyak th uigbt
about death and t!ie aftcrstate as it is embodied iti their trilial
ecrcinonies and sontrs ; but as niiglit fie cxpcctetl popular
thought is not without its ideas aad theories; and theso sup-
plement what has hitherto been said.

In the borderland, says the Dyak, botween this world and
the next, is situated tJie house of t!ie Bird bffhui^ a bird lierc,
a spirit th^Te, covering his identity in human form. Every
human spirit in the extremity of sickness comes to this plaee :
if it goes up into the huusc, by tlie inHueuee of the bird it
returns to the body, which thcieupin recovers; but if it avoids
the house, as is more [)robalde, because it is always in a tdtliy
state of dirt and stt^neb, then it hi well nn its way to the other
world. There is, liowcver, another chance for it at the ** Bridge
<jf Fear," a see-saw bridge stretching acr^isa the Styx, and
difBcult to pass over : if the suid makes makes the passage
successfully, it is gone past rcH*(jvcry ; if it falls into tlve water,
the cold bath wakes it np to a senrc of its real position, and
determines it to retrace \u sfeps.

Afler thisj it seems, the aonl tias to pass the ** Hill of
Fire/' Kvil souls arc compelled to go stmight over the hill
with scorching fire on every side, which nearly consumes them ;
but gfK>d ones arc led by an easy path round the feotj and so

6£A DTAE RELieiOX.

escape the pain ami danger.* This is the only connet'tioffTn"
which I have met with anything which suggests the idea of
future retribution for wrong doing in this life,

Dyaks attribute to the dead a disposition of mixed good
and eirii towards the living, and so alternately fear and desire
any imaginary contact with them. As ha9 been said before,
they do not speak of taking a '* corpse" to the grave, but an
antu, a spirit ; oa though the departed had. already become
a member of that class of capricious unseen beings whieli are
believed to be inimical to men. They think the dead can
rush from their secret habitations, and seize invisibly upon
any one passing by the cemetery, which is, therefore, regarded
as an awesome, dreaded place. But yet this fear does not
obliterate affectionate regard, and many a grave is kept clean
and tidy by the loving care of the living ; the fear being
united with the hope of good, as they fancy tlie dead may also
have the will and the power to help them. I was once present
at the death of an old man^ when a woman came into the
room, and begged him, insensible though he was, to accept a
brass finger ring, slioutiug out to him as she offered it :
" Here, grandfather, take this ring, and in Hades remember
*' I am very poor, and sen J me sonje paddy medicine that I
" may get better harvests/' Whether tliC request was granted,
I never heard. Sometimes they seek communion with the dead
by sleeping at their graves in hope of getting some benefit from
them through dreams, or otherwise. A Dyak acquaintance of
mine had made a good memorial covering over the grave of his
mother of an unusual pattern, and soon fell ill, in consequence,
some said, of tliis ghostly work. So he slept at her gnivo
feeling sure she wcqM help hira in hie need, but neitlier voice
nor vision nor medicine came : and he wad thoroughly disap-
pointed, lie said to me: '* 1 have made a decent resting
*' place for my mother, and now I am ill and ask her assistance,
" she pays no attention. I think she is very ungrateful/'

• **Acoonlmg to th.^ cret!l of the JUtbt^^As inXamiil ln<ii:ii thL*s<>iils are
obhged to pass ] y a C4>lmim of Hre which r-un^uwn^ the winful, and it is ouly
ofttr perils th:ii tlnv reiieh tlje limd of the blesi^'d hv u bridge of ruin?. '
PbscHEL, Ra*:tsofMau^ p, 2^>1, quoting" Baishleik, Xitcfi um/atts Imiien* —

£d.

SEA IIV.VK HKLIOIUW

301

TI118 belief in reciprocal good offices between tlie dead and the
living comes ont again in those cases where the remains of the
dead are reverently prescrvotl by the living. On every festival
occasion, they are presented uffcriiigs of food, ete,, in return for
which these honoured dead are <pxpeeted to confer subs tan tial
favours upon their living descendants.

Their notions of the relutiouship of tins vrorld to the
next, and of the dead to the livin|^, will be further illustrated
by the story of Katiawa ; wliiuh may also h^ taken ix^ a
specimen of their follvh>re.

Kadawa was a great cock -fighter, but had suffered suc-
cessive defeats from his fellow Dyaks. Irritated at bcin;^
beaten in a sport he so dearly lovecl, he started off to seek a
cock of a particular white and red plumage, called birbig
UntnggatHf, which he believed would bear down all others
before it. But a chanticleer of this peculiar plumage ^vas a
" rara avis'* among fowls ; and village after village was visited,
and neither for love or money could the coveted bird be got,
for the simple reason that there were none. Nothing daunted,
he started off ngain to go further a lick!, and determined not
to return till he had succeeded in his quest. He travelled
hither and thither in the land of the Dyakn until he knew not
where he was, and at length arrived at the land of Maw^ai
tdffp, the borderland between Hades and ibis world, the
inhabitants of which can visit one or the other as they wis!i.
Here a long Tillage house appeared in ai^ht. lie went up the
ladder into it ; and to his astoui^shmeut it showe^l all the signs
of being inhabited, even to the tires burning on the hearth
and the siounds of surrouncling voices ; but not a person could
he seen ; so he shouted out : " llo, where ure you all ? '*
Whereupon an unembodied voice answered : " Is that you,
** Kadawv ? Sit down and cat pi Hang and*/>^*A. What do you
" want ? " *' 1 am come to beg f,T buy a biruitj grunggang^
" fighting cock." There is not one to be had here, but if you
" go on to the next village, yon will find one.'' So Kadawa
trudged on, greatly wondering at the strangeness of a place
peopled by bodiless beings, talking working phantoms of men
and women. Soon after, he came to u populous place, where
many village-houses were cluijtercd together — Mamiai mati.

SKA I>VAK kCLIGlDK*

tile first district of the kud of the dead; but Kadawa knew
it not for it had nothing to remind him of dt-ath ; the people
moved about, spoke and had the same form and feature as his
own neighbonra : moretn^er they recognized and called hira by
name. They offered to pvc him a hiring f/ritHfff/fingj
whieh I JO gladly acce[)tcd. Having now obtained his object,
be was happy, aud finding the people sociable and lio-^pitable,
he was in no hurry to return, but remained with his new-
found friends more than a year, oblivious of home and its
duties.

But wliat of his wife and child whom he had left behind
in bis house ? She was fi:rievcd at his hjng absence, and at
last resolved that he must be dead and she wept and bewailed
him; and at length she died of sorrow.

The time came w*ben the relations made the Gatrvi
anlit for her ; and the wailer was bringing fbe company
of gueets from Hades to the feast Just at that time Kadawa
had determined upon returning, and was securing bis ti^jhting
cock and buckling on bis sword, when some one en lied to him
to go on the platform in front of the huuse, and pointed out
to him a processiton niarcbing along the hill oi>poHite the house.
Kadawa looked and saw in the middle of the long train his
own wife ; and it flashed upon him tlint bis wife was dead and
he himself within tlic contiues of deathl;md. Without speak-
ing a word he caught up Ins fighting cock, swor«! and spear
and rushed to join bis wife. IShe repelled bim, but in vain.
At length they came to the stygian lake and found a boat
lying on the shore, into which they all Iturried, trying to keep
Kadawa out ; but he vigorously persisted, and was allowed
to embark. After paddling several hours the boat struck up-
on a roek, ami would not move : all except Kadawa jumped
out to pull her off, but she would not budge an inch. Kat>aw v
was called upon by his wife to help ; but he refused for fear
of being Icfi behind- — says his wife : '' Do you not know I am
*• dead ? What is the use of tiy^ing to follow me ? '' ^* Let me
** die also, I will not leave you/' '* Very well/' replied his wife^
" since you arc resolved to come with mc, when we get to the
*' housCj you will find some dried sugar cane over the fire
" place : eat that, and you will be able to bear mc company.

SEA bVAK RKLtGluX.

303

** Now get out, and help to pull the boat oft' the rock," Ilo
juraped out* anJ as »oou as iiLs fcot touched tho luek, boat
[>eoplc and hike vanished' and he found himself atandLag at
his own dtior^tep.

l^at no pleasuic did his return brhig hiui, tor he fuuiul
his friends making the last Ikrewell feast fur his wife, lie
neither ate nor drank nor shared in the festivities : but kept iu
his own room till all was over when he thiiught of the sugar
cane over the tireplnce. He scandicd fur it, hut found oi^thiu^j:
luore tliun a roll of poisonotis (nha^^ root : u^ain and upain he
looked hut nothing else was there; so he enjicluded tliat this
w^awhat his wife meant hy the su^^ar cane, lie spoke sar-
fuwfuUy to his neighbours and told them he should not live
long, and begged them to he kind to his orphan boy and give
him Ids inheritance : then he returned to hiss room wrapped
a blanket round him and laid himself on the floor chewed the
fatal root nnd joined his wife in dcathhuuk

1 have iIjus traced the general belief of the Sarawak Sea
Dyak about his future existence. There are however excep-
tions to it. Occaijionally the idea of metempsychosis is met
with. At one time the spirit of a man is said to have passed
into an alligator; at another into a snake, etc., tlic knowledgf.^
of it being always revealed by dreams. Sometimes a Dyak
will dcuy the possibility of any future existence : but only I
think to serve the purpose of an argument. But these, wher-
ci'cr found, are deviations from the general belief.

But it is no gloomy Tartarus, nor ia it any superior happy
Klysium to which the Dyak looks forward : but a simple [iro-
longation of the present state of things in a new sphere. The
dead are believed ti^ build houses, make paddy furms, and go
through all the drudgery of a labouring life, aud to be subject
to tl»c same inequalities of condition and of fortune as the
living are here. And as men helped each other in life, so
death, they thiuk, need not cut jisunder the bund of mutual
interchanges of kindly service : they can ii^ssist the dead with
food and other ueccssajies: and the dead can be equally gener-
ous in bestowing n[K>n them medicines of meglcal virtue, *

SEA BTAK BELfGlON*

amtikts and talkman^ of all kinds to help thcru in the work
o( life. This sums up the nicanii^g of their eschatological
observances which perhaps exceed those of most other races of
mankind.

But this future life does not, in their minds^ extend to
an immortalitjr. Death is still the inevitahle destiny. Some
Dyaks say they have to die three times ; Withers seven times ;
but all o^'cc in the notion^ that after having become degener-
ated by these successive dyings, they becomes practically anni-
hilated by abaorption into air and fog, or by a final dissolution
into rarious jungle plants not recognized by any name. May
be, they lack the mental eapacity to imRgiue an endless state
uf liveable life*

J. PERHAM.

THE HISTORY OF PERV FROM NATIVE SOURCES.

■^ au^ PAPEK under the above title, which was published

^ f ff ' in Ko. 9 of this Journal (June, 188'2), c uitains a

^^ ^,. tranptlation of the later portion of the Perak '* Salsilu,"

^'^^\ (chaia, ^jenealogy) of the royal family. This

'^ J ends abruptly with the death of JUar/nim Mtida^

which took place about the year 1777. It has been
carried on and brought down to 188.2 by Raja Ha.ii
Yahya, of Bclanja, in Perak, whoso manuscript I have
translated. Unoku Itui's work does not profess to be more
than a genealou:ieal record, and is not, like the older book,
a historiral narrative of events. It has not, therefore, the
interest of the latter. It is useful, however, as exhibitiiij;
the mode of succession which was customary amonj^ tlie Perak
Rajas in former times, and as an authentic source from which
to ascertain the relative purity of the descent of the survi-
ving members of the royal line in that vState.

For convenience of reference, tlic names aiul titles, wliorevcr
they occur, of the Rajas wlio at any tiuic succeedcnl to the
throne of Perak are printed in small capitals.

AV. !•:. MAXWELL.

This is the genealogy of the llajas wlio arc in the kin:^^d'):n
of Perak, at present.

Marhi M Jalil-ullau "^ was tlio grandson of Marhuin
Kasab of Siak, who was des -ended from Siing ^^apurba of
Pagar-ruyong. ^Iahhum Jalii.-illmi married a danglitcr of
iVlarhum ^[uda Paliang (by the granddaughter (»f Maiuiu^i
Kota Lama, Sultan nf Perak) and had six childn n — Four
sons and two daughters. Tlic sons were : —

* For un explaniition of the t< rni JA/?*// .'//// un,l tiw! lUjiluy j»rji(,-1i'«- (»f n*-
naminsT their kin<^K aft..*r their d %;;•;•.««•. s.f; No. '.) of tliis .Toaniai. ( T/ir Jfiti.
tory of Fti'iLli from Siit'irr So>irrrx, p. '.>"^ //.)

The name of MARHJ'ii jAML-rLLAir in his lifiitiine w; m >!oi)ArAH Siiaii.
(/^., p. 1UL>.)

THE elSTUHV tH' PEKAK FROM NATIVE SOURCES.

377

by tlio »:irac mutkcr.

Wlicn Raja Radix succectletl to the throne, be was pro-
claimed as Sultan AIo(1\fvk Shah, iind after his death ho
wa^ kno\vn us Maiuhm IIajk

RiJi BijiXC was Rija MuJa while Uatv IlvniN Wiis Sulhui,
and lifter him, wliile Raja Inu reigurd. There wfw u civil
wur while Rua Ixu was Sultttii, und the Uaja lluda. Raja
Uis.NU, w;iH misctl to the throne, und took tht^ title of Stlta v
ilriiA^MAD Shah.* Luter, hi* became Vang di pertuan
Muila. When lie die-i he wits called by the pc inle Miuhum

AmINI'LLAII.

He had eight childreti— five sons and three duujhtcrj*—
namely : —

1 — Raj.v Iskanoar, I

2.-- Raja Ki:mas or Salch, J

tJ. — Raja Aj.i-kdoix.

4. — Raja Itm Mutla.

6, — KvUA Ki:( iiiK Boxfisr.

6, 7j S. — The names uf the daughters are iiut givvn.

Iluja I'utch gave birtli to Raja Khalim, Kaja Hamid hegut
four ehildreri, uaracly, one soti, named Raja C'holan, and tiwi-e
duuj^liter^, iianies unlvnowiL One of the daughters married
Raja Ala-kujjin, son of Mauuum AMiMfLLAii, and another
maniid Raja Seniil.

Raja Kemas t son of I^f ARHi-:\r Aminullah, intirried Raja
Keehik Ampuan, dan^hter of M \fuii'M Sulontj (TARoxofiONo,
Raja Iskandar^ who became Raja MutLa, married Raja Bndak
Hasulj daugliter of ^Iarhum Majt, and sorceedcd Mahhim
Uaji ou the throne under the title of Si:ltan I>kanoar
Zii'lKakxayn. After his death, he was known as Mak-
HiTM Kahar-uu.aii. J One of \m sisters Avas j^iven Iiy liira in
marriage to Sht;nf Hassan, son of Toh Tambak (Slierit' JahidiD),
and »ine of the dau*jhtcrs of Raja Hamid mairied Marhum
Tenjrah (Banduhara Uaja Inn).

Bi^fore bin marriag:e with the Princess Budak Rasnl, MaiiHUM
Kaiiar already had i^sne by a woman of the lower orders, and

• S^-e Xo. y of this Jounu^r P* HWi.

t A'enia*=Kei Amiwi. Sc^ No, oi llm Joumd, p. 106,

X Hoc Ko' 2 of this Jouitml, p. 187.

306

TlIK Hli^TOHV 0¥ PKH-^K FROM NATIVE SorKCEs\

1. — Si LTAN MAinin* IsKANDAR Si[Aii» better known
m M\iuii M Bkjsah OtiJA-rij.Aii, wliose
rci^ii Instf^d fur hhq htHidrd aiul twenty
yuars, lie hful no cliildrcti,
2* — Yang d)-|>cr-tuaii Mtula Stt.tan M^nsuii Shah,
called after Lift <leiitli Mauiivm PrLAu Tin a
3 ^- — ^Marh 1 1 in Bid n ra ,
4.— Raja .A[ijdaf ir.
The iiamea of tlie dau '^liters were :—
■>.— Sliu'alani Iksan
t). — Sha^alam Maiiy;kut di Sayong,
Numbers 1, 2 ancl o were the ehildrm of Mahih m J\i:il-
UKi.Aii by the d.in;^hter of }-Furlri(n \[ii lu Pabm^ ; and uu:n-
bers .'^, I and H wrre li!< eSJdr»'ii by ati'>t'H'r ni ithi^r,

Itaja Molafar br^ >t one dau-^liter, and Mui'hnni Bldara
{otherwise uallt'd Uaja Kanayau} \va^ the fuunder ot'the fimily
of Rajas wlio arc ut Sclnt Pula'uuid K^rapar np to the pre-
sent day.

Makuum Pri.AU TioA had ten ehddren — seven sons and three
datightcrs — whose names weiv* a** follows: —

1.— Raja Radix (Mauhum Suloxg GAUoxtiCiONC)

who was afterwards Sui.tan Ala-Ej)di\".
2,— Raja Inu.

3.— KSJA IJlSNU.

4. — Uajii Galuh.

5.— Eaja Daha.

6.— Ilaja Patch, mother (.f Raja Kh;diui.

7,— Raja Alfhil Jalil.

8. — Kaja Hamad.

9 —Raja Su.

10.- Raja Seiii.

Raja Kadtx h^id two ehildren — otic son aD<l one daughter*
The son rere.ved tlie tith.^ of Raja Keehik Huijgaa, aiid the
daughter wa.< entitled ILjija Keelnk Anipnaiu

Raja Iku nmrried the daughter of Raja JIadafar, and Iniil
one diin^'hter who was named Raja Buthik Uasiil ; ho Ua*l
another diint^hferj by a wiKiian of tiie pi'o]?le, wlio-e nu:tic woj
Raja Toiigah Bong.sn»

THE HISTORY (»F PERAK PRoM .NATIVE S0UHCE8.

3)7

When R.\JA Uadi^j succce<!ed to the throne^ lie wan pm-
cl jiiiied as Sii.tav MoOai'^k Shaii^ and after lits death ho
was kuo^vn as -Maiuum IIajl

RaJi BisNu wan HiJH 3[ula whilf; Haj v 1v\di.v whs Sultan,
and after him, while Raja !nu reigui'd. Tiiore was a civil
war while H\J A Ixu was Siiltnu, and tlic liaja Muda, Uaja
HisNU, was raised t*> the throne, anl took tli/^ title of Si i.tav
3IuHAMM\n Sr!\n.* Latt?r, hr became Vang di pcr-ttum
Moila. When he dst^i lie wa^ culled by the pejplc Majuium
Amixullah.

He had eight chihlron — five sons and three daii^^liters —
namely ;—

1 — Raja Iskandam, I i ^^l 41

,^ ,. 1- '^ , 1 } by the same motlicr.

2. — Raja Ivcmas or baleh, J ^

3.-— Raja ALv-Kimix.

4.^ — Ilaju Tun ^[uda.

5, — Raja Kkchik Buxfi>i'.

Oj 7 J 8. — Tlic namcj* of the daughters arc nut given,

Iluja Patch gave birtli to Unja Khalim, Raja Ham id l>e;^ut
four ehihlrcn, namely, uuc son, namud Raja C!]iohH», and time
dauj^hiers, namrs unknown. One of tlie dan^^hters married
Kaja Al\-kijj>ix, son (»f MAUiirM A:^UNULL,\ii, and another
married Raja Senah

IluAKEMASt son (jf Maiuium Aminullah, imirried Raja
Kechtk Ampuaii, dautj^hter of Ma an cm Si'LON^i (xAaoxGiioxfi*
Haja IsKANDiu, who bccamc Haju iMuda, married Raja Riidok
Ra**ul, daugliter of Marhim Maji, and succeeded AIarium
IIajt on the tluone UTider the title of Sci.tax Iskandar
Zii'lKaknav.v. After his deatli, he waa kuown as Mar-
hum Kahah-ullaii. t One ui his listers was pcivtm by him in
marriage to Shurif Hassan, son of Toh Tambak (Sberif Jalndin),
and olio of the daui^liters of Raja Hannd married Marhnm
Ten^ah (Bandah.ira Rsija Inn).

Bdore hia raarriajj^e witli the Priueess Budak Rasul, Mariium
Kahar alreiidy had issue by ft woman of the lower orders, and

• See No. U of this JotinutJ, p. inri.

t Arwirf* — Kei A ma pi. *^'c No. *.» nl thit; Jouraal, j>.

{ bee No* 2 of ihifi Journal^ ji. 187.

inrj.

308

TIIK ItrsTORY OF rKIlAK FROM NATlVK SOURCES.

a dauglitcr by this marruige named Raja Sabda Kasul was
given by bim in marriage ti> Ilija Sh^Tif Bi.snn, wbo was the
Kon of Sherif Ilissan by the sister of M ariium Kaiiar. This
U'lja ^berif rct'cived tbo title of Sult:in Muda Ala-edilin, and
}iad, by llaja Sabda, twj suns and one dantjhturi nainiily. Raja
Iim and Kaja Abm;^ (ofteti culled Raja Alaug Tulau), suns^
and Ilaja Itain, d;iugbtt'r.

Riija Alanjiif bad two cliildren, of whom ohb was a daughter
who hMs left a ininierons fostei'ity, namoly, Rajab Ngah Ami-
nab, Rnjub Itam married a Saiyld from Treng^ann of tlio
Araf> triljc Beui Yaliya; tbf^y b k1 t^vo smi^^ namely, Raja
Kgab Daba (Saiyid Hussein) and Rajti Alang Hussein, coni-
niindy known as Iluja Tua.

While Makirim Kaiiar was Itaja Muda, Raja Kemas b;id
the title of Rjija Koehik Miidu, and when tbo former beeame
Sultan the littei* sueecedod a^* Raj i Muda. He eventually
eucceeiled to llie throne on the death of Mahiitm Kaiiar and
t(X»k the title of Sultan Mihammadix Sh.^h, * establishing
himself at Pasir Pnhii, to which phiee he gave the name
of Piilau Bcsar Indra Mulia. It was he who crcnted a Snltaa
ofSabmgortby installing tb'^re Sultan Sala>eddin, the fii*st
Y«ng di'per-tnanj and liis descendant??. After the dealb of
Stltax MriiAMMAniN Sh \ii, he wa>s exiled Marhim Mtda.
Hy his wife Kaja Kechik Ampmui, he bad one son, Raja
Ibruliin!, who took the title of Raja Kechik Muda X and begot
a son named Uai i Mabmud.

At the time that Makiii m Kahar was Sultan, Raja Ala-
KiUJix.souof Marhum AMixnj.vri, was Bnndabara, and called
himself by the title of *' Baiidaboni Pen in gat Itam/^

Here it i^s neeessary to introduce a story. 'Jdiere were two
sisters who npon the death of their father and mother were
detained by their nnele as pledges for the repayment of a
dubt of five dollar!* due ta him by their parents. He employ-

* This name is not gireii la the account prlntd on p. H>7 of No> 9 of this
Jounm].

t See No. 2 of thk Joiirnnl. p. 191.

X Acvordiiig to IVrak tnuh'tiun* tb:h prm*!G vvm6 the first littja Biiurlfihara.
Bafure hiw time the title of Bwiiclahara ha<l l<im held lij (liiefs not of royal
blood. See Journiil N<;, 2, p. 187.

THE HISTORY or I'EKAK KKtiM NATIVE SoUKL'BS.

301)

ed the two girli* in looking after liia farm {ladang). Otic day
ail old woman (.'cirac tlicrc and questioned thom, and tliey ex-
plained how tlicy were in a pnmtion of sl^tvery in coiT^efiuence
of a debt of five d<illara. Tlie woman asked tlieii" names, and
one of thoni replied : '' I am called Upik and my sisters name is
Dewi/' Then tho old woman said : '* Open your mouth ; '^ she
did so and the old woman spat into it * and touched Dewi in the
Waist. I'lieo she sai i : '* I am Nenek Kerning/' t and she gave
them a tiial (an iustrumeat for plucking padi-ears) aad in-
structed them in the art of riee-cultivation anl that is the
origin of the knowledge nf the cultivation, of padi as it is
practised in Kampir and Teja up to the preseiU day.J (In the
name of the God wliu knovvetli ! ) The old woman said more-
over: '^I)o not be uohappy, it is no hunger in the power uf any
one to fasten on your skin and bone-^ : your debt is at an end
and ye are no longer hlaves/* she then vanished.

When the harvest was over and the jur/f// had been tnken to
the kampong, Raja Bandahara Pcniiigat Itara came up the
little river on the h mk of which they lived and the people
there told him of the eseeprioua! beiuty (d'Che Upik and Cho
Dewi. He iminiHliately took both of tliem and they accom-
panied bim down the river. He married Toll Upik, and she
bore him a son who wan called Raja Abilnrralimau.

After the death of Makhtm Kahak, Raja Kemas became
Raja ^ ; ISandabnra Peningat Itam became Raja Muda and
Raja Cholan became Handahara, After the death *•£ Raja
KisMAS, he was known as Makuim Mloa. Raja Muda Ala-
EDDiN then became Raja under the title of Si ltan Ala-eddIxV

♦ Thi» rather oLpje^tionQble incident, or something like it, occurs in the legend I
of Badang i.i the Bajmiib Afnliiyu. It 1*3 found alik> in other Puruk leg-end^ i
r^M that of Tob Knnla Bidor.

\ f The legend uf Nrmk Kfthuug is igtiorantly introdnceil here as an inci-
imt which tn^curred in the last teiitu-y. It u an ftnrient Ir^end which bc'ongs
to the pre-Mulmninmdsn timrsot' th<* Mula\ nation, and io the falk'lorp' of iVruk
Malftyi the bcrifvalent fairy i»r godtlrfls la oiWw referred to. Prink y^neh
AVwifvny* ** the choking* jvjt of NriieSt Kemang " (ihu contciits of which could
iit'rcr be eihau*>tcd)^ i« the " w idow*8 erui:!© " of theMaliij pe»tsa»iit.

t Afl t*> the belief in a Cmt* entortaineci by Indo^CbtQene u«tion*i, see
CoK Low's J)}*$frtutioH OH VvHitttg iitu! Ptitrhttw Wrf/t'iflrt/^ ■p,*JiK

§ Under the title of Stiff an MnktnHd Shuh, nee No. 2 of the JounMl, \k lyt,
Thi*i soTorcign rciifned for eight yeari>T probably A. D, 1770-1777.

310

riu: HISTURV OF FEUAK FKuM NATIVE SOUUCl-:?.

Manser Shah KiialifaT'Ihhaiiim Iskavdar ^Tupa. Ruja
lUudihura Clinlrtu became Raja Miula^ Raja Iiiii bceime
Bmdiiliira and Raja Kkchik liijVGsii becarao Sultan Miula, *

Raja ]\Iu:l;i Cliiiluii had three cliildre 11,111 Lii.^ly two daii^Iitors
by his principal wife f^ahara ^^iid one son by aiiothi2r wife
of a lower class (orang ka4iiftr-ati), IHs iluii^^hters were
called Raja L.>ti<j Irang and R'm Chu, nod his son Wfis called
Raja Ka^iira* The rnother of thy latter wa-? Inchc Mek
Anjong ; sh(» wils ihn daughter of fchc S»"i Mahanija Lchi, Toh
Ustnaru of Kola Lama,

The IJamlaliara, Rnji Inn, married a sister of Rai i Muda
Cholan, whose title was Raji Che Puan Tengah ; she bore him
two sons and one daughter, namely :— :

1.— Rrija AbdorrahiTii, who married Raja Lonj^ Irangj

the danghter of Raja iluda Cholan,
12. — Raja Rail in, who manied Ilaja Chii^ younger

h'ister of Raja Long Irang.
3. — Raja It am.

\Vheu Raja Muda Cholan died, bt3 became known among the
people as Marhum Pului Jnwar. t Raja Kasiin was then srill
very youn^, and bis sister Rija Ijong Irang liroiight him up.
Raja Long Irang and her htishand and chihl all died about the
Bamc time, the hitter being quite young. Raja liandabara
Inu dii'd sotm afl^Twards and became known to posterity
as Marhnm Tengah. Raja RadJn then became Bandahara.

When St LTAN Ala-ediun died, Hnltan Muda Raja Keciuk
BoNGsili became Yang-di-pcr-tuan ntider tlic title of Sultan
AiiAMADiN SiiAii. 'i'he Bandalrura, Raja Radio, then became

♦ A. D. J777|jrolmljly. Sultan ATa tddin MaUBiu 8iiiih is the last ruJfT
meTitione*! in the Mha Mahtyn (Jounanl No. *J, p. 1 u:i). The origiiml Pemk
SiiWtlu cnly critics the hintory Dts far tt* the previous reign (Journal
No. i*. p, J 07). All thcrcfc^re thitt now follows in ntw.

f Kaju Cbolan (Marhum I^uhtu JtttrttrJ i« famous in Perak as the author
ol l,ho hiBtt)rical work MtKit Mnlnyti^ which hoH bt^n deficrilied in No. 2 of
thiri Journal, p. 187* and exiriicta from which will h€ found in No. 10, p.p.
258, 2{VA, I take this opportunity of correcting a inistuke committtul in the
piipers qiintcd, where Mhtil is written for Mhtt. There ie a Javantae
romance whk-h has betu tx^n^lated iiito Miilay and i« very popular in Perak.
It is called iluhtifjitt Mimi lUrbitjutju^ or pimply Mi*a Jan*a. Raja CholnJi'B
work has been compared by its adiinrer« to Ihe romance in question and haH
thurt come bo be called Miti MrihttfH, (The Malay Misa) in coutradiBtinotiou
to the Mlta Juwa,

THli: HISTORY OF PERAK FlloM NATIVE SfWUCES.

311

Raja Muda, and Raja Kucliik yiiida Malimihl, trie son of
Jlarbum Mwla, became Baudalsara,

SuLTANT Aham\P!S" maiTicd four wives, nanioly, first Che Pa-
tch, daiigbler of tilt? Luksamaiia, Tuli Kiiiibi Ijiiior, by biswilb
Toh Piiasa. Che l*uteh reectvvd the title of Toll Dabnn and
gave birth to one son whiv^nc name wa* Rajv Ahdul Mulk.
The second was Raia IVu^ah B;jn^^u, daiigliter of iMikhum
IIaji by a woman of Jovv birth. She had ouc boo, Itaja Ion,
Tbe king's tliird wife was a wonian of Katiar named liiche
Sri Na; an, danghter of 'Fob Imam Malik-aUAmin. ( Ihls
Imam AlaHk-al-Amin waf* one of nine brotlvers, namely Tub
Biji Dowa, Tob Saiab Da^nn, Toll Lobjk, Tob liiijab Toll
Sarambi— these last tsvo went to A<;bt fi — and three others.
They were tlie sons of an Arab named Salyid Aji by Toh
Dnsnn binti Mrab (!hie!iik Pnti b» an Achine^e woman of
royal blood). The kinj^ bad one sun by C'bt^ Sri Nayiin,
wliooi he called Raja Abdnrrahman. His fourth wile was a
woman of Snngkei named Tob Nah bioti Tob Samban, She
bore him one danghter named Raja Andak. lie had one other
wife, a woman of 8nngei Siput, Che 8innli by name, who had
one dangbter, Rajd >I andak.

Raja Anntfi. Mulk nnirried Raja Itam binti Marhnm
Tentrah and liad by her two .<nns and three daugliters. The
sons were Haja Abdullah and Raja Ahaniad, and the
danghters were Itaja Cbe Pnan Hcsar (Raja Aoiinah), Haja
Che Poan Saraja, and Kaja Che Pnan Bnsu.

Raja Jnu married Raja rer.^ali Iran^^ a d^uiulttcr of >!ar-
bnm Tengah by a wotoan of Labu Knbong Lanih. (Raja
Tcngab Irang waskor>wn from her t-hildltood u^ Inebe Bidaru),
He had one son, Raja Cnoi.AX, and one daughter, Raja Alang.

Raja Andak married Raja Ka*iim, son of ilurhum Palan
Juwar, and had one <!augh.ter named Raja Meh Salamah^
fanuliavly known as Raja Xotih, who wtus of great bcanty.

The BiuidahrtPu, Raja Mjihmod, had eight cbildreo*— four
Bona and Unw da^igbters— rmmelv : —
L— RajaAli.
2.— Raja Ngah Laut.
-1 — Raja Tengah Buiing.
L— Raja Ratlin.

312

THE HISTORY OF PEBAK rKoM NATIVE ^OrRCES.

5,— Raja Teh Pcrak.

6. — Raja An dak A mas.

7.— Raja Maiidak (the mother of Raja Maudak was
a daughter of Uxe Raja of Sfenaogkahau).

H. — Riija Urei,

Of these, Raja 1 'adiii and Raja Urei were by the same mother, a
woman of Biikit Tiintong named Eentnak Malak Bergia of
the family of Toh Bidara.

When SiLTAN AnAMAfH\' died, peo|de spoke of him as Mar-
m M BoNGsu M.vxriKAT i>i CinnAR Galau. !ia,ia Krcmic
Besak, AjiDUL MuLK, his son, tljen heranie Raja uiidrr the
title of Sultan IVIansur Shah, mid Raja Ahdtllah, his sou,
became Huja Sluda. The Bandahara, Raja Maliniiid, also
dicd» Raja Ki^ah Laut married Kajii Aniinah, and became
Eandaharfi. Rnja Alidurr;diman leeeived tlie title of Rait
Keehik Btsar luid when he died at Kfimpani*; Maiifikrjsur, peo]>le
spoke of him as Mai hum Kanipong. Raja Kcchik Btsar
married Che Limah, the sister of Toh Lndiiij a native of
Kuala Prai, dan<^rhtcr of Wan Eentan, who Wfis the son of
Tuinonggong Vuk Ujan, who first opened Knala Prji.* I'aj^i
Kechik BeFar and hii? wife Clie Limah had ncc son, Raja
AnD^LLAn. lie raarrit d Raja Ngah Aniimdi, the dan^^litt-r
of Raja Alang and grand-dauL'hter of Sultan Muda Ai-a-
EnniN (Rnja Sherif Bienn), and Raja Cholan, the son of
Raja Inu, tnarrictl Raja Mandak, daughter of Jlarhnm Say-
nngj and had one S(in, Raja Malimiid, who died \onng. R \J t
(*HoLAN divorced liis wife, Rfija Mandak and married Raja
Kutih ^Ivh Sahimfilj, the daughter nf Rajtik Kasim. I'his
Raja Ohwlan leeeivid the title of Raja Kechik Miula.

Rsija All, the s- n of Jlarhum Sayong, married Che Nur-
mah, a woman of the people, and had a son named Raja Dancl,
and a danghtrr named Raja Put eh Kliadijah. Raja Dand
married Ruja Kcehik Puan Bnsn, daughter of Sultjiu ^lansur
Shfdj, and had two rhildivn, namely a son, liaja Sa'id, and a
dan^^htcr, Raja Andak. R[ija Dand married secondly Inehe
Long Ilalimah, a wnman of tte people, daughter of Muhammad
Kasim, a native of Sarong and Bi^ya. She bore hfra two

♦ The piiTt of Provix?c? WtiOffilejr neftrc^t lo Pcimng.

TIIK UlSTLiKY OF TERAK TROM XATU li SUl U( liS.

SVi

rinltlrcii, of whom t ho eUlf.T was a ^irl, Raja Fatirnnh, nriil
the youiififpr was a boy, Raja AIkIijI Latif (nicknamed lliyi
It^jflin), Raja Daud received Ujo tiile of Raja Kcrliik Uc^ar,
mid Raja Aiiaraad (son of the reign iJijr Siiltni) was crcati'd
Raja Kechik Teiigab. The latirr married Raja Lun^ (Raja
Cl»c Puan IJougsii) daughter of Daing Ma^^ak hy Raja Caluli,
nad had three ehil Irca — one dau*;liter. llaja Utih, and two
6on5s, Raja K('AH J^affar and Raja Alanj^ Iskanchir,

Raja Baiidahara Ngah Laut and hi:* wife Raja Aniinuh had
one daupfhtcr.

Raja Teh Perak, daughter of 3Iarhum Sayonjr, married
Tiuigku Re^ar Mnda Raja Abdurrahmnu bin (Afar/tttin Mantj-
hat iii halfi) Yang*di-pcr-tuun J5esar Sultan Ismail of Siak,
and had one daughter, Raja Lon;^ Siak. This Eaja Abdui'-
rabman maj-ried also at. Sungci Siput a woman, nor of rAyal
blood, named Long Ridara* She wa^ the duuLthtcr of Toh
Padang Raja, a native of Janibi» by his wife Nga!i Patali binti
Pik Suli bin Toh Sah bin Tnh Pajnr Tunnuiggong liilang di
Padang^ biu Parmci di Wangsa Tub Kahar, s*n of Tan Jalak
Piiteh llata* son of Tan Undan, son of Tan Saban Palik
hilang di Bnkit Mendi. Rnja Abdnrrahiaan ami Lon:^
Bidara had two sons — I'ngkn Muda Raja Ismail i*utc!i, and
Ungku Busu Raja Daud (ralletl for short Ungku Anduk),

Raja Kechik ISnlong Tua Abdurraliman^ son of tliR la to
Sultan, had four sons, namely^ Kaja I^skandar, Raja Kemas,
Raja Zeinal, and Raja Ismail. Raja liikaudar had, by a con-
cubine, a daughter named Raja Saf. Raja Ismail married
Raja Anduk Amas and had two children — a son named Itiij.i
Idris, and a daughter named Raja Banun. Rajaldiis uianicrl
Raja Long Siak and had two sous — Raja Alang Ali sind Raja
Kulnp Keehik Abdurrahman and two daughtcrii— Raja Putch
Zulika and Raja Ngah Zfdiara.

Ungku Muda Raja Ismail Putch married R'ija Puteh
Khadijah, daughter of Raju Ali, and had two children — a sou
and a daughter, who were both killed by fh'tattfs in MS.),

lie married the second time a woman of the uuintnh i^ttuhft
rla^ss^* Long Saiba by name, and had by her three cIiiMren,

* Uttn/fiii mtfntdk htmbtt "the tribe of the civw'tt vomit^" lilli^gtii U» be thtf
dc«k)«n(Unt*j vl the Bh&t (hiMJtld ur bard) of the fin*! Mahiy Kinp Boof, milk,
1ruil<jr, ffhif kc ^ tttv £<jrbiUdvn U* them, Juur- lUt^%\ Asiatic fiwidyi Xlli,

X 4?, ex

THE HISTORY OF rKlUK FKOM NATIVE SOURCES.

Kaja Muliamoiad Perak, Raja ^lahmutl, sons, and Rtija ^lui-
mimalij daughter.

rn*,^kii Biisu Ddtul married Clie Essuli, a Salutigor \vom:in,
and liad by lier one daugUtcr named Raja Ilamidab. When
Che Esisali died, lie mari-icd her sister Che Nai and had three
rriildren by hor— Raja Yaliya Ke hik, Raja 'Ayo^ha (7^, and
Raja Khadljah (f), ^

After Rnja MnJa Rfidin died pceide spoke of hira us ^lar-
hnm Sliiiliid Allah, By his wife ILaja Che Puan Bcaur (Ung-
ka Chu) hinli Marhurn Piilau J owar, he had three children ;—
1. — Raja Omar.
2. — A datij2fhter, who bceanic the wife of Raja Muda

Ahdulhih.
3. — Raja Busu f/), whose title was Rnja Clie P nan
bifida, and who becaiiic the wife of Raji Keehik Teng^ali Yu-
hnU son of Raja Muljummad uf Kedah by Che Pntt^^a. The
f.'tther of this Raji Muhammad was Raja Ilitam of Kedah and
his mother was Raja Amas Irhi^.

Rnja Keeliik Tengah and Ins wife Raja Cho Pnan Muda
Busu hafl four children — two son.s and two daughters :^ —
L — Raja Muhammad AmiauRah.
2. — Raja Panrlidv Ibrahim.
3.^ — A daughter, name unknown.
4,— Roja Putch Chautik.
When Sultan Mansi r Shah died, he was caHed by the title
ofjrnrhiim Jamal-ullau. The Raja ^fnda then ascended
the throne taking the title of Sultan ArmirLLAn Ma'aijam
8nAn ; the Bandahara, Raja Ngali Laut, became Raja Muda,
and Raju Rndin, the younL'i^r bj other of Raja Kgali Laut, be-
came Bandahara. Raja Bandaham Radin married a w^oman
of tlie lower ejnss, a native of Kamprm^ Clinpin, Ninda Un;;u
by namCj and had by her a daughter named linja Utih, and a
t^on named Raja Ngali Putra. The Raja Bandahara took a se-
cond wile, CliL" Butch, a wunian uf 15andar, ritd had by her a
«on named Raja Alanddin. Alter Ilic death of Raja Banda-
hara liadin» he was sjioktn of by the people by the titles of
Jfarhum Kfthik and JIaihnm Pnlau. And R*{*ja Che Pnail
Bcsar Aminah, ^ii^tcr of Slltax AiinuLLAn, ^nd wife of Raja
!Mud;i Ngah Laut, aj^o dicd^ and wa-s called after Irer death by
the title of Sha'alam Muda.

THE irrsTORv OF feuak from xative sources*

fJlo

Uaja Kochik Jfutla CrroL vx was tlie next Batidahara, tintl iu
his tiQic an arrangement waa got up aaiong tlie Cliiefs aiid

JtajasaTid a European iiaraed , by ivhieli the Raja Muda,

^ "gall Lant, was niijiod to tho dignity of Yang-di-per-Tiuiu
Uuda, and Kaja Bandahara Ciiolan was jiiadc Raja iliida, and
Raja AnouLLVii, sou of Marhutn Kampun;? Mangkasar (K*aja
Keehik Ilesar AbduiTahinaii) chauged his title for that of Ra-
ja Kcehik Muda, and Raja Idrls, sou of Raja Ismail^ cJianj^od
\ih title fiir tliat of Raja Kechik Sulong.

Raja Jlaudak, d.mghter of Marlaun Boxosu, was given iu
marriage by her youu;^ relation Sultax Ahduu^ah JIa'aj/am
Shau to Ruji Saiyid Itam, son of a Raja from Siak, who al-
ready hod a Sim, named Raja Hiij**cin, living at Larut. The
issue of this niarriag*? was two children^ namely^ a sou named
Raja Ismail Hi tarn, and a daugliter who died young.

Raja Moda Ciiulan and his wife Raja Che Puan Besar (llcli
Salamah) had one sou named Ruja Noah Ali,

Ksiju Noah J^\ fi" a r married adaughter of Vang-di-par-Tuan
Mnda Ngah Laut, and took the title of Rjij.i di Ililir.

Raja Alang Iskandar, younger brotljer of Rajidi IldirNtJAri
J^iFFAit, married a daughter of Raj i Kechik Tengah Yusiif,
and another dnughtcr of the latter, namely Raji Puteh, marrial
Raja Ngjdi Ali.

The sister of Riija di Ililir NnAU J*ArFAn wa% married to
Raja Hussein, sou of Raja I tarn (who now took the title of
Raja Keehik Muda) and his wife that of Rija Che Puan Muda*

After Sultan Audullau Ma'acIam Shah died, ho was men-
titmcd always by the title of Mahuum Khalil-ullau or Mar-
iir^M Pasir Paxjano. Raja Muda Cuolax now ascended the
throne under the title of Sultan SuAnAiJ-roniN Shah, and Ra-
ja Bandahara ArmuLLATr. son of Marhnni Kampoug ilangkasar,
bccamo Rnja Mud a, while Raja di Ililir Noau J'affar suc-
ceeded him OS Roja Bandahara. Sultan SuAHAB-uDnix Suait
died, and watj known after his death as j\1aruum Taxjoxg Pk-
NAXOGAS Safi-um-ah. Raja Wnda Ahduixau then became
h^ultan, and reigned ot Tanjong Sarangdcndang under tha title
of Snltnn AnmiLAn MntAMMAD Shah. The Bantlahara (Ka-
ja di Ililir) became Raji Aluda, aufl Raja Alang Iskandar he-
uimc Bandahara. The wife of Raja Muda NoAir J^afkar

t'Ail

rut insTORV op perak prom xativi^ souutEs.

rcopived thn title of Raja CIic Pivan Lesar, and tlie wife of Ri-
jfi Ijundabnra Alunj; Iskantlar, that of Raja Che Puan Kechil.

The Raja Bandahara by hb wife R^aja Cbc Piian Kechil had

two chihlrcn^ the eldest of w'lom was u daut/Jiter named Ruja

Te!i Kerhik, and the eeeoiid a sou luimed Kaji llassan. He

Ifsid aiiotluT wife also, a woman uf tlic lower c*lu»8 naaied

Ahing Milu, aHas Ken Uda, by wboni he had three sons : —

I. — Raja Kiilup Muhammad Kramat.

2. — Raja Idris.

*J, — ^Uaja Lop Ahamad.

llap Bandaliara Alanpf Iskandar died at Kuala Teja, and has
evjr sinre been known by tlie people as ilarhum kviala Tejn,

Sultan Aiiorij.An AJuiiammao SiLvn by Ids wife Raji
Penmpuan Xg ih Aniiouh had tbvej soiih and one dtughtcrj
namely :—

l.^Raja XfiAii YusiTj (the present Regent).
2.— R.ija Pandidc.
3. — Rujn Suleiman.

4. — A diUiglilcr born after lier father came to thf^
thrnne, whose niinie was Raja jliii»dak and
who«c tllle was Uuin Biulak Rasul f anak bino}^
. tn*J-
R(»j;i Is^fAiL IIiTAM^ Bon of lUj't Mjiusluk, and f^rund^ion of
JIacjii u i^oNiisr, TOfirried Raja Fatimali, daughter of Raja
Keehik Resar l)aud by !ds wife Long H rd in uiIj ; and Raja
NoAii Al!t ^oii ol' Marui M Safi-CLlaii, was a vlo^e friend iuid
ally of this Raja Ij^mail, fur the latter hud bren adopted by
JivimiM SArr*t:|,LAn uud his wife in their lifelime. \Vheu
this Raja Ngah All lost bis wife Raja Ruteb, daughter of Raja
Kechik Ten;^ah, be niarriud the dauj;bter of Raja Ktjehik Su-
lung I<!ri.s; h^.r name wns Rnja Pnteb Zelcha, They had two
Rons : —

1.— Rnja Clsman.
2. — Ruju Omar.
Ijpfore they reached nianliootb
{hi r-chert i hrthrp) Rntt h Zelelia.

Raja XfJAM A LI divorecd

* Anak hattjfttt nr amtk Mnlkij is the namo g>en la Vcuk to a child of a
iinhun liomi» after bis nccc-eiou.

THE HIslbKT OF PEBAK FROM XATTTB f^FKCES. 317

Baja Jsif AIL HiTAS, bj* his wife Baja Fatimah^ had two
children^ the elder of whom was a daughter^ Kaja Lon^ Kha<*
dijah^ and the second a son named Raja Lop Ahamad.

When Saltan Abdullah Mchammad Shah died^ Raja Ma*
da Ngah J'affar became Yang-di-per-taan and took tho title
of Saltan J'affar MA'AdAM Shah. Raja An became Raja
Muda and Baja Ismail became Raja Bandahara.

Saltan J'affar and his wife Raja Kechik Pnan Besar had
one daughter named Raja Long. Her mother died before
Raja J^affar sacceeded to the throne and was known after
her death by the title of Sha'alam Telok Kapayang Mangkat
di Pangkalan Tengah. The Saltan^ had, by another wife (Che
Bnlan), a daughter named Raja Ngah, and, by another wife
(Che Mahat), a daughter named Raja Nandak and a son named
Raja Abdullah. This Raja ABouLLAn was born on the night
of Nasf Sha^aban, and it is said that on that night the water of
the well Zem-zem babbled up and overflowed. Further, a pious
Menangkabau man, still living, named Haji Muhammad Ali (who
is married to Che Fatimah of Bandar and is known as Taan
Besar Kramat) when he saw the new-bom infant, said at the
time : " This child is supematurall y gifted {her-tuah) ; take
'* the greatest care of him.*'

Kaja Long, the Sultan's daughter, married Raja Kechik, the
son of a Raja from Riau, and his second daughter. Raja Ngah,
married Daing Perbn, the son of a Bugis Raja who was the son
of Kraing Chandrapolili, son of the Kaji of Bcrnih (Brunei) :
and his third daughter, Raja Nandak, married Raja Pandak,
son of ^iIautium Atik-ullaii Mangkat di Durian Sabataxq,

(SlLTAX AlJDULLAII iluiIAMMAD Shah).

Raja Abdullah, the son of Sultan J'affar married Raja
Tipah, half sister of Rnja Muda Ngah Ali on the mother's
side.

Sultan J^\FFAR married another wife called Che Alang
A mas, >vho bore him a son called Riija Musah.

Raja Long had three sons by her husband Raja Kechik of
Riau, namely : —

1.— Raji Mahmud, who is now at Riau and who has
been to Meccah.

318

THE inSXaRY OF FERAK FROM NATIVE* 80VBCE3.

2. — ^Haja N^ah J'affarj who lives at Kampar at Knni-

pong Changkat,
3»— llaja [hiatus m M. S.)j also at Kampar at the
present time.
Kajfi Kj^jah bore her husbantl, Dam^: Pcrbn, a daugliter
rifimcd Kuja Eiulah, wlio niarrioJ li\iy\ Ngah J'aftar the sou of
Ruja Long.

Kaja Nanclak nn J IicrhnsbaDtl Raja Pandak had three sons: —

1. — llaja Ibrahim.

2,— ruga AH.-

3. — Ilaja Alanj^r.

Ilaja" Pandak hnd hccn previoiislr married, before lie mar-

ricd liaja Nanduk, to a woman of the lower class named Clio

Long, daughter of Toh Marat of Pulau Tig^, and by her he had

one son nnmed Ivaja Mahmnd,

After Sullan .Paitar died, he was always spoken of by the
title of Makiium OuLiA-rLLAH 1)1 Pasih PA>\JAx<f. Kaja Mnda
No A 11 Ali then ascended the throne, and his title while Sul-
tan wa.s " Al ma*ftkkal billah il jali Paduka Sri Sultau al miik->
'* nud 'Anayat Shah el Perak dar cd rnjnan/'*

Haja Ani»ULLATT, son of the late Sultan, became Raja Jfiida,
the Bandahara, Raja Ismail lliiam, jctained that oftice, and it
was by his wish and coari^nt that Xhxy^v AmuLLAU was made
Paja AInda.

Paja Osumn, son of tlie new Sultan, married Pnja Long
Khadijahj daughter of Raja Pandahara Ismail, and had no issue.
After the Sultjui (Ali) had reigned fora time, hcdicd at Kua-
la Mitnoraat tlse house of Che Rajnb, and wa^ buried nt ijcdonjj
8iam ^at Si>yuii£^, The title givi^ii to him after his death was

MaIIIU M NAJI-lLT.An.

At this time, Kuja AiiDUi.L\n was down the river and thouji;h
he was sent for repeatedly ho did not come.t There was then a

♦ '*He whft plarffl nil h s coTifidrncc in the jnat God, Faduka Sri Sultan el
UJ&lonpl *Aiiitjftt fchab of PemV, llm tiliodf <<£' P.uadisc.

tTbcciisfetin qnoiod by thr Pernk Cliicfs in pxplnmitirm of their artirni
ill r«i5slng' DViT the Rjij'i Muila (^c<* Biiic-Book c, 11 11, p. 1I>!) is Common to
1*^ vcrnl Iiido-Chirtw ijalit-ne, c. g. the !Si«raci»f, Jonrn. Ittd, Arch. I. 3t I, Mid
tlirt riimbtnliiirj?, Munra,Zr Jit>yaiimr tie ('itmbutJ*j(\ 1, 317. I u Timor t ho bcnly
of a flcocast^i kiiifT remubis unhujii-d I ill the rtklivcs C4in BfTonl to pn>vid(5
tliC hnri«l frftBt* Till Fuch time the king i*t supposed to be ftj^leep und no
mrtTWw^t with rtiguinj; powcis cna be aprointed* Forbes' EHfit<:rii Ai^Mpela-
|ji», p. 438.

inE niSTOEY OF riRAK FBOH NATIVE SOURCES. 319

ronifciiltation among the Chiefs, at the head of whom was Padu-
la Sri ^raharaja Ibraliini, Mantri at liarut, after which they
raised Raja Bandaliani Ismail to the throne under the title of
*^ Kl mestdr bsctri Allah el jemil * Paduka Sri Sultan Ismail
** 5tuT-eddin 'ayat Shah."

Baja Oliiiianj son of the late Sultan, was made Bandahara
nnder the title of Bandahara Wakil-al-Sultan Wazir al kabir.
Not long after this, Kaja Muda Abdullah came to an agree-
ment with the Chiefs down the river, at the head of whom was
the Laksamana Muhammad Amin, that he should be recognised
as Sultan under the title of" El 'ashik billahf Sultan Abdullah
Muhammad Shah, Yang-di-per-Tuan, Perak,'' and he at once
went to Singapore where Governor Ord was then stationed as
the Governor of the Straits Settlements. Soon after he re-
turned to Pcrak, there was a change of Governors and Sir An-
drew Clarke became Governor and after reaching Singapore
came on to Pangkor, where he confirmed Sultan Abdullah as
Yang-di-per-Tuan of Persfk, Sultan Ismail becoming Ex-Sul-
tan, that is to say, Sultan Muda. The Colonial Secretary, Mr,
J. W. Birch was then appointed Resident of Perak. Again
there was a change of Governors in Singapore, and Sir William
Jervois became Governor. Then the death of Mr. Birch at
Pasir Salak took place, and the Sultan (Ismail) retired from
Pangkalan Poguh. Then Captain Dunlop and Major

McXair became Queen's Commissioners in Pcrak and after-
wards Mr. Davidson became Resident. After this. Sultan
Abdullah and the Laksamana and the Shabandar were taken
away to Singapore and thence to Pulau Seychelles. Then
Mr. Ilugli Ijow became Resident of Perak and Mr. Maxwell
l)cearae Assistant Resident and governed Larut. Raja Muda
YusuF became Regent of Perak, and Raja Idris, son of Marhum
Bandnhara Iskandar, became Hakim of Perak.

Raja Muda Yusur, Regent of Pcrak, begot two children, a
daughter named Raja Nutih, and a son, Raja Lop Mansur. He
liad another son, by a concubine, Raja Muhammad Ajam ; and
another son, by a woman called Zenab (to whom he was never
married) , who was named Raja Pcndawa. By a woman named
Alang Malaka (whom he married) he has a son named Raja

♦ *'Thc covering of thf prolccling mantle of God."
t 'ThefikndofOod.''

I
BRITISH NORTH BORNEO."

)'..'

Introduction.

The object of this paper is to give a short and goiiernl
sketch of the territory under the Govcrnuufnt of BritisU North
Borneo Company, from personal observations made during a
residence of nearly three years in tbc i^owntry, and from the
official reports of Messrs". Pryek, Vqk DoNor, FiiA?*it H.iTT<^?f
and WiTTi. ^

Area.

Embracing an area of some 20, 000 square miles, and a
coast line of about 500 miles, the territory Iie«* between the
116th and 119th degrees of East longitude, uud the 4th and
7th parallels of North latitude.

Geograjjhical Fcafiwes,

The general geographical features of the country are as
follows : — A range of mountains — the general direction of which
is North-East and South-West — forms a backbone thorough
the heart of the country, varying in height from 4,000, 7,000
and 8,000 feet in the mountains of Melaio, Mentapok and
Trodan, respectively, until the altitude of 13,698 feet is attained
by the rugged peaks of Kina Balu, which tower above the
surrounding country, repelling with precipitous ascent the
adventurer who would attain their summits. From this range
and descending to the coast on either side, are lesser ranges of

• Sec a paper, with this title, by SirTWALTKR MeduI'UST, read at a nic«t-
iag of the Roval Colonial IiiMitute this rear.— Ed.

hills covcrptl for the most part with virgin forositj tiiid iuter-
spersjMl with fertile pluins, watered by the niunerou** rivers
which wend their circuitous courses to the sea bey o nth The
e.ui-st, fu a rule, is b^vv and Hut iiiul is, to a large extenf» lined with
the liandsomc easuariuu tree, broken by stretches of uiaograve,
dcnotm;^ swampy j^rouiKi or tlie mouths of rivers, aui diversitied
by h>w saodstoiie cliffy, yellow from exposure to the weather^ or
patches of forest readiiug to the water's edge.

At a short diKtanee from the shore ou tlie West eoa^t, a
very large area of country is denuded of trees, and ia!ait(i\ a
(*\ >a r s e i; rass ( . / h fh ' op ogu n m r iros h n / ) , I las s p r e ii d over it, ex cep t
wliert! here and there the plantations of the natives vary its
monotony.

Harboitrff.

Many indi^nttitif*ns occur on flie r-oastj and the eonntry is
particularly rich iu harbours, the principal bein^ Gaya, Aniboug
aiul Fsikau on the Wc«it coast, Kutlat on the North, and
Sandakau on tlie Kast, The importance of these harboui*8 it
nec<li but a jjlanee at the map to realize, containing as they do,
iimongst other ad%'antages, Uiitural facilities for defence*

Saiulakan harbour it will be seen, lies but a abort distance
from the trnck taken by truding: vcsscIj* between Australia and
China, and is indeed bnt tive bjurs steaming di*itance from
their conr>iC. Jt is extremely well pn^teeted, aiui contains an-
chorage for any number of vcsseltn; having an extent of fifteen
miles iu lengthy by Bvc miles in breadth.

lunhtt and Gutja,

Kudat and Gaya harlionrs are witLin a few hours steam of
the route, thrtugli the Palawan passage, taken by ships trading
from the Wett to Cliinu and Japan, The value of these
harbour?, therefore, as coaling potations, and refuges for our
mercantile navy, in the event of a war with a mival power.

B&ITI8H NORTH BOBKBO. 826

cannot be overrated, and it followa, that it is of the highest
importance that they should not be in the hands of any foreign
and possibly hostile power.

The value of these harbours, in addition to their strategical
importance, is euhancd by the rich country lying at their back.
This is especially the case with regard to Sandakan, into which
flow some fifteen rivers, taking their courses, for the most part,
through a country which is without doubt a field for large
sugar and tobacco plantations, ajid containing a supply of
timber which, from its easy access, should be a great source of
revenue to the Goyernment.

Rivers.

The principal rivers in the territory are the Kiraanis,
Papar, Putatan, Abai, and Tampasuk, on the West Coast,
Paitan'and Sugut on the North, and Sibuco and Kinabatangan
on the East. Most of these rivers are navigable for steam
launches of light draught, for although, as a rule, deep water i^
found inside the entrance, all the rivers are more or less barred.
The Kinabatangan is navigable for some 200 miles. Rising in
the ranges south of Kina Balu, it takes its course to the sea,
emerging some twenty miles south of Saudakan harbour, after
passing through a very tlnnly populated country covered for
the most part with virgin forest, varied by occasional native
plantations, or patches of secondary jungle denoting M'here
formtr clearings have been. The quantity of floating limber
met \^ ith, in the rivers, renders careful navigation necessary.

North Bornt'o ux a fit' Id for the Planter,

North Bonieo as a new field for the crowded-out planters
of Ceylon and J^umatia, is not to be surpassed, for in its hills
and valleys will be found soil suitable to almost every tropical
product. 'Hapion in the Netr d yJon writes as follows, and his
remarks are confirmed by exiK?rts from personal observations : —
**The spurs and slopes of Kina Balu arc peculiarly fitted for
"o-rowing eofleCj tea and cinchona, while the rich plains that

820

BRITISH NORTH UOKNEO*

tiiark ilii^ njurrtt* of the Kinabatangan and other rivei's lend

tli(^iHKflvL'S u* tlit^ fultiire of indijro, tobacrfi, cotton, rice and -

the other wi/lUknowii tropical products. Sucli villages as the^

' traveller meets with on cxcuriiona in the interior, are fed and

' maintaine<l by agrieultiire. tbe siicecssful features of which,

behm^ to tbeimtural fertility of the soil^ rather than to the

science oit the native fanner. .... You ero-is a plain of rice,

' bananaSy cocoa-tmt trees and other hixnriant ve;jfetatjon. You

^see the native cultivator at wnrk, his rude plough dra^n by

^butfalops, and flocks of white paddy birds siiling aloft, or a,

' few solitary eranes adding an oriental touch to the picture, J

' You halt on the river bank amidst tropical g-roves, here and '

* there relieved by neatly kept gardens, feueed down to the

* waler's edge, and contaiuing plentiful supplier of sweet p(»ta-

* to€K, eueuniberH, niai/.e and kalndi/*

Tlujt the country is peculiarly adapted for the ^(niwth of
tobacco, is demonstrated by the fact of its enltivatiun by the
uativ(*H of both eoasts. and that in spite of the wnut of cure in
its production, an pxct^llent leaf is obtained. A sample nf leaf
from a newly opened plantation on the Hast (nmst* has been
pronounced by experts to be unsnrpristsed. Sneb bein^ the ease,
:itul considering that tbe available land in ihe tobucct/proilucin^
eoontrit s is hecoming exhanstetl, it is reasonable to suppose that
this eoiintry will, in a short time, take a promim^nt place as a
luri^e producer of tobaeco.

**^ugar is also cultivated to some extent and in some part;*
of the eonnlry ; a primitive mill for crushing is used hy the
natives, Considering* however, tlie snntll profit returned,
together with the known risks in cultivation, the suljstitutes for
eane which are being bnnight into the market^ and tbe com-
paratively low rate at wljieli labour is obtained in the sugar
producing countries, it is doubtful whether this prodner will be
eullivatcd to any larjfe eitenl.

1IKITISH NORTH BORNEO. 827

Gamhier,

Guiubier ( the inspissated juice of Nauclea gamhir^ an
astringent use! in dyin*^ and tanning), the cultivation of wliieh
has met with such success in the neiglihouring state of Sarawak,
pepper, tea and coffoa arahica, have all been proved suitable,
and saj^o which is indigenous to the country would largely
repay for planting in the low lying grounds at the entrances to
rivers.

Jungle Productn.

Especially is this country rich in natural jungle products,
such as gutta percha, india rubber, camphor^ canes, and an
infinite variety of useful and ornamental woods, including the
valuable biiian (iron-wood) and ebony.

Camphor

The camphor of Boruoo, (Brgohalanopa cwnphora) is noted
for its^, i)eculiar medicinal properties, and is highly valued by
the Chinese, who will give, according to the variation of the
market, fi*om twenty to forty dollars a pound for the best.

Horneo. with its natural advantages in waterways, should
export its timber larj^ely to China, and no doubt when labour
bet'oincs more* abundant, this will be the case.

Firenoofi,

A market for firewood has been already established in
Hongkong, and the supply of mangrove whiili is unequalled for
this purpose, is practically inexhaustible, and can be obtained
without any difficulty. The bark of this trco. which has to be
removed in its preparation as firewood, has its own special value
as producing a rrddisli dye much used by the Chinese.

Kfllhlr Birfffi' 3V«/«.

Another valuable and increasing product is the edible

S28

BRITISH VORTII BORNEO.

hirds*-nest, wliich is obtained in sinitll quantities on the West
eoa8t, aiul adjacent ishnifls, but is chiefly supplied from the
(lomarUon caves on the East eoa-st, Tlietollowinj^ description
of these caves h condensed h\ym an nccouut lately pnblisbed in
the Sfralfji Tum'H. The cave?* are situate on the Kin aim tan gan
river, near the viliao:c of Malapi, uhieh is stnne fifty miles from
tlie motith. Tiie eliief entrante 8//^/^f^//>fi//// (white entranco)
is on the Gonianton bill at on elevation of 50O feet, and is
about 30 feet high by 50 feet wide. The accent to it is very
fteep, in some parts almost perpendienkr, hntthe nature of the
jagged hard lime-stone rucks, afFords hohling points for one's
hands and feet. From this entrance the ascent to the summit
of the hill, is another 500 feet, arid at the top is a smallish hole
whitdi leads into the groat Simid putiu caves below, going
straight down about 851} feet. Down this the natives descend
by I'attan ladders, fastened to the circumference of the hole,
right into the abys^t below, in search of the nesta. At nightfall
a remarkable sight is to be pieen at the entrance, viz , the return
of the swallows (CoHuchHh eJ^rHfenfa) to their nests, and the
departure of the hatH. AVith a whiiTlng sound, multitudes of
hats wheel round in spiral columns from the summit of which
detachment? break oft^ and wheel away rapidly towards the
mangrove swnnips and the nipa palms. Amongst them the
white hats arc very conspicnousj and are termed by tljc natives,
the Rajah J lis wife and child. Soon after the bats emerge from
the caves, the swallows return m countless nnndjers. Each
morning the process is reversed, tlie swtjUows going out and the
bats reluming home. On entering the mouth of the cave as
deseribe<i above, the floor fur the tirst part of the way slopes
down at an fnigle of twenty-five degrees, to m\ enormous cave
with several smaller ones leading out i4 it. From the side of this
cave rises a higli dome, from the tf»]> of which you can see tlie
opening before-mentioned, some 8-10 above. The average height
of the cave before eonung to tlie tlome is 150 feet. The next
rave Shu ad if am (black entrance) is on a level with the rivei*
bank. The entrance is by a mngnificent porch of 250 feet in
height, opening out into a large and lolty chamber, beyond
which an open space is reached, tVum wliieh looking up can be
seen the Simub rrTiH.

BmttfBIt XORTII BORNEO.

329

From this space U u cave nimilng under the Scmdd Form
series wliich is filled, halfway to the top with b;its' rruatio, which
cannot be le83 thart tifty feet in depth. It* extent is unknown.
SamplcH of the guano ha\*e been sent home and were valued at
from JC'^ to J^l'} per ton. The annual value taken from these
caves \ti 825jU<XI,

Coai,

That eoul is present in many parts of the territory, has
been proved^ and borinjj^ for workable deposits, is being actively
engaged in. The pi-escnt supply, which ts i<tored at the principal
ports of call, for tlic use of men-of-war and tradin^f vessels, is
obtained h
go to the Court of the Raja, owiiif> to this unjust aet.

After some time, however, tlie headman of .lelebu took
i courage to appear before him. Now this headman's name
'was MrxYoxG ISalui, and [lis title was Orang Kaya of Sungei
Lumut. The name of Jek^bu was as yet unknown : and it was
not until some time later that the t'ountry was so called after a
man oi that name who wa^i drowned in the river (Triano;),
This headman of Jelebu, then, went to the Court of the Rjija
of Johor, who presented him with a eliop benring the follow-
ing inscription : —

*' The Sultan MA*AdlAM Shah confers upon the Mandelika
*' Mantri supreme authority to be the Sultan of Jelebu
*' for ever."

♦ The first division of this paper is, I need hardly point out, a litemJ
translation of the »tory verbnUy communicated to me liy Malaya. — H. A. 03,

338

Jelebu,

And this is the form of words that has been nsed from
generation to g^cneration by the Penghuliis who have governed
the country of Jelebu,

The Raja of Johor further issued instructions to the
Penghulu, that from that time forth the Penghulus of Jelebu
and of the other three States were not to bring their complaints
before Johor.

Thercrvpon the four Penghuhis made an arrangement to
create a Raja of tlieir own, and chose a man oF the royal blood
of MenangkabaUj who on his election abode in the country of
Sri Meuanti,

The place where the election of this Raja occurred was
Petftjeh, and hence arises the (dd Malay sayimg : *'The source
'*of royal power is Petajcli ; the place where it dwells is Sri
'* Meimuti/^ A Yam Tnan Muda in Rembau, and a Yam
Tuan Besar in Sri Menauti, such was the (new) order of things^
and the four Pcnghulus no longer took their complaints to
Johor, but to Sri Alenauti, and had thus a Menangkabau man
as their ruler.

At that time there was no Yam Tuan in Jelebn, but the
Penghulu held sway in that country, and this state of things
continued for a loii^ time.

At length the Yam Tuan of Sri Menanti, wdio had a num-
ber of sons, sent one of them to Jelebiu merely to take np his
abode there and to till the ground. His conduct w^as long
watched by all the officers of Jclcbuj and tliey saw that it was
very good* His behaviour towards the people was good, and lie
seemed to be a man capable of supporting and sustaining the
country. He was also a man of considerable mental ability^
and his personal character was beyond repnmch.

Accordingly (lU the officers met together and notified to the
Penghulu their intention * of making the Yam Tuau's (Sri
Mcnunti) boq their supreme ruler.

He was acconlingly elected with the title of Yarn Tuan
of Jelebu, with the duties of protector of the inhabitants of
that country. He did not, however, receive any jurisdiction in
the country, and the Fenghnln and the officers contributed to
his support, each man as much as he could afli^rd.

• Thi* account of the attitude of tbe Waiis and Ltuibii^,'aa in these early
timni IB fioteworthj as bearing upon the i^r^sent conBtitution of the country.

Jelebd.

339

The district within which the Yam Tuan's authority
extended was from Bandar Berangan up to Sungei Melcntang,
that is to suVj to Batu Gominting (in other words^ a portion of
what h now Kkwang) ,

Such was the limit of his private and direct rule from that
time down to the time of his descendant at the pFet«ent day.

And should he violate this understanding or the customs
of the country he may be deposed by his officers.

*' If a king be just he is reverenced if unjust checked/'*

Such wan the order of things in former times, and the
boundary of Jelebu with Pahang is the phice called Meranti
Serabilan, t while the boundary with JSungei UJong ia Bukit
Tangga,

Now Klawaug is said to belong to Sungei XJjong for the
following reasons.

Some time ago a son of the Datu Penghulu of Jelebu vio-
lated a daughter of the Penghulu of Klambn, and was compel-
led to marry her. Sufficient money to pay the fine exacted was
not forthcoming, and so in place of a money payment the
Penghulu of Jelebu gave Klawang (to Sungei Ujong), that is to
say, so much of it as is oo the right as oue goes up stream to
Sungei Uj<»ng and down stream %o far as Lubok Kerbau Balir.
For any measure that the Yam Tuan wishes to take in the dis-
trict thus defined^ he must first obtain the sanction of the
Government of Sungei Ujong.

Such is the account of the origin of the present Government
which obtains in Jelebu, taken from the lips of those who are
most likely to be informed on the subject and who are unanim-
ous in their story.

1 may append a short account of the constitution of Jelebu
as I found it wheti I visited it abmt the middle of the present

* The lieodmen htJd that the present Tau\ Tuan ba^ Yiulated the ccn-
fititntioHt and he now leeidee in KkwaTijr, with an aUowaDie from the BritMi
Goveiiimctil c<jtiting.t,t upcm his non- interference in the govcmment of Jelebu.

t This appeufB to h.n.re been the old Jakuii botmdarj* It ia low down on
the Triang river, is decidedly Fahang in ita tendenoies, and does not acknow
edge the i^eng^ulu*

340

Jelebu.

year (188^.) audio what follows, for the purposes of simplicity,
I venture to leave out of couskleratiou the recent arraugements
made with the rulers of Jelehu.

ThertJ h still a Yam Ttiaii of Jdubii* although practicnily
he may be regarded m a cipher, lie arrogated to himself pow-
ers of iuterference in the interaal government of the eonntry,
which the ren«;halii antl the Waris considered to be a violation
of the eouditiona under which the office of Yam Tuan was esta*
blished, and he was ordered by them in lH8fJ to leave Jelebu
and reside in Sri Menanti. A composition was Jiowever, effect-
ed in his behalf, and be now resides in Klawang near the Jelebu
frontier. Theoretically he still continues to be the Protector
of the people^ but I have not learnt that any point has been
referred to him since his removal from the country, except in
the ca&e of an informal grant of land recently made to an Kuro-
pean company in Jelebu, and again in the case of the Pahang
boundary question, when he exprejised hi;* opinion to the
Government at my request.

The Penghnlu, therefore, Syetj Ali bin Zix, h the ruler
o£ the country, for all practical purposes. I may say the undis-
puted ruler J as the Yam Tuan signed a bond in January of the
present year undeilaking not again to interfere in the govern-
ment of the State.

The Penghulu is assisted in the conduct of affairs by
nine officers, or perhaps it would be more correct to describe
his Jurisdiction as limited by them. They arc entitled Lem*
hagtiSf oi wliom there are five, and Warkj who are four in num-
ber. The LemhaffUK liave each a separate title :—

I, — Datu Mantri.

2. — Datu Ngiang.

8. — Datu Ohinchang.

4. — Datu Sendara,

5. — Datu Lei a Angsa.
These officers are all entitled to a vote in every act of State,
aiid any act doue without their concurrence is illegal. At the
State Council, however, tbey may, in case of illne^ss and so on, be
represented by authenticated Wakils. The entire land of Jele-
bu is considered to be vc^-ted in tbcm and the War'n^j but under
no circumatauces can a Lcmbaga rise to the office of Penghulu.

Jelbbu,
The TTaris are entitled as follows : —

341

1. — Raja Balang.

2. — Maharaja Imlah.
3. — ^Raja Pcoghulii.
4. — I'atii Umbei.

They also have a vote in the State Cotincil» and the Peng-
htilu is elected from their body with two reservations.

The Datu Umbei cannot become Pcnghuhi, nor can the
Raja Pciighnlu, A member of the family of the latter officer
may, however^ become a cnodidate for election.

The succession would appear to follow a fixed rule, viz.^
that on the death of a Penghnln who ha^ been of the family of
a Itaja Pen«xhulu, the Haja Balansj^ of the day is elected. At
his death the Mahanija ludah of the day sueeecds, and is again
sncceedcd as Penghulii by a member of the family of the Raja
Pengbnin*

This rule is theoretically absolute, bnt has often been bro-
ken through, and in ail eases the appoiutnient must be ratitied
by the nnanimons vote of the Leuibagas.

The Datu JIantri is the head of the Lembagas^ with the
full title of*' Datu Mantn Shah Mcniangku Alam/' The full
title of the Datu Umbei (father of the Waxis) is ** Datu Umbei
Pangkal Maharaja Lela/'

Acconling to old custom, the Datu Lela Angsa was ap*
pointed by the Penghuhi to protect the Yam Tuan, and the
Penghulu when he wished to obtain an audience of the Yam
Tuan applied to do so to the Datu Mantrij who laid the request
before the Datu Lela Angsa.

The Yam Tuan has, however, no followers now, with the
exception of an ex-Maharaja Indah, who was deposed for sup-
porting him in acts of oppression » and who resides with him
in Klawang. Similarly in former days the Yam Tuan had
four officers attached to his household, who now ex.ist no longer.
Their titles were : —

1 — Bruang Sati who was chosen by the Datu Sendara,
2 — Penglima Prang, . Datu Mantri.

3 — Penglima Mamat, Datu Chinchang.

4 — Penglima Prang No. 2, Datu Ngiang.

The Lembagas had thus a direct control over the internal

342

lELEBr,

affairs of the Yam Tuan's houseliold, butj as I have said^ all this
is at ail end now.

The Peiighulu has four officers attached to his persoDj
who are in like manner appointed and removed by the Waris.
1 — PcuglimaGarang isehoseii by the Data Maotri.
2 — Pengliraa llitam, .,. Data Ngiaug,

3 — Peiiglima Siitati No. 1, , , Data ClnQchang,
4— Penglima Siitan No, 2, . . Datu Sendara.

The Penghulu, though in theon^ above control, is in reality
entirely under the direetioa of the Lcrabagas and Waris, who, if
unanimousj can obtain anjconstitntional change in the country
they may desire by observing tlic following routine.

If a measure is originated at the unanimous desire of the
Lemhar/aSf it is submitted by tbera to the JFari^j ^nAvtce versa,
Sbouhl it obtain the coucurreuce of the party which is not its
originator, it is submitted in due form to the Penghulu, who
has the power of veto, but who in practice accepts what is laid
before Lim with but little discussion. After this step has been
taken, the measure (until recently) is transmitted to the Yam
Tuan for final ratification, and when this has been obtained,
the measure becomes law, binding upon the inhabitants of the
country generally.

This process may appear to be rather too involved to work
without frictiou in a Malay State, but there can be no doubt but
that it contains elements of safety for the rj^ot from its very
complexity.

The ex-Raja Balang left Jelebu and has reappeared with
the Pahsmg envoy supporting bis theory that Jelebu has always
been Pahaug territory, atid that Jelebu as a scpLirate State is
Bon-existcnt,*

Whatever may be the real status of Jelebu, the present
condition of the country is truly deplorable. It bears marks
of having been, at no very distimt period, fairly prosperous and
sufficiently peopled, but now, speaking generally, the whole land
is waste<

I passed the other djiy through mile after mile of deserted
kampontj8 with fine padi hmd all round in abundance and
with fruit-trees still in bearing.

The only sign of work or prosperity I came across was at

• See Uie postscript.

JlLEBV. 848

some tin mines at Jgliindong, which have been worked on a
small scale for 17 years by a Sungei Ujong Chinaman.

The tin deposit at this spot is the richest I have seen, being
quite 100 per cent, better than in any mine at present working
in Sungei TJjong^ but even with this natural advantage the
miner's struggle for existence is a very hard one. He is de*
pendent for every mouthful of food upon Pahanj^ or Sungei
Ujong, and rice delivered at the mines is costly lood indeed.
When I was there, a dollar purchased only 2f gantangi of rice,
fis against 7 gantangs in Sungei Ujong, and 10 gantangs at KuAla
Triang.

An arrangement has been entered into by which a bridle-
track will be constructed from Paiitei in Sungei Ujong to thtsse
mines early in the coming year, and other roads will be made
later (»n. A shop in connection with the mines will be opened
next year^ so that I hope that they may progress as they ought
to do.

With regard to the country generally, I see nothing in the
way of its prosperity but the absence of population, and people
are sure to come in when the proposed roads have become an
established fact.

H. A. O'BRIEN.

P. S. — At the present time (September, 1885) the road alluded
to above has been completed, and a Collector (Mr. E P. G-ueritz)
has been appointed, who took up his dutieis in June last. I under-
stand that the old residents are gradually returning to the countiy,
and tliat there is every prospect of an early development of the
mineral resources of the State.

The Pahang boundary has been definitely fixed at Sungei
Dua on the Triang, and the Collector's quarters, together with a
Custom House, Court, and Police Station, have been erected at
Kuala Klawang.

H. A. O'B.

OCCASIONAL NOTES.

LATA

The following extract will be of great interest to tbose who
have read Mr. O'Brien's paper on this subject in No. 11 of
this Journal. — Kd.

" The first thin|f of interest to attract me within a few hourv
of my arrival at Kosula^ was a casi* in one of the servants of
the honse of that curious cerebral affection called by the
natives iata. It is of a hysterical nature^ and is confined
chiefly to women, although I have also seen a man affected by
it. On being start leil^ or excited suddenly^ the pirson becomc»B
lata, losing the control of her will, and cannot refrain from
imitating whatever she may hear or see done, and will keep
calling out, as long as the fit lasts, the name — and generally
that word aloue^ — of whatever has flashed through her mind as
the cause of it. *' He-ih-hch niatjan!" (tiger) ; " He-ih-heh boo-
rung bcsar!" (a great bird ). Her purpose will be arrested,
as, it walkimr, »hc will stop short, and on j:oing on again will
often follow some other course. The prefatory exclamation is
an invariable symptom, seemingly caused by involuntary hys-
terical inspirations. According to the degree of alarm the
symptoms may remain only a few moments, or last for the
greater part of a day, especially if tin* patient be prevented
from calming down. The afflicted, if not very seriously
affected, are not altogether incapacitated from performing the
duties to which tlicy are accustomed. The most curious cha-
racteristic of the disease is their imitation of every action they
see. On one occasion, while eating a banana, I suddenly met
this servant w ith a piece of soap in her hand : and, perceiving
she was .«*]igh{ly lata, but v»ithout appearing to take any notice
of her, 1 made a vigorous bite at the fruit in passing her, an
action she instantly repeated on the piece of soap. On another

[ Ko. 16. ] • w

JOURNAL

i^'

, OF THE J,

STRAITS BRANCH

OF THE I t

ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY.

JUNK, 1S85.

PUBLISHED HALF-YEARLY. "'

SINGAPOKE:
Pbinted at tue Government Phinting Office.

1885.

Agents of the Society :

London and America, ... Trl'bner & Co.

Paria. . . . Eunest Leuoux & Cie.

Germany, ... K. F. Koehlee's Antiquahium, Leipzig.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

I I II . iQi I P

Council for ISS5, ... ... ... ... ▼

Liat of Members for 1 885, ... ... ... vi

Journal kept during a Journey across the Malay Peninsula

(with Maps), — by F. A. Swettenham, ... ... 1

The Object and Keaults of a Dutch Expedition into the
Interior of Sumatra in the years 1877, 1878, and 1879,
—Translated from the French by R. N, Bland, ... 39

Further Notes on the Raiiif.iU of Singapore, — by J, J. L.

irheatley, ... .. ... ... 61

A Glinipso at the ■NEaimeri* and Customs of the Hill Tribes

of Xortli Formosa, — by J. DodJ, ... ... 69

Gcnealo^v of the Hoyal Familv of IJrunei, — Translated from

the kaloy by ir II. Treac/wr. ... ... ... 79

French Land Decree in Cambodia, — Translated Jrom the

French ly the Hon bU' ir. E JLuvwell, c.M.o.^ ... 81

Malay Language and Literature,— 6/^ Dr. Relnhold Most, ... 93

A Mis.-^ioiiary's Journey thrnuglt Lao8 from Bangkok to
Cbon, — Contribiffid by the H^vd. N. J. Couvreur, Fro-
cureur des Ali,ssiotiti I'Jtnntyrrca tft Singapoi^ey ... 103

Valciitvn's Account ni' ^[aLicca, — Tr inflated from the Dutch

{cliifrib.ffrd hj ihc Hon hie D. F. A. Kervry), ... 119

TABLE OF CONTENTS,— O^/miir^.

Noticei of Booki :—

"Eftpport h, M, le MiniBtre de rinstractiou Publique
«ur une MtBsioii aux Ilee PhilippiEes et en Mftlaiaie"

" Work and Adventure in Kew Guinea, 1877 to 1885,
by Kov. -James Chalmers and Kev, W. Wyatt GifiL/*

(K?a s i on al N o t ea : —

Expbmtfon of Pahaog — (Eitraeti from » Letter {mm
W> Cameron J Esq.),

North Borneo Land Rcf^uljitione! — (E^ctrjicted from the
MntM North Bomto Ilt^mld),

Anruitncfle Ance^stral Wori^hip — (Eifriw^ted from *' France
ntid Tongking '" by J, G, Scott) »

MisceUaneoiiij

• ^ ' ■

V y

THE ^

• ••• , .

♦. V STRAITS BRANCH ^

OF THE

.-• ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY.

PATRON:

His ExoeUeacy Sir FREDERICK AlOTSIFS WELD, O.C.M.G,

• pOtrlfCIL FOR i8lt*

The Hon'ble A. M. Skinxer, Preahlrnt.

W. A. PiCKKHiyo, Enquire, c.m.c. . Vicr^F resident, Singnpore,

J). Logan. Ef*qulrc, Viee-Prcalilenf, Penaiuj.

The Ilon'ble W. E. ^rAXWKi.L. r.M.o., Jlonomrif Secrefaiy.

Edwin Kokk. Enquire, Jlonororj/ Treasurer.

R. AV. HrLLETT, Esqtiiro.

A. KxroiiT. Esquire,

IT. L. XoROXUA, Ksquiro. \ Councillors.

E. C. lliix. Ks(|nire.

J. MiLLiCR. Esquire,

LIST OF MEMBERS

YOU

1885.

N08.

Xamea.

Afldresses.

Adamsox, W.

Loudon.

Armsteono, a.

Malacca.

Abbahamson, E. E.

Xorth Borneo.

Bamppylde, C. a.

Xorth Borneo.

Baumgabten, C.

Singapore.

Bernard, F. G.

Singapore.

BlCKNELL, W. A.

1 Sinjj;«ipore.

BiEBEB, Dr. E.

' Europe.

BioGs, Hcv. L. C.

• Pcnauj]^.

Birch, J. K.

! Province Wcllosley.

Blam), R. X.

Peu:in<,'.

l^RANDT, I).

Singapore.

i;i

Bkowx, L. C.

: Europe.

Burkinshaw, J.

Sini^apon*.

ir)

BrcKLKY, C. B.

; SinLja])ore.

Cantlly, N.

SingMj,ore.

Cavexagh. Gonoral Sir Orfeur

London.

Cr EA nil, (\ V.

IVrak.

( '110 IX. J. E. ])fc La

Vi\v\ii.

•JO

Copley, GEORCiE

Sin<^'ap(>re.

Cerrutt, G. B.

SinL::ai)ore.

Dalrymple, Stair ELPinNSTOXE

North llornco.

•ir^

Uai.mavn, C B.

Singapore

Dauy, J). 1).

Nor;li Buinco.

iJENrsox, N.

PiT.'lk.

Vli

MEMBERS FOR 1885,— Confinued.

N08.

Names.

Addreeses.

26; Dent Alfred

27j DEinfTs, Dr. N. B.

281 DrETHELM, W. H.

29,' Down, St.V. B.
30; Duff, Alkxakber
31; DuNLOP, Colonel S., r.a., c.m.o.
32 DuNLOP, C.
33i Deloncle, Francois
3l| Dew, A. T.
!

35J Everett, A. H.
30 EoERTON, Walter

London.

Singapore,

Singapore.

Pans.

Pcrak.

North Borneo.
Penang.

. 37 Favre, The Bevd. I/Abbc P.
I (Honorary Member)
3S' Ferguson, A. M., Jr.
39; Frank, II.
40j Fraser, John

ilj GlLFILLAN, S.

42; GrRAHAM, Tlic Ilon'ble James

4:^1 Gray, A.

4:t! Gueritz, E. p.

45| Gull AND, W. G.

46' Gottlieb, F. II.

47i Gottlieb, G. S. II.

48i nAUGHTOX. H. T.

40; Hervey, The Honble D. F. A.

50 Hewett, B. D.

51 Hill, E. C.
.'">2! Hole, W.
53| Hose, Tho Bight Bevd. Bishop

I G. F. (Honorary Member)

54' HULLETT, B. W.

raria.

Coloml)o.

Singapore.

London.
Singapore.
Sydney, N. 8. W.
North Bonieo.
London.
: Penang.
Penang.

Malacca.

Perak.

Singapore.

Johor.

Sarawak.
Singapore.

5r>

H. 1^ IL Prmce Khom Mux

H. H, The Mabarfija of Jobor,
G o.M,G., o.csj,, (Huiiorary
Member)

ill InL4ie InitiHiM iiJN Ai^mtllaii

58 iKViife, The Hoti'Mu L\ J , cat. a.

59 JoAQuni, J. P.

61 Kellmann, R

ii2 Kee, T. Kaw»ok

(jH Knujht, AuTiTCUt

(j1 Koek% Kuwin

(>5 KrKNERSLlilY, C W. £S.

0(j Lahbeqt; O. K.
if? Latino, (1-,

(J8 LAWER.The KeviiK.O. (Jlouararv

Member)
09 LEKcif, H. W. i\
7U Lempbiere, E, 1\
71 Loo AX, D.

IjO\v% Sir Hr(!n. kX'.mjj.
Tr^ Low» IL BnooKi:
7 4 Lakcsen Vax

M I K L E H u- 11 X c I. A Y i Baio n

( Ho nor my M tiui ber)
SIaxwell, 'The llon'hk* AV. E., I

77 MAX\^Ei.r„ K. W".
7^ Mil i.FK, Jamkn

7f) MOTJAMKIJ Sauj

bO Miimv, 0.

Ikiti^kok,

Juhor.
Penaug,

Singapore.
Lfibuaij, Deli.

Puuuiig.
Singapore,

Nt^AV Giuuta.

Pi*rfik.

Hnnnvak.

Kotit l(riilj;i, Atjt'li.

Suif^apure.
Sin^^apnre.

^in^apuir.

MEMBERS FOR 1S85,— Co/iZ/Wrm/-

If OS.

Kamgs.

Addressee.

8li

NOEONHA, H. L.

Singapore,

Nut, Pktkr

Siugapore.

0'SlLLlTA.S, A. W.

Penaug.

Pai^objve, F. GxrFOBD. (Ilono-

rarj^ Member)

Europe.

Paul, W, F. B.

Sungei TJjong.

Parsoss, J. H,

87;

Pell, Bkitnett

Loudou.

Feriiam, Ectd. J, (Honorary

Member)

Sarawak.

8^ PlCEEllOiG, W. A-, CM,0.

Singapore.

PooLES, Fheu*

fc^ingijpore.

EODOEB, J. P.

SSldngor.

Bead, The Hon'ble W. If.

fciifigapore.

RlCKKTT, C. B.

Peiiaug.

Kitteh, K,

t^ingapore.

KowELL, Dr. T, L

Singapore,

Satow, E, M., 0.11.0.

Baogkuk.

97,

Sarawak, H. H, The Jinjii of,

(HoTiorarY Member)

Sarawak.

SCEAALJEf M.

Rhio.

SebxjeLt Y*

Singapore,

IDO

StiELFOED, The Eon'blo T.

Singapore.

101

Skhtkeb, The Hon'ble A. M,

Singapore.

102

SjiiTit, The Hon'ble a C,

C.M,G.

Singapore.

103

SOHST, T.

Singapore*

104

SotTRiNDBO MtmuK Tauoee. Bajo,

105

Mys. D,

Calcutta.

loa

SxiTE^St K- n.

Singapore.

107

Stein (J Ku, C,

Singapore,

MEMBERS FOR i^s,— Continued.

Koi.

Namea.

Addresses.

108

PC^rak.

100

Stxd Abubakih bin Omar

AL JUKIED

Singapore.

110

St£I> Muhamed Biy Ahhed

AL SaOOFP

Singapore.

111

Syehs, H. C.

SClangor.

112

Tak K™ Chuto

Singapore.

118

Tknisoh-Woodb, Eevd. J. E.,
(Honoraiy Member)

114

THoicpsoif , A. B.

Deli.

116

TOLSOV, O. P.

Acheen.

116

Thachblbb, H.

Europe.
North Borneo.

117

Tbiachkb, The Hon'ble W. H.

118

Tbxbin e, Dr. C.

Europe.

119

Talbot, A. P.

Singapore.

120

TbObkeb & Co., MesBrs.

London.

121

VBBifoirT, The Hon'ble J. M.

Penang.

122

Walkbb, Major B. S. F.
Watbok, B. a.

Pcrak.

128

Johor.

124

Whamtoa, H. a. Yip

Singapore.

125

Whbatlbt, J. J. L.

Johor.

126

Wrat, L.

P^rak.

127

WEATrL., Jr.

P^rak.

■4^

x> JOURNAL KEPT DURING A JOURNEY ACROSS THE
MALAY PENINSULA.

Fridaff, inth April, 1885.— Left Taipeng for Port WeM
by traia at 10 J 5 p.m., accampatiied hy Major Walker^ Cap-
tain GiLt:s, and Mr. Listek, and arrived at Port Weld after
a 25 minutes* run. Shipped on board the A/ert, lent by the
Resident Coiiiicilior of Peiiane:, and started for Panj^kor at
11.15 P.M. The lauiieh Confifance hnd been seot on to Hernanx
the previous day with a guard, and the Kinta beiu;jj disabled,
it would have been itnpot*Nible to start without the Alert,

Saturdaf/j 11 /A April, — Arrived at Pangkor at 6 A.M.
Mr. Dew, the Acting Snperiutendentj earae on board. Went
ashore with Major Walker and Mr. Listek, and inspected the
buildings. We loft Pangkor at 2 r.M., ami anchored inside
the Bernum River at (>.t30 p.m.

Sunday f I2th AptiL — Under weigh at 4 a.m., and reached
Saba at fi.3() a.m. Mr. Joxks and Eajas Indlt and Binix
came on board. Mr, Jones toUi us Mr. Hkwktt had gone on
to TMok Mahiing with the Constance and boats. Inspected
the Police Station, I cannot understand the boldness of 12
Chinese robbers in attacking the station and village. There
must have been at least thirty people actually on the spot in
the shops between the farm and the station. Went down to
Raja Indi T*s house with him. The cholera is decreasing.
Two people died yei*terday, and there have been 120 Heaths
since the outbreak of the disease. Left Saba at 8.r30 a.m. and
steamed up river to Telok Mahang. Here we met Mr. Hkwett
with the Constance at 3 p.m., and after two hours* further
steaming arrived at Changkat Bcrtam, where we camped for
the night, sleeping in the boats.

Mondmjy 13M April, — ^At daylight Walker and Hewett
returned down river in the Constance^ and we, having got all
uur baggHgc into eleven riv'cr-boats the previous evening,

JOUENEY ACR04J8 THE MALAY PCNmSVLA.

began rowing up-stream* Break rastcd on the river bank at
iioon» and getting into the great Beniam swamp camped for
the night at DahA Rul the entrance to the final cutting. The
banks were so low and wet we did not land, and the dew was
exceiisive. This is whera the fever was so bad when Mr. J. B*
31. Leech was mitttng the eanals. One of the boatmen sick

TtieJtffaf/* ]4tk ^/jW/.— Started at day lights having po)ed
from midday yesterday. Stopped for breakfa:*! at 12,30 p.m. The
river here is most lovely^ but the distriet i<? quite uuiuliabited and
unclcaretL The upper reaeht^s of the Bernam are wonderful
in the beauty and variety of water and foliagr\ It turus out
tliat our siek boatman has eholeru. I gave Inrn some cholera
raedieinej bnt he wan so frightcne:! that it had no efflbct ; wc
did what we could for hinij and at his request sent him back in
a boat. At 2 \\m* eon tinned our journey and readied Kuala
Sltra at CI r.M., where we fuuud Mr, liuxLEft (the Acting
Magistmte) with 81) Sakeis anil 80 Malays to earry our bag-
gage. The Bern:im river, by tlie eonstrui;ti^fn of seven miles
of eanal^ cuuM be shortened by about 57 miles cjf its present
length, but those eanal» must bo both deep and wide if they
are to be useful at all times of the year und at all stages of
the tide, and the question is whether the expenditure neces-
sary for such a work is at piewejit juiitifiablc. The influence
of the tide is felt for 80 miles from the moutli of the river.

Kuala Slim is V2\} miles from the mouth of the Bernam river
by the present chmineL

Wfdiies<hii/f l^ilk April, — At 7 a.m., 77'^ l-alircnhtit, the
aneroid 8be%ved Kufda Slim tf> be 120 feet above 8ea level.

Having loaded the coolies, left Kuala Slim at 7.20 a.m.^ and
after hve hours' walking over a very fair path with no stcop
gradients f the hrBt three miles having been made), we reach-
ed Kuida Gdliting at 4.15 p.m. distance 14 miles from
KuMa Slim, and V-M from Ku4la Bernam.

We found Mr, Hill and Mr. ^Voodoatk at KuAla Geliting
waiting to go over the trace of the trunk-road with Mr.
Jones,

After dinner, had a long conversation with Haji IfirsTAPUA,
Pungliulu of I' lu Bernam, Saiyid Abubakah, and Wax Lengga
of Pahang* They tohl me they had iieard that no rafts had yet
been prepared at Buntu to take me down the Babang River,

JOURTET ,*CI10S9 THE MlTAT PKiriTfam,

[hikI that I should only have i'j wait tliere : so I wrote It^ttern
[to several Pahmi^ Chiefs — ToH UAKAn of Bantu, Ton Kaya of

<I others — askiDfj tli'

ith rafts

assist me wim ratta, men
urn^s, and I gavu these letters to Maxtki JltroA and Che
Wanda to take over the next mnriiiug, havin*; determined to
wait a day at Kuula Gelititij^', The aneroid at 4.15 p.m.. Ther-
mometer SS' L\, shewed a height of 2J(j feet above the sea.

TftnrsJai/f 16M JpriL — ^Mes^rs. Jones, Hii.l and Wood-
r.ATE went off early towards 'JVolati to return by Pandras and
examine two alternative traee?i fur the main-road through
Prrak* They returned in the afternoun, and we determined
th;it the traee alreaiiy made ero-^sin^ the Slimjusit below Kuala
GelUin^ would be the best to adopt and the «liyrtest. We
i*pLmt our day in sketching and unpacking our storts from
their boxes, as it was necessary to put them up in more man-
ageable bundles in view of the difficult ground we had to
travel over.

/'/•///«//, 17 /A April. — A bint thirty of our Malay eojUes
deserted before daylight, and tlits gave us a great deal of
trouble, as we had not men enough to carry our baggage. By
giving the Sikhs their kits to cjirry, we managed to get away
at 8.15 A*ii., witli sixty-uinu Malays ami thirty-six Sakeis.
BtJTLEKhad fever and could not move. HtLL, Jones and
WooufiATid went back to the UUi Bernam, and Giles, Listeh
and I set our faces due North fir lllu Slim. After four mites
of an inteui^ety h'>t and trying walk through kamponjH unrl
padi-fields, we reached Kuilla Brjseh, tl»e jumrtion of th;"* Slim
and Rnseh Rivers, and here we left the Slim, still tJjwitig
North and Sonth, while we turned sharp to the East, following
the course of the llrtseh. Tfiree and a half miles of very stitf
walking, first through btirnt secondary growth and then up a
steep aseeut, brought us to a bathing place on the bank of the
Briseh, l»i?3*i feet above the sea, thermometer H5'^, where at
11.45 we halted for breakfast.

After a stay of two !ionrs antl a shurt furtl*er climb, we eamc
to a curious overhanging rock called Sripor Batn { the stone
lean-to) above tlie right bank of the Briseh River. Here we
determined tu camp for the night, as our coolies siid they
could go no further. At a very h*w estimate, we made 7\
miles to-day from KuAla Gelitiug in a North-Kast and easterly

JOUHNIY ACROSS THE MALAT PEXI^iSrUi.

direction. The journey was uifijiitely more trying than the
14 miles to Kiuila (ielking, Hur camp wan a striking sight
with its fiiiDs lighting up the various groups of Sakeis, Indians^
Malays and Chinese nnder the huge overhanging granite rock
surrounded by the imneuctrahle ghiom of virgin forest, with
the faint roar of the Briseh River rushing over its rocky bed
fifty feet below.

bafitnfat/, IHih ApriL^Jjeh SApor Batu at 6A0 a.m.j and
goin^ still easterly, with the Briseh down in a gorge on our
right, wc continued the ascent till we crossed a considerable
tributary of the Briseh named Jul fttong LAper, height l,G46
feet above the sea. Immediately afterwards we ascended a
very steep hill, then foHoweJ a ridge and with longish ascents
and short descents crossed in succession the following iitreams :—

7.30 A.M. S, SApor Ibu, 1,826 feet,
7.40 A.M. S. Sapor Anak, 1,8H6 feet,

S. Sapor JIauahj
8» A.M. S. Silpor Kayu Ara, 2,281 feet,

the thermometer reading 77° F. Fifteen minutes' walk
brought us to Sapor Buluh at 8.30 a,m., height 2,550 feet
above the sea, four miles from camp and tdeven and-a-half miles
from Kufda (Irliting. Teiuperature 75"^ F. Here a hut had
been built for us, but after a halt nf 20 minutes to let the
baggage CMiie up, we pushed on auain almost due Kust up a
^tcep ridge, and, passing Batu llidang at U,10 a.m., elevation
Ji,tHjO feet abuve s^eiij we reached Batu Giijah at 9.22 ; lieight
'i,100 fet t ; and the hoonflary between Perak and Pahang at
9.30 A.M. The aneroid sfjcwed tliat the gap was 2,854 feet
above Kua!a UclkSug and 3,P'*ii feet above the sea.

In a very tiny rill ruuniiig West we traced the source of the
Brisehjaiid only a few itet on the other side was the first sign
of a stream whicli, with eight others running between a suc-
cession of buttre^ises jutling out fniiu the mmn range, forms,
a littlelouer down, tlie Suugei SaniLthm — tlie mostnoitiicrly of
tlie thrcestreanvs win ell, united, arc called tlie Lipis; the Lipis in
its turn join in*,' the J^lei with a more northerly source, and,
together, beeoming the Pahang River, Looking iuto Puhang
as one stands *)n the ^ap, a luliy untuntain of some 5,000 feet
rises on the right, this is Chunggang. while to the left towei-si

JOrBXKY 1CR0:3S THE MAf.AY PKNfXSITLi,

u higher nirmTUaiii rifttned Kuhut. These are on the true baek-
btiue of the Peninsula^ which here ruQ3 very nearly due North
and South, while on cither side jut out spurs more or less at
right angles to the main range^ — eastward into Fahang and
Westward into Pcrnk. These spurs extend, as a rule, for about
six miles on each side of the backbone.

Without halting at the snnunit, we immediately began the
descent into Pahung, and, just as we had ascended a long, nar-
row, gradually rising ridge called Ganong Telitga with the
BHseh River Ho win.; down its aoutliern base, so we descended
the lunf^est (jf many easterly- running ridgrs, the Snngei Sam-
bilan flowing We>t with a slight trend to the North along its
southern base, but the descent into Pahang was decidedly
steeper than that into Pcrak, and after 30 minutes' walk we
crossed one of the nine streams that form the Sambilan, and
found we had come down 600 feet*

The soil on both sides was only moderate, studded all over
with the m(jst gigantic granite bouldevs I have erer seen iu
the Peninsula.

On the Perak side, I noticed many dry Wtitercourses full of
large granite blocks. In those the water may he subterrane-
ous, as it is on the slopes of Ginting Bidei in Sehingor, but
more profmbly the long drought account j* for the absence td*
water. On the whole, I have never seen a range better watered
ili>in this one, and it is only surprising that the Hlim is not a
larger rii'cr. At 24 mih^s from the boundary aud a heiglit of
!2,l<*n feet above Uie sea, wc brcakfuste-d by tlic bunk id' the
Sambilan, road and river bearing 7^ North of Kast,

At 12.37 p»M. we resumed our JMurney, and at 1.30 p.m,
reached a spot on the river c:dled Sani:ka Dua, wliere two
bi"ani4iea of the river meet again after dividing and forming a
large island. Height above sea L740 feet. Thcnuometcr
b*2° F. At Ltia P,M. errii-^cd the river a^ain^ hut Iserc it is
named the Kenor, and has, the natives say, already received the
wati'is of the two branches, viz., the true Lipis, which rises
frt.m the western side of Gunong Tctnaug Batuk (in which
hill the Snngei G^Hting takes its rise and flows westward),
find the Tebalak, rising from a mountain in it her South, in
which the Bernam Kivt r is said to have its suurce» The Kenor
IS now a considerable stream, and crossing it (1,564 feet above

o JOVii\KY Arnoas iirK ma lay PKKrasrLA.

the sea) we immediately began the ascent of what lt)oks like
an isolated hill called B^raug. It i% really, ho»rcver, 1
should say, a long spur from the main range, o%"er the end
of whieh the water system pa^^ses. and which the lilalay
crosRcs as a short cut rather than follow the winding course
of the river. Tlie ascent is steep but short and of no g^reat
height, the highest point we reached being 1,734 feet above
the sea, and frnni here the saddle is so narrow timt Chung-
gang can be plainly seen to the South- Wc«t and Ki'ibut
to the North- West* This saddle runs round in an E,-S»-ELi*<t-
erly direction, and the descent i;; very fatiguing. The spur
seems to be only u few feet aci*oss the top, but unusually lung,
and you descend by seven stejis, each with a long gradual rise,
and then a very steep desct!nt. The bottom of thia spur wc
reached at 3.8 i\m., height 680 feet ahovc the sea, and cross.
ing and recrossing the River liiinlu, which cornea from the
North, we camped at the Kuula Buutu, where it falls into the
Kcnor, aiul the combined rivers nrc here, for the first time,
named the Lipis, The Hpot where the Buntn joins the Kenor
is called Knilla Buntu, and tliis spot we readied at 3.4'} p.m.,
eleven miles tVom the boundary niul fifteen miles from our
last ram|i at Sapor BAtu.

Sumifff/, IWh AprfL — At 7 a.m. we left our camp, and walk-
ing through burnt secondary growth along the banks of the
Li pis iu a North-easterly direction reached Pcnnatanj^ Linggi
at H A.M» 'lliis place is (i^O feet above the sea and still 344
feet ubove KuAla Gdliting on the Pcrak side of the rang^e,
Kunhi Buiitn to Permfltang Linggi three mitcH, Fi>urtt-en
niilfs tVuni the latter place to the boundary* aud twcnty*tive
and a half miles at least from Kuala (jcllting Good Malay
Avalkers can do the whole distaoce in a day-

T**n Bakak, the bead man of this distnct, met me on the
road, and took us to his house at PeruiAtang Lin^'*^i, where we
were received with a salute from a fewnjuskets. About a mile
before reiiehin^ Prrmatau*? Linggi, I noticed the stream went
over a bed rock of slate, and all the g »ld is found further down
the river. Ton Bakak had preparctl twenty-throt^ small raft.s
for us, on w^hich we shall huve to travel t'> J "ram Besu — a rapid
where, they tell us, it is necessary to leave the river and walk
to Puchons^. I found that Ton Bakah had never been in his

MmUSKT ACROSS TR£ MALAV PEyiKSULA*

life to SCO the Raja at the mouth of the river, nnd though he
(Ton Bakar) is called the owner of Triisang, one of the
richest gold districts in Pahang, it is suid tlie Kaja has lately
given the place to the Ton Gajaii, Spent the day in writiDg
and settliiifT with our Malay and Sakt?i coolies, the lalter
returning: highly delighted with their earnitigs. After dinner
had a talk with Ton Bakar, Ifc and the people with hitn told
me of all the taxes they are called upon to pay* Once a year
the people are numbered, and have to pay felJ]3 a head to the
Yam Tfian ; this they call Jlcisil banchf. Then there is the
serah^ a form of squeeze still praetieicd in Pahaug ; some worth-
less thing is sent from the Raja to a subject, a price is namedj
and the subject ii^ obliged in purch:<sc at that price. Again
when a District Chief goes annually to pay homage to the
Ilaju, the Chief calls upon every man in liis district to pay %\
towards his expenses, and a similar contribution is demanded
for tho return junrney. All gold must be sold to the Raja
only, and it is said there is no standard of weight* It is said
that most imports and exports are taxed ^ debt*slavery prevails
in parts, and the people are liable in be called out for forced
labour. The Dato^ tells me that Mr. W. Cameron came here
and went on to Butu Gajah, but he is the only white man he
ever saw.

A curious thing yesterday wa^ to hear the cry, twice
repeated^ of a wild Sakei as yet nnfaniiliar with Malays. The
cry was exactly like that of a wikl beast, and was probably a
warning to the friends of thij man who ottered it; he could
not have been far from us on the eastern slope of Burang.
Some of our people caught with nets this afternoon two of the
tinest frcs'h water fish I ever tasted in the Eaat— /Xra/i klah —
weighing about 6 lbs. each.

Momhii/^ 2Qf/i April,— Aiier no liltlc trouble arranging our
baggage for the rafts (bamboo, four feet wide and about twenty-
five feet long) we left Fermdtang Linggi at 8 a.ji* We had
twenty-four i-afts manned by Ton Bakah's adherents and
eight of the men I had brought over. The Dato\ his son and
all his people aecompanicd us, and the start was a most pictur-
esque scene. Each raft had a poler at the stem and another at
the stern* s-»me baggage and one or two paf^sengers on a raised
central platform. The rafts at unie began the descent of a

JOUftNET ACROSS THE MALAY PElTINflULA.

succession ot rapids wltli ititerveuiug stretches of smooth
broken water, the stream riiriDiug^ thruiigh a gorfre with steep
hilis always on the northern side and soruetimcs on both,
magnificently wooded down to the water's edge^ the remark-
able Gupts tree bt'ing a special feature* The bed of the stream
appeared to be soraetinjea of slate and sometimes of .sandstone,
the bank^ usually of the latter and a good soil. No river
bcenery in the Peniuisula have I ever seen to compare with
this in beauty, added to whioli the novelty of shooting a long
succession of fairly steep rapids* made the jonrney most en-
joyable.

At 9.15 A.M* we had to unload the rafts in order to shoot
a considerable mpid called Jeram M^ugi'iloiv This was nego-
tiated w^itbnut accident, and passing a very curious fishinty
weir in tlie form of the letter Wj constructed by Sakeis, we
stopped ff>r breakfast at 1(J.3D a.m.^^ having descended sixty
feet in a distuncc of about llirce and a half miles. We left
again at 2 p.m., passed the months of several sraidl tributaries,
and reaching a long straggling kfinipoug called IJlu Sungei at
2.45 P.M., we tied up for the night at its lowest end named
Serebu, time 3.15 p.m., total distance, say, ten and a half
miles. Unfortunately the man carrying the aneroid fell over-
board from ray raft and the iustrument was damaged. We
had to unload every raft and lift them one after another over
an immense fallen tree, many similar obstructions being passed
by lying down as the raft glided under one end* Altogether,
without stoppages, we were fi\t hours travelling and ten and a
half miles is perhaps a low estimate of the distancej but it
was carefully calculated, the compass directions being at the
same time noted and shewing that the river winds eunsider-
ably, the general direction being from N.E. to S.E.

At S^rcbu I found tlie Panglinia Jluda awaiting me, and a
hut prepared for onr reception by the influence of Ton Bakar.
The people are all very polite and friendly, but their minds
are unsettled, owing to the late attempt of the Raja Muda
Maxsur to enter the country, and they don^t know whether
my synipatliies are with bim or with t!je Yam Tuan. We made
a number of sketches during the day.

Titrmfaif^ 2U^ April — At midnight la**! night we had a
thunderstorm follo^vcd by a heavy storm of rain, the tirst for

JOtrSHKT ACaOBH THE SiAI^T FElH^iULA.

three mouths here. We Beem to have brought it over with us,
for the night before we couhl see it raining at Bi\tu Giijah
though it did not reach us. We have rea9f»n to be specially
thankful for the fine weather we h:ive had. Our journey
across the hills would have been a very ditiferent unttter in
wet weather, many of the streams are uiifordable in the rains,
and though we might have made a very much more rapid
descent from BS,tu Gdjah, it would probably not have been on
our feet. Twi> of the twelve Bernam men we were obliged to
bring to help toman the raft^ showed signs of cholera yestenluy;
one is better, but the othL^r worse this morningj and neither is
fit for work. Left Sercbu at 7.15 a.m., and passed a rouk
called Btity Kimau. This is supposed to be a petrified tiger^ his
body only, his head is said to be in Jelei . At 8.20 .\,m. we reached
KuiilaSungei Che Nek ; gold is found in the Ulu of this river.
At 9 A.M. we shot the Jeram Mcnaogis ('' the rapid of tears ^^),
find shortly after the Jeram Maalini, a considerable drop in
the river. At 9.25 A.!^r. reached BsUu Tidani, and there met
Ilaji Besar, my messenger, in a small boat with a letter from
the Yam Tuan, saying, he fearetl I should find tlie Journey
over the hills a diflieult one, but that he had sent orders to all
the headmen to assist me. At 9.45 a.m. stopped for break fast*
and leaving again at noon reached Kuiila Trdsang at 2 p.m.

Sending on the other raftSj we landed here and walked to a
spot a mile distant where some twenty Chinese are mining for
gold. About a quarter of an acre has been worked out by pre-
Tious miners, who are said to have got 5J kaiis from a hole 60
' feet in diameter, but left owing to a poll tax of $8 a head
being imposed, and the present men have only just begun
stripping ; one of them washed a basin of already once washed
earth and obtained from it a few grains of gold. The spot is
thirty feet above KuMa Trilsang and is reached by crossing
higher ground,

lletumed to Kuala Trusang and started again at 3.10 f,m
. getting oursehea and njost of our effects drenched by a very
^ heavy storm of rain. Arrived at Kuala Semantau at 4.30 p.m.,
and there tied up for the night.

I have ascertained that the following arc the prices of cer-
tain commodities sold at Penjum, where the Uhr people have
their nearest market. These prices arc due to the fact that

JOIENKV ACUOS« Tilt: AIXLAV PE5LNtiULA.

the import of ncaHy every necec*sary and luxury seems to be
fanned to ct^rtain Chinese tit Pi^kfln. the Yam TOan^s residence
at the moiith of tlie river, iluldiiig a monopoly, the farmerB
of conrf^e charge any price they like, and it ]^ perhupa in eon-
soquynre of thiw that the Chinese miners in Pahang are said
to number about one hundred only, Hnd all the Malays seem to
be wretchedly poor.

1 tin Kerosene oil, S^2.(J0*
Tobacco, $1 a kftfi,
10 bits of Gambier, 8 cents.
6 f/atitatfgs 8 alt, §L
1 ball of Opium ^22; and so on.

The highest price for rice is said to be $1 for twelve yan-
itmf/nS, The currency of the country is gold, and the following
are the weights and values : —

1 Itani Tengko -- 4 cent-* of a dollar.
1 lii^neri of gold -- 2 I tarn Tengko ^ 8 ecnt«.
1 Bu«o -- 2 Kdneri ^ 2 Saga ---16 cents.
1 Suku ^=^ 1 Kiipang ^^ 2 Buso =^ 33^ ceuti?.-
:i Ktjpang - §1.

4 Kflpang = h Suku = 1 Mas -- $1.33^ cents.
16 JIaa — 1 Bungkal valued lu Pahanfs; at ft2lj which seerni
cnrions as it ought only to bo w^orth $'iL28.

Abuut 7 P.M. I heard that a messenger had arrived from Per-
niataug Liuggi to say that one of niy Bernam coolies, left
belli nd to return* had died of cholera. I determinec] to send
all my Bernam men burk at once, as this makes the third man
who has sickened in two days. One of those with us is better,
the other worse and unable to be moved. Kept on raining till
late in the night. iJistance travelled to-day thirteen miles,
general direct iuo E.S.E,

B^vihie-sJaiff 22nd ApriL — Sent back Pengbulu Mat Saleh
and the Bernam men except the one too sick to move; left him
w^ith some money in the care of a man across the river. He
is a very bad patient, refuses all medieiue, and does everything
lie is told not to do. He looks bad, but is, I think, perhaps
more frightened than really ill. We had a good deal of trou-
ble in getting new men to supply the placcji of these Bernam

JOtTU^EY ACROSS TllK >t.iL\T PEXIKSCLA.

people, and did not get away from Knkia Semaiitaii till 9 a.m.
At 10*'K) A.M. Imam Pnino; Pcngbidii, a great Captain and
lieadman of some influcnt^e, met rae and invited me to go aud
spend the night at hh hoine. I found be lived ut a place
called Smrm, two liours^ wulk inland from Ku^la Dum, on the
right bank of the river, and, as I should have lost a whole day
hy complying willi his invitation arid shonld have had to carry
all our baggage inland and back again, I begged him to excuse
me. He said he asked me to go to shew Ids friendship and
good feelings and I am afraid he was rather disappointed,
but there was nothing to .see at his place, and I conld hai*dly
fcpare the time.

At 11.30 A.M, stopped at Kmlla Dnm for breakfast, after
which I had a long talk with the Imam Prang and his people.
They all comphiined of excessive taxati^m and the want of
settled laws and ctistoms. The Imam Prang told me that
every bnffiilo exported ia liable to a tax of $3, and tliis goes to
the Toll GAjah, though formerly he hiniselt' received it. At
Pi5njnm, theo! is a gambling farm, which pns the Tfvii Kava
i'jO a month, and that chief ak'» gets a tax of one- tenth on all
imported cloth. A great deal of rice i« imported from K5lan-
tan, also silk sarongs, A good many sarongs are, h'lwevcr,
manufactured in Pahang, rhiefly at the Pt!^kan.

At 2.30 P.M. saying good-bye to the Imam Prang, we started
again and still meeting occasional rapids, wc soon passed
into a magnificent open conntry, where the scenery, though
different from that in the Uln, is in its way equally fine* The
river w^idcns into a hroad stream, with a partly dry channel,
sliewing what a con«iideruhle river it must be in the rains.
The bed is full of snogs, and nothing whatever seems t<»
have been done to it, but were it cleared, there is water enough
for a launcli, though of course nothing of the kind cnnhl
get here owing to the Jeram Bvmi fapid, which cannot be
passed by boat even going down-stream. There seems to
be an immenee tratt of level gronnd here. I have seen no-
thing like it elsewhere at such a distance from the coast. I
have been told that cr^coa-nnts will not Nourish ut over fifty
miles from the sea-fchorc, but that is a mistakcj for we have
»cen them everywhere.

At 8,80 P.M. we pitssid KmMa Cheniier and Tmi IUkab

--^-

JOUBNET ACSOBS* TUB MALAY PKyiJfSFLA,

told me that, though his territory extended further dowo, h
people ended here- I am told that the Jelei Kiver, which
longer and larger than the Li pis, rises in the main range with
a brunch from Gunong TAhan — a moimtaio lying between the
Jelei and the Teraelin. The T5mchn, which is said to be as
considerable a stream as the Jelei, rises from the South-east
face of GAnong Tilhan, with a branch rising in the borders of
Pahang and Trenggunu. Gftnong Tfihan thus stands at tlie
meeting of Pahang, K^kntaa and Tr^nggAnu, and is not in
the main range, but as this is only native report, much reliance
roust not be placed on it. The Lip!&, Jelei and Tem<!^lin unite
and form the Paliaog river. At 4 p.m. we reached Kui\la
S^ger, Dato' Kli's kumponf/f one of tlie most beautiful places
we have yet seen on the river* It is 303 feet above the sea.
The Dato' received us most cordially, and seemed a very good*
tempered, intelligent [»ld man, Distjiuce tni veiled eleven miles.
General direction N.K. Distance from KuMa Bernam^ 195
miles. i

In the evening the Da to' told me he eouM not get men
enough to carry our baggage past the Jeram Brsn rapid^ and
that I must stay here to-morrow whilst he collects them. Ton
Bakar told me he would now return with his men, I am
sorry to hear that one of them has stayed behind with cho-
leraic symptoms. I sent him some medicine.

Thundatj, Stjrrf -^//^/f/, — Cue Wan Da arrived in the course
of the morning with a number of men, and there was a great
argument as to the liabilities of the owners of bullalues, a man
having been recently killed hy one tjf those dnngeious animals.
Ton Bakar came to tell me he and his peuplc must now
return, and Ton Kj.i would take me down to P^njura. He
also said he had just hrard that a girl he had brouglit down
with him aiid kft at Batu TAlam died lai?t night of cholt-ra.
It is Very distressing. She was perfectly well until yesterday
evening, but was then attacked and died in the night, 1 can-
not nndcj^taiid it. Coming at roKsfrcm Slim^ n*jt a man ettm*
plaint d, the iiatcrwe have had to drink hjiS been excellent^
and they liavc had no cholera in Pa hung up to this tune. I
gave Tiin Bakah ^omc njeditinia with dircctioiis how louse
them, also a present <»f money to himself and his men, and we
parted with mutual expressions of good -will. I have had to

i
I

JOUSNKY ACROSS THE MALAY PE^IKSITLA.

prescribe far several people since I came here^ fortunately with

good results.

Devoted the day to writing np journal, and in the eveuing
went out to try and find some jnngle fowl;, but failed. Bet-
ween the river and the bills there ia one great level plain
COTered with very short grass. Utitil three years ago this
was a pad i- fields hut owing to defects in the irrigation syBtera,
they eannot now cultivate. The drought here is excessive,
even the ftirch vines are all burnt up ; there arc no vegetables,
owing to the dryness of the ground, and the people live on
rice and on what fish they can eatf:h in tlie river. The vil-
lagers, principally the woineukind^ wash the hand in the bed
of the river for gold, and get from sixteen cents to one dollar's
worth a day,

Friday, 2Ath JpriL — Left Seger At 7.30 a.m. and walked
through tlie fields to Jeram Tem^e, about two miles, Gilbs
going in the boat^. All the trees that do flower seem to have
come out in this dry wenther, and we passed many covered all
over with a splendid purple bloom, others bright scarlet aud
yellow, and the 3/mjy/tf^ * the leaves of which are used as
sand-japer, in full flower, a delicate pale yellow blossom witli
the sweetest sceut. I have never seen it in flower before, nor
the trees in such profusion. These level grass plains dotted
over with flowering shrubs arc very unlike other parts of the
Peninsula. The heat is cxcuasive even from early morning,
and the nights arc not cool.

Huvittg taken out of the rafts such baggage as would be
damaged by water, we titarted jigain iit 9.3U a,m , and reached
Jeram BesQ at 10 a.m. This rapid nnd the appruaeli tu it
form the most striking picture we have yet seen on this river,
which presents a long succession of lovely ever-changing
scenes. Ihe river widens into a pool of dark unbroken water,
with steep hills covered hy virgin forest rising straij^ht from
the edge of the pool ; then it narrows to the head of the rapidj
which is in truth a cataract. From top to bottom of the rapid.

• Probably 'b Mirh4)lia. The ordifiapy mrmpiktM y; a fieut ; ( fietti mhrocarpa,
4smjflu4 uxul pifiUvria), See the detJcriptioii of this iiod uther upocieH of ^rir«
iji JftTA. FoitBES' Eastern Anchipelairi', 77.— En,

JOITRNEV ACtt088 THE MA.L1T PB5IK8t;L4.

and for many miles below, the bed rock ( a hard sandstone j
crops out ond has been cut by the water into fantastic shapes,
wliile hucre bouldera are piled in picturesque confusion on
either side of the channel. These rocks as wc came up were
covered by men iu many-coloured dresse.*^, the rafts were either
lying against the rocks at the betid of the cataract, or slowly
filing into the basin at its head atid the clouds of spray dash-
ed up from the rapid against the deep shadow of jungle foliage
made a picture not to be forgotten.

The rapal itself, comparatively small after four months'
drought, is the channel of the river running under the left
bank» and at first sight it did not look like a place down which
either raft or boat could go in safi^ty, but we were shortly to
see tliat the operation, though attended with considerable risk,
could be successfully performecL The rapid h about sixty
yard.s long, with a drop of some twelve feet, the water rushes
and boils and foams between walls of rock, and there are two
corners in the length which make the principal dangers. Two
Malays mounted a raft, one at the stem aud the other at the
Bteni, each holding a large bamboo paddle fixal in a tripod.
The raft slowly reached tlie top of the rapid, and then leapt
into the boiling stream, where the men were instantly up to
their waists in water. Tlie stern man was washed off the raft,
and it looked as if nothing could save him in such a place, but
while the bow man with two or three powerful strokes of the
paddle kept the bow off the opposite rock, the stern man
dexterously leaped again on the raft, and in a moment of time
a few more strikes of the bow man's paddle had (dcared tlie
raft of tlie second danger — a projecting rock on tlie other bank
' — aud the raft was in smooth water below. AFter this, a second
raft was taken down in the same way, and then each man went
alone on a raft, and, thfmgh one of them was again thrown ott*
in the middle of the rapid, and the other one had the paddle
whirled out of his liand us the raft tt-ok its first le:»p, no acci-
dent occurreth A number of rafts were then sent down by
themselves, and they seemed to accomplish the jourucy almost
better without assistance, but this was exphiitied by tlie fact
that the weight of even one man sinks the raft to a dangerouH
depth, where the points of unseen rtieks may wreck it. Old
Pato' Kli absolutely refnsed to allow us to tempt Providence

JOXrB>'£Y ACEOS3 THE MXLAT PEHLVttllLA*

m a journey down this rapidj where a good many fatal acci-
dents have oocnrred, aad even tried his best to make us walk
to Piichon{4:, but this we refused to do, and sending all oiiruon-
waterproof baggage, watches^ &c. by land with the Sikhs, e\r
started again on the rafts.

The river from Jeram Besi to Pfiehoug runs tli rough a long
winding gorge, and the ehannel of the stream passing con-
tinuously between walls of bed rock and pdea of immense
detached boulders, is nothing but a series of more or less for-
midable rapids which succeed each otiicr with somewhat
Bonfusiug speed, but it is an exeitinsf atunsemcnt^ which we
Ivould not willingly have missed, Wc reuched Pilchong at
12,15 r.M., very hungry indeed, and the coolicf* carrying our
^baggage arriving at the same time, w^e sat down on the high
bank of the river as we could get no shade and made a rather
uncomfortable meal. People were washing for gold in the bed
of the river in several places below the last rapid. From
PflehoTig nr^arly all the Seger people returned, and w^e stalled
again at ii/20 p.m. with our own people doing most of the
poling. Ton Kli however still accompanied us.

At 2.45 r.M. we met the Oraog Kaya TilFis with a number
of verv small boats, a lot of men, and a Alalay band, and when
(jjLEs, Lister and I had changed from our rafts into boats, w^e
went on again at 3.35 p.m,, and reached Pcnjum at G.30 p.m.,
dark except for the light of the moon now about fifteen days
old. I went down with the Orang Kaya in his boat and as it
leaked got wet through.

A great reception awaited us at Penjum ; the high bank
which rises from the ri\er in three terraces was crowded
by people some fifty «»f wliom carried torches, their light
strongly reflected by the river, here crowded with boats and
rafts, made the eflect very striking. As we hurried up the
rough steps cut in the soil, a salute of many guns was fircd^
and the Orang Kaya. leading me by tlic hand, ushered us into
a house which hud been prepared for us, and made us m com-
fortable as possible with the means at his command. The
*' band '^ had played Avith great perseverance all down the
river.

The distance travelled to-day was about sixteen and a half
miles, and the gmtral direction N.N.E. Wq did not get dinner

JOUBN£V ACBOB8 TflK MALAt PKKIKSULA.

till 9J30 P.M., and after tliat the Orang Kaya and Che Ali,
who had been sent bj the Yam TAun and received me with the
utmost cordiality^ came in for a talk, I told the Orang Kaya I
wished to go on aj booh aa possible, but he said there was a
difficnity about boats and we conld not get on to-morrow; after
he had left, I received a message from Chk Ali to say that the
Orang Kaya had not complied with the orders he received
from t!je Sultan, and that the boats ought to have been ready.

SatHrdar/, 2Qih ApriL — ^CiiE Wan Da, who brought over my
letter to the Orang Kaya and has been very useful^ came to tell
me he w«iuld now return to his place. He told me there was
a large gold mine called Jali, worked by Chinese, an hour's
walk from here. I thought of going to see it, but found the
journey would be useless as they were only stripping. I
understand they are working the side of a hill- It is an old
mine and has yielded good results in past times » I heard from
the Chinese that there is plenty of gold in the country, but no
one can lire here owing to the injustice, " squeezing," and
want of government. They say whenever any one gets gold
it is taken from him on some pretext or other, and that very
few Chinese are now left in the place. If a man gets on a
good mine, some chiL-f claims it, work is stopped and not re*
eumed, and the result is that the country is in a very bad
state at the present time. A friend of Raja Ismaii/s told me
that only about twenty Chinese had worked for him at Raub,
and then in a very erratic and perfunctory way, sometimes
stopping work altogether for months, even for a year, from
want of capital.

Spent the day in writing and making a sketch of Peujum
from across the river. This place is 210 feet above sea level,

Sunday, 26th April.— 1 bad begged that the boats might he
ready for us at 6 a.m., but was disappointed. In spite of the
Yam TAan*s letter, there were only two large boats and a small
one ready for our party of twenty -five, Wan Ali giving me
the best part of his boat. We put the servants into the small
boat, Giles and Lister went in the large one, and a number of
Sikhs in the other large boat, hut finding it leaked, we had to
move them into a boat which providentially arrived at that
moment sent by the Imam Prang GAjah, with his son as
ambassador, to meet us. W^n Ali was exceedingly angry

JOURNEY ACROSS THE MALAV PENINSULA.

and said unkind tilings of the Orang Kaja LTpis^ who fiept
walking on the bank in an aimless way eeemingly quito
unable to mer?t suth a demand on hin energy and ivsources. I
of course said nothing, but Wan Alt told me the Yam TAan
had sent orders to all the Chiefs to assist me and treat me as
they would hituaelf. I had prtiel Ton lliKAa for the very great
help he had given ns (without any onicrn from hi?* Sultan) and
I also sent away Ton Kli bappy with a present, for he ia not
well off, nor in the way of squeezing other people to do his
work, but I only thanked the Orang Knya for what he did and
in any case T should have hesitated to offer him money,

I was HOYvy not to meet here the Oraug Kay a Jelfa, to whom
the Sultan had sent a letter telling him to meet ns at Peiijum,
but the Orang Kaya lives so far off he hrul not time to comply
with the order, and I left a message for him in ease lie came after
we had gone* The delay in getting; our party finally settled
into boats was so great that we did not leave Pi?njum till

10 AM.

AlK>ve Knftla Prtok, Cue Wax Da met ns with a present of
riee, and we stopped at the Kuala, a beautiful place, for break-
fast, Chk Wax Da^s father lives here. On the \vay down
the river, we passed a gigantic water wheel fixed in the river
and used for irrigating the land on the bank. The wheel
( undershot ) is forced slowly round by the current of the river*
On its outer circumference are fixed at a certain angle leugths
of bamboo clor>ed at one end and open at the other and as the
wheel revolves these bamboos in turn enter the river, mouth
upwards, are filled with water, atul, as they arrive at the highest
point of their orbit^ they, one after the other, discharge their
load of water into a trough which conveys it by gravitation to
the required point in the fiehi. I have not before seen in the
Malay States so large or well-const rue ted an irrigating wheel,
but I believe they have been and still may be used in Ulu
Muar.

Left Ku41a Priok at 1,30 p.m. and continuing our journey
reached Kufda Llpis (where this river falls into the Jelei) at
1,50 p.M, Here Che Wan Da left us to return to his home ;
he has been very useful and shewn a great desire to be friendly
and helpful. The combined rivers — the Llpis and Jelei — ^imme-
diately after their junction^ are about sixty yards wide. The

JOURNEV ACEOifti THE MALAY PENINSULA.

Jelei carritis rather more water than the Llpis. Camiied for
the nif^ht at I'ulau Kiinau at 5.30 p.m., having passed tlie fol-
lowing kampoifg.^ during the day : — Bandar Lama, Kampong
Piilau, Sematung, Jerani Lfina, Knfda Keehan,

Distance travelled to-day, ten niiles; general direction N.N.E.

Moiidatj, 27 th ^1/jr//.— Started before (* a.m. and passin:^
Changkongj where there is a longish rapid with but little fall
in it but many rocks which make it difficult for boats to
navigate J stopped just below at noon f<^r breakfast. The
river is here about 100 yards wide, that is, the bed of the
stream from bank to bank. There wt re numerous tracks of
deer onthessindspit where we lunelied^aod while we stayed there
the carcase of a M'ild pig floated past. Leaving again at
L30 p,M, we camped for the night at Kuala Tenulin, where
the waters of that stream join the combined Lipis and Jclei
thus forming the Pahang lliver.*

The Temelin, which, as I have said, comes from the North
and rises in a mountain on the borders of Pahang and
Trenggibiu, ia in M'idth and body of water about the .same size
as the combined Lipis and Jclei, at least so it appears at the
confluence, but it is a curious fact that neither the addition
of the waters of the Jelei nor yet of the T^^mclin appears to make
any immediate and pronounced difference in the widtb or
de[>t1i of the Pahang Kiver, The growth of the stream seeiUB
gradual, aud^ except at the actual points of Junction, the reeep-
tiou of the waters of the Jelei and Tcmi'^lin, themselves large
rivers, seems to have no more effect in widening or deepening
the river than is made by the atidition of the waters of any
of those smaller tributaries the months of which we pass
daily* It was 5 f.m, when we rcachetl Kufila Tenulin, 154
feet above the sea, and \iith some ditlicuUy 1 got here
a few specimens of really excellent Malay pottery — ves-
bcIb of various fonns and designs for holding water.

I
I

* This place i« mealiond in Ponik lilfltofy, on tlic oc«?aBioa of the nmmug^
of the Raja Mada of Pahang with a Pcrak princess (circ. A.D. 1600), a6 the
pliico at which the Perak nud Pahang envoys mcL The T^melin is tho river
callc<j T^'mbflauj^ A^ "^ ^^^ J/'>«i Mtihttju aod in the UHfUmg-uttdanff htt

RAJafui (code of lawft) uf rerak, r*hnrg ^Tid Juhor. Sec Xo. J* of this Jonnmt,
P H>1. Ed,

JOnUlfEY ACBOBJI TIIE MALAY PENIXSHTM*

Ku4Ia Temt»liu is celebrated in Paliaug for its earthenware,
but like all natives far f ram a market, the potters keep uo atoek
and make only what is ordered. The shapes of the jurs I got
are all good^ and the deeoratioo, done with a sharp tool before
the firing, is most artistic. We ordered some further specimens
to be made^ including incense-bnrners.

Distance travelled to-day 21 i miles ; general direetion E*S.E,
We passed, in the order in w!iich they are given, the follow-
ing small vilhiges or clusters of huts on our journey to-day; —
Pilsir Sibau, Jeram Cht'kuas, BAtn Gujah, Sungei Kenuug,
Rantau Panjang, Pulau Sa'arnas, Sungei (!hika« Pulau Trm-
binga, Changkat Glugor, Hatu Papan.

Tuesday^ 2Sf/t Jpni.—Qot away at o. 'JO a*m._> and stopped
for breakfast at Kanpr*«a at 11,2-') p.m. The temperature in my
l>oat at noon was 9^1^ aful in the water af the river 9^\ The
thermometer stands at 95^ in the boat every day at 2 p.m* mvi
the excessive heat of Pahung strikes us all. We notice here
that the people are deeidoilly darker than tlie Malays on the
western i*ide of the Peninsula, and tlio^e Maluyi* who have eome
with us from Prrak eomplaiii espeeially of the great heat of
the gronnd to bare feet when walking in the exposed fields
[which stretch inland from the river bank. Unfortunately I
broke the thermometer to-day, but I do not think it eon hi t{^U
us much more than we have learnt already.

Started again at 3. I-j p.x., and roaehed Pulan Tawer at 4 p.m.
Here we were met by the Imam Prang Indru GAjah, the Yam
Tilan'e right-hand man in all matters eonneeteil witli that part
of the eountry whicli lies up-streaui from Pulan TAwer. The
Imam Prang gave us a mo^t eoi'dinl reception and, dragging
me by the hand up the almost vertietd bank ( here twenty to
twenty-five feet hi irh), ushered ns intoa comfortaljle hut, whitrh
.we were informed had been eonstructed in a day. Our subse-
quent proceedings, whi-tlKT dressings writing, eating or sletfp-
jiog, seemed to be matters of tlic dee]ievt interest to the larg**
Icrowd of Malays who surrounded the phiee and never lost
[light of us for a moment. T«m Gajah, who is a man of about
forty, very thickset and dark, but full of laughter, informed
me that he had four wives, twenty-five children and nine
Bgrandebildren. lie introduced hia brother and a few of \m
[inale children, and aftc^r seeing thut we wantetl nothing

JOTJRNEV ACROSS THE MALAY PENINSULA*

went to arrange for men to take us to Kota Kclanggi to-morrow
morning as I expressed a wish to visit the caves there.

No one has been for some time, and the path is said to be
overgrown, so the Ton CxAJAn sent off a lot ot' men to clear it.
The river here is about 7(*t) feet wide (about the same width
as the Perak River at Kufila Kangsa ) ; the hanks are exceed-
ingly high and steep and the river at tlie present time is said
to be lower than ever known. The Ton OAjah says that if the
dronght contiimcs for another two months, that is, making six
instead of three dry months as nsnal^ there may be pnrtial
famine in the phice.

The ToH Gajaii settled w^ith his peoph* at Pulati Tciwer
twelve years ago, after he returned frotn Klaug where he was
sent in command of the tliree thuusand Pahaug men who, at the
request of Governor Sir Hakry Oun, were despatched by the
BendahSra to assist Tnnku DiA UnniN in the struggle with
Biiji Maudi,

A fine kampotig^ and houses shut in by a long bamboo fence,
streiehos along the bank of the river in a gmve of young
cocoa-nut and other fin it trees. Behind this hamlet extends
an almost level plain, as far as the eye can reach, broken only to
the North by a snmll pointed hill, and to tlie Kiist Ijy the lime-
stone rocks iu which are the caves of Kota Kfbnggi, A con-
siderable portiiai of the plain is now being plunghcd for the
cultivation of riee, jind the rest is Jungle*

Far away to the West is the mass of hills called Gunong
Baya, to the North of whieh lies the river down which we
have come. I'he mountairts of the nniin r^nge are nowhere
visible, and we are tidd that tfie moutli of tin- Puhang Hiver
lies from here l^iist a little South.

Ton (lAJAij'^ father was a Surnatrim Malay, his mother a
Pahung woman ; lie is reported to be a great wfirrior, is the
Held Marshal i>f Paliang and rauks with the Orang Be-iar
Am put or Chiefs of the first class. lie is a man of much
euergy, greatly feared by t!te diseontcnted faction in (he upper
country and greatly trnsled by the Yam Tilan.

I have aseertaioed froni C hk Ahi, w!io is a good authority
and one of the Yam TTUui's most trusted adhcrentSj that the
fidlowing are the principal Chiefs of Pahang :^

I
I

JOURNEY ACROSS THE MALAY PEKIKSITLA.

New Creation^

6rang Besar

Ampat,
Class I.

dildpaii,
Class IL

r The Raja Muda.
j The D4tuh Bemkhara.
(^ The Datoh Temenggong.
[ L The Toh Bandar,
\ 2. Toh Kfiya Che no.

< 3. Toh Kay a Ti^nierluh (at present vacant).
J 4, Maharaja Perbii (at present the Orang
I, Kaya Jelei hohls this post).

f>. Toh MudaTnn^^^al

6. Tuh Jabe.

7. Toh Bangan.

8. Toh fJmar (held by tlie Urang Kciya
J SemantaUj who is also Orang K^ya

] PahUwan).

9. Toh PenggAwa.

10. Tnh Lela.

11. Orang KAya Jelei,
1^12, ( )rang Kay a Li pis.

Distance travelled to-day, eighteen and a half miles; general
direction, 8. E. We passed the following villages on the way:—
Kampong Te, Tanjong GAtal, Tanjong Linflong» Ptilan Didfiri,
KiHila PodaSj Kam[Joiig KuAIn St^lan, Kuala Kedundongv

WedftcMflaf/f 29fh April, — I think the To it GAjah must
have been up all night, for lie appeared at midnight and
again at 4.30 a.m. We got up at o.30 a.m., but coidd not
make a start till 7 a.m. Then, with the 7V>h Gajah and
nearly 100 men, all armed us every one seems to be in tlvin
State, we started down the left bank of the river for Kikila Te-
kam, a distance* of one and a half oiiles» level walking but hot,
for in Pahang, in this weather at any rate, li;^ilit means heat
and from daylight tti dark one seems to be in a vapour bath*
It w^QS a eunous sight to see in the Maluy Peninsula buHaloes
plojjghing the slightly undulating plain of dry but not hard
soil and rooro strange still to be ttild that the rice grain is
then sown as wheat if* in tlie Wcst^ the ground harrowed and no
irrigation done whatever, the harvest depending simply upon
the rain. These fields when fallow seem to grow uo weeds,
only a sparine sliort grass, and they are plonghed across and
across like a chess-board several times before the wooden

JOITRNEY ACROSS THI MALAY FIMINSITI

plough gets deep enough, then sown, harrowed, and nothing
more is required till the time of harvest.

These tielda have for many years yielded erop after crop
under these conditions, and the only renewal or manuring of
the soil is the annual small flood, which risea over even these
high banks, and a higher flood which comes about once in
six years and drives the people out of their homes into rafts,
I sliould suppose that with this soil and three months rainless
weather, cotton might be succeeBfuDy grown.

The Snngei Tekam w^as almost dry, and whilst the Malays
walked up the b(_d eros&in*^ and reerossing what little water there
was, we were dniirged up-stream in a dug-out for 1ml f a mile and
then landing walked over a good level jungle-path for two and a
half miles reaching Kuta Tongkat 8.35 a.m. Tliis Kuta Tongkat
is a curious sort of gate through which ariver Qpj>ears tohave run,
and it is flanked on both sides by high limestone clifl's covered
with foliage; these cliff's appear to shut in a narrow valley, a mile
long, at the far end of which is the cave Kota IiL-lunggi,* in
reality, however, the valley is only rock-bound on tlie right hatid
side as you enter and tlie ancient river nnist have met this obs-
truction at Kuta Kelanggi, been turned by it and, cutting along
the face of these limestone eliflTs, made its exit through the
Kota Tongkat and thence found its w^ay, probably by the
channel of the Sungei Tekain, to the Pahaug River. There is
nothing specially remarkable about Kuta Tougkiit, but since
the river ceased to flow tlirongli this giant gate of stonCj the
action of the atmosphere has formed a number t»f stalaclires
which extend from the clear cut ledges of riiof to tlic ground
(no great distance) and these probably gave to the phiee its
present name^Kuta Tongkat.

After a short rest liere (the Tou GAjah having succumbed
to the pace at which we came from the river), we walked up
the valley until we reached the foot of Kola Balei. I'p to
this cave we climbed by a ladder of forty steps and then found
ourselves in q vast cave lighted mainly from the entrance an<l
eonipk'tcly closed at the further end, but having three subsi-

* See Mr* Cam ebon's ftocoimt of hin vii^it to iJiiemx cuveH, No. !) of thii
JonTDft], p. 153.

JOtBNEY ACRO!*S THE MALAY PENINSULA.

<Jiai*y caves or chambers, two on the rigbt of the entraucc and
one on the left, each partially lighted by rifts in the roof.
The inaiti eave aud the smaller chatnber.H are all very fine^ aiid
reminded loe of the Selilogor cave at Batii, though I do not
think any *jf them fqual in beauty or size that magnificent
rock chamber,

Wc spent a considerable time in this Kuta Balci and then,
descending the ladder, walked a few steps to the edge of the
present insignificant stream where you find yourself facing a
long, low and straight gallery with a straight, flat roof not
leas than twenty feet wide. This very remarkable passage
with it?i wide flat roof only about seveu to eiglit feet from the
ground was cut by the river out of the solid rock before that
ancient jieriod when, For some reason not yet explained, the
volume of water in the river bocame immensely reduced, or
the original stream was diverted into some other channel leav-
ing the results nf the battle between the water and the rock in
the form of the present caVL'S, whence all trace of water has
disappeared leaving only the evidence of its power as a con-
stant source of admiration and wonder to the Malays of the
country.

At the end of this gallery the roek has been hollowed out
into a circular chaml>er of some height, while from the centre
of the ceiling depends one euormous and strikingly beautiful
stalactite. After luncheon, with lanterns and torches we ex-
plored the long dark cavern which extends into the hill from
the back of this circular aute-chambcr.

There is nothing to reward the explorer^ but the place is
infested by myriads of bats which are only with difficulty kept
from strikinof you in their blind flight towards the lights. The
masses of Malays in their many coloured dresses with the
light of the to relics shining on their weapons and swarthy
faces, the deep shadowy gloom of the cave as a background,
here and there faintly lighted by a ray from the distant en-
trance, made a sccdc very remarkable in its picturesque
effect.

We left Kota Ktlanggi at noon and reached our hut at
Pulau Tnwcr in exactly two honrsj after a very smart walk ;
the heat from Kui\hi T^kam to the village was indescribable,
and the Toil GAjau was quite knocked np^ taking refuge in a

JOURNEY ACROSS TBE MALAY PENINSULA.

boat aud shirking the last mile and a half. About 4 p.m. a
heavy storm of Piiia fell and continued till kite In the night.
FroniB p.m, till 11 f.vl 1 talked politics with the Ton Gajah
aud Cue Ali and then retired to the boat to sleep so that we
might be able to start iu the morning without del a}'.

It is worthy of record that this Kuta Kelanggi is mentiouad
iu the Scjilra Malaiu ( the Malay Annals ) us having been
occupied by the Siameae. The 8ejura Malaiu is supposed to
bo the earliest written record of ilalay History.

Thtirsthti/, 3Qih J;jr//.— Did not get away till 7 a.m., Ton
Gajah accompanying us. At 10 a.m. passed Batu Bi\roag|
where the cave-mukini^ process may he very readily seen in
the action of the I'ahaug River on a huge limestone rock
wbieb crops out from its left bank. It i^^ said that there
is a subterranean channel from the bottom of this cliff to a
place many days* journey down the river. At 10.30 a.m.
reached Pnlau Burau, where there are said to be quauti-
ties of selddang ( wild cattle) in the wet season. In the line
of the next reach of the river and straight ahead of us lie two
remarkable isolated bills called Bnkit Scuyum and Bdkit Sah.
These hills are said to be plainly visible from the sea and used
by the fishermen as landmarks.

At notiU reached Taujoug Blauja, the limits of Ton GAjau's
jurisdiction, and here we sta3^ed for one and a half hours
breakfasting and then parted with the Datob and continued
our journey down river. The Toit Gajah has done everything
possible for us. I f^ave him ray Purak goiok (chopping knife)
aud we parted excellent friends. I saw him in the river up to
his waist saying good-bye to the Subadar.

Passing Kufda Krau, a river and kampong on the right bankj
we reached Pulau Chcns^al at G.20 p.M.p and there camped for
the night. Distance travelled, 17 J miles ; general direction,
South.

The following kampongs were passed during the day : —
[Klang, Sungei Kio, Tanjong Antan, Tanjoug Tenggoh, T5luk
Maik, Sungei Sebul, Pnlau Haya.

Friday^ Id Mtn/. — het\ at fi a.m. and passed a Chinese
BUgar mill at PcngkMen Benom at 8.30 a.m. ; subsequently
we saw several of these milks on the left bank, they are driven
by buffaloesj and the Juice is expressed from the cones by pass-

JOUBKET ACR089 TH£ MALAY PENIKHITLA*

ing them between three revolving circular blot*k.^ of wood in
juxtaposition on the same horizontal phine. At 9.30 a.m.
Bftkit Si:;nriim appeared directly a-stero of the bf>ats, which were
then droppinf^ down a long etraij^ht reach of the river. Passing
PAsir Mandij one hundred feet above the sea^ we stopped at
Teluk Siutang at noon for breakfast. The river here cuts
deeply into the right hank forming a bay and making the width
of the stream at this point very considerahle.

The Bungau trees with their gorgeous purple flowers grow
larger and more numerous as we descend the river, and the
forest is everywhere strikingly bcautifnh I saw a quantity of
maiden-hair fern in the jungle to-day at our halting place, but
it did not look like a new kind.

Lef t Teluk Sintang at 1.30 p.m., passed Ktiiila Scmantan Ilir
a little before 5 p,m,, and reached Pulau Tcmerloh at 6 r.M.
Camped here for the night. Pulau Temerloh^ said to be half
way between the Sultan's place and Penjum, is an extensive
kampoitg, admirably situated on the right bank opposite to a
large island which hero divides the stream.

Distance travelled to-day, twenty-one miles ; general dircc-
tion^ South. Distance from Ku^la Beniamj .300 miles.

Passed the following kumpomjH to-day :— Jcnerak, Kutlla
Tekai, Lipat Kajang, Dor, Sanggang, Bintang, Tebing Tinggi,
Balei Gantang and liangau.

Salunlaf/j 2n(f Mat/, — To-day the villages are larger^ the
river is wider though no deeper, and the banks are not quite ao|
high. There must be a very considerable population of Malays
settled on the banks of the Pahang, and its three large tribu-
taries, of which the Jclei is undoubtedly the longest, and is pro-
perly called by the Malays the parent stream. We left T6naer-
loh at 3 A.M., and passed Gnal, a large village on the left bank,
at 9 A.M., reaching Triang, kampung and tributary stream, at
10 AM* Triang is 88 feet above the sea. At Triang the river
was very shallow, and twice we had to drag our boat over the
land. Breakfasted at Knala Bra at noon, and leaving again at
2,30 P.M., reached Kertau at 7 f.m,, and camped there for the
night. There is a hill called Bftkit Kertau on the right bank, and
the place at present is chiefly remarkable for the enormous
extent of sand which stretches between the left bank and the
channel of the river. Under the right bank, however, there

JOUBNSr ACBOH:* THK MALAt F£5INdULiu.

is a deep hole aaid to bo infested by crocodiles, and these reptiles
have dragged four or five people, sleeping on the sand^into the
pool,

VV^e passed the following villai^es and kawponqs to-day, in
the order uained: — PAsir Anaoi, Beralch K^pas, Lebak Beleugu,
Jilam, Mengkflrak, Tambak, LAbok Piirap, PAmun, Cheruis,
BlUu Pfipaii, Batu Haiichor, Likbok Lieu, Pulau Keiiiu, Siii-
taufj, Lerause, E'uLui Nyak.

Distauee travelled, tweuty-tivc miles; general direction,
North.

Sunt! a If, Ihd Mai/. — It was inltdcrably hot aod close last
nip:ht, and having started the boats at l:i,30 a.m., I tried iu
vain to sleep on the stern platform of my boat in spite of mos-
quitoes, and it was not till nearly 5 a.m. that sleep was pos-
sible.

It is hanlly fair to complain of mosquitoes here, for tliougli
the statement that there are none in Puhang is no more ac-
curate than that there arc no snakes in Pcrak, yet there are
comparatively few of these pests, in this dry weather at all
events, and even after the oeeasional showers of rain we have
had hardly any.

We stuck on a sund-bank for half an hour almost directly
after stjirting, and passed Cheno at 1.30 a.m. Cheno is cele-
brated for making the best mats iu Pahaug. They are mode
of hleaehed and dyed MC^igkuang leaves and are very pretty.

From ChiT-no we pushed on down some very lung reaches, each
two and three miles in length, and even more, nsually with is-
lands at intervals making an ever-changing panorama of beauti-
ful pictures. Passed L^vvan at 10 A.^r,, fiily-tive feet above the
sea, and at noon we stopped opposite Eilkit Serlin for break-
fast. Left again at 2 p.m., and passing Knfila Luit, a river
formerly worked for gold, we reached Terpei at 3.30 p.m.
From here tliere is a good vit^w of the high mDuntain called
GAnong Cheni, a long irregnlur triple- peaked mass of hills
with a large lake, or series of lakes, at its base.

GAnong Chcni is seen on the rifiht bank of the river appa*
rently distant about five miles. The lakes are only approach-
able by a small river — the Cheni (almost dry in this weather),
the mouth of which w^e passed at 4 p .m. The Malays have a
great dread of these lakes, will not live near them, though they

JOUBNET ACHOSS THE IfALiT PEXIiraULA.

are full of fish, and say they are haimteJ by evil spirits.

Stopped fur the night on the sands at Sungei Uuri at 6*30
l\M., the l^iat of the boats not coming up till 8.30 p.m. Sun-
gei Duri is another place with a reputivtioii for crocodiles.
Che Ali's nephew was tuken here two years ago, but was
Tcseueil hy liis cousin, though the crocodile injured him for
life. In the sixtt^en hours we wrro travelling to-day^ we made
thirty-one aiid three-qu^irter miles, going at times in nearly all
the directions on the compfii^Sj but niaiiily South.

Passed the following places ; — PiiLni M/ilaug, B^tu GAjah,
Ku41a Jingka, Pesagi, Tanjooir B;\tu, Kn:iia Jempul, Pejin,
Temiang. Lara^, Knlla Mentenang, G;\lang, Ltibok Paku,
BAtu l{c\kit, KuAla Temelong, Pulau Dato',

Momfaf/j Ath Jfat/, — Left Suugei Duri at 5 a.m. Stopped
for two hours at Pinyo, thirty-nine feet above the sea — CnE
A Li's kampong — and nmde nn unnuecerisful search for peacock,
but shot some golden plover. We have seen several peacock
on the sands in the early morning, but they keep out of range
of anythir»g but a rifle. Passed Sungei Mt^ntiga (whatever
that may mean) at noon. This small stream, which flows into
the Pahang Hiver, not a day *s journey from the sea, bifurcates
and one branch, culled Sempang, runs back towai-ds the Hum-
pin river, a tributary of tlie Muar, so that by ascending the
Muar and Rumpin rivers, crossing a few hundred yards of land
and descending the Sempang, Mentiga and Pahang Rivers,
or lice rrrsd, t!ie Peninsula can very easily be crossed in a
comparatively short time.

Stopped at I5atu Buiia for breakfast at 1 1.3) a,m., and con-
tinuing our journey at 2 l\M. reacljed Tanjong Puici at 6.30
P.M. The river is here about one th(^>usand yai*ds wide.

Distance travelled, eighteen miles; general direction, K.N^E.

Passed tlte following kampfrngs to-day : — ^Kinehi, Pulau
I'bah, Pulan Pluk, Kuala L<jpa, Pulau K<^p.\yang.

TucAdatf, bth Mat/. — Started at 2 a.m., and stopped at Qan-
chong at ^ a,m f\>r an hour to allow tlie boatmen to breakfast.
Ganchong is only twelve feet above sea level. Cue Ali went
on from here in a small boat to tell the VamTuanofour
whereabouts. At 1 p.\r, reached Langger, a fine kampomj on
the left bank, where the whole population turned out to watch
us breakfasting. J. eft again at 2M p.m., and reached Pulau

JOUHKET ACEOSa TITE MALAX PEXIKSFLA*

KlMi, two miles above the Pekaii, at 4.15 p.m. Here we
waited, according to agreement^ and ia a short time Che Ali
returned with Che Gadoh and a message from the Yam Tftaii
t^ say that he was very unwell ( coasuinptian tliey say ), and
asking me to wait hem tiU to-morrow to allow them to make
proper preparations. We accordingly camped on the bank^
and the tide fallin|p left us ten yardis of mud to cross to the
boats.

Distance travelled, eighteen miles; general direction, S.E.
The river is about one thousand yards wide at this point, and
the banks low, but covered with gras^ and jungle where there
ia no cultivation.

Unlike the rivers on the West coast, there ia no mangrove*
To-day the banks were thickly populated, and we passed the
following hamlets :^ — Karapong Teraai, Elilker Acheh, Pulau
Ganchong, Tanjong Hengas, Anr Gading, Kampong Teluk,
Siingci Pa hang Tua, Kufda Langgcr.

This sort of travelling may seem very easy and pleasant,
but it has its disadvantages; for instance, at midnight I started
for bed, seemingly no very difficult journey, and imme<liately
stepped into a nest of the Hemtd api\ or fire ant, that is an
experience that no one would care to repeat. A Sikh then
carried me over the mud and deposited me up to my ankles
in water in a dug-out and, with the assistance of that unstable
conve3^ance, I reached the back of my boat somewhere in the
depths of which a rat had died tfiree days before. To get as
far as possible from the pestilent stench of the decaying rat, j
I had had my mosquito net hung in the middle of the boat
and to reach that it was necessary to crawl through two doors,
each two and a half feet by two feet, and over the body of a
sleeping Malay, arranged seemingly to make one's progress as
difficult and uncomfortable as possible. Then I faced my cur-
tain to find the hole through which alone entrance can be
gfiincd, and which for the best reasons is not in the side but
in the bottom of the curtain, next the side of the boat, Le.,
with two inches of vvooil between it and the water* Through
that bole I gi)t by a series of gymnastic feats which no one
would attempt in the light, and finally reached my goal to find
the small mattress quite wet with the heavy dew, and the cur-
tain simply wringing. Fifteen days in a boat four feet wide

jonssr Acmo&i tmi mal^t Fsarosiruk.

and only hig^k enoof^ to sit up oo Iko flcMir^ where the ther-
mometer registen {ram 92^ to dj^ Ibr aerenl hours ia
each day, irhfiffvi tmJU, soorpiofu, centipedes^ and other Ter-
miQ abotind^ mad where the erew are too close to be agreeable
in this climikte, is an experMce which forces its drawb^dis on
the notice of the trareUer^ in spite of the loreliest acenerjr and
situations which are often more pictnresqiie than pleasant.
One re^nlt of these cucamataaees is that, erer since we started,
not less than twenty p^ eeot. of our panr have been on the
sick list, the medicine ehesl has proved imnsloable^ and, con$i>
dering how often its danseitms contents haTo been drawn upon,
it is surprising that^ with to mneh liberalitj and so little skillp
no particular harm has been done. The man and woman who
died of cholera were nerer under mr treatment, I am glad to
say, and since learing Seger we hare faeaid nothing more of
ebolera.

Wedmeutay^ 6th May. — Went ashore early this morning,
and shot a con pie of peacock and a brace of jungle fowL It
is certainly rather an astonishing sight to see pescock flying
about or sitting on the dead stumps of an old clearing. I also
saw a snipe^ which is rather remarkable at this time of year
and after snch a dronght ; the ground he was in was hard and
dry as a hi^iroad. The tide is curious here, it was falling
when we arrived at 4 t.n. yesterday, it fell a good deal lower,
and at midnight some of our boats were high aud dry ; at
5 i.M. they they were ttiJl in the same position^ but at 8 a.M.
the tide began to rise, and at 2 r.M, it was nearly up to the
top of the bank.

At that hoar^ oo the top of high waler^ four large barges
appeared roond the point «hicfa hides the Tarn Tilan^s place
' ' :>m us, and in a few uiiautes reached us. They were all
^crowded with rowers and chiefs who inrited us to take our
seats in the largest boat, a long two-storeyed barge with twen-
ty-two rowers clad in yellow jackets, Morojt^ and white
trousers. Half an hour's paddlsug carried us over the two
liles of water, and we landed at the stairs in front of the
'Yam Tilan's bouse, an immense crowd of well dressed Malays
liniog the steps, the bank of the rirer and both aides of the
road from the jetty down to the gate of the reception hall,
where a double line of ipearmen waited and conducted us to

JOrHNET ACROSS THE UALkT PEmTTatTLA.

the liall, a nicely dccorateJ room raised on low pillars. Here
the Datoh BendahAra^ and Dfitoh Temengg:ong, the two Chief
Officers of the State, received us with great ceremony, and
teUing us the Yarn Trtan wa>* far from well but wished to S3e
us, invited us to sit down, Whilst we made our way from the
landing place and greeted the Reudahara and Temenggong, a
salute was being fired lower down the river.

I carried ou a spasmodic conversation with the Beudakira
for one and a half hourSj during which the Yum Trtan again sent
to say he meant to come and see ns, and then Hi^ lli^^hness
appeared. He certainly looked deadly ilK but he was just as
courteous and nice as ever, and we all thought lie looked a
trifle better and spoke with \vm difficulty (his voice was hoarse
and changed, and he complained of cough and fever ) when
we left him than when he came in.

After I had t^^ld him of our journeyj. he asked us to have
some coffee, &a, he and liis son, a nice looking boy, joining in
this part of the eeremonv, and then I toltl him I shonid like to
see him when he felt better and we left.

Some of t!ie Yam TOan's people took us across the river to a
raft which had been prepared for our accommodation. On the
raft is a plank house contain inuj one large rnonij very eomfor-
tably furnished, and a sort of veranduli all round it has been
planked over «o that we can sit out and watch tlic busy river-
life with the picturesque town and palm groves for a back-
ground, Auotlier raft much larger than ours with an upper
storey { but rapidly falling into decay ) was lianded over to
our people, and a guard of twenty- two Malays were sent to see
that no harm befell ub ! The Bcnilabfinij Temenggong and
others came to sl'C that cverytlung was in order, anti then we
were left to ourselves. In the night there was a tremendous
etorm of ruin with thunder and lightning, but that wus hardly
so disturbing as the uproar made by tlie rats who live under
the floor of our raft, a protest I supp-sc against our occupa-
tion of the teueracTit-

T/Hfr^ffitt/, 7ih Mat/, — The Dato' Mautri of Jolnir called ou
me and wc had a very long talk about Paliang and the other
iStates.

On making up our itinerary, I find that we have come down
the river two hundred and foriv-one anrl a half milrs from

JOXTENEY ACfi088 TU£ MALAY PENINSULl,

Buntu^ and three hundred and ninety-five miles from KuAla
Bernam, while there rcniams another seven miles or so to the
month of the river.

There h much to admire in this place. Specially striking to
any one acquainted with the other Native States is the appear-
ance of the village on the banks of this large river, here about
fifteen hundred yards wide, with the picturesque house rafts
moored not only along the bank of the river and in face of
the Yam Tuan's various houses, but along the shores of the
islands which here stud tbc stream.

These islands are the most beautiful feature of the place ;
they are large, covered with cultivation in tlie shape of palms,
the cocoa-nut, betel and jagaret'^ or with flowering trees and
shrubs and fine short grass. The raft we occupy is moored
to the shore of one of these islands just opposite the new
mosque of Pekan, and l^etween us aud the opposite bank of
the river are three considerable islands with wide stretches of
water in between.

On shore in the village there are ftnir notable buildings— the
new mosque in the angle made by a small stream or canal
coming in to the liver from the right hank ; one himdred and
fifty yards higher up a new brick house such as those occupied
by Europeans in Singapore; one himdred and fifty yards fur-
ther on, the old mosque, a building with far more to recommend
it as regards appearance than the new one ; and immediately
to the right rear of the mosque the Yam Tdan^s principal
bouse, a building which, as far as I could judge, is as satisftietory
in its accommodation a^ it is pleasing to the eye. This house,
which was built without any plan, is said to have cost ^■2o,(KXJ,
and is worth the money.

The Yam Tuaa*8 Baki or Audience Hall is an indifferent
ijtTUCtnre inside the enclosure of another and less pretentions
bouse, which stands half w^dv between tbc old mosque and the
new one.

The business part td' the village is of tbc most wretched
description. Two s^mall rows of the veriest hovels, built on
c ither aide of the nuiin road, containing in all forty or fifty
dwellings constitute the '* bazaar '^ of the principal place in
•Pahang. As long as the customs of the country are such
that Chinese don't find it to their advantage to settle here.

*- ■■■

JOITBHET ACB08S THE MALAY PENLNSLLA.

there is no likelibood of improvement in this respect. At thff"
present time the Chinese population of Pekan numbers about
eighty, and when aaked why that is so, they reply because the
taxation, both in system and m imiluding every article of
import or export, is intolerable, and that if ever they import
from outside, or buy in the interior anything? of value, it is
removed by some chief who forgets to pay for it. Chinese
will put up with many evils and difficulties and much injus-
tice that no Europt^an will tolerate, and while making every
alloTvance for exaggeriition, mistakes and wilful falsehoods,
the fact that there arc not more than two or three hundred
Chinese in the whole of this large and rich State so close to
Singapore is the best proof of how matters really stand.

This is the fourth time I have visited Pahang, and I have
on this occasion had an opportunity of verifying some of the
stories that have reached us in the last two years. Without
proceeding to details, I can say that those whose experience
of the Peninsula has been confined to the Protected Native
States would be rather astonished at the manners and customs
still prevalent in the governing claims in Pahang and if Eu-
ropeans will risk their capital in any large undertaking here
and can manage to comply with their obligations, get business
tranaacted, and obtain justice and satisfaction in their dealioga
with those they are brought in contact with, I think it
will be a little surprising. It will also be well for them to
remember that in a purely Malay iState patience is not so
much a virtue as a necessity. ^M

A good many wide and well selected roads have been laidH
out and formed, but not metal led, in and about the Pekan ;
some fair bridges have also been constructed, and it seems as
if, in any future arrangements for the housing of a large
Chinese or other population, some new ground would have to
be chosen for the site of a town, as there is none available up-
stream of the canal to which I have referred. Below that,
however, land might be got and a town built with the advan-
tage that large boats and steam-launchca can get to this point
and lie there while they cannot reach the mouth of the canal
owing to the shallowness of the water.

All the ground about the Yam Tuan^s house being already
©ccupicd, the beet spot for dwelling houses is the island which

.TOUHNKY ACROSS THE MALAY PEXrXSFLA. 33

lies opposite the Yam Tuan's principal dwelling. The whole
coantry seems to be one vast level plain only a few feet above
the level of the river, the soil is excellent and would probably
grow any low-country produce, while swamps seem unknown,
though I have no doubt the appearance of the place is different
in the wet season.

The people of the country, outside the Rujas and Chiefs, with
some few exceptions, are industrious for Malays, but their
distaste for work may, to some extent, be explained by the
fact that a man does not care to work for more than bare sub-
sistence if his gains can always be appropriated by his more
powerful neighbour. That, at least, is an explanation offered
here and in other Malay States, especially where Siamese
influence is strong. Sic rofi von robin might have been written
of the Malay ryot.

The principal industries of Pahang are agriculture (the cul-
tivation of rice and fruit), the rearing of cattle (especially
buffaloes, which are very cheap here), sheep and poultry, a
little gold-washing (but there are good reasons why this occu-
pation is limited), and the manufacture of mats and silk cloth.
The weaving and mat-making is done by the women, and the
silk and mats produced are excellent of their kind, but very
little known outside Pahang.

The present occupation of the ruling class in Pahang is top-
spinning, and the example is pretty generally followed by all
the unemployed male Malays in Pckan. There is not much
to be said against this very innocent amusement, but it strikes
the casual observer as curious that while the people of the
Ulu ( and indeed nearly every one outside this village ) are
crying out for the redress of manifest grievances and the intro-
duction of something resembling fixed laws and fair govern-
ment, those who have the direction of affairs devote to the
spinning of tops the time that can be spared from le:?s harm-
less distracti(»ns.

In many respects the State is unlike any on the western
coast and more nearly resembles Kclantan in features and
products. Pahang has undoubtedly ^reat -resources and un-
usual capabilities for supporting and enriching a large popu-
lation and no intelligent person could see the country without
regretting the circumstances which still keep it closed to

JOUBNEY ACB088 TffK MALAV PENtXSCLA.

legitimate enterprise^ wliilat its people are unable to ta
advantage of tlie gifts lying ready to their hands.

Tlse Map which aceom panics this journal shows the route
we followed from Ku^la Bernam in the Straits of Malacxia,
Latitude 3"^ 50', to Kuala Pa hang in the Cliina Sea, Latitude
3® 44J', The tracG of the Bernam River has been taken from
existing inforuiatimi, lately revised by Mr* F. St.G. Caul-
field, also the bind route from KuSla Slim to KuAlaGflitiug,
From KuAla G tilting on the Bernam to Buntu on the Lipis
River is roughly sketched from a time and compass sur-
vey, the distances and general direction being fairly correct,
hut there is no attempt at accuracy* The sketch of the Lipia
and Pahang Rivers is plotted from a time and compass surve?
made by Captain Giles, r.\,, and in this case there is no
pretence to accuracy, though it will probably be some years
before a more earefnl survey is made uf this river.

8o far as I know, this is the first time the Peninsula ha«
been crossed from sea to sea by a Knropean from any point
North of the Muar River, that is to say, in the wider part.
Avliere the journey can only be accomplished by crossing the
main range of mountains which forms the backbone of the
Peninsula- I believe that Mr. C. Bozzolo crossed from the
Galena mines in Patani to the mouth of the Muda Riv^erm
Kcdah, passing however North of the main dividing range. ■

Fourteen years ago I saw in Klang a Frenchman who toff
me he had three times crossed the Peninsula from Khmg to
Trrnggimu, hut there are very strong reasons for doubting that
stalement.

Some years ago Messrs, Dai:v and O'Brieic ascended the
Muar River, crosj?ed a few hundred yards of dry laud by port-
age and descended the Bra, a tributary of the Pabang Kivcr,
bavin I? its embouchure about eighty miles above Pekan, while
Mr. W. Knaggs, I am told, has just crosses! by the Muar and
Triarig Rivers^ the moutli of the Triang being a few miles
further from Prkan than tliat of the Bra» The shortest cross-
ing uf all is said by the Malays to be by the Muar, Rumpiu
and IVlrntJga Rivers* h

We have crossed the Peninsula by probably the lont^oH
route, nnli'SK the aficcnt of the Murla and descent of the Fatani
Risers be longer and feasible, Tlie Bernam river, the U

JOUUXEr ACBOSS THK MALAY PENINSULA. 35

in some senses of those flowing into the Straits of Malacca^ is
the furthest North of those rivers which, rising in the main
range^ flow East and West to the Straits of Malacca, both the
Krian and Muda Rivers bcinj:^ stated to take their rise in
mountains other than the main chain. The Pahang River
again is universally admitted to be the longest navigable river
on either side of the Peninsula, and though we did not descend
the centre or parent stream, the Jelei, there is probably not
very much difierence in navigable length between that and
the Lipis, and there is no recognised crossing from the west-
ern to the eastern side of the ran^e which would take the tra-
veller to the head waters of the Jelei, nor any easily navigable
river on the western side that would lead up to a point on the
western slopes of the main chain opposite to the source of the
Jelei. When it is considered that the measured distance on
the map from Kuula Bernam to Knala Pahang is, as the crow
flies, one hundred and seventy miles, the route by which we
have travelled covering a distance of four hundred and two
miles ascending the largest river on the western side of the
Peninsula and descending the longest on the eastern, may be
considered fairly direct.

The Straits Government steamer Sea Belie arrived on the
7th, and as I was not able to leave and (!^aptain Giles seemed
to be seriously ill, I sent him on to Singapore in the Sea Bella
on the 8th instant.

Mr. Lister and I remained at PGkan till the 14th May. In
that time we saw something of the country in the immediate
neighbourhood of Pekan, and had many opportunities of talk-
ing to Malays of all ranks on matters concerning Pahang.
The RAja Muda of Pahang ( brother of the Yam Tuan ), who
had arrived in the Sea Belie, landed on the 8th, and I had the
pleasure of taking him to the Balei ( Audience Hall ) and
seeing him reconciled to his brother. On two other evenings
I had interviews with the Yam Tuan, and he took us to his
principal house, and let us see the 70^^/ danced by ladies of
his own household. I described these dances and the gam^-
lang accompaniment in an early number of the Journal of the
Straits Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society. I noticed that
on these occasions the company of onlookers was much more
select than when I first saw the dances, but, as before, the

[)88 Till

amusement was eoiitiiiuod till nearly daylight.

Oil the Hth, at 1 p.m., the Yam Tuan^ the RAja Madu and
all tbc Chief* curao over to nur raft to bid lis good-bye, the
Yam Tilan with his usual generosity giving something to
every jq ember of my party. At 2 f,.^k we left in the Sen
He!le*s hanit-h and boats, while a salute was fired from 8f»me
guns in front of the new mosque, and the Sultan's fla;<, which
he had Iovve«ed on uur arrival ei^lit days bef^n^e, was re-hoiatcd.

The tide had nearly run out wliun we started, ami we only
just manaj^'cd to ^^et the lauruili out of the river, reaching the
Sea Belle ( lying a hm% way out ) at 4 r.M. We arrived at
Singapore at 8 a.m. on the 15th.

I cannot close this journal without remarking that, having
journeyed thnnigh nearly all the Malay States, I have never
met with elscw^here such courtesy as wc experienced from
all classes in I'Ahang* I could only regret my inability to
make anv adequate return for the hospitality and kindness of
the Yam Tu an.

It is staled that the mouth of the Pjlhang River is nnap-
proHcliable in the North-East monsoon and that PAhang is
shut oB' from communication w^th the outer world ( except by
a few jungle paths across the main range of the Peninsula )
for six month f^ in the year. I cannot say %vhether that is true
or not, but it is likely, and even in the best of weather no
vcsHcl of any i*ize can get near Kuala Pub an g, while only
steam launches of the lightest draught can, in the best weather,
get up to IVkan at all times of the tide. There is, however,
an easy way to open i\\h rich country, and that is by the oon-
Btruction of a road, one hundred and thirty miles long, from
Johor Bharn, exactly opposite the Johor end of the Singa-
pore- K ran ji Road, to Pckan. About sevenly railea of this
ruad would pass tlvron^^li Johor territory, and tlie rest through
Pilhang. A tirst class bridle-nrnd could be constructed in
eighteen months for k^s than $150,000, and it could at any-
time be widened into a cart-road or converted into a tramway
or light railroad. Tliis would put Singapore and its resources
in direct commxmication with the lower country of Pahang^
besides tappinL? a long stretch of land, lK>th in Johor and
Pahangj useful for the cullivution of kiw country tropical pixj-
ducts.

A tirmn

lia mud
■ metmliilefu«ii
' Lompor ( tbe

Bidei

eentiv for thetndetf ttaB r

, while tbf fffi^seiit m^ favm -_^-^
«| the Seiin^or imlvrnj ) to ~

xnd in a

posiible to get die veik

bedoiibtcd

woold ht

of the StJte.

F. A. SWinTKXHAlL

]

Pabam, imi jr«7, isSl

,11/

i' .

■ i 4

-: /■
'J

THE OBJECT AND RESULTS OF A DUTCH EXPEDITION
INTO THE INTERIOR OF SUMATRA IN THE YEARS
1877, 1878, AND 1879,

M. A. L. VAN HASSELT.

[The followinj? paper has been translated from the French by Mr. fi. N.
Bland, C. 8. The original will be found in the second Volume of the Proceedings
of the Third International Geographical Congrefw (held at Venice in September
1881), published by the Italian Geographical Society. No account, it is believed,
has been published in English of the Dutch Mid-Sumatra Expedition and, in the
absence of an English version of their official reports, it Is hoped that Mr. Van
Hasselt and his companions will not object to the publication of this translation,
which has been undertaken unavoidably without their consent bein^ first obtained.

Ed.]

A SHORT time after the Commission of the Netherlands
Geographical Society liad decided upon a scientific
expedition into the interior of Sumatra, I was, by virtue of
my office, as Government " Controleur" at Soepajang, invited
by the above-named Commission to take charge of one of the
sections into vrhich the expedition had been divided. Al-
though convinced of the great difficulties of the task about
to be entrusted to me, I thought it my duty not to refuse
so honourable a mission.

From February, 1877, to March, 1879, we remained in the
districts that had been assigned to us, and though not able
to apply " Veniy vidiy vici " to ourselves, we nevertheless
collected a mass of details regarding the country, of which, on
our return, it was our privilege to render an account.

Those who are acquainted with the work in which are
united the results of the Sumatra expedition, and which,
thanks to the efforts of our Commission, has taken so high
a place at this Geographical Congress, may have observed
that our labours are not yet ended.

HXPEBITION IBTTO INTKEIOTt OP flUMilTltA.

Whilo wG were slill occupied with oar report, the
Netherlands Sooietj received an invitation from the Central
Commission of this Conprreaa, to send its representatives to h
the aneient City of the Doge^. Amongst the delegates of our fl
Society to thia Congress where so many illustrious geographers
and famous travellers were to meet, the honour of represent-
ing the Sumatra Exi>editionj fell upon two of its Members^
Mr, D, D, Veth and ni^^self, I was specially entrusted to ex-
plain in this place the object of the Netherlands Scientific
Ejq>edition into the interior of Sumatra, and the resulta
amvedat.

I would ask, at s tailing, to be allowed to refer to the
published portion of the work compiled on the return of th»?
Expedition, by its Membei^. I trust I may be permitted
to state briefly what was known of the interior of
Sumatra previous to our Expedition^ and what has been dom^
by us to extend this knowledge. Various circumstances had
within recent yeai-s contributed to awaken attention
to Sumatra, and our experience of the country and its
people was called in to supply the existing gaps. Up to
the end of the 18th century Maesden's book* was the
only work comprising eveiTthing which at that epoch was h
known of Sumatra, but after that time,tlie scientific researches ■
of several latt-r travellers had accuumhited knowledge
and discovered new facts with regard to the Eastern
Coast ; these were most notably JuNGnuuN,t Van dee Tuuk,
Solomon MuLLEE,x\. Homkk, Van Ookt and Korthals, Oosth- ^
OPF^ Teysman, Coedes, Ludekino, and lastly the Italian travel- fl
ler Bkccari. Tn the branch of geographical research, "
Beyebinck andCLUYSENAER chieOy distinguisbed themselves,
and in the region of topograpliy and geology, the Engineers
Van Duck i>e Greve and Vkrbeck. For Bencoolen and the
Lampong districts we had the ilata of Major Steck, the travel-
lers Du Bois and Zolunoek, General Kohlee, the philologist
Van dee Tuuk, and various public officials of Netherlands

♦Hiirtory of Sumatra, London, 1783, 1784, 1811, 4fi.

fTlie titles of all work* and article*} in Rt*Tk'W« treating: of Sunmtra will lie
found at tbe end of a paper upon thiJ* iHlarid by Prtife^jor P. J. Xe:th, rt'jirinle<l
in tlie Statistical and Gcograpliicttl Bictionarj of Xotherlaad!* India, AiUBterdum,
1873, p. 777 d ieq.

EXPEBXTION INTO UTTERlOfi OF BUMATEA.

India. Until Mabsden's time the extent of the important king-
dom oi Paleiiibaog was little known, but tlie wars and military
operations on a small scale which were the inevitabte result of
thecoUapseof the Sultanate and submission to the Netherlands
authority, huve, within the last half-century, increa^sed our
information with rcj^^ard to this important cotmtry. To thi«
the writings of Salmund, Prksgkave, Court, i>k Stukkleb
Pb.etorius, Grambeug, Teysman, Waixace, Mohnick and
DE Pruys Van der Hoeven have especially contributed.

On the North of Palemban^, are situated the kingdoms of
Djambi, Indmgiri and Kauipar, of which the iirfit is reckoned
as a dependency of Palembang. The second is tributary to
the H>ultan of Lingua anri consequently considers itself as with-
in the jurisdiction of the Riouw Ret^idency, whilst Kanipar,
formerly part of the ancient kiii^duiu of 8iak, now ackuow-
ledgeH the anthority of the Re^iilency of the East Coast of
Sumatra. This part of the interior bad never, previously to
to our Expedition, been thoroughly exptoredj and of the two
rivers— Kam par, and Indragiri or Konantan — our specific
knowledge was limited to their mouths and tlie immediate
vicinity. The Residency on the East Coast embraced
in lS7*^ the dependencies of the ancient 8yltanate of Sink ;
after that date many now highly tlourishing agricnltural
undertakings were established, chiufly at Deii and Langkat,
and our acquaintance with this part of the island haf? thus
been increased. Finally, the circnnistance to which science
is indebted for so much information with regard to the an-
cient kingdom of Acheen and its people, is no other, alas,
than the long war with all its attendant evils, which is
now said to be over, — having led to a peace by no means as*
8ured, owing to the spirit of hatred existing amongst the
vanquished. Sumatra now belongs wholly to Netherlands
India. In reality, however, there is in the centre and on the
East Coast, a large extent of country in which the r\de of the
Netherlands is still a iictiou, but even there its influence has
been daily extending for some years.

The Coast of Acheen iti the North ; Tapanonli and the
West Coast, down to the borders of Mount Barisan ; Beukoiden,
the Lainpong districts and Palembiuig to the South; the
Coasts of Siak, Di^U and Langkat to the N, £« — these^ gentle*

EXFEBITION IKTO IKTEElOfi OF SUMATRA.

men, iire the provinces now subject to our iidoiiuii^trative
system. NotwithstiLiidiii^ the resoarclieH of the travellers I
liiive ah'etuly meulioned, there remained a wide extent of
country iti the centre of the Island which was still, for the
must part., if not entirely, terra incognita.

The maps of this region slkowed very inaccurately the
eun figuration «jf the *,^roTmd, the topograpliy of the mountains,
tlie courses of the rivers, the geoh>gieal aspect and fertility
of the soil, and tlie facilities for transport by land and
water. With regard to all this and wniuy other questiunn of
ethnography, language and natural history, the works wntteu
upon Sumatra left the explorer painfully in the dark. Thus
nuittei's stood when our representative, Co^*iiel Veusteeu,
conceived the idea of exploring these utiknowD regions.

Scarcely anything was known of the riFcr, Avhich, with
its inaity aliluents, traverses Dj;imbi, except that its source
lies south uf the highlands of Padang, and a few other facts
gathered in the interests of navigation. Djamhi, the Sultan
of which was a nominee of the Netherlands India Govern-
ment, and where a Netherlands oiticial acted as Political
Agent, was looked upfui as a dependency of the Proviuce
administered by the Kesideot of Palembang.

Djainbi was as mnch nulmown to us as Central Africa
Avas to our fathers. Nevertheless there was mure than one
reason for desiring more intimate knowledge. Most of the
Central Districts were celebrated for the beauty uf tlunr
scenery, their unequal led richness of soil and the industry
and pvleasajit disposition of their inhabitants.

In 18(59, after the existence of rich seams of cotd on the
hanks of theOuibilin {the upper waters of the Tndragiri) had
IxvTi discovered by Gkkvk^ an Kngineer, who died in the
midst of hid labours, serious elfurts were made to provide
no.^ans for the transport of this '* black gold/' The country
lying bet SY ecu the coal beds and the West Coast was expk^red
l»y a blind of ctigiueers under the orders uf M> CLirysEXAER.
They |)ublished a large ^vork and detailed maps^ but though
this v,as useful from a scientitie point of view^ the estimated
cost of constructing ami working a railway to the West Coast
wdH so considerable, tliat there could bo no hope uf putting
such an idea into execution. This, then, was one of the moat

EXPEDITION INTO 11?TEEI0B OP 80MATHA.

powerful reasons for selecting this portion of the centre of
Sumatra as the chief aim of the researches of our expedi-
tion. The more so, as the Government was willing^ to encour-
age travelling in all these countries, except Korintji,
which, fur political reafions, was closed to travellers* All the
reports of the Government officials as to the attitnrle of the
natives were favourable, and the Government itself gave full
support to the undertaking of our Society by large contribu-
tions both of money and stores. The actnal state of affairs,
however, as we fomid afterwards* differed widely from what
hud \yeeu hoped for in Holland during the preparations for our
expedition. Our companion, Schouw Santvoort, who after-
wards died at Djambij experienced this at stai'ting, when
making his perilous expedition across the island in a canoe;
and when later we endeavoured to visit the petty sta-tes of
Manangkabo, which di\dde the Netherlands territory in the
highlands of Padang from the great kingdom of Djambi, we
were obliged to beat a precipitate retreat owing to the hostile
attitude of the Prince of Si Gountour ;^ and the news of the
unfavourable disposition of the above-named States spread
with such rapidity, that the Government tliought it prudent to
forbid our penetrating farther into the States of Eantau,
Barf>nk and Djambi from the Avest. We were therefore
obliged to turn our steps towards the east. But there also,
we soon discovered, when we endeavoured to explore the Dis-
trict of Limoun, a part of the Djambi territory, that all the
original repoiis had been dictated by an unjustifiable opti-
mism, and that even when a friendly chief lent us his sup-
port, the general feeling of the natives was too hostile
to allow us to shew ourselves any longer without military
escort, and still less, of course, to attempt any scientihc
resettrehes.

• ForliC'*, the Naturalist, two ymrs later, fjiiled to peiietnite into IljuTubi,
He vt;ia lulviiiied *' not to attempt to oiit<*r nithoiit the inaivtik? of the SulUm,
'* iiieaoiiijif not the Sulfin rwo^'uised by the lAitcb Goverhmeiit, but the [►revimis
*' Jf]Mwed niler, wlm butt tuki'ti np hh court in tlie iiiterior of the cotintry ami
'* n honi III! the Djiiiibi fH'onJe re<'<i;4^niHefL Thi»« Wiit? very diHMp|tomtijJtr, but I
** hatl fiired mo womc thau llie l>ult?li Mid-Siiniatni Exi»editioij, whieb, iwo ymrsj
** before, h'ut been udvisetl to turu back at tlmt s«auc plmc." — Forbts JSatttm

BXPEBrriOH INTO IKTERIOB OF SUMATRA.

What then was the iLctiial condition of Djaiubi ? In 18*M,
the Netherlands Government had signed a treaty with the
Bultan, who, no longer feeling hiuiself able to cope with his
diacont-ented sabjects, had made the first advances. But when
in 1855, RATotr Ahmad Natsaeouddin succeeded him, difiicul-
ties aroee, resulting in a military expedition to Dfanibi, which,
by an attack on the Kraton, drove out the Sultan, The Gov-
ennnent appointed Saltan Ahmad as his successor, and wag
satisfied by erecting a small fort, in which a weak garri-
son was stationed^ leaving tlie conduct of the new Sal-
tan to be controlled by a Political Agent* The expelled
8ultan, generally known as 8outan Taha, retired to the
interior, where, fixing hig residence at Telok Perdali on the
Bailing Hari, near the mouth of the Tabir, he mauag-ed to
attract a numl>er of followers*

Hia anthoritj,, though insignificant, was recognised by
all the Chiefs along the Hnri and its tributaries uti far as
the mouth of the Tembesi.

Sultan Ahmab, lacking the power to make himself res-
pected, was obliged to submit to the existing state uf things
and to conclude a treaty of amity with his predecessor, bj
wliich the btmndaries ot the territory of each were fixed.

Meanwhile, the resentment of Soutan Taha against the
Europeans who had deposed him did not diminish, and he
did not cease to incite revolt among all who could be con-
fiidered friendly towards the Netherlands (fovernment.

The unfortunate results of such a a bat*? of things were, as
might have been expected, experienced by our comrades,
who in a stcani-launch were engaged in making a survey
of the rivers ; they were obliged to suspend their labours
owing to the hostile attitude of the natives, who prevented
their further advance. As I have already stsited, the expedi-
tion had been divided into two parties, one of which was de-
tailed to explore the higlilands, tlie other to sun^ey the river
Djambi and its aMuents. The leader of the latter was Mr. S.
ScHouw SANTVooRT,an officer of theNetherhuids Navy, who, on
his decease, was succeeded by Lieutenant C, H, Coenelissen.
A steam -launch was placed at their disposal,— a boat
perfectly suited to the work iu hand owing to its dimensions
and ita Bumll draught of water. The other members of tho

ex:pei>ition ikto iktehtob at HvuAnkM

party were Mr. Makkink, the pilot, aBd Mr. Hrrmiks, the
engineer, afterwards aucci^edeed by Mr. Snijdewjnd*

A a for myself, I wiib at the head of the other party,
assisted by the Civil Engineer, Mr. D. D, Veth> who wa8 en-
trusted with the geoj^raphical, geological and meteorological
investigations, as well as the prepamtion of negatives for
photographs, and by Mr. Soh T. Snelleman, whose province
was zoology in it^ higher branches. Ethnology and the study
of languages fell to iny share.

In summing up the results of our i^eaearches in thia
marvellous country, I will Urst deal with geography, as this
subject, at a Geographical Congress like the present,
should be given the tirst place.

It seems superfluous to explain the success which crowned
the efforts of Messra, Veth, Cornelissen and Saktvoort; with
the exception of quite a small portion, the courses of I he
Hari and its chief affluent, the Tembesi, were minutely sur^
veyed. It was thus discovered that the Hari, on quitting the
bighlands of Padang, flows due North, whence it follows
that the furthest point navigable for large boats, is much
nearer to the coal mines of Ombilin than it appeared to be on
former maps ; so much so that the Hari is of as much impor-
tance, as a highway for the transport of minerals to the East
Coast, as the river Indragiri itself. In surveying the southern
part of the Padang up-knds it was discovered that the rivers
Mamoun and Pottar belong in no way to the Kouantan
basin, but are affluents quite distinct from the Hari. But
most notably in the survey of Lebotjg was the inaccuracy of
former surveys made apparent.

The mountains of the interior of Sumatra have been
described with great exactness by Mr. Veth in the 2ud part of
our work, which also contaius all the geological and meteoro-
Ic^cal records^ The large collection of photogmphs of the
country and of the people taken by him, are assuredly not
the least part of the labours which have helped to extend our
imperfect knowledge of Sumatra and its inhabitants. Again,
amongst the things which we were enabled to bring back with
ns, I must mention an ethnographical collection* of more

BXPKnmON INTO TNTERIOR OP fi|r«ATOA*

ttaii 500 objectsj almost the whole of which have been repm-
duced in the 'Ird part of our work. We trust that they will
give a tnie idea of the life and custonjs of the Malays, set
forth aa they are in thirteen chapters of our ethnographical
description. In ray linguistic researches, I set myself as
much as possible to note words and to collect manuscripts.

As to these latter, I frequently had them read and ex-
plained to me, in order to learn the i-eal meaning and the
proper pronunciation of words. The difficulties I had to
overcome will be evident to all those who will take the trou-
ble to examine the word-lists of the Rawaa and I^bong
(known as the Redjang) dialects, nnd the songs, puzzles and
proverbs which I gatheredf I'om the lips of the people themselves,
as well as the Manangkabo, Mouroi-Batoii andTouankou-
nan Tjeredeg manuscripts. Besides, I was fortunate enough
to gather complete information about the Jigure*characters
of the Rentjonng as well aa the method of spelling and
writing theuu

This tigure-vmting owes its name to the manner in which
the words are engraved with the point of a knife upon strips
of bamboo,

I was, on several occasions, able to gather interesting in-
formation with regard to the aborigines of this part of the
countr}' — the Kouhous — and I am in a position to state this
curious fact, riz.t that their langunge, which at the first
glance appears to differ entirely from Malay, appears on
clever investigation to be almost the same language as that
of the Malays who inhabit the Koubou district. Only, the
pronunciation of theKonbous is harsher, and their peculiari-
ty of expression takes the form of a dialect.

We were lucky enough to obtain some valuable botani-
cal specimens, and some other fortunate finds go to show
that our researches were not altogether fi*uitless* Bnt most
remarkable of all were the results of our zoological investiga-
tions, We brought back 30 mammals, 285 birds, 17^^ reptiles
and amphibians, 385 fish, 5 to 6 thousand insects, including
823 species of lepidoptera, and a large number of molluscs.*

* The f^-eater part of tKis oollectiaa is now in tha Boyal Muse am of
Natural History at Lejden.

EJ:P£DIT10N INTP INtEKit-Ml OF HUMATltA.

AiuonjX'st tliesc animal!^, there arr mauy ihmv s[>e(."i*.^iS

Iiud

I
I

especially annrngst the iiisiv'tg of wiiieli oiiiiiy sjvcies liuU
never previously been ub-^erveil in Suiiiatrfi. Louklnir ut this
hirgc number of animuls collectel in a cninp:t.ratively ybort
space uf time, one inii^ht be \e*\ in'u t!ie mistake uf iiuppysiiit.f
that the foi'matiuti of sueh a Ci)llectinn would bo an easy matt-T.
Without couiitiiifr the dilHroUy of preparing and paxjkini^ up
niHdt of the spei'im*?iu, tlie very huutin:^: t'^r \h"\u wasattembxl
with many obitaele-s, and involved j^reiit his?* of time. Tlie
richness uf the tropical fauna ha^f passed into a proverb^
nut without rea^oru but like mnsf, treasure'^v it nuLst bj
fc;Qii'Tht after out uf tli-.* beaten track, and it is only little by
little that the path^ lea'Hu^ t) the hidden ireiisni^es uf
nature are tu be tliseovered.

In jj^ivinj^ the preeediuf^^ resunit'^ I liave accomplished
tlie task al luted t> me, bnt permit me now to intrudnce you
in ima^jrination, for a few ttiomcuti at least, to the countrieii
vii?ited by my cumpanions and iny^t^If {it the time that we tra-
versed these nncuUivateii rej^ious, deeply impressed with their
nnirpie beauty, I will choose tho.se paLjeJi of our jour na.l which
describe our ascent of tlie peak of Korintji, nv In Irapiirji, the
highest monntain in 8unj:itra, and one of the liiij^hest
volcanoes in the Indian Arcliipelu<^^). We wi-re in th^i
country of the '* twelve kota??," a district bounded on the
{3, W. by the above-named mountain, and ws before ourselves
no European, and still less jiny nntive, Lad ever at teujptcd
the ascent, the prc[)arations for our <]eparture occupied s<mie
bpaee of tiTiie. Our lirst idea wns to take with ns native
carrierg, called konfis, but as it wus too rifcky to set out
with our necessary baggage without knowing anything about
the nature of the groundj or even it" it were pos^ibh? to reach
the summit, we took the precaution of sending some
explorers on ahead as an advance-guird. The superstitiotis
nature of these people, liov/t* ver, so excited their imaginatitm
that they returned to ns wit!i all sr»rts of extra vagiuit stories
of the innccessihle rocks tliey had seen, and tlie fearful
monsters they had met. A second attempt on their part
was nioit^ successful, and although micertain as to being
able to reach the highest puiat, we set out ou the 5tli
Decemberi 1877, f uU of avJour aud dotcrmiuation. Bcsidcia

I lie couHfV'^, wo were accoiiipiinied by the two guides who had
cnmlyctecl tlh' cxpliiriiT^ purtieri\ ami by the Toiiaiikuii 4 if
D^uria^Tan.»url^^JlIT intelli^^eiii chief, Avith tvvo uf hi 8 followers.
Kneh konll cJtrrieJ 8 chnpah (i*i kih) of rice, whilst the
twu j^uides and the chief's IVillowera carried betwct?n them
40 i'ltupah. Besides rice, eaeli Ijad to carry a pwrt of the
ba^^nf^e necessary fur aticdi a loii;j:sfisiy in the j'ni^'h* : firstly^,
oiir cuiJip'heds, and klunbou.^^ or mosquito curtains, iirtich*:^ nufc
le^s indispensable thun a change uf clothes iri case of rain;
Home Bimple cookin^^ utensils, an»l sutnc tiiiued pravisioii25, lu
atford a chancre in our principal diet, viz., rice; these
eunslituted onr equipment, together with the other part of
unr ba^f'j:a;(e, consi.stin^' of iuytrumentj^ for makinLj geo-
jjfrjiphical and ataiosplierie observations, whikt those ncces-
8;uy fur {heculleetioii of plants and animak were not wanting,
nnd iiimlly 2 chuini and ,some efuus and ammunition completed
tlie \vhu!e. Every portion at onr hiiggao;e was carefully wrapped
up in tarpaulins, whidi, fastened toj^ether^ served as a r<M>f fur
ituv shelter at ni;,dit* Clad in the simple dresa suitable fur a
watiderin;:,' life in these wild rei^^ions, we set out, and unr
first tat^k wa.s to cleiir a path with our wood-knives for the
/.'h/Zm. The«e carriers, who, in Sumatra, are accusitomed to
carrying their burdens on their heads, would never have been
able to get along in the small space sufficient for pei'sons not
hnl'^n, and wonld hav<^ been liable every mnment to get cauglit
in the lianc's ami ihurny branches s|U"eading out in every
th'rretion overhead, it' the guides hud nat furme<l a reixuhir
brd, so to t^peak, for the long line of hmlU t'ollowing
tln'U*. We were sckju obliged tu quit the path on ac-
count of the unfavourable nnturc of the ground, and
to eoutiinie our march along tlie bed of a river, a change
wliich considerably diminished our speed nnd compelled
inir httt/ffi to dnjp a long di:^tanee l>ehind. When we
left the water to taki) again tu dry land, our first care^ while
waiting for the I'onli^ to rejoin us, was to look ananid to
bee if there wns anything worth carrying off. We perceived
an object wdp-h we were ftir from expecting to hnd in such a
place^ namely ji, human skulb which prujei ting out of tlie w^ater
was gazing at ns with liollow orbits. Approaching, we dis-
covered the thigh bones belonging to the same individual,

■«!

SXPEBTTION Hn-O INTEHIOR OF BTTMATEA,

a Malay, who two y*>avs previously had been banished from his
negari on aceoiuit of If^prosy, Ten gouh* of riec had
b*^?n set iipart f<>r liiii], and he bad betaken himself in this
dire'^tion provided with an axe, a t'liopper, a wallet oontaiii-
intr tobaeco and ifin'h, and a flint andtiuder. Tims eqnipped,
ht* had be}3:un to eliinb the j:^reni nxmniaiu, the Peak of Ko-
rintji in order to seek anionor the nionntain-spirits a enre t'<»r
IiiK fri»^htfnl malady.* He may, perlni.])S, have reached the
.snmniit, but it wonid aeeni that tlie spirits did not ^rant his
wish, Thon;?h it may seem inlnimnn to treat ftdlow eveatures
ill this way, we nniHt remember tluit the inntiaetrif preserva-
tinn, in cnnntriea where the popidatiroi in ton id ten decimat-
ed by epideniieH, lea^s easily to nieiusures of tln« kind. We
pi^rehed the Bknll, blanehed by tlie ntterjiato action of air and
water on the end of a pf>le by the riverside, no as tt» tind it
easily on onr return, feeHnt]^ sure that no one would come in
.the intei*val to dispute with us this strange product of tlie
■■fiftil. We followed the path whieh h^d frnni the siretim
towards the mountain ehipes, and whieh was nothini: bat n
broad track formed by elephants iiad rhiiioeeroHes. This
)avai|>!it: ns at about 11 o'clock in the afternoon to Tindsonhmn,
Tlien% we foinul such an excelh^nt restiu*^ phice ftir the
iMI^^ht, amidst n conixlomerntion of ])rojectinf2: volennie rocks,
tliat we resolved nut t> pnali on furtlier, iiud all the n^ore so
because the A*fiT^/i>f were still fur l»ehind. It was only an hour
nfterwardstliat the first arrived, and as their number j^radu-
ally increased, we had to listen to confused accounts of
the diftieulties they had undergcme, and the misfortunes they
bad met with,

Tlie short time reniaininqf before sunset was occupied in
folli>win^ up for a bit the course of the river, and not fur
from our encampment, we came across a stream, the limpiil
water of which d?isheddown from a heiirhtof 20 feet between

full, 11. 2r» ; f MiMhf^<xiir) j'Ulbr Hmtary of Mntln',ci^'^cur. L H4 i St'o uUo
Ji^iirji. ImL ArcU, IX. 125 ; and £ Ilia' rolvueiiULU lU*scurdiea, L, XiT and

IV.. an.

En.

EXPEDITION !KTO IKTKTtlOR OF BITMATHA.

"I'anite VfnlU. TUp water dripped oeasolesslyfrora traiUiig
crnopnrs tnid from the rucks wliieh overlnm^ the catamct.
Everytliiii^' around wad damp, the ulr chill, and the silencp^
whit'li wei^died like lead upon the whole seeue, was unbroken^
Bave for the monotonous noise of the falliiij^ drops. In the
nief«ntinie some of our Lonlii< he;j:jin to cut down yonngf trees
and hrauches, and to dra<^ them to the phice wOiere we intende<l
to lonn our hivoiiae. The lopped branches formed the sup-
ports of our dwell inf^-phice, wliieh, thanks to Ibe natural
shelter we had found, wai for once quickly enough put up,
iLud in vvhicli, besides otir baf^ii^ai^e, there was apace enoug^h to
hid^n* our followers. A little distance on our left, a larg^e fire
was li^'hteil at which our cook busied himself in preparing a
meal a-'^fiu^^^al as it \vas welcome. A eecoud ihx^ was li^'hted in
front of the hut, its tall thune^ casting such fantastic shadown
around Unit we hsul no fear of beln^ disturbed by any wild
beast. After lontr marches, such as we made nearly evory
dsij of our cxpeditictn, i»ne is not much disxiosed to prolonoj
the eveniuf^ after havinj:? dined. The convei*satiou soon
begins lo ila^, and the nli^^ditest hint is snHlcienttu convince
the compauy of the advantage, nay the neeessitj, of goini^
to rest. We found this to be so, and whilst the kouU^ were*
aecordiiifif to their custom, squat tin^j; rooiid the tire engaged
in animated conversation, we were stretchinsf our wearied
limbs on our camp-beds, w^hirli tlioutfh verj^ simple, made a
nuich more comfortable bed than the bare ground. The
next morning we made haste to continue our journey, and
just allowuntr enouji^h time to cook a few haudfuls of rice,
whicli with sliip's liiseuit formed our breakfast, we were on
our %vay by halt-past (> (/clock.

Wi^ still followt^d the truck formed by the paehydemis*
which led us upwards in the nortli of the m omit a in. We
advanced very slowly, having continually to clear tlie path of
fallen trees, and twisted creepers.

We marched in front with the guides, and towards 11
o'clock Tve arrived at a hut which had previously sheltered them,
but whiidi we could not now make use of, on aceonnt of it^
distaiu-e from any water we cunld drink, and also because
our day's task was by no means done. At jibont o o'clock in
the afternoon we came to the last hut occupied by the guides,

KXPEBITIOK INTO INTtlRlOB OF StTMATftA.

rathpr more favourably situated by reason of its proximity to
water. We roiumeuced at ouct*, tkorefore, to establish our-
selves tbere, nn<1 alter we bad cleared and levelled a spa<*e of (j
metres long by 2 broail, we put up a Ion*; shed or pomlok,

1 will not weary you with a too detailed account of our
undei-tiikin^iT, Suffice to say tbat after several fruitless at-
tempts to jjusli furward, we resolved on tbe 7tli December to
leave our hniliH behind with the bag*jage, and to endeavour
ran*»eives, each escorted by two men with axes, to reaeh the
summit by different routes.

On the Sth of December, about Iialf-past twelve, I was
only about 200 metres fi*om the summit, when my guide,
stumbling over a bjose stone, fell on bis face. Turning
round, I found hira sitting on a roclc, his mouth was
bleeding and his knee and arm were bruised. At this
moment a violent peal of thunder, with at least a hundred
reverberating educes, broke over our heads. My guide
instantly began to urge a return, "' Let us go baek^ Tuan,
since we know the way. It is begmning to get dark and we
are going to have heavy niin." A second thunder-clap, as
loud as the first, sounded almost as he spoke.

'"The mountain is angry/* he continued ''do not let us
wait longer." Looking up t.<j wards the summit where a short
time before a picturesque crest of jagged rooks bad stood out
alx»ve the gravel slopes of the mountain, I could perceive
nothing but a black and threatening cloud, There waa
nothiug fur us but to return. But this was not so easy, the
stones which previously had seemed so solid, broke awny
every moment under our feet, bringing down others in their
fall.

Arriving at tbe spot where we had quitted the forest, we
resolved to fuliow up the course of the river as well as possi-
ble as far as tbe cataract just above our hut. In this we
succeeded, and at about 2 o'clock in the afternoon we reacbed
our bivouac.

On tlie sixtli day after leaving I be plain, we at last got to
the top. Tt was on my hands and feet tbat I climbed tbe last
part, and the view that then met my eyes ma^ie me start kick
with sui-prise, what I had taken for the top was but the
narrow rim of a yawning crater with precipitous sides. More

ft2

KPKBITIOX IKTO mTKBIOR OF STTMITRA.

than 1,000 metres below, water and sulphur were seething
and piving off va|?^iu^a, which filled the cavity for moments

at a lime, and then Ufied so as to reveal Ui us the whole
bottom of the abyss. This floor presented a saudy surface^
witli lakes of sulphur here and there, easily reeot^iiisable by
their yellow colour, and a number of small arteries connect*
ing them. To my riofht and left the cliifs were more elevated,
find prevented my seehi*; the surrounding eonntry^ leaving onl)'
a view of the sunnnits of mountains in the distanee. Notwitli-
standingf the gnmd gpeetaele presented by the hi^rh lan*l!i
of Padiuig, I could not, but express a feeling of disappoint-
ment at our situation, for I saw tliat it would be very difK-
cult to make our way round the lofty and ru;;,'£:ed edt^r^,
whose exterior slope, at an angle of not less than 45" was
composed of such kvosely holdiiu^ Bhingle, that a sin<jfle step
was sometimes enough to send immense stones rolling down
the precipice.

A few momenta later M. Veth rejoined me, and aft^:*r
having satisfied himself that the rocks on our right were
absolutely inaccessible, he proceeded to try and discover, more
to the floutb, a 8pi>t level enough to set up the tripod rest of
our telescope, by means of which we were to observe the
surrounding country. After a quarter of an hour s climb he
called for the instruments ; the Mandor, or head of the
hruJii^, with his men, advanced a few steps, but then sat
down, declaring that they were giddj-. Only two coolies
ventured to follow me to the spot where my companion was
waiting. Climbing over sharp rocks, we at last reach^^d a
level space of a few metres. Our observations, however, had
to be very brief, for big clouds collecting on all sides hindenMl
all exploration. To the S. E. towards the (JounoungTimj**uk
(seven mountains) we noticed a large lake shut in by sermled
peaks, forest clad. In bygone ages this mountain, hail
evidently been a gigantic volcano, sueh as the Peak of
Kurintji at the present day.

K, W, from the foot of the GounoungToujonk, the firM
rice fields of Korintji are sitoated on the banks of a consider-
able ti^rrent* These fields were thKided and shnuein the snit-
shine like polished plates of meLal. Lastly, when a big cloml
suddenly hitercepted our view, we noted the state of the

KSfsmrtOK INTO inteeioe of SrMATBA.

Imrometijr mul the tlierniometer. The first indicated 495

iiiilliun'^tros, the second 7''8. C. On the t'ollowinj^ duy wc
lauceefded in reachin^^ the highest sumniit of the moimtiiiii*

We liiid been forced to send back five coolies who had
bruken dovvTi, an J even the Chief of Dourian Taronngf liini^elf
waa obiifTfcd to leave us throui^h illness. As our provj^iona were
sensibly diminishinjjf, and we were iifraid that tlie rest of the
coolies wonld nut be able fo stand the faii^^ne and cold much
lunger, we decided to retnrn.

I must not quit this subject without making some
observations upon the character of the fanna midjhra of
thin volcano, which rises to a height of 2^VM} metres.

As far as the place where we spent the first night, tlie
forest generally resembled those we had already «o often
t Pel versed, c^mtaining a consideralde number of hirge trees
linked together by strong creepers and heavy rotht-manmu
The haU rises side by side w^ith the wantufin^ the sacred
trr^e of the Hindoos, the kouiang, the ififtittnd\ or milk-
tree, with its wliitc bark, and the wild knhau or k(tp*tk.
The undergrowtli consists of hirge-leaved banilwjos, with
knotted stenjs which interlace in every direction, of tlie
tlahun ^(tfart\ much used in Malay houiehokU, of the bidmi*
king witli its edible flowers, aud a large variety of ferns and
grasses,

Advaucing upwards, towards our second halting place,
liamlxN>s were replaced by varieties of />Ofwr, whilst along
the river banks the djttmhoH^njftr were met with, and further
on, in tin* jiuigle, mcrfntfi and other stniight-stemmcd trees.
At this elevation rattan is stiU common enongh, bnt as in the
case of the lianes, it is finer and weaker thiin in the lowlands.

Ascending hi^^^her still, the tninks of the vanons species
of the kftli^ and the ifjirfth-p/tdan(j diminish in size, and we
notice that they are twisted, knott-ed, and covered with
different kinds of moss. The rattans and climbing plant*i
become more and mfire rare, grasses take the place uf the
youai\ to he repla<;ed in turn by the thick-stemmed pakou-
ragftrn^ a species of fern which, t<igether with other volcanic
* plants, is f»mnd right u]i to the summit.

Above a height of 2^500 metres, no trees worthy of the
name are to be met with, but various kinds of flowering, or

EXPEDITION INTO INTESIOB OF SUMATRA,

swetitr-smeUinjpr J4linil»s, suck as the Idwan^^ the bark of which

has an odour oi^ onuige-flrjweiV'^, as also the Howers, the leaves,
and the fruit of the «ariknviudjari^ a number of shjirp ed^ed
f^rasses, and several graceful speeies of nepenth'*. At the
highest point, which exceeds 3,000 metreiJ, wherever a
little ve^^et^ble soil is o»lleeted in corners of the poruus iH>ck,
arc to be seen* besides the plants a I read j mentioned, the
hihifk with its yellow flowers, and th^ tjapo'ifotitiotttf^ whose
little white flowerd and pointed velvet leaves remind us of
the Edelweiss of the Alpi. I wdl not ^o into the questiati as
to whether tlie presence of tliese phinta proves the fertility uf
the soil, but it is certain that the soil of the «^a^ntle sloi>e
U) the east and to the north -east of the Peak, is singularly
rich, and perfectly suited to agricultural enterprise.

In digging the ground ffjr the foundations of our hut,
iis well as in places wliere huulslips had occurred, I ascer-
tained that the vegetable S'nl was in places more than a
metre in depth. But in order to obtain satisfactory results
from the cultivution of this district, it would first of nil l>e
necessar)^ to supplement its present scanty population
with a supply uf labourers from Hindostan, Java, or
elsewhere.

The result of our observations of animal life, after leav-
ing the foot of the monntain, may be stated in a few words.
The large animals did not show themselves, which indeed
they rarely do, for in the depths of these vast forests animal
hfe seems exinct. The tracks of the rhinoceros were only
met with up to a height of 2,000 metres, those ol the elephant
jiot beyond 1,500 metres ; wild chamois frequent the inaceeis-
sible rocks, and choose out tfiose crevices and grottos Avhich
by their projections afford thcnn cover from tlie whid and
rain. Up t<i the very top we found tracks and droppings of
this (ndiftKarpm svjwtftrn^U. With regard to insects, we
remarked at the summit, some bees, ga 1 flierf, some small
black insects under stones, and here and there a butterliy.
We ulao met with a species of brown pigeon, perliaps the Trcron
Xuitkoy imd some smallerbirds with green wings sind red bends.
Leeches were otily perceived up to a height of l,oOO metres,
while spiders, especially those of the family of Ltjcoeiilcis
do ttot go higher than y,000 metres.

CXPS0ITIOK INTO INTE&IOB OF 8ITMATB4. 55

We came dowii the mountain much more slowly than
we had gone up. Still the rat« at which we were (?oing pre-
vented us from bestowing sufficient attention on the natural
features by which we were surrounded, and on the peculiari-
ties of the mysterious forests in which the struggle for
existence is ceaselessly going on — a struggle which man is
often unable to explain.

What a delightful feeling it is to reach, at the close of
day, an open space where one can give onpself who ly orer to
the repose and comfort of a bivouac. Many of these phvcea
>\ill remain indelibly in our memories. Thus on the evening
of the 5th October, we arrived at 4Sun:rei Sapi, a most pic-
turesque sp)t. Our people were aire idy busy putting up a
shelter for us under the river bank. Th?* banks rose sheer up
lx)th sides, leaving only a clear view of the water up and down
stream. Our hut was quickly built on the stony soil of
the upper part of the river-bed, which was then dry. Soon the
tire for preparing our rep.ist was lit, whilst near at hand
resounded the axes engaged in felling the trees destined for
building our pfmdok or hut. All around is movement, not,
however, to be of long duration, for as soon as the strictly
necessary labour is over, everyone makes hinisplf as com-
fortable as possible, in order to make the most of this charm-
ing resting-place.

Let us take the trouble to more minutely examine the
groimd around us. By the path leading: to the river, and
at a short distance from i^, we notice colfee-bushes, diirians,
mangosteens, and janibn-trees. It is evident that these are
not forest treos, i>ut are the liviiijj^ remains of a village, which,
like so many others, has disappeared. Not a house whoso
iidiabitants nii^ht have told us their storv has been left
standing; nothing has snrvivel but th-^St) fiw fruit trees
which nature will rcchiim in like manner, so as to completely
wipe out every vestige of ibe p:ist.

To (»ur left, the iiv';r il')\vi slowly over a bel of stones,
and not far away is hiddcu from us by a bend.

On our ri;j:lit hand tl» j 8i*ene ih very difforpnt. The
water flows impetuously and dashes itself down from a high
rock into a deep basiu, falling in a bioad sheet with a con«
tinual roar, like an avalanche of pearls, and bringing with

fie

EXPEDITION INTO INTEEIOE OF 8UMATBA,

it an icy CErrcot of air. It would be impoHsible to imagine
a move picturesqne bib of water scenery than this natural
basin. As long as the day-Hjjfht lasted we made notes, or
arnuiffed the collections made durinjif the day.

The approach of ni|j^bt forced us to give up our
work, and we placed our chaira at ' the w^ater'a ed,
enveloping ourselves in fragrant Havana smoke. The su
daed eifects of twilight are unfortunately uuknown in these
countries. It is as though the mm were in haste tcj bide
himgelf, and in this enchanting spot the night fell suddenly
and covered aU our landscape witli its black veil.

Then almost at once we heiird tlie leader of the insect
orchestra take up his otTicej and with a diaboUe note give
the BJgnal to begin* The light of phosphorescent eock-
chaferd shine fantastically amidst the trees, bats flit like
shadows around our rpHtiug-pIaee.

The koidis, who have liglited a second iire on the other
side of the hut, are sfiuatting round it, intercepting the light,
which thus falls only on a portion of the nver and hardly
I'eaches the distorted tree-roots which a luud-slip has exposed
on the opposite side.

Our rice will soon be ready ; our old cook is giving it
his whole attention. Chid only in a puir of tnmsers, he is
sitting cross-legged and is with imperturbable gravity stir-
ring his rice with a long spoon. His whole figure is
stiff, severe, and rigid, as t'lough it were carved in
wood. Of the Msiluys seated between us and the tire, we can
only distinguish tbe outlines, whilst every feature of their
companions wlio are sitting opposite to us is vigourously
brought ttufc by tlxj red gleams, produced by the light of the
llaniilig %vood* upon their browned faces and bodies. And
while they rest themselves, smoking their cigarettes, they
listen attentively to one of their inimber who is telling the
hist^jry vf some previous excursion. Doubtless, nowhere daes
nature olfer more ,spleuilid spectacles than in these distant
fcirests. There is no monotony, on the contrary, an infinite
variety, Sometiines the surroundings inspire us with calm,
at other times we are awed by the stern force with which na-
ture works out her ends. The aspect of water rushing down-
ward from the mountains with ever increasing impetuosity,

»»BD1T10N INTO INTIBIOR SUMATRA,

tearing a way for itself through and over the most colossal
and massive rocka, is truly terrific.

And what shall we say regardinff the fine layer of earth,
which covers the rock, and which, althon^^^h often not more
than a few centimetres in depth, yet iioiirishes and gives ita
vital forces to a forest of gigantic trees, of hruahwood and
lianes infinitely varied, and wearying the imagination with
their diversity of form and coluor P

Our European forests cannot be compared with the flora
which Sumatra presents to our astonished eyes, Gis^antlG
trees strike their tenacious roots into the earth, or project
them into the air, as though nervously defending themselves
against the attacks of assailants.

In straight lim*s and fantastic curves, branches, leaves,
trunks an J roots, twist in and out disputing for nouriah-
ment; here lianea attach themselves like tightened ropes to
the trees, or else twist in spirals round a yonng tree, whilst
there, they are poised without support, cork-screw fashion.
What is the meaning of this spiral without a prop? The
victim which it formerly entwined, snccunibed to its stitling
embrace and full into dnst, leaving only the fatal knot which
had strangled it, No plant can grow without a struggle :
parasites are everywhere, on the bark, on the branches, on
the leaves. It may easily be understood how hard it is to
recognise the parent amidst this chaos ; tlie parasites cliiah
from branch to branch, until tlie last leaf disappears, and
the last twig, lx?ndiiig beneath their weight, succumbs, and
hangs like the powerless arm of a vanquished man. And all
this luxuriant verdure, striving to climb on high in order to
enjoy the sparkling sun-!ight, twists about and forms an in-
extricable network, which oidy the w\iod-knife and the axe can
unravel. The rattan winds alj^'mfc like a snake between the
most delicate stems as well as between the thickest trunks,
and rears its spiny head, like a plume, amidst the tops of the
loftiest trees.

Prom time to time a bamboo grove presents nn agreeable
change to the eye. Tlie large stems spring forth nrnjes-
tk^ally, to full afterwards in graceful cvn*ves ; sometiuies tlie
path is blocked by a fallen tree, which in its heavy fall has
dragged down a whole plantation with it, while crushing a

!tXPRDlTl03J llTWi iNTEETOn STTMATHA.

portion of the forpst oppostite. Knowing that lime with his
inevitablt^ scytht* will put all things in order, the native in
Biich a case avoi<ls the ol)3taclo, ^oea round it, an<l clears him-
self a new path wbieh rejoiiiH the old one further on.

Gloomy obsimrity and henvy silence weii^h upon these
forests, never visited hy Europt'iins, and seldom by Malays.
At midday, surrounded by native fnllowers, there should be
nothinj^ to ahinn one in Hueh a place, nevei thelees one lifts
one's head with a shudder, when the mysterious stillness is
brofeen by a falliuf^ leat\ fluttering; down and <yrazin^ the
tree -branches, or by a loosened stone rolling down a ravine.
It is the iuiiuenee exercised by this lr(»pical nature.

Thuy in a fiauiewovk of verdure, the torrent rolls down
from rock to rock n'itli foam whiter tluin snow, until, become
at last a caturaL-t, it swnys the broad leaf of tire plsaufj^ hs
easily as the lacc-Iike fern. The basin into which it is ever
ponriuf,^ its limpid water contains myriads of shining iish,
which lind nourishment in the fruit which the torrent brinvjs
down witli it. And when chance rays of suu-Ht^ht manap^e to
pieree tlie dome of veidure, then one's eyes are o^reeted with
a splendour of tints and colours, which one mu^t have seen
before one can admit that it is ijnpossible to tleseribe them.

liut other surprises are in store for iis iti these wild
loealitiea. When after marchin'^for several lunira, or rather
jumping; from stone to stone iti the l>ed of a river, one entt^rs
the forest, one is struck by llie ineredible mass of dead
leaves which one meets witlt, and which form a fertile soil
for the trees from which they have fallen. All those leaves
are covered with a mildew as glossy aij silk, dtlicate as
a spider's web, and white as snow, stan«liu*f out n*^ainst
a dark baekj^rooud, Indet*d one is afraid to make a step
lesi one Khould desii*oy in an instant tliese woiks of art of
suf'h inimitable delieac)' and elegance. In the midst of these
is enthroned the Giant of tlir Forest, the matnhoumi^^ a tree
whose tnmk is a meLre and a half in diameter, and which rears
its majestic head straight overhead at a liei^ht f>f lOOfeet.

It is natural that one sliould be sin«^ularly impressed
by this contrast, or rather by these extremes wliieh UHHi't, as
the proverb says, like the lirst and last pages ofatreatiae
on Botany placed side by side.

MPIDTTION IlfTO INTKHrOE 9UMATKA.

The tree-trtmka are covered with many species of
plants, beloiitrin^, it is tint*, to the stime family, hut varying
infinitely in their dfvrli>pinent. Here are rattans twiiiinpf
round a tree like the boa round its prey. There the nkar
himhonfoH thick as maii-s arm grows side by side witli the
roian emhoun as fine as thrt-'aJ.

As has already been remarked, few large animals arc
met with iu these regions* Sometimes one hears the shrill
note of the argus phensant. Occasionally a monkey is risible
leaping and swing^inf^ fmm one branch to another. But as
far as the smaller animals ai-e concerned, an attentive explur-
ermay observe nmeh. Amonj^st insects, we found ouiny
whose only means of defence lay in their disguise, creatures
wliieh so nuich resemble, in form and colour, tbe eartli and
the plants amon^^^st which they live as to he nus taken for them,
Tliey must have had many enemies to be obliged to assume
this disguise in order that their species may preserve its vitality.

Before endin*^ this nnrrative, I must tonch upon the
charms which night olfers amidst tlieee forests. Hardly lias
the darkness set in and the stars hetjnn to gleam through
the leafy roof thnn the forest is light-ed up by a thousand
fires which, at first stationary, seem to be resting in the tree
tops in order to afterwards take flight in graceful curves, and
at last be lost to siglit, like shooting stars.

Even the leaves, the dead twigs, the very soil itself, seeiii
to give forth a pliosphoreseeiit radiance* This formless mass
covering the earth, which but lately impeded onr march, is
now enveloped in a mysti^rious li^^ht ; we might describe
it as an enchanted garden, like those of the AmbiLin stones,
if this sijnile were not woni threadbare.

It is unfurtuiiate that tliis fairy-like scene is marred by
the music of cieadtw, whieh far from prixlucing tlie harmoni-
ous sounds which would Ijo appropriate to it ne belie nuit fantag-
iiqne^ assail onr ears with piercing cries, uttered with
demoniacal strength and a pertinacity only to le paralleled
by the bass notes in this impromptu concert which are sup-
plied by the mountain t^>n'ent*

Such are the sights that nature unfolded to us in Sumatra,
It will easily be understood that we shall not reailily forget
them. m

■? -

Further Notes on the Rainfall of Singapore.

PIYE jeara ago I had the privilege of suhmitting a few
^ Dotes on the miiifall of Singapore, which appeared in
No. 7 of this JoiimaL I now purpose to add a few more re-
niarka on this interesting study.

In the last notes above referred to, the registers of two
places only were taken into account, viz,, those of the old
criTninal Prison between Brass Bassa and Stamford Roads,
fur the rainfall in Town» and Mr. Knight's on Mount
Pleasant, Thompson Road^ for the conn try ; but in 1880, on
the removal of the Criminal Prison to ita new locality, the
former was discontinued , and later on Mr* Knight changing
his residence the latter also.

It, therefore, became necessary to take a more general
view, and a table baa been prepared of the Mean Annual Rain*
fall of Singapoi-e as observed at present at seven stations,
wbicb, through the kindness of Dr, Rowell, Principal
Civil Medical Officer, Straits Settlements, in permitting me
U) have access to the records, I now have the pleasure of
submitting, together with charts shewing the ranges of the
Mean Annual Rainfall, and Rainy Days since 1869, It will be
an easy matter to continue these charts, say at intervals
of live years, and thus arrive at some idea of the law of the
rainfall of Singa|K>re,

Mr. Skinner in his article on *' Straits Meteorology**
(No. 12 of this Joui-nal), is of opinion that it is** not too
early to endeavour to obtain some result^a from the series
of Rainfall returns*' now to liand, and has ventured to con*
nect certain outbreaks of cholera, heri-heri^ Ac, with the
rainfalL The concluding paragraphs of that article are very
hopeful and promising. The chart accompanying this
paper apparently beai^s out his anticipations tliat ** an excess
of rain may be Iwked for in the years 1884-85," for the line
is an ascending one ; but it requires the tracingM of a few
more years to get a clear knowledge of the rhythm of the
alternations of periods of lesser and greater ascents befonj

3INGiJH)HE BMNFALU

the corresponding fallmgs. For instance, the chart shows
a sudden fall in the amount of rain for 1871 ond 1872, with
a slowly in^Toajiing rise iip to 1875, followed hy a still lower
fall in 1877 (the lowest recorded), lii 187c5 there iB almost
double the rainfall of 1877, rising still higher in 1879, from
which peritwi down to 188»), the ammal niinfiill was steadily
deerea8iii*r, bnt in 188 i it ngain aseended, and may ascend
further if Mr. Skinner's conch^sions rest on a soiind basis.*
The continuous and steiidy improvements in the sani-
tary eondition of Singapore town and suburbs within the
last eight years have been so mLuked, that it would hardly
be fair to draw eoiicluiiive infer en ee^s from tlie old returns of
bealth by comparing them with those of recent dates, and
attributing any diiferences tu the rainfalL For instance,
when choiera bi(«ke out as an epidemic in 187*^ (having been
in the first instance imported from Bangkok where the
disease was raging virulently) Singapore wa:i suffering badly
from want of water, the season was unusually dry, nearly all
the wells such as they were — many being mere pits a few
feet deep with<jut any protective wall — had almcst run dry,
the brick conduit for bringing the water innn the impound-
ing reservoir was a failui'e, as the water could not lise in the
af|neduct over the canal, so that the poorer people resorted to
ih« filthy canal water when the tide had ebbed* The largest
number of cases of cholera occurred in the vicinity of that
Canal commcnrm<j from tlie Lunatic Asylum, which suffered
severely, e^tendutij to Kunipong Kapor, which was a regularl
hot-bed for d*'vek*ping, continuing and tipreading the disease,
and iermuHifintj at Eoclior, There were also some cases of
cholera from Kampong Malacca and the crowded pai'tsof the

• It h eprl.iiulv weU to wail until iro li;ive « lrir>:er Tories **f hiihu il rctiiT^is
hetnw jjcnemliain;,'^ mi anrh n iinltiT Uw \nysH]yi'\y : mvl Urn bntirli (»f the sub-
jci-l Ti*oiily tniirliiKl \\\^m now lo in vile llie nltentjin of nil who iniiy kwp or
HtUfly our MettKtrologHMl R<v.'onls. But fnnu IIil* uvidcnce nirc nJy iiwuumliited
the loi!.r drtui^ilil of lSS:i-S3, wliit li t*mU'il Uh\ August, nu\ T ui:untiiu, I'learjy
In be jinliciiJfiletl ; far it ilfwe'l tlic nolnr |M*ri«Ml a-iliiij^' frcuii tho liniit«*fl iMmffiH
(U'-fJ indit'H) ill 1S72-3, jnul the «tilifEidjnry ilrv jt^^nod, ?ihmviu;f th** full of
I IS inche** only, in J s7 0-7. All pxcei«fl of min nin\ in the ssime waiy. l>e looked
for in tin; years lSHl-5, and jitill more in 18H3-<> r but uot «o ^t^nt an e.to<^'ss,
these years merely clotiiiiK I lip siibsifji^iry periml of excew firuu 'H7'J-S0 (22?!
ini^Iie!^^. — Joomftl Ko. 13 of tliQ BtraitB Braii<;b of the EojiU Amtic Sociotyt '

SINOAPOBE EAINFALL.

town south of the Singapore river, places deficient in water
eupply, and where sanitation of any sort was never thought

Then, again, in 1875-77, outbreaks of cholera in an
-epidemic form were mainly averted by the untiring exertionB
of Messrs Batlibs and Colson who had charge of the water-
works then in course of completion. They opened up tho
conduit in several places near the Race Course, and stationed
a steam engine at the distal end of the a4:iueduct and pumped
the water across the canal, rendering the precious element
available to large numbers of people ; and, later on, by the
completion of the water-works, good wholesome water was
distributed throughout the town, which has helped to pro*
<l\ice so marked a change, that since then, cholera or chol-
eraic diarrhoea has not appeared in an epidemic form.

As regards herl-heri^ I think the Medical retnrns will
ehdw a marked falling off in the numbers treated since the
removal of prisoners to the new Jaih

There can be no question that a great many unknown
influence^ are at work on and around this globe of ours
which more or less affect the health of its inhabitants. For
some time past attention has been drawn to the wonderful
spots on the sun, and they have been the subject of study of
many observers, but the results must necessarily be slow.
That the moon also has a share in some of these influences
must be conceded, for it is well known that atmospheric
disturbances are more frequent at certain stjiges of the
moon's phases than at others, and quite recently there has
been free exx>ressi€m rpganling the influences caused or to
be caused by the perihelia of certain planets^ so that the
conclusion is still forced on us, that it is as yet premature to
calculate with any certainty on this queatiou ; yet every little
effort towarcJs helping its solution should be encouraged,
and in time the skein which now seems tangled may be
unravelled.

In connection with this line of thought it may be sug-
gested that in this, almost the wealthiest of t!ie British
Colonies, it is not too soon to provide for an observatory \in-
Mer an Astronomer and Meteorologist. The equatorial posi-
tion of Siogapore gives to the Astronomer a more interesting-

•u

BIVQJlPORE fiAISTFALL.

field for obsenrationa than can be obtained at higher or
lower latitudes. But till nnch an idea is taken up by Ihe
powers thiat be, those who liave tlie means, time and in-
clination can contribute much iuforaiatiou bydailj obser-
vations of the sun when possible, registering the sun spots,
if any, and thus aacertaiu if Uwra he any connection between
their occurrence and our rainfall ; and the Principal CiTil
Medical Officer would also help conairlerably if he could see
his way to having rain gauges and regis te!*s kept at Changi
or Siranggong ( extreme eaat ), Tan jong Karang ( west ), at
the Police stations, Bukit Tiniah E^jad 7tb mile, and Seli*
tar ; a more general average of the rainfall could thus be
ascertained* The absence of a station or stations well in
the centre of the island is a drawback, the more so as ma 03*
of the streams running into the impounding reservoir, which
snpplies the town with its drinking water, are fed by the
rains falling ou the southern aspect of Bukit Timah. There
fihould be little difficulty in teaching the Police Sergeants
in charge of the stations to keep the registex*.

J. J. L. WHEATLEY.

BmOAFORE EA^nrFALL.

all

O r^^t^.^^Of^O&^OD^OOOOO&O-twL'S

B f^ iP^ f-H f-i rH

00'

li-4

^.^^^

.11 /^ ' 1-

1 i

' 00 1
rH

: i ' M ! 1 '"^^II^-

^'^'^

' . 1 • \: • ,

^^.J^

y-"'^

<,^

^^--

ill

^ ^ « „ „ ^ ...

•

1884. Singapore.

Jaht,

Dbc.

Total.

1869

3-93 ]

1,21

20-66

90-63

180

1869

1870

18-25 S

J 25

18-13

123-24

209

1870

1871

1105 ]

11 17

12-56

109-45

195

1871

1872

2-37

.22

600

75-30

161

1872

1873

716 ]

1-20

516

85-60

166

1873

1874

3-88 :

1,20

7-56

87-05

178

1874

1875

2-91 ]

ll8

6-50

93-96

166

1875

1876

3 97 ]

ll»

10-13

89-91

163

1876

1877

2-89

, 11

8-07

58-37

119

1877

1878

13-57 ]

I: 16

9-91

103-16

170

1878

1879

19*18 i

I 15

1015

116-14

181

1879

1880

517 ]

I 21

8-56

111-08

189

1880

1881

13-35 ]

^16

13-32

9400

144

1881

1882

6-58 ]

[15

7-21

88-16

158

1882

1883

318

7-76

7014

141

1883

1884

8-81 1

1200

80-13

146

1884

10-23

92-27

167

Means

7-89 1

BCeaiiB

A GLIMPSE AT THE MANNERS AND CUSTOMS
OF THE HILL TRIBES OF NORTH FORMOSA.

In a previous number of this Journa],^ I touched lightly
on the subject of the probable origin of the Hill Tribes of
Formosa, adding at the same time a short vocabulary of a
dialect spoken by certain tribes and families occupying the
savage forest-clad mountains to the South- East and South of
the Chinese town of Banca ^jlS ^^^ quondam emporium
of foreign and native trade in the North of the island — a town
said some twenty years ago to have been composed of thirty
to forty thousand Chinese souls. Its position as a trading
centre has been somewhat interfered with of late years by the
rival town of Twatutia Jl.if3;;^ (situated only a mile or so
to the North of Banca), whose growing importance is owing
almost entirely to the establishment there of foreign mercan-
tile houses, and to the rapid development of the tea trade, of
which Twatutia is the principal mart.

It is my present object to give a description of the abori-
ginal tribes living in the hills in rear of Banca extending in
various directions towards SA-oh Bay on the East coast, and
more especially of those tribes living nearest to the western
borderland in the neighbourhood of K5t Chiu /^JP| for-
merly a Chinese border outpost, as well as of those residing
in the mountains at the back of San Ko Yeng ^ ^ ^ and
to the East also of To Ko Ham JM'^y^ extending down to
the ''Sylvian and Dodd^* ranges in the vicinity of the
" Petroleum Wells ^' discovered by myself in the spring of the
year 1865.

♦ Journal No. 9, pp. 69-84.

HILL TRIBES OF NORTH FOUMOSA.

The Hill Sarages of North Formosa are^ without doubt,
exactly like other huraau beinga in the shape of their
bodies and number of their limbsj aud altljou^h they
are as wild sts the aninirtlit which roam about tlicir country,
have no written language of their own, and live in a most pri-
mitive style, yet there arc no signs of a Darwinian tail^ neither
do they at all give you the idea that their pi*ogemtors were of
the monkey species.

The men are not remarkably tall ; in fact I should say
that few^ of them measure over five feet nine inches, and the
majority of them arc, pro!>ably, under five feet six inches.
In the South of the island, it is said, the mcu are of a
larger mould than those residing North of Latitude 24 K.

The complexion of old men of the tribes is very sallow
and often swarthy; that of yi^ung^ healthy wairiors much lighter
and rlearcrj but there is observable in the nui|urity effaces a
(lark tinge not to be .seen io the fares ol CJiinese, not quite so
dark as the complexion of mixed dei^cendants of Portuguese
settlers in Macao, but resembling more the tint to be seen in
the faces of fair-complexionetl JapanciJC. They are, if anylbing,
darker-skinned than ordinary Chinamen who have not been
' exposed to the sun : but the peculiar si rain refcrrt^d to^ does not
appear so disfinrtly in the younger members of the tribC;, or so
strong, as it docs in the complexions of those who have taken
an active part in hunting, fighting, and in the hard daily strug-
gle for existence.

The skin of the daikcst savnge of the North of the island
is not so dark as the complexions of many rcprescutativee of
Spain, southern France and Italy, nnd in higher latitudes,
many faces of Celtic type shew as dark a hue ns that observa-
ble in the fjires of the aborigines of the North, In old mem-
bers of the tribes, the colour of the skin assumes a duskier and
sallow er tint^ consfnnt on tlie frequent exposure to the sun and
tt» the weather, but with all this, there is no similarity of colour
to that visible in the faces of African negroes.

The strain of negro blood was plainly visible in the
farce of the wrecked Pcllcw Islandci-s^ but in tljc colour

I
I

HILL TRIBES OF XORTH FORMOSA. il

of the skin and in the texture of the hair of the northern
tribes there are no signs of negro extraction. Their hair is
invariably dark and lank, not curly or frizzled, their lips are not
so thick even as those of Malays^ and the high noses possessed
by many approach often the European type. With these
evidences before us, it is safe to assume that these savages have
inherited an intermediate colour not apparently traceable to
negro admixture. The diversities of colour in men, whether in
a civil. sed or wild state, have puzzled enquirers, I imagine, up
to the present day, and it is impossible to say with any cer-
tainty now, after all the speculations and theories enunciated
in books on the subject, whether our first parents were created
black or fair-skinned. The stronger reasons are in favour of the
former colour, in any case the hot rays of the sun seem to have
the effect of only tanning the skin brown, even in the tropics,
and this effect in Formosa, where, in the valleys, it is extremely
hot for more than half the year, would appear to have no here-
ditary consequence on the colour of young savages who are
launched into the world year after year. The colour of the
skin of all peoples must necessarily be a guide to descent, for
it must be inherited, of course with modifications. I have
considered it advisable to allude to this subject to prove that
the savages of North Formosa are not apparently directly
descended from the Eastern negro section of the human
family, specimens of which are to be found in the islands of
the South Pacific Ocean. It is well known that there are cer-
tain-dark curly-headed tribes in the Philippine group, and pos-
sibly similar representatives of that class of people may later
on be discovercvl in some of the numerous valleys of Formosa
amongst the tribes to the Soath of the 24th parallel, when the
whole of the country between ilount Morrison and the Sylvian
Range has been thoroughly explored. The colour of the skin of
all the Northern tribes 1 have seen appears to be of a uniform
hue, without any variety, beyond a darker or lighter complexion
observable when comparing bronzed and swarthy old men
with younger members of the tribe who have never been much
exposed to the wxathcr.

The general contour f)f the face resembles somewhat that

HILL TRIHES or NOETH FORMOSA.

of u Malay, bat the lips of the Formosan savage are not »o

thick, E either are their noses (excepting in few instances) quite
so t!at as those of the JIalajs whom 1 huve seen at Singapore
and in China. It may safely be said that there is nothing in
their physiognomy ^v!uch resembles tlie Cliinese, their tiatur
enemies, whom they imagine to he t!ie only other inhabitant
of Formosa or indeed of the worhh

On first meeting a savage of the trne type {not be«^gar
savages who are to be found on the borders aiul <»ften in Chi-
nese villageii), you notice immediately the wide differenee
between hini and the Celestial whom you have left on the
opposite side of the bordei's, not only in the ishape of his head,
but partienlarly in tlie expression of the eye, which reminds
you more than anything else of the wild and anxious gaze of a
Scotch deer*bouud. The eyes of most of the young warrioraj
are strikingly bhick and piercings they always appear to bo"
on the move, staring to their full extent and gazing with a clear
but eager look as it were at some far distant object beyond
yon. In the eye of the younger huntsmen and warrior.^, you
cannot recognise care, but the look of those in their prime
speaks of anxitms tbongbt for the morrow and is an index of the
general feeling of insecurity, whicli ninst frequently and
naturally exist amongst men who ahucst daily encounter
dangers from contact with their human etiemics, in the shape
o( neighbouring unfriendly tribes or the wily Chinese invader,
as well Its at times the wiUl animals of the forests, on the tlesb
of uhicli they are, for the must part, dependent for their sub-
sistence. The expression referred to is not one of fear, but
denotes rather a life of care and anxiety*

The head being generally sr^all and round, the face
is not particularly large or fnll. The eyes are very dark-
coloured and straight cut, not at all oblique. In these uf
good-looking young men and women, the lashes arc dark and
long, eyebrows bhuk, stnn^^ and thick, but nt*t overhanging.
In some faces they often ucaily meet nt the root of tiie nose.
They are decidedly a very distinct feature of the face, as beards*
and whiskei^ arc unknown atid a monatache is seldom
ai tempted, though I have seen certain old members of tribes

HILL TRIBES OF NORTH FORMOSA. 73

wearing a resemblance to one : as a rule all hairs appearing
on the chin or cheek are plucked out by the roots, a small pair
of tweezers being used for the purpose.

The shape of the heads of savages varies considerably,
though the majority of them appear round and rather small.
Their faces are for the most part of a Malayan type, some have
a Jewish cast, and again you observe faces whose profiles
resemble those of Europeans. I am inclined to think
that these differences in physiogyiomies are attributable
to the mixture of Malay, Philippine and Polynesian blood with
the original ancient stocks previously existing in the island.

The men of the northern tribes are in the habit of tat-
tooing the forehead and chin in horizontal lines of about
three quarters of an inch in length, and one-sixteenth part of
an inch in breadth right in the centre of the forehead from the
parting of the hair, which is always in the middle, to the root
of the nose.

On the chin, also, are similar horizontal lines, and these
are, as a rule, the only tattoo marks that are visible on the faces
of the men. On the body they tattoo slightly, but it is not very
general amongst them. The men have also a curious custom
of piercing the lobes of their ears. Each lobe has a hole
through it, large enough to receive a piece of bamboo about
the size of a Manila cheroot. They usually wear therein
hollow pieces of youDg bamboo with tufts of scarlet long-ells
sticking out of the opening at the upper end ; others insert
pieces of what appears to be white cuttle-tisli bone, about four in-
ches long, with a disc made of the same material in the outer end.
< )n the foreheads of some of the men may be seen similar flat
but round pieces of cuttle-fish bone, fixed tlierc by means of a
piece of string round the head or attached to a circlet or wreath
of embroidered camlets or native-made cloth. On their small,
tight-fitting caps, they frequently fix circular pieces of this white
cuttle-tish bone, or whatever it is. It seems to be quite a com-
mon article of barter amongst them. They use strings of small
beads made of cuttle-fish bono not only as ornaments for their
heads and necks, but as a *' circulating medium.'^ Necklaces,
earrings and trinkets of various kinds are made of it. The

eiLL TRIBES OF NORTH FORMOSA,

aborigines of the northern and central mountains are immense-
ly fond of all sorts of trinkets. Round the necks of old men
and young warriors are ser»a necklaces of wild boars' tusks and
teeth of animals. Tliey are worn often as heirlooms, but prin-
cipally m symbols of individual prowess. Tiioy often load their
necks with metal trinkets^ cuttle-fi?*h beads, &e., to whiL*h they
attach numerous little appliancos oonnected with the priming and
loading of their Tnatcfdouk**, a motley 8ort of eol lection, which ex-
cites the curiosity of the beholder, livery man who pos^iesses
a gun (pahtih) w^ears rounffhis ncckcuriuu8-looking priming-
flasks full of powder, and overhts shoulder^ or round his wai^t,
an obloug-shaped case, made of sskiu, often containing several
cylindrieal-shapod wooden receptacles full of powder He ha*i
generally about him a smiU bag contaiuiug shot and long
iron projectiles alrajst the size of the little liuij;er, which are
slipped down the muzzle of the long-barrelled matchlock on
top of the powder without any wad between. Matchlocks,
however, are not very common in the interior, and even the
border tribes are only scantily furnished with them. The ma-
jority of the men are armed witii bows aud arrows, with which
they make gootl practice at st:ttiouary objects. Bowmen wear
round their waists a deer skin strap, orarrow-bcdt» and not a initn
is without a long knife called hiitu* Another cotomon append-
age is a bag made either of hempen cloth or skin, about four
or five inches broad and nine or tea inched long, iu w^hich they
place dried tobacco leaves. Tobacco grows wild in many parU
of the country inhabited by the savages, and in Chinese terri-
tory it is cultivated to a large extent in certain districts. The
savages sinjply sun-dry it, theu rub it in thoir hands and place
it in their pipes. In this form it is very mild. Foreigners
make it into blocks by placing the leaves one above the other ;
a litlle water is tfien sprinkle:! over tliem^ sometimes a dash of
rum, the leaves are then prcBsed into a compact block, or are
compressed into a circular sliape about the size of the wrist
and tapering to a point at both ends. Tobacco made in this
form is tied round tightly together with rope^ and is a very
good substitute for what is called ship'js tobaccj. Nativc-growu
tobacco, has been often prepared in this w^ay by sailors on board

HILL TRIBKS OF NORTH FORMOSA ,

Britiiih guiilxjats visitino^ Tamsui, and haa beco much appre-
ciated by every one fond of a pipe.

Chinese cultivate the tobaceo plants and large quantities
are exported in junks to the mainland, where it is " cured "
according to Cfiinese taste, and in this form is rc-imported for
the use of Chinese only. The plant seems to thrive in Formosa
luxuriantly, and it is a wonder that no attempt has been made
here to manufacture cigars and cheroots for foreign exportation.
Judgin*; from the quality and size of the leaf, there ouf;ht to
be no difficulty in producing cigars equal to those made in
Manila.

The aborigines of tlje North one and all smoke tobacco.
Men and women invariably do so, and even younp; boys and
girls are addicted to this pleasant vice, and as the plant grows
wild and Formosa is a foverisli and aguish eountryj it is not
astonishing that smoking is Huch a common habit amongst
them, Their pipes are made of hollowed bamboo and the stem
(fdid hitliid kiH) is also made of very thin bamboo reed, being
about half a foot to a foot in length, aec'irding to the taste of
the owner. The bowls are often very tastefully and prettily
carved and are frequently ornamented with pieces of metal.
When not in use, the pipe is generally stuck iu the hair at the
back of the head by both men and women.

The clothing of these so-called savages li\ing iu the
lower hills adjoining Chinese territory is, especially in the sum-
mer months, very scant. It er>nsists cliiefly of a coat, called /«-
hts resembling very much an enlarged singlet open in the front
and as a rule without sleeves. Four straight pieces of native
hempen cloth are sewn together two to the back and two in
front, leaving room for the arms to pass through, sewn also at
llie top c.^er the shoulders, but open in front, exposing the
chest and stomach. Sometimes they are buttoned across the
chest, and sleeves are occasionally w^oru by border savages.
These coats cover the back entirely, arid reach down nearly as
far as the knees, and although they arc usually made of plain,
coarse^ bleached, hempen clotlu they are almost always em-
broidered fn^m the waist downwards, or interwoven witli either
blue or jicarlct threads of long-ell^, which they obtain from tUc

KILL TRIBES OF XCiHTU FORMOSA.

Chinese borderers.

The patterns vary very miieh, resembliug somewhat tie
carvings to be seen on their pipe stems and not unlike the tattoo
lines and bars on the faces of the women. They shew great
diversity as well as regularity of design, and if not imitations
derived from outside sources, they indicate not only originality
but ^-eat taste. In addition to the htkHH the men wear
round their waists a strip of woven hemp four ur five inches
broad, embroidered in tfie same way as the lower part of the
lukiis. This girdle or belt is called habhock, and is worn
next to the skin as a rule, but sometimes outside the coat.
The UkflH and habhock are almost the only articles of clothing
worn by the men in tlic lower ranges of hills, but on the
higher leveh many wear eoat>s with sleeves, and sometimea
clothes matle of the skins of animals.

In the summer mt)nths, one often meets men and boys roam-
ing about with absolutely no clothes on at alL Some consider
*' full dress ^^ to consist of a rattan wicker-work closely fitting
cap (mobu), others strut about all day long with only the
belt or habhovk round their waists, with the lalao stuck in it.

The blade of the laldo is about a foot and a half long and
18 always kept sharp. It is set in a haft of wood, which is
usually adorned in the same way as their pipcsi with carvings
and pieces* of metal. The blade is protected by a sheath of
wood on one side and an open wire work guard on the other.
At the end of this scabbard is often fixed part of the tail of a
Chinaman, or other enemy, who has fallen a victim in some
border war or on some head-hunting c.\pedinon. The laldo
is a most necessary article to possess, for with it they cut their
way through the jungle and thick undergrowth, with it they
give the death-blow to the game they hunt; they use it in di-
viding the animals they kill, they eat with it as sailors do
with their knives, they cut and split firewood with it, and last
of all they cut off the heads of their enemies with this most
useful implement. The blades are made by Chinese and are
obtained by the savages in barter for decr^s horns, &c. ;
often they are taken from the bodies of Chinese kilted by them

HILL TRIBES OF XORTH PORMOS V. • 77

in their numerous encounters with their would-be extermina-
tors.

On occasions the men sometimes wear tied over their right
shoulder and flowing down the back and a«;ross the chest, a
square piece of variegated cloth (worn by women as a sort
of petticoat, tied round the waist and reaching to the knees),
but this airticle of apparel is worn more by the women than
the men.

They wear another kind of coat, or rather jacket, called the
fil^hting jacket. It is made in every way like the lukutty
but in its size. Instead of extending low down the body, it
only reaches as far as the waist, and is more like a shell jacket
without sleeves than anything else. It is made of hemp, very
closely interwoven with threads of scarlet long-ells, a colour
which, amongst the northern tribes, seems to be the favourite.
Further south, towards the Sylvian Range, coats embroidered
with blue thread of loug-ells arc more the fashion. The
long-ells and camlets used by the border savages are
obtained from their neighbours, the Chinese hillmen. In
describing the dress of the savages, I am alluding at present
more especially to that worn bv men living in the hills to the
North of N. L^at. 24, and to the East of 1:21 E. Long. There
appears to be very little variety in the costumes worn in this
region, that is, in the lower ranges of hills, but at 6,000 to
8,000 feet above tho sea level, great differences in the appear-
ance of the dresses as well as in the manners and ways
of the people arc observable. A rather curious apology for
a great coat is worn in damp or rainy W(?ather, of which they
get a very full share at all times of the year, for the lofty
mountain ranges, varying from 4,000 to 12,000 feet running
nearly the wliole length of the island, olicr a great attraction
to rain clouds.

This coat is male generally of the skin of the large brown
deer, only partially cured by exposure to tho sun and wind.
The design is about as rude as anything can be, a slit of
about six inches in length is made in the hide and at the end of
the slit a circular piece of the skin is cut out, allowing just room
for the neck. The stiffness of the hide and the narrow space

78 HILL TRIBES OF NORTH FORMOSA.

allowed for the neck prevent the roat dropping off the shoul-
dera. A man with a covering of this kind can screw himself
into such a position that no part of his body is exposed, ex-
cepting his head, and on this he places his jockey-cap-shaped
rattan cap, with the peak at the back, thus securing perfect
protection from rain. A few other articles besides those named
are carried, such as hand nets, fishing gear, rope port-fires
(made of hemp or the bark of a tree), w^om round the wrists
of men armed with matchlocks, &c., but such articles will
be referred to later on.

f To he continmcL J

J. DODD.

GENEALOGY OF THE ROYAL FAMILY OF BRUNEI.

[The following translation from a native Manuscript, which
has been kindly communicated to the Society by His Excellen-
cy, W. H. Taeacher, Esquire^ Governor of British North Bor-
neo, is a supplement to Sir Hugh Low's paper published in
No. 5 of this Journal^ pp. 1-35.

Ed.]

The issue ot Marhum Tumbang di rumput were Pangeraii
di Gadong Omar^ who had many descendants, and Bandahara
BoNosUy and Sultan Kam aludin, who also had many descend-
ants ; we cannot enumerate them because there were so many
of them; many of them became slaves; ask of others their
history.

Marhum di Lubah, Sultan Kamaludin^ begat Pangeran
di Gadong Abdul and Pangeran di Gadong Tajudin^ who
both became Ministers, and Pangeran Paduka Tuan and
Pangeran Kamarindra, who were both Chatriyas,^ Pangeran
Tuah, Paugeran Neian, Pangeran Ontong, Pangeran Bada-
KUDiN, Pangeran Kadir and Pangeran Apong were all his
sons by concubines.

He also had daughters — Raja Bulan, Baja PCtri, Baja
Nuralam, Pangeran Bongsu, Pangeran Sri Banum, Pange-
ran Ratna and Pangeran Tuaii, all borne by concubines.

Sultan Muhammad Ala-eddin married Pangeran Sri Ba«
NUM, a daughter of Pangeran Bandahara Ontong, by whom
he had two children, the eldest Pangeran Muda Amir Bahar,
who refused to be made Sultan, the other Sultan Omar Aw
Saipuddin, who succeeded to the throne.

Before Sultan Muhammad Ala-eddin became Sultan, his
wife Pangeran Sri Baxum died, and he married Raja Bulan
and begat Pangeran Motalam and then he became Sultan.
Marhum di Lubah made him Sultan because he was of the
line of the Sultans.

* A particular rank or order of nobility in Brunoi, a corruption of A>A«f-
iriya (tiajxsk.), the military caste of ancient India. — £d.

eiNEALpGY OF THE ROYAL I'AMILY OP BRUNEI.

Oil the death of Sultan Muhammad Ala-eddix the throue
went hack ai^jaiii to Mariium di Liuail

Paiij^eran Tiimmonggoiig Ampati, half brother by a concu-
bine of Marhum dt BiiUNisi (Saltan Muhammad Ala-eddin)
married Raja Bur,\N,

Sultan Omar Ali Saifuddtn married Raja PriHi and be^t
Sultan Muhammad Tajldin. On Rap Petri's death Sultan
Omar Ali Saiitddin married Raja Nlfralam and has a son
Sultan Muhammad Khan y/v}. Alam. On the death of Raja
NuuALAM he married Pangeran Istri Bo.VGSitJ, widow of Pan-
^eran Pa»iaxcma Kassim, whd hore a child called Pangeran
Saliha, who wasthedauj^hterof Pauj;cran Pamanciia Kas^im.

Sultan Muhammad Khan z'ul Alam, whoso name was Pan-
geran AvAn, married Pangeran Saliha and begat Rajah Nc*
RALABfj the mother of Sultan Omar Ahi SAiYVuinn, who is now
reigTiing, and Paugerau Mi j*a Motalam, who was called Sultan
JIuH ammad Alam. On the death of Pangeran Saliua he
married Pangeran Nuralam, daughter of Pmgerun Srt Rama
and begat Pan;4'eran I^Iaimam and Pangeran Pasar.

Panjreran Maktam be;^at Pangeran Suliman and Pangeran
"Babu Patima, who became the wife of the present Pangeran
<li Gadong. When Pangeran Xukalam died Sultan Muham-
mad Khan z'ul Alam married Pangeran Sclamah, also a
daughter of Pangeran Siu Rama, and begat Siti Baxum, Pan-
geran ^luDA lf-\ssiM,t Pangeran MruA Muhammad, who is
now Pangeran Eandaliara, nud Pangeran Siti Khatijah* He
had many child ren by cone n bines.

The eldest >4on of Sultan T^Iuhammad Ala-eddin^ above re-
ferred to, named Panger;in ^Jnda Amih Bauar^ begat Pange-
ran Nasiuudin, who was styled Pangeran Maharaja Dinda,
and who begat Pangeran Muda Anak Baiiah* who l^vame tlie
son-in-law of Soltan Muhammad Khan z'ul Alam and begat
Pangeran I^^tri Nuiialam, Pangeran Anak Beaar Muh\mm\i>
Saman, Pangeran Anak Tengah Lsmail, Pangeran Anak Da-
mit Omar Alli aud Pangeran Istru Thin latter became the
wife of the Siiltan Omar Ajj Saifuddin, now on the throne,

W, H. TREACHER,

f Panqoran MuDA HAesm nmrricd the niece of the Ute Sultan MfMiuir
ATid had ihitfii rlaughters and two sans. Oqc of the lut Icr wuh callvtl PaCj^mti
Muda OlkQchu Besar and t^ other Pangeran Muda Chuchu Damit.

FRENCH LAND DECREE IN CAMBODIA.

The different systems adopted in raising a revenue from
land and providing for alienation, inheritance, &c. in certain
Asiatic countries brought under European rule were briefly
reviewed in this Journal in a paper which appeared in No. 13.*
Descriptions of the native tenure and revenue system as they
existed in Cambodia up to 1884 were there cited. t With the
progress of events, it is now in our power to note the latest
effort of European administrators in Asia to deal with the
problem of harmonising native customs, as to this department
of government, with civilised notions of freedom and justice.

The Convention concluded between France and Cambodia
last year provides for much more direct interference by the
French in the administration of the latter country than existed
under the Protectorate during the previous twenty years. The
alleged necessity for this is thus stated by a writer in Hxcursions
et Reconnaissances, VIII, 206 (November and December,
1885) :—

" It was necessary that France, the protecting power,
should at last intervene. Without wishing to interfere un-
reasonably in the administration of the country, it was necessary
that the revenue realised by the land-tax, ceasing to be devo-
ted to the augmentation of the personal wealth of the King
or privileged mandarins, should be the source of productive
expenditure ; it was necessary that the peasant should become
owner of his land, and the slave master of his person ; that
justice should be regularly administered, and that, placed at
first within the reach of all by the creation of minor courts, it
should be secured by the existence of superior tribunals. It
was necessary beyond everything that the execution of these
reforms should not be evaded, as so many promises have been
during the last twenty years, by the ill-will of mandarins

♦ 2'he Imw and Customs iff the Malays xcUh reference to the Tenure of
Land, Journal, Straits Branch, Royal Asiatic Society, No. 13, p. 75.
+ p.p. UXJ and 130.

FRENCH LAND DBCftKE IN CiMBODlA.

interested in maintaining the existing state of affairs/'

'^The peru^ial of the decrees which follow w^ill ehew
better than any commentary how it has been decided to solve
all these difficuHies. The tux in liind has been abolished and
the right of private property in laud created. The eight pi*o-
viuces formed out of the hfty-seven old ones are placed several-
ly under the superintendence of a French Resident ; a eivil
list is assigned U) the King, while t!ie headmen of provinees
and the judges receive salaries which justily the exaction
from them of integrity and industry. Finally, at the Court
of the King, France is represented by a Resident-General
who, instead of bcin^» as in the past, an almost powerles^s
spectator of Cambodian decline, will have a firm hand over all
branches of the administration.^*

The decrees here alluded to include one relating to the poll*
tieal and administrative organisation of Cambodia, one provi-
ding for the judicit^l organisation, one abolishing slavery, one
creating private property in land, and one abolishing tax in
kind levied on paddy. All of these are of interest to English-
men, to whom no experiment in colonisation and in the govern-
meut of subject races can be a matter of indifference. But
only the two last, as bearing upon hmd'tcuurc^ and laud-
revenue, and tlicrefore related to the subject of the paper
already mentioned, are here translated. Whether the political
condition of the country will admit of their peacefnl intro-
duction remains yet to be seen."^

W. E. MAXWELL.

• " The kiit mail from Indti-China brings also some particulurs as to
the aituatioa in Cumlxjdia. This couBtry is far frum being pacified ; if it h
true tiiat our s*>ldiers havt- hcen % irtoiiuus in all c^ui^iig-emintf^ and that they
havt' iaJlicted enomnoM?* lossei^ cm the insurt^ents, it \<> ixmxv the Iohs true that
the whole rounliy is diiiorfj^mised, thai amtrthy rtif^us there, atitl that secu-
rity is wanting. What is tnont painful to ua to notice is that tlu.sc tidini,^
only reach us tbroiiyh the pe^t, tiiat in the seven monUu* dviriiij^' which th*?
m«iirrec'tion has now Ltslcd the Governor of <'oe!iin-China has jy;iven no
details, except when they have been foreed from him^ and that it is only
now that we are bef^innLng to Ivnni tl»va8 necessary nut to pve the tnoveini>nt moi*e importunee
than it deserved, hut it is, to say the least of it, f^lnuicce that we should not
have been informi"d, until a month aUer the event, that Pnom* Penh » the
ratiital of C'ambodiii, hiid bctn attacked,*' — Aftimhit de VExttittw Ontftt^
JuJy, 1885, p, 27.

FRENCH LAND DECREE IN CAMBODIA. 83

ORDER RELATIVE TO THE CREATION OP PRO-
PRIETORSniP IN LAND IN CAMBODIA.

Part I. — Of the creation of property in land.

Part II. — Division of tub State-domain.

Part III. — Of the administratioxofthe State-domain.

Part IV. — Of occupiers.

Part V. — Op alienation.

Part VI. — Of registration of proprietorship.

Part VII. — Of dispossession.

General provisions.

Part I.
Of the Creation of Property in Land.

1. The territory of Cambodia, up to this day the exclu-
sive property of the Crown, is declared to be the property of
the State.

2. All persons holding lands by virtue of documents
indicating a temporary hiring or alienation will be required to
deposit the same, during the six months next following after
the publication oL* this order, in the hands of the Resident of
the Province, who will grant receipts for them.

After having been verified by the Resident-General, these
documents will, if their validity is established, be counter-
signed and returned to the parties interested.

3. In default of compliance, within the period specified,
with the requirements of the preceding section, land-holders
will forfeit all rights.

Part II.

Dirision of the Statc-dotnain,

1. The State-domain includes,

lands assigned as an endowment to the Crown ;

fKBSCE LAND DECREK IK CiiMBODtA.

lands employed for public purposes (le domaine
pffhiicj ;

reserved lands fie dmnaine de reserve) ;

aii enable lands fie domaine alienable).
In the eudowment of the Crown is included all the im-^
moveable property placed at the disposal of His Majesty the
King of Cambodia, with power to hiui to collect the revenues
thereof and to dispose of them ut \m pleusurej i5 abject to the
reservations contained in this order.

In the public domain are included — roads, highways, rail-
way lines and their appurtenances ; streams navigable for vcs*
aels or rafts, as well us their banks or shores to a breadth of
eight nieircs beyond the ordinary level of high water; all the
ways of communication in general ; buildings, lands and pre-
mises appropriated to a public purpose.

5. The Crown endow^raeut and the public domain are
ioalieoable ; the immoveable property composing them can
neither be pledged or mortgaged*

6. The reserved tracts include such iranioveable property
as the government decides to withhold fi-om immediate alte-
iiaticm and to reserve tor the wants of the future, although
they form a poitiou neither uf the Crown endowment nor of
the public domain.

Such immoveable property is inalienable as long as it
continue to be classed under this category; it may^ however,
be pledged or mortgaged,

7. The alienublc tracts comprise all lands, the alienation
of which is authorised as occasion arises. They may be clas-
sified, in each comnnnie, in ditlercnt classes, which will only be
disposed of successively, so that lands of the second cluss will
only be alienated after those of the firet have been exhausted^
those of the tliird class alter the complete alienation of the
second, and s:) on.

8. Land revenue of all kinds, and the rents derived from
the immoveable property of the State-domain, witii the excep-
tion of the trown endowment, goto the credit of the iStute
budget, Mhich bcnctits similarly by the sums realised by the
sale of alienable lands.

FKENCH LAND DECR15E IN CAMBODIA 85

9. The classification of the lands of the State-domain
into—

the Crown endowment,

the public domain,

the reserved portion, and

the alienable portion,
will' be carried out, and may be modified from time to time by
an order of the Resident-General, confirmed by the Governor
of Cochin-China, after consultation with the Council of the
Government of Cambodia.

Tlie division, according to communes, and the classifica-
tion of the alienable tracts will be cfiected by the provincial
Residents, after consultation with the native authorities, and
sanctioned by the Resident-General.

Part III.

Of the Administration of the State'domain.

10. The State-domain is administered, under the high
authority of the King and of the Governor of Cochin-China,
by the French Resident-General, represented in the provinces
by the Residents.

The Resident-General executes, either in person or by
those to whom he has delegated authority, all the instruments
whicli aflect tlie State-domain ; purchases, sales, concessions,
contracts, exchanges, leases and agreements, and represents it
in Couits of law.

Paut IV.

Of Occupiers,

11. Exceptional advantages will be oflTered to occupiers
of the soil.

Those who have established themselves upon lands form-
ing part of the alienable domain will be admitted, in prefer-
ence to all other persons, either to become the owners of such
lands on a gratuitous title, or else to acquire them by private
contracts in consideration of a payment calculated on the

FRENCH LKSD DECRKE IN CAMBODIA.

intrinsic value of the soil indepemlent of any added value
resulting fmm improvements made by siicli occupiers.

12. Those wlio have established themselves ou lands ap-
propriated to the public domain or the rcsierved tracts will have
to quit them witiiiu a period to be fixed by the Resident of
the province ; but the? will receive, free of cost, if they desire
it, a concession of land sufficient to indemnify them fur any
losses resulting from compulsory removal.

When the lands in respect of which such evacuation is to
be effected are occupied by standing crops^ the period afore-
said can only comnienee from the day of their removal.

13, Every pei'son who s!ia!l occupy in the future, with*
out the license of a competent uuthority, a piece of hind lie-
longing to the State, shall he liable to a tine of four times the
letable value of the land occupied.

Part V.

Of Alienation.

1 k The land of the State may be alienated by means of
free gift fconrctisfoa t/ntinitc)^ of sale by private contract, and
of sale by public auction,

15. Free concession of fifty hpctares* and under^ in the
country, or of one thcusaiid square m tires and under in centres
of population, may be granted by the provincial Residents,
after consultation with the nativt? authorities ; but they will
not tjikeetfect until after approval by the llesident-GeneraL

IG. Concessions of greater extent may be made by the
Resident-GenernL When they exceed three hundred liecJares,
in the case of country lands, or three tliousand f^quare
metrea in the case of populous centres, they must, in addition,
be ratitied by thedovcrnnr of Coebin-ChiLia, after consultation
w*ith the Council of the Government of Cambodia.

17. Sales by private contract of land of a value of two
hundred dollars and under may be concluded by the proviu*
cial Residents and confirmed by the Kesidcut-General ; above
two hundred dollars, tliey may be concluded by the Resident-

• One hertare^^tvio acroi* one rood ihirty-rtve jierchefu

FRBNCH LAND DBCBBE IN CAMBODIA. 87

General ; when they exceed two thousand dollars, they must,
in addition, be submitted for the approval of the Gx)yemor of
Cochin-Chma, the Council of the uovemment of Cambodia
being consulted.

18. The putting up of land for sale by public auction
must, iu every case^ be authorised^ as a preliminary measure,
by the Resident-General, who has subsequently to confirm the
report of the sale. This report must, in addition, receive the
approval of the Governor of Cochin-China, in consultation
with the Council of Government of Cambodia, if the price
realised at the auction exceeds two thousand dollars.

19. In case the confirmation of the Besident-General, or
the approval of the Governor, is refused^ the alienations men-
tioned in sections 16, 17 and 18 will be rendered void and will
be of no eflect.

20. The draft of the instrument of free concession or of
private contract is shewn on the counterfoil of the register of
alienations kept at the Residency of the Province in which the
land is situated : a duplicate is made out on the detachable
part of the same register and an extract thereof upon the butt
attached to the latter. These three documents are signed by
the provincial Resident and by the purchaser or concessionaire,
or by two witnesses if the latter be illiterate. The detachable
copy and its butt arc then torn off* and despatched to the Re-
sident-General, who will transmit them, if necessary, to the
Governor.

After all the prescribed formalities have been performed,
the butt is detached from the duplicate and kept at the Chief
Residency (la Residence Gevi' rale) while this latter is made
over to the party interested to serve as his document of title.

21. The approval of the Governor of Cochin-China may
be given in a general way, by a resolution mentioning the
various instruments, to several alienations.

22. Sections 8, 9, 10, 11, 13, 14, 15 (the three first
paragraphs only) , 1(5, 17, 18 and 19 oftlie resolution of the 22nd
August, 1882, relating to the alienations of publicland in Cochin-
China, shall be applicable to sales by auction of public lands in
Cambodia. The Hesidcnt-General is to perform the functions
which in Cochin-China devolve on the Director of the Interior.

FKBNCH LAND DECREE IN CAMBOBIA.

23. The instrument of alienation may contuin a stipula-
tion exempting the land from taxation, either wholly or par-
tialljj for a period which shall in no case exceed four years.

The purc4ia6e money will be payable either in cash at the
time of delivery of title, or by annual payments calculated in
such a manner that the purchaser will hud himself entirely
free within a maximum period of ten years.

24. The cost of taking possession must be defrayed
entirely by the purchasers and concessionaires.

25. Instruments by which the alienation of State lands
is effected are exempt from all fees for registration or other-
wisCj with the exception of a fixed charge of 20 cents fur
delivery of title^ winch will be levied at the time of reg^istra-
tion in the rcf^ister of alienations, on which a minute of sales
by auction will be entered.

26. The alienation of State lands takes final effect~iQ
the case of free concessions^ by the discharge, for four conse-
cutive years, of the land-tax ; or, in the case of alienatious
bui-dened with a payment, by the entire payment of the pur-
chase-money.

27. The Resident-General can always direct the revoca-
tion of alienations which hnve not taken final effect^ either for
non-compliance with the clauses of the contract, or for insuf-
ficient or bad cultivation.

The eviction of the purchaser or eoneessionaire is pro-
nounced, after a preliminary suit, by the authority who ordered
the alienation, subject to the confirmation or approval of the
superior authorities whose concurrence is necessary as laid
down in sections 15^ 16, 17, 18 and 19.

28. No demise of State lands for farming can take place
if it has not been previously authorised by the Resident-Gene-
ral; such demise will then be concluded by the provincial
Resident, entered on the register of leases specially kept for
that purpose (which vfill be kept in the way indicated in sec-
tion 20 as to the register of ahenation), and confirmed by the
Resident-General in the same w^ay as sales by private contract
where the purchase money is less than two hundred dollars,
before the detached duplicate is issued to the lessee. This lat-
ter can in no case Ijc exempted from pn}Tnent of the land-tax.

FRENCH LAND DECREE IN CAMRODIA. 8i>

20. Leases of land belonj^iug to the State will be charge-
able with a fee of twenty cents on delivery of title. This ft>e
will be levied at the time of the entry on the register of leases.

30. Christian institutions, pagodas, mosques and other
religious establLsliinents, will be permitted to keep in full pro-
perty the lands occupied by them on the 17th June, 18iS4, the
day of the signature of the Pnom-Penh Convention, that is to
say, temple-grounds, cemeteries, schools, and priests^ houses,
with their gardens ami out-houses.

Part VI.

Of R(*(jistrafion of Lands.

31. During the six montJis next following after the
publication cf this order, there will be opened, for each cojtnnune,
or, if necessary, for each section of a ro/;/w//?/e, quarter, or ham-
let, a register of the lands comprised in it, the form of which
will be decided upon hereafter.

These registers will be kept in French by the provincial
Residents.

32. All mutations of immoveable property must, under
pain of nullity, be certified to the headmen of cantons, who
will receive the instrument ])y virtue of which the nnitation is
effected, will give a receipt for it, and will forward it without
delay, through the successive grades of headmen fpar la
voir hirrarrJihiue), to the i)rovincial llcsid(;nt f(jr entrj' on the
register of lands of his Kesidf^ncy.

Tiie ctirtificate of the j)artics interested is verified by a
statement sign«d by the liC^idcnt and written upon the ins-
trument of transfer.

No mutation of title can be effected by a verbal contract.

33. The registers of lands will be commenced afresh
every ?i\Q years.

Pabt VII.

Of DiffpossesHtan.

34. No one shall heuceforth be obliged to BorreDder his

FKENIH LAND DBCREE IN CAMBODIA*

property except in the case of its being required for public
purposefi^ and in consideration of fair compensation previoualy
paid,

3o. Lands in respect of wbit;h dispossession is effected
on account of tlicir being required for public purpose8j will be-
I'ome part of the State-domain and be class i lied under the
Jiead of /<? domains puhiic*

36. U^'henevcr there shall be occasion for disposscaisioUj
the nature of the public purposes for which the land is required
shall be previously declared by an order of the Resident-(.Tene-
ral, Tbis order will describe tlie lands to bo appropriated ,
will declare their appropriation, will state, if necessary, any
reasons for urgency in fixing the date from which possession
will be taken, and will appoint the non-official members of the
Cojnniittee mentioned in the following section.

^7, Witljin (at the latest) the three months next follow-
ing the order of the Heiiidcnt-Gcueral, a Committee consisting
of—

1, the Provincial llcsidcntj or his deputy, Pre.«ident ;

2, the Headman of the arrondissement nnd the Head-
man of the rantoHj within which the land appro-
priated is sitaated ;

3, the two non-official members appointed by the
order prescribed in s, 36;

shall proceed to the spot, inspect the land appropriated, listen
to the claims of the owners and other persons interested (notice
having been given to them at least eight days previously) and
fix the aujount of the compensation.

The Committee will draw up a Report of its proceedings
and forward it without delay to the Itesident-General, who
will pay, within three months from the date of such report,
the sums thereby awarded.

38. Exi'cpt in cases of urgency, possession shall never be
taken until the compensation has been paid.

The tuking of possession must never be delayed longer
than the montli following bucli payment.

If urgency has been formally declared to exist, posses-
sion will be taken on the date fixed in the order of the Hesi-
dent-Generah

FRENCH LAND DECREE IN CAMBODIA. 91

In either case^ the fact t)f possession having been taken
most be recorded in a report by the Provincial I&ident.

39. Evei^ act of dispossession which shall not be in oon-
formity with the preceding regulations is hereby declared to
be void and of no effect, provided that this shail in no way
affect any liability, civil or criminal, which may have been
incurred by those officers who may have ordered, prosecuted,
carried out, or in any manner taken part in the same.

General Procedure.

40. Any matter not provided for in the present B^ula*
tion shall, on the motion of the Resident-General^ be deter-
mined by the Governor of Cochin-China, the Council of the
Government of Cambodia being consulted.

41. The Resident-General is charged with the carrying
out of the present order, which shall be enrolled wherever need-
ful, and inserted in the Journal Officiel de la Cochin-Chine
Frangaise and in the Bulletin Officiel du Catnhodge.

Given at Pnom-Penh, the 28th October, 1884.

CHARLES THOMSON,
Goveryior of Cochin-China.
(Seal of the first Minister).

Obder abolishing the Tax on Paddy.

1. The tax upon paddy levied by the Oknhaluong is, and
shall remain^ abolished.

2. The foregoing decision shall apply to the harvest, now
in progress, for 1884.

3. Paddy intended for the manufacture of spirits shall
continue to be charged with a duty of ten per cent.

93 FRENCH LAND DECREE IX CAMBODIA.

i}. The representative, for the time being, of the Protec-
torate is charged with the enforcement of this decree.

Given at Pnom-Pcnh, the 18th November, 1884.

CHARLES THOMSON,

Governor.

(Seal of the first Minister) .

By order of the Governor,

J. FOURfiS,

liepresentatke f provisional J of the Protectorate.

MALAY UN6UA6E AND LITERATURE.

The Malay language is a member of the Malayan section of
the Malayo-Polynesian class of languages, but it is by no
means a representative type of the section which has taken its
name from it. The area over which it is spoken comprises the
peninsula of Malacca with the adjacent islands (the Rhio-
Lingga Archipelago), the greater part of the coast districts of
Sumatra and Borneo, the seaports of Java, the Sunda and
Banda Islands. It is the general medium of communication
throughout the archipelago from Sumatra to the Philippine Is-
lands, and it was so upwards of three hundred and fifty years
ago when the Portuguese first appeared in those parts.

There are no Malay manuscripts extant, no monumental re-
cords with inscriptions in Malay, dating from before the
spreading of Islam in the archipelago, about the end of the 13th
century. By some it has been argued from this fact that the
Malays possessed no kind of writing prior to the introduction
of the Arabic alphabet (W. Robinson, J. J. de Hollander) ;
whereas others have maintained, with greater show of probabi-
lity, that the Malays were in possession of an ancient alphabet,
and that it was the same as the Kcchang (Marsden, Friederich),
as the Kawi (Van der Tuuk), or most like the Lampong
(Kern), — all of which alphabets, with the Battak, Bugi, and
Macassar, are ultimately traceable to the ancient Gambojan
characters. With the Mohammedan conquest the Perso-Arabic
alphabet was introduced among the Malays ; it has continued
ever since to be in use for literary, religious, and business pur-
poses. Where Javanese is the principal language, Malay is
sometimes found written with Javanese characters ; and in I*a-
lembang, in the Menangkabo country of Middle Sumatra, the
Rechang or Renchong characters are in general use, so called
from the sharp and pointed knife with which they are cut on
the smooth side of bamboo staves. It is only since the Dutch
have established their supremacy in the archipelago that he

MALAY LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE.

Eomau clmracter lina come to be largely used in writing and
printing Malay* This ia also the case in the Straits Settle-
ments.^

By the simiiUcity of its phonetic elements, the regularity of
its graDimjiticul structure, and the copiousness of its imutiral
vocabulary^ the Malay larigua^^e is singularly well-fitted to be
tlie ihi(/tfa franca throughout tlie hulian archipelago. It
possesses the tive vowels, a* i\ n^ c, o^ both short and long, and
one pure diphthong an. Its consonants are k^ fj, ng, ch^J, ^n
t, r/, «,;>, //, m, If, r, /, ^r, s, h. Long vowels can only occur in
open syllables. The only possible consonantal nexus in pure-
ly Malay words is that of a na^al and mute, a liquid and mute
and vice versa* and a liquid and nasal Final k and h are all
but suppressed in the utteraDce, Purely Arabic letters are
only used in Arabic words, u great number of which have been
received into the Malay vocabulary. But the Arabic chara<^-
ter is even less suited to Malay than to the other Eastera
languages on which it has been foisted, As the shoii; vowels
an? nut marked, one would, in seeing, e, //., the word bntng^
think first of hintaifij^ a star ; but the word mii^djt also mean a
laro;e sear, to tlir<»w down, to spread, rigid, mutilated, euceiute,
a kind of cucumber, a redoubt, according' as it is pronounced
hantang, bantinff^ benttaiffj buniiufg, huntung, buntinfj, bonteiig^
benteftg*

Malay is essentially, with few exceptions, a dissyllabic lan-
guage, and the syllabic accent rests on the penultimate unless
that syllabic is npen and short ; r, //., datiing, namana, bt'sur^
diumpalkaofiaiah. Nothing in the form of a root word indi-
cates tlie grammatical category to which it belongs : thus^
kiii^i/t, kindness, affectionate^ to love; gfintt, ik proxy, to ex-
change, instead of. It is only in derivative words that this
vagueness is avoided. Derivation is effected by infixes, pre-
fixes, affixes, and reduplication. Infixes occur more rarely in
Malay than in the cognate tongues. Examples arc — guruh^
a r u m b 1 i n g noise, gu m ff rn h , t o m akc sii ch a no isc ; t u ir/u k ♦ to
point, telnnjuk, the forefinger; ckHclmk^ to pierce, cheruckuk.

No, The Roman cliAr.'ickr has nofc yet been adopted in the fHnuU
BottlvmoriiM, cither in lUc GovernmoDl Vtrimcular ScUuoIk, or hy the Native

E0.

MALAY LANGUAGE AND LITERATURfT. 9o

a stockade. The import of the prefixes — m^ (meng, meS,
men, mem), pe (peng, pen, pen, pem), ber, (bel), per, pel, ka,
di, ter, — and affixes — an, kan, i, lah — will best appear from
the following examples : root word djary to teach, to learn ;
mtngdjary to instruct (expresses an action) ; beldjar, to study
(state or condition) ; mencjdjari, to instruct (some one, trans.) ;
menydjnrkan, to instruct (in something, causative) ;/>i"//^a/*ar, the
instructor \peldjarj the learner ; pengajdran, the lesson taught,
also the scho:)l ;pc'la/dran, the lesson learnt; didjar, to be learnt
/rra/ar, learnt; tevajdrkan,iVL\\^\\i; /dVryyjrj, instructed ; [/?iV-
dja; (from r/7/fl, prince), to recognize as prince; perajdkan, to
crown as prince ; karajdan, royalty] ; d/arkanlah, teach ! Ex-
amples of reduplicatiou are — djar-d/tir, a sainted person ; ajar'
berdjar, (or beldjar) y to be learning and teaching by turns ;
similarly there are forms like djar-m^ngdjary hin^djar-ajdran^
djar-ajdriy mcmperdjary mlnnpcrdjarkan, memperajdriy terhel-
djarkan, pcrbeldjarkany &c. Altogether there are upwards of
a hundred possible derivative forms, in the idiomatic use of
which the Malays exhibit much skill. See especially II. von Dk-
WALL, De cormveranderinjon der MaUlsche /aa/, Batavia, ISGt;
and J. PiJNAPPEL, Mahisch'HollandHch JFoordenhoek, Amster-
dam, 1875, ''Inleiding." lu every other respect the language
is characterized by great simplicity and iudefiniteness. There
is no inflexion to distinguish number, gender, or case. Num-
ber is never indicated when the sense is obvious or can be
gathered from the context ; otherwise plurality is expressed by
adjectives such as siiffdla, all, Tiudhdnaky many, more rarely by
the repetition of the uoim, and the indeiioite singular by sa or
fidiu, one, with a class-word, (ieudcr may, if neeessarv, be dis-
tinguished by the words laki-Idki, male, and perampuan, fe-
male, in the case of persons, and o{ Junta n and betina in the case
of animals. The genitive case is generally indicated by the
position of the word aft^^r its governing noun. Also adjectives
and demonstrative pronouns have their places after the noun.
Comparison is effected by the use of particles. Instead of the
personal pronouns, both in their full and abbreviated forms,
conventional nouns are in frequent use to indicate tlio social
position or relation of the respective interlocutors, as, e, g,j
hamha tuan, the master's slave, i. e., I. These nouns vary ac-
cording to the different localities. Another peculiarity of

MALAY LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE.

Malay (and likewise of Chinese, Shan^ Talaing, Burmese, and

Siamese) is the use of certain class-words or coefficients with
numerals, suc^h as oratif; (man), wlien speaking of persons, ekor
(tail) of animals, keping (piece) of flat thiu;^??, hlji (seed) of
roundish things ; e, g.^ lima biji telot% five eggs* The number
of theso class- words is considerahlc, Malay verbs have neither
person or number nor mood or tense, The last two are some-
times indicated by particles or auxiliary verbs; but these are
generally dispensed with if the meaning is sufficiently plaia
without them. The Midiiys avoid the buildini^ up of long sen-
tences. The two main rules by which the order of the words in a
sentence is regulated are — subject, verb, object: and qualify-
ing words follow those which they qualify. This is quite the
reverse of what is the rule in Burmese.

The history of rlie Malays amply accounts for the number
and variety of foreitjn iiigredieuts in their lnngua[;e* Hindus
appear to hmrc settled in Sumatra and Java as early m tlie ith
century of our era, and to have continued to CKercise sway
over the native populations for many centuries, Theso receiv-
ed from them into their language a very large number of Sans-
krit terras from which we can infer the nature of the civiliz-
ing indiicnce imparted by tlie Hindu rulers. Not only ia words
concerning commerce and ai^riculture, but also in ternis con-
nected with soctul, religious, aud administrative matters^ that
influence is traceable in Malay. See W. E. Maxwkll, Mtutimi
of the Mnlny Lanijnatje^ 1KH2, pp. 5-3 1> where tliis subject is
treated more fully than by previous writers. This San^^krit
element forms such an integral part of the Jlalay vocabuhiry
that in spite of the subsequent infusion of Arabic and Persian
words adopted in the u.sual course nf Mohammedan conquest
it has niained its ancient citizenship in the language. The
number of Portusfuese, English, Dtitch, and Chinese words in
3Ialay is not i^onsidcrahle ; their presence is easily accounted
for by j)o!iliual or commercial contact.

Tlic Malay language abounds in idiomatic exprcssiim?,
which constitute the chief difficulty in its acquisition. It is
sparing in the use of personal pronouns, and prefers imperson-
al and elliptical rlietion. As it is ri.'h in !*pecilic expressions
for the various aspects of certain ideas, it is requisite to em-
ploy always the most appropriate term suited to the particular

MALAY LANOUAOB AND XITEKATU^B. 97

aspect. In Maxwkll's Manual^ pp. 120 8q,^uo less than six-
teen terms are given to express the different kinds of striking,
as many for the diffi}rent kinds of speaking, eighteen for the
various modes of carrving, &c. Au unnecessary distinction
has been made between ^gh Malay and Loic Malay. The
latter is no separate dialect at all, but a mere brogue or jargon,
the medium of intercourse between illiterate natives and Euro-
peans too indolent to apply themselves to the acquisition of
the language of the people ; its vocabulary is made up of Malay
words, with a conventional admixture of words from other
languages ; and it varies, not only in different localities, but
also in proportion to the individual speaker's acquaintance
with Malay proper. The use is different as regards the term
Jdwi as applied to the Malay language. This has its origin
in the names Great Java and Lesser Java, by which the me-
diaeval Java and Sumatra were cnlled, and it accordingly
means the language spoken along the coasts of the two great
islands.

Malay is probably spoken with greatest purity in the Rhio-
Lingga Archipelago and in the independent states of Perak
and Kedah, on the western coast of the peninsula of Malacca.
In other states of the peninsula (Johor, Tringganu, Eelantan)
dialectical divergencies both as to pronunciation and tne use
i»{ words have been noted. The most important and the most
interesting of all the Malay dialects is that of Menangkabo
(Menangkarbau) in the residency of Padnng and in Upper
Jambi, in Central Sumatra. It abounds in diphthongs, and
prefers vocalic to consonantal terminations, thus changing fi-
nal al and ar into a% il and ir into iye^ ?// and i/r into uwe^ as'
and at into e', us into wri ; final a mostly passes into 3, so that
for siiddrn an»] Hitddfjar they say Hudero, sudego ; the emphatic
'lah is turned into -malah or malah hd : the prefixes ber, per^
ier are changed into hd, pa, td, or bard, pdrd, tdrd. Amcmg
other changes in pronunciation may be noted urany for orany,
mtinyko for makay lai for Idgi ; they use nan for yang, naf for
hendak, deh for o!eh, ba* for bdgai, pai tor peryi, ko' iorjikalau,
&c. In Some districts of Menangkabo (Palerabang, Lebong)
the Renchong character is in general use in writing this dia-
lect, for which purpose it is far better suited than the Arabic.
As early as 1822 a small tract on the customs and traditions

MALAY LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE.

of Moko-Mokoj in tliis dialect, was printed with a translation
at Bencoolen. But it is oylv in recent years that the Dutch
have commenced to pay the dialect the attention it deserves,
by publisldng texts^ with transliteration uud translations and
snpplying other materials for its iuvcstigalion. See tho
Trmismtions and Journal of the Asiatic Societies of Batavia
and the Hague the Imiiachv Gids^ and more especially the
philological portion^ by A. L, van ITassklt, of Midden- Sit mat ra^
ill. 1 (Leydeu, 188'))^ where also the best and fullest account
of tlie Rciichong character is to be found. Of either Malay dia-
lects in Sumatra, only the one sp:)ken at Achih (Achin)
descrvcis mention : in Java the Batavian dialect shows the most
marked peculiarities. The numerous and «;Teatly div^ergent
dialects spoken in the Molucca Islands (vahiabie information
on which lias been supplied by F. 8. A, i>e Clekcq, G. W, \V.
C. VAN HoEVELLj aud A. van Ekius) and in Timor diilcr so
matenally from the Mahay of the peninsula of the Mcnangka-
bo that they cannot be calted Malay dialects at all ; whereas
tlie Malay spoken in some parts of the Minahassa (Celebes)
scarcely differs from Malay proper.

There is no grammar of Malay by a native writer with the
sole exception of a small tract of 70 pages, entitled Bustduu
'IkuiifiJn, by Raja Ali IIajji of Rbio, which was lithographed
•in the island of Penengal in 1857. A. I^ioafetta, whoaccom-
pained Mackllan in his first voyage round the globe, was the
first European whose vocaVjulary of Malay words (150) has
come down to ns. Next in the field were the Dutch, who
provitlcd a medium of intercourse between their traders and
the Malays. F. Hoi tman's Vocaf^flart/ and Cfmrtrmtion^, in
Butch, Jlaluf/, and Mainga^jj, appeared at Amsterdam in 1()03 :
and it may be noted that the Malay spoken in those days does
not appear to have matcriatly altered since. The same dia-
logues a|)peared in English and Malay in 1514. Since then
numerous grammars^ dictionaries, and eonvcrsaliuii hooks have
been brought out by Knglieh and Dutch wiiters. As the best
helps at present available for the study of Malay may be recom-
mended W. K. Maxwell's Mumuil of the Jfalat/ Lanijuage, Lon-
don, 1882 (especially valuable for its full treatment id' the
itlioms) ; P* Favre, Grammaire de la I am/ up Mffiauf, Vienna
and Paris, 1876: and THctionnaire JUalais-Franrais, ib,^ 1875>

MALAY LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE. 99

2 vols. ; Didionnaire Franc^ais-Malais, ib., 1880, 2 vols. ; J. J.
DB Hollander, Handleiding bij de heoefening der Maleische taal
en letterkunde, Breda, 1882 ; J. Punappel, Maleische Spraak-
kunst, Hague, 1866 ; and Maleisch-Hollandsch Wbordenboek,
Amsterdam, 1875. The printing of Von Dewall^s Didionart/,
edited by H. N. van deji Tuuk, is still in progress at Batavia.

Literature, — There are two kinds of Malay popular litera-
ture — the one in prose, the other in poetry. The former com-
prises the proverbs, the latter the " pantims/^ *' Agriculture,
hunting, fishing, boating, and wood-craft are the occupations
or accomplishments which furnish most of the illustrations*
and the number of beasts, birds, fishes, and plants named in a
collection of Malay proverbs will be found to be considerable'*
(W. E. Maxwell, Malay Proverbs), H. C. Klinkert, pub-
lished a collection in the Hijdracjen tot de taalkunde van N. I,
(Journal of the Asiatic Society of the Hague) for 1866, pp. 39
-87. See also J. Habbema on the Menangkabo proverbs, in
vols. XXV. and xxvi. of the Batavian Tijdschrift, and Favre's
Didionnaire Malais-Fran^ais, passim. The pantuns are im-
pro\nised poems, generally (though not necessarily) of four
lines, in which the first and third and the second and fourth
rhyme. They arc mostly love poems ; and their chief peculi-
arity is that the meaning intended to be conveyed is expressed
in the second couplet, whereas the first contains a simile or
distant allusion to the second, or often has, beyond the rhyme,
no connexion with the second at all. The Malays are fond of
reciting such rhymes '' in alternate contest for several hours,
the preceding pantun furnishing the catchword to that which
follows, until one of the parties be silenced or vanquished/'
See T. J. Newholi), Account of the British Bettlemeyits in the
Straits of JUahiccny vol. ii. 340 ; Klinkert in the Bijdraeien for
1808, pp 309-70; L. K. Harmskx in the Tijdschrift, vol.
xxi. pp. 480-533 (Menangkabo). If the Malays have kept
entirely aloof from the influences of Islam in this the most
characteristic part of their literature, they have almost equally
preserved their independence in the other departments. Not
that this may be considered entirely to their credit ; for, if
they had endeavoured to infuse into their writings some of the
spirit of Arabic and Persian historiography, poetry, and fiction,
it could not but have benefited the character of their own liter-

loo

MALAY tAN0TTAG« AND LITERATURE.

ary productions. As it is their histories and chroiiicles are a
strange motley oC truth and ficiiou ; their pooms and no vela
lack coherence and irnfigi nation^ and are singularly monotou-
ons and devoid of tfu»t spirit ot* chivalry which pervades the
eorresipondinf^ branches of literature amouiar the loading na-
tions of Ishim. As Malay copyists are much ^iven to making
arbitrLiry changes, it happens that no two MSS. a;^eej and
that of many a pc^pular work difierent recensions exiat, which,
moreover, often go by different names. This circumstauce
j!:reatly tends to increase the difEculties of editing Malay tex^ts*
Work-^t on spcchdly Mohammedan subjects (theology, law, ethics,
mysticism) are of con i^e only imitation?} of Arabic or Persian
originals : there are also numerous novels and poems treating^
of purely Mohammedan legends* But not only is there trace-
able in many of these a slight undercurrent of Hinduism and
even pre-Hinduisni; the Malays possess also, and indiscriminate-
ly read along with their MohammiMlan books, quite as many
works of fiction of purely Hindu origin. The w^ant, however,
of political cohesion, and of a national spirit among tribes so
scattered as the Malaya are, wdaich could have fiivoured the
growth of a national epic or national songs, sufficiently ac-
counts for the absence from their literature of any prod net ions
of this clasfi^ such as exist in Bugi and Jtacassar literature.
The most popular of their poetical productions arc the ShaHr
Ken Tiimhrthan, Shamir Bnidsari, Shamir Jauhar JUdnikam and
^/ta'ir Al>(h('l}nith}k, all of winch have been printed. Among
the prose works there are various collections of local laws and
customs ({(n(kwg*undQHij)i chronicles (such as tlie Sajarat ma-
fdf/it)j books on ethics (the best are the Makota sagala raja-rd'
ja^ and the Bffsftlnn^i^'nildtJn^ and a very large number of works
of fiction and legendary lore, some of which possess mucli des-
criptive power. They all bear the title Hikayat, and the foU
lowing are the best-know n : H* Hang Tuah, H. Hamzah, H*
hmCi Yail/fff H. Jmnjumah^ IL Bakhtiifdr (Sddah Bakhtin^
GholdmJ, H. ^tmiskin, IL Suikln Ihrdhzm, H. Sn Rdma, H.
Panddira lima. Several of these and many other works not
mentioned here have appeared in print (with or withcnt trans*
lation) chiefly in Holland, Batavia, and Singapore, and extracts
have been given in the various Malay chrestomathics by
IKlacrirr, De Hollander, Niemann, Van der Ttvk, Gra-

MALAY LANGUAGE AND L1TBR.1TURE.

101

SH uis, and in M arsuen^s Malatj Grammar. The best recent Ma-
lay writer was 'A nor llah iBN 'Abdelkadjr Munshi of Singa-
pore, who died, it is said of poison, at Mecciij some eight and
twenty yeai*s ago. His autobiography, *^ Journey to Kelantan/'
find ^* Pilgrimage to Mecca '' are patterns of Malay style, tliough
the author's contact with educated Europeans is traceable in
them, while his translation (from the Tamil version) of the
Pnnchatantra is free from such influence.

Malay literature is fairly represented in England in the Bri-
tish Museum, the India Office, and the Royal Asiatic Society,
and descriptive catalogues of the Malay MSS. in each of these
libraries arc available. See Niemann in the Blidragen^ iii. 6.
p. 116-101 ; Van derTuuk in Tijdschrifl voor Ned. Indili for
1819, i. p, 385-400, and in the Journal of the Rof/al Adatie
Socieif/f new series, ii. p, 85-135. An account of the Leyden
collection, by J, Pu nap pel, is given in the Bijdrafjen^ iii. 5, pp.
142-178. The finest collection of Malay MSS., upwards of
400 volumes, is in the library of the Asiatic Society of Batavia,
See L, W. C. van den Berc^, Verslag^aneene rerzameUng Ma-
Itische, *!^c"., handHchriften^ Batavia, 1877. If it had not been
for the loss, by fire, on their passage from India, of three hun-
dred Malay MSS., the property of the late Sir T. S. Raffles,
England would now boast of the largest assemblage of Malay
MSS. in the world. On Malay literature in general, compare
G, H. Werndly^ Maieische JSpraakkumt, Amsterdam, 1736,
pp, 227-357 ; E. Jacquet in the Nouveau Journal Asiatiqnttj
vol. ix. (1832), pp. 97-132, and 222-253; T. J. Newbold,
British SettlementH in ike Straiifi of Malacca^ 1839, vol. ii. pp.
215-368 ; E. Dilaurier, Memoire^ lettres^ ct rappurts^ Paris,
1843 ; J. J. DE Hollander, Handleiding bij de beoefetiing der
Maleische iaak en ietterhinde, Breda, 1882, pp. 277-388 ; and
G, K. NiE^tANN, in Bijdragen, iii. 1 (1866), pp. 113-16, 333

R, R.

[ The foregoing paper, which is extracted firom the Encyclo-
pedia Britannica (1883) is from the pen of Dr. Reinhou)
Host, the learned librarian of the India Office Library, a
friend to Oriental research of every deacription,

EnJ

A MISSIONARY'S JOURNEY
THROUGH LAOS FROM BANGKOK TO UBON.

AM glad to be able to communicate to the Straits
Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society some notes
made by a Missionary on his way from Bangkok
to tJbon to convert the Laos tribes.

Missionaries penetrate gradually and from dif-
ferent directions into the midst of these savage
tribes, and try to convert them to Christianity. The story
of what occurred among the wild Ba-huars, an independent
tribe on the West of Cochin-China near the 14° lat. N. and
106° long. E. (Paris), is well known. In the beginning
of 1884 five Missionaries were murdered by brigands while
they were engaged in establishing a Mission among the
Cbau tribe in the West of Tonquin.

For some time past the ^lission in Slam has maintained
a Station at Cbon, near 15° 20' N. lat. and 102° 30' E.
long. (Paris) on the Seimoun, a tributary of the Mekong.
It is the Narrative of a Missionary on liis way to Cbon which
I have now the pleasure of communicating.

N. C.

It is not a carefully composed narrative that I propose to
give you, but simply a journal kept from day to day, written
often by the light of a torch, or of the setting sun, when, tired
by the day^s march, we had pitched our camp for the night. In
order to take the place of Pcre Rondel, invalided, I started with

JOtTRNEY THROUGH LAOS FEOM BiJTGKOK TO ObOW.

P6re Xavier Gd^go, who had alreacl^ been for two yeara a Mis-
sionary in Laos. We bought iu Bangkok suvh things as were
absolutely necessary^ these being of on exorbitant price among
the Chinese of Laos, viz., cotton goods, thread, cooking
utensils^ racdicines, etc. On Septuagcsima Monday, the
11th of February, 1884, two boats lauded with luggage took
their departure for Thakien, four days* jouniey N. K. of Bang-
kok. The following Tfuir^^day we were at Thakien, where the
inhabitants entertained us during the few days employed in
preparing the earts to be used on our journey. These cart^
were the same which had brought down our {^onfrerea from
T^aos a few day-t before. On Wednesday, the ^()th February,
the earts started; we tbllowed a few hours later, and overtook
them, and halted at inid-djiy at tlie village of Ban-scng. This
village is at the entranee of tlie forest, which we were not to
leave again after this point. Tliere is nothing but one immen^je
forest, in some places very dense, in others relieved by elearings
in the midst of which villages are scattered about. It is a
thick wood, through which passes a ruad just broad enough
for a cart, there is not room for a man either on the right orou
the left. Here and tlierc one comes across a clearing. It must
not be supposed that llie road is free from obstructions ; now
it is a deep rut which nobody iilla up, now it is an enormous
root which blocks uj) part of the road-way and which has tu
be crossed at the risk of seeing the cart smashed iuto a
thonsaud pieces. We advaucL'd iu this way with our ten carta
and retiiys of bullocks, which either fotlowi^d or preceded us
by a sliort distmoe. Sometimes a wheel would lostJ its
8j>okt*s, and sometimes an axle would bmak Ithese axles are
merely bars nf snme tough wood which go through the
wheels and liave to be renewed frequeatly).

At last, about 9 oYdock, we reached a muddy pool and
pitched our camp on its banks. This consisted in arrunging
the carts in a large cn^clc, in the centre of whinh the bullocks
and horses were tethered to stakes driven irito the groaud*
Tlieir dnvt-rs spread ibeir mats on the grass umler the carts
and passed the night there. As for ourselves, we had
manufa<'turcd two little tents which we set up between two
carts. Large tires, fed with fuel by watchmen who mounted

joxnam thbovoh ulob fbok b a vgkok to teoir. 105

guard armed with muskets, were a safeguard against wild
beasts and robbers.

Thursday y 21«^. — Daylight had hardly appeared when I
wakened the camp and rang to prayers. Then each made his
way to the cart that served as our kitchen^ to swallow a cfup
of tea, while waiting for breakfast^ which might be a long time
coming, for it was necessary first to reach the regular htdting-
place, otherwise no water was to be got. The bullocks were
yoked, and we started— '^my confrerCy on horseback, leading the
way, while I brought up the rear in order to keep an eye ujx>n
stragglers. After an hour's march, there was a sudden halt,
and I went from one cart to another asking what was the mat-
ter. Each had stopped because the one in front of it had
stopped ! It turned out that a wheel was broken, the damage
was repaired with rattan, and we went on again. About mid-
day we stopped near a pool and cooked our breakfast, while
the bullocks, unyoked, cropped the fresh herbage. We were
at the village of Bamachai, but we were in want of a spare
felloe, for which we sought in vain. Our people went off to
the Laosian village of Ban-kula and thence brought back the
piece of wood that we wanted. We then set off. The route
here was over loose, white sand, which made it very heavy
travelling for the bullocks. In the evening we reached two
muddy marshes ; here, at the pool known as Nong-pi-ieng, we
camped.

Friday^ 22nd. — Towards the evening we arrived at a
small village— a group of little huts built upon piles in
the middle of an enclosure formed of felled timber. We did
not halt here, for the water was not good and the custom-
house of Muang Sanam is only a kilometre further on and
there is a good spring there.

The mention of a '^ custom-house '' is calculated to make
you suppose that we were approaching a collection of houses
protected by a military station. But in this country a
douane is a much more simple affair. No registers, no com-
missioners ! Two men sprawling peacefully in a hut of leaves
await, at the frontier of a province, the passage of cart and
bullocks and lew a tax on the owners.

Saturday^ 2Srd, — A short stage. Busy prepariiig an tsliiir,

Sundaf/, 24///. — Mass* We camped in the evening on tbe
hanks of a torrent, whicli is nearly dry in this season.

JJomhitjy Uoi/t. — We found in the evening on the sui*face
of the ground a kind ot* iron ore which the most intelligent
oi onr followei-s called ** si one of Bien-hou,*^ This substance
seems to mo to be somewhat curious ; it lociks as if it were
formed of little globules of iron, or like tlie sing wliich is
taken from a fumarc after smelting, lilocks of this stone
are found at disisint intervals, quite isolated one from the
other. We camped near a little torrent.

Tftt^daij, 'Zijt/i, — We started again, crossing the stream
Huai Khai, and met four hullock-carts accompanied by some
Siamese. This is the first time for tivc days that we bare
come across any human being.

Wednesday y 27(h, — We had to cross the river Sakiio, which
never dries up, and the bed of which is at the bottom of a
deep ravine and is disfigured with stakes and fiuags.

Tlie dcBcent was negotiatedj and we crossed over and halted
for breakfaet. Fonr or five Burmese caravans were encamp-
ed not far from us, and in another direction a party of
Oamljodiants, These people had come from the provinces of
Sourin and Sisaket to buy gambler, wliicli they eat witli the
?tcl-leaf and arcca-nut. They had been here for more than
week and had not yet been able to make their purchases,
owing to their not having complied with some formality or other
insisted on by the local authorities. While we took our
meal, we received several visits. The first to come was a
judge from the town of Amnet, twelve leagues from Cbon^
who was on his way to Bangkok, and was good enough to
take charge of a short note to Monseignenr Yey giving him
news of us. By degrees all these folks disappeared on their
way south, in the direction by which we had come. About 2
o^cloek we too started. We had been on the march for aboi
three quarters of an hour when wo reached the custom-horn
of Bakio, which is situated on the side of a road as large and
straight as ours in Europe. It goes from the province oE

JOVBNBY THSOUGH LAOS FBOM BAHGKOK TO CbOIT. 107

Kabin to Battambang. Constructed originally hj a Pbya
(high Siamese official) to secure easy communication with
the Cambodian provinces subject to Siam, this road might
be of the greatest use to travellers. But since the date of
its construction it has not received any repairs whatever^ and
the forest therefore is taking possession of it again. In this
very year (1884) a telegraph line hes been erected along this
road, over its entire length, by the agency of Frenchmen from
Saigon (this line goes from Saigon to Bangkok). In the
evening we camped at a pool called Nong Salika. A caravan
of Chinese traders from Sourin had established themselves
before our arrival, and among them was the nephew of an old
Chinese Christian whom I had known at Bangkok. He was
travelling towards Kabin to sell skins, silk, etc., and intended
to bring back with him cloth, hardware, etc. His corres-
pondent at Kabin being a Christian, I« entrusted him with
a second letter for Bangkok.

Thursday, 28th. — At 8 p. m. we reached the frontier of the
province of Yathana. We were all fasting, and we esta-
blished ourselves in the sheds which had been built for the
workmen employed on the telegraph line. Night had al-
ready fallen when we heard the sound of a band of men advanc-
ing in our direction. Pere Xavier got up to see what was hap-
pening, and saw a black mass a few feet in front of him.
" Who goes there V " Phra Aphai/^ Torches were bought
and Pcre Xavier then saw that the black mass was an ele-
phant of the largest size followed by two smaller ones. The
travellers were in search of a lodging for the night, and as
there still remained one large shed unoccupied, they settled

themselves down in that.

Friday, 29fh, — To-day we rested, and watched at our leisure
the travellers of last night. Their chief is a Cambodian
mandarin subordinate to Siam. Of the three elephants which
he had with him, two were intended for the King of Siam as
presents.

The mandarin came to pay us a visit, and informed us of the
object of his journey. He is, he said, the son of Phya Anu-
phat (a high official) and the second mandarin of the Province

lOS JOCBIfET THBOUOU LAOS FROM BAKGKOIC TO ^BON.

of Siem-Tiib, In return for the elephants whiot he was going
to offer to the King, he hoped for certain favours. We paid a
visit to the Governor, for whom we had bron^tht letters from
Bangkok. His house is a tumble-down aflWir. He is of
Laosian race, ahout sixty years old, and has under his jt(nverii-
nicnt about two or three hundred houses scattered about in
the forest, the population of which is Cambodian.

Salf(rd(tf/j lai March, — For the last time we crossed the tele-
graph line, which we then quitted in order to take the road to
Nong-bua (pool of Lokas). At one o'clock wo resumed our
journey, and cam]ied in the evening at the village of Bang-
sang inhabited by Laosians.

Sumi(if/f 2nd,'—Onr itinerary instructed us to go by
Nong-phi» and Tong-nong — two pools which are close to the
roadside— but the dryness of the weather obliged us to take
another course, viz,, by Ban-kin. Startiog at half- past two,
we travelled through forest^ cvcr}'thing being most distressing^
ly dry ; at night we sh_^pt in the forest, the hnllucks having to
go without water. Our rice was cooked with the little which
we had in reserve.

jlJoTi(hi/j 3r</- — At ten n*clock we arrived at Ban-kin*
"Water good and abundant. At two o^clock the signal for depar-
ture was given, but two bullocks were missing and had to be
recovered* We got away at hast. Boad bad. On the left a
chain of mountains of considerable height was observable. At
night we camped on the banks of a pooh

Tuvf^day, 4^1 h, — Excellent water in the morning, muddy
water in the evening.

Wedueadatf^ Dth, — In the evening we arrived at the village
of Huari-Sameron and pushed on to Kra-sa-mcmaij where we
passed the night in the middle of a field.

Thursday . Gih. — Early in the morning the headman of the
village visited us at our camp, and brought us the provisions
which we had asked for the night before on our arrival.
These consisted of rice, fowls and red chilHcs. We were able
also to procure here an additional cart for eleven ticals; this
extra assistance was absolutely necessary, for wc were ap-

JOmum THBOUGH LAOS ntOV BAKGKOK TO AbOV. 109

proadiing a chain of mountains which we should have to
cross in order to reach the plateau of tTbon. About half past
four we emerged in an extensive clearing covered with reeds
which were still green ; we judged that we should here iBnd
the water we wanted so much^ and we found accordingly a
clear and abundant supply.

Friday^ 7th. — We reached Puthai-saman at a tolerably
early hour. Puthai-saman was formerly an important town^
or perhaps rather an imposing temple erected to the worship
of Buddha. It is one of those monuments of Cambodia which
are so much renowned^ and which astonish all travellers by
their original and beautiful, architecture. These monuments
indicate the existence^ among the people who conceived and
carried them out, of a very advanced degree of civilization. We
were tempted to inspect one of these precious specimens of the
architecture of the Khmers, as savants would say.

It was not more than eight o'clock when we reached the
east gate of the ruined city, which is flanked on its four sides
by an enormous moat filled with water^ the breadth of which
is at least from thirty to forty mkres. The sides of the moat
are composed of enormous blocks of Bien-hoa stone and have a
slope of about forty-five degrees. Everything was hidden from
view by lai^e trees, creepers, shrubs, and high gi-ass Which
have taken possession of the locality. We camped outside the
east gate. While breakfast was being got ready, I penetrated
into the middle of the ruins. I shall not undertake to give a
very exact description of them. This has already been done
by the numerous learned travellers who have written about the
ruius of Angkor-vat and Angkor-lorn. The plan, the build-
ings, the details, are the same in all. Everything has been re-
produced, down to the smallest piece of carving. These ruins
differ one from another only in area. Puthai-saman seems to
be Angkor-vat on a reduced scale.

Follow me then step by step through the midst of colossal
statues lying on the grouud, stepping over a fragment of fsrllen
wall, or a tree lying pi-ostrate on the ruius. I reachedthe
t ast gate by an immense causeway or bridge spanning the
moat which 1 have just mentioned. On both sides, and an-

112

JOtTBKEr THAOUtiE LAOS fROU BASGKOIL TO CbO^T.

like those of Angkor-vat, a long dragon supported on the kuees
of a whole row of seated statues ; these have the legs ci^ossed

aud oue of the haiid^ under one thigh*

After two hours spent in crossing these ruins, I endeavoured
to make a plan of all that 1 had seen. This city or temple is
huilt aeeording to regular bearings, and forms a complete
square.

On the four sides, each facing one of the cardinal points*, '
enonnous causeways throim across a broad and deep rauat
gave access to the inner side of the outer wall* In front of
these gateways, about three or four mttres from the moat, and
as if intended to protect the entrance, there were squai^e enclo-
suresj provided with a single door, above which rose a pile of
cruciform buildings topped by pyramids.

The inner buildings, which it would be difficult to describe^
were surrounded by a second ditch, less broad and deep than the
first. There were four gates magnificently sculptured and
defended, as it were, by moustrous figures with human bodies
and hideous faces— regular demons* The general mass of build-
ings was ecni posed oi galleries all connected one w^ith another
and crowned with domes at the points where they crossed :
these domes were more and more lofty in proportion as they
approached the centre, the middle one towering above all the
others. The coping of all the walls, whether iuner or outer, is
formed of little sema (mounds) * in the middle of which is a
Buddha seated. The large moat is kept abundantly supplied
Avith water from two little streams,

Saiurdaf/j Slk — It was with regret that we quitted these
ruins. Who can tell us their story ? What has become of those
who built this city ? Learned authorities are reduced to con-
jectures. The people of the country can furnish nothing but
fabulous legends; according to them, these buildings are the
work of the angels. After a troublesome jom*ney through
dense forest we camped on the banks of a muddy pool.

Sunday, %th, — After breakfast Pere Xavier went ahead to
purchase provisions and to hire men and carts to enable us to

" "JfefiNEY TIIBOUGH LAOS FROM BANGKOK TO (^BON.

Ill

it is now Botbing more than an enormous heap of ruins on
which trees and creepers grow at pleasure. It was in the
midst o£ these that I made these hasty notes. Several doors
and windows, however, were to be seen, uppearing out of the
ruins. I sounded all the parts of these. Returning to the
southern gate, I ctintinued to follow the long wall of bas-reliefs.
Here the direetion in which the figures are walking changed.
On the wall wliich terminates at the southern gate they were
walking towards the Kast ; now they were advancing towards
the West. This southern gate — I speak of the inner erection
which must have been the palace^ or a great temple raised in
honour of Buddha — furnishes access to four porticoes of colos-
sal proportions^ the roofs of all being composed of enormous
blocks of stone shaped and placed one on the other. I conti-
nued to (dinib over the blocks lying about in all directions,
and I reached a series of galleries in sufficiently good preserva-
tion to allow one to judge of the general plan. Here, as iu
almost all similar buildings of the races of Indo-China, the
outside is generally finished while the inside, on the contrary, is
hardly commenced. Is this intentional, or was the work
abandoned before it was completed ? Many savants are of
the latter opinion. The gallery which I traversed is in the
shape of a cross ; it joins other galleries, the point of intersec-
tion being in all cases topped by a dome or a pyramid, In
one of the doorways^ there was still to be seen a frame of
carved wood partly destroyed by white ants and exposure, In
the opposite doorway, there is also a little fragment, but these
were the only traces of wood I could find. In a small inner
court near the doors and windowSj there are statues of Siva
let into the wall ; the figure wears a diadem on its head, and
holds a lotns in one hand^ and a garland or snake in the other.
The neck is ornamented with a phallus, and the feet with two
rings. Beyond this court, a pyramid rises above a doorway ; the
tones arc so put together as to form the features of a fabulous
'personage. This figure is repeated on all four sides. At the
present time only one remains, all the others have fallen down.

In front of the south gate and spanning an inner moat,
there is a large causeway, not so long as the one outside the
main enclosure, which is bordered by fragments of a balustrade

JOURNEY TKHOrGH LAOS FROM DAXGKOK TO ^BOK.

Thursday, \Wi, — After crossing a ravine, we gained the
plateau beyond. We were about to push on to the top, when a
Cambotliau caravan^ con^^isting of thirty carts, on its way from
Sourin to Battamhtmo;, came m sight on the only road. We
passtd the night on the roaiJ.

Friday^ I4th, — After the morning'a stage, we halt-ed on the
bunks nf a pooh Another Cambodian caravan^ composed of
twenty carts, passetl close to us, This one came from Sourin
and was hound for Nukliou Siemrab in Cambodia, on the
biitiks of the Touli-sap (great lake) to buy fish.

We reached the plateau of Korat. all the chief diffieulti€
being passed. Ab<mt one irdock we were able to camp for
the night under the shedi* prepared for the white elephant.
In the evening another train t»f Cjimbodijins passed, coming
from Korat and going to buy fish at Siemrab,

Saiarday, 15M, — After great difficulty in renewing our
stores of provisions, we started and passed tliruugh the vilhige
i*f Ban Klinni. The road passes through an open undulating
country. The forest lias been cleared over a great stretch of
ground, and tht-ro is an extensive view. Towards the Kast,
a hill was visible, which is prolinbly a portion of the range
which we had just left. The soil was now less dry, and we
came across numer->ust?priugSj some of which were ferruginous.
It was still broad daylight when we entered lok. We pitched
our tent close to that plEUiC,

Staulat/f IVjii/i. — A day of rest. Splendid pasture.

Monday, l7M.^We left the village c»f Cluk at dawn.
Beautilul vegetation was on all sidt's i<f us, If the country
were not so oftt'U harried by bands of ruili.ens, numerous vil-
lages might exist here cumfortably* On our left, we passed
i>ne of umny ahanduned villages. Rubbers had carried otF
everything, and liari then set tire to it. We readied IJau-nai*
mat and ihcn Bm-khu, making the latter our halting-phice.

Tifrndny, 18M. — We papjjed through the village of Bak-tran,
halting at night at Ban-dai.

Widnvmitiy^ 10/A.^Wc skirted the i^illagc ttf Ban-kathum.
The Lead-man, hearing of our approach, tame to meet us iu

JOVBMXT THBOVeH LAOS VBOIC BAHOKOK TO AbOV. 115

order to warn us to keep away. Small-pox was making great
ravages in the village. Detained by a storm, we passed die
night in an old pagoda of the village of Tamnon.

Thursday, 20th. — There are still three or four more pro-
vinces through which we have to pass and then we shall reach
the end of our journey. The first thing in the morning we
set off in the direction of Muang Songl^, under a pelting
shower of rain^ and reached the shelter prepared for the white
elephant^ where we breakfasted. An hour's march brought
us to Muang Songl^. As we left the forest^ wo could see the
town on a sh'ght eminence. The scene is a most charming
one^ the lofty stems of palms and betel-nut trees fiirming a
perfect boaquet of verdure^ while the houses are lost to view
behind the leaves of bananas. We camped on the notth
side^ occupying a building set apart for the use of travellers
on the banks of a stream, whose waters fall into the Seimun,
the river of tJbon.

Friday, 2\st. — We reached the village of Ban Nong Mek.
In this part of the country, numerous pines are intermingled
with the furest trees. We camped at the village of Sameron.

' Saturday, 22nd. — Our guide was to have taken us by Khan-
tararum, but he missed the way, and we went by Ban Huai
and Pi Nai.

Sunday, 23rd. — We were taken to the site of a village which
had been plundered and abandoned. Here we established
ourselves for a couple of day^*.

Monday, 24ih. — Went out shooting green pigeons and pea-
cocks.

Tuesday, 25th, — We reached Khu Khane a little before
roidclay. Once more the building erected for accommodation
of the white elephant and his attendants served as our place
of shelter. Two days before, according to the inhabitants, two
Europeans had halted at the same place, but from what they
said I concluded that these must have been Cambodian half-
castes. They ctime to sell opium. We passed through the
village of Ban Sami^ and at ten o^clock at night we reached
Ban Xam Lom.

116

JOirRKEY THROUOn LAOS FEOM BANGKOK TO ObOK.

Wednesday^ 26th, — This plain is covered with nuineroua
Tillages. We passed tfic night at Ban Pheng.piiai.

Thursday^ 27th. — We breakfasted at the village of Ban
'J hum. At night we travelled by t<»reb-Ught. When we were
within halfa kilotnrtre of the village where we intended to sleep,
a wheel of une of the carts gave away, a section of the tire
and three spokes being broken. It was impoj^siblc to niake|j
the necessary repairs on the spot, so I left the cart and bul-
locks under the charge of three men and went on to the vil-
lage with the other carts. There I had a wheel taken off one
of the latt^^r, to take the place of the broken one ofthu cart
which hadJbeen left behind. During the night the broken
wheel WQS repaired.

Fridaij, 2Htk. — We left the village of Ban Song Sang,
where we had slept, with the intention of going as ftir as Ban
Nong. We passed the htuti (torrent) of Kluijung by a largo
bridge built in the preceding year. Tbo bridge was a good
one, but the roadway, being formed of planks placed loosely oa
the cross-pieces, reraiiided one of the keyn ut a piano as tho
carts went over if. The road presented no difficulties, so, not*
withstanding darkness, we pushed on by torchlight. At last,
as our guides no hunger knew the way, we cam|)cd where we
were^ for fear of going wrong. Our compass shewed us the
blutjtler which the jiuides were making; our right course was
N* E. and we were going N. W.

Saturdaf/f 29/A.— In the morning, after some searchi we hit
upon the right rrmd, about six hundred nictres lo our left.
The mistake was quickly rectified, and the country being level
and fre^ from uuderwoiul, we were nblc to make short cuts.
We pHKfcied Biio Khin rind then Dan Non Noi and Ban Non
Jai and slept at Ban Kho, the last \^lJllge before Cbon. We
slept in the midst of carts which had pulled up on the mad*

Smidtjy^ ^Oth, — This very doy we were to be at Cbon ! We
set off in Hdvanee at a canter, la an hour we were on the
bunks of Ihc tSi-imun, apposiite the fown. Tlio river, though
very low at that time, itemed as bruad as the Loire at rhe
Pont de la Belle Croix, at Nantes. We fulloued the bank up-
stream, it being about six oV'lock in the mnrning, Per^j

JOUBHET THBOVGH JbAOS FBOM BAVe^lOKSO AbOV. 117

Xavibr pointed out to me the site of our statioD, but I eoolci
not make it out in consequence of the trees and bushes which
cover the banks. We soon dismounted and fired several'
rounds. I blew a horn also. We were heard ; the children
were the first to arrive, followed soon after by the grown-up
people. Mass was Just over when our signals announced our
arrival. The two rhres came down at last ; not too robust
either of them, fever having tried them severely. They pro-
cured us a boat which took us across the river with our steeds.
With what joy did we embrace one another 1

Our first act was to enter the humble chapel and to thank
God for the protection granted to us by Him during so long
a journey. Some hours later our carts arrived, and during the
afternoon we conveyed them across in boats. Blessed be God
for ever.

G. DABIN.

tfbon, 30th March, 1884.

[In their Annual Report for 1883,* the Council of this
Society made an appeal to those who are favourably placed
for the purpose, to further the objects of the Society. Al- .
lusion was made to the exceptional opportunities for observa-
tion possessed by the French Missionaries in the East. The
foregoing paper shews that that appeal has not been in vain
and it is with great[pleasure that I have performed the task
of translating from the French the MS. sent to me through
the Revd. N. J. Couvreub, Procureur des Missions fitrangires
at Singapore.

W. E. M.]

* Joamol No. 12, p xv.

VALENTYN'8 ACCOUNT OF MALACCA.

(Resumed fromp, 74ib of Journal No, 13 of June, 1881.;

Leaving this prince and bis new city for a while, let us
return to Malakka, where more treacliery was being plotted
against its great conqueror Alijuqueuqije.

Raja IsUTiNUTis, wronged by King Mahmud, had already,
before the arrival of Albuquerque, tried to expel that prince :
having made up his mind to ol)tain possession of the town
with the aid of some Javanese and one Pati (*) from JapSra, he
thought it now the right time to renew the attempt, the more •
so that he knew there were but very few Portuguese troops.

So he sent a letter to the King's son, who had fled to the
island of Biutam, ( l.c, Bintang, or more correctly Ben tan )
informing him of his intentions, but his letter was intercept-
ed, and he, a man of eighty years of age, his son Patiagus,
and his brother-in-law, who tried to enter the fortress, were
arrested and decapitated in public, while their houses and pro-
perty were destroyed and laid wa^te, and their memory eon-
signed to oblivion. It was to no purpose that his widow
offered to pay one hundred thousand ducats if their lives were
spared.

Intent then on revenging herself, she promised her daughter
in marriage to a Moor called Paticatir (Osorius calls him
Pasecatir and Mapkejus, Quitirius) who had been appointed
head of the Moors by Albuquerque, on condition that he
should avenge the death of her husband, son and brother-in-
law, Paticatir having often previously in vain asked for her
hand while Isutinutis was still alive.

(») '* Pilti tTnus " accordiug to Fauu. y Souza, who afterwards
became King of iSuuda.

120

VALEKT\N^S DES^URIPTION OK MALACCjI.

The marriage having been concluded quite socretly, the

widow engaged G,000 troapa, and with their aid attempted ta
tarry his plots into execution, but Albuquehque put him to
Jtiglit on the first engagement, and thus broke up at once all
liiH power and influence.

Having cstLddidied peace here in 1511, Albuquerque ap*
pointed Rodrioo Bkit FAXiLVN first Governor of ^lalakka,
arid NiNACHKTU Shalibandar and head of the Moors. Saixa-
l.,\nDiN, the King of Piisi (Pasei), who had once before deserted
to Maumud, wiiH again restored to favour, but notwithstanding
went over a second time to tlic enemies of Albi quehque,

ALBUQUKaqiE then left JIalukka in charge of Patalvx with
a garri.son of .300 rorlngiiej^e., sent one of his captains with
H siquadron of ten sail to the Singapore Straits, and returned
with four vessels to Maluur (ASalabar?) to keep a watchful
eye upon the phits of AuADiLruAix against Goa.

lie, lunvcver, uot only failetl to carry out his expedition,
but narrowly ej^caped with his ]ifc, his vessel Imviug struck
and sunk in a istorm oil' Pa^i on the Ulandof Sumatra. Though
this happened at nighty he and his crew were saved ; but ho
lost Nakhoda PSegua's [jracclet with the precious blood-stanch-
ing stone, (i)

After sntfering raauy distresses and being almost star\-ed,
they arrived suMy atCucheen (Cochin on West Coast of India)
in February, 1512.

lleantimo the Portuguese (atMalakka) had been again
nttacked by 1'aticatir, but be was so completely defeated by
Pethfjis Andrado that he did not venture a further attempt.
The P.vTi O.MUH (") previously mentioned from JapAra, who had
eight years before promised his aid to liuja Isutim tis, now at
last appeared before Mahikka with a tleet of ;5,0i)0 (') sail, hav-
ing secured at the same time many adherents in the town itself,
but he likewise met with total defeat, and barely succeeded

(') For an account of this wonderful ornament, see pp. 73 and 74
Journal. S.B., R.A.S.. No. 13 for June, 1S84, ami note.

(') Pnti Cnus,

(') Farta v ^'ou/a says niuely sail, whiuh sounds more probable,
with I;200 men (an average of PiJJ to each vessel ) and a good
supply of artillery.

VALENTYN's description of MALACCA. 121

in escaping himself in a small craft, the only one left of the
wliole fleet, after losing more than 8,0')() men. (') The loss of
the Portuguese on the other hand was not more than 20 men
killed though they had many wounded in this severe engage-
ment. The Portuguese Governor Patalyn and his Captain
Andrado were much praised by Albuquerque for their gal-
lant behaviour.

Once again Malakka ran the risk of being reconquered by
the Malay kings. Taeiiar Madjelis (TcaxHo Maselis ac-
cording to Portuguese historians) a Moor from Bengal, was
the originator of this new plot. Being on good terms with
one Pkter Person, a friend of the Governor, he had arranged
with his adherents that he should first kill Person, and this
was to be the signal for a general massacre A few days after-
wards having been invited to dinner by Person, he tried to
execute his plot, but instead of killing Person, he only wound-
ed him ; this of course caused an alarm and frustrated all
their plans. (*)

(•i-) Faria y Souza's account agrees as to the completeness of
PAti Ciiuh's defeat, but differs in his account of his fleet, concern-
iiif; which he remarks : — ** {Several of hirf ships were equal in size to
" the lari,'ost Portuguese pjalleona, aud the one destined for himself

• wiij* hiri];or than any ships tlicn built bv the EuroptMUs/* And,
ii^niu : -•* After a furious battle of s')mo (nulurance. Uuus fled, and
*' was pursued all the wav to Java, where he preserved his own vast
*• vessel as a luemorial of his escape, and of tlie ji^raudeur of his
*• fleet, and not without reason, as a merchant of Ma'akka eup;au:ed

* to purchase it of Percy for l(),l)():) ducats if taken."

('^) F.vHiA Y Sotza's account (if this affair is as follows: —

• Kin/:; Mahomet had not yet lost all hope of recoverinjjj .^[alakka,

• to winch he now drew near: and havinj; in vain attempted to

• succeed by force, he had recourse to strataj^em. For this pur-
•' pose he prevailed on a favourite oflicer nameil Jtav ^Laxiliz

• to imitate t]i(? conduct of Zoitrus at Ha!)vlon. Bein«j: acc(»rd-
'• in<^'Iy mutilated. Jiax tied with some companions to Malakka.
" L^ivini; out that he had escajied from th(? tyrannical cruelty (►f

• his sovereii;n. lU'Y dk linrro, who tlien commanded in the
•* citadel of Malakka, credited his story, and reposed so much c<m-
*• h'dence in his fidelity that he was admitted at all times into the
" fortress. At length, haviujL^ appointed a particular day for the

I2*i VALKNTVX'a* DKSCKIPTIOX or MALACCA.

Wlicn the King of Djohor found that all \m attempts mis*
rarried, he dremed it advisable to conclude a perinaiient peace
Kith the Portuguese (1514)^ which was preserved for sonic
years.

The Viceroy Alfoxsus ALRriURK sent his cousin Gsdrgb
Albukirk the same year (1514), to Malakka to succeed the
valiant Rodhigo Patalyn as second Governor of that place
(Halakka).

NiNACHKTU was dismisscd at the aame time, and the King
of Campar appointfnl Shaldjiualiir (' ) in his place (no one knew
the cause of his dismissal ) ; he was so chagrined at this that
he commitled siucidc by burning himself on a pile after deli-
veritig a solemn sjiecch to the people.

Abuallaii, the Kin^ of Cainpar, was soon afterwards attack-
ed by the King of Ik'ntiin^ but with the assistance of the Por-
tu«[uese CLisily beat off his euemy. Hut some years later the
Xiug of Djohor induced the Portuguese, by fjdsc iniputatious,
to susprct tlie Kiog of Cantpar iiis own son- in-law, so that
they bribed assassins to kill liim ; but it is also said that he
was publicly executed on a charge of conspiring to surrender
ilalakkato the eueuiies of the Portuguese. {^)

** eiecution of hU loiu^-cont'crted ciderpriae. on whicli Mnhnmet
** was to Hcud a parj Ut seroiid his cfTorts or to briu*; him off, he
** i*md liJA a<'L'ompiifes £jot tulutitlcd iiilcj the fort as ii»ual» and iin-
** media tely bc^an lo lu^^a^sinate tfie P<»rtn<;iiese i^nrri^on by mearu
" of their »i<^^ft(crH, niid luid tirtimlly slaiu six before thny w(?re ablo
** to stand to their dcieiiee, liiirro, who hnppeoed tn ho asleep
*' when the idnnn wn>« ^iven, imTneJiately enllt-ctod his luou, and
* drove the iriiitur aticJ Win C(nu|iaiifoim frojii the fort at the v%rvy
'• moment whcu a [»arty of armed JMahiys came up to second tlieir
'' cflbrtK. Tht' eoujiuander of thin party, natiu^d JirAN' CALAse.vjt,
*' «m hvutjin;^ the uii.seniTla^e of Jixs Maxiliz, preteadcd that he
*' eaiue to the asf^iataiice of Brtto, find by that means was pcrintt-
'* ted to retire.*'

f ^) K\RiA Y SouzA siYs '' Baiulafa/' i.r, '* Bundahara/'
(^J Tlus is the areotnu ;;iven hy Fauia y Sovza, who says that
^Iauomkik the Kiii|^ of Johor, tjauhcd it to he uoised ahroad that
AiuuiLLAU, his own si*ii4n-luw, liad ^oue to Mnlatxa with his know*
lidife and coiiHcril for the express purptiae of getting aii opportunity
of seizing tlic fort hy a snddeu and unexpceted attack, which falao

VALENTYN's description of MALACCA. 123

George Brit succeeded (1515) Georob Albuquerque as
third Governor of Malakka, just before the arrival of the new
Viceroy of India, Lopez Toarez Alvarenoa, successor of
Alfonsus Albukirk.

Nothing of importance happened while Brit was Governor.
Tie died here (at Malakka ) in 1517. This death gave rise to
sharp disputes between two high Portuguese Officials as to
the succession, and Ferdinand Petkejus Andrado, who
touched at Malakka on his voyage homewards from China^
tried in vain to reconcile them. Meantime whilst Nuouez
Vasco Pereirv was temporarily administering the Govern-
ment, Alfonsus Lopez Costa had been appointed fourth Gov-
ernor of Malakka by King Emanuel.

The King of Djohor, being disinclined to suffer the Portu-
guese to remain any longer in such quiet possession of Malakka,
waged war against them once more, attacked them suddenly,
and had some very sharp engagements with one Alexis de
Menezes, (*) the Portuguese commander, but without obtaining
the slightest advantage. When do Menezes had left, the King
resumed his attack on the town, besieged the fortress for
seventeen days, and made an assault on it, but was repulsed
by the Portuguese. After this last defeat he remained quiet
lor a short time.

The new Viceroy, Didvchs Lopez Sequeira, appointed one
CoRRKA Captain of the Portuguese Garrison at this place in
I'jlD to frustrate the repeated attacks of King Ahmed Sjah,
and one Gaucia de Sala to be fifth Governor to relieve the
invjilii] Governor Aliox.sus Lopez Costa.

A little before this tlie King of Djohor had made another
attack upon the town, but being again repulsed with great

report obtained credence from the Portuguese Commander and led
to Abolllau's downfall. Thic?. lie says, led to the natives, who
much a|;|)reciatcMl Auhullau's administration, leaving Malacca in
such numbers tliat it was ahnost left desolate.

C) Accordiui^' to Fakia Y^'urzA, this attiiek was made in the time
of BiuT (or Bkito). and 1)k Menezks arrived to assume the Govern-
ment with a reinforcement of HtK) men just in time to prevent
Malakka fallin«^ into the hands of the enemy, and appointed Costa
Deputy Governor in place of Brito, who was dying.

124

VALENTYN*8 DLSCHIPTTON OF MALACCA.

loss uTiil disj^raoe, ( * ) he abandoned hh pliiiis for u long time.

In 1521 CfAHriA OE Sala was siu-oee^led by aiiothor Govenior
During his govcrnorsliip Glorcsk Albiki uk tuul Antonio
Brit came this way for tlie piirpoHe of besieging Bin tarn* but
it did not come to anything. C*) Gaucia de 8ala in that year
(1521) resigned the governorship to George ALcuKittR/who
was thus the sixth Portuguese Governor, In 1522 the people
of Bintam again came forth against ^lalakka with eighty ves-
sels, but Geokor Ar.auKiRii having Ijcon already informed that
the Laksamanu of Djohor was coming witli a nrimerouA and
powerful fleet, despatched a strong Portuguese Heet to meet
him, and a fierce iight ensued, ^ixty-five Portuguese were
killed, and their vessels were compelled to retreat to Malakka :
the Laksamana likewise quietly withdrew.

Meantime several Portuguese^ who had landed at Pahang in
ignorance that the King there was son-in-law to tho King of
Djohor were murdered : many others were cf>mpclled bv the
King of Djohor to embrace the Mahomedan faitli, while those
who refused to do so were tied to the mouth of a cannon and
blown to pieces.

About this time also a force from Rintam appeared before
the town (Malakka) took Simon dk Bkkq and thirteen For.
tugucse by surprise, slew tbeni all, and burnt their vc-^sels,
Garcias ITenkik who, on his return from the jMoluceas, wan
crui'/ing otf the island of Bintam, was drawn into an ambus*
cade by the vessels of tlie Lnksamana, lost btith his vessels,
and was obliged to retreat to Malakka after making a galLmt
defence, in which almost all his men were killctl.

All these small jiilvantagcs gained over tlie Portuguese
made the King of Djohor so pixmd, that he again eutertainetl
the idea of attacking Malakka by sea and land and making a

f * ) Fahta t Souza sayR the King of Bintfuig (Bentan) which
is prartit-ally the snine thing, and that the P<trtn;:;uci*e succeeded
in taking; tiie Mala}' Fort at Mnar with ^!OiJ cjumon.

{^) Fauta t Souza descrilvea Bcotan as *' Laving two strong
" castles and its rivers staked to fn^evcnt. the arccsr* of »hips. so
" that it was eaubiidoretl almosit imjiregnahlo, and tlmugli Aliut-
" VVbim/FK went wilb IS vrspcb and tV3Q men, }w wim i»b)igrd to
" retire."

valextyn's description or Malacca. 125

fresh effort to expel the Portuguese. He then collected a
force of 20,000 men, 16,000 of which he despatched by land
under the command of a renegade Portuguese Captain called
Amlaar, wliile the Laksamana had to take the other 4,000
men to blockade the Malakka roadstead.

Amlaar immediately marched on the town and very soon
succeeded in making a trench sixty palisades wide near the
village of tiuillyn [i,e,, Kampong KUng, as it is termed], but
he was unable to take advantage of it, for George Albukirk
had it repaired at once.

The siege lasted for about a month, after which it was raised
and the besiegers beat a retreat, on hearing that relief had
been sent from Goa. This happened about 1525. They had
hardly left when Martyn Alfonso de Souza arrived with a
fleet to tlie rescue of the town, and he was told that during
the siege people had paid fifty ducats for a fowl.

The Governor appointed the said de Souza Admiral of the
Portuguese fleet in place of his cousin Garcias Henrik, and
tlie very first act of the new Admiral was to blockade the
river of Bintam with five vessels and so prevent the entrance
or egress of anything.

In 1526 Peter Mascareniias was appointed Governor of
Malakka, being the seventh Portuguese Governor.

The King of Djohor soon after again besieged the town,
but the brave Mascarenhas would not brook such provocation ;
he began to take aggressive action, and declared war against
tlie King of iJintani, who called his son-in-law of Pahang to
his aid, hut botli the Laksamana of Bintam and the King of
Pahang 's Admiral were completely defeated and put to flight,
and the Portuguese conquered the whole island (i.e., Bentan).(*)
The said King of Bintam (a creature of the King of Djohor, the
lawful King having been expelled) died of grief soon after.
The other King then re-appeared and submitted to the Portu-
guese who restored him to his throne.

(^) Faria y Souza states that Mascarenhas took Bentan with
twenty-one ships and four hundred Portuguese soldiers and six
lumdred Malays under Tuan JMahomed and ono Sinai Kaja, though
it was well fortified and defended by seven thousand men.

126

VAtENTYN^S DE8CR1PT10K i)¥ MALACCA.

After the takings of Biritam, the King of Djohor left the
Portoguese unmolefiled for some tiuie*

111 1527 Georo Kapha \l wiis appointed eigbth Governor of
Miilakkay and nothing of importance occurred during his gov-
ernment, the King of Djohor being still at peace with the
Portuguese,

In 1528 the Viceroy Lopez de Sampajo appointed Petbh
DE Far ninth Governor of Malakka, and iiis government was
also a peacefid une, the King of Djohor not having yet re-
covered the shock Jus power had received.

In I52i) Garc[A dk Sa arrived at Malakka as the tenth
Portuguese Govcmor.

The inhabitants of Atsjieu (in Sumatra) gave hlai much
trouble, but wc will trt^at the subject kitcr, when we deal with
the afl'airs of that isbnd, mentioning only this that Gaucia
having discovered that one Sanage was conspiring with the
enemy ordered him to be thrown out of the tower of tJie
fortress.

I cannot soy who succeeded Gakcja im Sa as Governor of
JIalakka, but I have been able lo trace the names and dates of
the following Governors, viz., Stephani:s Gama in 1537, RuY
Pa5! Pareiha in 1545, Simois" Melo in 1517, Pedro dk ^ylva
in 1551, and his brother Don Albaro Ataydo in 1552»

I am equally ignorant of the names of the Governora from
the last-mentioned date up to 1(104, when that brave Portuguese
Don A NUKE A Pt'RTADo DE Mexdoza ( of whoui WC will speak
more at length later ) administered the supreme authority as
Governor of this place.

We cannot say much about the events of that period, the
Portuguese historians having recorded nothing about tliem.

Ahmed Sjah, the exhausted King of Djohor { i\e., after
the failure of his repeated attacks on the Portuguese ), con-
tinued to rule his country tiU 1540, and was succeeded after a
reign of twenty-seven years by Sultan Alawoudin Sjao,
( *' Ala-^'ddIn Shafi/^ Malaicc *^ Ala-Odin '^ ) who was tho
fourteenth King of the Malays, the second of Ujohorj and the
eighth Mahomedau King.

VALEXTYn's description of MALACCA. 127

It was during the reign of this King (0th October, 1547)(>)
that tlic Achinese laid siege to Malakka, causing damage to the
value of more than a million, and only raising the scige on
account of famine.

TVc have found nothing recorded of the life of this King and
of his vsuccessor, beyond the fact that he reigned 19 years, i.e.,
from 1540 to 15VJ, and that he was succeeded by Sultan
Ahdul Djalil Sjaii as the fifteenth King of tlie Malays, the
third of Djohor, and the ninth Mahomedan King.

This prince ruled this people 31 years, died in loOl, and was
succeeded by Sultan Alawoddin Sjaii III. He, the sixteenth
King of the Malays, the fourth of Djohor, and the tenth
Mahomedan King, reigned 19 years.

It seems to me that the first Dutch made their appearance
either at this place (Malakka) or at Djohor in the twelfth or
thirteenth year of this reign (i.e., in IGO.'J or 1(504).

It appears also that he (Alawoddin Sjah III) was styled
Yangdipcrtuan, that he resided at liatoe Sabar, (') six miles
higher up the river (/./»., above Johor Lama) and that he had a
brother, called Kadja Box(;soe, who lived on fricndlv terms with
the Dutch.

(0 I'^AiiiA Y SouzA nijikes it in October, 1571, and states that
the Achinese raised the sei«;o on Tkistuan Vaz de Ve(Ja com-
pletely defeating a Malay fleet in the Moar river; it may be a
separate occasion, but it iooks like the name, and Souza makes no
mention of the one referred to at the date given in the text, which
seems to have been so serious that he would hardly have omitted
to notice it.

He also mentions in the time of de Vega an attack on Malacca
by a fleet sent by the Queen of Japara consisting of eighty largo
galleons and two hundred and twenty smaller vessels, but the
besiegers were severely defeated after a seige of three months.
This was almost immediately followed by an attack by the Achinese,
who, however, abandoned the siege in a panic, thinking there were
some special stratagems being devised against them . when as a
matter of fact, the Portuguese were in sore straits, and might
easily have been overcome.

('•) *'Sawar " said to mean a kind of fishing- weir. (See Malav
Proverbs, No. 2 of Journ.; S.H.. R.A.S., p. 145.)

128

VALENTIN S UEiCllIPraiX OF MALiCCA.

I fin J thai one Roche jje Mello was Pdrtiigu?ae Gjvcraor
of Mulakka in 159i,

I think tliat prabaUly Admiral Jacob IIsBM^KBaK wiu the
firsit of our people whrj iia;l any trade with the Ivia^ of Djobor s
he capturej a hv^Q PorUv^nQ>e carrack on liis retum voyage
fram C III nil, touched at Djuhor, and bft bj*hind there in 16J3
or^^ Jacob Buvzen, who woiiUL he Wit-i sure, be treated a% a
friend, tha Kin:^ being a uiortal foe of the Portague-^e, anil
doiti'^ his utmost to hara^^s tliem.

\Vh >n in October, IGO), ilu; vessels Ziv.riczee and HoUandne
Thnt/n { Dntch garden ) under the com man 1 of Commodore
Jacob PiKTEazoux vax KvKriuvzEN ( forming part of the fleet
under Wybhanu vax WARwrcK) arrived at the Singapore
Straits, they met with a prahn or eauoc of the King of Ojolior
bringing \i letter from JAcoii Buviitiv, which int'ijnned tfieni
that durin*!; tlie last month two Portugnesi^ nien-oi-war, four
galleys, ami twenty snvdiur craft liad arrived at that place*
under the commAud of Kstevin Tkxeira \m Made, a mi^n of
great fimc : that these vessels were waiting for some ships ^
wdiicli w<'rc expected to arrive there within a couple of montlis
from Japan and Macrassar, and whieli they had to eseorl
safely to Malakka out of danger from the Dutch vessels.

It appeared from a letter of the supercargo Jacob BurxKM,
dated the 7th October, that the Portuguese of Malakka w^ere
be»ie;;»ing Djohor, antl the King wrote to our Commodore to
be^ him ujost earnef^tly, that our trocjps might assist him in
relieving his city frum this siege. BrvzKN athlcd, bcsidcii;, that
Had ja BoNGsoKj the King's brother, intended to come very soon
on board the Commodore's vessel and to I'cniain there till
their joint efiort^ should have vanquished the Portuguese ; it,
was this very lladja Bonosiok w^ho was with Admiral Ilt^EMsKemi
when tie had captured the earrack already mentioned,

Our Comnnuhirc tlien gave Irattle to the Portuguese fleet
during the whole day and put her to flight right through ours,
whereupon Kadja Bongsod and Jacob Buvzen after having
witnessed tliis naval combat, arrived on board the Commodore's
vessel, and lladja lioxusioK after having thanked liiui cordially
f<jr The eminent service he had done them, presented him with
a tine kris, after which he and Uuyzln left him.

VALENTYN's DE8CKIPTION OF MALACCA. 129

The only losses we suffered in that fight^ were fire or six
men killed, and a few men woumled on both vessels. The
King of Ujohor^ much pleased with this victory, and with oar
assistance, arrived that very night with his fleet of forty
prahns and four or five fine galleys near, our two vessels, when^
he was visited by our Commodore in his own galley^. to whom
that Prince likewise showed his gratitude by presenting him
with a splendid kris.

Wlien the Commodore made some inquiries alK>ut pepper,
the King answered him, that he would be able to forward sume
to him within a short time, if his river were kept open and free.
Radja Bonosoe, accompanied by many Afalay gentlemen,
came again on board of the vessel Ziericzee on the 10th Octo-
ber : we fought the Portuguese that day, and put them again
ot flight, but the King, though he was present with his prahus,
left all the work to be done by us, and only looked on.

He then visited the Commodore accompanied by hi? two
brothers ( one of whom was the King of Siak ), and ofiared
him his thanks ; the Commodore then presented him with a
Japanese sword with a silver hiH and sheath, and Badja
BoNGSOE with a fine musket, whereupon that Prince took leave
of him.

On the Ist September, 1603, Andrea Furtado dr Mbndoza
succeeding Fernando Albukikk as Governor of Malakka, as
(?overuor-Gencral of the Southern Provinces of India, and
as Commander-in-Chief of the royal fleet, sent in tlie begin- .
niiig of IGOl* an Ambassador to the said King of Djohor to
acquaint him with this chann:c^ and to announce to him that
he wished to live in peace with him, though he had been ut
war witli the former Governor of Malakka.'

The King sent the reply, that he too desired to make peace,
but that he wanted to know first the terms of that peace.

Don Andrea Furtado then required that the King should
part with the Dutch ( having dealt already too much with
them), deliver thcra up to him, and deprive them of their pro-
perty, and ho informed him that tiicre should iHver be peace
if the King of Djohor would not accept the said conditions.
On the 8th Febrnury the King gave a flat refusal, and briefly
said that he would rather see his whole country ruined than

130

VALKXTVN' S nKSCftiniOV OF MALACCA.

betrny or d< liver up the Dutchj wlio stood under his protec-
tion.

The 3nl May, 1G04, Admiral Warwyck havmj^ returned to
the Djohor river, the Kin^ preseuted him with two and a half
bhiiraa of pepper, whilst he presented tlie King with a quan-
tity of powder and some balls. He sailed again on the 20t-
of the same month.

In February 1G05, Furtado resolved to besiege Batoe Sabar,
but when he heard that our Admiral Wvbrand vax Wahwvck
wtis in its very neighbourhood, he gave up his plan.

On the Ikh of the same month, our Admiral was inform©:!,
that in the meantime the Portuguese fleet had been reinforced
<*onsidcrahh% nnndjermg mm 7 men -of- war, 3D bantings, 20
galloys, and 10 Javanese sampans, and furtber t!iat Axdrka
FrRTVDo had threatened the King with an early visit, and if
he a^aiii failed to eouquer Batue Sabar he would willingly pay
the King tribute.

In the meantime some vessels of onr fleet, under the com-
mand of Admiral C Skbastiaanse, liad raptured off Pa tan i h
fine laid richly ladrn Portti^nese earraek, ealled Sf, Ant/iuntj,
and the Wissiftf/rft (joining the said Ailmirars sqnadron off
j'atuni iu February that year) had a\<o etpturcd on the 14th
January, lfi'*5, tjif Pedra lilunca another carrack coming from
Coehin-Uliina and eansigiie I to Dm Anijrka FrRTino.

We foiiTKl ir! the first rarrark the IVdlnwing goods, viz: —

2.1HI0 picnls nf white powder-sugar and some baskets of

sugar-eandy ;
J,5O0 pieuls of Tintcnaga nr Spelter (zinc) ;
221^ ftirdels of Chinese camphor;
90 fardels Agehvood ; {')
IH leaden boxes of musk-balls ;
1 1 boxes of vermilion ;
2:1 boxes of Chinej«c fans :
209 fanleU of raw »Ilk, and 75 fardels bad yellow silk ;
G.UOO pieces of variegatinl poredaiu ;
10 ea.skii of coarse and line porcelain ;

(>) ** Kiivu gfdiam."

VALENTYN^S DESCRIPTION OF MALACCA. 131

some gilt couclies and knick-knacks^ one lot radix China, (^) one
lot benzoin, 150 baskets with prepared silk, velvet, damask,
taffeta and line silk, besides some boxes with gold-wire.

In the second carrack we found : —
174i piculs of Agelwood ;
33^ piculs of Benzoin ; C)
2 small casks with Chinese camphor, and some com-
mon sarongs.
The Wissingen had captured another small Portuguese ship
off Solor, laden with ninety-two bharas Sandal-wood and 2^
pikuls of tortoise-shell.

The Wissingen sailed on the 15th September with the cap-
tured carrack St, Anthony from Patani to Djohor to try and
get a cargo at that place. Wybraxd van Warwvck followed
on the 27th October, and dropped anchor on the 12th Novem-
ber in the mouth of the Djohor river near the said carrack at
about 1^ miles from the Wissingen, The yesseh Amsterda m
aud Dordrecht were under his command. Admiral Corn elis
Sebastiaanse's squadron was also lying in the roads here.

The King called in the aid of both these Admirals, which
Skhastiaanse pledged himself to give, whilst van Warwvck
begged to excuse him for this time.

riic letters, addressed by H. H. Prince Maurice to the
King, were then presented to him, which he received with
nincli respect. Admiral Cohnelis Sebastiaanse presented
him at tlie time witli two brass guns, and van Warwvck gave
him four small barrels of gunpowder, 40 shot-cartridges for
the said cannon, 12 Japanese swords, four Portuguese muskets
with shoulder-belts, some pieces of prepared silk and a shot-
proof armour.

The two Admirals presented the King at his request with
two small wide-mouthed guns cannon-royal, and some shot-

(' ) •' .Tin soTig/' or '* Jins*ani,*' as it is also called, supposed to
very invi^oiatin^. It is stated thrit it is only found near the nioun-
t:iins. a man shoots an arrow, and if it fulls whore the "jin seng**
is to he found, a Hanie appears, which guides him to the spot.

(*) "KCincnyan/' burnt l)y Malays and aborigines in most of their
charms and spells.

132

VALEXTYX'S DESCRIPTION* OF MjILACC\,

ctu't ridges for the same, from the vessel Dordrecht atid witli an
iron pedercro (small field piece) and ten staall barrels of
gunpowder and some sbot-cartridf^es from one of Wahwvck's
vessels, in order that he ahonld be better able to repel the
assaults of the Portuguese.

Admiral van Warwyck left Djohor on the 10th December
with his vessel the Wisstn</en, after having strongly recom-
mended the King to take good care of hts people, wh'i were
left behind with a valuable cargo, and the Admiral Skbastia-
ANSE soon followed him with his vesssel the AmnUniam and the
eiirraek Si, Aufkoftt/.

At the beginiiiiig of Janaary, IGOfi, onr Adniiml (^ornelis
Matelief dk Jo\oe having met with Admiral Steve.v vxs
BEK IIaoex off the isknd of Mauritius, and having heard from
him in what state Malakka was^ set sail with his fleet to that
towut hut Don Anhuka Furtauo had fortified it considerably
during the hist three year-^, aiul besiejjed Djohor with an army
of 8,000 pion. The said Admiral s:iiled for Mahikka on the
27th January and dropped anchor on the 30th April at half a
mile distance from the town. (^)

He at once manned all his boats and slo vps and ordered
them to set fire U} four ship-^, ju^t a*^r>unl opposite the town.
These were ship^ of 2')J, I iO, and 8 ) lasts eieh, Thojigh tlie
garrison fired five shots, they all inti^sei! the h>its.

The same night Matisliek informed the King of his arrival.

The diy before, our sIooih havitig captured three prahus of

the King of Qucdab, Imded with sarongs, the Admir.it sent

them back to that King and assured him, thit he wisfied to

live in peufc with him,

The Admiral then a-^semblcd a Council of war» and the
CViuneil of all the shipmasters and merchants, and they re.'^olvcd
to approach as near Malakka as five futhoras of water {*) would
brinp; them, and to bombard the town from the fleet.

The vessels neared the coast with neap tide to a depth of iJJ
fathoms of watcr^ (^) but even at that distance their small can-
nons-royal were of no use; though a few balls did hit some
of the bouses, they could not reach the fortress.

(») There is something wrong about the distances and canuoii
range here, perhaps ** league" slioidd be road ft>i" ** tniltj ? "

VALBNTYN^S DESCRIPTION OF MALACCA. 133

The artillery of the town answered our fire ; but the VtUe
Leeaw ( White Lionjy was the only vessel once hit, whilst the
most effective shot from our side, was the one, that hit the
St. Paulus Church, sj-named hj the Dutch ; Albuquur^ub
dedicated it to "Our Lady of the Annunciatioa,'' belonging*
to the order of the Jesuits.

Mateliep in the meantime ordered four boats to survey
the North side of the town, and to take soundings, for if possi-
ble he intended t > land there and to take its suburb ; but he had
^ to abandon his plan, the soil baing too muddy, the Portuguese
having raised strong stockades there to defend their houses.

He had erected in the meantime a battery of 21; pounders
at Ilha das Naos, (*) one of the islets near the town, and had
equipped it also with two small cannons-royal, and intenied
to bombard the town from that plac9, it being much nearer
than the nearest place where the vessels coald anchor.

Our Admiral having been informed in the meantime that it
was almost impossible to m^ke a descent on the south side of
the town, intended to Jand on its north side, hence he garri-
soned tlie said islet with some 30 men.

We then opened our fire from the battery of the 21} poun-
ders in the afternoon of the 2nd May, and soon silenced the
two batteries on the south side of the town.

Now and then the artillery of the town fired at our vessels,
but without any effect ; they did not fire at the battery how-
ever. But when Matelti:f saw that all this firing to and fro
was of no use, he deliberated with hisCaptains,wheter it would
be better to leave the town alone and go first to meet and
give battle to the Portuguese fleet, or whether it would be more
advisable to take the town first ; after a mature deliberation
he resolved to ask the opinion of the King of Djohor, chiefly
because he wanted to make sure if the latter would help him
and what his assistance would consist of.

They did not expect much from the aid of the King of
Djohor, but they forwarded a message to him, and it was decided
that they shoulil wait for his answer, before acting in any
way ; the more that there was nothing known about the arrival
of the Portu^uuse fleet.

(* )Puhiu Jiiwa, lying opposite St. Paul's Hill.

134

VALEXTYN'S DESCRirTIOK OF MALACCA.

the

Portuguese

had burnt down the southern

Meauwhile
suburb,

Matelief ordered ten me a of the crew of each vessel tj
PHlfntSapht, (/)a pretty biit;: island .al)Out two iiiile.s from Mnlakka,
to make ten gabioiiR for each vessel, to be used when they
should attuck the town,

Matklikf was informed on the 4th May, that our fire bad
wounded some of the inhabitants of the town, and tliat the
Portuguese fleet with the Viceroy uud Archbishop on boant
was soon expeotfd irom Goa, first to come to the rescue of
Slalakka, and then to reconquer the ^loluccas and to fi gfht the
Kiug of Djuhor ; that the place h<Ml but very little victuals, but
that there were many guns with a large supply of ammunition,
that there were more than 3,OU0 slave?? arul Malaya withia tJic
town, but not more than 80 Europeans,

On the 5th of May, two prahus of the King of Djohor, with
the S J A 1 1 n A N D A R of S i n ga p u r a^ S r i R a ja N e o a h a , ( * ) reac h ed
our fleet; they came to see if there were Dutch vessels in this
neighbourhootl, sind they assured our Admiral, that it was cer-
tain that the Kiug would come this way as soon as he kuew of
the Admiral's presence, so they would go back that very night.

ttn the loth, the Admiral received a letter from the King
of Djohor informing him that he should j^uii him within
four days, and that he should bring us many troops as he could
assemble.

After the I'cceipt on the 14th of a letter of the same tenor,
there appeared on the 17tlx some vessels with three hundred
men under the command of theKing^s brother lladja Sabrano,
he ( the King) being absent.

The then ruagning King of Djohor, called Jangdipertochan,
was the eldest of three brothers » He was a lazy and indolent
prince, sleeping almost the whole day, getting drunk, and
amusing himself with his women, whilst ho left the business

(*) Probably Pillau tpeh (wliirh is Komewhero about 2^ miles
from the t^iwn, but then, as may be seen by the rocka on its
shore side, extending further towards the tuwn), as they were
going to attack on the North side*

(■^) Koyal iJnim J of pu«i»ibly connected with Sausk : natjm*a i
naff an, country.

VALENTYN's description of MALACCA. 185

of government to his brother, Radja Sabrang, or Radja
BoNosoE, and to the high court dignitaries.

His other brother^ the King of Siak, who had married a
daughter of the King, or a sister of the Uueen of Patani, was
also a bad sovereign ; he came very seldom to Djohor, but
remained at Siak, which was a fief of Djohor.

The third brother, who, like the King of Siak, was also of
another mother, was called Radja Laut : but the said three
princes were not to be relied upon, owini^ to their fondness for
drinking. Radja Sabkaxg was the only exception.

lie then came to welcome the Admiral, and presented him a
golden kris inlaid with some common diamonds.

They had a long talk together, and Matelief told him that
it was his intention to take Malakka and to keep it for him,
but Kadja Boncjsoe did not like that, and asked him, why he
should assist him to besiege the town, if after all the Dutch
would keep the place, for in that case it was only a change of
neighbours, and that ire did not assist him, but that //c then
assisted us.

Matelikf then asked him, what would be his reward if he
took the town, whereupon Radja Sabrano promised him to
give him a suitable place for building store-houses to put their
goods and provisions in, which they were allowed to import
duty free. l>ut Matelikf answered that his olter amounted to
nothing, tliat mauy native ])rinces had made him the same
olliT, thun;:li he ha<l never rendered them any services ; he also
jKMnti'd oiii that the prest/nt town of ilalakka did not belong
to tlie King (;f Djolior, but that it was a town built by the
PortnguesL', and tliat only the surrounding country had at one
time been the property of the King.

Finally, he gave in about the town and agreed to leave
^lalakka in our pos.sessiou, if Matklief would promise to make
war u])0!i Atsjirn, wiiieh IVIatklikf ht)wever refused to do,
being at pt act* witli tliat Statr ; but he promised that, either
lie would assist tlie King of l)johor if Atsjien deelrtred war
iiguihst him, or h<' wonM do his best to aj)i)ease the King of
At-ijien.

i''in.illy. ihf following agrccMuent was eiitered into on the
17th May, l(»')(i, and sii^ned by the dili'erent parties:--

186

VALBNTVN S DESCIilPTl(»\ OF MALACCA,

h Admiral Matelief promises to take ^lulakka from ihJ
Portuguese with the aid and assisirtnce of Djohor, after whioh
the town will remain in the power of the State^i -General
( Ilollaiid ), Imt the surrounding country will be under the
Kins: ot Djohor, provided we shall be allowed to take of it as
much us we nuiy retiuire to fortify the town ;

2. The States-General are allowed to cut timber in the
lerritory of tlie Kiug, to hiiild sliips, and to provide for all
t!ic otlier nccessitieij of tlie town :

3. All the vassaU of the States-General are allowcfl to
discharge their ships and to laud their goods in the town
without pcyiuji^ any duty ;

4. No other Duteh or Etiroiicau merchant* may trade in
the eouiitrien of the Kin^, without lirst havint< obtained leave
from our Governor at Malukka to do so, and they will be con-
sidered enemies if they trade without the said permission ;

5. His Majesty can re-people and govern the burnt down
suburb, known under the name of Canipo Clin, (^) without
any iuterferenee of the States-Generah \lh Majesjty shall if
poaaible tuke up his residence at that place and fortify it,
whilst the fc>tatca-Gcncral shall assist him to do so :

6. All the guna and cannon wliich arc found in the town
after its conquest shall belong to the King, one part of which
he is allowed to remove at once, whilst he must leave the other
part for the defence of the luwn, uutil the States-General
slja!l have pro\ided it with other artillery ;

7* All the merchandizCj money and any other goods that
shall be found in the t^Avn are to be divided in two portions,
one to go to the States-General, the other to the King;

8, Any goods not belonging to vassals of the States-
General must be landed in the said suburb [Caropo Clin] ;
but the subjcets of the States-General are allow^ed to purchase
tlic!n there freely and to carry them from there to the town :

9. lioth parries promise to assist each other faithfully
against the Portuguese and SpauiardSj but not in the case of
a war with another nationality, unless it be to stand upon the
defensive only ;

(^) I.e., Kampong Kling,

VALENTYn's description of MALACCA. 137

10. Neither of the two parties sliall make peace with the
King of Spain, without the consent of the other ;

11. If any suljject of cither party gives offence in matters
of religion, the offender shall be brought up and punished by
his own authorities ;

1:2. If any subject of one of the two parties has a claim in
the way of debt upon a su])ject of the other party, the defend-
ant shall he called l)cforo his own authorities ;

I'J. Both parties oind themselves to surrender deserters or
runaway criminals.

The said treaty was sworn to and signed by both parties, by
each of them according to the customs of his country.

The Admiral then delivered to Radja Sahrano a letter
addressed to the King and coming from His Highness Prince
Maukick, which letter was accompanied by the presents also
sent to tlie King by the said Prince, which presents consisted
of a long fusil, a double-ban-elled pistol inlaid with
mother-of-pearl, two other pistols, a sword of honour, and a
halberd, besides those sent by the Directors of the East India
Comj}any, consisting of oue line harness, two halberds and six
cuirasses.

]\lr. Mateuef thereupon landed on the 18th May, with 700
men, and falling in with a troop of 4U0 Portuguese and black
soldiers armed witli muskets and pikes, lie immediately attack-
ed them, and drove them back to the suburb.

Finding a strong thick wall there (^ ) I hey at once threw up an
nitrcnchmcnt, from behind which they opened such a hot tire
upon tlic enemy, that he had to abandon his position, which
Mas set fire to by its own inhabitants.

After having made a rapid personal examination of the
town, ^fr. AIatelief found near it a pretty large river, (*) which
tu cross would be rather a hard task, seeing as he did ^ many
strong turrets and such solid heavy walls round the town that
it would have been very easy for the Portuguese to prevent
him from taking the town : besides that he had not forces

(^) Pintu Tranquerah ?

(-) The Malacca river, separaliui; the fortress and main town
from the huhurbs.

138

VALKNTYBJ'S UBSClUPnON OF MAlACCA.

f*nougli fur the purpose, many of hU soldiers beiag laid iiji
already witli sickucf^s, and as far the as^smtanee of tiic Malayg^
he did not feel inclined ta rely too mnch upon it.

In the meantime lie ordered \m troops with the assi stance
of the Malays to coiis^truet n battery in the said suburb^ and
armed it with two IT pounders, with which he intended to
s[lt?nee the fire of the enemy on that gide of the town.

By thi^ time Mr; Matei.ief hail noticed, that whenever be
h:id ai^ked Eadj.^ SAnEANO for the help of his men lie indeed
promised to send hiiu people, bnt they never appeared ; and
eoneludin^ that there \sm something amh^ between the King
of Djohor nnd his brothei% he became iiware. that ho wa^
knocking at a dciif man's door, the more s'> tluit they hat!
conceived a sentiment of jealouay ^^ gainst each other. Finally,
beeominc? convinced tliat he conld n^ver take the town with
the small nnmbcr of Iruops under hii% command^ he thoii^lit it
advisable to raise the sief?:eand rc*emh>irk his troops, especially
when the nnmlaharn hntl told him plainly that the Malayi*
intended to leave the whole hui«ines» to us, under pretence
that Ternate and Ambon had also been taken by us without
the assistance of the n^itives.

T wij^h to take this opportunity of correcting an erroneous
stiitcmcnt 1 iii:idu \\\ i'ui-notr (Ti) p. ."U c»f Xi>. ]:; u\' \\\ls
JuHriiiil for JoTie, l^*^l. I1i0 anus tn[ ilie old ;;ntrw;iy
tlu're ninufio5ii'l ;irr u..t roriu.ju->fS ^Ii'iultIi T \.a-^ so hi-
foi-med l)y ;i Porrn^iiesu' Consul, but l)iiicli vA'trv ai!, the
IJiitaviau lion is cI^mt.

D. V. A. 11.

NOTICES OF BOOKS.

Rapport a M. le Ministre de V Instruction Publiquc sur tine
Mission aux lies Philippines ct en Malaisie (iSjg-iSSi)^
par M, le Docteur J. MONTANO. Paris, Hachette,
1883,

Every contribution to the scientific literature of the Philip-
pines is of value, for though these islands have been under
European dominion for over 300 years, it is astonishing how
much there is still to be learned about them. There is no
complete work which embraces the whole subject of the geology,
geography, and natural history of this group. One has to look
for the botany in old Fray Blanco's work, or pursue it
through the voluminous pages of A. de Candolle's ProdrO"
mtiH. A valuable illustrated work on the forest flora of the
Philippines has been lately published at Manila by Senor
ViDAL. But both works arc incomplete. The geology of the
island may be sought in tlie various papers supplied to the
Boletino del Carte Geoloijico di EspaTta, a work now extending
to many volumes. M. Jagor has given many valuable details
in his Eeiscn in den PJiilippweu (Berlin 187'3), a work which
has been translated into Spanish, French, and English. There
is also an Appendix ])y J. Koih on the geology of the islands.
Earon IIichtiiofkn has published some observations on the
nummulitic limestones of Binaugonan. Finally, M. Vidal
has published (Madrid, 1874) a Memoir on the mountains of
the Philippines.

In the numerous works published ])y the monks about their
missions, which arc very voluminous, there arc scattered notices
of geology and natural histoi y, which have more value than one
would imagine from the imperfect state of scientific knowledge
when they were written. In tliesc may be found many interest-
ing details of hurricanes, earthquakes, and volcanic eruptions.
The history of the Dominican Mission in the Philippines is in

140

NOTICES or BOOKS.

BIX volumes, while the works of the Augustinians and Jei^uiUi
arc too numerous to specify.

In spite of all these» however, a good general work crabracing
all the departments of science is still a desideratnm, for the ma-
terial of whieh l>r. iloNTAXo'is Keport is a eontribution which
cuunot he too highly praised. His opportunities for observa-
tion have been considerable. He visited in succession Luzou,
Calamianes, Palawan^ Balabuc^ Mindanao, and Panay, besides
making long journeys inland, especially in the little known
island of Mindanao. Hi« qualjticatioos for making the mo»t
of biich opportnoities appear to be of the liighest order, and
thus we have notices, necessarily^ brief it is true, in almost
every department of science.

The Report is divided into five chapters, viss. : — 1 . — Geolofjy ;
2. — Meteorology ; 8. — Anthropology ; 4.— Pathology ; 5. — Dia-
lects: i). — ^Political Geofrraphy, including Agriculture and
Commerce. Zoology ami Botany are to form the subjects of a
subsecpicut work.

One woidd suppose, from the volcanic nature of these is-
lands, that thegeoloojy would he somewhat uniform and that the
author's notes woidd be confined to noticcii of volcanic pro-
ducts with investi^Tations on the dLsturbances to which the
gronp has been subjected. ISut sedimentary and fuSiiliferous
rocks are not wanting in the islands. The formation raitges
from the lower paleozoic to mioccnCj through, like all the eastern
ivhmds, mesozoic rocks appear to he wanliiig. The writer of
this notice, when visiting the Calamianes gronp some tew
months hack, was surprised to find the island ofCoronaud
many other smaller islands entirely composed of precipitous
limestone similar t<» what is found in Sclangor and Pcrak iu
the Malay Peninsula. And w hat nmkes the resemblance still
more striking is that immediately opposite, on the island of
Cnlion, the rocks are paleozoic and ferruginous, decomposing
into laterite just like what is found iu the tin formations at
Thaiper.g. Limestone is also found iu the north-west of Luzon,
and also miocene rocki* and broken fossils mostly of forami-
nifcra. As a general rule, it may be said that the sedimentary
nicks belong mure to the southern islands. In Mindanao there
are quartz veins with gold in slates^ also tertiary rocks. There

KOTICES OP BOOKS. 141

is also coal in the central and southern islands. Dr.
MoNTANO explored a good deal of the River Agusan in Minda-
nao. Between Bislig and Catel he found traces of an exten-
sive upheaval of the coast line. Large banks of madrepore
coral were raised above the level of the sea, extending in wide
horizontal strata rounded by the waves which the north-east
wind frequently dashes over them. The mineralogical notices
in the Report are not very numerous, and the chapter concludes
with a long account of earthquake phenomena. Of course, the
great earthquake of 1880 is not passed over, but the author gives
the account and diagrams of the Jesuit Padre Faura, which
have been already published. Dr. Montano's remarks and
observations on seismology are very interesting.

The meteorological portion of this work is less satisfactory,
inasmuch as the author did not reside long enough in Malay-
sia or the Philippines to enable him to form any conclusions
from actual observation. He might, hower\'er, have obtained
excellent material from the published reports in Singapore, just
as he has availed himself of the published reports of the Jesuit
Observatory at Manila. These are very complete, but the
whole subject, including that of typhoons, to which Manila is so
liable, is about to be treated of in a separate work by Padre
Faura, who, for many years, has been the Director of the
Observatory of the Ateneo Municipal.

This Report is especially interesting in the department of
ethnography, and much that is new will be found in it. The
author gives a veiy full record of facts, which, as he has no
theory of his own to support, appear to be entirely trust-
worthy, lie describes the Negritos or aboriginal mountain
tribes in a very full manner. They correspond to our Sakeis in
ilahiysia, and are quite distinct from the bulk of the native
population throughout the island. They are divided into
different tribes according to the mountains where they dwell.
They have never been civilised in any way, and all attampts to
reclaim them have failed. Even on Mariveles, close as these
mountains are to the city of Manila, they are to be found, un-
contrnlled by the Spanish Government and occasionally killing
a solitary Chinese or Tagal who strays into their mountain
fastnesses.

NOTICES OF BOOKS,

The great portion of the natives or Indiana who inhabit the
lowlands of the islands belong to the tribes or races whicli are
diatinguisbed as Tagalocs, Bia^iyas or Yishuyas, and Bieols.
They are all branches from the Malay stock, with a somewhat
marked approach to the Chinese type.

Though 1 have naid that Dr. Moxtano hfis no theory of his
own to support^ ol course he has a system which he devdopes.
He follows those who regard the people of Malaysia and all that
portion of the great archipelago to the west of Mores, Ceratn
and Gilolo (the limit of the Papuan race) as belonging to three
distinct races, viz. : — the Negritos, the Tndonesiaus, and the
Malays. Dr. Montaxo l!mit« the application of this system
to the countries which he visited. As he saw very little of tlie
Malay Peninsula, that portion of his work is incomplete.

MakiDg erery allowance for the changes and admixtures to
which every race is subject, the author gives the followins; idea
of the system. The islands are supposed to be divided into
three zones. The Negritos, occupy the internal or motintain
region to which they have been driven by the Indonesian inva-
sion. The Indonesians occupy the central zone, where they
have been driven in their turn by the Malay races, which almo.st
exclusively occupy the external zone and are spread on all the
coasts of the Indian Archipohigo as far as Flores.

So far the idea is simple enougli, but it soon be ionics compli-
cated, even when applied to the Philippine Islands alone.
There we have the Negrito in the mountains, but in most of
tlic islands there is not much trace of the Indonesian. We
find oui*selves in presence of a Malay race divided into three
peoples, as we may call them, speaking three different knguagcs,
though all of undoubted Malay origin. There are the Bicols,
the Tagalocs, and the Lisayas. These form the bulk of the po-
pulation of the islands. The Negritos are rapidly disappearing
and do not number in Luzon and Mindanao more than 500
souls. The Bicols arc close on half-a-miUion : the Tagalocs
about twelve hundred thousand ; and the Eisayas two million
and a half. Dr. MfiNTAxo confines his observations to the
Indonesians of Mindanao, and enumerates them as about
fifty thousand.

The three great tribes of Malays already described are con-

K0TICE8 OP BOOKS. 143

sidered as having a predominance of Chinese blood, and in the
Gulf of Davao (Mindanao) and Siilu he finds Malays with a
mixture of Arab and Indonesian blood. These are called
Moors by the Spaniards and arc all Mohammedans. They
number about ten thousand souls.

The author divides the Negritos "of Luzon and Miudanao
into: — 1. — Negritos; 2. — Mamauua; 3. — Negrito Mestizos.
In Malacca he enumerates four tribes, namely : — 1. — Manthra,
2. — Knabui, 3. — Udai, and4. — Jakuns. Other Sakeisare not
taken into account. Besides these, there are many Negritos in
the other large islands of the Pbilippinc group, such as Mindo-
ro, Panay, &c., but of these Dr. Montaxo saw nothing.

There can be no doubt that there arc three zones of races to
be found in most of the larger islands of the Indian Archipe-
lago. Nay more, we find the same or similar facts far beyond
the limits ascribed to them by Dr. Moxtano. There are three
zones of races very distinctly marked in Formosa, in IIain:iu
probably, and there are even traces of the same in Japan, 13ut
when we come to analyze the constituents of these zones, the
difiiculty of classifying them under one head becomes manifest.
In Borneo, for instance, the coast line is on the west, north and
north-east overspread with Malays (Bajows), the central zone
may roughly be said to be made up of the various tribes of
Dusuns and Dyaks. But the Dusuns are of partly Chinese
origin, and there does not seem to be anything in common bet-
ween them and the Indonesians. In the centre we have wild
mountain tribes, of which little is known, but yet sufficient to
say that they are not Negritos.

Ill Formosa the Nc^gritos of the mountains arc a fierce sa-
vage tribe very like those of Luzon, but more treacherous.
The central zone is a mixture of Chinese and possibly a Malay
race, while the coast line is entirely Chinese. We have no
traces of a distinct Indonesian population in the Malay Penin-
sula, but any person who pays much attention to the diversities
of type amongst the Malays in the various States must see at
once that some admixture of races must have taken place.
Of course, the recent mestizos (^f Malay-Chinese and Indo-Ma-
lays are taken into account by Dr. Montano.

The portion of this work which is devoted to language will

144

NOTICES OP BOOKS.

be read with great interest by the student. The author states
that all the dialecta of the independent tribes which he visited
belotif^ to a family of languages which he calls Malayu- Polyne-
sian. This result is the raore important as it tends to throw
sonje little light on the approxiuiHtion wliich some have found
between the Japanese kiig-ua<^e and the Polynesiun. In Jn-
panesc, ^falay words and a Malay structure are also slightly
perceptible* What if the Polynesian races are the ultimate
dispersion of a race which once spread over and peopled the
east even as far as Japan? In the Philippines Dr, AIohtaxo
takes Tap:ahic as tlu* type, comprising under thnt ^roup the
Bicnl and Bisaya dialects, They are almost as distinct from
each other us they nre from the Malay, but yet they are all of
Malay origiu beyond a doubt.

The author .says that in all these languages or dialects there
are no such things us parts of speech properly speaking. Theo-
retically all the words maybe considered as roots and by them-
selves having no more than a vague sense. Their value as sub-
ject or object %^crb or quality is determined by affixes and
suffixes less numerous in Malay than in the Tagaloc (iialects,
where their use is extremely complicated. This I'enders tlie
lanf^uage difficult for Europeans, Yet most of the monks speak
it fluently, and they have published so many and such excellent
grammars and dictionaries of all the dialects that the study of
them and the cdmddation of their history is much facilitated.
The Negritos have no language of their own, at least now in
the Philippines, They speak a corrupted Tagaloc. It is a
pity that we know so little of the language of our Snkeis. 5Ir,
J. E. DE LACKnix has published something on the subject (Jour-
nal of the Anthropnlogieal InstitutOj August and November.
1882), and we may hope that before long some of the officers of
Ciovernmcnt in the Malay Peninsula will take the matter up.

Dr. MoMANo f^ives very full vocabularies of Malay, Ttigaluc,
Bis€ayaJ3uled-Upih, Negrito, Samal, Manobo, Bagobo, Tugacao-
lo, liilaUj and Atas. The last five are small tribes iu Mindanao
with xery disliuct diJilcets. Biiled-Upih is the lauguage oF the
natives oo the KiuMbatangan liiver in north-cast Borneo. The
orthography of the IMalay given iu this book is peculiar, and
adds one more to the ways of rendering that language accessible

KOtlCSS OF BOOKS. 145

to Europeans by odd combinations of letters. Dr. Montano's
mode may be better than its predecessors, but at any rate it
differs from them. At present no two books agree, and the
student is fairly bewildered. Who will put an end to this
confusion ?

Connected with the subject of ethnology, there are thirty
beautifully executed phototypes by Quinsac. Their execution
leaves nothing to be desired. There is also a plate represent-
ing microscopic sections of hair from various tribes. These
sections show an oval, or sometimes a triangular and qua-
drangular outline, but never a cylindrical one.

The chapter on pathology is exceedingly interesting, contain-
ing as it docs notices of all the various diseases amongst the
natives which came under the author^s notice. He also gives
some well-considered observations on the effect of the climate
upon Europeans, The subject, however, is too long to be dealt
with here, and the same may be said on the chapters devoted
to commerce and agriculture. This notice may be concluded
by stating that Dr. Montano has contributed a most valuable
addition to our knowledge of the Philippine Islands, which
will hereafter be a standard work of reference on the subject.
Scientific men will look forward anxiously to the portions
especially devoted to zoology and botany. Even in this
report there is a list of native names of plants with their cor-
responding botanical names and the orders to which they be-
long, amounting to 190 plants. A similar list is given by
ViDAL, which the writer of this notice has found most useful in
travelling through the Philippines, but MoxTAXo'slist contains
tribal names which arc not found elsewhere.

J. E. TENISON-WOODS.

'Work ami Adventure in Neic Guinea, iSyj to rS8^/^ by R(n\
Jamks ChalmilKS, and Rev. \V. Wvatt i}\LL.—The

Reiigioits Tract Society, iS8^.

Just a year has elapsed since Commodore Ekskine pro-
claimed a British protectorate over a large portion of the
southern shores of New Guinea extending from the limit of

146

NOTICES UF BOOKiS.

the teiTitory claimed by the Government of the Netherlauds,
about Longitude 141° E., to East Cape including certam adja-
cent islands, A High Commissioner {Major- General Sir
Peter Sckat( hlev, r.e. ) has beim appointed, and may per.
haps soon be heard of off the coast of the Protectorate. lu
the rneantime the work of Messrs, Chalmers and Gill,
Avhioh has been lately published^ comes opportunely to afford
the most recent inlbrniation, from those best qaalified to
give it, of the territory in which Great Britain has acquired
new interests and responsibilities, and of the manners aud
enstoms of the tribes inhabiting it.

The authors are missionaries of the London Missionary
Society, bnt their book is no mere chronicle of mission work i
it contains valuable ethnographical notes about comparatively
unknown tribes, find reconis of exploration in new regions. The
mission, which dates only from 1871, seems now to be firmly
established ; the head-quarters of the missionaries arc at Port
Moresby, while thirty-two native teachers, most of them South
Sea Islanders, but some of them New Guinea eonvertsj are sta-
tioned at various villatjes along the south-eastern coast of the
great island between Motn-Motu and East Cape,

The only specimen of the language given consists of the
names of the months ( thirteen ) and the numerals in the
Motu dialeet, which is used by the natives of Port Moresby.
Other diak'cts are mentioned — Roro, nula,Koiarij &c.— and the
natives of different distriets seem to be unintelligible to cacli
other. At Teste Island several Polynesian words were recog-
nistd in the conversation of the natives with each other.

The people of Port Mf>resby speak of themselves as being
of the same origin as the natives of the gulf of Papua. *' Two
men sprung out of the earth — Kerimaikuku and Kerimaikape —
but no woman ; their only eorapanion was a female dog'.
Anxious for children, a daughter and a son were born to them.
AVhcn these were grown up they married, and children bein;^
born the inhabitants soon numbered fourteen. They then
separated, two going right back to the mountains, aud from
tht^ra sprmig the great Koiari tribe; two going not ao far
inland, and dwelling on the lo\v lauds and from them sprung
the Koitapuans, a tribe of sorcerers ; the remainder all goiug
to Elema, where they remained many generations.''

NOTICfiS OF fiOOKa«

The only account that a raoimtain tribe in the interior of
the K abaci i district could give of their faith wan that their
great spirit lived on the mountains and was fiilled Oarova ; ho
had a wife named Ooirova and they had a .son called Kurorova.
A native of Orokolo, a place at the head of the jjulf of
Papua, furnished the following particulars as to the beliefs of
his tribe : —

'* The spirit Kanitn made two men and two women who
came out of tlic eartli. The ntime of the elder brother was
Leleva and the younger Yovod ; from them have sprung all
mankind. This spirit lives in spirit-Jund on the mountains
and wlien ho visits a village he rests on the ridge of the tem-
ple. He is represented in the temple in wicker-work ; there
he is fousultcd and i»resents made to him/'

In connection with this word lunu'tif^ or ICnnidu^ which by
the way seems to have been adopted by the missionaries as a
mode of translating the word God, it is noticeable that the
word Siinfu^ meaning a malevolent spirit, is found among cer-
tain Malayan tribes, ejj,^ the islanders of Mantawe off the
West Coast of Sumatra. See Journl. I ml. Arch., IX, ^7*

As is tJie case with all of the larger eastern islmds, the
interior of Xew Guinea seems to be inhabited by aboriginal
tribei who have been driven back to the hills by a robuster
nice now occupying the coast districts. While the latter arc
described as being in places as fair as South Sea litanders,
the former are said to b.i black with woolly hair, beards and
moustaches, and are all cannibals. The physique of the people
is found to improve as one travels eastward from Port Moresby,
and Dufaure island is mentioned as the point of meetiuir of
two races—one from the Kcrepnnn side and the other from
the eafit. Both would sctm to ditler considerably from the
Pajmans of the Gulf At South Cape the people arc small
and puny and much darker than the Eastern Polynesians.

The hoases of the natives are built on piles, und in
many places villages are found composed ei^tirely of houaes
built in this way iu shallow water on the sea-shore, com-
munication being maintained between them by horizontal
poles supported on perpendicular ones. Mr. Gill des-
cribes these as J"Swiss-lake-lika villages" in allusion, of

148

NOTICES Of BOOKS.

course, io discoveries of the remains of houses raised on pile^

in lacustrine sites in Switzerland and North Italy.

Wallace long ago stated that the view of an ancient lake- ^B
dwellers village, given as the frontispiece of Sir Crarles ^M
Lyhll'^ ^^ Antiquity of Jlau/' is chiefly founded ou a sketch of a
New Guinea village, viz., Dorey iutheNorth-west of the island.*
The custom of building on piles or bamboo posts at various
heights above the ground is very general from the frontiers
of Tibet to the islands of the South Sea, and ie one of the many
points whicli support the theory of an identity of origin be*
twcen the Indo-Chinese races and the races of the Indian Ar-
chipelago. t Specimens of Malay villages on stilts standing ia
the sea may be viewed any day in New Harbour, Singapore.

The customs of the people as regards clothing are notl
8ueh as to encourage a Inipe of finding a new market for
English cotton goods in New Guinea ! The married men
and women are described as having very little dr«\ss ; the
young men and girls have a little more than their pa-
rents. Shell ornaments for the hair, shell necklaces, and
liose-ornatncnts and armlets of the same material are much
worn. So are tortoise-shell ear- rings. A grass petticoat is,
woni by women and is said to he identical ^\ith that formerly
worn in theEUieo group, the grass being ornamented by alter-j
natc red and yellow strips of pandanus leaf; married wome:
have their hea<ls close shaven, while unmarried girls wear
their hair *'m a complete frizle, four or five icehes long and
not parted/' Young men wear a coloured bnnd of iiativi
cloth round the stomach. It is made from the hark of Ih
native mulberry, and is woven tightly on the body, the fles
bulging out above and below. It cau be removed only b'
cutting it. The face is painted in stripes of black, whit©, n
and yellow J and nasal urnaments, often nine inches long am
cm*ved, are inserted in the pierced svptunu At Murray Island
the old men, to conceal their grey hair, take ti» wigs, " whic!
represent them as having long, flowing, cuiiy hair as in youth!

Tattooing is common. Women at Port Moresby are des-
cribed by Mr. Gill as '^ exquisitely tattooed,^' while at Hula,

• Wallace's Mahy Archipelago^ II, Wo.
t Colooel YuLK* Journ. Anihrop. Instit.

XOTICES OP BOOKS. 149

further east, the tattooing is said to be " simply perfect ^' and
to leave upon the mind the effect of clothing. *^ Married
women have a necklace or chain tattooed round the neck;
each pattern has a distinct name. It is done to please the
future husband, who has to pay liberally for it/' At South
(/ape, says Mr. Chalmers, the women ''tattoo themselves
all over their faces and bodies and make themselves look
very ugly, '' shewing either an inferiority in art on the part
of the South Cape people, or a diversity of taste between the
two authors. Tattoo-marks on the chest and back of a chief
indicate severally a life violently taken.

When in mourning for a relative the body is blackened over
and besmeared with ashes, and the chest and shoulders, and
sometimes the entire person, are enveloped in fine net-work.
A widow will sometimes remain in mourning for five years,
during which period, it is said, she wears no ornaments and
performs no ablutions. A mother in mourning for her daugh-
ter will wear round her neck all the ornaments once the pro-
perty of the deceased, and along with them the jawbone taken
from the unburicd body. The latter incident must be looked
upon, however, as a charm to avert the evil influence of the
spirit of the deceased rather than any token of mourning, for
in another place Mr. Chalmers describes one of his guides
( at Stacy Islaud) as wearing, as an armlet, the jawbone of a
man whom he had killed and eaten, ''while others strutted
about with human bones dangling Irora their hair and about
their nccks.^' Similarly, it may be doubted if the " immense
iiecklace,^^ seen by Mr. Gill, slung over the left shoulder of a
woman ( consisting of the vcrtebruo of her deceased brother ),
was really worn " as a mark of afiection/' and the live widows
of one husband who carried about, each of them, a portion
of his remains, the eldest currying the skull in a basket,
were probably guided by some superstition which the Eu-
ropean observer did not fathom.

Cannibalism, though not universal, is general. The Stacy
Islanders boasted of having killed and eaten ten of their
enemies from the mainland, and the house of the chief was
hung M'ith the skulls of the enemies eaten by himself and
bis people. Among these people a cannibal feast^ to which

150

NOTICES oy BOOKS.

Mr. Chalmers was invited, was teld and ^' some of our
friends ajipcared witlj pieces of hum an Hesh danglinof from
their necks and arnis.'^ The black tribey of the iutciior
have the reputation of being cannibalsj i\m\ tho^e with whom
the Port Moresby natives trade are said to laugh at the
latter for not eating snch delicate food as huinan fle^h
lustunces are given too of cannibalism on the part of na-
tives of the Hayter and Heath Islanfis, of Taste lislaiul and
of South Cape, At the last-named place a friendly chief
presented to ^Irs* Ciialmeus a hnnian hreaBtj •' u hig:hly
prized and delieate bit/^ lb 'm not astonishing, therefore,
that her Imsband records that after this bo ceased to gratify
the nativejs in this part of New Guinea with exhibitions of 1
his chest, though the free inspection of the feet, boots, arms, f
and chest of an European seems to peculiarly delight them.
'* All shout wilh delight, and every new arrival must ha%'e a
look/^

The god 8 of the natives of the south-east of Xew Guinea
Jirc Kaevaknkn, Scmese, and Tauparan, the first beiu^ a
female and the others male i^pirit^. The district of Elema
is finjjpo&cd to he the place of residence of these goda, and
herd, as well as at other places along the coast, there are
temples rontjiining idols where dances and feasts are held*
No females or youths may app roach the temples. Singrni^
enters largely into the worship of these people, which would
seem to be rather dictated l>y the fear of evil spirits than
belief in bcneticent ones. "The centre post in every hou^e
is ^Kcred to Kaevaknkn and her portion uf food in every
feast is first offered there. The first fruits hclong to her.
All planting is uscIcks unless hlcJ^si'd by the gods. The sun
behmgs to Kucvakuku. Kain, lightning and thunder to

ISemcse and Taupanni." . " Kaevakuku is represented by a

large frame of wicker-work. Bernese and Tanparan are made
from blocks of wood and stand ontsitle of some temples,
and aji^uinst all the ]>osts rimning clown the centre/' During
a tluindersrorm the natives beat drums and shunt in order
to drive away the storm-spirits.

'* Spiritists,'* as Mr. Chalmers calls them, who profess to f
make revelations by the aid of spirits who speak tbrongh

NOTICES or BOOKS. 151

them, after the mauiier of the Borneo manang and the
Malay pawaingj are much belieTed in and feared, and, like
the- latter^ adc^t u feigned voice and nse much singing and
chanting in their incantations. They have the reputation of
being expert noisoners, and wars are undertaken and mur-
ders committea on their representations. It is no wonddr
that the sorcerer ^^ gets the best of everything — ^best pig^ best
foodj best tomahawk^ best shells.'' There are sorceresses
also. So, among the islanders of Bum, the ''Swangi/' who
has a familiar spirit at his command and is able to cause '
sickness or disaster, receives presents, not only from those
anxious to retain his goodwill, but also from those who wish
to use his power to the injury of an enemy.*

Of social customs,- or ceremonies at births and marriageSi
there is no account. It would appear to be the custom for
the husband to purchase his wife, one chief having stated to
Mr. Chalmers that he had paid ''an enormous sum'' for
his consort, viz., ten arm shells, three pearl shells, two strings
of dogs teeth, several hundreds of cocoa-nuts, a large quan-
tity of yams, and two pi^. But in another district (up
the William River) a man pays nothing on mairiage for a
girl, but has to pay heavily if the object of his choice be a
widow !

Accounts of burial customs vary according to the dififereut
localities and tribes visited. Of the natives of Suau, or
South Cape, Mr. Gill says : *' All the members of a family
at dcatli occupy the same grave ( above which a small homo
is erected), tlie earth that thinly covered the last occupant
being scooped out to admit the new-comer. These graves
are shallow ; tlie dead being, buried in a sitting posture,
hands folded. The earth is thrown in up to the mouth only.
An earthen pot covers the head. After a time the pot is
taken oil', the perfect skull removed and cleanscil — eventu-
ally to be hung up in a basket or net inside the dwelling of
the deceased over the fire to blacken in the smoke.

• FoBBES, Eastern Archipelago, 404 (Buru), 888 (Timor).

1S2

KOTKES OF BOOKS.

Among the Koiari Iribo the bodies of the dead are not
buried, but anulried and preserved in the tollowm^ir manner: — *

" A iiro is kept burning day and night at the heiwi and
feet for months. The entire akin is removed by means of
tlie thumb and forefinger and the juices plastered all over
the face and body of the operator (parent, buKband, or mfo
of the deceased). The fire gradually desiccates tlie flesh, so
that little more than the skeleton i^ left. Their next anxiety
is to discover by whose sorceries be or she has died- The
mode of proceeding is as follows: the wise man of the tribe
places on the body as many bits of dried g^rass as there are
known villages round about, each bit being placed in the
correct relative position. The incantation begins; at length
a Hy cr some other insect alights on one of these straws^
jirobably attracted by the smell It is now evident to the
wise man that an inhabitant of the village indicated by the
Btraw occasioned the death of their friend by S(trcery, for
has not the gnd spoken? That same night revenge must
he obtained ! Tho desiccated body is well wrtipped up and
iixtd in a lofty tree. The ashes of the two tires are rubbed
over Ihe faces of the relatives and other watchei"s, a grand
feaet and dancing concludin<r the whole/' The resemblance
of some of these incidents to the customs of the islanders
of Burn and Timor and of the Australian aborigines is
worthy of remark. FuiutEs hsjs noticed that the Timorese,
like the Australiauji, cnnnot understand why any one i^houkl
die unless he be killed and seek, after a death, the person
whose malevolent influence has caused it. t The same people
suspend dead bodies, folded at the thighs and wrapped in
mats, in lofty trees. J

In districts where burial is practised ( e. j/., Port Moresby j
a stake is planted beside the grave to which are tied the
spear, club, bow and arrow of the deceased, (if a man },

* Mr. (lux points out that D^Alhertis in hi 8 work on IS* ew
Guinea [vol. ii, pp. 133, 13I-], has furnished evidence of a similar
practice obtaining among the natives of the Fly Hirer, 500 miles
further west.

t Eastern Aix^hipelago, 404, 438,

X Id., p. 434,

NOTICES OF BOOKS. 153

broken to prevent theft : at the grave ot a woman her cook-
ing utensils, grass petticoats, &c., are similarly suspended.
This is the bait/a o{ the Dayaks of Borneo* and agrees, as
Mr. Gill points ont, with customs which prevail generally
among the Polynesians. At a funeral which he witnes-ied, the
widow sat at the head of the grave besmeared with ashes. A
lament was sung by the assemblage to the accompaniment of
drums which each man carried. The women scratched each
others* faces and bosoms until they bled freely : " then the
hair of the dead was plucked and shaved oflF as charms ; in-
describable phallic scenes followed/' It is the custom for
relatives to watch by the graves of their deceased friends, and
small huts are erected over or near the graves, in which they
sleep at night.

Of a tribe of mountaineers whom he visited, Mr. Chalmers
says: *^ the natives very seldom bury their dead, leaving the
body in a house sot apart for it, which they often visit. When
a number of deaths take place, they leave the village and set-
tle somewhere else not far off. There is one grave here, near
to our house, on which a tobacco plant is growing, a bamboo
pipe, the property of the deceased, alongside a few sticks on
end with yams on top. When they do bury, the body is placed
standing in the grave.'* A most cruel and unnatural custom, said
to prevail in the district of Aroma, is that of burying alive decre-
pit parents and grandparents. A native teacher saw a man dig a
grave for his aged grandmother. With his own Btrong arms
he deposited her in it, despite her tears and feeble resistance.
When remonstrated with, he replied : *' She cannot live. She is
already as good as dead. '' He then filled up the grave and
trod the earth down upon the living victim and went home.
Taro, sago, cocoa-nuts, betel- nuts, yams, plantains, and sugar-
cane are produced abundantly. *' Sago is cooked with shell
fish, boiled with bananas, roasted on stcmes, baked in the ashes,
tied up in leaves, &c., &c/' Pork and the meat of the wallaby
are much valued as food by the natives, and iguanas are also
eaten. I'he indigenous breed of fowls is inferior. Cucumbers
are cultivated. A small oyster, described as " capital eating "

* See No. 14. of this Journal, p. 291.

154

NOTICES OF B00R8.

is plentiful at Port Moresby, The South Sea laland i
(piper nnl/ii/fifictiui J grows wild. Among the products of
one district are eauoierated raspberries^ strawberries, nutmegs,
tobacco, capsicums and indigenous cotton,

]Mi\ Chalmers gives the native names of several speeies of
wild animals, but aa ho did not see them, was unable to iden-
tily them. " The Jakoni, Gmnlmf and Af/iia are very large
and fierce. The Papara and Gadaim are small but tierce/'
In the existenco of these Mr. Gill does not appear to believe,
for he says that th'^ wild pig f mtn papftensisj is the largest
and, excepting tin* dingo, almost the only true mammal in
New Guinea, all the rest being marsupials. Tliere are two
species of wallaby in New Guinea and ** two species of the
hi tlicrto strictly Australian genus Hc/tidtia, or spiny aut-eatcr,
have been discovered/^ ( Tuchyglmsm BrtfiJnU and T, LawrHii),
Both tonus are oviparous, I1ie Echidna produces a i^ingle
egg at a birth, thus supplying^ as Mr, Gill remarks^ the con-
necting buk between reptiles and nnimmalia.

Mr. Gill discusses the relative advantages of three placed
as the ewpital of British New Guinea. These arc Hall Sound,
Port Moresby, and Kcrcpunu, The txi^l is near a vast extent
of fertile land, but swamps make it unhealthy; the second is
shut oH* by hills frum the interior; and the third though
giving access to a valuable district is so thickly inhabited that
to obtain a site would be difticult. The advantages of a safo
harbour Lt>ll in favour of Port Moresby, but probably the head*
quarters of the High CymuiisFioner will be the deck of his
stenmcr for stuno time to come. The density of the population
and the attachment of the natives to their holdings will make
Colonisation in New Guinea a very ditferent underL'ikiug to
that which lay before early settlers in x\ustralia. At South
Cape Mr. Gill was told that ''every acre of soil along this
part of New (ininea ha^ its owner. A native desirous of
making a plantation on another person's land can fhi so by
aMsking permission, or by a stipulated pay meat, but only tor *
once/' Tlie cultivation uf jute is mentioned as an industry
likely to be vahiable in the future, a specimen of NewGuii
jutCj submitted to *' a well-known Dundee firm/' having b(
pronounced to be the finest jute in the world.

NOTICES OF BOOKS. I&IA

This book contains an accoant of the marder of four native
teachers and the wives and children of two of them in 1881^
and of the murder of Dr. James and Mr. Thobngeekt^ with
allusions to other outrages. And it is not difficult to gather
from Mr. Chalmers' uuvarnished narrations of his various
journeys tliat difficulties and dangers which he successfully
surmounted might, in the case of one not gifted with equal
coolness and courage, have given occasion for bloodshed, and
consequently for permanent hostility with a revengeful people.
His knowledge and influence uill^ no doubt^ be most useful to
those charged with the administration of the Protectorate, and
it is to be hoped that he may^ at some future, time be able to
give to the world fuller details about New Guinea than those
contained in this unpretending volume, which has apparently
been compiled in England, in his absence, from some of his
journals and papers. Ill-digested as information communi-
cated in this way must necessarily be, it is sufficient to enable
the reader to admit, with the author of the introduction, that
Mr. Chalmers has combined the qualities of missionary and
explorer in a remarkable degree, and has added enormously to
the stock of our geographical knowledge of New Guinea, and
to our accurate acquaintance with the ways of thinking, the
habits, superstitions, and mode of life of the various tribes of
natives.

W. E. M.

OCCASIONAL NOTES.

EXPLORATION OF PAHANG.

Extract from a letter from Mr. W, Cameron to H. E.

the Acting Governor (the Hon'ble Cecil C. Smithy

C.M.G.y dated 4th September, 188$.

I bave bad a Terjr successful expedition ibis time, and
tbink it is tbe most complete and comprehensive piece of
exploring I bave done yet, as well as one likely to lead to
practical results.

I bave discovered Pabang to be a mucb larger territory
than even I imagined, and I always knew it to be larger than
was generally supposed. It impinges right up to the Ulu
of the Kinta and the Raia close into Perak just as it does at
Ginting Bidei, and there is no intermediate nobody's land,
except that this portion is totally unknown even to tbe
Pahangites or to any Malays. There is in this place a sort
of central hill country, a sort of vortex in tbe mountains,
where for a wide area we have gentle slopes and pamah
(plateau) land, with rounded bills shut in all round by loftier
ranf:es but which from the mean elevation of this vortex appear
comparatively low, but the mean of the valley for many miles
is 4,500 to 4,750 feet above sea level by aneroid. Streams of
considerable size glide along easily from all around and go to
feed onelarjie stream eventually, and this is tbe Telom — tbe real
Ulu of the Jelei. I ascended one mountain at tbe N. E. comer

156 OCCASIONAL NOTKS.

of this central land and looked down on the N. E. side to the real
Ulu (upper reaches) of theKelantan, further east a^ain behind
a lofty range, Pahang, o( topus-like, shoots outimothcr arm to
the north impin^^ing on Kclantan. The mountain which 1 as-
cended was 0,300 feet by aneroid, probably considerably higher
real altitude, and stands in somewhere about 4^ 38' North
Latitude 10 degrees north of east. Of this a lofty mouutain
range rises closing in the vortex (to continue the simile) to the
East (the vortex being the Telom). This lofty range I
estimated to be over 8,000 feet, perhaps considerably more.
J. dared not ascend it, for, not knowing what stnam or system
of streams I was on, 1 was obliired to liold on to tlie watershed
till it brought me right into Pahang known. I had no one
who could give me any information, and the Sakeis all lied
before us, so that I hud to be my own guide, and thus, as I
say, was tied to this watershed till I could make sure what it
was, as 1 felt certain it would settle the question of the central
watershed about which there have been various conjectures,
and it has solved the question, at least up to this point and a
good way north of it.

We had rather a trying time of it, owiug to the fearful
rains. Colds, fevei-s and rheumatism were our constant com-
panions, and my men suffered very much.

I liope that I may have an opportunity of placing some
of the results of this expedition more fully before you, and
thanking you for your kind wishes.

I am,

Yours faithfully,
WILLIAM CAMKHOX.

F.S. — I was f<u'tunate enougli to obtain ])artieular]r in-
teresting geological data, of which I have brought many speci-
mens and made copious notes. I should have stated generally
that my route was up the Uaia which I explored, the Ulu

OCCASIONAL NOTES. 157

(upper reaches) being unknown, as well as the Penoh which is
an anak (tributary) of the Kinta. I crossed a mountain by a pass
5,300 feet by aneroid lying exactly at the Ulu of the Kinta,
Penoh and Telom. This I have called Gunho Pass. I took the
elephants over with me, explored this Dew country and followed
the Tclom till I got to within a day^a sail of the place where it
joins the Jelei. Long ere this all our stores but rice had been
exhaustc'd, so for the purpose of obtaining supplies, and also be-
cause a rumour had got abroad in Pahang that I was a musoh
(enemy) with forty elephants and four hundred men come dowp
to harry and to raid, 1 had to reassure the authorities : I went
down to the Toh Kayaks and to Penjum by sampan, then back
again and then crossed southerly all the rivers of Upper Pahang,
keeping close to the foot of the main ranges, and coming out
over mountains 5,000 feet high at the Ulu of a tributary of
the Slim, and thence on to Bernam.

I have reason to thank the Great Master that I was ena-
bled under his protection to bring my men back alive, although
I cannot say well, for I on several occasions had great reason
to be alarmed and feared some would succumb ; there are seve-
ral of them now under treatment, and one 1 left in the hospital
at Pcnang.

The elephants, I am happy to say, notwithstanding the
unprccodcuted fatigue, are well and in fair condiiton. By this
time they will be pretty strong, for I left them at the Ulu of
Sungkei to feed and rest eight clays ago, and they will soon be
in good condition. I am starting the relief party back again
to-day by way of the Pcrak river and Batu G^jah and I pro-
pose taking a run down to Singapore for a day to get some
outfit which cannot be procured here, when I shall do myself
the honour oF calling on you, but I must start my party first
and I will meet them at the Bernam almost as soon as they
can get there, as we are taking an additional elephant.

W. C.

158 OCCASIONAL XOTBS,

LAND KEGULATIONS, NORTH BOKNEO.

Special Eegutatioru for the Lemin^ of UncuUicaied Land$
in Lots of less tJtnn 100 acres in extent*

able.

R<?ppftlfi por-
tion of Pro-
clamnlioii uf
23rd Dee.,
1881, na r.>

Irdg LaEtl
r
iHids under-
ll>0 acres to
^ clo^sitied.

099 years nr
iihorter term.

pplications
to be made to
Land Office,
Oovernor's
sanction re-
c^uisite.

Tlie follow! ni^ Pnidamation appeal's in the Official Oasetto,
Kortb Borneo, of October 1st, 1885 : —

Wheheas it id expedient to repeal tbat portion of the Pro-
clamation of tlie 23rd day of December, 188 L by wbich the pro-
visions of tbe Labiian Land Ordinance, numbered 2 of 1863, were
adopted as Law in the Territory of Bntikih Nortb Borneo, and to
make olber provision in lien thereof.

1. It 18 hereby enacted and proclaimed tbat tlie aforesaid
portion of the proclamation of the 23rd day of Dccembert 1881, by
whicli the provisions of tbe Lftbuan Land Ordinance, luimbered 2
of 1863, were adopted as Law in tbe Territory of British North
Bcirnco, shall be and is hereby repealed from the date of the com-
ing into operation of tliis Protdamation, save and except as touch-
ing rigble whieli shall have accrued, liabilities wbich shall have been
incurred, acts which shall have been done, and all proceedings oa
matters whicli shall have taken place before this Proclamatioa
shall come into force,

2. AH Government Lands under 100 acres in extent w^ithin
the said territory shall be diwtin^nisbed into rown Lois, Suburban
Lots, and Country Lets and be disposed of in leases for the term
of 990 years, unless at the time of sale of any Lot or Lots, any
shorter term of lease sir all have been iKjiified in the advertisements
or conditions of sale with the approval of the Governor, or if any
Lot or Lots shall be disposed of under 8ection 5 hereof, for BUch
term aa the Commissioner of Lands, with the sanction of the
Governor, shalJ think fit,

3. Applications for lands shall be made to the Commissioner
of Lands or to the duly appointed othcer at out-stations, but no
sale or transfer shall be valid unless approved under the hand of
the Governor.

OCCASIONAL NOTES. 159

4. Before proceeding to the disposal of any Lots within the Suburban
Town or suburban boundaries, the limits of the said Lots shall be 5^^ '^^J^
accurately defined and published. veSl'brf^'

sole.

5. The said lands shall from time to time be disposed of by Mode of Sale,
the Commissioner of Lands, with the sanction of the Governor, by

public auction, and it shall be lawful for the Commissioner of Auction in
Lands to dispose of any land which shall have been once so exposed first instanoe.
for sale without being sold, to applicants by priTate contract
within four months from the date of such auction on terms sanc-
tioned by the Governor.

6. The Town Lots shall be subject to an annual quit-rent at Rent of Town
the rato of one hundred and twenty dollars per acre, such quit- tf^'
rents being redeemable at 15 years* purchase. deemaSe

7. Lands in the suburbs shall be disposed of in Lots of Bent and ^-
about one acre each, and in the country in Lots of less than 100 ?^?"?|"
acres each. Such lands shall be subject to such annual quit-rent an(i^o^try
as shall be fixed by the Commissioner of Lands, with the sanction j^^^ QuS-
of the Governor, from time to time, and publicly notified ; the said pgnts redeem-
quit-rents being redeemable at 15 years' purchase. able.

8. It shall bo lawful for the Commissioner of Lands to de- Payment of
termine at the time of sale whether any or what credit shall be purchase
allowed to the Leasees of Lots, and to regulate the terms on which money,
the whole or any portion of the purchase-money paid down shall be
forfeited, but in no case shall less than one-tenth of the purchase-
money be paid at the time of sale.

9. The payment of the quit-rent, reckoning from the date Rent how
of sale, shall in every case be made injadvanco to the end of the payable and
current year upon the execution of the lease or of the permit to penalty m
occupy, and the succeeding payments shall be made on the Ist day ?*^ bemg
of January in advance for eac-li succeeding year, and any lands for

which the quit-rents may be more than one year in arrear and
unpaid shall revert and escheat to the Government, and all premia
or other monies paid on account of such lands shall be forfeited.

10. Country Lots which remain unoccupied and unimproved Unimproved
for three years from the date of the lease shall revert and escheat Countiy Lob
to the Government, and all premia, <iuit-rent8, or other monies ^ ^^?J ^
paid on account of all or anv such Lots shall be forfeited. escheat to the
*■ - Qovemment.

erttoGov-
ent.

TJniinproved IL lo the case of the Town Lots and Suburban Lots whick I

lowTiand ghall reiufiiu ynoccupied aud unimproved for one year from thtoj
lli*!^.^ !^ date of the lease, the aoverumeut ahall have the option uf re-
enterinc^ upon and rejselling the same at public auction paying to
the original Lessee the whole or Fuch purtion of tho prenxiuin
obtained on resale as the Commissioner of Landfl, with the Banc*
tion of the Goveniment, shall think fit not exceedins^ the amount
of the premium ori2;iaally paid to I he tTOvernment for euch Lund,
any excess being retained by the GoTOrnment, but all premia, quit-
rents or other monies paid on a<T0UTit of all or any such Lots shall
be forfeited, in the ease of Tuwu Lotf* it is hereby enacted that
any buildinp;.^ erected thereon must be built in conformity with
the Local Buildinir Law for the time bcinj; in force.

ildinj? on
bwn loti* go.
vemed by
' ocal Bmld-
rLawe.

[ all fues.

defin- 12, All Lota fthall bo surveyed and boundary stones or other

©c®' land-marks be set np by the Governtncnt at the expense of the

Leasees ; and &\l boundary stones or land -marks shall be kept in

repair by and at the expense of the Lessees, who, when called upon

by tho Commissioner of Lauds, shall ptiint out their boundaries.

ase issued And no lease shall be executed or issued by the Commissioner of

on pajTfnent Lands until the whole of the premium, the quit-rent in advance

for the year, and all expenses of survey, and the cost of such

boundary stones or land - mar ks^ and of setting up the same, and all

foes for registration or transfer, and all expenses of conveyancing

shall have been paid by the Lessees.

_iiii(lariesto 13. Shonid the Lessees when duly called upon fail at any

r defined at time to point out or deiine their boundaries, or should ther defini-
Lessees' cost, tion be incorrect, it shall be lawful for the Commissioner of Lander,

k after one month's notice of his intention so to do haa been served

upon the Lessees, their Agents or Managers, or has been published
in the Qaztitc^ to survey and define the said boundaries, aud to
charge the Lessees with the cost of so doing not exceeding one
dollar per linear chain of bonndary, and to ret*over the same in the
manner provided in section 22 of this Proclamation.

14. 8honld it happen in case of Country Lot« that immediate
measurement of any land to be disposed of under the provisiona

Governor au-
thorised to

issue permits ^£ ^-^ Proclamation be found impracticable, it shall be lawful for

iMition of * *^^ Governor to issue a Permit or written authority to clear and
Country Lots occupy such land subject to the conditions on which a regular
which cannot grant would have been issued ; which Permit shall specify the
isurvtycd. extent and describe as nearly as may be the relative positions of
the Und to which it relateB ; and after the measurement of tho land

OCCASIONAL NOTES. 161

80 occupied, the Permit shall bo called iu and cancelled, and a
regular grant issued in lieu thereof.

15. It shall bo lawful for the Commissioner of Lands, upon The Oover
the application of the Lessee or other duly authorised person, to ormay Bub(
accept a siirroiider of anj orii^inal j^rant of land, an<l to grant new vide onguu
leases for sub-divisions of the same, provided that all arrears of S^fijnF^]
rent due under the original grant have been previously paid, and ^1^^.^!^ of
jirovided that in no ca.so shall the quit-rent for any portion of a I.^Jnt be firs
Lot so sub-divided be less than one dollar per annum. paid..

16. All coal, minerals, precious stones and mineral oil on, The right t
under and within th? said lands are absolutely reserved to the ^^^^ mme-
Government or its Licensees, together with the right to enter upon 5^1. ^^S^^*
the said lands and to soanrh for, get and take away coal, minerals, ^ «TOcnt^^'
precious stones and minerdl oils iu, on, or under the same, aud to
reserve snch portions of land as may be necessary for e.xamining or
working any mines, or conveying away the products thereof, upon
payment of reasonable compensation to the Lessees for surface
damage to such laud or any buildings thereon.

17. It shall be lawful for the Governor to grant mining JJ^^^^
licenses on favourable terms to the Lessees of demised lands. wanted bv

Uovemor.
1 .^. The Government reserves the right to resume possession lleserres fo
of suck portions of land as may be necessrary for jmblic purposes, Public pur-
such as police, revenue and tele.izraph stations, roads, railways, poscs.
tramways, canals, &c., upon payment of rea.-?onable compensation
fur loss and damages actually sustained by the Lessee.

U). The Government reserves the right at all times to take, ^overnmon
or to authori.-'e otluTs to take, timber, stone, clay, sand and other ^*^^''^^^i
road-making materiMl for the construction and repair of neighbour- '

ing roads, bridges, «S:c., on payment of reasonable compensation
for loss and damages actually sustained by the Lessee.

20. Tlie (jovernment reserves all navigable streams, rivers Land re-
a!i(] (Ti'eks and a belt ut* land 50 yards wide along the banks of the ^-^*'^<-'s»
siine, and also a sinjil:;p lielt ol" laud from high water mark along
the Sr^■l.^ll()^e ; amj^le pio vision, free of rent, being made for land-
liiLT l>laceH and otiier ])iirj)0.ses, for the convenience of the neigh-
bouring Lesr-ecs.

Ol 'v^ i' ^ 11 T» 1 I . 11 . T Bird's nests

Jl. 1 he (/overnmer.t reiici-ves all eaiuie hud s nests and „„,i r"..*,!^

11 ' t 11* 1 11.1 U.11U. yj uauo

guano, an I also tne right at all times to enter on the demised rescn-ed.
land, and to take or authorise others to take such edible birds* nests

ovaJties.

giittration
egistnitioE

Survey Fees.

162

OCCASIONAL NOTES,

and guano on payment of reaaonable compensation for aetua
damage done to crops or roads of the Lesnee.

The Leaaee of any demised land shall be entitled to coUe
thereon all gums, gutta-percha, india«riihber, and other natur
produce (mive edible birds* nests and ;^uano), paying any such"'
Hoy al ties iu respect of the export of such produce as may for the
time being be reserved to the Government, in pursuance of any i
regulations made or to bo nKido by the Government. Provided I
that if at any time, the Lessee shall not exercise his right of col- 1
fecting any kind of such produce, the Government may from time]
to time, son^o on him a notice of lis intention to collect such kind]
of produce, and if within a period of six months from the service i
of such notice the Leesee does not exercise his right, the Govern*
nient or its Licensees, agenti?, or servants may, at any time withia
three months from the expiration of such period of eix montba,]
enter on any forests or nncleared or uneultivated parts of the de-
miseil land, and collect therefrom the produce referred to in the]
notice for the use or benefit of the Government^ on payment j
of reasonable compounation for actual damage sustaiued bj the J
Lessee.

22. All arrears of payment due by any Lessee nnder the |
provisions of this Proclnmation sliall be recoverable by aumm irr
process in auy Court of Law in the Territory of British Nnrtli
Borneo*

23. The Keguktions respectins: the refjistration of Titles to
land shall be J4uch as shall be provided by the Law or Proclama-
tion in force for the time bein^, but t^very Lessee shall deliver to
the Commissioner of Lands a copy of every as sign me ut or under-
lea?e of his demised hmdH or auy part thereof, and shall produce
or cause to be produted to the Cummissioner of Lands the orii^inal
thereof, for the purpose of re<;ist ration, an<l until such registratiou
no such assignment or under-lease «ball be valid.

2%. Tlie fee chargeable for the registration under the ppoiri-
sioua of this Proclamation upon the issue of a lease or a permit tii
occupy, is the 8um of two dollars, and such registration shall bo
compidsory.

The expenses of survey and the cost of boundary stones or
other laud-marks, and the expenses of bettinj;; up boundary atones
or other land-marks shall be such ns shall be noiiJied from time to
time by the Commissioner of Lands, with the sanction of the
Governor, by public notification.

OCCASIONAL NOTES. 163

25. Nothiag in this Proclamation provided shall be taken to Special Regu-
affect the 8])ecial conditions under whiiJiLotfl of one hundred acres l^^tion for
a!ul upwards in extent are leased in accordance with the Special lands of 100
Ke.rilations approved hy the Court of Directors of The British J|^^^*^^^^P'
!N'orth Borneo Coinj)any on the 7l!i day of l^'ebruary, 1SS3, or such aft^joted.
other Special lie'^nlation.H as may herciiftiir be in the same manner
approved by the said Court of Directors.

2G. All dealinpj in land between European and Chinese and Dealing in
other forei)2:ners on the one hand, and the natives of the country land withna.
on tlie other hand are liereby expressly forbidden, and no such tives forbid-
dealings shall be valid or .'*haii Ik? recognised in any Court of Law ^^°*
unless such dealinj^s shall have been entered into and concluded
before the IGth day of January, 1SS3.

27. A f<»reigner desirous of purchasing land from a native Foreigners
shall address his application to the Governor through the Cum- ™a.Y ^^*"5
missioner of Lands, and the Governor, if be sees Ht to sanction ^L^^^^^ifSf
such purchase, shall, it* the native owner consent, acquire the land (j^^^mi^
on behalf of tlie Government, and shall fix the premium at which
the same shall be leased by the Government to the applicant, and
the land when so leasc^d shall thenceforward be deemed to be
alienated under the provisions of this Proclamation, and shall be
subject to all the provisions thereof.

2^, This Proclamation may be cited as " The Jiand Procla- Short Title.
matioii, ISSo."

*Ji). In the Interpntalioii of this JVoclamation the word Intcrpreta-
*• Governor'' sliall mean and include the Oiliccr administering the ^^^^ Clause,
Governnuiit ot* the Terriiory of the time being, aiid the words
*• Comniissi.onir of LjiimIs"' slinll mean and include the OlTicer in
chariie of the Land Oliite for Die time being, or his duly appointed
deputies, and in J::ection 11 the term *' unoccupied and unimprov-
ed" shall, so far as regards Town Lots, mean Lots on which
tenant able h(*uses have not been erected and maintained.

Saiii!an(/n, UV August, 1SS5.

164

OCCASIOKAL NOTK*.

ANNAMESE ANCESTRAL WORSIUP.

With a rar.e devoted to ancestral worship, as the AtiJia-
mcse are, funerals are necessarily a very Bolemn matter^ con-
ducted with a minute regard for traditional rites^ imperatiVe
for the future welfare of the deceased, Th^ first thing to be
done is to assure one's self that the person is really dead, A
film of cotton is suspended before tho nostrils by a silken
thread, so that the faintest breath would make it nicivc. Death
being verified, the faee is covered with three sheets of paper,
and over these is placed a red cloth, of silk or cotton, acconl-
ing to the fanuly*s wealth. One of the eoinmonest forms of
abuse in the country is to pray tliat your enemy may have no
one at his death to perform this Kerviee for him. The object
h of course to prevent evil spirit.s from entering and carrying
off the dead man's spirit. I'or tlie same reason a constant
guai*d is kept by the body, to prevent a cat from passing over
it. Cats are particularly hateful to disembodied spirits.

Three grains of rice are tlien put into the corpse's mouth,
and if any teeth have been lost they are replaced. The old are
particularly careful to preserve wliatever teeth may dmp out,
for this purpose, and lock them up with their most vulued
treasures. There is a special reason for this care. Teeth arc
often employed for making mediciues, and the sorcerers who
wander about the country always have a number in their wal-
lets, and are not at all scrupulous about how they increase the
store. Instead of the three grains of rice, wealtliy families
sometimes put one or more precious stones in the mouth. The
resemblance to the Greek oholoH to pay the Stygian ferry ncqd
not be urged.

The body is then laid out^ washed with water in which
flowers or fragrant leaves have been boiled, tlic hair combed
and done up in a chignon, and a black turban wound round
the head. The deceased's finest clothes, very often specially
prepared years before for this purpos^j are put on, and he is
decorated with the tokens of whatever rank lie may have held.
The finger nails are cut and placed in a little packet by the
side of the head. If they grew into the flesh it would bring

OCCASIONAL NOTES. , 165

disaster to the family. The corpse is then tightly bound up
in cotton cerecloths, the cvery-day clothes being put between
the limbs. Then it is ready to be put into the coffin, and care
must be taken to turn the head towards the door. The shell
is then closed and varnished all over to prevent the attacks of
insects, particularly white ants. The varnish is blacky and the
best comes from Cambojan marsh lands.

In the meantime the women have been making up the
mourning garments. They must be white and of linen or
cotton. Tlie nearer the relation, the coarser the material
must be, and in no case are they hemmed. The Annamese
Code devotes thirty pages (in Philasthe's French edition) to a
description of the different classes of mourning garments. It
is evident, therefore, that quite enough has been said here,
about the matter. As soon as the mourning suits are ready
the family assembles and solemnly puts them on. Then sacri-
fices are made to the ancestors and to the deceased, and each of
the celebrants prostrates himself four times before the coffin.

According to common Oriental custom it is usual to keep
the coffin in the house for days and even weeks before burial.
By its side is erected a small altar, on which are placed three
tups of tea, different condiments, an incense brazier and two
candles. The delay is of coui*se to permit the assemblage of
all the friends of tlie house, and the arrangement of one of
those gorgeous funeral ceremonies which so often ruin families
in the East. There is much mummery on such occasions in *
England, but the garish parade at a ** first-class funeral " in
Annam far exceeds any foolery we indulge in. Most of the
properties are supplied by professional undertakers, and for
details about them the curious may refer to the Annamese Code.
Suffice it to say that there are huge lanterns of different shapes,
pendant gongs to drive away evil spirits, incense tables, the
red and gold painted and highly-carved bier, offering tables
and a variety of banners in silk and clotli, some of them pecu-
liar to the family, others common to ordinary, vulgar humanity,
such as the fillet borne on two poles, whi<.'h is inscril^ed Tjiuno-
Tix (faithful) for a man, and TRiNH-TnrAN (pure and obedient)
for a woman.

The time for the interment is of course fixed bv the wise

166 OCCASIONAL NOTES.

men, wlio select a lucky day and hour ; at the head march men
with wands to scare off prowling devils. Then in the midst of
some of the objects mentioned above eomcs the ** dead man's
house/' a sort of bamboo (»age. The chilclreu and the nearest
relations follow the bier. In passing the tlircshoUl of the door
the coffin has been carried over their prostrate boilies. In the
middle march a body of monks chanting a noisy but rhythmical
requiem. Sham gold and silver leaf is scattered all along the
road to soothe tlie Co-hox — the abandoned spirits. These are
the souls of people who have died violent deaths, and have had
no rites of sepulture. Their relations have not known of their
fate, and have been unable or unwilling to perform the cere-
monies which custom pn^scribes for the delivery of their souls.
Therefore the Co-nox remain w mdcrers on the faee of the
earth, irritated with the living, and tormenting and oppressing
them in every way. They trouble the sacrilices, upset the
prognostics, and annihilate the elf-)rcS of jlomcstie piery. The
superstitious, therefore, are driven to all sorts .jf dovitrs to ap-
pease and deceive these evil-minded deni>ns. The Co-iiox
are attracted by the glittrr of the false izold and silver leaf,
halt to lay hands on it, and, before they (lis-uv(U' the deception,
have lost the opportunity of spoiling the iuueral cereniony.
There are others, however, who are more e nsiilerate, or more
fearful of the wrath of these homeless spirits. They burn
regular Nhut-niiOt-doxg-doxg — " numerous pieces of money.*'
These are strips of paper with coins printed (;n tliein, reguhir
P')8tal orders on thi* lower world for the sn[)port of indigent
devils. Naturally the funerals so protected are the safer for
the deceased.

There are no public cemeteries in Annan\. The grave is
usually dug anywhere out in thcmiildle ci' the fields belongii-g
to the family. The rich usually have a s]i(('ial jdare for their
own relations, and s«>nj(^tinies assign a p::leh lor th..ir p orer
neighbours. Otherwise thes(^ niu^t i)e btii^cvi \:\' the r ;;dsido
or in scmie j)art of the viiliige eoniinoti 1 ri-s. At the gri;ve
tlie cofiin is lowered in, a banneret cf ^iik er [):ii)er givin*; in
white and yellow chai'acters dcrea-jed's name, age, dignities,
position in fa:nily, and virtue's, is (hiow.i up.xi it, and then a
small pile of the above-mentioned money paper, ilaeh friend

OCCASIONAL NOTES. lG7

throws in a handful of eartli. The sextons fill it up and make
a circular mound above. O fieri ngs and prostrations are made
before the comph'ted ;;nivo, and then there is a general con-
sumption of rice, ^^^\m\ and bi'tel-nnt.

The period of mourning is ver}' protracted. Nominally
it la<ts for throe yi';.rs f jr father or motlier, but immemorial
custom decrees that this means twenty-four months. For a
.i::rand{)ar.nt or broth.er or sister it hists one year, aud so on in
(ieci-car-iniT ratio. Men of rank cannot undertake public duties
(luring this s<a:sjn, and ou;j:ht not to be [>resiMit at marriages
or l\.ists -jf any kind. Tlu^ son slio'dil eat no meat and drink
no wiViC'. Tht' people are very proud of tliese regulations, but
tliey do uot keep th;'m. At the end of the lirst year there are
great sac iitieos before the grave, at tlie end of the second the
*' (had ]nan*s house/' tlie bamboo cage, is burnt, and with it
the mouniiug garments. Dfsicration oL* the grave is punished
with extreme severity.

The riclier p'-^ople erect stone monuments over their
ancestors. I'he ])hiin b»'tween Saigon and Cholon, the Plaine
(fcs Tombccifi.Cj is full ot' ihcse, of all >izes and in all states of
decay, sumetirnes standiTig fjuite alone, sometimes with shrubs
and then trees phinr.^d by t!i<in. T!ure are inscrii)tions on
i!h>f of them, usu;jlly cut into th'» stone and painted various
(•o]..ur^. 'J hey bear tlu.' family and in.iividual name and those
of-' the d(\"e-isi;d's tith-s and place of l>irlh, the dat-.' of death,
r.nd the ncune of tiie perso>i w'io set up the stt)ue. SoTue of
tlieni are alm'-^t niiniarnre temple^. They uvc kept up ^ly the
lif\id of the iiouse, and tlicrc arc regnhuly fi^cd days for wor-
^i:ip bef.'re them.

This Is in fact the cn:y v^^)r.^!i!p the Annamese liave, but
s-nie i>i ti.em e:tPiv it en v. ilh tol- ral)le r^ iruiaritv. Tlic fiist

he lirieentii ^'fcv: : ■ ni< ti!;i are tlie n^gnhir d.jys set apart
i\\v v.;,is} :!' ;•♦. li:(* an.ec -:::-I -liiine. At tii'.' ^aiiK* time theie is
always i: iur ov ie > ^^w'Sa-'.-.-j: 1-' t:.-- Co-ilon ah'e idy sp(;!ven
{)•'. X<:;:i::;: is ("iCM]'.';! loj 'ri'eat to >o{ten their ram.'our.
iV-'-ivle.^ tiie silver :i:kI g./.ii paper and the " cash notes ^^ above
alluded t ), tiiere i- a mnrh more valuable pr.per currencty.
Tlicso are .-heits ;.f paper cevereil all over wiih designs and

168

OCCASIONAL NOTES,

written eharactersi ; at th6 top there is a bell witli a tongue to
it to attract the Co-Hov. On either side are invocatioas to the
Buddhas, the good genii, and tbo priests, preceded occasionally
by the well-known forninla Nam- mo A-di-da Phat,

Below are rep resent atiooss of fine clothes, different domes-
tic nteiisila, embroidered rohc^ with PaCoc inscribed on them,
mandarins* boots, strings of dittferent kinds of money with
Tiiai-Bjnh (eternal peace) on them, and a variety of other
combinations— everything, in fact^ that an indigent de%"il
could require. The invocations at the top vary. In some of
them they run, *' Oh, all ye Phat (Bnddlias) wh^i live for aye
in the ten places. List, ye spirits^ all-puwerful/' Or agaia^
'* Hearken, all ye saints, all-blessed, id 1 -powerful, ye who are
like unto fire pure and undetiled, grant, in yonr mercy, to for-
saken spirits who have suffered from the three evils, entraace
into the divine abode.*'

On the first and fifteenth of the month such papers of sup-
plies, pecuniary and personal, are burnt not only at the ances-
tral altars and on the thresliohl of t!ie houses^ hut upon 8[)ecinl
altars erected in lonely places to the Co-iiox. While the
papers are burning, the head of the family prostrates hiniself,
and afterwards seatterfi broadcast on the roof of his cottM^
somewhat more substantial, bnt still scanty, offeringS/of rice
and bananas. These are of course to prevent the Co-aox from
coming inside, an occurrence whit'h the most hospit-able good-
man would view with hurror.

On the fifteenth day of the first, seventh, and tenth
months, more particidarly of tfic seventh, there are almost
univei^al oderiu^s to these troublesome Co-noN. They arc
called Le Phat-L (JONG— "distributions of food.

It ia curious to watch the people come out of their houses
just after dark. The father of the honse calls out, " Spirit
who hast a name, but no title; spirits who have titles but iiu
human name ; spirits of univei*sal nature, crowd hither and eat
my ottering/*

Then he turns to the four points of the compass, one after
the othcrj commencing with tlie west, throws to wants eaeli of
them a handfnl of salt and rii/e niixe«l^ anl burns a httic of

OCCASIONAL KOTES. 169

the spirit-money, saying, *' I call the laggard spirits ; he who
comes fastest will eat most. May ten become a hundred ; may
a hundred become a thousand ; a thousand, ten thousand ; ten
thousand, a hundred thousand ; a hundred thousand, a million ;
a million, a countless multitude/' This is, it need hardly be
explained, a desire to obtain the multiplication of his offering.
The notion is of course borrowed from the Chinese with their
regular sacrifices of Dien. A development of this, found in
all parts of the world among uncivilised nations, is the exor-
cism of evil spirits which are supposed to enter into people and
cause illnesses. The method of driving these out in Annam
differs little from the process described by dozens of writers on
nations in other parts of the earth. The sorcerer is called
Tuai-Phap, and he must on no account eat the flesh of buf-
faloes or dogs.

An analogous superstition is the ceremony of making
offerings once every year to the former holders of the soil.
No country farmer would think of letting the first three
months of the year pass without making offerings of a general
kind to the old aboriginal cultivators. Sometimes, however,
this is not enough. He loses his dogs and pigs and chickens,
his rice gets drowned with too much water or dies of drought ;
he falls sick himself and sees visions of capering, bloodthirsty
eavages.

Then he knows what is the matter, and goes straight off
to a paper-goods manufacturer and orders a facsimile of his
house to be built in paper. This is a most elaborate affair,
reproducing not only a general model of the house, but of
everything in it — furniture, people, dogs, cats, and pigs, and
even the lizards in the thatch. All the human beings, how-
ever, are represented twice over, so that the ghost to whom
this model is to be given up may not have an exact model of
the owner, or of his wife or children. These houses are very
dear, costing sometimes as much as £6, which is a large sum
for a peasant farmer. If it is the commune that is making the
offering, a model is made of the village shrine, the Dinh.

On the determined day, ofierings of the usual kind are
made, and the wizard, the Thai-Phap, falls into a trance, and
is possessed by the deceased owner of the land. He blackens

170 OCCASIONAL NOTES.

his face on the bottom of a pot. oats ducks and chickens raw,
and drinks wine by the bucketful. This is proof positive tliat
the okl sava^^e owner is inside* of Jiim and is having a real good
time. Then he is rc(|ucstcd to uiakc a formal cession of thi^
land in question. If the fiiimcr is a rich mi^n the spirit docs
not yiekl for several days, if ho is ])oor it is settled as soon as
possible. A sum is fixed upon, a few hundn-d ligntun'S say,
and this is prom])tly paid, in iuncral money of course, wliich
can be bouji:ht for a shilling; or two. The possessed Thai-Phap
signs for the departed savage, phniling a thund) dipped in ink
at the bottom of tlie written conveyance. Then the medium
is restored from his mesmerised stale, the pa])Oi' house is burnt,
and with it the sura of money formally iiijrroed upon. It is
usually also stipulated that a j)ig shall be sacrificed every tlirec
years or oftener for the better coinf')rt of tfio old land-owuor.
After this it is hard if the farmer docs not enjoy peace o' nights.
The household ailcestry, as we have said, are worshipped
more or less all the year round : but the especial great season
for every one, rich and poor, is the new year, the Tkt, the
Annamese new year of course, which cturesponds with the
Chinese, and falls about the beginning c»f i'ebruary. Then
every one, down to the poorest, who at other times may nor.
have the means or the leisure to j)ay proper attention to their
forefathers, betakes himself to the last rcstlng-phicc of his
progenitors, and there is much burning of incense and funeral
money, much scattering of rice and heaping up of fruit and
flowers, during four days. The grass an(l other vegetable
growths round about the tond)s are carfully weeded away, and
at the head of each a leaf of gold or silver is placed, and on
this a etf»ne to prevent it from being carried ofl" by the wind.
The belief is that, at a season sucli as the Tfr, the evil spirits
arc particularly active and spiteful on a(rcount of the general
rejoicing and feasting which they see going on upon earth.
They are therefore exceptionally likely to do harm to ordinary,
easy-going souls, such as those of the rude forefathers of the
hamlet. But their cupidity thwarti? them. They clutch at
the glittering leaf placed at the gravc-hcad, and, while they
arc doing so, the respectable spirit down below has time to
scurry off to a place of safety. The Flame dea Tomheaujt at

OCCASIONAL NOTES. 171

Saigon presents an extraordinary appearance at tliis season of
the year. Ordinarily it is as desolate, if not as big, as the
similar place at Cairo ; but during the four days of the T^t
both sides of the Tay-Ninh road are crowded with pious
descendants from all parts of the country, come to secure the
tranquillity of their ancestry. — France and Toughing, by
James G. Scott, 1885.

The scientific decoration of officier d^Academie (le» palmes
academiqueaj has been conferred by the French Government
upon Madame de la Croix, whose husband M. J. Errington
DE LA Croix is a member of this Society and has done much
useful scientific work in this part of the world.

The following extract is taken from the minutes of a
meeting of the Socicte de la Geographic, Paris, held on the
17th July, 1885 :—

*-Le President aunonce onsuite la nomination de M™®- Ee-
BiXGTON de la Croix comme officier d'Academie. M™®- de la Croix
a accompagne son mari en Malaisie ou elle vient de faire un Beiour
de deux annees dans la presqu'ile de Malacca. Elle a su utuiser
8C8 loisirs en racueillaut pour lo Museum d'inttTessantes collections
de plantes, d'insectes et de papillons dont beaiicoup de specimens
ctaieiit entierement nouveaux. Elle a en outre fourni un concours
prrcieux a son mari dans lea travaux scientitiques auxquels il se
livrait de son cot'. Bel exemple pour les« femmes d'explorateurs
ou (Ic foiictionnairesi (jui habiteut nos colonies! La Taillante
exploratrice a bien merite la distinction dont elle vient d'etre
robjet;*

A map shewmg the course of the Triang river was to have
accompanied Mr. C)'Bkien's paper on Jclcbu published in No.
14 of thiis Journal. As, however, it was not received in time

172

aCCAfilOKAL KOTES.

for publication with the paper which it illastrates^ it will be
found at the end of the present number.

Mr. E, W. BiBcH, of the Straits Settlements Civil Service,
has been good enough to present to the Society an Albnm of
Photographic views and portraits taken at the Cooos^Keeling
Islands,

-•^^E^^^iS5--

FY.

^1^

[No. 16.) / /^^

JOURNAL

OF THE

STRAITS BRANCH

OF THE

ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY.

DECEMBER, 1885.

PUBLISHED irALF-YEARLY.

SIXGAPOKE :

i^RlNTKD \T TlIK GoVEttXMEyT PlUXTIXG OFFICE.

A(JKNT> or XlIE SocrKTY:

L nulnii ;iiui AiiK-rioa, ... TuLBXEU 6c Co.

Taris, ... Euxest Leuoux <fe CiK.

noi'inaiiy, .. Iv. F. Koehlkr's Antiquarium, Lelp^si^.

\ .

!:■

[No. 16.]

JOURNAL

OF THE

STRAITS BRANCH

OF THE

ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY.

DECEMBER, 1885.

PUBLISHED HALF-YEARLY.

SINGAPOKE:

Pbh^ted at the Government Printixq OFncE.

1886.

Agents of the Society:

London and America, ... Tb€bneb <fe Co.

Paris, ... Ernest Leboux <fe CiE.

G-ermany, ... K. F. Koehleb's Antiquabiuh, Leipzig.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Council for 1886,

List of Members for 188G,

Proceedings of the Annual General Meeting. .

Annual Eeport of the Council for 1885,

Treasurer's Accounts, ...

Assets and Liabilities, ...

vi
li

... iviii

Plan for a Yoluuteor Porce in the iVfuda Districts, Province

Wcllesley, — ht/ the late J. R, Lo(jan, ... ... 173

A Description of the Chinese Lottery known as " Hua-Hoev,'*

hy C. W. S. Kynnerdey, ... ... \.. 203

On the Boots in the Malay LanguagQ,— /ro/w the Butch of J,

Pijnappel.... ... ... ... ... 251

Klieng's War Raid to the Skies ; a Dyak Myth, — hy the Bev,

J. Perhatn, ... ... ... ... 265

Valentyn's Account of IVLilacca, — Translated from the Dutch
{contributed by the Honble D. F. A. Hervey), (Continued
from Journal Xo. 15). ... ... ... 289

On Mines and Miners in Kinta, Perak, — hy A, Hair, luHpec-

tor of Mines, Kinta, ... ... ... 303

TABLE OF CONTENTS,— Continued.

English, Sulii and Malay Vocabulary, — bi/ T, H, Haynes, ... 321

Meteorological Eeport for 1885,— Jy T, Irvine Rowelly Prin-

cipal Civil Medical Officer, Straits Settlement », ... 385

Occasional Noten, ... ... ... ... 413

THE

STRAITS BRANCH

OF THE

ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY.

PATRON:
His ExceUency Sir FREDERICK ALOYSIUS WEID, 6.C.M.6.

pOUNCIL FOR 1886.

The Hon'ble J. F. Dickson, c.m.g., Pre^id^nt.

W. A. Pickering, Esquire, c.m.g., Vice-President, Singapore,

D. Loo AX, Esquire, Vice-President, Penang,

J he Hon'ble W. E. Maxwell, c.3I.g., Honorary Secretarg.

Edwin Koek, Esquire, Honorary Treasurer.

A. Knight, Esquire,

X. B. Dennts, Esquire, Ph. D.,

IT. L. NoRONHA, Esquire, } Councillors.

R. W. HuLLETT, Esquire,

J. Miller, Esquire,

VIU

MEMBERS FOR i8S6,— Continued.

56
67

58
59
GO
Gl

Gd
C4

65
Gii

67
68
69
70
71
72

74
76
76

77
78
79
80
81

Haughton, H. T.

Hebvet, The Hon'ble D. P. A.

Hbwett, E. D.

Hill, E. C.

Hole, W.

Hose, The Bight Bevd. Bishop

G. F. (Honorary Member)
Hullett, R. W.

Ibbahim bin Abdullah, lucLe
Ieying, The Hon'blo C, J., c.m.o.

JOAQUIM, J. P.

Johor, H. H. The Sultan of,

O.O.M.O., O.C.8.I., (Honorary

Member)

Kehdixo, p.

Kellmann, E.

Keb, T. Bawsox

KyiGHT, Abtuur

KoEK, EBwiy

Kboh Mux DKWAwoyosE Vabo-

pbakar, H. B. H. Prince
Ktnkebsley, C. W. 8.

Lambebt, Q, B.

Lavixo, G-.

LAWES.TheBevd. W.G. (Honorary

Member)
Leech, H. W. C,
Lehpbiebe, E. T.

LOOAK, D.

Low, Sir Hugh, k.c.m.o.
Low, H. Bbooke

Singapore.

Europe.

Perak.

Singapore.

Johor.

Sarawak.
Singapore.

Johor.
Penang.

Singapore.

Johor.

Labuan, Deli.

Penang.

Johor.

Singapore.

Bangkok.
Penang.

Singapore.
Singapore.

Now Guinea.

P^rak.

Labuan.

Penang.

Perak.

Sarawak.

MEMBERS FOR 1886,— Continued.

Vll

Nob.

Names.

Addresses.

Dalmann, C B.

1
Singapore.

Daly, D. D.

i North Borneo.

Denison, N.

: P6rak.

Dent, Alfred

London.

Dennys, Dr. N. B.

. Province Wellesley.

31 Dickson, The Hon'ble J. F.. c.m.o

1 Singapore.

32 DlETHELM, W. H.

1 Singapore.

33 Down, St.V. B.

Singapore.

Si Duff, Alexander

Singapore.

35 DuNLOP, Colonel S., cm. a.

Singapore.

36, DuNLOP, C.

Singapore.

37 Deloncle, Frinc^ois

Paris.

38 Dew, A. T.

i Perak.

39i Everett, A. 11.

North Borneo.

40 Elcum, J. B.

Singapore.

11 Egerton, Waltek

Penang.

42 Fayre, The Revd. L^Abbo P.

(Honorary Member)

Parib.

43 Ferguson, A. M., Jr.

Colombo.

44 Fkank, H.

Singapore.

45: Eraser, John

Singapore.

4G; Gentle, A.

Singapore.

47| GiLFILLAN, S.

London.

48 Grauam, The Hon'ble James

London.

49! Gray, A.

Sydney, N. S. W.

oO GuERiTz, E. r.

Jelcbu.

51 GULLAND, W. G.

London.

o2 Gosling, T. L.

Singapore.

53 Gottlieb, F. H.

Penang.

Gottlieb, G. S. H.

Penang.

55' Hale, A.

I Parak.

^M MEMBERS FOR iSS6,—CvniiHuei/. ^1

Names*

Addreeiiea. 1

^H 1061 SCHAALJE, M.

Ehio. 1

Scott, Dr. DrycAX Perak. ^^|

Seroel, V,

Singapore, ^^1

^M 109| Shelfoud, Tho IToiiljle T,

Singiipore. ^^B

^m 110 Skixxer, The Hon'ble A. M.

Siuguporo. ^^1

^m 111 SMixn, The Hun'ble C. C,

^^1 CM.Q,

Colombo, ^^1

^H 112 Sonar, T,

Singupore. ^^B

^H 113 SouKiNHRo MoHUN Tacjork. Eaiu,

MuH, D.

Calcutta. ^H

^H 114 8TRINUKE, C.

Singapore. ^^M

^^M 115 S%VETT£K1IAM, >\ A,

Europe. ^^H

SYED AurDAKAH BIN OmAJI

■

Ai Jlkikd

Singapore. ^^1

Syed Moeamed bi>- a timed

■

AL Sag OF p

8ingapoi*e. ^H

Syebs, H, C.

SelADgor. H

Tax Ktm Chinu

Singapore. ^^M

^H 120 Tenison- Woods, Rcvd. *L E.,

^^m 1 (Houorary Member) ^^H

Thompsox, a, B.

Deli. ^m

ToLsox, G. P.

Ackeeii. ^^U

Trachsleu, H.

Europe. ^^H

TEEAcnEH. The Hon'ble W. H.

North Borneo. ^^M

Teebino, Dr, C.

Europe. ^^B

Taluot, a. p. iSiDgapore. ^^|

^B 127

Thlbnee &. Co., Messrs.

London. ^^M

Vebmont, The Hon^ble J. M. B.

Province Weliealey. ^^M

Walker, Major R. S. F.

PSrak. ^M

Watson, E. A.

Jobor. ^^H

Whampoa, Ho Aif Yir |

{Singapore. ^^H

Wheatlkt^ J. J. L.

Jobor. ^^1

Wbat, L.

P^Tak. ^B

Wray, L., Jr.

Perak. ^B

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING

OF THE

STRAITS BRANCH

OF THE

ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY,

HELD AT THE
EXCHANGE ROOMS

ON
TUESDAr, 19Tn JANUARY, 1886.

Present :

The Hon'ble J. F. Dickson, c.m.o., Tlie Hon'ble W. E. Max-
well, C.M.O., AV. A. Pickering, Esq., c.m.o., and Messrs. A. Knight,
R. W. Hullett, H. L. Moronha, C. Dcnlop, J. Miller, E. Koek,
G. Copley, C. B. Buckley, and W. A. Bicknell.

The Vice-President (Mr. Pickering) took the Chair.

The Honorary Secretary (]Mr. W. E. Maxwell) stated that
the business before the meeting was to receive the Annual Report
of the Council and the Honorary Treasurer's accounts, and to
elect officers for the year to replace the out-going Council, and to
elect two new members.

Xll

PHOCEIBIKOS.

Tim Report of the Council for the year 1885 {ttde page xr)
was read.

The Honorary Treasurer aubraitteri his* noeoiints for
( vide page xviii ), which were passed.

The Ilonorary Secretary st^ated that he had, at the request
the last meeting of the Council of the Society, written to GoTi
eminent asking whether the Society would have accommodation
the new Mnaeum when the building was completed; and the rej>i
was tliat the Asiatic Society would be accommodated in the Befe;
encc Library ; and the Uoom was marked off on the plan (laid oi
the table for the information of members) as the *' Reference Li
brary and Ai^tatic Society*^ Library/' TJua would be a gn
advantage to the Society, and their warmest thanks w^e due to
the Oovcnimeut.

With regard to the two vulumes of *' Miscellaneoua Papers
reffttiiig to Indo-China and tlie Malay Peniogula," shortly to be
puLhshed for the Society by Messrs. TrCbker & Co*, and referr^
to 10 the Keport, the sheets received up to date were laid on t
table, and it was stated that the publication would be unifor;
iu general get-up, binding and finish, with TarnNFuV *' Orien
Series,'* epecimens of which were exhibited.

The following new members were unanimously elected : —

Proposed by Mr. E. Ahbauamson, seconded by Mr. S,
Dalhymplk,— Capt, E. D, Beeston,

Pro posed by the Hon'ble J. F. Dickson, seconded by th<
Uon'ble W. E. Maxwell,— the Hon*hle J. W, Bokseb.

The next business being to elect officers for the year to repli
the out-going oiUcers, —

The Hon^^rary Secretary said the Society had generally had as
its President the Colonifd Secretary, but they had never had a
Coloniid Secretary who had performed any special scientific oi
literary work for the Society, though all had been willing to furthoi
its objects in every way. But to the now Colonial *Secretary (the
Hon'ble J. F. Dicksox, c.M.o.) he hoped that the Society might look
conidcntly not only for the moral support which they had received

TBOCEEDINQS.

from fonner Colonial Secretaries, bat (judging from tke cordial
aupport wbicli in Ceylon he had given to Oriental research and the
actiTe part he had taken in the work of the Branch of the Eoyal
Asiatic Society there) for active co-operation in the work of the
Society. He had now the honour to propose him'as_Preaident for
the year.

The election by ballot was then protee«led with, with the fol-
lowing result : —

President,

Vice-Preiidentf Singapore, ♦
Vice-President , Penan ff,
Honorary Secretary,
Hanf>rary Treasurer.

Councillorg,

. The Hon'ble J. F. DicKsoir, c.M.o.
, W. A. PiCKEBilfO, Esquire, O.M.Q.
. D. Logan, Esquire,

The Hon'ble W. E. Maxwell, c.M.o.

E. KoEK, Enquire.

r A. Knight, Esquire.
\ Dr. N, B. DEXinrs.

JL L. NoKOXHA, Esquire.
) R. W. HuLLETT, Esquire.
(^ iT. Miller, Esquire.

The President said he was very much obliged to the gentle-
men present for the honour they had done him in electing him.
He would have been very glad if they had elected one who had
distinguished himself by good services to the Society, but as they
had chosen to adhere to the rule of having the Colonial Secretary
as President he would only say that his services would be always
wiliiDgly placed at their disposaK and he would be glad if in any
way ho could assist in furthering its ends. His Oriental studies,
which Mr, Maxwell had too kindly alluded to, had been in a direc-
tion which he feared could not be taken as leading to results which
would recommend themselves as interesting to a Branch of the
Hoyal Asiatic Society situated in Singapore. They bad been main-
ly confined to a study of the Buddhist scriptures in the original
Pali with a view to arriving at, and properly understanding, the
origin and the pure priuciples of Buddhism ; but with the help
of the older members of the Singapore Branch he hoped to

XIT

FROCEEDINQS.

take an active interest in the subjects which came before them
from time to time, and as he came to a more perfect understanding
of them, to take part in the consideration of the same and of such
matters of research as might be connected with them. (Applause.)
The meeting closed with a vote of thanks to Mr. Pickebino,
the Singapore Vice-President.

ANNUAL REPORT

OF THB

COUNCIL

OF THE

STRAITS BRANCH

OF THE

ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY,

FOE THE YEAE 1885.

The Council for 1885, on retiring, have, they believe, a satis-
factory Beport to lay before the Society.

During the year, the following new members have been elected
provisionally by the Council, subject to confirmation at a general
meeting : — the Hon*ble J. F. DiCKSOir, c.m.g., J. B. ELCUM,E8q., A.
Hale, Esq., Dr. Dung aw Scott, H. Clifford, Esq., A. Gentle,
Esq., T. L. GosLiyo, Esq.

The following member has been removed by death during the
year 1885 — Sir Habby St. Gboboe Obd.

The Council are glad to announce the completion and approach-
ing publication of two volumes of Miscellaneous Papers relating
to Indo- China and the Malay Peninsula, which have been edited
for the Society by Dr. Rest, and which are published by Messrs.
Tbubneb & Co. The collection includes forty papers of various
degrees of scientific interest, extracted from Dalrymple's Repertory ^
Asiatic Researches^ and the Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal.
A supply of copies of this work will be sent to the Honorary
Secretary as soon as it is published, and may be obtained from him,
by members only, at $5 for the two volumes. It is proposed to
continue the series by the publication of two more volumes in 1886,

XTl

AjryiTAL BKPOBT.

and it is hoped in this manner to collect, in a convenient form for
roference, much valuable scientific information relating to the
Eastern Archipelago.

The Council have pleasnro in acknow!edg:ing the liberalitj of
the GoTommcot of this Colony, from whom the promise of a grant
of ?500 towards tho proposed publication has been received*

In connection with this subject, the Council desire to auggeet
an uEidertakinf^ which mightj in their opinion, well engage the
attentive consideration of the Government and of this Society at
some future time. The Colony has no authorised Statistical
Gazetteer, to which residents, stucleota, travellers and men of
science may turn for a u thou tic information regarding the Straits
Settlements and t!ie Native States of the Peninsula. Such a
work should emliorly a full account of these regions^ tbeir inhabi-
tiints and pi-oductions, iu the departments of Geography. Geolog^',
Ethnology, Heligiou, ^lanncri* and Customs, History-, Arts, Manu-
fiictures, Agrietilture, Commerces Zoology, Ornitholog}% Ichthyo-
logy, &e., and should give ri concise account of every town and vil-
lage of impoHauce within the limits referred to. Tt would carry
on, in the Tar East, tlie nork already performed iu British India
aud Burma.

Ill the dcpnrtment of Geography, the Society has not been
idle, llccent explorations in Pahang and the work of surveyors in
the service of the Native States have added greatly to our geogra-
phical knowledge iluring the last few years ; and it has been found
possible to make great improvements in the map of the Peninsula
which was published by Mr. SjAKFoan for the Society in 187D,
An entirely new map is now in course of preparation, and will be
Bcut to England for publication iu 188G.

While acknowledging with thanks the kindness of the Singa*
pore Exchange, who have so often permitted the Society the use of
I heir rooms, it is gratifying to be able to announce that the Socie*
ty will, before long, have a suitable room for its meetings. The
Government have set apart a large room in tho new Museum
for a Kefereuce Libraryj and the Society will be domiciled there*

LSnsrUAL EEPOET.

xwn

One of the memberf of the Society resident in Singapore, Mr.
G* Copley, has obligiogly taken over charge of the booka and papera
presented from time to time to the Society, and haa undertaken to
have them bound, labelled and catalogued.

The publication of a paper devoted to *' Notes and Queries **
which was proposed in the laat Annual Report, baa been carried
out ; and two numbers have appeared. The Council hope that, as
thia publication becomes better known, the number of contributors
and correspondents will increase.

Numbers 14 and 15 of the Journal of the Society were pub-
lished during the year. They contained the following papers : —

"Ascent of Gunong Buhu,*' by Kev. J. Tenisox- Woods.

** Sea-Byak Religion,*' by liev. J. Peeham.

** History of Perak from Native Sourcej^," by W. E. MAXWziiL.

** British North Bomeo/* by E. P. GiEUirz,

** Jelgbo/* by H. A. O^Brtot.

*' Journey Across the Peuinsula/' by F. A. Swettekhak*

** Vau Hasselt's Descriptiou of the Mid-Sumatra Expedition
of 1877-79;* translated by R N, Blaitd,

*' Further Notes on the Bainfall of Singapore,*" by J. J. L.

•* Hill Tribes of North Formosa," by J, Donn.

** Genealogy of the Royal Family of Brunei/' by W. H.

Tbeacheb.
•* French Land Decree in Cambodia/' by W. E. Maxwell.
*' Malay Language and Literature/' by Dr, Rost,
** A Missionary's Journey in Siam/' by Eev. G. Dabik.
" Yalentyn's Account of Malacca/' contributed by D. F- A.

Hebtey,

The Honorary Treasurer's Accounts, which are annexed, shew
A credit balance of S 1,018.90*

W, E. MAXWELL,

Ilonorartf Secretary,

xix

s saaias s

O CO t^ooo

10 09
00 t^
CI iH

4
sr

•^

p. 00

S !

r-4

PLAN FOR A VOLUNTEER POLICE IN THE MUDA DISTRICTS,

PROVINCE WELLE8LEY, SUBMITTED TO GOVERNMENT

BY THE LATE J. R. LOGAN IN 1867.

HE districts of North Province Wellesley lying along the
Muda and the Kreh, comprising the lands held by me
and the tracts surrounded by or adjacent to those
held by Malays, are without Police stations, and, for
the most part, without roads. Over a large, portion
of this area the population is scattered in small
hamlets far apart from each other. The unreclaimed state of the
greater part of it affords facilities for gangs of robbers lurking,
and they can enter it by stealth either from the Muda or from .
the sparsely inhabited country beyond our eastern frontier.
Crimes are frequently committed within it, and the perpetrators
are hardly ever brought to punishment. A few years ago one
of the noted panqlhna panyamnn, or robber captains, of Kcdah
crossed it repeatedly in open day at the head of a gang well armed,
and the Pcn»:liulus took care, while afiecting pursuit, to keep at a
safe distance from him.

Unless Chinese can be induced to settle in these districts, tfie
work of reclamation will be exceedingly slow. I give them all
the encouragement I can, but. in the absence of regular Police, or
a good sys^tem of volunteer police, they have no protection for
their lives and property, and are constantly exposed to thefts and
often to robbery and murder. A goldsmith opened a shop on
the Ikan Mati Koad, but was robbed, and the lives of himself and
his workmen endangered, lie drew back and established himself
eU)se to my house at Permatang Bertam. A shopkeeper settled at
P;»ya Kladi. fortitied his house by rows of posts all round it, and tliick
bars to his door. AVitliin two months he was attacked at night
by a parly of Malays. He and liis men defended themselves by
throwing billets of lire-wood and crockery from an upper window

174

TaLUNTKKB POLICE FOR PBOVINCE WELLE9LET.

at tlio assftilants, au'l tlie latter, unable to force an entry, set firo
to the houBe aad linmetl it down, the Chinose escaping bchiGcl by
makiog a rn^h^ headod by their buffaloes. Lately^ within about one
nujMth, three serious erimea were committed on my land towards
the boundary pillar. Some Chinese, who had opened a shop on
the bank of the river at one of the landing place 3 » were robbed
and two of them murdered in a i-ruel manner by a gang of Malays
Boon after nightfall. A Chinese hawker, belonging to another
shop, was murdered during the day^ for some dried ii^h and other
articles of trilling value wliich he was carrymg* When I laat
viriitcd tliia ditstrict ou the llth instant, I found that one of my
Mala}^ tenants had had his bourse burned down in tlie previous
night. \Vbil.-it lie was asleep dome one had lirat planted bamboo
spikes along the path leading to the house to lame the intiiate in
escaping^ or his neighbours should they come to his assistance^
and had then set fire to it.

The Chinese shopkeepers have lately been disaroied by tlie
Police, although they remained quiet, attending to tbetr own bu^i*
neds, during the recent disturbauces in Peuaug, aud they are now
entirely. at the luerey of the bud class of the IMalays.

The Mahiyfi, although iu moat places suiHciently numerous to
defend themselves from gang robbers, are uuablo to do so from
want of concert and guidance. When a house is attacked, the
neighbours usually remain aloof, partly in the fear that from
want of sufficient support they may be wounded or killed by the
rtdjbers, and partly iu the fear that if seen with them they may
be su8j>ci;{ed of being coufedei*atcs. The rohhera have, in almust
all ca^e:^, fire-arms, which very few of the T^Ialays ]H)ssess ; their
attacks are sudden, they di^rhart;e muHkets auduae savage threats,
au«] they are led, or believed to he led^ by PuntjUtuast. of whom the
vi I lagers stand in great dread, as many of them are noted for their
kndncss, strength, dexterity and ferocity, and boast of, and are
credited with, heing invulnerable, Jlence it happens that at pre-
sent a gang of ten or twenty robbers may march through the mosit
populouK villages^ phindrr houses and retire with complete impunity.

The Mnbiys of Kedah, includiiig those of the boats ami raftii
ou the river, all carry arms. If our Malays are entirely disaruietl
they will be more exposed than ever to visits of marauders from
beyond the froutlera.

Most of the so'culied Ptn^huhut have been appointetl by the
Pvtfffhithi Bevar, or Police luspectors, without authority from Quv^
erument. ♦Some are men (jualiiied l»y pitsition and eliaracter for
the post, other* are of bad reputation, or unable to write, or other-

TOLUNTEEB POLICE POB PBOYHTCB WELLESLKY. 175

wise diftqualified. They have no systematic arrangements among
themselves and with the villagers for united action in emfrgencies.

The efifett of this was seen during the recent disturbances in
town, when a requisition by the Lieutenant-Governor to the De-
puty Commissioner of Police to send 300 Malays to town under
the command of one of the Penghulu Bcsar and to hold other 300
in readiness at the coast villages under the other Penghulu Besar
was answered by only about 120 being sent over without the Peng-
hulu Besar, but with so many Penghdlu Mukims that among the
men from my neighbourhood there was a Penghulu for every seven,
while some Penghillus had only one or two followers. The Pi^nghulu
Mukims should have been left, as was intended, in their villages
to watcli them and send in more men to the Penghulu Besar. The
Malays were everywhere, so far as I went among them, willing and
ready to obey the order of Government, but they were kept back,
as they alleged, by orders from the local heads of the paid Police,
the Penghulu Besar, who seem to have considered it necessary to
keep some 10,000 male adults at their homes, or marching in bands
up and down the country, to look after a few hundred Macao
coolies.

The Malays on my lands are bound by an article in their leases
'' to conform to such regulations as the landlord may, from time
to time, make, in aid of the observance and enforcement of the law
and for sanitary purposes within the limits of the estate." These
men and the Malays of the villages and kampongs adjoining have
asked me to arrange with them a plan for their protection against
gang robbers and for their more systematic action on the occur-
rence of disturbances among the Chinese, but I do not think that
any such plan could be efficiently carried out without the sanction
of Government. If it should be thought that my knowledge of thfe
inhabitants and constant visits to different parts of the districts
along the Muda and the Kreh, would be useful in introducing and
bringing into working order such a plan, my services are entirely
at the disposal of the Lieutenant-Governor.

I would suggest the following : —

Plan for the Police Protection of the Muda Districts.

The experiment of a Volunteer Police to be tried in the Districts
along the Muda and the Kreh, which are at present without Police
and are -with diflBculty accessible by the Police from their distance
from Police Stations and want of roads.

176 VOLUNTEER POLICE FOR PROTIXCE WELLESLEY.

Tlie experiment to be made gradually and cautiously, boginning
with the inland districts, where the societies have no branches or
influence, selecting the best men to work it, engaging the villagers
heartily in it, and imparting to them, and especially to the head-
men, some knowledge of their legal obligations in cases of gang
robberies and other crimes attended with violence.

The plan, if successful, could be afterwards extended to other
districts, so as to keep down the cost of the paid Police, which
already presses heavily on the rate-payers and atibrds them little
protection from ordinary crimes and none from extraordinary ones,
such as gang robberies, persecutions by Malay societies and dis-
turbances of the peace caused by the dissensions of Chinese and
Malay Societies.

The Malay PenghCdus to be directly responsible to the Lieute-
nant-Governor and his Assistant in the Province and not to the
Deputy Commissioner of Police, although they will act in aid ot
the Police. They will maintain a direct communication, as it were,
between Government and the population, and be highly useful in
influencing and informing the villagers in accordance with the po-
licy of Government. For example, the Lieutenant-Governor niiorht
explain to them the mischief done by the societies and engage them
to discountenance them.

The system should be totally disconnected with the mnkims
(parishes), mosques andjumahaa, and the Pt'ughulus of mulci'ms or
mosques should not be employed as PenghCdus. There would
otherwise be danger of iha jumahaa and their heads acquiring too
much influence and too powerful an organization. The juniahns
bring a strong social pressure to bear on the villagers in the inter-
est of a stricter and more fanatical observance of Mahomedanism
and a greater submission to their religious leaders.

The two paid Police Inspectors who now have the title of Pcn-
ghulu Bcsar should be called Inspectors if retained, so as to eonliue
the title of Penghulu to the village headmen.

1. The larger villages to be divided into kampongs of 20 to 30
houses each. '

2. Each of these kamponga^ and every hamlet or grouj) of liouses
apart from the villages to have a Katua BesaVy Katua Kcchil and
Kweang (messenger).

3. Such a proportion of the adult nuiles as Government thinks
fit (or the whole in particular kampongs) to be enrolled as a volun-
teer police.

4. A certain numbfer of these to be detailed, evcr}^ three months,
in each kampong to turn out with the Katua Bcsar when required.

TOIiVIfTEKB POLICK FOB PBOTDTGB WKLLSSLBT. 177

the others to guard the hampong on such occasions under the Eatua
Kechil..

5. G-roups of adjacent kamp4>ng9 to form Dairahs under a
Fengliulu Bhar and P^nghiilu Muda with their Kwean^s,

6. The Fenghulus and Katuas to be furnished with muskets,
swords and other arms by Government, and the Ft^nghiilus to be
licensed to carry swords when they are abroad.

7. The enrolled villagers to be licensed to keep such arms as
may be sanctioned, and to carry them when on service.

8. The Ftinghulus to be appointed Constables.

9. Every Penghulu to be furnished with a gong and every Katua
and Kwcang with a wooden tong-tong such as is used by the Police
in Java, and a system of alarm signals with these to be prescribed.

10. The Fenghulus to receive written appointments under .the
seal of the Lieutenant-Governor. The Eatuas to be annually_elect-
cd by the enrolled villagers, subject to the confirmation of tho
Lieutenant-Governor.

11. When gangs of robbers or other disturbers of the peace are
abroad, the nearest Fenghdlus or Katuas to beat a ra]pid alarm
signal, which will be repeated by the adjacent FtSnghiilus and Ea-
tuas and stop as soon as it is so repeated. The presence of the
robbers, rioters, &c. in or near any kampang to be indicated by slow
beats continued till they have left, and their vicinity to another
Jcampong is signalled in the same way. When the signal is heard
every Fcnghiilu and eveiy Katua Bcsar with his men to run to tho
place where the robbers are. Tho Katua who is first on the spot
to take the general direction of the volunteers until the arrival of
tlie Penghulu of the Dairah, who is to take the command of the
" Hue and Ciy " and retain it, unless it is assumed by a Magistrate,
Justice of the Peace, Deputy Commissioner, or Inspector of Police.

12. The ordinary duties of the Penghulus will bo to receive
from, and furnish to, adjacent Penghulus and Police Stations notices
of movements of robbert» and noted or 8U8i>ected criminals, to pre.
vent crimes, arrest criminals, &c. They might also have other
iLseful duties assigned to them, such as keeping a registry of the
inhabitants, births, deaths, marriages, divorces, &c.

13. The Penghulus, Katuas and Kweanc;s to be exempted from
rates. If tho sys^tem be found to work well, the PcnghiUuM might
receive a small salary.

1^. Cattle stealing, now so common, to be checked by a system
of passes.

15. Persons not to be allowed to cross or descend the Muda at
night without passes from a Pcnghdla.

178

VOLUNTEEB POLICE FOIl PEOYtXCE WELLEaLEy,

For tlio more eilectual police of the Muda aud protection o^S?
iliBtrirts adjoiujii^^ it it is desirable that arranpementd should bo
come to with the Biija of Kedali with respect to passes for men
aud cattle ; the arrest and detention by \m Pengliulus of persons
chaif^^ed by any of our Pcn(;hulus or Police Officers with a crime
eominitted in our territories when tlie charge is verified on oath,
or a warrant by a ^lap^istnite or Jiistico of the Peace to arre«t
8uc!i perBons ia produced; the takin^j up the Hue and Cry wKe
f^angs of robbera escape from the Province across the frontii
Information as to apprehended crimes, nioveinents of robbera,
should be eoinmuoieated by the Penghulus on the one side of
river to tbe Pcn2:hrdu& on the other side, And the Penghr
Besar at Kota. who is the Superintendent of the districts on the
Kedah side of the river and a Magistrate or a Justice of tlH
Peace on our side &houhl form a standing international Cotnm^|
won for the better preservation of the peace on the river and its
borders, the rejL^ulation of ferriets, the prevention of the pasf^aj^e
of criminals and etoicn property, the arrest of fugitive crimiixals,
the prevention of smugglingt cattle trespasaea, dc.

The Eajn, it is alKO sugjijeHted^ should be anked to empower the
Penghulu Bi/sar or a Hakim at Kota to hold a Court for the re-
covery of debts by creditors on our side from persoiiB who have
iied to, or rot*ide on, the Raja's side.

J. E. LOGAN.

20th AugiiBt, 1867;

I BCc no objection to the carrying out of Mr. Logan's pf
in part, leaving the rest for future and more mature consider
tiou, Penghulua, willing to act without salary, might he appoint
along the line of the Muda, who might be permitted to cany ari]
The Government have none to supply, not having sufficient fd
the PoHce. They might be permitted to recommend and ap[xiin:|_
under section 21 of the Police Act, a certain number of men to net
as Special Constables^ also to be permitted to carry arms, and tl
Pcnghfdua themeelves might be appoiuted under tho same A<
the Commissioner of Police having only such authority over theii
as ho should receive from the LieuL-Govcmor. Then, people
might be appointed on the application of Mr. Logan as require '
by tho Act, and a system of commnmcating by means of gong
or otherwise, might very well be adopted for mutual informaiic
and protection. I quite agree with Mr, Logak, and had olrea

TOLUNTEEB POLICE FOB PBOTINOE WELLESLET. 179

adopted IiIh opinion, that the paid Fenghuhis should be in the
position of the Parish Constable in England. If Mr. Looan
approves of this, perhaps he will name the Pcnghulus to be appoint-
ed.

A. E. H. ANSON,
Lieut,' Governor,
Lieut. -Governor's Office,
80th August, 1867.

Percy Windsob Eabl, Esq.,

Commissioner of Police,

Prince of Wales' Island.
Sir,

I have the honour, on behalf of the inhabitants of Muda Dis-
trict liable to be called out as part of the Posse Comitafus and
who have signed agreements to act in keeping the peace and in aid
of the Police, to request that you will be good enough to appoint
the persons whom they have elected for that puq)08e, and whose
name« are entered in the lioUs now sent for your inspection,
Constables under Section 21 of the Police Act of 185G, to keep
the peace within their respective Dairahs and K^mpongs, from
this date till the end of next year ; to which 1 beg leave to add
my own request.

In the event of the peace being disturbed by gang-rubbers or
others, the villagers will be called out by these Constables and act
niulcr their directions until an oiiicer of Police, or other person
havini; lawful authority iu that behalf, arrives at the place of the
disturbance and tikes the direction.

The Constables have also undertaken to give immediate informa-
tion to the nearest Police authority of all crimen or intended crimes
that come to their knowledge, and to attend, with as many (»f the
viilau:ers as may be required, whenever their aid is called for by
any otHcer of Police.

The Constables will serve without pay, but it is hoped that, in
consideration of the leaving of expense which such a system of
supplementary Volunteer PoHre may enable Government to effect
in the re^ailar Police force, the Municipal Commissioners will
think it |)ro[)er to remit some portion of their rates. At present,
as you are aware, a large portion of the District is without Police
Stations and roads. AVithout an organizaticm of this kind, the
villagers are defenceless against gang robbers, and this is true

180 yOLUNTlCRR POLICE YOU PROVINCE WELLE8LEY.

even of those portions that :ire in the vicinity of Police StationB,
for it cannot bo expeete<l tliat lialf a dozen Policemen can beat
off or arrest armed bands of 20 to 70 men unless thej are aided
by the Hue and Cry, which has been proved by the recent gan<<
robberies in the south of tho Province as well as by many in
former years in the nortli, to be wholly ineffective wlien the Posae
Comitatus is not thus ori^anizod. Tho mere knowledge that the
villagers are everywhere prepared to resist gang robberies? will,
it may be anticipated, have tlie effect of making them less frequent.
I intended to arrange with the Muda villagers a system of signals
by beat of wooden drums such as are used by the Police of Java,
but I think it would bo better if you were to introduce such a
system for general adoption both by the regular and the Volun-
teer Police.

r have the honour to be
8ir,
Province Wellesloy, Your most obdt. servant,

loth October, 1807. J. li. LOGAN.

The Ilon'ble Colonel Ansox,

Lieut. 'Qocrrnor,

P. W. Island.
Sir,

1. Referring to the Memo, wliich 1 submitted to you on
20th August last on t]i(> subject of the orfranizatiou of the ]Malav
villagers of the INIuda and Kreli district y, under headmen, fur
their mutual protection against gang robbers and oilier j>urposcs,
and to your Memo, thereon, dated »3()th August, a[)proYini^ of tho
experiment and ro([uesting that I would name the IVnj^hiilus to
be appointed, I have now the lionour to forward li^ts of Prni;hril!is
and rolls of the volunteers. Actinia on your suggestion, the
Pcnghulus and Katuas h:ive been appointeil** additional constables *'
under Section 21 of the Police Aet of 185(5 on a formal applica-
tion made by the villagers and myself to tlie Commissionor vi
Police.

2. Instead of selecting tlio headmen myself. 1 thought the
better course, for reasons w^liich I sl^all ]iresently give, w^ould
be to visit the different villaj^os, talk over the matter with the
jMalays, arrange with tliem the Uiost convcnit i:t division of the
groups of population into A'r7;;/;;o;/7.v or villages aiui ot' ihcse into
JJairahs or districts, arnl then leave it to the viihigeri^ to name

TOLrKTEEB POLICE FOB FSOYIXCE W£LL£8L£T. 181

their Katuas, * or elders, and the latter to name the Pcnghulus, **
or head«, for submisaion to you. t With your approval, I also
adopted a form of n£jreemciit whicli is printed in English and
Malay at tho head of the Rolls, by which the signers agree to aid
in keeping the peace, and not to join unlawful societies. Opposite
tho name of each is a list of the arras kept by him, and for which
licenses arc requested.

3. It has necessarily taken some time to get the plan carried out
thus far among.-^t so scattered a population. Almost universally
it has been received with the greatest favour. In some of the
villages towards the west, where there is a Jawi-pakan admixture
and where tho influence of two of the town jumahas and one
of the Province ones was re<*ently great, hesitation was shewn
by individuals, who asked if Government, after doubling and
trebling the assessed rates on tho lands and rating their houses,
might not intend to put on new taxes, or make the voluntfiors
keep up the roads and drains, or serve as soldiers ? I explained
to them that the Municipal CommisHJoners had simply directed
re-assessment at tho true or improved valuation, that the pro-
posed system was a purely voluntary' one originating with myself
and heartily taken up by the Malays in my (juarter as the surest
means for our mutual protection, but that the Lieutenant-Governor
had approved of it, would grant written appointments to the
Pcnghulus and Katuas, and would, I hoped, give it every encourage-
ment if it worked well. In some instances difficulties have arisen
from a difference of opinion in the choice of heads, or from bold
and crafty men. of whom their more ignorant ajid timid neighbours
stand in some fear, nianobuvering to be named as Pcnghulus, but
by a little patience and management these difficulties have been
overcome.

4. I consider it essential to the success of the plan, and as
constituting its distinctive feature, that the village heads as well
as those of divisions should owe their position and their retention
of it, to the opinion in which they are held by their fellow-vil-
lagers. In most cases, the appointment would practically be
])ermanent, but to keep the heads on their good behaviour the
villagers should have the option of changing them at intervals,
and three years aj)pears to be a suitable term. J Among such a

* Kutua from tua^ old ; l*imjhulii- from w/i/, the native Malay name for
Iicjid, now rfipliiocd by the Sanskrit kiipala.

fThe Kmanga arc accrctlite*! mt'fiseng'cra of the ii!«<j/a* and PSn^huIu^
named by theni with the approval of the vilbgere.

t One year, formerly propose<l by me, is, I find, too short a term to render
the office acceptable to the Malays and give them a proiKJi training^.

TOLUXTEER POLICE FOE PUOVINCE WELLESLET. 183

^ular Police, having, or credited with having, the ear of the Euro-
pean Authorities, and allowing thorn, at the same time, to assume
the position of chiefs of lar^e districts. In a small village the
inhabitants are intimately known to each other and often more or
less connected by marriage. They are usually on nearly the same
social level, and almost every head of a fnmily ia a substantial
yeoman who ploughs lys own acres. A village PcnghTdu will sel-
dom try. or be allowed, to dominate over a score or two of fellow-
villagers as a district Puii'.!:hrilu can over some thousands of the more
ignorant ^[alays, whose faitli in his pretensions is in inverse pro-
portion to their personal familiarity with him. Of course there is
a counterbalaTicing risk of the viriaL;o Ponghulu beinur sometimes
found not sulficiently independent of the infhience of his relatives
and associates, if any of them should happen to he guilty of a crime,
but this is a minor risk to that of the wide reachinir oppressions
and denials of justice whicli attend the rule of a pleasant manner-
ed District Pcnghulu who happens to bo greedy of money. I
regard the Divisional Prnghulus in my own plan with some distrust,
and would prefer to be able to dispense with them for the present.
It will be seen that I have made some changes since the Holls were
signed by breakini: up a few of the orii^^nal Divisions containing
two to three hunrlred adults into smaller ojwm ofabout a hundred. ♦
/>. In lately returning to mo the printed form of appointment
which I had prepared by your desire, yon substituted six months
from its date for the end of H(5S whicii I had named as the nhort-
est term within which the system and the t'li^^t nominees could bo
fairly tried, and you added a note to the efFe/t that expected
ehanges in the l.iw and in t!ie Polir^j Koree would ])robably render
the aiil of the volunterTS uuTieces^.iry after tint time. Believinij
that you acujuiesevd m the reasons whieh 1 tlien oilored ai:ainst so
limited a term, the i'iirms both l't)r the eertilieates a^ eonstabl(»s and
the appointments as lV-!i:j;]i:Uiis and I\a!u:is hav*' been i>rinted with
the ei'iginal term, bsit the (\)intnix'!i..Tier nf P(»liee, nn returning
tiie former siirned by hiru, informed me, at the same time, that you
still t!inn;r]it a perio 1 of six months v/ould be wnflioient. Xo inti-
mation of this kiiid was ciMiiainivl in vi»ur memo, of the 30th
August, and I inferred fn^u it t!iat a!t]i«»U:,'h y>u wished to proceed

* The appoiutiiivr.t "F a >'von.l«ir«l.[j'it/ hjfl for v.iic\ (iivinilou au-1 viilacTft
l)rimaril\' iutond« il to mvnt tin- <;. /o of ^oum: <.'l" the vol'inioiTS of a DivlHiou
being- ea'li'l nAviv uinl-r (nif of t'lo h\*ils t-> iv^.- a;r;iiii-t. iran«r rohl>crs i:i
anotiier Divis^ua aii«l tlio reaiuiu Lt l»jiiiLr I'.i't ii:i'l"r the othiT hvivl incharj^fo
of thcvillaj,^?, aii'l aN"» a-* a nrnv:si.>ii xi<r,ilii^t th-' sickn."-«s or alj.'ienco of a
Pr-n^»'hiilu or Katua will fnrtiUrr k-i.-cu tlie rihk ot jiiy of the htja'lrnoii try-
inif to domineer.

1S4 VOLUXTEBR POLICE FOtt PROVIXCE WKLLESLEY.

cautiously you would be prepared, should the experiment be buo-
cesaful, to Bauctiou the wider dcvolopmeut of the plan. If I had
Hupposed tliat it was not to have soiiio degree of pcrmaneiicj, but
might be abruptly put an end to iu six months, I could not have
taken it upon me to ask the Malaya to adopt it, nor is it likely that
they wouhl have done so at all as a mere temporary expiNlieiit, or,
if they had, that they would have received it in such a spirit as to
ensure its good workiui^. It would, I fear, eutirely »lL*feat our
object if, at this sta^e, the intimation were made to them (not of
course by me) that the system now introduced is only likely to be
maintained for a few months. 1 would submit, with deferouce.
that the fairciit as well as mo:<t expedient cmu'se would bo to defer
any discouragini; step of the kind until the contemplated changes
take place, when Government, if it thoii;^ht tit, could abolisli the
system, in such a manner and with »snch explanation of its i^easons
as would be calculated to lessen any 'lissatisf action on tlie part of
the Malays.

(j. I hope you will allow me, however, to add some reasons iu
support of those that may bo j^athercd from my Memo, of 20th
August, for not looking on the measure a.s a mere make-shift pend-
ing the adoption of those improvement:* in the Police for which the
Settlement is to be indebtecl to you, and I would preface these
reasons by saying that, althouj^di 1 brought the i)lan forward as one
that was peculiarly and urgently necess^iry in the somewhat ex-
ceptional condition of that portion of Province WoUesley in which
I. have resided for the last live years, T. loni; ai;o, when living in
the south of lVnan«», eanieslly advo;:ited the a.^sociation and or-
^anizMtion. with the san'*t ion and Hn[)|)ort of Government and ft)r
the purposj^ of maintaining the poaee and counteracting: the variou-*
class ami n'li.;ious inflneficcs opposed to it. of lh(^ Malays and the
well-disposed inhihitant-* of all other classes, including tlie ina:iv
Chinese who disapprt)ved of the secret societies and wanted nothin*^
so much as adequate social protci;tion aL».ainst bting ab:'Orl)etl inu^
or perse(rnted by them. A plan (ui a narrower b;isis for L!:ivinig rh..>
assessmeiU; eommitt.e(5 and, as an after-lhongiit, the Polii'e. tho aid
of ilivisional IV-nj^hulus * was triisl !)y Mr. UhiNnKLr, when Kosi-
dent CounciHor of Penan::, and so loni: as he remained here jin-l
took a KtrouL? persona! interest in the IVn^'hulu^, mucii lu-n/iit war*
derived from it. J I was afterw.irJs exteU'h'd to the Province, but
too hastily to admit of a ^oud sclcctinn of luMtlniMU, and it soon
fell into neglect. More recently Colonel Ma> was iuipresscvl with

• Pt^ng-Iiiilu Muklm. Mul;iin is the tcrntory or raUicr the groupof frtuiilics
attached to a mosque, a parish.

VOLUXTEEB POLICE FOR PIIOVINCE VTELLESLET. 185

tlie a(ivrtutao;es likely to accrue from its revival oq a wider basis.
It was a subject of frequent conversation between us, and he in-
tended, I believe, to avail himself of my aijsistance in introducing?
it in North Province "Wellesley, if the Settlement had not passed
froDi under the administration of the Indian Government.

7. No community is exempt from occasional disturbances of
the peace on a scale too large to be immediately dealt with by the
regular Police or the Military, even if it were desirable to employ
the latter, except as a hn*t resource. This Settlement is exposed
to these from three sources — the quarrels, originating here or
propagated from abroad, of the Chinese societies ; those of the
Mahomeilan Jumahas ; and the existence of professional banditti
ill tiie adjacent Malay sbites — one of these countries, POrak, being
at all times and in all places wretchedly misgoverned by a
number of Uajas and district chiefs striving with each other who
shall excel in habitual rapacity and oiu'asional rapine, and the
other, Kcdah, having large and thinly populated wilds all along
our eastern boundary. The character and habits of large numbers
of our own population, especially of the immigrant and shifting
clnsjses, make it yqitv susceptible to such disturbances, and a
strong and active element of mischief is supplied, in the case of
the allied INIahomedan and Chinese societies, bv the ambition, craft
and rapacity of a colonial class in which the subtlety of the
Chinese, the effrontery of the Kling, and the dissimulation and
vanity of l)oth are mingled with the boldness and suavity of the
!Malay. * From these and from other causes now probably only
in their hsocd.v, we cainiot expect that the time will soon come
wlicii occa'^ions will cease to arise, on which Government must
avail it»<olf r>f tlie te:nj)i)rary as.-sistanoo of the well-disposed por-
tion of t!r.' local [)opul:ition in rc>istintjj violence, because the
diseij)!iiie<.l forc;^ in it3 rei^ular employment is either not on the
scene of di-^tnrhanr-e or only present in insntlicient numbers.
'Jlij ri^hr ot' availin;^ itself of the lei^al obligation of every
male a!)i)ve 1.") years old to aid in keeping the peace muKt always
he ke{)t in rcserv(?. as this alone can enable Government to oppose,
in every part <«t' the .Settlement, by a superior force always ready
to :ict. l)an<U of rioters or robbers who may ssmhienly apj)ear. But
our j)oj)ular.io!i is very imperfectly acquainted with this lejj;al ob-
ligation, and is at. present incapable of acting in concert against
Hiich iian-ls. On each recurring outbreak of the quarrels of socie-
ties or systematic attacks on our villages by gang robbers, we have

* Soc Notv at end.

186

TOLUlTTfiEB POLICE FOU PROrrKCK WKLLE8X.KT.

seen tte rural population paraljsetl aod lielplesa. It is a prio-
cipal and the more immediate object of the plan now beiag Iiitni*
ducedj to briug borne to the villagera a prjicfclcal sens© of their
dufcy as loyal BubjeetH to aid in keeping the peace of their v^illa^
and of the Settlement, and to give them an organizatioa that wtU,
for the first time, make it possible for them to aapplj such aid,
and effectively place them, for that purpose, in the bauds of the
authorities. The simultaneous disturbances of the peaco in many
parts of the Settlement by the secret action of societies whose
members are found almost everywhere, will be met by an equally
ubiquitous and permanent resisting force du the side of orJer,
The existence of such a force can hardly fail to exercise a stroni^
deterring influence on riotei's and marauders, and it cunnot but
strengthen the Government and enable it t-o use the Poliee and
Military with much greater effect than it can now do, when it nm?t
either dissipate their strength and harass the men in the vain
attempt to oppos^e every outbreak, or only succeed in protecting a
few places by concentrating its force there and leaving tU© re>st of
the country to its fate,

8. The plan will subserve other objects of hardly less impor-
tance. The wide difference io manner^*, religion and educatina
between the higher European Officers of Government and thti
Native population tends to estrange thoni almost as much as if the
latter were a foreign and conijuored nation, and not. a» a htr|
proportion are, British subjects born in the Colony* The Malu;^
are very gregarious, and the mass arc prone to accept the guidance
of those who have any pretention to claim it and will take the
trouble to exercise it. At present their personal devotion is chieily
bes^to wed on their religious leaders and on connt^ctiuus of the rt>y/il
family of ICcdiih* It is very desirable that the distance between
them and the Otiicers of Government should be lessened, and that
the latter should have the meauK, when opportunities arise, ol
establishing such a degree of familiar intercourse with thorn sis ia
practicable. * At present large numbers in the inaccessible or

• It takes a long" time to gain the confiilotice of the Mala>'«. Wlion a Euro-
pean Otficial, or any person nf pogition, with whom they are not well ncquiutil-
ed^ piita queations to them, they are doiibtfiil of his motives in pro|x>rt.ioii to
their ignorance* and woek t-j give such replic* as wi]J l>e at onije pleasing- to him
and not unpleasant in their cansequencuH to thf?mi<elves or their fritsid^ If
ihcrii are any native liyst^nilers they are doubly ciiutious, as they know thai
every word they say may be reported to those whom it may affect. A Mu
iB6ldom speaks out the truth, the whole truth aod nothing but the tut
unkas to those he trusts and when there are no other listeners.

T0L1J5TEEB FOLICS FOB PBOTDTCE WELLSSLST. 187

less frequented villages have no personal knowledge of the higher
officers of Government. Government means to most of them a
Native Inspector of Police, a Sub-collector of rates, a native Land-
surveyor, an Overseer of Public Works with his convicts, and the
Kali, all of whom they look upon as impersonations of power, and
all of whom, if so disposed, may find exhaustless profit m this per-
suasion. They have sometimes seen the Bdja Sahrang ^ the
JRdja Folis, f and the Bdja Bandwan^ % usually accompanied
by some members of the official stratum interposed between them
and the higher one to which the powers of the latter are assumed
to be delegated. The superior ranks are merged in the vague and
mythical idea of ** Kampani " (East India Company). The great
personages with whom they are more immediately concerned are
not the European Rdjas, but the Native Datus or chiefs, the power
of two of whom, each in his department, the Police and the Land
Survey, || they believe to be unlimited, and to descend, in various
measures, on those who are supposed to stand well with them.
The recognition of heads of villages named by the villagers them-
selves will afford a means of mutual access to the higher Officers
of Government and to them. It will give all of them a sense of
being directly recognised by the Bdja Besar of the Settlement
himself as good subjects of the Queen,, and of not being merely
subjected to the law but of being associated in its maintenance,
while the appointments will be objects of a healthy ambition. It
will enable Government to inform and influence the population,
supplying it, as it were, with an agent and mouth-piece in every
kamponq. If the system be properly fostered, it will go far to
keep the influence of the jumahas and of religious and other leaders
within legitimate bounds, and establish a feeling of attachment to
and confidence in the superior officers of Government and of loyalty
to the Crown.

9. The system will subserve another and most important end —
that of gradually educating the Malays. A large proportion of

* The Police Magistrate.

f The Deputy CommifisioDer of Police.

X The AsBistant Engineer.

II To the imagination of the ordinary Malay the power and resooroee of
the former are boundlees. I once overhead a group of Malays talking about
a criminal cane, and the conclusion at which they arrived was that " he oonld
make the innocent guilty and the guilty innocent." The native Burveyors are
Buppoeed to have the power of conferring the right to lots of land by survey-
ing them, and the Datu isuJtat Tanak in his viFits to the inland dlstriots is
received with more distinction than the highest Euroiiean Officers of Govern-
ment.

188

TOLinmEER POtICK FOB PBOVIKCB WKLI-E8LET.

iho Tilla^era are excessively ignorant, and they suQer senoo
from their ignorance. Their want of sanitftry knowledge
habits ia bo great that they may he eaid to cultivate the (ii8eai«4
that originate in or are fomented hy dirt and in^snificieut vcntil*
tion. * The overerowdirjn; of both sexes in small huts iocit
to immoralities from which their religious scmples are not afirav'^
strooj; enoui^'li to deter them. Their ignorance of the real cha
ter of the Government exposes them to misrepresentations anj
malpractieeN, and disables them from using the means of tedi
which the law provides. While seein;x little of educated Europeana^
they are sought out hy Chinese, Klings and Malays whoarefi-j
niahed in the knowledge and craft acquired in that great «chu
of cheating under the guise of honest mercantile thrift, piety o^
good nature — an Asiatic 8eaport where traders of all nations ooa-
gregate. From an experience extending over thirty je^T% bi
which I have been almost constantly in close and unreserved
intercourse with the Natives, much of it professional and con-
fidential, I do not hesitate to say that the more stupid and ignomnl
are defrauded on all handa hy the more knowing and crafty. The
more ignorant Malay cannot sell his paddy to a Chinese without
being cheated, in the confusion to which the illegal but nnirrrfol
Of c of measures of different sizes and hiB narrow powers of caI*
eulation expose him. Government in its Acts and TV '
lays careful and elaborate plauR to protect him from v
the part of its Bubordiuates, but tneso very plans defeat their
end, and become means to fresh exactions. So low in the scale
reaches the belief of the Malay nistic in the power of ever}
servant of Government to do him good or liarm according as be
i» treated, that he never thinks of cpiestioning the right of even
a convict in tho Survey Department to a fee for drawing the
measuring chnio over his land or serving him with a notice, cr
that of a convict in the Engineer's Department to take his bainbooi
and plantains without payment. There are UBually so many 6tepi
between the issue of an order by the head of a Department and itt
actual execution, that nothing ho can do will secure the more ignor-
ant Natives affected by it from being defrauded either by some of
his subordinates, or by other persons acting, or professing to act,
for them, I make no doubt, to take one Department, that the
Malay holders of small lots have, first and last and in ono way and

* HencM) the frightful extent to which various disgTifltiiijr cutivncou* (lt#-
faecs prevail in every village OLud almost in every houne, and the great mort^*
ty, tffectuLdly checking the nataral increase of tho population, iroin fvm;
imiall*pos, dianh«eii and cholcm.

TOLUirTEEB POLICE FOB PBOTINCB WELLESLSr. 189

another, paid for the lands bought by them from Government luuch
more than the amount that has actually been received by Govern-
ment. Ah an illustration of the difficulty Government has in at
once protecting its own rights and those of the more ignorant Na-
tives, I may mention the case of a sale by auction at the Land
Office some time ago of a number of lots for non-payment of quit-
rcAt. The rule was for the notice of sale to be signed by the Resi-
dent Councillor himself, and to be entrusted to the Police to be
published, thus attempting to provide against collusion by native
subordinates in the Laud or Surveyor's Offices with purchasers. A
few days after the sale I was told that some lots held on permit,
which I had some time previously bought from Malays, had been
sold to a Malay, and on making enquiries it turned out that he was
almost the only bidder at the auction and had bought up most of
the lots at prices absurdly low. For the fruit trees on one of mine
I had paid ^25, and was still liable to Government for the price of
the land. This lot was knocked down to the man at about $1 —
land and trees. The notice had been published by placarding it in
a few places and by a Police peon beating a gong and proclaiming
that certain lots were to be sold, but no special notices were given
to the holders of these lots. So far there was ground for presum-
ing collusion between the purchaser and some of the subordinates
of Government. But on pushing my cnijuiries 1 found that the
lot-holders had received notices to take out grants several years
previously and had not come forward to do so, not considering
the lands to be then worth the Government price, and I was lea
to infer that some of the more astute were themselves parties
to the collusion, which had a double object, the more recondite
one being to enable them to get grants at a lower rate than if
they had to pay the fixed price as well as rent for these ^ears.
A case came before the court a few years ago in which it was
proved that a Malay had obtained large sums from the ryots of
some districts on the pretext that he was empowered to take a
fee from each to get a survey made, and from what Malays have
told me from time to time, I Believe that such exactions have been
common, and that it is seldom that a survey is made, or grant
issued, for one of the more ignorant Malays, without some one
or other persuading him into making irregular payments of the
kind. The general Municipal Act provides an elaborate system
of checks to protect the more ignorant rate-payers from wrong.
They must have at least 15 days' special notice of all first assess-
ments and every subsequent increase of valuation, to enable them
to get a review of over- valuations ; a bill must be presented to

190 TOLUXTEEB POLICE FOE PKOTiyCE WELLESLET.

them and 5 days given tliein to pay it ; a warrant of distress is
then to issue, but no sale is to take place for other 5 days. The
fees payable arc all fixed by the Act, and there are none until
the property has been actually seized as a distress. Nothing
would seem better devised to protect the ryots. But, in reality,
each fresh shield turns into a weapon of exaction in the hands
of an unscrupulous bill collector. Fees have been demanded
and taken for the notice, and on the warrants of distress when
no distress has been made. It may thus readily come about that
a stupid Malay pays mauy times the actual amount of his bill.

10. The Malays in the Province are exposed to suffer not only
from the exactions of unscrupulous persons in or hangin*:^ about
the Police, Land, Survey. Assessment, Euprineer's and Magistrates'
Departments, and the offices of the Registrar and Agents of the
Court, but, to a very largo extent, from those of the Kalis, who
claim extensive and uudefined powers and exercise a jurisdiction
to which they have no title. The lari;e and pcrniiious power of
the Kalis, which poisons domestic life amons; the Malays, is
based on a gross ' misconception. Originally in all Mahoinedan
countries, and to this day in several, including the native states
in India, the Kali is the supreme judice — civil, criminal and eccle-
siastical. He is required to admiiiistor justice in a public place.
in a non-Mahomedan country, the Kalis of Mahomedan com-
munities must derive their authority from the Government of the
country. Bv the law of this Settlement, civil, criminal and eccle-
siastical jurisdiction is vested exclusively in the Supremo Court,
the Courts of Ketjuests, the Magistrates of Police and the Justices
of tho Peace. No law gives authority to the local Government to
appoint Kalis, recognizes the office, or defines its powers. From
an early period in the history of the Settlement, the local Govern-
ment appears to have appointed persons under the title of Kalis,
but without afiecting to confer judicial authority on them or to
point out their functions. Governor Blundell declined to do
more than recognize them as persons deriving certain undefined
powers from the vobmtary election and submission of associations
of Mahomedans, declaring that he had no legal authority to ap-
point them. Tt may be doubted whether other Governors intended
to do more. It is clear that none of them can have assumed to
confer on the so-called Kalis any portion of the supreme judicial
powers which attach to the office in Mahomedan countries. In
jiractice the Kalis have usurjied compulsory jurisdiction over all
the Mahomedans inhabiting the district in which they exercise it.
Knowing it lo be essential to ihe recognition of their authority,

YOLVBTSSB POLICE FOB PBOTIKCE WfilXKStET^ 191.

thej have affected to hold their appointments £roin the Gorernment.
They have assumed as much of the powers attaching to the office in
Mahomedan countries as they have been able to do in the presence
of the regularly constituted Courts and Judges of the Settlement,
and considerably more, probably, than they would be able to justify,
were the question of their legal position and powers formally
brought under judicial consideration. Appointed in so irreg|ular
a manner, and, tis judges, laxly tolerated rather than recognised,
the office has been deprived of those safeguards by which the
regular administration of justice is surrounded. The Government
from which they profess to derive their appointments does not
select them or subject them to any test of fitness in respect of
character or learning, and it leaves them without control. No
public courts are pro\ided for them, and they exercise their judi-
cial functions in their own houses or in small sheds attached to
them, which they dignify with the name of Balai shara. Their
jurisdiction having no legal foundation and being only limited by
the ignorance or acquiescence of suitors, shifts with the require-
ments of plautiffs, but is generally understood to be confined to
cases between husband and wife, embracing suits by the husband
for restitution of conjugal rights, and by tlie wife for maintenance,
dower, co-habitation and divorce. The Knli issues summonses to
defendants and wituesseat under his seal. For all such process
and its service and for his judgments, lie charges fees to a con-
siderable amount. Particular Kalis have, from time to time, been
notorious among the natives for their corruption and extortion.
They have hired themselves to men colluding with wives to obtain
divorces and marry them, or with the parents of young married
women seeking to free their daughters from the marriage bond
ill order to marry them to more wealthy suitors. In such cases,
tho first step is for the woman to go, or be taken, to the Kali,
where a couiplaint of want of sufficient maintenance or other
cause of divorce is entered, or a pretended divorce set up, and the
husband summoncil. Adjournments are made from time to time,
and further evidence adduce<l and in the meantime the Kali re-
ceives bribes tVom both parties and keeps tho woman in his own
house whore she has no protection against his criminal advances.
Cases are even said to have occurred iu which Kalis have pandered
to their own sons and to friends. It must be said that such practices
do not excite the universal disujust and indignation which might be
expected and which indeed would prevent their being long indulged
in. An old lady, the wife of tho founder of one of the mosques at
Pcrmatang Bcrtam, who enjoys a high reputation for piety and strict-

192

TOttnrrKlB FOLTCE for PBOVIXCK WELLEStrEV

nesB, on being asked, with rofcrDiice to a etat^ment made in
presence by a witness iti a cane to whioli a relative of tliein* was
party, whether such tbiiiga could be. antl how it came that th<
were tolorateil, replicrl that it was only for a few days and with t'
Kali. But Malay fathers and hii!4h;uidK, le&s iuduln^ent t43 the f]
ties of her sex and race than this old la^ly, have frecjuentlj ninyk
to m© bitterly of the extent to which the peace of families ia d
turbed and immorality promoted by Kalis, 8ome go &o far n»
iay that most of the Malay women who become prostitutes in to
have aeqnired their vicious habits when residing in the houees
Kalis and induced by them to take tliis infamous means of raisi;
a fee of g20 or jJHO to pay him for tlie divorce, Eren the mo\
respectable KaliR, who are not accused of debauching their suitni
or ieadinR them into debauchery, are, with rare eiceptions, aaid
bo accessible to bribes, and nune of tbem has the slighesfc prete
sion to the (jualiii cat ions necesstiry for the judge of a divorce op
any other Court. *' I ref^ret to observe/' writes Colonel Lour,
" that, so far as my oxpenenco extends, there is not a native
*' this Settlement of Pinaii^ who could he safelv entrusted with t
" power of a Justice of tiie Peace or even with a lesser jiidici
** independent authority/' * The more cultivated Malays thom<
ielves say that the very word Kali is an offence to them, and that

* One of the proBejit Kalis (not now recogaisoj by Oovermnent)
a living by Ktlliug' iuRpectinn of the notes of marriii^es kept by, or for, i
f Rther, who was 3ie great Kali of Peimag in his day. In a case that ochtuh
not loTig^ ago he demanded S1,000 tfj search for and produce one of these nut
In thiH respect he is not worsa than any other native would be who li
custody of paporH of vahie. A Pt^nghiilu Bi^sor, who also nctjtd an a j
Notary for his diHtriot, drew up a \sdll for a Malay who went on the pt^
age, Itjaving the will in the Pf^nghfihtB keeping. The jxireom^ i' 1]

not get it without imying a fee of S^O, I advifWid them t-o ta>
ing^ to recover it, hut they tadd tliat the PCuKhfilu might dciiv m^t j
it^ or produce it and give Bt^me evidence to invaliihite it, and he wa*i eo \
reputed by the oflicers of (Jovemmcnt and ko miieh likod and truFt*^ 1
Judge that he waa mire to be believed* In the former caee compulsion wou
have b«jen equally ha«anlou«, as the opposite jmrty might hitve Tn&de t
Kali a present to bum the po per, and he would merely have had to any :
Court that no such paper was to Iks found amorsg his father's roc(»rd8. Tli
Kali's father wiw* a veiy gentlemanly «nd pieajiaut Arab of Mecca, a unirer
favourite of the EiixopeanB, includin.LT the olIicialK. In one of the ftr^t i

in which I v/a« cn^nige*! in the Vovr* ^' " *' -1 •>- - x. ,».,. .^ ..i,

aide to eqx'iik as to t^ime pnper. In >

read and wriie. He indignantly il- .

and began to rtml fluently from it, but untortunat'^'ly it turned tmt tlukt ]

hiAd it uji^Ido down, and X fear he never quite forgave mo the diacyv

He knew a gitsat deal of it by heiirt.

YOLITKTEEB POLICE FOB PBOTINCE WELLE8LET. 108

the temptations to which the office exposes its holders are so great
that a good man who takes it soon becomes a bad one. None of
the learned Malays of any reputation will accept it. The more
ignorant Malays of the interior are exposed to be fleeced by any
one who pretends to be a Kali. Lately when at Kamlun I found
a Malay going about among his friends in great anxiety of mind
to borrow the large sum, for him and them, of ten dollars. On
• enquiring into the cause, I learned that his wife had left him a few
days before on pretext of visiting a sister at Bagan Jermal.
Next day he received a summons under the chap of a Haji at Bagan
Ajam professing to be a- Kali, but of whom and his jurisdiction
the Kamlun villagers had previously been happily in ignorance.
He hastened to the sister, who told him that his wife was with the
Kali. He went to the Kali, who would not produce her, but told
him that if he wanted to get her back he must pay $10, " which is
as much,*' said the man plaintively, " as I paid for her twenty
years ago when she was a virgin " (meaning her dower).

11. The Malays of the interior are also infested by a class of
parasitical Malays, or half Malays, who make it their business to
spy out flaws in titles and latent causes of family disputes, incite
to litigation, get the partition and sale of lands into their hands,
and usually exact a share of the property much beyond what
any fair commission or actual costs of suit would amount to.
Their own ignorance and carelessness are themselves a fruitful
source of trouble and litigation. Wills are seldom brought into
Coui*t to be proved, or letters of administration applied for, until
many years, Bometimcs 20 or 30. after the death of a land-holder
and when, owin^c to intermediate deaths, it is difficult or impossible
to prove the will or come to a satisfactory decision on contested
facts of marriage, divorce or paternity. A will was brought to me
a few days ago which had been acted on, without probate, for
about 20 years. The te.^tator had added some extraordinary im-
precations at the end of it to prevent any of his family attempting
to disregard it, but he had not signed it, neither he nor the writer
appearing to have known that this was essential and would have
accomplished what his legacy of curses has failed to do. There
was a case in Court a few years ago which turned entirely on the
question wlicther the person named as grantee in a Government
grant of a piece of land was the father or the grand-father of cer-
tain of the claimants, and after hearing much evidence, and giving
the parties every opportunity to call additional witnesses, the Re-
corder was unable to make up his mind on the subject.

12. It appears to me that all these evils in mind, body and

101

TOLin?TEEB POLICE FOB PHOTTirCE ITEXtrST^ET.

estate, arise from one source, ignorance ^ find can only be (
cured by removing it. The system of village orgauixatk
the means of mftking a be^nning lu this work. The atfi
hitherto made by Uovernmeiit to educate! the M/ilaj» of
Tince have frdlod, because the object aimed at waa indeOnite ai
too remote from their daily life and business. The Malavs Kai
already a large amount of valuable practical knowledsre, wi*ll fift<
to carry them successfully througb life in a purelv Malaj coiintr
The Hrst step should be to add to it that buFineflslinowledge whic!
will adapt theai to their present position as British subjVct
Their imt want is that of »omo plain elenlentary information abos
their duties in keeping the peace and suppressing crime, tht5 powr
and moile of arresting criminals, the positions and powers of \\
different officers^ and servants of Government, the rules rolatii
to sales of Government land and aasesBment^ the fees pavab
under the land, assesBment and other regulations that aflect the!
most closely, the efffct of marriage and divorce on rights to pr
perty, the mode of making wills, the division of the e^tatea of ii
testates, the maintenance of wives^ the maintentince» custody ac
guardianship of children, as to what cases must be taken to 'a liL
gistrate and what to the civil courts, wliat are the roal powers of
Kali, &c. They would also learn, what few^ of them know, Xhi
the courts are not sliut in the face of those who are too poor I
pay the usual fees. Short tracts in Malay, contaiuinia^ inforni,'
tion of Ibis kind, placed in the bands of tlie Katua«, ixud
nacnted by occasionjtl discusaionft with them and tlie vilt.i
the Matjistrate whtm visiting the districts, would, 1 am exriaj;
be valued by the ^Falay**, and in time, give t!tem a sutKcient !*tm-
of useful knowledge to protect them from the more gross .
RionB and enactions to which their ignorance now expon*
In most t>f the villages one or more persons who can read arc t
be found.

The first step having been taken and time given to make goo
their footing so far, tracts might follow containin*^' some commo
sanitary facts, shewing the advantages of good ventilation, o
cleanliness in the kampong, house, dress and cooking, of vaceinatioc
of drainage, that the proper place for dirt is not under the hous
but under the ground at the roots of their trees; and while en
Hgbtening them on these homely matters the o]»]iurtimity mij^h
betaken to get the Katuas to set about the adoption* of,
sanitary provisions of tho Conservancy Act and keeping
common village paths and drains in better order.

TOLUKTEEB POLICE FOB PBOTINCE WBLLESLEY. 195

The use of the Roman characters instead of the Arabo-Persian
for Malay might, in due time, be introduced, as the Dutch
have done so successfully and with such signal practical advan-
tages in Netherlands India. When some progress had been made
in establishing village schools on this basis, a new zest and larger
scope might bo given to their awakening literary appetite by
supplying them with copies of some of the best works extant in
their own language but of which few of them have ever heard,
with translations of some of the Arabian Nights, and the like.
Tracts on geography and ethnography, the elementary facts of
meteorology, astronomy,- botany, &c., might follow in due time.
No attempt would, of course, be made to meddle with their
religion. All attempts of the kind have hitherto failed and only
tended to excite suspicion and arouse bigotry. We may freely
allow to them, with some qualifications at which they will not
take umbrage, that the better Maliomedan the better man. •

13. In my memorandum of 20th August I suggested that, in addi-
tion to their duties of a Police nature, the PenghMus might have
others assigned to them, such as keeping a registry of the inhabit-
ants, of births, deaths, marriages, divorces, &c. Each might be
supplied with a blank book in which to write, or get written, a
diary of all such events, and others of public importance or inter-
est, such as crimes and ofFences, accidents to life, floods, droughts,
the state of the crops, &c. This would itself serve as some stimulus
to education, and it would furnish a contemporary record valuable
in courts of justice and materials for general official registries
to be kept by the Magistrates.

The Penghulus and Kaiuas might also do much good service with
little trouble to themselves by assisting in protecting the public
rivers, canals, drains, embankments, roads, and landing places from
injury and giving immediate notice of injuries w^hich they have
been unable to prevent to the nearest resident officer of Public
Works. At present water-courses of all kinds are almost constant-
ly being injured or obstructed by buffaloes, fishing stakes and
traps, dams, &;c. Koads, paths and canals in course of formation
are seriously damaged by cattle. Works like the Muda Bund are
liable to be injured during their progress, and after completion
require constant watching to prevent careless or malicious damage.
The heads of the villages along the course of such works might
give good aid in protecting them. Few of the landing places are
kept in good order. When the harvest is over herds of hundreds

* iSce Note at cud.

106

ToirirrEKtt police fob pbotincs wklij&sls%

of buffaloes are let loose over the plains and public roads, aS
though a vigorous attempt was made by the Police lust ^car
complaiuts made bj the Assistant Enp^neer and myself to pre^t
cattle trcspasa, it failed, owinj^ to the nujuber of the cattle, I
difficulty of catching them or ascertaining the namea af Ibeowni
and the iittlo time policemen have to spare for the purpose.

I would further venture to recommend that, instead of th^|
borate system of pytection against over-valuations and exaeH
provided by the AsscHsment Act, an account in Malay of the ral
payable by the inbabitants of eacli village be given to the lYmgli
luH and by them to the Katuas, about two or three montha before t
day on which paj^ment is to be made, and explained to the %inagd
They would much prefer this to the present aystem, and the Katij
and PengbilluB are prepared to have the money ready on the A
fixed» when the Collector would only have to attend at the nean
Police Station, receive it, and sign the receipt on the accoa^
Thia would supersede the necessity of making out billa ■
notices and employing so many bill collectors and their subon
nates, and if the commission now allowed for collection were giv
to the Katuas it would make the office more prixed. The Pengt
luB might be allowed a small proportion of it and be exempted,
the old Ptrnghulus were, from rates on their lands and housi
The collection waa at one time entrusted to Peughulu Mukiii^^
a commission, but ea^es of default occurred, owing partly to ^H
selection of Pi^nghQlus, but chiefly ti> the sums which each ha^
collect being too large. The sum for which each Kataa will '
responsible will be too small to offer a temptation to embezzlemei
The plan might be tried without any alteration of the Act. Tl
Katuas and Prnghalun wilt also be very useful in settling pet
diBputes and umintaining good feeling among the villagers. Wh<
quarrels arise between inhabitants of different kamponqs or dmr^i
the Katuas and Pungiifdus miglit form councils of couciliatio

The PcDghulus might also be entrusted, under the controul of tl
Magistrate, Engineer, or other European Officer, with the regulatii
of the supply of water from the drains for irrigation in the d
season. At present the Malays dam the drains to flood their field
without reference to tlie needs of their neighbours above or belo

14. Along with the Eolls I enclose a table with the n
the dairahs and himpotif/s, their Pengbulus and Katuas
number of male adults in each who have signed the RoIU, Tl
total number of the latter is 3,G03, representing a general
tiou, womou and children included, which may be estimate

TOLUNT££B POLICE FOB PBOYIKCE WSLLSSLST. 197

about 20,000. As both married and unmarried women hold lands
and other property, marriage not affecting the right of the wife in
her estate, real or personal, the influence of the Katuas and Pi^ng-
hulus embraces a much larger number of persons than appears
from the Eolls.

15. In conclusion, I venture to remark that while the village
organization may with advantage be permanently maintained for
some of its purposes, I would contemplate a gradual curtailment
of the duties of the heads, as the progress of cultivation and, with
it, of the revenue enables Government to make adequate provision
for Police, Conservancy, District Courts, and Schools in North
Province Wellesley. If wo had a sufficient number of in-
telligent and trained policemen, the regular employment of village
constables would be unnecessary and objectionable. At present
many of the policemen are not better educated or more intelligent,
and are probably less trustworthy, than the least promising of the
Malays selected by the villagers as their headmen.

I have, &c.,

Permatang Bertam,
22nd November, 1867.

J. B. LOOAN.

yote to para: 7.
* The late Colonel Low, for so many years Superintendent of Province
Wellesley, described this class graphicaUy, and his remarks apply not only
to the Jawi-pakans properly bo called, but to all descendants of Indians
bom and brought up in the Settlement *' A Jawi-pakan is th^ offspring-
of a man of Hindustan [India] and a Malayan woman [or a descendajit of
Buch an union]. He inherits the boldnens of the Malay and the subtlety,
acuteness and difieimulation of the Hindoo [Indian]. He is indefatigable
in the pursuit of wealth and most usurious in the employment of it when
gained. Few employments come amiss to him. He cloaks ignorance where
it exits, or makes up for it by pretence and zeaL His fingers seem to have
a chemical affinity for the precious metals ; he avoids downright theft, yet the
transit of money or money's worth through the former is at a discount varying
in amount according to his calculations of detection. He is cringing to
superiors, overbearing, and, where there is no check on his conduct, tynmni-
cal to inferiors ; like one of the feline tribe when it has changed its quarters,
he carefully obtains a ])erfect acquaintance with all the trapdoors, outlets
and hiding crevices of the portion in which he is placed. Thus secured he
makes the most of that position. If he holds a public situation, he tries to
balance his x)eculations or malpractices with the above chances of escape, and
generally succeeds, and should this fail he compounds for safety with his
defrauded creditors and dui>es, and quashes informations. It is not hero
intended to include a whole class in the above description, yet it is to be
feared that exceptions to the picture are fewer than could be wished. When
under strict management, the Jawi-pakans are undoubtedly a very useful class

198

VOLUKTEEE rOLICE FOE PttOYOrCE Vr^LhEBIJCT.

in bixe Stiult*. end luigkt not conveniently be diepenaod with.^' — I>iMwert^tivm,

The clafia of tliiefte men in the pnbllc offioes are mostly related by blood of
maxriage* The prog^nitora wero Jawi-|mkanj8 of K^dah, bnt while s<nne
the pre«*nt lt*t and *lnd couflins ure not diBtinguMiable from 3Ialiij8. otbefl
iirm Klings. The paid Police P(*n^hftlu
the colltxitorft of CovciTiment rents and Miinicii>al riit£^H, the land tneoifUjner
the Khroffft, Malay Writers and Iiiterfireters have always largtily belonged to"'
thifs family alliance, which ali*o iDcludes several of the leiwiing- inexi of the
JHHMhajt, many of the principal Helay aw«l Kiingr (Pinang" bom) meix^hant^,
and raaiiitainn a hereditarj'^ wmnecticm with tho K<>dali ( 'onrt. MemlieTS of
it are often €m|>loye<l by the Raja of Kcdah a« kranU and I&nd-n
(•aptain LiGirT, in a deKi>atch to the Sappeme Government of India, i
1 ifth St|ikiTiiber, 1 7S(>, g-iveK, in the courwe of a rejiort on tlie f^te of af"
Ki'dali, a stronf; iuHtaiice of the ext-ent to which the cunning" of tiatff
India and their descendants HometimeK enablcH them to nde Malay fc ** Datu
Sri Raja (formerly namefi Ihmal, and a cowraon coolie) is now th<* King*'^
merchant: he iw adeep» cimning* viliainotifl Chidiah. By working on the King^'4
pneillanimity atid raihinf,'^ jealoii**ir«, he rednce<l the power of the
men and ex^rroBsed the whole of the administration, by preferring only 6uciil
as ho thought attached to himBelf. To save the King^ from j^retended os-l
Ha«fiinationE, be bnilt a ism nil brick ft>rt and built him np as in a cagie ; no one
darcK presume to go to audience without hi& knowleilge. If he found any
of the jfreat men Likely to get into favour, he hribetl them t*o hi« iuteresU
By moiJoiioiiHing eveJ*y Kpuciert nf eommeroe, and oppre^Hing the Malays, he
found nieuTvwtoHupply the King's neceBsitieB without his having the trouble to
mifinire how it [the money] came/' '* He [the king-] receive* likewise a deal
in presents and finen. Every |>erBon who has any demaud to make^ or suit to
prefer^ firHt presenta a f>nm of money which he tbinkt!i adequate to the demand;
if the King approver of the suaii he signs the paj^r, and hii* suit 10 obtained,
ttulrxft iinftt/tfTjjt'f'iUHi ctu/tut trifk ffrmtir xw/m//' This would sen'e ae an i
of the adminiwtmtion of juiitioe iu the 3Ialay Stat<*s at the present day.

The Colonial Chinefcie (Babju?) hy iotprmarryiiig among themselvea, i
wojuen with pure Chinene, have largely eliminated the original Malay
blooil. They are disfcinguifihed by their conceit and f ons'ardness : bnt
more softness and amenity of manner than the Jawi^pakans ; retaining, m
thiB reepectt the impreRfl of their Malay decent and afibociation. The? arc
intelligent^ bold and pushing, and i$ome of the leading mt^n of the ^ecsret
ftocieties, notably the head of the Twa-peh-kong, are dm^^-n from thia clMfk
It ii^ through their intimacy with the toi^'n Jawi-pakann and the Malay beadt
of the J ti mil h/ix that the latter Kocietiee have been m easily brought Into al-
liance nith the former, notwithstanding the ban placed by Mahomedanifim
on all friendly aKH*3ciation with " infideln/' It tihould be added tliat them tt
a conRidemble cla8« eompowed of Jawi-jmkanH, Baboii and Malawi} who IXA
noted for their " fa«t "' lives, and many of whom are led on from
and licentiouHue^^fl to theft and other crimes. Their recklefisnees and
mifichief and excitement render them a dangerous element in the
to which large uuinbei's of them belong,

Thp Chine*«j are gradually puwhiug their way among the MalayR <
Province AVellc*iley, and an they inereaHe in iiuml>erF and wealth, the MaJayt
borrow money from them whenevej' they can. become more dependent oa
them and more iiahle to be eeduccd into joining their fioclGtice. At pr

TOLUHTKEB POLICE FOB PBOYIirCI WUXISMT. 199

tlieee settlen are ehiefly Hokkien ehop-keepezB or lutwkert, aad Kwing-Tnng
Mddj planters and rice dealen, who have littie eooial oonneotion with the
Malaya, but this does not prerent their getting wivee among the needier Kala jb
andSamaamB. The time is not fkr distant when the ^o^m will have more in-
floenoe in many parts of the Prorinoe than the Jawi-pakans now have.

As the Malays themselves form the gxeat mass of the population of North
Province Wellesley and considerable errors axe to be f onnd in the poUished
accounts of the character and habits of the race, including even that Yfj Mr.
Vauohak in the Joomalof the Indian Archipelago, which is, in many respects,
just to them and a great advance on previous defineations of them, I subjoin
an extract from some notes on the races of the Settlement and the Malay
Peninsula which, at the request of the Local Government, I furnished, about
two years ago, for transmission to the €k>vemm«nt of India.* They apply
more to the fully cultivated and peopled than to the wilder districts of the
Province: —

** The Malay is good-natured, courteous, sociable, grefrarious and gossiping,
finding unfailing amusement in very small and often very in d dioate talk,
jokes, and pleasantries. To domestic and social superiors he is extremely
deferential, but i^-ith no taint of that abject or fawning servility which cha-
racterises many Asiatics of higher civilisation. His intelleot has little power
of abstraction, and delights in a minute acquaintance with the common things
around him, a character that reflects itself in his language, which is as rich
in distinctions and details in the nomenclature of material objects and actions
as it is poor in all that relates to the operations of the mind. He is slow and
sluggish, and impatient of continuous labour of mind or body. He is greedy
and niggardly, and when his interests are involved his promises and profes-
sions are not to be trusted.

The Malay treats his children with great affection and with indolent in-
dulgence. Women are not secluded, and the freedom which they enj(^ in
their paternal homo is little abridged in after-life. Early marriage is custo-
mary and necessary, for if it were long postponed after puberty, it is to be
feared that their religion would not alway* restrain them from the license
which the habits of the non-Mahomedan nations of the same race permit to
unmarried girls. In the Malay States the law sanctions slavery and subjects
the person of t)ie female slave to tiie power of her master. In this Settlement
the Malay finds compensation for the deitrivation of this right in thatof divorce,
and the extent to which it is availed of in practice renders marriage littie more
than the legalisation of temporary concubinage. The independence allowed
to women and the manner in which their parentt and other relatiYes usually
take their part in domestic quarrels, enable them u> purchase their divorce,
or worry their huBfjands into gnrantiny; it, whenever they wish to take new
ones.

The habitual courtenj and reticence of 1 he Malay and the influence of his
religion too often mask the sway of interest and passion to which he mio^
bti Hecretiy yielding, and under which he becomes rapacious, deoeitful,
treacherous and revengeful. It luw become customary to protest against
the dark colours in which the earlier European voyagers painted him, but their
error was less in what they wrot« than in what they left unwritten. Under
bad native govemmentis leading a wandering life at sea or on thinly peopled
borders of riverb— the only highways in lands covered with forest and swamp

• See No. 7 of this Journal p. S8.— Ed.

2oa

T0I1TKTEEB POLfCC FOB P»0rT3fCE

— tnwting to the km ajid spear for nelf-defenoe and holding h
respect the prowe«i» of the pir&te ami robber, the Malays becsame pmumi tiuil jw
feliae treacheij and bloodthirstiDeas. Under the OoverameDt to wMidi tiMQr
hare been subjected in Provmoe Wellesley, and which has oertainlj nol em«l nn
the side of paternal intetf erenoe-r for it has ^Ten them aa maoh liberty as tlie
' BDglish yeoman poweisefli thej now form a oommnmty, on the whole, as wet-
tied, contented, peaceable and free from mHoob crime as any to be ftmad m
BritiH)! India — a reimlt due to the dieappearanee of foreete^ the formation of
roadie the eetablishment of a regular Polioe and the admini^tFatxon of justice
by English lawyers."

To oomplete thifi brief Note on the TarionB claaaes entering into the popfola-
tion (.f North ProTinoe Welleulej, a refcn ' ■ — •• r be made to the SauMtas^
the desct-nrhinte of rude inlaml ^iamcie ' .ho, some genesFatiotis back,

were t'onvert^ t*j Mahomedani^ra, a rtU,- li still ftits looeelj on theau

They form tha majority uf the inhabitants of many of the Xortb-'easteni vil-
lagos, in which SLitueae it etiil the cmrrent hmgnage. although, with few er-
ceiitions, they f^peak Malay ulso. Many of them are moie etupM aad
igncimnt even than ihe Malayis in the HAme condition of life, and nuinj are
Imavirth, thievish, and addicted to gambling: and opinm-smoking:. Of botii
raoee, indeed, it may be naid that while the mhm are mder and siiupler ibaa
any other claws of onr comiKj^ite population, thtre are among them manjr mest
babltoally pretlat<jr>% and tlangejrons from their treachery or ferxjcitj.
Their cunning, however, m without the intelligent fore-thought and subtlety I
of the more advanced rac-ef*, and they set about crimes not of blood only but J
of fraud, Huch as forgery and false personation, in n careless, bold and stx^usht- [
forward manner, in apitarent uncouscioUBnens of the rink of detection to w£
they lay themetdveti opjen, and often, in the latter cla«§ of Crimea, on
Instigation of others and \^-ithoat auy clear knowledge of the real character 1
and coiiBequences of their act^*

NoU fo Para : IS,

As a religion Jlahomedanism 1*5 infliiitiily eupertor to the native rellgficms of I
the Archii»elugo. Its mo*<t objectionable featur<s in a political point of view, I
itj not the uaiversiiUty iiud ctoBencfc-^ of the brotherhood which it ei«taijliah«fa I
nmong it^ profejswirs, but its arrogant excluaiveuess. It toleratts other cree»h» [
but pUuen thfir h^klera imcler a social ban. Friendly afcH<Jciutioti with unbelieTcrs I
is (I <i4s»nUy sin antl mak*:^ the winiicr liable to eJtttmimuTiii* ation. Since tho riots I
of Awgiittt cjTic of the iilimah hnfci put in forte this dorti ine to deteah the Malays j
fium the Chint'se *So<:ictiefl, but it m equally appliei»ljle to friendly asHueiatioii with]
Kurotmanfi. imd might, in ceituin luutinu'enrins, be uined to exeile haired to tlusJ
eh««*< «nd oppo^ititm to Govi rument. Heme 1I16 imp^)licy of allowing any of (hef^el
nlimaht or ftuy so called Kali, to asRUme jurbdit tion, vt social or ^p.ritunl gov-
rrnmenf. over the Mahimedn-is ^'e!:^'^allyt or laige Bectiona of ihem, lht:irl
rfecogiiwf^cl upft cuiliuf.s jihaiiJd be coniined to tht^Jumn/tftMor tongregitiunMattiuhtfd |
to eath moHipit-; timl the p<"rtwi:utiMiA every now and dito made by llie ktidrr», 1
to wbirh thoBn ure rjipn^cd who v\iJJ not aiibniit to the attempts at establishing J
by coeiciou a faroituitily nporuUB tnlerifi<Tu e \vith i>riv!tte liberty^ slitadJ t>e dis- 1
€oantenanced, and, when rhey oTorelep the limits ot diwipline allowed to oth^rl
riaUgiouBbOciftJert, pimiBhcd, The inure t lie influence of the ^i^rw* or rcligiatifi]
t*caihsr8 in the Provinec rxtendft, lhem"»ro anogutil they become. They enurely j
lotM? the eriur Icons iind defrrentta! miumei of Uie ordinHry Malay, and mark thexr ]
sen»e of their snpr^riority to the EurL»|X'4in jnfidi 1 by either ignoring his pres<»nre I

TOtVNTnB 90LICS FOB FBOTlRdl WtttltLBT. 201

•Itogethw, or,if aolntedl^hlmin tba niaal mode, nhuniiig tiia eonHM^r by
tht iMBt nepeetfiil of th« leyezal modai of lalutetioiia pnetioed bj M ah om wit im .

iiinute on Mr. J. B, Logan^M Seheme for farming a Volunieer
Villagt Police in Province WeUeelnf.

The subject of a Yolmiteer Village Police has frequentlj
engaged my attention, and I hare often diBousaed thequeBtion
with Mr. liOOAN, who has long adTOoated its adoption in the puh^
lie prints. The plan seems pecuUarlj well suited to our^ posi-
tion in Province Wellesley, which possesses an irregular jtmgle
frontier, where marauders can always find shelter and cono^-
ment and can threaten our Tillages at all points with perfect im-
punibr so far as the Municipal Force is concerned. Iao whole of
the N. E. and E. frontier may be said to be entirely without
Police protection, and any scheme that promises to enlist the
assistance of the Tillagers in aid of order and to supply the place
of a Police Establishment should, in my opinion, be cordially
welcomed and supported by G-ovemment.

A village Police will not onljr be useful against external marau-
ders, but also in the case of internal oommotions caused by the
Secret Societies, when, sometimes, large ' gangs roam over the
country uncontrolled, until a hasty collection has been made of
the rural population, which, if properljr organised on the system
proposed by Mr. LooAir, would certainly prevent any serious
collection of riotcrJB, or at any rate be well prepared to cope with
them if they should venture to take the field. There is another
incidental advantage attending the establishment of a Village
Police, which would be of vast benefit in giving a support to
numbers of Malay and other inhabitants who are now intimidn^ed
into joining the Secret Societies by their isolation. If they could
count on the support of the village chiefs and their brethren as-
sociated with them in the service, they might bid defiuice to all
threats of the heads of Jumahae or Hoeye who would be afraid
to play an open game where they might be speedily brought to
account.

If I remember rightly, Mr. Logan had gained the adhesion in
the North Division of "^the Province of about 8,500 Malays and
others in favour of his proposed plan. I am surprised and great-
ly regret that a trial was not maide of it. The expense attending
it was trivial, while it supplied a palpable want which has little
chance of being otherwise met.

202 TOLUNTEEB POLICE FOE PEOVIKCE WELLE8LET.

It was my intention to have availed myself of Mr. Loo^^^s
assistance in inaugurating such a project when the transfer of
the Government took all power out of my hands.

I have perused with much interest the valuable memoir on
the population of the Province drawn up by Mr. Logan for the
information of the new Government. It shews what a useful
auxiliary to the peace and safety of the community the scheme
he advocates would prove, how easily the force could be raised
and turned to account, and how consonant its guidiug prin-
ciples are to the habits and ideas of the people. I trust it is not
improbable that when the new Officials have become more
familiarised with Malay customs and feelings they will consent
to give a trial to this force, of which it can, at any rate, be said,
that if not found so advantageous as its promoters assert, it can
in no way effect the slightest possible harm.

H. MAN, Col. M. S. C,

late JR. C. Penang.
February 12th, 1868.

[The foregoing paper was printed, but not published, in Penang
in 1868. It contams a vivid and accurate description of the com-
position of Native Society in Penang and Province Wellesley,
written by one of whom Colonel Yule truly said that he ''carried
** to his too early tomb a vaster knowledge of the races and regions
" of the Indian Archipelago than any one else is likely to accumulate
" in our day."--Ed.]

DESCRIPTION OF THE CHINESE LOTTERY

KNOWN AS

HUA-HOEY.

^UA-HOEY* or the thirty-six Animals Lottery is so
extensively played in the Straits Settlements, Bur-
ma, Siam and wherever the Chinese settle, that
some description of its origin and of the way in
'% * which it is carried on here may prove not altogether
uninteresting.

7<>^

From a small book '' On the Interpretation of Dreams with
Illustrations of Hua Hoey '^ we learn that the game was in-
vented in the time of the second Han dynasty. In this book
there is a short sketch of the lives of the thirty -six mythical
personages (who had previously existed as animals) and direc-
tions are given as to staking. The order in which the charac-
ters are described is difierent from that employed in the stak-
ing papers of which a specimen is given below.

Xing Thai Peng, being the most celebrated character, is
placed first instead of being No. 26.

Lit, Play Society.

1, — Thai Penfi wai*, in a furnior .sttite of existence, a dragon,
lie served in the Cliovv Kingdom under King Hwd IJan till it
wafl conquered by llie Chinese, when he escaped, and haTing
raised an army under Generals Kun San (No. 9) and Chi KcA
(No, 11), he proclaimed himself Kin^, but he afterwards lad
such a dissolute Itfc that Kun San put an end to his existence*
Kun Giok {No* 22) was his sister.

Thai Peng was bom again aa Guan Kui, Stake on Thai
Pengj Guan Kui, Kong Beng and the 5 dragons when you
dream of the coronation of a sovereign, cash, or an execution.

HUA-70EY LOTTBRT.

209

4. — Kilt Kiran was a hawk. He became a Mandarin and
was very rich and married a princess of the Han dynasty.
He had u younger brother named Hoey Kwan (No. 28.)

Kill Kwan was lK)rn again as Eiat Pin. Stake on Eiu
Kwan, Iloey Kwan, Kiat Pin and Cheng Sun when yon dream
of drinking samsu, riding, sleeping, sitting at leisure, water
up to the shoulder^ a dog biting a man or a coffin with a dead
body.

6. — IIon(f (■hf(n was once a peacock and was the brother of
Eng Seng (No. 7)* lie took the first literary degree. His
whole family were massacred bv the Chinese. He married
SjLing Chiow (No, 23).

Hong Chnn wm born again as Kong Brnjr, Stake on
llting Chun, K<mg Rertg, ILm Hun and Bun Kim vvlien you
dream uf a Hower, a man |jhM!gliing, a bninhii shoot, geese oi*
ducks, a nmrriuge (rereinony, a girl \voi'ship|)ing idoU, or a
buffiilo.

13. — fhtnf Poll was formerly a tortoise. His special duty
was to guard the Im|jerial Palare. lie had a son Han Hiin
(No. 14) and n daughtrr Beng Chii (No, 21).

Gnat Poh was born ajiain as Beng Chii. Stake on Gnat Puh,
Bcng Chii, llao Ihin and Pit Taik whm yon drcarn of a tnim
with a hat but no cont, a woman preparing rice, vermicelli,
red objects, money, or valuables.

226

HUA-IIOEY LOTTERr.

Ql.—Beng i-hu wasoiief? a fish (usually calleti **The Stone'^)*
She was the daii*2:hter of Gnat Poh [No. 13) and tlie wife of^
Pan Kwi (No. 15) nod tlie mother of Honjr Chun (No. 0). Sh^
was a lady of the highest rank. The whole family were kilK/
by the Chinese.

Beng Chii was bom acjain an Gnat Polu Stake cm IJenc
Chu, Gnat Pohy Kong P*eug and Hoey K\\an when ytvu divai3
of anything red, spectacles, a wt men readinj;, weariug a gciwnJ
coming out of a door^ or looking into a glass.

22, — Ktni Giok or Gin Oiok was a butterfly Slie and her
brother Tliai Peng escaped from the conqueriug Chinese,
When he became King he raided her to the second rank. Eng
Seng (No. 7) was her son.

Kun Giok was born again as Hoey Kwan* »Stake on Kun
Giok, Hocy Kwan, Cheng Guan, Cheng Hun, Thai Peng and
Mow Lim when you dream of a man eating meat, a woman
combing her hair, a girl of loose character, a woman carrying
a child or runniug.

23. — Siififj C/itOfP was a swhUuw, Wbf^n slie was a girl she
picked up on a moimtam a b(K)k from whi€h she learnt sorcery
and was able Ui raise storms. Kun San (No. 9) regarded her
as his sister, She married Uon^ Chun (No 6).

Slang Chiow was born again us Hap Tong. Stake on Siung
riiiow, Kong Heng, Hap Tong and Kun San when you dream
ormcethi^a Mujjistrate, a raarrioj^e ceremony, a woman ridings
rain coming dowUj au amazoii, or beating a drum.

IlUA-nOEY LOTTERY.

233

28. — Hoey Kiran was a duck. His elder brother was Kin
Kwan (No. 4). JIc becaiiio a Judge. His whole family were
massacred by the Chinese.

Hoey Kwan was born again as Kun Giok. Stake on Hoey
Kwan, Kiu Kwan, Kun Giuk, Kng Seng and Mow Lim when
you dream of a coifln on fire, a house on fire, a Magistrate ap-
j)r.>aching, a kitchen lire, burning crackers, fighting, a Magis-
tiate seeing blood, the b'ght of a lantern^ a burning corpse, or
a person dressed in cotton.

238

nUA'IIOKY L'^TTERT.

33. — Chet*ij Lt wa^? a turtlo. His 1m use of bu:siness hanug
been burnt down he tiirned ijriest.

Cheng Li was born again as San Wei, Stake on Chenjr Li,
Sam Wei and Yu Li wlien jou dream of being carried in a
chaifj a corpse in a nell, cuUin^ timber, creatures of the sen,
rnurder and blood, a chair coolie, a marriage, a cbair^ baling
watcr^ a ^pirit-slio|>, a fire, or a turtle.

242 HUA-HOKY LOTTERY.

The accompanying dingrani contains the names of all the
thirty-six Hua-lloey cliaracters together with another Im
Hoey not included in the ordinary lists. Each character is asso-
ciated with a particular part of the human frame and this
diagram is extensively used in interpreting dreams. Thus if
you dream of ears you should stake on Thai Peng or Run Giok,
if of the neck on Jit San, and so on. The characters are here
classified as follows : —

Four of the highest degree ((/hong Guan), viz. : —

Tan Hong Chun, Tan Eng Seng, Tan Pan Kwi and
Gaw Cham Khoi.

Seven Traders, viz. : —

Ang Yu Li, Chu Kong Bcng, Chan ITok Sun, Liong Keng
Su, Hong Mow Lim, Teh Pit Taik and Loh Chit Talk.

Four Priests, viz. : —

Low Cheng Li, TcIj Tliiaii Liang, Tan Jit San and Tiuh
Hoev Kwan.

Five Generals, viz. : —

Li Han Hun, W'l Kun San, Sons: Cheng Sun, Li Gnat
Poh and VVi Chi Koh.

Four Ladies, viz. : —

Siang Hap Tong, Peh Siang Chiow, Li Beng Chu and
Lim Gin Giok.

Four Happy-lot, viz. : —

Lim Thai Peng, Tioh Kin Kwan, Tioh Hap Hai and Tioh
Sam Wei.

One Nun, viz. : —

Tan An Su.
Two Friars, viz. : —

Tioh Tian Sin and Chiu Cheng Hun.

HUA-HOET LOTTERY. 243

Five Beggars^ viz. : —

Tan Kiat Pin, Tioh Guan Eiat, So Cheng Guan, Tioh Ban
Eim and Chi Guan Kwi.

The Lottery is thus conducted in the Straits : — A person
wishing to open it, issues a notice that on a certain date
he will open Hua-Hoey under a certain chop and that he
will be responsible to ail winners who stake up to such and
such an amount either with him or his agents.

These Agents go round, and, according to agreement, are al-
lowed to receive stakes up to a certain limit, say $2, but on their
own account they may receive larger stakes. They carry what
are usually termed hongs, i. e,, papers on which the stakes are
entered. In case the staker is well known to the agent, no
acknowledgment is given, but the staker may receive a ticket
or scrap of paper, or else he writes down on a slip of paper, which
he hands to the agent, the names of the animals he wishes to
stake on and the amount. The accompanying is a specimen
of the staking papers used in Hua-Hoey.

White fish— Cham Khoi

Shell or Dragon — Pan K^n

Goose (White)— Eng Seng

Peacock — Hong Chun

Lion or Earth-worm — Chi Koh

Rabbit or Tortoise— Guat Poh

Pig— Cheng Sun

Tiger— Kun San

Bufialo— Han Hun

Alligator or Dragon — Kang Su

White Dog— Hok Sun

White Horse — Kong Beng

Elephant— Yu Li

Whit-e Cat-or Dog— Chi Talk

Mouse— Pit Taik

Wasp or Bee — Mow Lira

Stork— Cheng Hun

Cat— Thian Sin

244

IirA-FIOr-Y LOTTEKK

19 Butterfly— Kun Giuk

20 Stone or Cricket— Bcng Clm

21 iSwallow — Siang Chiow

22 Pigeon — Ilap Tong
2t3 Moukey — Sam Wei
2i Frog— Hup llai
25 Sea Hawk — Kira Kwari
25 Dragon— Tlmi Peng

27 Tortoise or Duck — Hoev Kwan

28 (^oek— JitSun
Ofj Kel—Thinii I.iniig

30 Turtle or Carp- dieng Li

31 Lobsitcr — (Juan Kwi

32 tSiiakc— IJan Kim

33 Spider — Cheng Guan

34 JShuep or Deer — Guan Kiat

35 Deer or (xoat— Kiat Piu

36 Ghost or Pox— An Su

There ?ire, it will be seen, thirty-six columns, ut the head of]
each olwhifh in the t^ign of oue of the ilua-lloey eharactcrs.
The marks* (whicli have a eonveiitional meaning) and ligures ]
^Chinese) rejiresent the ammnit either cents or dollars stakecP
on eat.'h animal and the last ct^lumn h the total of stakes re-j
reiveiK A ijcrson wishing to stake a large amount, say $5 or
1 10, on an aniraul will sometimes write tJie name on a piece of
paper and seal it np. iklivering it with the stake to the mana^j
ger of »ho lliia-Iloey or an agent.

Tlie Intteiy is opened twice a day^ usually at noon and 0. p.m., I
and at the appointed Imnr the winning nmnbur (animal) is I
exhibited^ and the lesult declared in the streets. Previously tal
this, the ii|L>ents liave brought in their staking papers. If the
lottery is worked iaitly, of enur&c the manager who derlared I
tire winntn;^ number &huuld be ignorant as tu the n mounts
staked on the dilfereut sminuds. In China, the papers on which
the stakes .oc entered are fohlcd up in a packttuud are not in- i
spected till the winner bus been declared, when the winning j
tickets are chopped and the owners of them are paid.

' Gencmlly entered in pencil.

HUA-HOEY LOTTERY. 245

In the Straits, tliese lotteries are not fairly worked, and tlie
animal least favoured by the public is often the winner.
Stakers receive thirty times their stake, less a small commis-
sion paid to the agent, from whom they receive their winnin^^s,
and this leaves a good margin of profit for the bank. A mana-
ger, for the sake of gain, or out oF spite, has benn known to
stake by deputy a large amount with one of his agents on the
animal which he means to declare as the winner. The agent
is "broke'' and those who have staked on the winning animal are
defrauded of their gains. This is only one ot* the many ways
ot* swindling practised in regard to these lotteries in the Straits.

It must not be supposed that it is only the Chinese who gam-
ble at Ilua-Iloey. The wealthy Ikibn, born in the Straits, the
respectable trader, their wives and daughters, the petty shop-
keeper and the coohe who works by the day, Klings and Ma-
Ljys, women and children, all alike are unable to resist the
temptation to gamble. The Manila lottery is only drawn once
a month. Manila is a long way off, and the chance of winning
a prize is very remote, still it has its fascinations for the prac-
tical Englishman and even the cautious Scotchman has been
known to invest his money in this speculation year after year.
The Hua-IIoey lottery is drawn twice every day in diiferent
parts of the town and the excitement is ever fresh. An out-
lay of 10 cents, which is within the means of any coolie, may
bring in $3.

Women are largely employed in the Hua-IIoey business,
while their husbands are at the shop or sailing (as they
appear to be very often). They spend their idle time in
collecting stakes and staking themselves. They have diamonds
and gold ornaments in profusion, and while any of these remain,
they can gamble to their heart's content.* Those lower in the
social scale, unblessed with diamonds or ready money, beg, bor-
row or steal in order that they may gamble.

Dreams play a great part in Hua-Hoey and the confirmed
IIua-Hoey player gets to think of nothing else but the chance
of his winning on the morrow. According to his dreams, he
stakes.

* A few davK aj,yo the wife of a trader in Penang having lost at Hua-
llocy ever S1,(X»0 during his al>6cnce tried to commit Huicide. — (Febuary, 1S86.)

248

APPENDIX.

placing tlie uiitiuece&ftful gamblers in a position aiinmnwiJg to mij
cide. Pareuts, husbands, vvivee, sisters, brother*, and not ftcMoti
employers ako, undergo great affliction, bri listing through ttti cufl
sequonce the great»'st di8trefe«» to the community at Large.

4. Tljat this inethod of gambling contains 37 signs or oaittber
namely ;—Unn Soo: Thye Peng; Kong Beng; Cheng 8oon . Jit-Sau
Moh Lim ; Seang Cheow ; lloay Knan ; Che Koe; Cheng Hoonl
Cheam Khoay; Eng Seing; Saui Iloey: Kew Kuan; Gunt Poh; Ban
Kim; Khoon 8an ; Krn Geok ; IIup Hie; Beng Cboo; Kting 8oo^
Kong Choon , Cheng Lee; Hoek 8oone ; Eivc Lee; Pit Trk ; Haij
Hoon; Thean Sin; Thean Liang; Cheng Guau; Guan Kwri ; Gmi
Keat; Keat Pin; Phan Kwei; Im Hoey; Hup Tung; ami Chro Tek

5. That your Memorialists would bt^g to call attention tha
** Wha Hoey" gambling is a game oF fraud and imposition, it 14
not managed aa other gambling panics, with the ** Whu Ilgev
kee|)€r8 it ii* always *' Heads I win an i Tittfif ^oh lotr.^" By oibed
games the person wishing to go in for a chance doe» so persfMmllyJ
but in '' Wha Hoey " agents are procured to act for bini or herJ
*' Wha Hoey *' i^ in fact carried on by way of proxy; for example
a lady will send her nervant or servants to stake for her, or ihfl
keeper sends his orderly fiecretly to the parties* house to coUeclj
the moniesand nnmbersof tickets that the party may choose to haxar
on. The parents, husbands, or emidoyera being unaware of whalj
is being doue, and, if there is not ready cash, the party he or she
secretly pawns jo welt*, and other paraphernalia and the procee<l«l
therefrom with the hazard tickets are deposited to the keeper'f
orderly, if the party loses lie or she never see ajiy part of thetl
stake agaiu.

6. That most of the Chinese seryauts employed by European^
and Chinese famiHcs cause tlieir employers any amount of auxietj
and aimoyanccT for, when they receive money to pnreha»o tbing^
for domeitntic pnrpoacs they squander it away upon " AVha Hoey '1
then, supply their employers with inferior and detrimental vietuaU.1

7. That this fraudulent system of ** \VTia Hoey'' gambling is
not in any way discouraged by the authorities in Penaug, beeausf
as far as your Memorialists know they have no pewer by Law t<
do so* It is carried on in Institutions got up for the purpose, but
here exiat places where certain parties who cannot well attend the
Institutions nieet at some priyate place which is secured for th€
purpose, and the gambling gone ou clandestinely uudisturbed bjf
the proper Oflicials. Whereas in Pemk, 8elangore, the Dutch and

AnW3>XZ*

249

French Colonies your MemorialistB are informed that even in the
LiceTised Gambling Farms such a rnoile of gambling is entirely
tliftallowod by the (lovemmcnt, and in suppressed immediately on
diapoverj.

H, That the keepers of these ** Wha Iloey ** establish menta
open them twice each day, and as is generally the case the person
who umy be a child or a poor coolie or a bllad person, trying his
or lier fortune to gain, will place a stake of say (1) one cent npon
the ** Wha Hoey " if such person gaina he or she will receive (30)
thirty cents, but if the clioicc of signs fail which ia generally the
ciiso they Iobb all, in thia way thousands of dollars are brought to
the '* Wha Hoey " manager. The '* AVha Hoey " keeper guaran-
tees to be responpiblo to the hicky players for only say % 1,000;
but supposing the snccessfnl players win $ 2»0tX) or more, the
keeper will only divide his guaranteed 3 KO(K). amongst them,
ag<^uu if say two thousand persouB or more were to put a dcdlar each
and all of them are unsuccessful the ** Wha Hoey " keeper pockets
the whole § 2J)00 or more. By which means he managea to
fiijuccze money fnuiduleiitly out of the poor, as well as the rich.
The mode by which the frauds are practised by the manager of a
'' Wha Hney '* may be represented as thus : — The Manager makes
it known that the maximum amount of his loss in one forenoon,
eay is § 2.000. The Ticket to be produced by him for one stake
being as a matter of course knoTv^l to himself and his partners he
clandestinely nlips in a ticket or as many as he likes identical with
the one to be produced, tu win say $ 1^00. Thus his so called
maximnni loss, if he can ever lose at all, ia practically reduced to
$ SOO only.

0, iSo wily are the '' Wlia-Hoey** Keepers that sometiuies they
write on the sand the winning number then rub it out w ith their
feet at other times it is written in the palm of their hands, when
there is no chance for the above they shout out. The place of
thus ]troclaiuang the character being Hist made kuown^ a great
number of people young and old assemble to hear it, when the
time is fixed they take every trouble to meet at the appointed
rendezvous to hear tlie character or successful sign proclaimed,
and as soon a^* the successful sign is given, all the |>eople ioterest-
ed announct^ the same throughout the town, in crowds as people
coming out of a theatre or retiring from a riot.

10. Your Memorialists would like the Honourable Members of
the Legislative Council to know that twenty years ago or there-

250

kTTEKRTT,

abom« the gftmbliog game of *' WTia Hoej *' ras earned od in
Penang and Prorince Wellesley and owing to the caUmity and
nuffering caused by this abominable game the Police trere then
forced to take active meaf^ures for its suppreshion ; and owing to
the heiivy fines (sometimeB ui> to $ 3,0<X>) and the rigoroua impri-
sonment imposed on the ** Wha Hoey " keepers by the Magistrates
caused terror and consternation amongst them, since then it has
been discontinued until within the last yeaj or so. when it has re-
opened and increased with re -doubled vigour*

In consideration of the above-mentioned representation to your
Excellency and others the Honourable the Members of the Legis-
iative Council, your Memorialists request, implore and pray for
your kind view and deliberation of this subject and beg that you
will cause inquiries to be made as to the fact of the present des-
cription of ** Wlia Hoey '' and that it may please The Honour-
able Members of Council to take steps in the meantime to issue
such orders as to prevent " Wha Hoey ** gambling and gradually
to pass an Act or Ordinance for the purpose of totally putting a
top to this ruinous gambling game of "Wha Hoey" which is
daily sapping the earnings, energy, and comfort of poor coolies,
women, well to do men, of good society and in good businesa and
pecuniary circumstances, and children.

And your Memorialists as in duty bound will always pray, &c.

(Signed) GHO AIK aHO, and others.
Dated at Penang this 30th day of September, 1885*

ON THE ROOTS IN THE MALAY LANGUAGE.

FROM TUE DUTCH

J . P I J N A P P E L . ^-^

lu tlie present flourishing eondition of philological study oh
scientific principles, one can scarcely marvel at the fact that
the Indo-Germanic or Aryan family should have appropriated
to itself the lion's share of general attention, but, that there
should still be any uncertainty regarding its practical relation-
ship to the branches descended from other stocks, is quite in-
excusable. Although we do not, at the present day, take what
may be called a bird's-eye view of these languages as was
formerly done, and find that, on the contrary, each one of them
now enjoys its own peculiar share of notice bestowed upon it
by some one or other, there is, nevertheless, in respect both of
tlic number of students and of their manner of procedure,
much still left to be desired, since the subject does not always
receive the full justice to which it is entitled. Perhaps there
would be no harm done by p^iving an example to illustrate
how other languages, independent of the Indo-Germanic, can
be made to supply even more particles towards the building up
of our science than have hitherto been collected. To this end
we have, as specialists, selected from the particular province
of our research " the form of Malay icords previous to their ex-
tens ion in meaning through the addition of affixes,'*

* " Over (Ic Wortcl woorden in de Maleinche tojil," a paper read bj Dr. J.
Pi.iNArPKL ill S»'(ti(>ii T), rolvucfcjiciino, of the Oriental CoKgrefcw held at Lej-
(It'U 111 ^ptLiiibir, lbii.».

0>* THE HOOT!* IN

Campvtcnt autlitjiUies cm the Iiulu-Gerinaiiif!, in sucak
the rtiots \n Huno Inni^^iia^ps, infunii us thut tht'V really e\i;
only at ilmi pel rod when the various branehes had
si'imratril tlu-uisi'lves inmi the pareut stoek. As to theil
at that ilite, n}\(\ whether it wijs monosylhihie or clissj
this has no! yet heen sulisfaetonly J^^ettleil or agreed
Kow in the NJahiy hiti'iuit>;:es it is alto*c»'ther iliHcrciit ; here

c'onti'nn illy meet Wfth tjietn a« <ii^uifiraht. einreut wot

ulnrli ivaxni thrv mav he jiHilv el issiHeil as " root

hut theH<» hitr^T noist not he rfnifiuiued with sneh as we

art'U8t<,nu<l to ImoIv upon uh oriniitlvcs or radirul words in c
*<ith*riitirin of tht* derivatives ohtained from I hem, l)eeausc tl
Kumc primitives, whuri difisylhihie Uheir usual foru»)* muy q\
he rcidily jerogninud a8 (v«ui«tituttiipf coin pound words wli
on beiu^r ivsulved. i>rove to be iiotliit^^ more thau the proc'
ri'sultink' I'rnni the fouibinatioii ui' two simple elemeut?* or ]
litlt's uot yet entirely lost to the hini»uajTC or obsolete for
n(jnial purposes : it \s to thoc siniplo eh'UR-nts that we 1:
to lo^vK fnr tlu! true roots. As for applying the itiformai
obtriiued to auy one hrarteli in partieuhir or eomparing^
1*11 nie with any otiuj* bnifi:nM;;t*s exeept *»ueh as belong to
Mnhiy ir»*oup, thi>= w<! h'ave to I'unher in\TNtiiratioii to jiee<
pli-lu Ihitt-rinj? <>ur8elvcs tlint some iii^ht will pre>entl%
vn>i u[t-^ii (*ertiiui points id ititircst to I'hihdojry in jjenci
whirh nuiy, pnssihly, be turucd to j|;ood nccuunt.

T*M uiueh, however, should not be expeeted. In ei
n]>on the Mihj* it eoru'ernin;j: tfie ortjriu ui Mulay i^orffi
wnuld, hy wny td'ju'tfjiee, mention tluit in tins dij^course we b
prineiiailly nvaihd ourselves of a certain sour'ee whieli, althoi
evceediu^ly rieli iu itsflf, eaiinot he said to have entirely
eluded the othein : we are here referring to ** verlml reprod
i'umn of 8"UIhI/' Tlu^ iMalny laiigna^^es yre reniaikalily riel
'* tvue-imitut ive-wor<Ls" mill, in at'iMUutin^ for this wealtli
is necejssijry onee uiore to hfi\e ren>nrsc to tlie arf^umeut t
if is here a questien of an aboriginal ptH>plc who have aeqi
td nn ef.r R*npihlc to the minutest d is ti net ions of souud, r
ijs i\inihl he nlnio^t, if nnt fprite, impeneptible to tmrsel
'1 l,e fat illty and arnteue>s wilh whtrh the ilabiv is capabU
dirtin^uibhin^' between ^li^ht ^ariatiouti in tone, h indeed

> >iee<
entU

ON TlIK RfM>T)i IX THE MILIV LAXOIAGK.

253

mavkable. The fallowirg will even more thao exempli-
fy this. These can be little doubt tliat words of this class
would furnish un with an ad mi ruble insiglit into the an-
cient eondition of the people by whom they are employed
were we but able, not only to make a complete collection of
them, but also to discover their original meanings. A nation
living by the seaslmre woidd observe and mimic sounds diBer-
ent from those which would strike the iuhabiiants of a plain
or a mountainous district. In consequence of the limited
space at our disposal we are compelled to confine oui'selveSj on
the present occasion, to the investigatiou of a single tone, not
one specially selected because it otlers u particularly favourable
exaujple^ — representations of other sounds mi^ht bave bei n
found which would Inive served our purpose better — Imt mere-
ly chosen by us because its jdain, nimost sclf-cvitlent significa-
tion causes it to be easily understood in our own (i'luropean)
langu:ige8 also. We allude to the word tik, equivalent to our tick.
This word is directly comprehensible to all, irrespective of im-
tionality; llie Knglishmanj Frenchmau, German, or Dutchman
gtasps the full force of its meaning, equally well with the Ma-
uy, besides, the expressions tick and //>A-/o**X* are well kuowu
to us. The Malay says (al:, in imitation of the sound pr.jdiiccd
by striking a smull hnmiuer tipon a stone*tiooritig. Now it
must be here remarked that, in giving this interpretation, wt*
are quoting from De wall's large dii-tionary of the JLday lati-
guige, where the explauutituis submitted in traciui tbc mean-
ings of the various wurds are so comprehensive and lengtby as
to speak well for the care bestowed upon the work. Yet they
should not always be accepted without caution, since the pussi-
bility of error, occasionally apparent from a less hap|>y choii'e
of illostnitions, is not hIwuvs excluded. Well, in the above
instance tlie Malay employs tbe work tak, but, when the table
is struck with a stick he calls the tone thus produced
toek (N. R. — oc=the Knglisb oo in j>oor in this and all the
subsequent instances : the oe is the Dutch equivalent lor the
German^/: we catch the difference of tone for it is Hntter :
hence the use of the at). The tone in tuk (pr : n as in Kngllsli
ttiar, but somewhat shorter, thus mat-) is shar|H>r and clearer
than in /o<-^\ It is a remarkable fact that ^^C- is ncccs'^arv to

254

ON TTtE HOOTS IS TOR MALAY LAXGUAGK.

complete the complemeiii of tbe triptliong, and eausin|
take up its nahiral position bt^twcea the s^luirp c and tlia_
oe^ * should be wanting, at any rate, it does not appear ;
lexicon. Thts omission, liowcvcr, doe 4 not occur iu
cases ; ?o, for example, tUey say soer of the rain fall
trees, also of the eahlc of an anchor as it glides swiftly thi
the hawse-hole ; a^.-ain, the word sar stands for water dropp
npon hot iron, nW} for a stream of water forcing iu t
throu^^h an opening, a^ well as for a mat bein^ drawn al^
the flojr and a spear or javelin flying through a partition c
sis ting of matting ; nir (pr : seer) is the name for a pit of ek
wood at the muOR'nt oif" its being extinguished by the wt
coming into contact with it : again, we have jtof*k expressive
a feeble expWion or report, such as would be occasioned
the bursting of a cocoa-nut fLtlling from a tree, or an em
pail tumbliug upside-down into the water ; they apply poi
a book fallioq: on its flat side^ or to a tatde struck with
palm of the hand ; pik (pr : peek) is significant of a sr
wooden box fulling on the ground ; and so forth. Tali
intti account tlie individual etlecU of ,v and /^ the former h
catinj^ a hissing, Bibflant sound, and the hitrer, by virtue oi
being a labiul explodi^iit, expressing the prcsenct^ of a '^ pb
or ^^baiig!'' there can be no tlilliculty in recognising
played hy ilie vowel in ivproilucing a tone to coincide
original sound.

In fuet, to become fully aware of this distinction, it in alil
unnecessary to call in the assistance of such tones, sind
who ia acquJUTitcd with the Malay languages, has it dH
proved to him by numerous examples how the chnngcs fl
word indicate the Hat, dull, hcnvy, thick, coarse, and ^ren
compared with aird opftosed to the sharp, clear, ligbt|t
fine, and small. On u first rcfci'cnee to the Javanese m
mar of Koou one will iujuudijitely meet with iiuoli
illnstrations of this. Aud, although tik is Ty*d found a
indcpt ndeot word in the vocabulary, yet its existence, whii
made evident by simple analogy, is clearly estaldished bej
the shadow of a doubt, by its derivatives. Frum al

* Ihib trjptljong uctuib in lie Kng]iRh w/ry pronounced ufi-fth*ft*M

ON THE ROOTS IN THE MALAY LANGUAGE. 255

word-tones new words are formed by the addition of the pre-
fixes he and le, thougli these words are described as being
entirely synonymons with the roots from which they have
come, bnt, if this were perfectly true, these prefixes would
either constitute nothing more than phonetic affixes, or inde-
pendent representatiuus of tone conveying the idea that a more
extended and general meaning should be attached to their pri-
mitives. In considering the prefix kcy one would, in such a
case, hiive to assume that it merely suggests the sound c
which, by l)eing aspirated, had become he, and further that
this //? has been finally hardened otf into Av by aspiration.
Now, as a matter of fact, such an e was originally an intrusion
between two consonants inserted for the sole purpose of sim-
plifying the pronunciation, therefore we also meet with it in-
tervening between the final consonant in which the prefix ter-
minates and the initial consonant with which the root opens ;
for this reasoii it is often erroneously looked upon as forming
a component portion of the root : hence numbers of words are
considered to open with an e when such is not the case, and
tlio truth of this assertion becomes apparent when a prefix ter-
minating in a vowel, e.g., di, is substituted for such a one as is
closed by a consonant. Presuming we were to accept the
above rule for derivation as holding good in the case of iik, tak,
toek, we should then feel ourselves compelled to admit that the
verbs, )nPi}gPflk, inenr/ttak, inengitock, were derived from
them in the first place and that then, from the further deriva-
tive forms ofetlk, &c., such words as kitlk, «&c., had been ob-
tained through the working of some unknown phonetic prin-
ciple. On account of the close relationship between A: and /
as initial letters, one nuL^ht likewise be led to imagine that the
form krtik merely owed its origin to reduplication. In favour
(»f tliis o[)ini()n wt.uld be tlie circnuistancc that kc very fre-
(picntly i)rc( (des syllables opening with a dental and, though
it is olteu prefixed to other letters as, for instance, in kelip and
kilap, this might be accounted for by attributing the circum-
stance to a transition from the liquid / into tlie dental d. Con-
sequently, it would be more advisable to consider the k as hav-
ing originated through reduplication after another manner,
viz., to look upon it as proceeding out of the final consonant ;

256

DN THK HflOTS IN THK MALAY tAKOr^GE.

aecordbgly, in tik-tik L e„ iik-e-iik it would appear that there
has been a siippres3ioa of the initial //, But neither the ouo_
or the other of these arguments ia satisfactory.

The other prefix le is very commonly affixed to tv»Tie- words*
and seema to remind us of the well-known particle lah^ but we
should certainly experience some trouble in endeavouring to
prove them one and tlie same, even though there were no ap-
parently more correct explanation at our command. At the
same time, it cannot be denied that the difficulty, so far as it
consists in the fact that la should have lost its fnlneas of sound,
and that, too, in the penultimate^ is removed by rememberiusr
that the meaning canscs the stress to full on tlie raot» so that
ia remains uniicceRtcd. Yet, notwithstandinij^ this, there is^ in
our opinion a still better interpretation by which the questiou
may be settled. We have a third form of derivative^ the re*
suit of a combination of the prefixes A:<? and l^, found in words
like k^ieiik and kfiefoek ; these, it is true, are once more des*
cribed as precisely correspnnding in mcanin;^ with the other
wordsj but in this instance^ at all events, the idea of attribut-
ing the construction to the influence of phonetic principles
would certainly have but little weight in its iavonr. Besides, in
this species of combinatioUj one very naturally expects to find
an intrusive /, in consequence of wliich h^ttk would become
keletik. In this, as in other languages, the notion conveved
by the vibration of the tontrue, viz., that of * frequency ^ (no|
losing sight of the frequent confusion of an r with an /) hna,^
it is quite evident, absolutely no effect upon the qnality of the
tone ; the quantity suiters a cluinge butj the quality remains
entirely uualterefl. Assuming this to be the correct version,
it would be essential that we should, in considcrinji the form
Itiik, ac([uiesce in the premises that the first term of the word,
L e. the syllable kf^ had been suppressed, since it cannot poasi<»^
bly be argued that k*' in k^^lefik is probably a prefignraiion ta^
the word ietik ; for this would certainly not have taken place
without some purpose (a phonetic reason is out of the question
here), and the very nature of the thininj only admits of a modi-
fication of the quantity, seeing that the quality is expressed bv
vowel-change.

As a c[>nsequenee of the necessity of supplying a demand

ox THE ROOTS IK THE M\LAY L VKGITAGE,

fur an expression indicative of frecjuency, durability and con-
biiuatioii or cuiinection, tliere was n call for a Hpcrial farm to
n-ndi^'r tl«c oppmite idcs^ of souR'tliiug dis^cumifctod, iibnipt,
sudden, isoluttHl and unexpected, to be obtnined by moditi-
c at ion of the word, and thus account ini^ (or the arktct-cdent re-
prcsi'utution of /.>" which proceeding, as it wcre^ direct from
tlic throat without interference from the other orgatiis of arti-
cuhitioii, was more suitable than any other explodent letter for
expressinii the snddennefis and abniptucss of a report or ex-
plosive sound when such required rendering by n figure of
speet'lL But, even tlujugh it mighf, in after times, Intve been
possible for Av and /^ to be assiinihited when nature was no
lunger the sole guide, vi t they originally repelled and excluded
each other, and /e could no more bt* inserted after k^ than A'c
rr>uld be made to precede It' ; besides which, the latter would
.imply a chronological ]>rceedenee of /y and such a supposition
I cannot possibly l^c entertained or tiderated. The only solu-
titui we can, therefore, arrive at is, that we are hound to accept
it' as being quite as independent a prctix as k^, and that the
position of this term ie was assigned to it phonetically after
the initial term of the wurd instead of before it, tbrougli meta-
thesis, or tr:ius|jowitjon. To look ufmn the prcHxes /r^ and /<t
an being nolhing more tlisin rncrc plionetif athxes is ini'orrectj
for they evidently define the meaning of the word, in some res-
pect, bv modifying the quantity although not affecting the qua-
lily.

There are also inslances of rit being found as a nicauinglcss
prctix, in which light we shall hardly be able to account for it
otherwise than by attributing it to a plionetic change from the
/ into the dental r/. This is preferable to the argument that
w*» have here a softened f, tlie consequence of reduplicatioEj for
this (ft' is also touud occurring before other consonants.

By finaly?*rng the meanings of iik, tak, toek, it becomes ap-
parent thill tlic priuL'ipal idea conveyed by the word is repre-
sented by the exjdodcnt /, in excatly the same way asi we al-
ready noticed of the v and p, while the final k, with which the
above wonls terminate^ merely serves Uie purjwse of abruptly
breaking oil llic tone to imply a sudden ending. Accordingly

258

ON THE KtlOTS IN TM i; M VLW U\St

the cliicf idea or radical ine.uiiiig i:^ imKlified to a degree eor-
respuadiiiiJ^ with the charjji*? the A% is made to undergo. We
find this letter supplemented by «//, ///, nod s, in (mr/, /</wy,
ioc/tij ; litH, ((uny tocfu : tim, ias, tota, Tuifj sij^nifics the sotitui
jiroduccd by a small piece of money fiiUiiig on a stone, and
tang expresses the ^ame tliiu;:^ of a lar<|e one, whereas toenfj in-
dicates the ringing tone of a bell, or thi* ?!Ound proeeeditig Trom
a hollow bamboo-cane when the same is strnek with a hard
weapou. It is our opinion that the fundameutul or leading
lone suffers nn ciiange, the same initiiii explodent beint^ em-
ployed in each ease, but, tltc ng indicates prolongation, for the
toDB 19 not interrupted or brouglit to sudden conclusion but
continues to vibrate through the nostrils ; we fancy we can
hear a reverberation in I'mtj and taaff quitu as plainly as in
toeiig, heuce we h:ivc ventured to modify the meanings in some
measure, through replacing the stone by a body possessing
Bomo vibrative power and capable of emitting a tone ; it is true
that something bard is requisite in these eases, but it should be
a resonant body, for in the above examples it is more likely to
be the blow ou the stone which it is intended to represent than
the chinking of the coin. The resonance liere implied is^ so
to say, passive and confined to the object; replacing this nasal
by the labial liquid m there is a further eull for tlie idea, iic»t
precisely of a puffing, but rather of a humming or blowing
Nound ; it conveys the notion of an expulsion of air in the per-
formance of which the subject itself is engaged, so that /r///i
and totm, besides indicating a resounding tone, have an extra
influence in modifying the meaning. The discharge of a can-
non is termed /r/^w, doubtless with the intention of showing
that it is aceompained by a hollow, booming sound; tarn names
a flat, heavy body descending on the ground from above as, e*,
[f,y the fulling down of the cfmiponent parts of a liouse tumbl-
iug-iu, and the a in the word marks the presence of a rumbl-
ing, and crashing noise. The letter s is also concurrent with i
in sucli cases ; with the word (as we associate the sound of rat-
tling, snapping, ru-stling, such as would ensue from the explod-
ing of a percussion cap, or a rifle-ball entering a board or plank,
also the cutting of paper with a pair of scissoi*s ; /6f»« is the
name for u smart, sharp pop or bung, such as one hcar^ uii

ox THE ROOTS IN THE MALAY LANGUAGE. 259

firing a revolver, or wheu the motion of certain bodies sudden-
ly ceases as, for instance, the surcease of falling drops of
water. We fear, however, that these explanations are not quite
as correct or ns much to the point as might be desired. From
the derivatives of tis we find that it principally implies the
meaning of a continual dripping or falling down, and this suf-
ficiently explains the use of the component letters of a word in
which ,s is to be taken more in the light of a continuant than
sibilant, and is employed for the special purpose of contrasting
with the nasal because there is here no necessity for a letter to
express resonance ; besides « is the only consonant which ad-
mits of being used in conjunction with a t. Then, again, we
know how closely a final s approaches the sound of h in pro-
nunciation, being deprived of much of its property in losing
part of its hissing sound through aspiration.

It seems th it ;• does not appear in concert with i, but it oc-
curs in words of the same species, e. ^., gar and sar, where the
adoption of r is permissible because of the nature of the tone
to the meaning of which it adds the impression that the sound
of rattlinor is to be heard : still, considering the various signifi-
cations of these words, it would not be easy to comprehend
them under one common category.

From several of these little words new ones are formed by
ngain affixing the self-same prefixes kc and le when it often
happens that a nasal lias been introduced before the t, and that
/.''/t^ also occurs as here. Neither of these two modifications is
uncommon. It is not necessary to draw the line when one has
stated that / is confused with r, for we so frequently discover a
j)honetically intrusive n in the penultimate of primitive words
that, as a rule, the fact of having found the one affords suflBicient
evidence for assuming the existence of the other.

In til now, we have merely occupied ourselves with the pre-
liminary or first changes of the root, and have not paid atten-
tion to any except the original meanings ; a further advance
should then ])e our next step. The dictionary supplies us with
active forms for a few of these words, like toek, fas, toes, torn,
which respectively signify the producing of these radical tones.
But there is no reason why verbs from all such words may not

260

ON THE HOOTS IN TTIK MALAY LAN'fiUAnE.

be uHcd, It woultK raoreoYcr, })c strange if other derivative
forms of thcsie words were not actmilly in colloquial use. Fur,
correctly spcukiiig, the possible existence of no derivative ran
be denied, while there is a real demand for the expression of a
certain meaning the idea underlying whieh has an independent
form in use, even though present custom may be nnacquaiiit^d
with it, or may have ney;lected to [ircserve it, a thing of fre-
quent occurrence. However, such forms did not, at tirnt, come
into existence at the sanje time and to»^cthcr with the roots;
it was once considered sufljcieut, and this sometimes happens
even now» simply to mention the word marking the thing which
is or does this or that, or the action itself of being or doing, in
order to call attention U) the subject. By saying tick'tlck or
t'tch'iock every one will be reminded of the ticking of a watch
or clock. But the man who doe^^ not know these articles will
think of something else giving forth a similar sound. So it
comes that from (ik we get the derivative iikfik a drop, and
from tist we have metutU to drip, while kliik is the Malay for
the tickings or rather the tick of a clock. After the same man*
ner mPuf'ttih, transitive, means to hew or chop; niT^n^Jfii, trau^*
itive, signifies cuttini^ open, or breaking through for the purpose
of disuniting, as in rippin^^ aseaiu, while the same word, iutraus-
itively used, expresses the bursting open of a hatched egg.
Then m^ifetoek names the action of giving a soft or, better still,
a muffled knock ; ini^nPtis is to drip beside anything, also to
descend from [with reference to origin); mvnitik, to Hatt<_ni by
blows, &c. Also mcnfii'ti.s^ ^x\uc\l means to fillip otf, as in re-
moving an insect from thifc hand by a sudden jerk from the tip
of the finj^cr, but, it is also used to express the showing of a
ring one wears by pushing forward one's fniger and thereby
performing an action somewhat similar to filliping. The same
meaning is ascribed to nutHgt'tik but this w^ord also means the
act of jumping in insects, when it is executed by the stretch-
ing out of their hintl legs after the manner of a grasshopper,
whence the primitive w^ord k^tik receives an achtitional mean-
ing by being used to express a leg of this sort, which is, again,
figuratively cm[doyed for the hammer of a rifle because a
grasshopper's leg more or less resembles it. Allied to kttik is
the word krfiiNj, the name for that posterior portion of the leg

ox THE ROOTS IN THE MALAY LANGUAGE . 261

Situate J between the calf and the heel, while oerat kHlng is the
term by which the tendon achilles is known, and m^ngeting is
only used in the sense of severing or cutting through that par-
ticular tendon of a man called the tendon achilles, Mengatok,
with a as its first vowel, signifies tapping on a person's head or
striking a flint with a piece of steel ; by inserting an ?i in k^-
tang and repeating the word, thus, kentang, we get a wooden
block struck with a cudgel by the night-watchman as a sign-
al. To these words the following are probably akin in point
of origin, kelontang, a scare-crow ; kelontong, a pedlar ; k^linting,
a Chinese pagoda ! we fancy this word is also traced as pro-
ceeding from a Chinese source); kelentingan and k^rentingan,
ear-rings. Many more examples of this kind could be easily
found.

Were it our intention to exhaust the subject to which we
have been able to do little more than call attention, we should
now, without further delay, have to speak of the new change
of tone, obvious from the above examples, viz., the contraction
of a dissyllable into a monosyllable in the first term of the word,
and also the phonetic variation of the consonants which, as in
all other languages, is, doubtless, also here originally due to
merely dialectic diflerences, but may, nevertheless, at one time
have defined the meaning of the word to some extent. Be-
sides, at the very outset and taking precedence of every other
question, the direction of our discourse should now tend to- "
wards an enquiry into the laws reojulating such tone-words as,
in contradistinction to these already considered, we are obliged
to term arbitrary in default of being able to think of a more
suitable and descriptive expression, one that would define the
class better. For, although we have seen that there are words
whose origin is traced to involuntary verbal imitation of sound,
a still greater number probably owe their existence to caprice,
a fact continually remarked in the case of children who habitu-
ally render the thing they see, or what they see occurring, by
self-coined tones, doubtless very arbitrary, but due to clearly
indicated natural causes nevertheless, and for this reason agree-
ing, now and then, with the etjually arbitrary utterances of
other children.

2r/2

CiN Tin: HOOTS IN THt: MALAY LANGUAGE.

Kvcii previous to making the above enquiries we should pro-
rocfl to give a more araple tlescription, entering into the details
of tlie antithesis existing between these two great divisions of
words. Arbitrary tone-worrb are, it is quite evident, diame-
tricaHy opposed to lite involnntury* verbid representations of
sounds, tlierefore, w!ien we inchide tbc tone-imitative words in
the latter class w.* do so for the express purpose of contrasting
fliem with the arbitrary tone-words, and to show that we look
upt>n them in tlie li^ht of wortls with a reflective tendency, not
tjuly answering to thv souncls themselves but to something more
l>eBifle8, for they recall the very motions aud gestures neeesi-
ary Itir t!ie accomplishment ol:' tlie action itself, between which
aiul the sound consequently ensuing there i« an intimate re-
lationship : al the period when speech had not reached such a
high state oi perfection as at present, the language of miraicry
and gejitieulation must certainly have been of great importance,
and that it hn.s not yet taken its final leave of the world we
learn fruni the interesting- article by Professor Gerlanj> of
Stretsb urg published in the Dvittsche Runrhchaff for Jlay last
0883), and treating on the langnnge of signs employed by tUo
Indians. In the infant stages of our race, speech was Adl of
motion^ the movenientiHi of mimicry going hand in hand with the
utterance of involuntary expressions for original tones. This Is
the reason why prcjnominal roots and radical prepositions have
as mueli right to be considered involuntary, verbal sounds as
the ttjne-imitaiivc words. It is clear that in this instance psy-
chology and gramnuir do not fullil precisely the same office.
The pjff/c/ii' supplied the niiitcrial out of which the language
was constructed by the noun not in conformity with any
logical rules but, starting with the roots of nouns, verbs, pro*
norms, and prepositions^ it developed the language wliilc per
fceting itself.

Then, too, we should not be able to avoid a careful inves-
tigation of the fundamental meanings belonging to the numc*
rous aflixes with which the Malay ii bounds tor, so far, we have
only gone iuU> kf aud 1*-^ aud our discourse on these two pre-
iixes lias not been by any means complete.

Evidently there is ample material for a prolonged enquiry on
untrodden ground.

ON THE ROOTS IX THE MALAY LANGUAGE. 263

In conclusion we submit the following hypotheses :

The stocks were derived from imitative and other in-
voluntary sounds, sometimes even preserving, after the first
and most prolonged period of their development, traces in their
roots of the original primitive wording. Besides, foreign lan-
guages have done much to bring about a state of perfection.

It is not necessary for the roots to have been exclusively
monosyllabic. The tone-imitative monosyllables consist, for
the most part, of three elements, a consonant, a vowel and a
final consonant. When, in compliance with some system, a
word becomes deprived of its terminal consonant, it can no
longer be considered a true root, all that is left being an ab-
stract tone. If we remove the s from the Malay word /i>, we
obtain a curtailed form which cannot justly be deemed a real
root.

That difierences of surroundings originally gave rise to a c )r-
respondin;; variation in the roots cannot be questioned, yet,
considering the uniformity of the psyche and the fact that
the ancient races had still always some points in common, these
must often have met in their utterances. Hence, to found the
assertion that there is a family relationship existing between
various branches, on the mere fact of a resemblance in sound
between certain roots, would not suffice to place it beyond the
pale of dispute.

But these tone-imitative sounds coupled with those others,
whose mutual agreement is a circumstance of far less frequent
occurrence, and further combining with them to supply, by
means of a portion of every imaginable determinative affix, the
entire grammatical and lexicographical store in the word-struc-
ture of the language, we say, these two classes of tones, modi-
fied after the manner already stated, must certianly have pro-
duced an indetiuite number of unconnected, independent lan-
guages which have, in some measure, long since disappeared.

Wc beg loave to conclude this discourse with the above
suggestions, and wc trust that, provided always they are
found to rest upon a sound basis of actual fact, they may
be considered to have established a fair claim on the student^s
attention.

KLIENG'8 WAR-RAID TO THE SKIES.

A DYAK MYTH.

The Sea Dyaks possess numberless stories, legends and
fables handed down by tradition from ancient times. Some
arc related in plain prose, whilst others are set in a peculiar
rhythmical measure, and sung to a monotonous chant, but nono
are written ; all are transmitted by word of mouth from gene-
ration to generation. A story plainly told is an *' Ensera,*^
and a story sung is a *' Kana," One large collection of
enscra is similar in character to the stories of Reynard
the Fox, whose place in Dyak tale is occupied by the Pelandok
and the Kekura (the mouse-deer and the tortoise), who are
always represented as acting in concert, and whose united cun-
ning is more than a match for the strength and ferocity of all
other animals. Intrigue and stratagem, so abundantly illus-
trated in these fables are qualities upon which Dyaks love to
dwell, and they have an analogous series of stories of the
adventures of Apai Samumang and Apai Saloi, two men who
arc always plotting against each other, the latter however
always being outwitted by the former, and then, when occasions
serve, not ashamed to practice deceptions upon his own family.
Other tales relate the history of Rajas and their dependents in
various circumstances, but it may be that these have been
borrowed in more recent times from Malay sources. Others
describe the exploits of mythical Dyak heroes, and these per-
haps constitute the most genuine specimens of the oral litera-
ture of the Dyak race. Of this class the following is one,
and being generally sung is called a " Kana.^'

The greatest hero of Dyak mythical story is Klieng, of
whom many exploits are recorded — good and bad, warlike and
peaceful. He is supposed to belong tothis world of ours, but is
not now visible to human eyes as in the good times of yore to
which Dyaks look back as the golden age. He is without
pedigree. Tradition makes him out to have been found in the

2C6

KUEKO 9 WAH-EAID TO THE SKIES*

hant kaot of a tree by N^elai who brought him up as his
brother. When of age, he developed a tendency to a wanJer-
iog life, and never applied himself to any regular pursuit,
except those of pleasure and war. He was wayward and capri-
cious, yet liandaorae and brave; be would often disappear for
months and even years at a time^ and be given up as dead^ and
then would re-appear at his mythical hoine^ coming from whore
no one knew, and no one dared to ask. He had a w^ondcrfal
power of metamorphosis, and could transform himself into any-
thing, and hecumc monkey or man, tiger or orantj-ntan ; could
be ugly or handsome ; dirty and diseased, or clean and healthy-
looking ju<t as be pleased. On one occasion, it is said, he
turned liimself into a fragment of a broken water-gourd, and
iu tliat disguise wascarrieil by Ngelai in a basket to the battle,
whcn^ being set on the ground, he revealed himself iu his true
character and routed the enemy. In the following a<i venture,
he figures as a man whom we !<hou]d call a chimney sweep,
and is named the '* Smutty One, the Blackened Bambu/^ and
it is not until the end of tho story that Ids Jippearanco changes,
and he is recognised as Klieng.

He married Knraang, the Venus of tlie Dyaks, but in his
many wanderings and njetumorphoses he became the husband
of many others, yet always returned to Knmang in the inter-
valSp And she, fidlowing bis example, allowed herself the
same wide license, and the varying incidents of their con-
stantly securing separations and re-uuions make up many a
chapter of Dyak story, amusing pcrhups, but not very whole*
some.

Klieng is not, so far as I know, called Petara ; but in
Dyak estimation he holds the position of a tutelary spirit, and
is sometimt'S presented with offeringSj and often invoked as a
helper i>f men.

The story of the Ancient Traveller whose coming
is uftknowK.

The grey-haired Traveller whose way is hidden.

His name is *^Bungkok Arok Papong Engkiyoo^
Bujiing * "Pengema Ribis 13asong/*t

(*) Literally : ** The Sooty Crooked One, the Charred end of Dambu,"
(t) Literally : "Youngr slanting Moon." The story represents Kliengr A0
appcaxing Buddenly in hie own house ; hut iu disguise, so he is not reoogulaed.

>o|?V

KLIENQ^S WAK-BAID TO THE SKlES^ 267

He is between Ngelai and Bujaug Bulan Menyimbang.

He is the Traveller whose cleverness is great.

When he eats rice, at his touch it tastes like chestnut.

The remains of his drink tastes like honey of the bee.
Nt/elai asks him, —

" What, friend, is the object of your visit to our country V

'^ What news have you to tell ? '^
Klivng — None, friend, except that I am weary of pounding

rice and fetching water.
Ngelai — you want to get man'ied.
KUeng — Even so : I wish you to go with me to ask Ku-

mang to marry me.
Ngelai — How can you marry whose country is unknown ?
Klieng — My country is the highland of light soil, which touched
becomes sago.

The Lake Barai, where bathe flocks of birds.

So they began to cut the knotty branches, as the evening
was far enough advanced to begin discussion.

Ngelai arranged his armlets of shell with distinctly cut
grooves —

Arranged his plumes of hair like shoots of the young fern —

Arranged his turban like the coil of the black cobra.

l^ungkok also arrayed himself : his waist-cloth was of bark.

His turban a bit of dried tekulong'^ bark.

His armlets were a twist oi' rotcui.

They went to the other end of the woveu-wallcd house,

AValkiug after each other keeping step ;

And came to the room of Tutong.

Tatong — Sit down, friends, on the rotan mat woven by Lc-
mantan of the laud of Kntijjelam.

Sit on the mat woven in sprigs by Lemok called the star-
like Lulong. .

Eat the pi nang just comiKg into ripeness.

Kat the little pinang gathered from the midst of the
fruit trees ]

* Owinjj to my ig-uorancc of botany, I can only, as a rule, give the native
uamett of plants.

2GH

KLiE.NO S WAU-KAID TO TUK SKl£S.

With is[>oon-leuf sirth spreading iu septifurm branches
Aud tangled tubaccomussirij:^ like the h^hy I eiiHt/ani/ iem.
And they fell to talking till the morning hours, ispeuking
of many things,

Tffiottf/ — Wljat report, consin, what news?

What is talked of in the hxnd ?
Ntjelai — We wish to cut into the top of the wide spreading bne-

trcc.
AV^e wish to tie the feet of the great wood pigeon,
And net the fulonfj tish at the liead of the stream.
We ask for Knniaiig to wed our comin the Traveller hero,
Ttitomj—yiy eister docs not marry unybody*

I re (pi ire a nvni who has found a mosquito's probosis big

cnouj^h for a stanchion of a boat*s bow.
I require one who has found a jHUft/olln^n tooth tit for a

band of the utjubor^ sheath.
But my speech is that of juke and luugli,
Tulk spoken without t bought,
lint truly I require a man who can lead me to rciscuc mj

father and mother from Tedai iu tlie halved deep heaveU!*;
One who tiin lead me to wage war where tlie dim red sky is

hceij :
This is the man wliuui I seek, whom I search lur, to borrow

us a debt*
Jiiidfff — I am the man, tonkin Tutoug : if to-night wc split

a bmieh nf ripe pifuntf/^^^f to-morrow we carry war to the

lialved deep heavens.
If we split the red-spatbed pimtfttj, I can lead you to wage

war to tlie xcnith of t!ie roomv hcaveus.

So Hiey iigrceJ to split \\iq pinung ; but tlie eUler brother
of Tutong refused consent ; and Ngelai's company returned
earryiug laees of jsbaine unable to meet the gaze of others :
with i'ltces red like a lump of dragon ^s blood. Coming to his
own ruom, Ng:elai went to his slee])iug place carved like the lumi^

• A Dynk wword.

+ " Mf'lali Piaanji*/* BpUtting the Ifetd-atit, is the name given to the
amrriage ttiicinoiiy, of Kliich that uutiua forms the oentnd part

269

nous sparks of the milky way. Great was the shame of
Ngelai Bujang Pedar Umbang.* Then spoke Bangkok
Arok Papong Engkiyonsj : —
Klieng — Let us three Ngelai and Bulan Menyimbang get

birdlime, t
Ngelai — To-day ? Shall we return in a day ?
Klieng — Nay, we spend nights away, and take as provision three

pasus of rice.
Ngelai — Where shall we collect the birdlime ?
Klieng — Say nothing : let us start and fell the pempan tree of
Ngelai of the Rain Chestnut, where we can arrange our
weapons :
Arrange the plumes of hair like shoots of the lemiding fern ;
Put on the ancient war cap, the well fitting one ;
Take the war charms to gird the loins ;
Take the shield cut in slanting curves ;
Gird on the hom-hafted weapons ;
Take the plumes of hair thictly studding the sheaths ;
Carry the sumpitan of tapang wood.f

And away they marched with feathers of the hornbill tos-
sing in the sheaths.

Away down the ladder of evenly notched steps,

Holding the hmg rails converging at the bottom.

So started the three setting forth from thcnee.

^\\ the day time they pushed on following the sun.

By night they used flaming torches of light.

But weak was Bulan Menyimbang, weaker than a scor-
ched leaf:

The strength was gone from the midst of his loins.

He fell to the right, but was caught by the hom-hafted
sword.

He fell to the lelFt, but was held up by the barbed spear
haudle.

• •' Vouth of the Pedar (fruit) Skins."

t A metamori)hical way of Baying: " Let us go on the war path."

X A long wooden blow-pii)e u«ed for propelling poisoned arrows.

270

EJJENG's IVAR-RAID TO THE SKIES*.

Spirit qf thr Wiiitia — U dead is our irieiidj beloved of heart I
O dead ii! our husband, beloved of body !

And uprose Buusu Entayang from the spout of the leaping

waterfall.
U prase Buusu Rembia from the top of the bee*trees ;
And touched him with the knuckles of the fingers of lhe|

haudsj
And dropped upon him oil sweetly perfumed ;
Aud there was a twitching iu the soles of his fcet^
A throbbiug of the puke iu the region of tlic heart :
Aud Buhiu Meuyimbaug stood up.
lie smelled au odour like the seented tfhfiru of the hills ;
He iubak'd a perfume as of pressed eardaniom flowers,
Aud lo ! there was cooked rice, a bambu-full,
Aud dried fish a basket full.
^' Whether for life or for death I will eat this rice,'* sa^

he*
Aud he ate to his satisfaction.
He smoked, holdiug the fumes in his moutht
lie ate piuafUi. throwing the refuse aw* ay,
And Bnlan iVleoyimbang >?tnrtod to walk.
He walked tlusvly holdiu*^ mi to the wing ft-alhcrs i»f thlj

i> Wallow,
lie marched on holJiiig to the beak of the horabill.
Aud there was heard a booming sound like the roar of ihJ

tidal borcj
A rusbin^;^ aud crus^hiug as uf peliiug rain.
And Ngeleii Biijang Pediir TTmbang; looked behind,
2\geiai — O you are alive, friend ! our frieud lives! _

And the three went forward, and came to the highway IB

the breast of the laud turtle,
A patli already made clear and good*

Lookinp: they saw a loug house which a bird could onl|
- }u§t fly throuf^b in a day.

A short house through which a little (ajitk flies \n a day.
jVfjeiai—'' U that is an enemy's house friend/'

And he douued his coat of hair woven by u woman of

Sempok with deformed shoulder.

klieng's war-raid to the skies. 271

He put on his war-cap of jungle fowl feathers.

And girded on his sword tufted with hair, as big as an

empty paddy bin.
And set on his shoulder a sumpitan.
And grasping the shield with slanting ends Ngelai started

to advance.
" Stop, friend/* says Bungkok Arok Papong Engkiyong

Bujang Penjiema Ribis Basong,
" That is not an enemy^s house, it is my firm lodge,''
*' My house the worth of a riisa jar.''*
The three advanced, and saw a house of one door, a single

row of posts,
A beautiful house in the midst of a wilderness.
Bnlan — Whose sleeping place is this ?

Klieiig — That is the sleeping place of Laja, brother of Dara
Lautang Sakumbaug.
This belongs to Ngelai Bujang Pedar Umbang.
That to Tutong Bujang Lemandau Gendaug.
Bnlan — And where is mine ?
Klieng — Yon have none, Bulan Menyimbang.
Bulan — You who have sleeping places are not more brave
than I.
In fighting with spears never did I run away.
In fighting with swords never did I fear death.
Klieng — Don't talk so, Bulan ^lenyimbmg

Let us sit down here on this mat of well crossed warp;
This Java mat with over-lapping ends.

[ And Bungkok muttered growlings like thurapings of a

Melanau building a boat.
And talked like a Sebaru man upside down.]

Klieng — t Where are you, ye Spirits of Contending Winds ?
Strike the house of Sanggul Labong at the lair of the
kendntcang snake.

* The property of Dyaks conBiste in great part of old earthenware jars,
comparatively valueless in themselves ; but highly prized by them, and rang-
ing from SlO to $200 and $300 a piece.

t Klieng commands the winds to collect his army.

272 KLTRXo's WAR-RAin TO THE SKTIS^

Call tlem to the war to tlie zenith of the deep heavens.
Tell tliL'iu of Hutti Jawa";* hou.vc on the hill of the fea-
thery tufted hmha.
Tell them of Tutong'si house at Bataiig Gcloiig Nyimdong.

[Ami the Wind Spirit orose and Wew a strong blast,
A violent tempest furiously raging,
liroken were the struts and posts of the houses*
Uplifted were the shingles* of split wood*]

'* What wind is this blowing with sueh strength ?

'•^ What raiu \s this beating without stint ?'^

The Wind — We are not wind i^ithout ohjeet, not natural wind :

AVe are wind inviting to the war on the skies following

Bungkok who reseues the father and mother^ of Tu-

tong at the zenith of the roomy heavens.
ChornH — This is the debt to be incurred, this is to be wisbed

and sought for.
Cnt down the pew pan tree, the rain chestnut : time it is

we should be up and make ready.
f^nnggul Lrdong descended from the cave covering the

kt'iidatratffjH lair
Tutotig came from his country of eueireling rocks.
And many were their numhersj uuuipduj* as the dini'n ;
Their heads as a myriad of spots.
And there was a rustling of the cai*damom bushes as the

army rushed by and was gone.
They tame 1o the river Tapang Betenong at the foot of

the Riong Waringiu.
'' many arc our numbers^ more than sprats and minnow*/'
^* More than the layers of the plantain buds."
"Try and search the companies, whetherall be come or not ^*
And Kumpaiig Pali arose and louked around,
lie looked lo the left, they stretched beyond the range

of his sight :
lie looked to the rightj the sound el" the rear w^as not to

be lieard.
'^ We are more in number then sprats and minnows,
'* More numeious than the layers in the plantain bud,

KLIENO's WAR-RAID TO THE SKIES. 273

'* Thicker than the stringed hawkbells of iron.

'' Is Sampurei here? Him I have not seen.

" If so, untimely will be our advance like the merunjan

fruit of the uplands/^
" Slow our march and fruitless too !
" Not so, let us onward !
'^ Nay if they come not, we do not proceed.^'

And Bungkok began to growl like a Melanau building

a boat.*
And to talk like a Sebaru man upside down.

Klieng — Where are you, ye tempests ? I charge you to strike

the house of Tinting Lalang Euning,
The land where Linsing Euning spat out the refuse of

pinang.
Where are you, ye contending winds ? Strike the house

of Tuchong Panggau Dulang.

And the wind began to blow a violent storm,
And struck the fruit trees unstintingly.
Bent were the struts of medan(j wood ;
Sent flying were the shingles of red jawif/.

The IVind — *' What wind is this that will not cease ?
" What rain is this that will not slacken ?
" AVe arc not wind without object, natural wind :
'' We invite you to follow Bungkok to the war
'' Against Tcdai in the circle of the roomy heavens ;
" To visit Chendan at the half moon."

Chonis — '* That is the thing to be bought and borrowed ;
** That is the debt to be incurred.'^
'* Cut down the mutun tree, time for us to start.
" The army is within hearing we can take a rest/'

* There ib nothing peculiar about the boat- building of a Melasan, or talk
of a hk'baru Dyak; the names are introduced eimply to make rhjme.

KUK>g's WAIt^RAIU TO THE i^KIK^.

Sampttrei — ♦ "What about tlic army, cousiii Laja? Shall

we try its mettle ?
Laja — Try it, cousin, that we may know whose hearts arc

brave and fearless.

And Sumpurci donned his plumes of hair like shoots of ,

the it nihil tiff fern, I

l>f)nned hi.s purple coat like the black plumage of the

crow,
And grasped his slantingly cut shield.
And !jc rose up and shouted like tlic roaring of the cave

tig:er.
** The encmv/^ said Ihilan Jlcnyimbang. " Who arel

yon ? *'

We are not to be ayked about/*
^* Wc are the army of Tcdai from the circle of the roomy

heavens/' J

** The army of Chcndan from the rising shining moon/' '
And they tbught with spears sounding like thumping

blow s of the boat-bnildci's.
Tlicy struck with swords^ as if cutting through the pan^

ffan bushes.
And Xgciiu was Ix'aten by the company of Snmpurei.
*' Let us fetop the juke, 8ampnrei, enough to have tested]

our friends/'
And I hey ceased the play.
And culled back the ^^reat mass of the army,
Xunicrous as tlie iinkuown spirits.
Anrl tlie nrmy Mcnt forward.
The j'oremcst were not within bearing of a calling voice,
As the hindmost were just bending to rise and advance.
Tlic middle sounded like the pounding of the gurah

fruit when sl eking the tuhaA

• Snmpurei uad hiH foDowera, comiug up to Klieug's army, fei^n themJ
t^iihi P tc» Vj« eTiGmic'8, qiiiJ g-et up a fight with it l>y way of joking". 1

I The juice of the ''fyhtt " {ihrr'tm ^I'tptint) loot iB commonly n«ed fi^rl
poiftiuiiig liit*ht which arc thtit* obtaiued ill great ninnlicrs: but other protiiictdil
cif ihu jimgltj wiU serve the Mime I'urjHJBc, tmd amongst thotte ici it fruit ciUledf
"ywn^/i," which mnj- pofcaibly be the coccuhf* iftdhun.

KLIENO'S WAR-RAID TO THE SKIES. 275

And they came to the slack water lake Tekalong ;

Where flapping the water they bathed and dived.

A pond was passed by the army in a panic.

Lo I Sampurei became weaker than a toasted leaf ;

Slacker than the current met by the flood tide.

The sweat of his body was as the streaming of a wet day.

In the sweat of his side could be dipped an eight-length

bambu water bottle ;
And his body floated in his perspiration.
And Nawai Gundai wept with heavy sighing of the breast,
And shed tears with tender grief.
After a time, lo ! Sampurei emerged, seized the betel-nut

and ate it.
And he smoked holding the fumes in his mouth.
" O Sampurei cannot die.^' So said the army.
'' Cut down the mutun and simun with leafy branches.''
" SuflSciently strong are we in numbers to take counsel/'
Kiieng — Hear, all ye of the army ;

Whoever first gets to the hill of Perugan Bulan,

He shall be the possessor of Kumang.

Daylight came and the army ran a race.

At midday Bungkok arrived first at the hill.

And lo ! a spirit with long loose hair over the shoulders.

Foaming at the mouth to devour some one.

And he fought with Bungkok.

Now the spirit was worsted, now he :

But the spirit was beaten, being dashed to the left and

flung to the right.
And whining, the spirit beseeched him to cease, and let

him go free.
Spirit — I will give you a charm, as big as a hearth-stone to

make you invulnerable.
Klieng — I refuse.
Spirit — I will give you courage and never shall you wage war

without taking spoil.
Klieng — I refuse.
Spirit — I will present you with a tooth of mine which will

become a ladder reaching to the flock of clouds.

KLIENO'S WAR.RAID TO THE SKIftS.

1 will jfive a tooth with which you may ascend to i
house of grandmother Manang,'**
Kliemj—ll 80, I will let you go.

So Bangkok let the spirit go free.

And the main army began to arrive at the hiU Perago

Bulan ;
Close to the precincts of grandmother Manang*
And came to the rising shining moon.
'• Rest all ye of the army ; said Sarapurei ;
" May be we arc vainly following the paths and traclcs

wild beasts/'
Klieutj—VCi3 shall not return without gain and without spoil '
Sampjtrt'i — How so ?
Klimq — Whenever I have gone to inflict fines^ never did I

return empty-handed r
Every day did I bring a string of knobbed gongs. ^|

Whenever I have gone on the war-path^ never did ^*

return nnsnccessfiil.
Every munth did I get a BPCd of nlbong palmt
Here let us test the skill of the woman, the atiinulant_

of the hones,
Whose hands are those which can work skilful I v ?

ainjl

And Rampurei arose, Rnd threw up a ball of dressed thread?

And il became a clump of h/imhiLs,

Snpinifrga arose^ and t^Bsed a ball of raw thread ;

And it became a plant of rotan.

And the Cliief set in the grouud the spirit's tooth,

And he arrived at the falling, setting sun.

He planted the spirit's! tooth, and it reached to the risi

sinning moon :
It hecarae a ladder of iron wood, perfect with eighteen

steps.
And Ngelai Ftood up, and tossed a ball of red dyed thread

to the sloping heavens j

♦ An old mo^liciiie woman wiio ia Rnppo»(?d to live in the skiea, and i
have in her ke^piiig the **door of heaven," through which the raia ftills t
the e&rth.

f Hfeanini; a hiunan head.

TO THE 8KIBS. 277

And it became a flower snake whose tail twirled round
the Three Stars,

Whose head caught Sembai Lantang Embuyang.

And Tutong arose, and flung a ball of blue dyed thread ;

And it became a cobra whose tail caught the star of mid-
heaven,

And with staring eyes it seized the loins of Buyu Igang.

There was a single banibu on the highland otjingan wood
lighted upon by flocks of white storks.

And the main army marched on, and ascended to the
circle of the roomy heavens.

The vanguard came to the house of Manang Kedindang
Arang of speckled skin —

Of Manang Geusurai of sweet smelling cardamom.
Sampurei — Is your house free of entrance, grandmother ?

She did not reply (as much as) a grain of rice
She did not answer (as much as) a bit of bran.

lite Army^O why does not grandmother answer us ?

Sampurei arose, and clutched a lo;r of wood.
Threw it at her, and hit the hole of her ear.
And lo ! out came bees and dragon flies.
Out rushed pythons and black cobras.
The Armt/ — No wonder graudmuther does not hear, so many
things are in her ear.

Again they inquire : Is your house free of entrance,
grandmother ?

/. Manang — My long house, children, is never tabooed ;
My short house has no forbidding laws.

Sampurei — How can that house be large enough for us —
A house of only one door, one family,
A house of only one row oimedang posts?

/. Manang — Come up, grandson, this my house is large enough
for you all.

kueng'8 >var-raid to the skibs.

Up tliey went, and not before the army was all insidi

was the house filled.
And the army rested there.

*' Lei us of the tiriny fetch wood and seek for meat
aaid they.
/* 3fffi^ff////— No, no, grandehUdren; at all costs, I will gi
yuu a meal.
And she filled with rice a pot the size of a chestnut ; J
And a pot of meat the size of a birds egg, 1

Said Sampurei i " I will go in, and see grandmother
cooking/^
Sampurei — ^Vherc is the rice which lias lieeu cooked, grand-
mother ?
L Mantuiff — That is it, grandson, only that.
Sftmpitrei— Let me swalU^w it all np and no man know it
/. Maiiaiir/—'Sot so, grandson, let each one fairly have h
share : do you go and get leaves.*''
Away went Sampurei and fetched some blades of /afan;
grass.
/, Mannntj — ''Why bring that— for a pJg*8 litter?
Sampnrvi — No, friend, to cat rice with,
/. Mtitmi((/ — How can a man eat with lalnufj leaves?
Soiiipurei — Don't you know how much a grain of rice is f
/. M(tnatt(/ — Go again and fetch some plantain leaves
Snmjnfvei — I will not weary myself to no purpose:
Were they rec|uired I know how to get ntaps :
As for rice there is none to be put into the leaves.

And grandmotlier Manang arose, and took rice

mcMt ;
She served it out sitting, piling it in heaps as high aa

herself wa.s sitting.
She starved it out standing, piling it in heaps as high

herself was standing.

• When Dyaks bave to feed ri brge compnny, plateB Are apt to
BlKJrfc; BO they um the large leaTCB of one or two kimls of tree^ as a sut
tnte.

279

/. Manang — Sampurei, you divide the food ; long Lave men

praised your skill in dividing portions.
Sampurei — Yes, grandmother. Get ready, all ye of the army.

And he took the rice and meat, and tossed it to the left ;
He tossed it to the right and behind, and sprinkled it

about :
And yet not a grain was lost.
Astonished was grandmother Manang.
/. Manang — In truth you are clever, grandson , skilful with

the tips of your fingers.
But why do not you eat, Sampurei ?
Sampurei — Full is the bag made by my mother, the pouch made

by my grandmother.

And the remainder of the rice left by the army was a
matful ;

The fragments of meat five plates full.

But it was all devoured by Lualimban :

Yet still he wanted to eat, wide open was his mouth.

They fetched ten pastis of rice, and upset them into his
mouth ; yet still he wanted more.

They got a chest of paddy, and poured it into his mouth,
rammed it down with a rod ; but yet he was not satisfied.

And he proceeded to eat the gongs big and small and the
jars.

And all the goods of grandmother Manang were con-
sumed, and the old lady wept.
Klioig — You have also shown your power, grandmother : so
have wc :

But do not be vexed at heart j

Your things shall all be restored as before.

After their jokes were ended, grandmother Manang

departed.
The solitary bambu on the highland, the army marched

by and was gone.
The vanguard rame to the hill of " Jengku Lengan '^ like

a kembat/an fruit in red-ripe bloom^

KUeXG g WAR RAID TO THE SRIKH

The rklgc of trickling rain like the flow of burnt reaii
Jt is the country of young Sabit Bckait Selong Lanchoni
His people go with the army, two of them claiming

foremost place:
Tebingkur* Laiigit Luar, Bujang Bintautj EuBaiar^
And Kariring Tambak Aping, Bujang Bintang Betating^
ThcBC with Sampurci and Sapungga marched at the heai^|

of the army.
They came to the rock of a thousand heighta^ the land

of the cave tiger,
The hill of Sandar Sumpit, the land of Ukit Peketfl

Payang.
Kiiriiff — Will eh is our way, cousin ?

1 know not : hitherto when on the war-path, I have only

come as far as this.

mcl

And Bon^kok went forwaixl, and growled like a Melana

building a boat,
fluttered like a Sebaru luou upside down.
And lo ! the way at once was clear and straight,
A highway like the breast of the land turtle*
Then began a ruHtlinfj of the cardamom bushes^ as tj

army lu arched by and was gone.
They came to the highland ot kciamjmi copse;
Where Tedai hung out to dry tlic tufted war-plumes
To the level lowland where Chendun shaped the tcni

uhnffi posts.
And the ormy stopped there and rested.
Cut down the lihas tree io the jungle : who of us wi

ftirni a company to spy out the land ?
•' I for one/' said Sampurci Manok Tawei of the manati

hawkbcUs.

♦ I buTo ntit h^n alile to dfficovcr th« meaning of "Tel t,,i

riring/'' There nrc rnuiiy worJ^ in thcw; ancitut tongR, wl; ati

tlitj in'eHC'iii fTtntiratiuu nf DyaltK baw lost. Omitting' thebt iwn uhdh^i
Tvt<\, KtflTidw thtiP' "The Wide Hciivtn, Young Shooting Stur, The Ax
(kiml of \mln\) Flnnt, Young Stiir Constellation/*

t In the fti^tivaift to Siiigalang Burort:* high jolcB are erected in front ^
tlitj house, hnving on the lops of tlicni caivcd figures of the rhinoceros hoc
bill which i& called by Dyaks tenyahug.

KLIENO'S WAR-RAID TO THE SKIES. 381

" I for another/' said Sapungga Bujang Mcdang.
Kariring was another. Young Aping, the star-cluster

youth.
These throe went forward walking in single file ;
And arrived at the house of Pintik Sabang, watcher of

the spirits which cannot see.
" that is Sampurei." Up they started and flung spears,

missing on either side.
They fought with swords reaching far over the shoulder.
" This is the enemy," shouted Sampurei.
And they fought with spears like the thumping of the

boat-builders.
They struck with swords as if cutting through the pamtan

bushes.
All day they strove ; at night they returned.
The Army — Well what news bring ye, ye who spy out the land ?

" We could not find the way ; " they reply.
Army-- In vain we trust to you :

Talk no more of the clever-speaking maidens.

Cease to think of the pretty girls, as they totter going

over the tree-stems.
Klieng — Since it is thus, let me be the spy.

You go with me, Laja, brother of the virgin Lantan

Sakumbang.
You also, Ngelai, Bujang Pedar Umbang.
Let us three go alone.
" I go with you," said Sampurei, the youth ^ho never

flags.
And Bungkok rose up, and donned his coat of black hair

all glistening,
Over it a cotton padded coat, woven by Bunsu Rembia

who rides the flood- tide wave.
Slowly be walked holding to the wings of the swallow.*
Swiftly he ran, quicker than the speed of the gazelle.*

* A mystifying: contradiction, Bpecimens of which are fntind in other
sonps. as when Ini Manang g^ves this puzzling answer to an inquiry about
diKtance. •' If you start in (he morning, you will be a night on the way ; if
" you start in the «vening you will get there at once." So above, Klieng
f«poke of the same house as long and short.

ElilENo'a WAR-HAID TO THE SKIBB

And arriTed at the house of Pintik.
Ptnlik — O that is Sampurei,
Klienff — Will you fight with me ?

Pitiiik — Nay, I simply chose to have a bit of play with
purei.

And ihey came to the place whero people bathe lik

tumbling prawns. ^fl

And as the day was now dim, tliey rested. ^|

Lo ! there was heard a rattling giggling talk of argn

pheasants with shawls red as fire which burns the dr

jungle.*

They came to bathD splashing the water about lik

Bhowi^rs of fnlling rain,
*' 1 smell an odour of Sampurei ;" so said Hunsu Tedai.
JCIiena — How can they recognise us ?

Tedai — If Sampurei be really here^ his head shall becatfl
on tliis tree-trunk*
[And Sampurei n^se up, and thrust at him a spear.]
Tedai— Ther^ are gadflies nboutj the dny is closing in.
Sampurei — ^0 my mother ! the blow of my spear he thoi
but the sting of a fly !

And tlrey came forth and ascended the honse whc

feasting was at its height.
'f Welconio, cousins ; come and sit down."
And they were given to eat, and were afterwards \

to sing the Pandontf song.t
They were wiUing; so ran the word,
Kliemj— How goes the ^ong ? [Whatever your skill ^'siigge^in

said tbey/| ^|

If 80, here it is. ^

*' Fell the luboftg palm to be sn8|)ended (in other trees) ;

* KlicnjT and his friends are now mifpoeetl to be near Tedai's honm
ihey lie concealpd in aDibn&h in the juni£l<3 uenr hia bathing' place.
" urgiiB pheasfrntn/' are women who com© for their ablutions.

t Tlioy cotne out of their concejilment, antl proceed to Tediii'(» ho ^^_
fricncla* A f epf ivnl to Singalang Bnrong is being celebrated. The •* pAndm^jy
is ft trophy which is erected in the verandah of the house, and npou wbiia
are hun^ ahielda, spears, war-charnca, etc

ML Jl

KLIENO^S WAR-RAID TO THE 8KIKS. 283

" Let it fall to the earth in the middle of the road.

*' Tear and squeeze the heart of Tedai.

'^ Fell the ntbong palm to be suspended ;

** Let it fall to the ground at the end of the bridge.

'' Tear and sqneeze the heart of Chendan/'
Tedai — Why sing you so, cursing our he irts ?
Klieng — We are confused, cousin ; our heads arc giddy ; we
will stop.

And gettins: up they climbed to the upper room when

they heard weeping and wailing.*
*' the sorrow of my conception of Indai Mendong, half

" of the full moon.
*' I thought she would have won a husband.
''Who would shout like a pasunt in the attacking

" army.
" All unripe her father and I shall be used by Tedai (as

" a sacrifice) to raise the Pandong of the rhinoceros

'' hornbill.
'' the vanity of giving birth to Kuoing Jawa :
'' I thought she would have married a man,
''Even a dragon-fly, accustomed to rush and strike and

sting the ribs ( of the enemy).
'• They cannot rescue her father and me who are to be

" killed by Tedai to make the war plums."
And Hungkok seized the iron cage.
They cried out, thinking death was near.
" It is I : ** said Klieni^ Bujang Ranggong Tunegaug.
" It is I •/' said Laja, brother of the virgin Lantan Sakum-

bang.
And they rejoiced in spirit.

Klieng pressed them into a lump the size of a squirrel:
Held in his hand they became as small as apinanff.
He stowed them in his quiver, and only when arrived at

home did he take them out.

* In the upper part of the house they hear the captiye father and
mother of Tutong wailing and bemoaning their fate, as destined bj Tedai for
a forthcoming sacrifice. They are confined in an iron cage.

f An animal something like a dog.

»^

SUSB<I^» WAH-IAID TO TUC SKtlGS.

They

bdov.

uid Cbeadj&a knew.
*' This 11 the eoem j/' said Todai ; and fled carrying oS

his wile and duldren.
Then thej foo^l with swords aod spears, and the fol^

lowen of Tedai were beaten.
.Vjid all who lived there were killed,
li wm midday^ and the army rested,
Sampiirri IocA:ed louid* aad lo ! half hcaren was darkened^

Army — O what is this?

JOieMff — ^Tltat is Tedat's army : now shall wc have an euemf
to fight with.

Of tlte followers of Ti^dai wert* tifty who could fly.

And tbey lougbt hand to band with Sampurei^ as if chap-
ping mango fmit

They bnrled their s|»carSf as if pounding on the loud^
$«>uu(litig mortars.

And their i^trength was all ^pent.

In their luouth nas the sen^atiou of the poisououii titiu,
Sampttrei — More deadly arc these enemies, friend, than freshly^
du*? (if ha

More fatal tliaa the parasite-covered i*pug.

Never did I fight with foes like these.

Forward came one of TeJai's men, Bigul by uame:

Big was the end of his nusu ; a r/teNtpnk fruit grew upon it

By breathing against any one, be blew him to the dia^

tancc of a hill :
At each iubalation a man was drawn under his chin.
Ihit the re was one of the followers of Klieng who could

kill Iiini,
Pautyk SenifTutak bis name, who by burrowing could

walk nudcrground : ^J

Out be came and £>mote Bigul, who died by hU band. ^|
Thcu Saui[>urei came face to face witli Tedai.
And IV as^ .struck by Tedui from the shoulder even to tbu

luinss.

KLIENG^S WAR-RAID TO THE SLIES. 285

Forward rushed Laja^ and met the like fate.
And many were slain by Tedai.

Tlien for the first time Tedai met Bangkok face to face.
Klieng — What is your title, cousin, when you strike the suake ?

What is your title, cousin, when you smite the boa ?
Tedai — My title, cousin, is the Big Bambu, overshadowing
the houses :
Melanjarij cousin, is another with a branch of red-ripe
fruit.
Klieng — If you are Big Bambu, cousin, overshadowing the
houses, I am Short Sword to cut the Bambu.
If you are Melanjan, cousin, I am Growling Bear, making
ray nest on the Melanjan tree, making it cease to bear
red-ripe fruit.

And Tedai rushed forward and threw at him a spear, the

beak of the white kingfisher ;
And hurled at him a lance with double-barbed head.
And pierced was Bungkok in the apron of his waist cloth,
Grazed were the ribs of his side :
AVhen off dropped the disguise covering his body ;
Away fell the sweat- preventing coat.
Then it was they recognised him to be Klieng, seeing he

was handsomer than before.
And Klieng paid back : he aimed at him a spear newly

hilted with horn.
And Tedai was struck and fell ; and was seized by Tatau

Ading.
He fell leaning against the palm tree of Bungai Nuying.

Klieng — Tedai's head do not strike off, Sampurei, lest we have
no more enemies to fight with.

And the great army drew back to return.

Rushing and rustling they marched along the highway.

They filed through the gloomy jungles, sounding like an

army of woodmen :
Through solitudes uninhabited, full of weird sounds.

S86 elikn'g's war-aaid to the sKtet^.

Thusc in frout arrived at the house of Manaug Kedin-

danj^ Arang,
There they stopped a night to inqaire the way of grand-
mother Manaug,
J, Mfinnnfi — The road^ grandifons^ lies straight ahead from my

house.
Sampnrei — You arc only teasing us, grandmother ; we shall

kill you.
/, Mananff—lloldy grandsons ; I am simply joking and laugh*
ing, talking fun with you, ™

Then the Maiiang brought a tub three fathoms long,
Afiny — WTiat \n that for^ grandmother ?
/, Manaug — This, my eons, is to lower you down to the ear
^ampurri^llriw can that be large enough ?
/. Matifintj — Large enoughj my sons ; settle into it all of yoM

And the army rose up, and arranged themselves into it
And the tub was not full till the army hod all got in.
And they were lowered by grandmother Manang to the

earth.
It was tijc country of Ngelai where the army found

fuoting,
Klicng and \m company returned to Tinting Pang,

Dulang.

This is somewhat eurtailed in length ; but to give it
e.vienso would weary the reader, Dyaks have a strong tei
dency to prolii^ity aitd circumlocutions, both in their ordin; _
conversation and in their fulk-lore ; and delight to use a dozen
similes where one would do ; aud to repeat over and over
again the same thing in difterent word^, apparently with the
double object of showing the extent of their learning, and to
iill up time. This song of Klieng's exploit, if given in full,
would take nearly a whole night to sing, especially by a good
Dyak rhyraist who would amplify it with extemporal additions
of his own ns he proceeded, Sutficient is here re-produced
show the main points of the 8t<iry ; and to unveil the regi
of ideas with which Dyaks will amuse themselves in the vacai
hours of the night. The singer lies on a mat in the very di

KLIENO^S WAR-RAID TO THE SKIES. 287

light of the verandah of the house and rehearses the myth in
a slow monotonous chant ; whilst his audience are sitting or
lying around, listening to his periods^ and commenting or
laughing as the mood suits them.

These songs of native lore would be more interesting if
they contained references throwing light on the former history
and condition of the Dyaks ; but I have found little of this
kind to reward a search through many pages of verbiage.
This legend of Klieng's, putting aside the prodigies of it.
describes the life and habits of the Dyaks as we now see them :
and the only gleam into a different past which it gives is the
reference to the sacrifice of human victims, which probably
formed a not uncommon element of their religious rites in
remoter ages.

I must add that the translation is as literal as I can make
it ; but I am conscious of how much the peculiar characteris-
tics of the original have been lost in the process. A perpetual
play of alliteration and rhyme, and an easy rythmical now of
the lines are of the essence of all Dyak folk-lore : but I have
not been able to re-produce these in the English.

J. PERHAM.

Note. — I append a few qaotationfi from the Djak to iUustrate the sound
and measure of the original.

Dnduk di tikai rotan anyam lemantan indu, di Entigehim tanam tun«angr.
Dudnk di tikai lelingkolc anyam Lemok ti bejulok Lulong* Bintang-.
Empa pinang puda ti baru lega nelagu langkang.
Pakai pinan? kunchit ulih Ui^ercpit ruang tebawang.
Sirih Bidok ti betumbok tujoh ti^ang.
Pium tasot ti ngelumut takang kelingdang.

When Bulan ^fenyimbang fainta through violent ezertioms two guardian
Bpirits come to his aReistance: —

Angkat Bunsu Entanjing ari tenfriching wong nunggang.

Angknt Buuhu Rembia ari puchok tapang undang.

Lalu di-tegu enggo jcngku tunjok jari.

Di-tata enggo lala minyak angi ;

Xyau kckcbiit di inggnt tapa kaki,

Nyau kekebak di luak tungkul ati.

Lalu angkat Bulan Menyimbang.

288 klieng's war-raid to the skies.

The tempest Btriking the fruit trees and hoasee is thus put : —

Bibut xnupat ancrin kenchang,

Buah manuka uda beti^rane.

Nyau chandong di snkong' Umba medang,

Nyaa ngensiat di atap jaon^r jerenang.

Bibuh apa tu bangat nda bodu,

Ujan apa tu lalu uda leju ?

Klieng curses his enemies in a fe^ words half metaphorical half lite

Tebang nibong begantong surong,
Bebah ka tan^ arong jalai ;
Kebok kertik enggo atau Tedai.
Tebang nibong begantong snrong,
Bebah lea tanah puting jamban ;
Kebok kerok enggo atau Chendan.

'•?Qi'i^]^^^i^£^-

VALENTYN'8 ACCOUNT OF MALACCA.

(Resumed from p, i^i of Journal No, \^ of June, 1885.^/

Upon hearing this, Mr. Matelief, growled not a little at
the Bandahara, and threatenel to meation it to the King, who,
he was sure, would order more troops at once. The King hav-
ing promised him some 1,200 men, Mateltef once more land-
ed with 300 men of his own troops and 800 Malays, fortified
a brick house, built a bridge over the river, and took the con-
vent ; but a short time afterwards requiring some more Ma-
lay troops, and the King having sent him only 200 men, he
could not do anything else but try and starve out the town ; he
landed some more guns to enable his troops, covered by some
rough wooden intrenchments, to approach the town gra-
dually, though they were still very much exposed to the
fire of the Portuguese Forts St. Domingo, Madre de De<^8,
St. Jago, and to that of the convent of St. Paulo. In the
meantime, the Governor, Andrea Furtado, had been
fortunate enough to introduce secretly into the place some
people from the neighbourhood, whilst, a short time be-
fon» our troops had landed, two galleys coming from Pahang,
had smuggled into the place a small detachment of 60 Euro-
pean soldiers. On the other hand, many of our troops got
sick, paitly from overwork and partly from excess in drinking
arrack and eating fruit; finally two vessels called the United
Countries and the Erasnnts coming from the Maas and arriving
off Malacca on the 14th July, brought relief to our troops. He
now had eleven vessels with him, viz., the Orange, the MiddeU
burg, the Mauritius, the Black Lion, the White Liim, the Great
^UH, the XatiSftu, the Amsterdam, the Small Sun, and the two
vessi Is mentioned as coming from the Maas, and besides these
he had seven sjnall vc.-sels. Now and then were sorties made,
soniefrcm the town, but without any result, neither did our
troops make much progress, and there were daily many sick
people among them. This lasted till the month of August,

200

tilenttn's account or Malacca*

when Mr. Mateliep got the news that a ttrong Portugt
fleet was approactiin^.

Ko sooner had Matelicf received that intelltg^ence than h
gave order* to move the artillery ba k a^aiu from Carap-i KUi
and to re-embark all the baggai^e. Five or aix day* befjr«
having made a general inspeetioa of his troops, he foand the
etitl niiraliered 1,*^D men, among whom were some 32 wounle
and 16^ sick. Yet, he siiled with theie tro ip'i on tha l/E
August* and about noon fell in with thf^ Pjrtugnese fleei
which he fired upon until nightfall. He found that the flee
consisted of 16 heavy galleons, 4 galleys, I caravel, and I
other craft, manned by 3J54 Europeans and abaut twic^ a
many natives, with which it wa^ intended to conquer Atjch
Matikka, Djoh t, P.jhani^, Patani, Bantam and Amb >in i.

On the 18th the Nassfnt, before she could weij<li anchoi
was bo irded by one of the enemy's vessels, wbereupoa the ship
Ofange and Middtlburg hastened to reli. ve her; but iq ther
hurry these two very awkwardly contrived to get eatanglci
with each other* Alvaro Carvalho, the Portuguese Vice
Admiral, perceiving this, at once hosirdeii the MifidelAurg, a
the same time Don Esrique oe Norinua's galleon biarde<
the Orartf^e on one s^ide whilst Don Dcarte ok Gukrea's gal^
leon attacked it right forward on the bows. ^^

The Mauritius, seeing this, went immediately for Don Dua^|
when-upou a fierce bitth* ensued, in which the Portugu««9
as well as our men, fought valiantly

At last the MauntiitSf set firfj to Don Duirtk'h galleon anc
thus freed itself, but the Mithidburg romaiuing entangled witi
Alvaro Carvaijio's and Don Duarte's g^illeons, all thai<
three vessels were destroyed by fire, thongli most of the cren
of the Middelhitrg were rescued. Alv\ro Carvilho and 4C
or 50 of his crew, who tried to save themselves in one ^f thi
hoiM of the Mifidrlbnrg^ were all killed by the crew of thi
Ortmge ; even Cakvalho was not spared^ thoogli M^tklief difl
his utmost, to rescue him. Mateukp, who with his v**ssel lh4
(Jrfiiige had boarded Don Exriqi K de Nohinha^s irafloon and
had possessed Iiimsclf of her two fli*g^, summoned him tc
hatil down and to siurreiider. NoiiimiAi lowering fiis last flag
conveyed the impression that he was about to surrender, aad

VALINTTN^S ACCOUNT OF MALACCA.

291

by dint of this stratagem » escaped out of the bauds of hii ene-
ini'»8. However, his galleon hari bt^cii riddled by canuoa-balk
and he had lost the greater part of bis crew.

The Nnftsfiu was set on tire by her two Portuguese assailaiiU,
but her whole crew were rescued* save six men who had been
killed in t^e action. Wc ]o«t in this engagement off Cuho
Ilacbado, 2 vessels, *24 men killed, and a great many wounded.

The Portuguese too lost 2 vessels, but tficy had about five or
sixbun'Ired men killed, amongst whom were the following nobles,
heads and captains of the navy, viz. : — Vice- Admiral Alvaro
Carvalho and Fehnaxdo da Silva, his relation ; Duarte db
GuERBA, captain of a galleon ; DiEoo Oktez da Favorba,
Don Manuel JIascarenhas, Manuel d'Alhukebke, Sebas-

TIAAN m MlRANDI, AnTONIO Bl SlLVEIRA, DoU KxttlQUE OE

Castro, Manuel he Mello and also two Spanish Dons on
board of the Viceroy's vcsseL But for the row^ing galleys,
their loss would have been heavier still, for, assisted by th*i&e
vessels, they were able to move about even in a dead calm.
Matelief resolved on the ]9th to attack the fleet again j
weighed anchor on the 20th and got engaged on the 22ud with
almost all his vessels, viz., the Orange, Mauniiu^^ Witte Leeuw
( White Lion ), Zwarte Leeuw ( Black Lion ), Era^mm and the
Grmie Son (Great Sun)*

But as the enemy eontinually retreated, our vessels were un-
able to do tliem much damage.

During the night of the 24th the Portuguese fleet chang.
ing its tactics, marie for ours very suddenly. This produced
a panic amongst our people at first, the more so as it wa=t night
more or less and thus our vessels got very much separated
from each other. Soon alter, however, they joined company
again, and all running before the wind, the eneray had to give
up the pursuit, and returned to Malacca* With regard to the
Portuguese commanders and captains of the navy and the
size of their vessels, I have found a record of the following,
viz. : —

Don Paulo tU Porlttgars ship of 1000 tons. [raP« vessel.)

Don Martin d^Alphonso „ 1100 „ (The Vice.Admi*

Don Pedro Marenam „ 800 „

292

valbntyn's account or malaoca.

Sebastiaan Soarez
Don Fmnehco de Norlnha
Don FninciRco de >oto/jiqjor
A If 1 01/ to de ^oii:fa Fnlvon

700

7oa

500

Besides 3 galleys nnd 12 bar«^e9.

The names and tonnage of those of our vf&sels wl
still Wit jiie the follow! ng» viz. : — j

The Omufje of 700 tons (the Adinirars vessel, >
^, (fiOnleSon (Great Sun) of 501

6»0
5 •O

Erasmtts

Verccnigde Land en (United Countries*)^

Jlauritim ^, 700 j

^, Amsfevdfim ^,8001

^^ Swarle Lentw { Black Lion) ,, 6U0

J, tViile Leeuw (White Linn) „ 600

^, Klpint Sou { Small Sun) ^, 20O '

Willi these vosstlji, Mr* Mateliep sailed to Djol
the 2 1th of An^aist, and the next day he lost sight of tfc
tiigucsc fleet, which returned to Malaeca. On thej
Septeinbtr, he entered the river of Djohor where
came to rnet-t him and welcomed him,

Mr. ifATKJJEF Bailed oti the I8th ditto to Batu)

settle several urgent matters, among which the chief
hurry on the King to fortify his town (which could
be donej if the ^^laltiys would but woik) ; scondly to
his fleet with provisions : in the third plaec to bi
King to tend some prahus to Atsjien and Mnlakka, to
whetlicr Dutch vcs>eU hud arrived there, and finally
wlicther gunpowder could be got somewhere. But *t
lays wanted ns to fortify their town, and gnnpowdei
of the worst quality) was not to be had for love Q|^
So Jin Mat£L1E1'' discovered, that it was siinpljfl
of time to have any more dealings with this King^
Malays.

Batn Sawar is a town situated it or 6 miles up th
of Djohor, which is at that place %'ery beautiful, bn
deep, and has tlierefore a supply of fresh water* The

VALENTYN^S ACCOUNT OF MALACCA. 293

part of the country is low, and the houses are built on piles
alons^ the river. There are two fortresses — one called Bjtu
Sawa *, one Kota di Sabratig.

I3atu Sawiris abDut l,^i03 paces ia circumferen3e, almost
square, and is fortiHe 1 with palissades 40 feet hig i, standing
close together ; it is further provided with some inferior out-
works. It is built on level ground, close to the river,
a quarter of an hour's walk from the nearest hills, and
the river could easily be conducted to the pla<'e. Inside, it
is thickly inhabited and filled with Mttap houses; bub thosa
of the King and some of the courtiers are built of wood.
Kota Sabrang is about four or five hundred paces in circum-
ference and also is almost square. There are about three or four
thousand men able to be ir arms within Batu Sawar and Kota
Sabrang, though most of the people live outside the fortress.
The whole of the land belongs to the King but that does not
matter mu^Ji, for if people apply for it, they can get as much
as they like; it looks very fertile and abounding in trees. Ad-
miral Matklief gave the King several plans and good sug-
gestions for the fortification of the place, but the Malays were
too indolent to work. Hence, perceiving that it was beyond
his means to c»)nquer Malacca just then, and that thereby
the first clause of the recently concluded treaty became void,
Matelief begged the King to grant the Dutch a place for
their residence. The King gave him permission to choose any
place in the country that he liked, provided, however, that he
should be bound to fulfil the other articles t»f the treaty.

The King on the other hand solicited of Matelief a piece of
land in Malacca when it should have been taken, which was
granted to him on proper terms. This however looked very
much like selling the skin of the bear, before it had been caught.
The prince furthermore asked for the loan of some hundreds of
rix dollars, nay even one thousand, which sum he would repay
in such goods as we might wish, promising at the same time
that he would not ask for any more money, until the first loan
was repaid. Secondly he demanded that the Ministers oE the
States should assist him against all his enemies, either on the
oflensive or the defensive, and finally that, on his request,

294

valentyn's Accoinrr or Malacca*

they Rhould assist liim also with «hips, troops, gun.% etc., and
that Matklikp should remain there with his fl*^et until the
arrival Irom Holland "f the other ve^seli^. Mr. Matelief re-
plit*d to the King that a thonsaiul rix dollars did nut matter
much to the Dutch, and that, as he (Mr. Mateliep) did not
care to have that amount racntionerl in a treaty which he hnd to
conclude fur the ^linisters of the States lie would give it to him
from his own private funds provided tliat the prince would al-
hjw him and his countrymen to trade in the countrv. So the
prince withdrew this tii'st dausc. As for the second clause,
JIateliff Bfiid that, the Ministers of the States not being ia
the habit of declaring war unrighteously, they could only pro-
mise to defend him against his enemies, but, as for actinjr on
the offensive, they would never join him against any other
power than the Portuguese. And with regard to the third
claus«=^, he said that our vesselsj etc., should always be at fats
service. The Kinjj then pointed out to our people a piece of
land 30 fathoms !?quare. Mr. Mateliep was yery much asto-
nished at this, und told him, that though it would do for the
present, we should by and by require a much larger place
for our trade in his country.

When the King requested him to remain there until the ar*
rivulof other vessels, Matklikf convinced hira that it was not
in Ins power, as two vessels had to go to Holland in December,
but that he would certaiuly remain there till December, so as
to I'Ti'lect him as long as possible^.

Thereupon this second and subsequent treaty was signed in
Batu Sawar on the 23rd of September. Ii seems that about
;histime Don Anuhea Furtado oe Mendoza was succeede
as Governor of Mjtlakka by one Don Antonio dk Menesi
a son of Don Dtarte be ^JENE.SEZ, late Viceroy of India, buf
he did not feci inclined to accept the Governoi'ship unless the
Viceroy first made peace with the king of Djohor.

t*ur Admiral having received the news that several store-
ships^ sailing under convoy of some Portuguese men-of-war,
were on their way to Malakka, left Djohor on 17th October
with the intt^ntion of attacking this convoy.

Arriving near Malakka he counted 7 vessels^ viz., the Vice-

VALINTTN'8 ACCOUNT OF MALACCA.

295

roy'e vesBel, called La Conception, the best armed of all tha
vessels uiid commanded by Cuptam Oon Mavuel de Masca-
RiiNBAS; the galleon 5/. NioolaM, witli 19 bms4 aud 5 iron
guns, under the command of Dju FEttNAVDO \n lIiscAaENHis,
who had his brother Don Peoao with him ; tha Si* Simoan,
Captain Asdrke Pesoa ; the Todoa os 53^i^6s, Captain D^n
FftiNt laco DE N,»ai\HA ; the Sjnia CVm:, un ler the ciinmitid
of Vice-Adtniral SEUAiTiAV Sovkez; tbea aiuther oae, the Lir-
gest of all the vessels, with Uoi Kaulj de Pirfugil as Cap-
tain aud one m *re, much stuiller^ the :it, AtUaaio, Capt^tn
AsTtism DE Souzv Falc\on.

By order of our Admiral, tha vessels Oranie^ Oroole Son
and Vereenigde Landen were to attack jointly one of the
Portuguese vesicls; wUilst our other vesj^eh had tj prevr*ut
the enemy from coming n-ar. They thereupon rcsjlved to
attack in the night of the 21*t the Portuguese Vice-Admirars
ve:isel, but a calm compelled them to postpone it till the next
day.

On the morning of the %lnA he atta'jkei the enemy in the
roid^, and eaj^ttired the St- NicoiaH, which could iijt be pre*
Vented by the Viceroy ; bat by the carelessness of our pejple
this ship g<»t free ag-iin, thjugh Mr. Matklikf had already
given orders to set tire to her.

In the meantime, the Oroite Son, Swarie Leeuw and
MaurifitfS had br>arde I the St. Sit/i'ian and after ha v nig
captured her they burnt her with her whulc crew. Tlie Efasrnua
attacked the Santa Cruz, but was at first beaten back ; the
Mauritius then coming to her assistances tht^y j >intly cap-
tured the said vessel, n fine galleon of U brass «nd4 iron gui»s.

Am^ng the many Portuguese nobles who fell in this battle,
were Don Fernaxdo de MAscaRE>JBAS, Captain of the St,
Nicoi^fSf and his brotiier Dm Pkdho ; lion Francisco de
N OKI NBA, Captain of the Todos as Santos ; Ha tholoMe de
Ft>Ksi!:C'i, JoRoe Galvan and iJoii Peuko ok MAscARt;NEi «s
son of Don Gekonimo de Ma^caremms^. Aliog. fher tlR*y lost
5il Eurupeiins. and on the 2inl our people c:iptured a <other
galleoii, the St, Simoan, in wfpch they seized 11 hrass aud
2 iron guns, 3,00t> Ifes of gunpowdei*, and a great quantity of
wiue aud provisions^

We took in this buttle 4 g illeons, almost without a
worth meiiti ning; the only deplumlile casualty that happened
being, that 75 mt-n of our people (amonj^ whom were Klajli
Janssoox Melknap, skipper of the IVitfe Leeutc, the super-
cargo Jaques de Colkna^r, ami the subfactor Hans Vky
Haoes) who went on board the Santa Crus with the
intention of plundering^ were blown up in her and perished
miserably,

Tlirce more ships of the enemy which ran agroimd weti
destroyed by fire. fl

Tho whole fleet of this Viceroy Don Maktin Alfoxsm^I
Castro h'oungcst snn of Don Anton mi t>k Cascais) which hmi
arrived only the year bi*i*<>rc, ctmsisted tf 18 gulleonsj, 4 v
cjiravel and 2.'4 bar«;e!^, manned by 3»TO0 Europt,,
whom 2,95 i were soUiiera and 7-SO saihjis, besides the hhc\
crews who numbered many more; iiud it was with this flee
and these troops that he intended ^o conquer the whole o
Southern India and to punish all the refractory princvs
States.

Tlie following are the names nud particulars of the iresae
the said fleet : —

1#^— The Nosm Senhorn de Conrepfion of 1,000 toili
Capttin Mantel de MA^tCAKENHAs, with 24 guns ani
180 I'uropcan suldiers, besides a number of Europe?!]
and black sailors. On the 2l>th of October this galleoi
wa- destroyed by fire ofi'Malnkka, either by Matelw
or by the Viceroy himself for fear that we ahould dg^

loie o

2n^/— The S^nn Fahador of 900 tons» Captain A Li
DK Tarvalho, with 18 guns ond 180 European Sdhf
bcsidrs the Murope.'in and bljick sailors. Mr. Mate
Lii p fnirnt this galleon on the 18th of August off C.'ab*

Kacltado.

3rfif— The San Nicolas ri 800 tons, Captain Don Fan
NAKiiO DE JIascarenuas, witli 19 bia?? and -i inm gun
and iMil s* Id.er* ; Mr. Matelikf dcf* atc<i this galley
off Malukka ou ;^2nd October, iu which cngagemei

VALENTYN^S ACCOUNT OF MALACCA. 297

the crew excepting 8 men were killed. The Viceroy
himself ordered her to be destroyed by fire on 29th Oc-
tober.

4M — ^The galleon of Don Enrique db Norinha, of 900
tons, 14 brass guns and 160 soldiers, captured by Mate-
lief off Cabo Rachado on the 18th of August.

bth — The Santa Oruz of GOO tons, Captain Sebastian
Soarez, with 10 brass guns and 80 European soldiers, it
was plundered and burnt by Matelief off Malakka on
22nd October.

6t/i — The San Siinnan of 900 tons, Captain Don Fran-
cisco DE Sotomajor, with 16 brass and 2 iron guns and
160 European soldiers. This was taken, plundered and
destroyed by fire off Malakka on 23rd of October.

7th — The Todos os Santos of 800 tons, Captain Don
Francisco de Norinha with 130 soldiers, this vessel
was sunk with her whole crew.

8th — Don DuARTE de Guerra^s galleon, of 1,000 tons, with
15 brass guns and 108 European soldiers, destroyed by
fire off Cabo Rachado on the 16th of August.

9th — The Nossa Senhora de Soccoro of 800 tons, Captain
GuTiERRE DE MoNROY, \vith 15 brass guns and 140
European soldiers.

10/^ — The Don Antonio of 240 tons, Captain Antonio
DE SouzA Falcaon, with 10 brass guns and 47 Euro-
pean soldiers ; she caught fire off* Malakka on 29th Octo-
ber.

Wth — The Nossa Senhora das Mercis of 800 tons. Cap-
tain Don A.LVARO DE Menesez, with 14 guns and 120
European soldiers.

12^// — The galleon of Jacomo de Marais Sarmento of
800 tons, 14 brass guns and 80 European soldiers.

13/^ — Jan Pixto de Morais^ galleon of 800tonSj with 15
brass pieces and 140 European soldiers.

1 \th — Jeronimo Botelho's galleon of 300 tons, with 12
brass guns and 100 European soldiers.

VALKNT

15//*— Manuel Baretto's galleon of 500 tons^
brass gims and 100 European soldiers.

16///— Tlie San Marlinko of 8(K) tous, Captain Dot
LoBo, with 22 brass guns and 150 European Sc
This waa lost off Manaar in Ceylon*

\7lh — Captain Don Paulo de Purtugal's ^0

1,200 tons with 1,200 guns. This had no soldic
many nicrchants and passengers bound for Cbiua.
Viceroy destroyed tbi^ vessel off Malakka on
October.

I aUff

\Sth — The galleon of Captain Dox Ajjtonio oe
(now Governor of Malakka)* This vessel
Holdiers but many merchants and passengers ;
for China but was lost off Cape Comorin,

One of the four great royal galleys was very badly dm
oflf Cabo Rachado : 854 European soldiers, besides a ^eat
ber of sailors and rowers were on board of the said four I
and tweiity-tlirec barges,

Jn short nine otit of these eighteen galleons were h
very heavy loss indeed for the Portuguese, who had ha
presumption to think of subduing the whole of Indiaj ^dt
fleet, wbereas this siege of Malakka by Mateliet e<^|
about 6,000 men. ^^

Matelief sent word to the Viceroy offering to set at li
all Portuguese prisoners in exchange for all Uutch prison

lie merely requested a ransom for the Portuguese of
extnietion, to wlueli t|je Viceroy made objections ; tipon '
Mr. Mateliei' Bcot him word, that^ if the Holhinders (
bering hut four or ^ve) were not set at liberty that very 1
he, would early next morning, issue an order to thixjw over
about two hundred Portuguese prisoners, adding at the
time, that probubly Don ANimEA Furtado had given
{the Viceroy) such unreasionable advice, so as to make
despised by the whole world.

It was decided by our people that a ransom of 6,000 i
should be paid for the following prisoners, viz, : — Andiuu

VALKNTVN 6 ACCOUNT OF MAl.ACCA.

299

SO A and Sebastiaan Soahez (both c?aptains of galleons), then two
ce.Misins of >OAiiii:z, then Juan Bravo who commatnied the
galleon of Don Antonio de Menksez, the Governor of Malak-
ka, then one Don Fernando del Mercado, a merchant and
finally a priest.

Admiral Mate lief was not pleased with this decision^ for
he did not like to introduce the practice of ransoming men into
India, but it was carried by a majority of votes, under pretext,
that this ransom, when distributed amouj^ the sailors, would
make them in tlje future more willing to tij^ht.

When up to the 28tli of October not one Hollander had yet
come back, Matalief convoked an extraordinnry meeting of
the Cooucil to reconsider the queytiou uf t!irowino^ the Portu-
guese overboard ; but whilst they were still deliberating, two
prahus approached our vessels coutuitiing three I)ute!iraeu, who
declared that there were really no more Hollauders here in
Malakka, bat that thtre were still four or five more in tlic fleet off
the xNicobar islands. Wlierenptm the Portuguese were liberated
and hmded on the 1st of November. One Don Kodrtgo
»' A COSTA having agreed to take a letter to the Viceroy of In-
dia in which he was requested to set at liberty and to send to
Djohor all the Hollanders who were still prisoners iu India, our
Admiral gave him a passport for a whole year.

About this time (the 12th November) Mr. ^Matelief order-
ed the ship Khine Sun to take back the ambassador whom
the Prince of Kcidah had sent to him to invoke his as-
sistance against the Portuguese, whilst he (the Prince) nhould
attack them by lamL Tliough Matelief knew that this same
Prince had welcomed the Portuguese when they [lassed his coun-
try and that he only came hecause he (Matelief) had beaten
the Portuguese, still he promised him his assistance.

Ho first despatched thither the Amsterdam w^ith the super-
cargo Jasper Jansoox, arriving himself on the 19tb before
Keidah. The King having warned him on the 24th that
there were two boats in the river filled with Portugurse and black
soldiers^ Matelief despatched thither one galley and one barge
under the orders of Pikter van uer Di ssen who soon returned
with only five Portuguese, who had left Malacca thirteen days

VALEJCTVN S ACCOUNT OF

before nnd bad been chused by Malay pirates.

Matelief finding that this little King was deadly afraid o^
the Portuguese and that his help would not be of any value^
left the place again on the 27th, Super-cargo Cobj? klis Francx,
who w»s factor at Djohor in 1G07, bt^haved so ill in September
of that year, that Hscaal Apins was at a luss what to do.
When Matelikp, on his arrival otf the river of Pahan^c on
Uth November, 1607, heard from the King that both the Vicf-
roy of India and the Governor of Malakka had died, he de-
cided not to stop long and sailed from there on 10th,

FiBcaal Martinis Af*X8 left Djohor tfiat year and
formed M atei.ief that if no vessels came for the relief of !
hor, the King would certainly makepeace with tlie Portutt-ui

In December^ he had also heard at Bsmtam that the Pot
gucsc had destroyed Djohor by fire and that Rajah Sabra
who lived at Lingga, was strengthening himself at that pla
Abraham van dkn Bkoek was super-cargo of our (^onipanj
Djohor in December, 1008 ; a month previously onr people "
captured, off Malakka, a Portuguese carraek. When in Ja
iir\\ 16U0, Admiral Pieteh VVillkmssoon Verhokven
Djohor, he thought proper to give Van dkn Broek the
command of the vessel De Boode Leeuw and to put in his place
super-cargo Jacques Obelaar, together with the secunde
or j§ub-fnctor Abraham Willkmssjoon de Ryk, the connoisseur
in diamonds Hector Roos, with three assistants and some other
people : at the same time he ordered the Roade Lceutr
and the yacht Grijfioen to anchor at the mouth of the
river until the Ut of July, in order to protect the King against
the Portuguese. Such was the course of things here in
reign of king Alawaddin III, who died in 1610,

He wasauceeefled in the same year by Hulthan AnouLLi
Sjah, who waB the 17th Mahiv king, the 5th of Djohur, and the
1 1th Mohumedaa Vm^, This king reigned eleven years over
thi.*^ people, from 1010 to 1621, and hut very few events of
initjjoranee happened during his Government.

In 1610 he wu.s reputed for being attached to us more tt
any other Indian Prince, for which reason he and his cam
had to suffer very much from our mutual enemy.

He was succeeded in 1621 by Sulthan Mahmood Sjah, thu

LJOT

the
over

ts of

valentyn's account or Malacca. 301

18th Malay king^ 6th of Johor and 12th Mohamedan kfng. He
reigned but three years^ and was then succeeded in 1624 by Sul-
than Abduwalil Sjah II, who sent the princes Rajah Indra
Lellah and Magat Manchur as ambassadors to Holland.

He was the 19th Malay king, the 7th of Djohor and the 13th
Mohamedan king, and reigned 47 years^ \nz., from 1624 to 1671.

It appears that during his reign the Empire of Maningcabo
was subject to his authority. Our Company tried ovpr and
over again to build a fortress there (Admiral Vebhoeven being
the first one who did so), but they never would allow it.

Though our first attempt to conquer Malakka (made under
Admiral Mateliep in 1606) had proved unsuccesful, our
Company, still hoping to be some day the rulers at that place,
constantly gave their thoughts to it. The seventeen Directors*
had previously given orders in 1623, to besiege Malakka
jigain, but nothing could then be done.

♦The loaid r£ acmi inalicr. of tie Eutih E I. Ccu fcry cornetec of 17
dfputitB, tLiee of ifvLkh i^tie otjuttd Ly AiLf>Uidf.m.--lLe TrtnUatcr.

ON MINES AND MINERS IN KINTA, PfeRAK.

HE valley of the Kiata is, and has been for a very
long time essentially a mining country. There are
in the district nearly five hundred registered mines,
of which three are worked by European Companies,
the rest being either private mines, i.e,, mines,
claimed by Malays, which have been worked by
them and their ancestors for an indefinite period,
or new mines, in other words new concessions given indifferently
on application to Malays and Chinese. There are about three
hundred and fifty private Malay mines, and it is with these
principally that the following paper will deal.

So far, no lodes have been discovered in Einta ; it is, how-
ever, probable that, as the country is opened up and prospec-
tors get up amongst the spurs of the main range, the sources
of the stream tin will come to light.

Mining in Kinta, like mining in Lfirut, is for stream tin,
and this is found literally everywhere in Einta ,• it is washed
out of the sand in the river beds — a very favourite employment
with Mandheling women; Kinta natives do not affect it much,
although there is more than one stream where a good worker
can earn a dollar per day ; it is rained for in the valley, and
sluiced for on the sides of hills ; and lastly, a very suggestive
fact to a geologist, it has been found on the tops of isolated
limestone bluffe and in the caves * which some of them con-
tain.

This stream tin has probably been worked for several cen-
turies in Kinta ; local tradition says that a very long time ago
Siamese were the principal miners and there is evidence that

* Report on the geology and physical geography of the State
of Perak, by Revd. J. E. Tenmsos-Wood, f.g.s., p.l.s., Ac.

ON MINES AND MINERS IN KtNTA^ FSRAK,

very extensive work lins been done here by somel
time when the method was different from that whic
raonly adopted by Kinta Mahiys at the proseut d%}
are at least fifty deep well-like pits on the I^aliat
aging about eight feet in diameter and perhaps twf?t?
deep.

Further up country, I liave seen a large pit which the i
called a Siamese mine ; this is about fifty feet in dianiet
over twenty feet deep a!id its ti>^e may be conjectured fr<
virgia forest in which it h situated. Ticaidcs theso^ at
places extensive workin<C'S are continually brou.^ht to 1
the country is opened up, and tlipse tipjiear to have be
undisturbed for at least a hundred yeiirs. Further,
of old work is furnished by skh^ of tin of a shai
that which has been used in P^^rak in the memory]
persons ; and only a few weeks ago two very j>erfcc
stones '* of an unusual shape and particularly ah^
were found at a depth of eight feet in natui-ril drif
may^ perhaps^ have been used to grind grain.

So peculiarly is Kinta a mining district, that
Sakiiifi of the hills do a little mining to got some
wlierewilh to huy tlie choppers and sarongs which th~
sell i*i them at an exorbitant pricf.

The Malay pammiff or medicine-man is probably t\
or of vnrious remnants and traditions f»f the rcligi
preceded Muluirnmadanisra^ and in the oldt^u time thi
of persons derived a very fair rcvciine frum the exer
their profession, in propitiating and M!ariug tliusc is%|iiri<
have to do with mines und miners; even now, altboUj
^[alay puwrnig may squeessc a hnudrc<l or perhaps two hi
dollars out of the Chini se towkfitj who comes to mine
in Malvya» the money is not pi*rh ips badly invc«^t«»j
Chinaman is no piuspeetur, whereas a guod MaLiy pcM
a wunderfnl 'nose* for tin^ and it may be aiisumefl
(*hinese ftjtrkttf/ and, before his timCi the Malay miuj
not pay a tax to the fmitutrnj, unless they had Home ^_
believing that, hy employing him and working undcr"^
there would be more ehaace of success than if they \
only on their own rcsponHibvlity,

giflH

ON MINKS AND MINERS IN KINTA, PERAK. 305

Tiie j>awaiig being a person who claims to have powers of
divination and other imperfectly understood attributes, endea-
vours to sliroud liis whole professiou in more or less of mystery.
In his vocabulary, as in that of tlie gutta-hunters, special terms
are used to signify particular objects, the use of the ordinary
words b:.ung dropped ; this is called *' bahdna pantang. "

The following arc s )mc oF the special terms alluded to: —
Ber-olak tinff(fi\ instead of gtijuh — elephant. The elephant
is not allowed on the mine, or must not bo brought on to the
actual works, for fear of damage to the numerous races and
dams ; to name him, therefore, would displease the spirits
( haniu ),

Ber-olak ddjwr, instead of knching — cat. Cats are not
allowed on mines, nor may the name be mentioned.

A tiger of enormous size called ller-olak is said to haunt
Kinta. The legend about him is as follows : — A long time ago,
in the pre-Muhammadan days, a man caught a tiger kitten
and took it home ; it grew up quite tame and lived with the
mm until he die 1, when it returned to the jangle and grew to
an enormous size, nine cubits ( hasta) long, it is still theic,
thcnigh nubody ever sees it, it does no harm, but sometimes
very large tracks are seen and men hear its roar, which is so
loud that it can be heard from Chemor to Batu Gajah ; when
heard in the dry season, \i is a sure prognostication of rain in
fifteen days' time.

Sial, instead of kerbau — water-bufialo. The buffalo is not
allowed on the mine for the same reason as the elephant.

Sala/i nama, instead of li man nipis — lime (fruit). If limes
are brought on to a mine, the haniu ( spirits ) are said to
be olibnded, the particular feature of the fruit which is
distasteful appears to be its acidity. It is peculiar that
Chinese have this superstition concerning limes as well as
Malays; not very long ago a Chinese towkay of a mine com-
j)lained that the men of a rival konr/si had brought limes and
scjueezed the juice into his head race, and furthermore had
rubbed their bodies with the juice mixed with water out of his
head race, and he said they had committed a very grave
oGciice, and asked that they might be punished for it.

ON MINES AND M1NSK8 IN KINTA, FEEAK.

Willi Malays this appears to be oue of the most important
** fnittam/^' rules, and tu such u loiigtli is it carried thot
'* iteiavhun *' (shrimp- paste) is not alltiwed to be brought on to
a mine for fear it shoiihl induce people to bring limes as wcll»
lime j nice being a necessary adjunct to belachan when prepan^d
for eating.

}:uah rumput or Uim/a rumpitt, instead of b{ji — tin sand.

Akar or Jkar huiop^ iuNtead of w/«r— snake,

Kunyit instead of Upan — centipede.

Batn ptfieh in^Xead of ft in ah. — metallic tin.

It is important that the ' Pawantf* should be a marked man
as to personal o]»pearanee ; for this reason there are certain
positions of the body wliicli may be assumed by him only
wjien on the mine ; these attitudes are, — first, standing with
the hands clasped behind the ba(k, and secondly with the
handft resting on the hips , this second position is assumed
when he is engaged in iuvorating the "spirits'' of a mine;
the pawmtf/ takes his station in front of the ffen(f'
fptianfj, having a loirg piece of white cloth in liis right hand»
which he waves backwards and forwards over his shoulder
three tintcs, each time calling the special hanhi whom he
wishes to propitiate, by name ; whilst enguged in tbiN invoca-
tion bis left band restB on bis hi[j» During the performance
of any professional duty he is also invariably dressed in a
black coat, this nobody but the pairan^ is allowed to wear on
a mine. These attitudes and the black coat comprise what is
tecbnicully termed the pakti pawam/.

The professional duty of the pawang of a mine consists in
carrying out certain ceremonies, fur wliicb he is entitled to
collect the customary fees, and in enforcing certain rules for
the breach oi which he levies the customary fines. ^

^ About 187f^, the nrincipal iKtivaiuj of the LA rut district, one
Pa'Itam Dam. applied to me as A&sistant-I?ei*ident to reinstate
hiat in the duties and privilege© which he had enjoyed unilor the
Omrig Kaya Muntri luid, before him, under Cuk Lono J'affab.
He described the customary ceremonies and dues to be as fol-

ON MINES AND MINERS IN KINTA^ PERAK. 307

At the time of the opeDiDg of a mine he has to erect a
geng-gulang and to call upon the tutelary hantu of the
locality to assist in the enterprise. The fee for this is one bag
(karong; of tin ssind.

At the request of the miners, instead of a geng-gulang^ a
kapala nasi may be erected, as cheaper and more expedi-
tious. The fee is one gantang of tin sand.

lie also assists in the ceremony of hanging the ancha in
the smelting house, his principal associate in this is the
" Panglima Klian,'' who draws the ancha up to its proper
position close under the attaps.

1. Haw cotton must not be brought on to a mine in any
shape, either in its native state or as stufling of bolsters or

lows : — He had to visit all the mines from time to time especially
those from which tin ore was being removed ; if the daily out-put
of tin suddenly decreased on any mine it was his business at once
to repeat certain invocations {pnja ) to induce the tin-ore to re-
main (handak di-pulih halik sapaya jangan mengarang hiji). Once
in every two or three years it was necessary to carry out an im-
portant ceremony {puja besar) which involved the slaying of three
buffaloes and a great feast, the expense of which had to be borne
by the pawang. On the day of the puja besar strict abstinence
from work was enjoined on every one in the district, no one
might break ground or even pull up weeds or cut wood in the
whole province. Further, no stranger whose home was three
days' journey away, might enter one of the mines under a penalty
of twenty-five dollars.

The pawang was entitled to exact from the owners of mines a
customary payment of one slab of tin (or 06.25 in cash) per an-
num for every sluice-box (palong) in work during the year.

In any mine from which the tin-ore had not yet been removed
it was strictly forbidden to wear shoes or to carry an umbrella ;
no Malay might wear a sarong.

The Chinese miners, always superstitiously disposed, used (under
Malay rule) to adhere to these rules and submit to these exactions
but siuce 1875 the pawang has found his occupation and income, in
Larut at all events, gone.

Ed.

306

ON MINES AND MtNRRS TN KIBTTA, ?S11AII

mattrcsftcs. The fine {hnkum pmvang ) is )$12.50 ; the ordi-
nary pillow uaed by a miner is made of some soft wood.

2. Black coats and t!je attitude« designated pakef
watHj may not be assumed by any one on the mine vrilh
ciceplion of the pawantf, ( Huktim pawang^ $12.50.)

3. The gourd used a^ a water vessel by 3Itday«« all dl

criptions of earthen ware, gla^?* and all sorts of Innrs
lemons and the outer husk of the cocoa-nut are prohibit
articles on mines. ( Hnkum pawaiuj, §12.50,)

Note, — All eutin-^ and drinking vcisck should be uutdc \
cocoa-nut shell or of wood, the noise made by cart lie
ware and ghi^s i;* said to be offensive to the ka^i
But in the ca«e of a breach of this regtilatiou
pawfiHfjf would warn the otfcnders two or three tin
before he claimed the fine.

4. Gambling and quarrelling arc strictly forbidden
mines^ the fine is claimed for the first otfcace, (tiu

pavmnif, $12.50,)

5. Wooden arpioducts {pa/oftr/) must be prepared in
jungle a long way from the mine. { Haknm f/awaur/^ 5125C

The noise of the chopping is said to be offensive tu

hanttt.

6. Any breach of the bahasa paniang in an offence. (J

kuni jjawanfft §12.50.)

7. Charcoal must not be aUowed to fall into the

[Ilukum pawaftg, .^12.50.)

8. A miner must not wear, and go to work on the
in, another man^s trowsers, (Ilukum pawang, one karong of I

!*and.)

Noit\ — This applies only to the shi^tr svluar baaah^ or wo^
ing dress. It is also an offence to work iu
garment called mroiitj,

9. If the chvpak (measure) of tbe mine is broken, it mtj
be renewed within three days. {Hnkum pawang, one bh€
of tin.)

ON MINES AND MINERS IN KINTA, PERAK. 309

10. No weapon may be brought within the four posts of
the smelting house which immediately surround the furnace.
[Uukmn powang, $1.25.)

1 1 . Coats may not be worn within this space. [Hukum
p(mang,S^\.2o.)

12. These posts may not be cut or hacked. (Ilakum pawang^
one^slab of tin.)

13. I f a miner returns from work, bringing back with h im sotne
tin Sandy and discovers that somebody has eaten the cold rice
whicli he had left at home, he may claim from the delinquent
one karong of tin sand. The pnwang adjudicates in the matter.

14. An earthenware pot {priok) which is broken must be
replaced within three days. [Hnkum pnvm'g, one karong of
tin sand.)

13. No one may cross a race in which a miner is sluicing
without going some distance above him, up stream ; if he does
he incurs a penalty of as much tin sand as the race contains
at the moment, payable to the owner of the race. The pawnng
adjudicates.

10. A A;-/.*?, or spear, at a mine, if without a sheath, must
])(' carofully wrapped in leaves, even the metal setting [simpei)
must be hidden. Spears may only be carried at the "trail."
{flnkuin pawaffgj uncertain.)

17. On the death of any miner, each of his comrades on
that mine pays to the pa trung one chupak (penjnru) of tin sand.

It will be noticed that the amount of the majority of these
fines is S12. ,")(); this is half of the amount of the fine which,
nndrr the Malay customary land, a chief could impose on a
n/////// for minor olTcnccs. It is also the amount of the cus-
tomary dowry in the case of a marriage with a slave or with
the widow or divorced wife of a ra^iyaf.

The ^Falay miner has peculiar ideas about tin and its pro-
perties : in the first instance ho believes that it is under the
protection and command of certain spirits whom he considers
it necessary to propitiate ; next he considers that the tin itself

310

ox MIXES AXD MIXERS IX EIXTl, PSRAK*

is alive and has many of the properties of living matter, that
of its own volition it can move from place to place, that it
can reproduce itself, and tliat it has special likes — or perhaps
affinities — for certain people and things and vice-versd.
Hence it is advisable to treat tin-ore with a certain amount of
respect, to consult its convenience, and what is^ perhaps,
more curious, to conduct the business of mining in such a
way that the tin ore may, as it were, be obtained without its i
own knowledge !

I append a vocabulary consisting of a few Malay wordi ^
which are more particularly connected with mines and miners.
The language is so susceptible of change that, unless a record
is kept of such terms, they may, perh&ps as the method of
working alter, be entirely lost. As it is, I imagine that the
majority of these words and expressions ( being technical )
have never as yet found their way into any dictionary.

Ambil, or Tanah AmbiL — The ore-bearing drift, wdjich |

Chinese miners call karang.
Ambil guj\ Oil ff, — The upper beds of drift.
Amhil gahor.^T\\e middle beds of drift.
Ambii besar, — The lower beds of drift.
Ambit biji, — The process of sluicing after the tin-bearing^

drift has been thrown into the races. /'See ]

isi parii, J

The following is the order of the respective |

processes included under this term. 1.

Mefuj^nnbei. 5. Mtiomjt/a par it. 3, Meraga

hofti, 4. Bcrltttula. 5. Ber-pang^juL 6. Ma-

hng. 7 Pandet (for c ;plauation see these

words) .
Ampang.~ik dam,
Anak Kelian, — Mnlay miners who are liable to pay a tax to|

the mine-owner.
Ancbff. — A square frame T 6'*' x V G'', composed of strips!

of split bamboo for the floor and four pieces

ON MINES AND MINERS IN KINTA, PERAK. 311

of peeled wood for the sides, — the proper
wood is k yu sungkei* because it has flat even
twigs and leaves which lie flat and symmeti-
cally — these must be bound together with
a creeper; rattan may not be used; it
is hung to the tulavg bumbong just under
the attaps of the smelting shed : it is used
as an altar, the oflerings made by the miners
to the spirits being placed on it.

Aijor atas. — The system of using water-power to throw down
the earth into the sluicing races.

Aytr minggang. — Where water-power is not available at the
top, but can only be brought half way up,
bark shoots being used.

Ager kuak, — The system of throwing down the earth into
the head-race by manual labour.

Behas. — Free of tax, thus the pawamj and penghula kcfinn
each have one water-race bc'has,

Batang hari kelian. — The tail race of the mine into which
all the races [parit) flow ; all the tin sand
which reaches the batantj hari kelian is the
property of the mine-owner. (See parit) .

Batu fulang. — Great wall-like masses of rock, generally lime-
stone, which stick up and may alter the
level of the bottom by a precipitous drop
of many feet.

Batu a fiipar.— The bed-rock. (See tangloh).

Batu kachau. — Small stones placed in a parit on the right
^';.d left alternately so as to create a ripple.

^' Srprrfi sungkri he-rtudftm ''like a Roaked aungkei stick." —
AVlicn the suvgkri stick has been noaked for a long time, say three
months, the peel comes clean away ; proverbial expression used of
a person " cleaned out."

Ed.

ON MIX£g AXD MINERS IN KIKTA^ FERAE

Baiu menungt/aL — Nodules of limestone rock appearing
through the surface of the gn niml.*

Batu sawar. f — A line or row of rocka,

Benting, — Ad emhaukment,

Ber-kaif, — The process of lifting water or drift by means of
the hail. (See knit),

Ber-pafiffffuL — The state of a race which is fitted with the'
dams called patiqighL

Bd'funda — To drive the tin-bearing drift sjtud — after the
stnnes have been thrown out — down the
races ; it is done by pushing and lifting it
down stream with a pengatjuli memtlak^i
(See anibil biji).

Btji,—Tm sand,

Blji anak. — Small bright crystals of cassiterite.

Biji hangat ov h(m(fii». — Fine slag and drops of met allie
from the furnace*

Biji ihtt^ — ^Masses of tin ore especially if mixed intimut
with matri?t.

Biji iti nil, —IMnck diill-lonkiiig; ores.

Biji iahi — Ijight ores, wolfram, tourmaline, &c%

Bitkn. — A slab of tin.

Chdpak. — A wooden plate for lice.J

4
N

• Also called batu renong^ because the miners meeting auch

obstacle canuot remove it, but can only stop and stare at it (reiiang,
to stare).

Ed.

t Btttu ^rtfmj*.— Ihere ia a le^t^nd aliont a linntiiif; party in ti
forcKt. All the iih'Ij were iirpanued iti a row heating tlio jtiu^lo h
^amo when fciaiig KaJembei hailed them and they w*ere turoi
into Btuno.

Ed. ^

J The orilinnrj vhapnk in dcniieKtie use is Bmaller than the dv/an^jH
hut in the mines the larger platfer is called chftpak and the smaller^
one duhn</.

1©^^^

ON MINES AND MINERS IN KINTA, PERAK. 3l3

Chukei senduk, — The duty or rent due to the owner of a
furnace for the use of it. The customary
duty was, if the owner of the furnace was
the owner of the mine that produced the
tin to be smelted, two kali of tin for every
knroftf/ of tin s*ind smelted ; if the owner
of the furnac^e was not also the owner of
the mine, one lati of tin for every karong.

Dagul. — A covered drinking- vessel made from a cocoa-nut
shell. It has a small aperture and is fitted
with a rattan cord for carrying it. ( See
sikul.)

Dasar. — A drinking vessel made out of a section of a cocoa-
nut shell ; used as a food or water-vessel.

Dulang. — A round slightly concave wooden tray from 1' 6''
to 2' G' in diameter used for washing ore in
the process called melanda or meriau.

Demluiang* or peraup. — A small nearly oval wooden tray
measuring about 1' 6" long and 9 inches to
1 foot broad used for lifting the partially
cleaned drift and ores into i\ie paltmg during
the processes called malong and pandei.

Entah or tanah entah, — The flat surface left after the top
layers have been sluiced away by hill min-
ing and ground sluicing. It may contain
tin or not.

It is still workable by the methods called
iebok and ludang,

Gabin, — Pipe clay.

Genggulang. — The platform or altar erected by the pawang at
the opening of a mine. It should be built

♦ Dcndulang, — The buttress of a forest tree out of which a
small round or oval tray may be fashioned. Dendulang is also
used of a piece of metal inserted between the shaft and blade of
a spear.

Ed.

k\ \US¥j& ash HlStn* KN Kl^bTA^ riCAAR

wav.

imnd

pntircly of ' htpu sitnf/kci', TLe wood u
|>cclc(l, except the four branches which »enr<
H.'* l)i*stH, ibcM? :irc only peded up to t^
;tii(l leivc!* whi^ili urc left ou, nhi^tt
ineh*.'» fioia the fjround. At .'I foet
from tht< ;^rou[^d a s^quare platform l.
peeled sticks about 1 foot 1$ eiicfa
1% fti ningctl ; one foot ubovc the
of the phitforni ?isort of railing in fixed round
three side^ of the sqnnre and from the
open side n hiddrr with four steps reaches
down to the grouiuli the railing is curried
down to the ground on eich aide of the
Kidder and »upport« a fringe of cocoa-nut
leaves ;jftrt'fi/htn). The whole erection
must be tied together witli creepers, rattan
must not be u»ed,
(ieh/c.^A coeou-nut-shell drinking vessel, (PataTii dialect.)
Oumitt* — The tally aticks by wliich the feeding of the fur-
nace ii* reekonctl ( see mcfti/frntbus ) made
of bandiot), ub(>>ut »i\ inchest long,
f/itHi/ he/hi fi. — ^'Ihe dnty payulde to the owner of the mine.
'i'hc customary rate waj^ one-&ixth of the
mitput for excavalious ( tebok and hulauif)
inid one- third of the output for hill mining
( Uih.

hi pariL— Tihii act of throwing down the drift into the racesJ

( see ami a biji
Juvi fijfftfi. — A fringe made of the young white leaflets oi

the cocoa-nut palm phiited together.*
Jampi. — The incantation of the paicang,
KaijH kachau. — Small sticks stuck into the races fmawerin,
the ^aine purpose as bain kackau.

• FoEDES TTientiona a * palmleaf fringe " upcd in certain rites
>,y the Kalangft of Jara. ( A NaturoliBt's Wanderings, p. 101.)

ON MINES AND MINERS IN KINTA, PERAK. 315

IQdan tangan. — A small flat piece of wood about 5'' x 3''
and half an inch thick, used to scrape the
the drift out of holes in rocks and into the
(lulaiifj.

Kiut. — An application of the old fashioned balance pole for
lifting water or drift from an excavation.

Knit ayer. — The pole used for lifting water only, in this
there is only one movement, a straight lift.

Kdii raga. — The description applied to lifting drift only, in
this there are two movements, the first
whereby the basket is lifted straight up
from the hole and the second whereby it is
carried round a part of the circumference
of a circle and deposited at some distance.

Kapala nasi. — A stake of peeled wood ( kaf/u svnghei )
stuck in the ground, the top of this is split
into four so as to support a platform similar
to that of the (ict^g-gulang. Offerings are
made upon it. *

Karang, — A term used by Chinese to express the principal
tin-bearing drift ( ambil bcsar).

Kannig gattlang. — A term used by Chinese to express the
upper and inferior beds of tin bearing drift
( ambil gu no ng ).

Karong. — A measure of tin sand. The measure of capacity
whereby tin sand is reckoned in Kinta is as
follows : —

Custom beloav Ipoh.

2 cfnipak inah -=- 1 chiipak ampat.

2 chupak ampaf -^ 1 penjuru,

6 pe?ijuru --= 1 karong anam.

* * It is quite a common thing in Java to encounter by the
vayside near a village, or in a rice-field, or below the shade of a
fircat. daik tree, a little platform with an ofl'ering of rice and pre-
pared fiiiit.s to keep digease and blight at a distance and propitiate
the 8j»irits." (A Naturalist's "Wanderings, Pobbes, p. 103.)

Ed.

316 on mines and miners in kinta, pbrak.

Custom below Ipoh.

S penjuru -= 1 karong delapan.

Raping. — A slab of tin; also a customary weight,
tin weights are : —

10 kati of tin -^ 1 rinygit timah.

Ampatringgit {ti/na/i) karoriff 8uku ^3.75 = 1
8 keping ^= 1

This kati should be equal to the weight of thi]
l&rs.

Kelian, — A mine. It is noticeable that the Sakai

mine simply pnrit,
Kong. — Chinese expression equal to the Malay tanglo
Kulit akar, — The upper two or three inches of mouh

diately above the tanah padi,

Lampan. — A. process of getting tin ore by sluicin
bed of a mouutain stream or iu si
in the hills where water can be obt^

Levis. — To mine on the hills.

Lomhong. — A term used of a large excavation, a
mine.

Ludang. — A small shallow excavation ( Malay ) wl
be baled with a penimba chtuik.

Me-malang. — The process of cleaning the ores in '
paiopg ( sluice-box. )

Mdsak. — To smelt.

M^landa. — To wash drift or sand from a river bed
lang. There is in Kinta a saying or
connected with this process. It is i
person who takes his wages every d
earns it, or sells his produce as qu
possible. ^'Rupa orang me-landa, die
makan hari itujuga"

Meraga batu, — To lift the stones out of the race
basket.

ON MINES AND MINERS IN KINTA, PERAK. 317

ife-longga parit, — Having lifted the stones out of the small
race, to drive the sand containing ores down-
stream.

Me-ravp, — The act of lifting the rich dirt into the palong
with the (hdang pe-i avp in the process called
memfihfug.

Mc-riau. — A word meaning the same as me-landa.

Me-mvpuf, — To smelt tin in the Chinese fashion (the same
as puput) .

Naik'ka kelian. — (Lit. to go up to a mine). The universal
expression, whatever may be the position of
a mine, for going to a mine.

Mentjumbci. — To stir the dirt in the small race in order to
break up lumps and liberate the stones. (In
Chinese mining this is called me-lanchut,)

Mengiimh us,— To smolt tin in the Malay fashion.

Mt'tigiimhus pelant'tr, — The same, keeping an account of the
ladles of tin ores as they are put into the
furnace (l^y this the reliefs at the bellows are
reckoned). The account is kept by moving
one of the tally sticks along a rattan line.

Palong. — A sluiec-box made of a tree split in half and hol-
lowed out. One about eight feet long is used
in the in'occss called ine-mahng; the other,
five leet long, is used in the process called
pa /I 'hi.

Pandri (mema)i(hi) . — The final washing of the ores in the
t^niall palong.

Panc/iur. — A spout of water falling from a height on to a
j)l '.tform on which is placed lumps of stiff
clayey drift which it is desired to reduce;
or a cascade fallin^^f over large stones
amongst which arc thrown lumps of clay
for the same purpose.

Pantjgul. — Small dams placed in the races to retain the rich
dill which is afterwards washed up in the
\or\g palong.

318 ON MINES AND MINERS IN KINTA, PERAK.

Pantang hurok mata. — The period of mourning c
when a death occurs at a mine.

Mourning consists in abstention frr
(in the case of a neighbour or comn
three days, or, in the ease of the deat
paxvang, penglinlu kelian or the feudi
for seven days. The expression is
from the supposition that in three c
eyes of a corpse have quite disa]
Chinese miners have a similar custoi
ever goes to assist in the burial of i
must not only abstain from work, bi
not go near the mine or smelting fur
three days.

Papas, — To liftoflF the overburthen and get it out
way.

Papas dengan oyer. — To get rid of the overburthen ^
assistance of water.

Parit. — The small races in which the miners work.
tin sand washed up out of the par
property of the anak kelian after th
paid the hasil kalian,

Penakong {takong). — A dam with a valve whereby wa
be retained in a reservoir and alh
flccnmulate.

Peii'Chubak. — A digging-tool made of iron with a
handle.

Peti'Chubak kayu, — The same but all wood.

Peagoyuh. — A wooden spade with a handle similar tc
a paddle.

Pengayuh menibelah. — A large description.

Fengayuh scmbat. — A small description.

Pmgayuh penyodok or petigikis or sudip,* — A small
ment used to clean the spades with.

♦ Sudip. — A stick or spoon used to stir puddincs (mi
doduT). It has a handle and therefore differs from the stii
kuau.

When working the tan ah padi the pengayuJi her-uhonq <
made of two pieces may be used, but when working the tat

ON MINES AND MINERS IN KINTA^ PERAK. 319

Pengayuh batang aendiri. — A spade made entirely of one

piece of wood.
Penimba or pcnimba chuak, — A vessel used for baling^ it may
be made of bark, the cover! ug of the efflores-
cence of the pinang tree {npih) or of any old
tin box or vessel.

Perasap, — Half a cocoa-nut shell, a cup, or any other vessel,
in which votive ofl'erings of sweet smelliDg
woods and gums are burnt.

Pelantar. — The ladle with which the tin is put into the
furnace.

Raga, — A basket.

Raga jurong. — A basket shaped like a spoon with a tip cut
oflf; used to take the stones out of the
race. It serves the purpose of a sieve, as it
lets the sand through.

Raga sidik, — A basket of the same pattern only smaller.

Raga tala. — A flat shallow basket used with the kait to lift
dirt out of the mine.

Raya rtlun. — A smelting furnace. The Malay furnace is
supplied with a blast produced from two up-
right cylinders the pistons of which are
worked by one man, the furnace is built
like a truncated cone, on either side there
is a hole and supply hopper to feed the
slag, the charcoal and ores being put in
the top. The hoppers are called palong.

Pilau semut, — The Chinese furnace, without a blast.

Relau tongkah, — The Ilokienese furnace built on a stand,
the foundation being three or four iron rice-
pans (kualt). It is iron bound, and supplied
with a blast ; it will burn soft wood charcoal.

Sikui. — A cocoa-nut shell water vessel like the daguL

Suak. — The source of a head-race, e.r/., suak gunong or mak
redang.

or tin-bearinj» stratum the />^»^a//MA hatnng sendiri and no other
mav be used.

En.

fjK MtNEH AND M1NB1IS IN lUKTA^ PERAK.

Santjlka. — A receptacle in which to buru offerings (

woods and gums; it i« made of a stick of
bamboo about three feet long, one end be*
ing split and opened out to receive the
charcoal it is stuck in the ground near
races and heaps of tin sand.*

Suryf or mnutjrtit, — The process of getting rid of the sand
by driving it down the stream

7 a hi biji. — Sec biji.

Takong. — A dam.

Tail ayn\ — The head-race of a mine.

Tanah mnbil. — (See amhll),

Tanah iwan^.^Drift which is not worth putting through

process of washing overburthen. Equal to
tanah papas,

Tanah Uris. — High ground which is available for hill
mining.

Tenah padi. — Made eaith, immediately below the top inch
or two of mould called kulH akar^ It may
contain tin ores or not. ^—

Tanah papas. — ( See papas,) ^M

Tat in gulang. — The pnwang*s fee for the ceremony oP
erecting a genggulang.

Te^a.— Laterite. M

Tekoji^. — Slag from the furnace. ^1

Tebok, — \b. excavation larger than a ludang^ and which
cannot be baled with a penimba^ a ^^ik
must be erected. ^H

Tanghh. — -The sub-stratum of earth or clay below the are.

Tumi tanah or tuan kelian. — A mine-owner.

Tukang npl—HhQ smelter. ^|

A. HALE, ■

Intpect^>r of ATtnei, Sinia^

• See No. 2 of this Journal, page 238. The derivation of the
name of this primitive Malay ceust^r from the Sanskrit t^ankka
{conch -shell) 1ms been poi tiled out (Malay Manual, p. 32). Fohbei
notes havinr; seen in a *?acrerJ grove in Java ** the remnants of small
torches of sweet gums which had been offered." (A Naturalist*!
WaDderiiigfl, p. 97), Ed,

ENGLISH, SULU, AND MALAY VOCABULARY.

R Thomas Hexry Haynes haa commumcated to
the Bociety, througli Mr* Noel Trottkh, a vocabula-
ry of the language epoken in the Sulu Islands. This
^^ A. . is prioted verbatim in the first and second columns
;-y^^ of the following pages. In the hope of adding to the
I interest of this paper^ from the philological point of
view, I have appended a third columnj in wliich the Malay
origin of certain words which ha^^e escaped the author's notice
is pointed out, and references are given to the equi^^alents, in
other languages of the archipelago, of certain widely-spread
words. The latter are given on the authority of Favre's
Malay Dictionary (Malais-Fran^ais). Dr. Montano, who
visited Sulu between 1879 and 1881 gives a short account of
the language *: —

'^ The Snlu language is only a variety of the Bisaya ; the pro-
nunciation and the greater part of the roots are the same; it
includes, however, a larger number of strictly Malay words.
The Reverend Father Fuederico Vila has been kind enough
to shew me a manuscript grammar and vocabulary drawn up
by the Reverend Father Batllo during his residence in Sulu.
It is from this source that I borrow the following details r —

•' There is no special article in Sulu (as there is in the Ta-
gal group of languages) for proper names. In (eqtiivalent to
ang in Bisaya) is employed both with proper names and with
substantives ; Norn., in : Gen* fiina or hi ; Dat., Ace, Ablat., in
or 9(1,

'The plural is denoted by the particle mha ; in kuda, the
horse ; in mha kuda^ the horses.

* BappoTt k M, le MinUtre de rinBtniction pablique sur une Miamon atix
tlee Philippinfie et en Malaisie. Paris, 1SS6.

' The substantive and adjective, which arc indecl _
formed as in Bisaya; ka^tapus^an, end, from tapus; Jta-mbt
inheritance, from mba, heir, pa-mumxtkut, fisherman, from
mukut ; ma*tigai, from (igajs, strong, stout ; ma^haggud^
haggud, cold, cool ; ma-manis^ from manis, beautiful/^

" The comparative and superlative are formed either bi
repetition of the positive, or by the word labi, more^ or el2
the particles detii and ninJ*

*' Examples : — marayao, good ; marayao-marayao, or of
fjao denif better; marai/ao sin, excellent/^

" Inff karut ini a8ibi\ ioffua in yafio in labin asibi, in ki
labi pa asibi tund. This bag is small, but that one is aM
and yours is the smallest of all/^ ^^

** The mode of expressing a verbal sense is that of thefi
language. The auxiliaries to be and to have, expressed by
particles man, hay, aun, are very often left to be understi
hay is sometimes contracted into y, which is used as a su
ako-y ma-sakit, I am ilL Ikao miskin na, you are poor. .
raun karabao ako, I have a great many buffaloes. The fo^
tion of verbs, as mag^sumpan, to serve, mah-msat, to com
encourage, and the conjugations appear to be in conform
with those found in Bisaya/'

'* Pronouns and adjectives only differ from those of
Bisaya language in certain trifling peculiarities."

'* The panditas and daios of Sulu can all write with q
Like the Malays, they use the Arabic character with ali
modifications. The Malays hardly ever use the vowel si|
whereas the natives of Sulu never leave them out and Q
those among the latter who know Malay are unable to t
works io which these signs are omitted. At least this is w
I was assured of by the late Sultan of Sulu, who was th^B
distinguiaheti Bcholar in his Empire." mk

"The Sulu dialect is spoken by all the Malays, or MofH
Mindanao, Palawan, Balabac, Basilau, the archipelagoes
Sulu and Tawi-Tawi and of the North of Borneo/* ^m

W. E. U.

333

PRONUNCIATION.
(Sulu.)

soprano.

atone.

came.

ten.

sleep.

tin.

long.

go.

too.

soot.

jug.

ai
ei

kite.

cow.

infer, or as in German.

toy.

i.'

singer.

* siffiiifies '

''Biinilar in Malay.*'

T. H. HAYNES

-:o:-

AbbreviationS : — ^Jav. signifies Javanese ; Kw., Kawi; Sund.,
Sundanese ; Bat., Battak ; Mak., Makassar ; Bug.,
Bugis ; Day., Dayak; Tag., Tagala; Bis., Bisaya; and
Malag., Malagasi.

Ed.

^^ 324

^^H

^^^^^ENGLISH,

SULU, AND MALAY

VOCABULARY. ^^

^^^^^H Ettgiisk,

SuIh.

Malay, ^^^|

^^^^ A

hkmhvtk

^^1

^^H Ability

* kapindian

ka-pandei-an ^^^

^^^H Abjure,

* taubat

taubat (^f'.)i to repent

^^^H Able, to be

m4kajeddi; mAkajer

^^^H Above

^ AtAs; h&tAs

atas

^^^H Abscess

bautut

^^^1

^^^H Abscond, to

nic^gwi

^^^H

^^^H Absent

wfllia di

^^^^1

^^^1 Abundant

mataud; mataut

^^^1

^^^P Abuse p to

maning&t

^^^1

^^^H Accept, to

taima

^^^1

^^^1 Accompany^ to

agat; mikibAn-ibSn

^^^1

^^^P According to

bihaian

^^^B

^^^H Abeam

bilokin

biluk-kan. to tack ^^B

^^^H Account

itongan

hitong-an ^^^|

^^^H Accurate

b{intul

^^^H Accuse, to

m^'bitik

^^^B Accustomed

hadat; blAksa

*adat {A r) ; biasa ^|

^H Ache

s4klt

sakit, ill, in pain ^|

^^H Ache,

ma*sikTt

bcr-sakit ^^H

ma&slam

^^^H

^^^1 Acquaint^ to

baita ^IxU^^ ) ^^^H

^^^1 Acquainted, to be IcTl^han

^^^^^H

^^^H Across

bAb^k

^^^^1

^^H Act, to (do)

hinSlng

^^^

^^^H Act, to (play)

panaiam-naiam

main. Bat. mayam

^^^H Active

blskai

^^^H Admit, to (to
^^H place)
^^^1 Adornj to

^jsfiGd

daijauTn

^^^^k

^H Adrift

Andd

^^^^^1

^^H Advice

binda

ENGLISH, SULU, AND MALAY VOCABULARY.

825

English,

Sulu.

Malay,

Advice, to ask

mingaiyok n&sThat
dfimth^l nisThit

nasihat {Ar.)^ advice

Advise, to

Advocate, to

tabSng blcharikSn

Affair

*h41

hal {Ar,)

Affectionate

m4'k4sTh

ber-kasih

Affiance, to

* bStfinftng

r menunang-kan ;

\ ber-tunang, affianced

Affirm, to

m4mbit&k

Afraid

m^bfigi

Aft

hdbfilT

After (place)

mAhfili

After (time)
Afterwards

V obus yeto.

Afternoon

mahipfin
makb41Tk

Aeain

kembali

Aie

* om6r

*umur {Ar,)

Agent

*w4kn

wakil (Ar.)

Agree, to (enga
Agree, to (to be

ige)m4ksfirfit

I r p&ktaimanghfid; p4k-

friends)

1 b4gai

Agfreeable

maraiyau

Agreement

* perj4nji4n

per-janji-an

Aground

sumignat

Ague

hinglau

Ahead

h&unah&n

Aim, to

m&ktuju

menuju; bertuju

Ajar

m&kiput

A as

* 4doi; 4rfiT

adui

All

kataAn

Ally, to

mikiwan

Alike

sAlI

Alligator

bfiaiya
boW

buaya

Alive

Almost

ftpit

Alone

Tsaisa

Also

is&b

Always

h4w5

ENGLISH, SULU, AND MALAY VOCABULARY.

827

English,

Apt ; clever

Armpit
Around
Arrange, to
Arrive, to
Arrow
Art

Artery

Sulu.

pandei

61ok

miklibut

pfik^t

hauTt

b&wang

*elmu

figat

Articles (goods) ftrta

As bia

As much as bihitutaut

As quickly as Ig^^^ttuud

possible J

As well as you can bii raiyau
As yet, not dipa

Ascend, to (a river) sum&ka
Ashamed ; modest masipuk

Ashes

Ask, to

Ask, to for

Assemble, to

Assist, to

Astern

Astonished

At first

At last

Attack

Attempt, to

4bfi

4ssuwu

mdngaiok

miktipan

* tfil6ng

hAbulT

herin

tAgni

mlhulT

tumlgbis

sfilai

Malay,

r pandei. Jav., Sund.
\ and Bat. pandi

*ilmu i^Ar.)
urat. Jav., Sund. and
Bat. urat; Mak. and
Bug. ura; Day.
uhat ; Tag. and Bis.
ogat; Malag. uzatra
rharta(Sansk.). Jav.
\ and Sund. harta

habu. Jav., Mak. and
Bug. awu; ^dX.habu;
Tag. and Bis. abo.

tulong
heiran [Ar,)

ENGLISH, SULU, AND MALAY VOCABULARY,

329

English,

Sulu,

Ballast

batu

Bamboo

pfttdng

Banana
Bandage
Bank of a river
Bargain, to

(cheapen)
Bark (of a tree) ;

skin

saing
kfibut
higAt

ItAwa
} pais

Bark ( of a dog )

usik

Barrel ; cask
Barter

t6ng
dftgAng

Basin ; cup

pTngAn

Basket
Bat

ambong
kAbok

Bathe, to

maigo

Battle

bunuhAn

Bawl ; to tAwak ; gSso

Bazaar ; market ; ") a^-^

(coast) |P^^»^"

do. do. ( hills ) tAbu

Beach pAsTssTr

Beads

Beak

Beam ; squared

timber
Beans ; peas

Bear, to ( support) tfil6ng
Bear on the head, to luttu
Bear on the ") , ^i*

shoulder, to |^*»""&

mAnlk-mAnlk
tuka
> pasAgit
* kachAng

Malay.

batu, stone
r betong, a kind of bam-
\ boo

pisang

tawar

tong
dagang, trade

Spinggan. Found also
in Jav., Sund., Bat.,
Day., Tag. and Bis.

rbunoh, to kill ; bunch-
\ an, slaughter

fpasisir, coast. Jav. and
"t Sund. also
r mani; manik. Jav.
\ mani

per-sagi, squared

kachang
(5^^ Assist.)

^^^^B 3S0 EKGLlSHi SULU, AND MALAY VOCABULARY. ^^M

^^^^^m English « Su/n

Ma/ajy. ^H

^^^^H Bearon the hack , to b&b&

— V

^^^^^1 BearinthearmSfto piepie

fbibit, to carry in the
t hajids

^1 '^"■i":!^r'h'^'"^

■

^^^^^B Bear children, to mik^nak

ber-anak H

^^^^^1 Bear ItuiI, to m&kbunga

ber-bunga ^^B

^^^^^1 Beard pdngut

janggut ^H

^^^^^B Beat, to ( thrash) pug pug

^^^^^P Beat, to (overcome) sumaug

^^M Beautiful {'"^jjj^"' '"^'^'-
^^^^^1 Because, * sebab

■

^^^1

^^^^^H Become^ to * jAdic

^^^^H Beef

^^^H Beetle llsubmg

^^H

^m MllSV": }^"""8"

■

^^^^^H Before ( place ) muna

^^^^^H Before (time ) mA'kHonl daing

^^^H

^^^^^H Before the wind iingTo ^bulT

angin belakang H

^^^^^1 Beg, to ( ask ) p6ngaLS

^^^H Behind h^blilT

^^^^^H Believe, to ( trust ] perchaiya

perchaya ^^H

^^^^1 Believe, to (think ) pikTl

^^M

^^^H Bell b^ktmg

^^^H Belly

^^^^H Below ; under h^b&wah

bawah ^^^|

^kandit, an ornamental

belt. Jav, kendit,^

waist'band worn ^^k

women ;Sund.i'^«^^B

^^^^ Belt kandlt ^

a string worn rouq|

the waist by women

as a charm ; Bat. gon-

dit, a child's orna-

mental belt of coral

English, sulu, and malay vocabulary.

3^1

English.

Sulu.

Bit ( for a

horse )

k&kan

Bite, to

kumfitkut

Black

hitum ; itum

Blade

sil&p

Blame, to

s&k

Blanket

siefim

Blaze, to

Blind

mal&ga

*bfiti

Blister (inmotherO^^
'. o pearl shells) J

: Blood dugiik

Malay.

Beside

In sip&k

Best

m^daiyau

Bet, to

tauh&n tuud

Betel-leaf (sirih)

bfiyuk

Betel-nuts, buds

bigaibai

do., green

bfinga

bunga, flower

do., red

bunga pol&h

Betrothed

tun&ngan

Between

h&gitdng

Beware, to

j4ga jdga

f jaga, to be awake, to
\ take care

Beyond ; there

dito

Big ; large

d&kol&h

Bind, to

hAkut

Tmanuk. Occurs also

Bird

m&nuk

3 inJav.andSund. In
1 Bat., Tag., and Bis.
V. manuk signifies fowl.

Bit (for a horse)

k&kan

kang; kakang

hitam or itam

shak {Ar,) suspicion

imelara, melarat, to
extend, spread. Jav.
larut; Bat. rarat;
Mak. lara
{bfita. YcN.wuta; Sund.
wuta; Mak. buta;
Bug. uta; Bis. bota

darah. Jav. darah and
rah; Bat. daro; Mak.
rara; Bug. dara;
Day. daha; Tag. and
Bis. dogo

332

ENGLISH, SULU, AND MALAY VOCABULARY.

English. Siilu.

Blood, of noble pAnkat

Blossom

sGmpTng

Blossom (bud)

pusud

Blow, to {with
the month )

1* tiup

Blowpipe

* sumpMn

Blue

bini ; biki

Boar ; pig

Board ( wood )
Boat ; canoe

( out rigged )
Boat (dug out )
Boat
Boil, to
Boiling
Boil, a
Bold ; brave
Bone

Book

bAbfii

dTgbie

> sakaian

gubAog

d^pang

lugni

b Ilka I

bautut

ma^4ssak

bokuk ; bukoeg

surAt

Afa/iiy.

pangkat, rank

Jrsunting, Jaw and Day.
sumpfng: Sund., Bat
and Tag, sunting;
Mak. sunting, a
I champaka blossom ;
I Bis. sonting, name of
t a flower M

rpuchufc, shoot. Jav,l
3 and Sund, puchuk;
} Bat./i/jw^; Mak.^w*
(^ chu

{tiup. Jav. and Sund
iiup; Tag. hihip;^
hoyop
sumpitan
f biru. Jav, bira; Day.
\ biro
babi. Jav., Sund. and
Bat. babi; Mak. an^
Bug. bawi: Day, bJ^
boi; Tag. and Bis. ba-
bong

goba

surat. Jav^i-rr^Z/Sund
Bat. and Day, surat;
Mak, and 'Bxig^suraj^
Tag. and Bis. su/atoi^
solat; Malag. suraia

ENGLISH, SULU, AND MALAY VOCABULARY.

833

English,
Booty

Su/u.
* ramp&san

Malay,

''rv°a:r''^i">*'"»">p^'

Border hig&t

Bore, to b&ren&han

Bore the ears, to tugsukan bolah bolah

Borrow, to mous

Bosom ; breast duduk

rampas-an
me-rampas-kan. Jav.,

Sund. and Day. rant'

pas

Bottle

* k&cha

Bottom

(of

a box)

bulTk

Bow (for arrows)

p4nah

Box

belul&ng

Boy

an&k Tssak ;

bita

Bracelet

gl&ng

Brackish ; salt maislm

Brand ( mark ) tanda

Brand (seal)
Brass

chAp
tumb&g4h

r dada. Jav. and Sund.
\ dada; Tag. dibdib

!kacha, glass. Occurs
also in Jav., Sund.,
Mak., Bug. and Day.

Tpanah. Jav., Sund. and
J Day., panah ; Mak.,
y pana ; Tag. and Bis.,
(^ pana^ arrow
r belulang, a hide. Jav.,
\ walulang

gelang. Jav. and Day.

gelang ; Bat., golang ;

Msik., gallang ; Tag.,

galang
/^asin, masin. Jav.,
\ Sund., Day., Tag.
y and Bis., asin; Bat.
(^ ansin

r tanda. Jav. ionda ;
\ Sund., Bat, Mak.,
i Day., Tag. and Bis.
(^ tanda.

{chap. Occurs in Jav.,
Sund. and Day.
Stembaga. Occurs in
Jav., Sund., Bat.,
Mak., Tag. and Bis,

nefas (Ar,)

/-angin. Jav.. Sundand

I Bat., artgifi; Mat. and

Bug., a^ging; Tag.

and Bis. /tangin;

\ Day,, angin, storm

Anghi dain ha hig^t

Angin dain ha laut

f pandAli ; pergjAntTn pengantin. Same

1 bAbai Jav, and Sund.

pergyAntTn Tssak

ijambatan, titi-an,
Sund,yW^/tf«;
Mak, and Bug, Jam-
ba tang ^
kang, kakang, bit

sApu
makulong

C chaliaya. Jav,, chahya;
X Sund., chahaya and
( chaya ; Mak., chaya

fpehhara and piyarir
"^ Jav., piyara

suwak, a creek W
sapu, sweep; peniapu,

broom. Jav., Sund.

and Mak., sapM ;

Day., sapa

ENGLISH, SULU, AND MALAY VOCABULARY.

33^

English. Sulu.

Brother (ordinarily) k&ka

'"r'ss"}'^'"^"^'"''

Bucket
Buffalo, Water-

bdldi
* karbau

Bug (bed) b&nking

Build^ to (a house) hin&ng bai

Bull
Bullet

Bundle

s&pie
p6nglo

* bungkus

Burn, to sunuk ; m&ksfinuk

Bury, to kuborin

Burying-place; U^fibor; kfibul

grave; J

do. (ancient) * krimat
Bushes k&ttan

Business

krfeja

Malay.

( kakak, elder brother
I or sister. Jav., ka-
] kang; Kw., Sund.,
j Mak., Bug.andTag.,
/ kaka ; Bat., haha ;
\ Day., kaka and aka

Hindustani, baldi

ikerbau. Jav. and
Sund., kebo; Bat.,
horbo\^\%.^ kalabao.

{

sapi. Occurs also in
Jav., Sund., Makand
Day.
peluru. Port., pelouro.
f bungkus. Jav., wung-
I kus ; Sund. and Day.,
\ bungkus ; Mak.,
-{ bungkusu; Tag.,
\ tongkos; Bis. bongkos;
I Bat., bungkus, hsLnd-
[ kerchief

{

kubur (Ar.). Jav. and
Day. kubur; Mak.,
kuburu
C kgramat, sacred, a
\ sacred place

^karja (Sansk. karya).
Kw., karya ; Sund.;
karia, festival ; Bat.,
horja, festival.

ENGLISn, SULU, AND MALAY VOCABULARY.

337

English.

Cane, Sugar-
Cannon
Cannot

Cap (percussion)
Capacious
Capacity (talent)

Sulu.

* tebu

Tspir
di-na-mAkajeddi

k6p

modk

*4kal

Cape; promontory * tSnj6ng

Capital (resources) pohon

Captive

tAwAnan

Care; anxiety susa

Care; diligence; I ^^^^^.

seek a living
Care, to take
Care of, to take
Cargo

jaga-jaga; jagahan
kumitAk; palThAra
luAnan

Malay,

tebu. Jav., tebu ; Bat.,
toiu; Mak. and Bug.,
tabu ; Tag., tubo;
Bis., tobo

C (The Malays also use
< the English word
(^ corrupted.)
muat, to load
r 'akal, {Ar,). Jav.,
-< Sund. and Day.,
(. akal; ^\^k.fakala

pohon. SxiTiA.ypuhun,
chief, elder; Mak.,
paong ; Day., upon ;
Tag,, pohofian^ capi-
tal ; Bis., pohon^ to
open a business

tawan, tawan-an.
Jav., Bat. and Day.,
tawan

susah. Jav., Sund.
and Day., susah ;
Bat. and Mak., susa
Tusaha. {See Indus-
\ trious)

jaga.

pelihara.

!
{

Carpet * parmldAnT

Carriage (vehicle) karusan

Carry, to * tAngg6ng

per-m^dan-i (from
Pers. or Hind, mi-
dan?)
(carossc ?)
rtanggong. Jav., tang^
J S^^S^ insufficient.
i Occurs also in Sund.,
(^ Bat., Mak. and Day.

338 ENGLISH, SULU, AND MALAY

English. Sulu.

Cartridge kilauchuchuk

Cartridge-pouch AbS-4ba
Cascade busai

I* Ml; parkAra

Case; circum
stance

Case (for trial) * bich&ra

Cash (Chinese ^^^^
coin) J **

Cask; barrel t6ng

Cast off, to (a rope)bugTt
Cast away, to bugit

Cat

kuting

Catch hold of, to ^

(a bough with >kum4put
a pole) 3

Catty (li lbs) * kati

Caution, to mikhindok

Cause; reason * sebab

Cavitv

lubAng

VOCABULARY
Malay,

C abah-abah, \
-< yoke. Jav
C Sund., aba

{

hal (^r.) I
Jav., prak
^ Sund., pe%
Cbichara. Js
J ra, to disci
y pichara, i
[^ Day., bic/ii

{

tong. (Dut<
Jav., Sund
Mak., fon^

fkuchingr.

< cAz'n^; Sum

K. Bat., hosing

rkati. Bat.,>
\ Sund., Ma
C and Tag.,

'sebab {Ar.)
»" Jav., S
Day.; saba
^ and Bug.
'lobang. Jav
3 Bat.. Iuba7
j lobang ; E

ENGLISH, SULU, AND MALAY VOCABULARY.

330

English,

Cede, to

Ceiling
Celebrated

Centipede

Centre

Certain; sure

Chaff (of grain)

Chagrin

Chain

Chair

Chalk; lime

Sulu.

■**■ serAhkan

lohor

* meshur

laipan

tengah

* fn

tanto

Apa

susa h&tei
bil4ngu
s6a
bSnkit

Change, to * (ibah

Change dress, to ganti t&mungan

Change one's

house, to
Chapter

> * pindah
p&sh^l

Malay,

Tserah-kan. Jav. and
\ Sund., srah ; Mak.,
(^ save ; Day., sarah

mashur (Ar.)

i lipan. Bat., li/fan ;

< Tag. and Bis., olahi-

L pan

ftengah. Jav. and
Sund., tengah ; Bat.,
tonga; Mak. and Bug.,
tanga; Day., tengah,

-<( some people; Tag.,
tang- ( in composi-
tion, as tang'hali,
mid-day ) ; Bis., ton-

tentu. Bat., tontu ;
Jav., tamtu ; Mak.,
Sund. and Day.,
tantu ; Tag. and
Bis., ianto

susah hati.

Tubah. Jav., owah ;
\ Sund. and Day.,
y obah ; Bat., uba ;
(. Malag., wi'-^wa
ganti, change. Jav.,
Sund., Day. and Tag.,
ganti; Bat., ganti;
( pindah. Occurs m Jav.,
(^ Sund. and Day.
fasal (ArJ

{

340

ENGLISH, SULU, AND MALAY VOCABULARY.

English.

Sulu,

Character (letter) * huruf
Charcoal ; coal billing

Charge ; cost ;
price

^h%a

Charity

zAka

Chart; map

* patcl

Chase, to

p&nhut

Cheap

moheit

Cheat, to

tipu

Cheerful ; merry ^ sen«^ng hAtei

Chest ; breast
Chew, to

dAghA

m&gmamah

Malay,

huruf (Ar.)

^ harga. Jav. a
re^^a ; Suni
Bat., harga
^^^gga : Taj
Bis., halaga
fzakat {Ar,)
\ jakat ; Mak

!peta. Sund..
Bat., pat a ;
patta

r mo rah. Jav.,
J and Day., m
I Bat., mura ;
L niora
rtipu. Sund. ai
\ tipu

dada

5me-mamah.
Sund., manu
and Mak., r,

pAnfflima: taudako-1 ,.

1 lah jpanghma

anak. Bis., b

Chief, a

Child "*" anik; bata-bata

Child (first born) * an^k sul6ng

Child (last born) ^ anak bongsu

anak bongsu.
bungsu ; Ba
su, the low
of the back
bungku ; Taj
so

Child, With
(pregnant)

j- berus

f Dr. MoNTANO giree mxira as the Sulu word for ••cheap."

ENGLISH, SULU, AND MALAY VOCABULARY.
English. Sulu. Malay,

341

Chillies

14rah; uvi to4d

Chisel

s&nkap

Chopper

ut4b

Choose, to

pn'kt

Chop, to
Christ

jug-jug
* N4bi Isa

Church

Cigarette

Cinnamon

14ng4r

sigArellTo

mina

Circumcise, to

* barsunat

Citron ; lemon

limau

Claw, a
Clean, to

tiindog
melino

Clear; transparent

Clever

Clock

t mas&wa
* pandei
lilus

tambul

Close-hauled

masAkSl

Cloth

kain

Clothes
Cloud

t^mungan X
dempok

Coast

p&sisTr

Coat

baju

Cock

minuk issak

Cock, Jungle-
Cock roach

labuyuk
kok

Cocoa-nut * nyor; lAhing

Cocoa-nut husk bunutlihing

'pilih. Jav. and Sund.,
pilih; Mak., pile ;
Bug,, tie; Day., ///A;
Tag. and Bis., pilt

sonat (Ar.)
riimau. Sund. Itmo ;
\ Mak. and Bug,, lemo

pandei.

kain. Sund., kain

rpasisir. Jav. and
X Sund., pasisir.
baju. Occurs in Jav.,
Bat., Mak. and Day.

(

{

nior. Jav., niu ; Mak.,
anjoro ; Tag. and
Bis., niyog

i pili, MONTANO.

Xpagoayan^ MONTANO.

342 ENGLISH, SULU, AND MALAY VOCABULARY.

English.

Sulu,

Cocoa-nut oil 14nS lihing
Cocoa-nut shell ugAb
Coffee klhiwa

Coil up, to ( a rope )loengoenoen

Cold
Comb

Come, to

mah&gud; mahig^ut
sudlei

fm^dT; k&rl; duma-
l tang

Come and go, to m4tu m4di
Comet lAk4g

Command (of a \jv*.
Raja) r'^^

Malay.

kahwah {Ar,)

man, (Bat., man
tang. Jav., dat
Sund., datang;
datang, as lonj
Tag., dating;
da ton g

Commerce

d&g4ng

Commit murder, to bunoh

Commit acrime, to dfisili

Common people * raiat
Communicate, to baitahun
Companion ibin

titah

( dagang. Occurs
\ lav., Sund., Ba
< L>ay. and Tag.
J Mak., danggang
^ Bug., dangkam
^bunoh, kill. Jav.
nuh ; Sund,, i«
to cut open; Bat.
J nu; Mak., bun.
I Bug., «„^^. Day.
no, to spear \
and Bis., bono,
^ fight

idosa, a sin, ci
Occurs in Jav., Si
Bat., Mak. and
ra*iyat {Ar,)

ENGLISH, SULU, AND MALAY
English, Sulu,

Compass (Mari- 1 »^^^^^j.
ner s ) J

VOCABULARY.
Malay

343

Compel, to
Compete, to

Complete

p&ksa
makito

genAp

paduman and pandu-
man. Jav. and
Sund., padoman ;
Mak., padomang ;
Day., paduman ;
Tag., paraluman ;
\ Bis., padaloman

' genap. Jav. and
Da,y,,genep ; Sund.,
ganap ; Bat., gonop ;
Mak., gana : Tag.,
ganap

Complexion digbus
Comply, to; obey Agit

Comprehend, to

mAkahatl

( meng-arti. Jav. and
(^ Sund., harti.

Compute, to

biling

C bilang. Jav., wilang ;
\ Sund., Bat., Mak.,
1 Bug., Day. and Tag.,
(^ bilang

Concubine

sahendn

Concertina
Condemn, to
( sentence )

Ambag-4mbag
j- muting

Conduct
Conference

kasudihan
btchAra

r ka-sudah-an, end,
\ accomplishment.
(See Case>;

Confess, to

baita

Confront, to

m^kbaio

Conquer, to
Cook, to

sumauk
hinin kaunoen

t Faybb derives this word from dam (Javanese), a needle ; but it may
perhaps be formed from pandu, a guide.

344 ENGLISH, SULU, AND MALAY VOCABULARY.

English. Su/u. Malay.

Cooking-place

Copper

Copy, to; trans-") « ^i-
cribe r ^^''"

Cord ; rope lublt

( dapor. Sund

d4p6r; dApfiran ^ Day., dapur

(. and Bis., da^

{tembaga. Oc
Jav., Sund.,
Mak., Tag. a
isalin. Jav., Su
Tag., salin;
saltng;T>3y ^s

Cork ( stopper )

tutop

rtutup and kat
1 shut
fgandum (from

Corn ( maize )

gAndam

-j wheat. Jav.,
C dum

Corner (outward) dugu

Correct ; accurate buntfilan

Cost

h&lga

(See Charge^

Cost, prime

poh6n

(See Capital}

Costly ; dear

mAhunlt

rkapas. Jav.,

Cotton

kipas

3 and Day., ka^
1 Bat., hapas ;
L kapasa : Bis.,

Cotton thread
(weaving)

- tink&l

do. (sewing ) s4ban

Cough

obu

Count, to

iftungan

(See Account;
rbenua. Bat., ba^

Country

* banfia

\ Polynesian, 7k
C fenua and hon

Couple, a (marrie

A) dfia miktiaun

Courtesan

* sfindAI

(sundal. Occurs ii
I Sund. and Dav

Cousin ( first

tungut kamtsan

Coverlet

chTup

ENGLISH, SULU, AND MALAY VOCABULARY.
English . Sulu, Malay.

345

Cow

sapi omdgih

Crab

k&g4ng

rkarang, rock, coral,
\ shells

Cradle

bohrdn

Cramp

^id-pid

Crawl, to

cura-kura

kura-kura, a tortoise

Creek, a

an^k sow4h

(See Brook;

Crime

dosA

(See Commit;

Crocodile

buaia

( See A\\\g2itox)

Crooked

bengkok

r bengkok. Id. in Jav
\ and Sund.

Cross ( crucifix )

salib

salib (Ar,)

Crowd, a

mahipfin tau

Crown

mAhkota

{ makota. Id. in Jav.,
\ Sund., and Mak.

Cruel

bingls

bengis

Cry, to ; weep mdkt&ngis

Cucumber mAras

Cunning * berAkal

Cup

pingan

Cure, to

kAh{ilT

Curious ;

strange hcrin

Current

haus

Curse, to

maningat

Curtain

langsei

Cushion

uan

Custom

AdAt

Customs ;
charge

tax ;

j ♦ chukei

Stangis, menangis.
Jav., Bat., Day., Tag.
and Bis., tangis

rber-'akal {See Capa-

l city)

f pinggan, plate, saucer.
Id. in Jav., Sund.,
Bat. and Day. In
Tag. and Bis., ping-
gan^ flat

(Sec Arranged^/

iharus. Sund., harus;
Mak. and Bug., am-
su; Day., harusan

( See Accustomed )
( chukei. Jav. andSund.,
1L chuke ; Day. siikai

346 ENGLISH, SULU, AND MALAY VOCABULARY.

English. Sulu. Malay.

Cut, to

utfirin

Cut, to ; hack

tlgbas

Cut in two, to

sip^k

Cut off, to

uturdn

Cut open, to

lAp^oen

rkris. Jav. andSun

Dagger

kris ; kalis

J keT-ts and kris : B;
1 horis; Mak., kuri
L Tag. and Bis. kai

Dagger, Long

tdkus

Daily

adlau-adlau

Dam, to

timbak

Damage ( loss ) * karugian

Damp

Dance
Dark

Darkness

b&sah ; mabasah

mangalai ; mangil
lim ; malim

ITndom

ftambak. Jav., ta

bak; Sund., tamh

a fish-pond; tamh

kau, a dyke ; Bal

-^ tambak^ a square

mound on a tomb

Day., tarn bak, a

mound ; Tag. and D:

^ ta?nbak, to emban

fka-rugi-an (fromnv/

\ Jav., Sund., Bai

L Mak. and Bug., r.v

basah. Jav., toJ

spoilt; basahan, ^^■■

cial dress : Bat..

baso ; Mak., Ta;

and I5is., basa

(See Nighty

lindong, screened,
sheltered, shut out
from view. Id. Id
Sund., Bat. and Tag
In Bis., landoni
shadow

ENGLISH, SULU, AND MALAY VOCABULARY.
English, Sulii, Malay,

347

Darling

* kakAsTh

Dash, to ; throw *) ,

down J ^

Date (cJav of tlu.O . ,, , a,^
\, ^ - adiau buKin

month ) J

Date ( fruit ) * khorma

Daughter anak b.abai

Dawn : break of ^ a, *,
J \ subu-subu

day j

Day adIau

Day, Mid- uktu

Day after to- ^ ,

morrow

kuni

Dead

matiei

Dead (of Rajas) morham

Deadly

"^ bisa

Dear ; expensive mahunit
Dearth guton

Debate, to; discuss bich^ra

Debt ut&ng

Deceive, to karApatan

khorma (Pars. ). Jav.,
Sund., and Day. kor-
ma; Mak. and Bug.,
koroTfima

,' See Break )

f mati. Jav., /^//, dead^

7natt\ to die; Bat.,

Mak. and Bug., ma-

-^ te ; Day., matey;

Tag. and Bis., pa-

tay ; Malag., matt ;

^ Polynesian, mate

f marhum (/Ir. ) ^'who

\ has found mercy "

rbisa, poison, poison-

\ ous. Jav., wisay poi-

i son. Occurs in Sund.

(^ Bat., Mak. and Tag.

( See Case^
f hutang. Jav. and
\ ^MVi^.yhutang ; Bat.
i and Day., utang ;
(^ Tag. and Bis., otang

34^ KNGLISH, SULU, AND MALAY

English. Su/u.

Decree

titali

Deduct, to

kumawa

Deep

malaum

Deer

fis4

Defend, to

migs4gak

Deficient

kur^ng

Deformed

m^pTs

Degrade, to; dis-") maghin&ng sipuk

grace J mdgbukag

Degree * pAngkat

Delirious ; foolish gila

Deliver, to ( re-^ ^ |
lease) J ^'^

nieh.l

Deliver, to

(hand over)
Deluge dunug

Demand, to mabaiyad

|du

Demon

* hintu

VOCABULARY.

Malay,

titah. Jav., t'xtak,
creature ; nit ah.
create ; Sund., /./i:
order

dalam
rusa

korang

(See Blood;
( gila. Jav. andSuri
gila^ to hold in h*:
ror ; Sund., giU
mad ; Bat. and Da)
gila
lepas. Jav., lepai.
Bat., lopas ; Ma^
lapf:asa ; Day. a:
Bis , lapas ; Ta^
Upas

liantu (Sansk. ha^'-
dead). Jav. /7;//w;fc
&Sund.,A£j;//a;Da:
hantu^ a corpse

Deny, to mahukan

Depart, to manau

Depart home, to mVl ; \vi

Depth mfilaum dalam.

Desire, to mabayad ; mal ay a

Desire, to (long for)bimb^ng bimbang

ENGLISH, SULU, AND MALAY VOCABULARY.

349

English.

Sulu.

Malay.

Destiny

* nasib

nasib {Ar.)

Destitute ; poor

miskin

miskin. Jav., miskin

Destroy, to

• bin4sdkan

( binasa-kan. (Sansk.
\ vina(a)

Detest, to

* banchi

benchi. Mak., banchi
Tsetan, sheitan {Ar,)

Devil, the

set4n

\ Jav., Sund., Bat. and
1 Day., setan ; Mak.,
(^ setang ; Tag., sit an

Devour, to ; eat

kumaun

Dew

Alo

' bahasa (Sansk. bha-
sha). Jav., Sund.,

Dialect

* bhdsa

Mak. and Bug. basa;
Day., basa and baha-

Diamond

* TntAn

\ sa

( intan. Jav., and Sund.,

\ inten Mak., intang.

Diarrhoea

sdkTt mintau

Die, to

miatei

mati. (SeeDc^iAj
C susah, Jav., Sund.

Difiicult

mfigsusah

< and Day., susah;
(^ Bat. and Mak., susa

Dig, to

kfilT

gali. Sund., kali

Dihgent

biskai

Dim

maldmun

kelam. (malam, night)

Dimensions

sukurAn

ukur-an ; sukat-an

Dine, to (of
Rajas )

> * santap

santap.

Dip, to ; dye,

m4khin&ng pdl&ng

C tuju. Jav., Sund., and

Direct, to (point

to) tuju

< Mak., tuju; Bis.,
(. todlo.

Direct ; straight

mSktuT

Dirt ; mud

pis4k

bichak.

Dirty

mfimi

Disappear, to

mSlAwa

350 ENGLISH. SULU, AND MALAY

English. Sulu.

Discharge to | j^

( a gun ) J

Discharge, to (a \, ^ .

cargo) J
Discreet bijak

Discuss, to; a j^.^^^^.

discussion

Disease

Disgusting
Dish ; plate

Dish ( metal )

Dislike, to
Dismount, to

kasjiktian

mingl
lei

t41am

mahukau
manauk

b&ntah

meio

Distinguish, to ; ^ w- w.
^ . ' ' > mamgat

Dispute, to

Distant ; far

distinguish,

recognise

Distribute, to bahigl

Disentangle, to ) ^^i^emoen
{ a rope ) J

Disposition; |^r4ngai
temper J ^ **

Disturbance helo hila

Ditch ; drain ; g4ta

Dive, to Ifirop; maklfirop

VOCABULARY.

Afaiay,

C tembak. Sund.
< lL>SL\,,temb.:k;\
C and Bug., ttmb::

bijak.
bichara.

{

ka-sakit-an
Ache ^

^SteC

( talani. Jav., Suni
and Day., /«:/
Mak., talaficr; \
talam, a small e;
en pot

bantah. Kw.. bar.
Sund. bautaha\
oppositon. Da
bantah

fmengingat. \Si
\ Recollect)
fbahagi. Kw., i.
-j Jav., bacrc ; Su:
Bat. and Dav.,

f perangei. Bat.
C Mak., pcrangi

Sharu-hara. Jav., I
hara ; Sund., k
huru

ENGLISH. SULU, AND MALAY VOCABULARY.
English. Sulu. Malay.

351

' Dive for pearl \^^^^^

shell, to J

. Divide, to ; a ") i i a ««

J. . . > bhaman

division J ^

Divide, to : cut 1 w a,

in two ; J '^

Divorce, to bugit

: Divorced wife biturinan

Do not,

Dog

Dollar

aiyau
edu ; ^ro

pirak ; pilAk

Done ; finished

obus

Door

lawAng

Double

kadua

Down ; below

habilwa

Drag, to; pull ;
draw

1 hela

Drag, to ( at
anchor )

1 liaran

Drake

itek Tssak

Draw, to; delineate; tulTs

Drawer, a ongsud

Drawn ( weapon ) lariit

Dress, to maktAmungan

Drift, to
Drink, to

hiAnut

minam ; minum

rbahagi-an. (See Dis-
\ tribute;

Jav., Bat. and Bug.,

as It /Day. and Tag.,

aso
perak, silver. Sund.,

pcrflk ; Bsit,, pirai ;

Tag. and Bis. pilak;

Formosa,//'/^

kadua, second

ka-bawah
rhela. Mak. and Bug.,
\ ela

tulis. Jav. and Sund.,
fuiis; Mak., tulist;
Bat., iulis, the
stripes on a tiger's
skin

{

hanyut. Kw., anyut ;

Mak., anyu ; Day.,

anyut
minum

352

ENGLISH, SULU, AND MALAY 'VOCABULARY.

English.

Drop, a

Drop, to ; fall

Drown, to ; sink

Drunk

Dry ; dried fish

Dry land

Dry season

Dry, to

Sulu.

h4t6

mahulok ; mahog

lumus

h61o

tahal

lupa

musun ut4r&

boat

Malay.

Dry in the sun, to ; ubirw^an
Duck * tt6k

* ut4ng

* bisu

Due ; owing

Dumb

Dumb, (hoarse) wai tlngoerg
Dunce ; fool duping

Dust h4boh

lemas

{

musim utara,
monsoon

"itek. Jav., //^;l
and Day., th'k,
ktti ; Tag. an
ttik, goose
utang, hutang

{bisu. Jav. and
bisu ; Day., hi

habu, abu. (See.

Each

Ear

Ear-ring

Early ; morning ;
Earnings

hambuk-hambuk

taigna

bdng

mahinait
tending

r telinga. Jav.,i
\ Mak., toli;
J lingan, t(

Jai
Da

to
Tag., fainga;
da/ofiggan;
tertnga; Fiji,«
subang. Jav., si
Sund., suTven^
^ubeng ; Bat.
Mak., sibong\
sowang.

ENGLISH, SULU, AND MALAY VOCABULARY.

355

English.

Sulu.

Malay.

Examine^ to

* preksA

preksa

Example

* ch6nto

Tchonto. Jav. and
\ Sund., c/ionio
r lebih. Kw., lewih ;
\ Jav., luwih ; Sund.,

Exceed, to

lebT

X lowth ; Bat, lobi ;
1 Mak.andBis., laii ;
K Day., laiik

Except

m^ainkan

me-lain-kan

Excessive ; too

14ndo ; lAnduk

f ganti. Jav., Sund.,

Exchange, to

g&nti

< Day. and Tag.
(^ ganti ; Bat., gansi

Excuse, to ; pardon hauiran

Exhausted

h&pus ; mahdpus

Exist to ; to be

aun

Expend, to

m^kblAnja

mem-belanja
f belanja. Jav., helon-
\ ja; Sund., Bat.,

Expense

* bianja

\ Mak. and Day., ha-
1 lanja ; Bug., balan-
\ cha

Explain, to

baita

Extra; more

dugeign

C mata. Occurs in Jav.,

Eye

*m4ta

X Sund., Bat., Mak.,
(^ Day., Tag. and Bis.

Eye.ball

* bijT m&ta

Fable

Face, a
Face to face,
to bring

kUta kAta

beihdn ; ddgbus
\ mAkbeihdn

rkata-kata, report,
\ hearsay

366 ENGLISH, SULU, AND MALAY VOCABULARY.

English, Su/u. Malay,

Fade, to (colours) * barub&h

Fail in business, to bSg bag; bug-bug

Faint, to ndjah

Fair; handsome chdntek ; m&raiyau ; chantik

Fall, to m&hulok ; m&hog

False; lying; liar putlng

Family (relations) bdngsa

Famine
Fan, a
Far

Fare; passage
money

Fall ill, to
Fashion ; mode ;

custom
Fast; quick

fut6n
ib-kib
meio

I chfikei

m&ks&kit-n4

^|*4dat;hadrit

sumut

'bangsa^ race
wongsa ; Sui
and Day.,
Mak.^ bansa

rchukei, tax. (J
-j toms), from t
(. dustani chaui

*adat(w4r. )

Fast ; abstinence "'^ puasa

i puasa ( Sansk.

\ sa).

) Sund. and

sa ). Jav., /

Fasten, to
Fat
Fate
Father

Father, grand-
Fathom
Fatigued
Fault
Favour
Favourite
Fear

hukut ; hoekoetoen
m&t4mb6k

* n&sib
&ma
&po
*dip&
m&h&pus
dfisa
^kAsTli

* kak&sih
k&bug&dn

puasa; Bat.,;
Mak., puTvaSi
poasa

nasib {Ar.)

dep4

dosa, sin. {Sei

kasih

kakasih

ENGLISH, SULU, AND MALAY VOCABULARY.

367

English,

Feast, to
Feather
Feel, to
Feet ; leg
Fell, to; cut down
Female (human)
Female (animal)
Fence, a
Fence in, to
Fern, a

Fester, to

Festival day
Fetch, to
Fetters
Fever
Few; little
Fiddle, violin
Field ; plain
Fiend
Fifteen

Fifth, One-
Fifty
Fifth

Fight, to

File, to
Fill, to
Final ; last
Find, to

Sulu,

m&kdo&t

bulbul

n&n&m

sTgi; sikT

pam&ta

babai

om&gak

mAk&d
p&kTs

* barn&nah

idlau dikola

kT4w& ; kum&wa

bil&nga

hinglau

tio-tio

* biola ; viola

p&ntei

*sfetin

hingpo tAg lima
r h&mbiik bh&gian
\ laum lima

kaim&n

k&Iima

(buno ; m&kbuno ;
binta
kikis
IMn

mahfiir

k&b&ki

Fine (in texture) * halus

[

Malay

bulu
kaki

had {Ar,), limit

paku

ber-nanah. Jav. and
Sund., nanah. Bat.,
Mak., Day., Tag.
and Bis, nana

biola {Port)
pantei, sea-beach
s^tan ; sheitan {Ar.)

ha-

}

ka-lima
bunoh, to kill
kikis. Day., ikis

i halus. Jav., Sund.

and Day., alus ;

Mak., alusu; Bat,

alusj white; Tag.,
kalos

8S8 ENGLISH, SULU, AND MALAY

English, Sulu,

Finger

Finger, Little

Finish, to

Fire

Fircj to (a gun)

Fire-place

Fire-wood

First
Fish

Fish, to ( with a
hook

gulamei
ktn-kln

obfis&n

kaiyu

trmbAk

dapfirftn

dungul

kft-Tsa

Tsta

\ blngU

Fish, to (with anet)mapukut

Fish-hook

bingit

Fishing-line

hfipun

Fist

tibuuk

Flag

p^njT

Flag-staff

tArok p4nj

Flame, to

mdliga

Flash, to

^^barkilat

Flat; level

pSntei

Flavour

m&mud

Flesh

unut

Float, to

iintop

Flood, a

dunug

Flood-tide

taub

VOCABULARV.

Afalay^

k<riingKnig

tembak
r dapor, dapor>an
I ( See Cooking.place)

pukat, niemukat. Bat.,
puhot ; Mak. and
B"gi puA^a ; Day.,
fuka/; Tag, and Bis ,

pokot

tinju
panji

(See Blazey

ber-kilat. Jav.,
and Bis., kiiat; Ta^
kiriat; Sund,, kileSM
Bat., hdap; Ma^

kila
panteij sea-shore

Floor

* lintei

riantei ( floor of laths <
\ planks)

ENGLISH, SULU, AND MALAY
English, Sulu.

Flour

Flower

* tapdng

sfimpTng

VOCABULARY. 859

Malay.

I^tepong. ]^,v.,tepong,
\ to mix, galepung,
\ flour; Male., tappung,
I rice-flour; Day., te-
\ pong, bread, pastry
fsunting, fSee Blos-
X somj

Flute

flauta

Fly, a

pikfit

pikat.
f lompat, to jump. Jav.
\ and Bat., lumpat,
) jump; Sund. and

Fly, to

Idmp&t

-^ Day. lumpat, run ;
' Tag., lumhay, to

skip. Bis., lontpay-

ag^ to jump

Foam, to

mftgbfikil

' lipat. Jav., lemfti ;
Mak., lapa; Day.,

Fold, to

lupToen ; lip&t

(. lipet)

Follow, to

urul; timflrul

Follower, a

ib&n

Food

kaunUn ; kaunoen

Foot-mark

saki ITmpu

For

k&n

akan

For ever

hAw5

Forbid, to

liAng

larang

Forbidden

*haram

haram {Ar,)

Force ; strength

* kwAsa

rkuasa. (See Autho-
l rity)

Force, by

pdksa

^ J »

Forehead

tok tok

Forest

k&ti&n

Fore-part of a
vessel

jidfin

Forfeit, to

m&l&wS

ENGLISH, SULU, AND MALAY VOCABULARY.

361

English,

Sulu.

Malay.

Frightened

m&bfigftt

From

daing

Frontier

higdt

Fruit

bungft

bunga, flower

Fry, to

d&ng-d&ng ; land&ng

Full

mahipu

Full moon

duml&k

Furrow

bAdlTs

Further

meio pA

Futurity

* Akhlrat

Takhirat {Ar.). Jav.
\ and Sund., akherat

Gain ; profit

untdng

untong. (^'^^Fortune)

Gale ; storm

hunus; unus

Gallant ; brave ;

\ Tssak

manly

Gamble, to

s&g&l ; m&ksfig&l

Game

panaiySm

f per-main-nan, (See
V Amuse)

Garden

j&mb&ngan

( gambir. Jav., Sund.,

Gambier

g&mbia

-< Bat. and Day., gam-
( bir ; Udk., gambere

Garlic

* bAw&ng put!

bawang puteh
riawang, door of a

Gate

l&w&ng

< palace. Jav. and
(^ Sund., lawang

Gather, to

pfisud
kita

Gaze, to

rpermata (Sansk. pa-

Gem

pAm&ta

\ ramatay excellence),
i Kw., pramati\ a
(^ fine thing

Gentleman ; sir

tfiin

rtuan, master or mis-
\ tress

Gentlv; slowlv

tnfit tnfit

ENGLISH, SULU, AND MALAY
English. Sulu,

Good^ to make paraiyauAn

Good bye (an- 1
swer) J

Good for nothing wai guna
Goods cirta

Gourd ; pumpkin * lAbu

Grand

d4kola

Grand-child

dpo

Grapple, to

Ifirei

Grasp, to (in the
hand)

' \ kum&put

Grass

sAgbut

Grass, Long rank piring

Grasshopper

Ampan

Grate, to

kogut

Grave

kfib6rAn

Gravy

sAbau

Grease ; fat

(laging

Green (colour)

gAdong

Green (unripe)

helau

Grey hair

bohuk piitT

Grief

susAhAn

Grin, to ; laugh katAwa
Grind, to makhAsa

Grindstone

hasaAn

VOCABULARY.
Malay.

363

( See Articles )
'labu (Sansk. alabu).
Sund., labu ; Bat.
tabu-tabu; Malag.
tawu

lalang

parut

kubur. ( See Burj-)

'daging, meat. Same in
Jav. and Sund. Bat.,
daging, the body;
Mak., dageng, meat

r ka-susah-an. ( See
\ Care)

!terta\va. Bat., tawa;
Tag., to'iva; Bis.,
taoa

Tasah-an; asah, to
J grind, sharpen. Jav.
i and Sund., asah;
\^ Day., asa

ENGLISH, SULU, AND MALAY VOCABULARY.

365

English,

Sulu.

Hail, to (call to) t4w&k
Hair (human) bohuk

Hair (of beasts) bulbul

Hairy
Half

Half, One-
Halter (horse)

Hammer

makbulbul
* teng4h
ansip4k
h&kima

t(ik61

Hammer, to maktukol

Hamper; basket amb6ng

Hand, a

limAh

Malay,

{tawak-tawak, a gong
for summoning peo-
ple

rbulu, hair, feathers,
wool. Jav., wulu;

I Sund., Mak. and

-^ Day., bulu; Bat,

imbulu ; Tag. and

Bis., polok , cock's

feathers

tengah. {See Centre)

pukul, to strike. Jav.,
Sund. and Day,,pu'
kul ; Tag., pokol, to
break a thing by
dashing it against
another

memukul

riima, five. Mak. and
t Bug., lima, the hand

Handkerchief, a * s&putangen ; pTis saputangan

Handle, a
Happen, to

Happy

Hard

poh&n

* menj&di

sen&ng

menjadi
Tsenang. Jav., seneng ;
\ Sund., senang; Mak.,
1 sannang ; Day., sa-
L nang

Skeras. Jav. and Sund.,
keras ; Day., karas ;
Tag., galas

Harden, to (metal) patrdsan

hfimb&wan ; bubutong

Halyards
Harm

benAsah

binasa. {See Destroy)

s^rok; chapiiyo

Hatchet kimpilk

Hatchet (native) fj^tOK
Hate bench!

Have to ; to be 1

(exist) )

He ; him ; ijhe ;

her

y sia

His ; hers

Head

Head-wind

Head(prindpal)n^44^

nia ; kAnia

hoh

Angin habai hoh

old
Hcad*ache

Heal, to

Hcapi a

llfailv
IK-at

sikit hoh

kihuliin

* tdmbun

MJItiTr

halii

Ikiial
lK\s;suh

{chapto (Portugi
kapak. (^^^^Asc]
binchL (5rr Del

f -nia (inseparable
I tide)
hula

jrtaptbun an^ tiinl

I Jav, and Bat., ,

/ lft£Ft ; Mak., /

1 bung I Tag,, timi

1 Day., tfim burnt ,
[_ above

rdengar. Jaw, dene
\ understand; Sl
) ^^cnge; Mak., ,

f lUitl. Jav,, //^?//;Su

ni:g.,^7/,:;Dav.^

Bjs.j f7/fn\ the liv
fbenar. Jav, and
X Sund.j be net'

ENGLISH, SULU, AND MALAY VOCABULARY.

367

English.

Sulu,

Malay,
r suwarga, surga. Jav.,

Heaven

* shagra

-< suwarga-, Sund.,

(^ surga

riangit. Same in Jav.,

Heaven ; sky

* langTt

3 Sund., Bat., Day.,
i Tag. and Bis. Mak.
(^ and Bug., langi
r berat. Jav., werat ;

\ Sund., wrat, weight

Heavy

b&g&t

j of gold; Bat., borat ;
\ Tag., bigat; balat;
1 weight of gold; Bis.,
[ bogat
( See Fence)

Hedge, a; fence

Heed, to

Tngat

ingat. (5"^^ Recollect)

Height

TntaAs

Tnaraka. Same in Jav.,

Hell

* n^r^ka

< Sund., Mak. and

L Day.

r kamudi. Jav., mudi ;

Helm

* kamudi

< B3it.,hamudi; Sund.
(^ and Mak., kamudi

Help, to

tuldng ; tab&ng

tulong. (•S'^^Asist)

Hen ; fowl

m&nok

{See Bird )

Henceforth

dagi

deri, from

Here

duun

Hereditary

* pasAka

pusaka

Hesitating

* bimbAng hAtei

bimbang hati

Hide, to

tipok

Hide ; skin

oais

Si^I'

hAat&s

atas, up, upon, upper

Highness ; Ex-
cellency

|*taAnka

tuanku

High water

tumaub ; dAgat d&kola

Highwayman

sfig&rol

Hill

baud

Hilt

pohftn

ENGLISH, SULU, AND MALAY VOCABULARY.

869

English.

Horn^ a
Horns, to butt
with the

Horse

Host, a

Hot

Hound ; dog

Hour

How

How many; how

much
How long

Sulu,

* tAndok
\ ma'tindok

kflr4;^^kfld4

dik beii

{p&sso ; mip&sso ; mi-
isso
6doh ; feroh

Malay.

tandok. ( See Butt)

menandok

rkuda. Kw. and Sund.,
\ kuda

* j4m

biadin
|pil4hpiiah
pil&h logei

{jam. Jav., St
Day., jam;
jang

Jav., Sund. and
Mak.,

Hundred, a (loo) dngk&tfis

Hundred and T 6ngk&tfis t&g hing-

twelve, a (i 12) I. po tig dfll
Hundred,two(20o)dfii dngkit&s
Hungry h&bde

Hunt, to pftnhflt

Hurricane ; storm hunfis
Hurry fls-fls

Hurt ; wound pftli

Husband binih

Hush! to be silent d&mfihfin
Husk ; skin ; rind pais

ratus, sa'ratus. Jav./
atus; Sund., Bat-
and Day., ratus ,
Tag. and Bis., ga,
tos

Hut

* p6ndok

{pondok. Same in
Jav., Sund. and Bat.
In Mak., pondo

ENGLISH, SULU, AND MALAY VOCABULARY.
English. Sulu. Malay.

371

> pagiran

Inclose, to; fence
in

Indebted * berutAng

Indigent ; poor niTskin
Indisposed; averse mahukan

Industrious

* usaha

Infant

bata

Infidel

*k4Rr

Inform, to

beita

Information

ngiwT

Inhabit, to

mahfilA

Inherit, to

pus4ka

Ink

* d&wat

Inland

hA gimba

Inner, the

palaumAn

Inquire, to

preksa

Insane
Insect
Insensible ;
conscious
Insolent; an
Instead
Instruct, to

*gna
o&d

> nApunung

ogant maningat
subli
hindoh

Instructor

* guru

Insufficient
Insult, to

dl-na abut
maningat

/"pagar, a fence. Jav.
and Sund., pager;
Day., pagar and pa-
gar

( ber-utang. ( Sec

X Debt)
miskin. Jav., miskin

ber-usaha; usaha, en-
ergy. Sund. and
Day., usaha; Tag.,
osaha ; Malag., asa,
work

kafir [Ar.)

pusaka. [See Estate)
dawat {Ar.)
rimba, forest

preksa. ]z.\.,priksa\
Mak.^paressa; Day.,
pariksa and riksa;
Tag. and Bis., tokso

gila

guru. Same in
Sund., Bat.,
and Day.

Jav.,
Mak.

ENGLISH, SULU, AND MALAY VOCABULARY.

373

English.

Sulu.

Malay.

Jewel

* permits

permata. ( See Gem )
' sambongy hubong.

Join, to

sAmbdng

- Jav. and Sund., sam-

'buku, knot, q, v.; ru-
, was, joint of a cane

Joint (of a reed) j

\* bfiku

knot

Judge, a

h&ktm

hakim {Ar.)

Judge, to

mfltAng

Jump, to

14kso

Junior

m&nghud

C wangkang. Occurs in

Junk, a

* w6ngkdng

< Sund., Mak. and
( Day.

Just past

kaina

Juvenile (male)

subbal

Keel

Keep, to
Keg, a
Kettle
Key
Kidnap, to

Kill, to

Kill, to (food
with religious
ceremony)

Killed

Kind; sort
Kindred

}

* lun&s

butAng

* t6ng
kipsTn
chuchuk

sagau ; mdksagau

pateian ; * bunoh

sumbe
pabunoh

* ji^nls

* kauni

{

lunas. Jav. and Day.,
lunas ; Mak., luna-
sa

tong. ( See Cask )
kepsingan and kepsan

r bunoh {See Commit
t. murder)

isimbilik t Jav., sam-
beleh ; Bat., sambol*
li ; Mak., samballe
ter-bunoh.

jenis {Ar,), Jav. and
Sund., jinis. Mak.,
jinisi
kaum {Ar.)

t Darived from the Arabic hUmUVihi^ the formala pronounced when a
Mahammodan kills an animal for food.

374

ENGUSH, SULU, AND MALAY VOCABULAI

English.

Suiu.

King

* R4j4h

Kiss

* chlURI

Kinks out of a^
rope* to take V put&loen
the J

Kitchen daporin

Kite (of paper) tagfireh

Knee

Knife

tuhiid

lAding

Knife (chopper) fitAb
Knife (sword) b&d6ng; barong

Knock, to; to strikepug pug
Knot * buku

Knot, to hinangan bukii

Know, to; mi- 1 ^^V -j. a^,-
derstand / makaJiati

Know, to: be ac-1 «.- .^
* * J -a r iT^a meat
quaiiited with } ^

Knowledge elmu

Known, well- * ni^shur

Kris ^ kris

Labour, toj work hininjj

Lad subbal

Ladder h^gdAn

Lade, to; fdl IftAn

Ladle siiduk

Lad)^ * Tnche

Lame tfinka

Afaiay. ^A

Raja. Occurs m
Sund* and Bat<
fchium. Sund^ri
\ Day,, sium

{

fdapor. (5WCo(
i ing.place)

'Iutut,knee;tdol,l(
Sund., tmreri
tot; Dav„ i^M
and Bis., /ufl

lading a kind of SI
Occurs in Jaw,
Mak. and Dav

pukul ( See HaS
buku ( See And|

rmeng.arti { Sm

C prehend)

rmengM'ngat. {S€i

I collect)
'ilmu {Ar.)
mashur {Ar.)
kns ( See Dagge

suduk or sudu
inchi

ENGLISH, SULU, AND MALAY
English. Sulu.

Lamp

p&lTt&han

Lance; spear

Und

Language

Large; wide

bfijik
Ifip&h
pomong
d&ging b4buT
mu&k

Last (place and

time)
Last night
Lately
Laugh, to

\ mahfilT

kihipun dom

tigua

kat&wa ; mikatAwa

Lawful

benftl ; * pfttut

Lay, to; to place
Lay eggs, to
Lay hold, to

\ bflting ; hitau
mi'-iklog
kiim&put

Lay waste, to

* blnfisAkan

Lazy

Lead (metal)

miustau
tenga

VOCABULARY. 375

Malay,

ipalita. Sund., Mak.
and Day., palita.
Bat., pal it a, wick

daging babi, pork

Leaf, a

daun

m4kaiyuk
mik&nat

Lean; thin

Learn, to

Learn, to (the 1 ^^„^a:
koran) )"^engftj

Learned 41 im

Leather; skin pais

tertawa ( See Grin )
Thenar, patut. Jav.
3 and Sund., patut ;
i Tag., patot, to be
(^ useful

r binasa-kan ( See Des-
l troy)

daun. Kw., ron; Jav.,
daon ; Sund., daun ;
Bat., daon^ medi-
cine; Mak., raung ;
Bug., daung; Tag.
and Bis., dahon

/meng-aji. Jav., Sund.,
X Bat. and Mak., aji
'alim (Ar,). Jav. and

Sund., alim. Mak.,

alimi

ENGLISH, SULU, AND MALAY VOCABULARY.

377

English.

Sulu,

Malay.

Life ; alive bohe

Lift, to buat

Light ; clear masawa

Lightofday ; dawn subu subu
Light (in weight) mak&n
Lightning ^ kil&t

Like ; alike : the \^^,..*^^^^.

same

( See Break )

kilat. ( See Flash )

isama. Id, in Jav.,
Mak., Day., Tag.
and Bis.

Likeness, a

3ita

Lime

bAnkit

Lime fruit; or-
ange lemon ;

' > limau

limau ( Sec Citron )

Limit ; boun-
dary ; shore

JhigAt

Like this ; in this

^j bia in!

manner

Lips

higAt simut

Listen, to ; hear

dfinguk ; dungoeg

dcngar {See Hear)

Little ; few

tio tio

Live, to ; dwell

m^hfllX

Livelihood

bohedn

Liver, the

*h&ti

( See Heart )

Lizard (grass)

pintt

C chichak. Jav., chechak ;

Lizard (house)

*chich&k

< Sund., chakchak ;
(^ Bat., ansosak
rkapang, teredo nava-

Lithodomus ;

, j kip&ng

\ lis. Sund. and Day.,

^Svater worm'

i kapang ; Bat., ha-

L P<^^g

Load, a ; freight

lu&nan

Loan ; debt

* (it&ng

{See Debt)

^hudang, prawn. Jav.
Lobster ulAng < and Sund., hurang;

(^ Bat., udang
Lobsters, parasite ul&ng (ilang pol&h
(in pearl shells) pol4h

378

KNGUSH, SULU, AND MALAY VOCABL'XARI

T^^^

Emgiisk*

Suim.

Mfa/ay.

Lock, a k&nd^ru

Lock, to chftchukan

Loft; hiitiU

^^H

Log, a po}i60g k&hi^t

^^^1

I^ng m^h&wa

^^^M

Long ago mogei

^^H

Long time yet, a mogei p4

■jj^H

Loag, how pilih logei
Loog for, to bimb&ng
Look, to ; see kitA

^^^M

tS^ Desire)

Let loose, to bylfii

Lose, to mSISwil

frugi, u. im

Lose, to ( inm r loss) ^ rfigl

< Sund., Bat,

( and Byg. ^

'^■:T '""•}'>^p^»

Lost lawak

'^kulu. Jav,, km

sects in ge

S 11 fid, and

Louse ^kiitu M

^«/« / Bat.,

Bug, i,Aw /

kiitoh^ nurr

^ T^<ig^ and Bis,

ka.^ih Jav, and

^■iis/V: aiul

Luve kaslh

Bat,. ,7 J/ and

^■f.'Av7/ ; Tau.

irii.iul

Low , IjLlun' hab/iwali

l^^wah, Mak. r

Luw (ill [>rsrt 1 inuhtM

(^'^'t r Chraji^

Low watrT liiinas ; liumrma^

Luck, t(fHprl maraivau sukut

Luck, h;ir] maiT^T siikut

Lu.sl "^ hawa ukisu

haw a nafsu (J

ENGLISH, SULU, AND MALAY VOCABULARY.
English. Sulu. Malay,

379

Machine

mikinl

Maggot

okA

Magic

* hikmftt

rhikmat (Ar.), Jav.
X ikma t

Mahoniedan

* islAm

islam {Ar)

^dara, anak dara. Kw.,

dara ; Jav., lara ;

J Sund., dara, a wo-

] man who has just

Maid, a ; virgin

Anak d&gAh

had a child ; Bat.,

^ dara; Mak., rara

Maid, a ; slave

ipun bAbai

Mail, coat of

lAmina

Maintain, to ;
support

}ipat

Maintenance

s&nt&pan

fsantapan, food (of
\ Rajas)

Maize

g&ndom

{See Corn)

Make, to

hinAng

Make, to; compose hindngk&n

Malady

kas&kitAn

ka-sakit-an (5'r^Ache)

Malay, a

tan Malaiyau

Male

issak

Mallet

t{ik61

(See Hammer)

Man ; people

tan

Mandate

*titAh

{See Decree)

Manure

Idmfigei

Many ; much

mataud ; mataut

Many, how

pilAh pildh
^^sd'kkn

Many, so

sa'kian.

Map

*pad

peta {See chart)

March, to ; walk panau

Mare

kur& omdgA

kuda betiua

Margin

dohdr

I^^i-L'^i;. law,
Mak. nnc! E)
( .A? '/A' I* Bat.

1 in^lruclur)
) Day., Tal. a

ui nno , ^i an 11.1

ENGLISH, SULU, AND MALAY VOCABULARY.
English. Sulu. Malay.

381

Mattres

May ; can
Me; I
Meal ; flour

* tilAm

m&kAjedi
*4ku
* tap6ng

*hinA

Mean ; ignoble

Mean ; stingy maikut ; pais!

Mean, to ; intend kahdnddk

Meaning * harti

Meansoflivelihood kdbuhe kdbuhe
Measure, to 1 .ai, f
(capacity) J

Measure, to
(length*)

Meat
Meddle, to

}»

kur

unut
lAmut

Medicine

obdt

Meet, to m4kb4g

Meet; fitting *p4tut

Meet, to

h4nch6r

tilam. Kw., lilam,
sleeping-place ; Jav.,
tilem, to sleep ;
Sund., tilam f any-
thing spread out ;
Day., tilam

aku ( See I )
tepong. ( See Flour)
hina. Jav., hina, fault ;
Sund., hina

ka-handak, wish, in-
tention.
{See Comprehend)

sukat

'hukur. Jav. and Sund.,
hukur j'Bat.f mengu-
kur, to consider ;
Day., ukur

iubat. Jav., obat ;
Sund., obat, gun-
powder, ubar^ me-
idicine ; Mak. and
Bug., uba ; Tag.,
obaky gunpowder

{patut. Jav. and Sund.,
patut; Tag., patot,
to be useful
{hanchur. Jav., anchur;
Mak., anchuru ;
Day., anchor

ENGUSH, SULU, AND MALAY VOCAOUt

''W

Englisk,

Memory

Metid, to
Menbl ; slave
Mention, to

Meniioiieii

Merely

Merry

Message

Metaphor

Stilu.

♦ kA*ingatftn

daiaun
btilAk ; ijiyii
bciti belt!

2»ibot

*schaj5
daiyau daiyay

ibArat

MeWj to (as a eat) *mciigiaii
Midday dohilir ; oktu

Middle ; between liAgitflng

Midnight
Midwife

Might ; power

Mild (temper)

Milk
Milk, In
Million, a
Mimic, li»

MincL', In

tcngilh dom
pAndei

• kwAsa

t Recollm)

3 Synd.. str^
L Bis., sang]

Stihaja
r 'ibarat (-4*

meng*hiyii 1

{dhahor (Ar

tengah mSi
{Sec Apt,)

{kuasa. {Se.
ity)

rriomo

UiAwAk pi\h^
'nv^ \l\K\\^ 1ak>'i

• aki'il

Mind, thr

MintI, lu ; liLcil

Miiulj U5 ; Inukalur ipat

Mi IK" ; niy k.Vku ;-ku

Mi,scarTiai;c p-*«^-p'Vi^

Mist;liir[ fi'ina

mat

ENGLISH, SULU, AND MALAY VOCABULARY.

383

English.

Misconduct one-
self, to

{

Sulu.

hin4ngan bukun mar-
aiau

Malay.

Miser)' ; alas ! chaulAka ; chil&ka

Mist
Mistake

g4b6ng
sAk

Mistress ; lady daiAng

Mix, to

Moat, a : ditch

Model

Modest ; bashful

Moist ; wet

Mother-of-pearl

shells
Motive
Molest, to
Monkey

Month ; moon

Monthly
Moon, full
Moon, new
More ; again
More than

lAmut

gita

* ch6nto

masipuk

^ bfisah ; mabasAh

Tchelaka. Jav. and
\ Sund., chelaka ;
i Mak., chilaka ; Day.,
(^ chalaka.

f kabut, mist ; kabong
\ mourning.
Tshak, suspicion. [See
\ Blame)

r dayang, maid of hon-
\ our, lady in waiting.
J Sund., dayang; Kw.,
\ deyahf young woman
/ of high rank ; Tag.,
( dayang^ lady

> tipei

* sebab

usTbAhan

Amok

bCilAn

* bfilAn-bfilAn
dAmlAk
kAsubAngen
dAkumAu
laing pA ing

chonto
basah

{See Cause)

bulan. Jav., wulan ;
Sund., Bat., Day.
I and Bis., 5// /^7«; Mak.,
di4lang;Bug.,ulang;
Tag., bowan ; Malag.,
widana

'6/

Mosque 14ng4r

Mosquito hilftm

Mother ind

Mount, to ; ascend s&k&t
Mountain bfid ; gimbi

Mourn, to ; weep mAktingis

Mouse ; rat
Mouth

&mbau
simut

Move, to ; remove pTndAhe

Much ; many mataud ; mStaut

Mug ; cup pTngftn

Murder, to bunoh

Mussels, shell-fish,

&c. * siput

Must sobei

Mullet b&nSk

Mutiny

* drdhka

Mystery ; secret * rdhisa

( To be continuet

ERRATUM

METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, FOR THE YEAR 1885.

[ The following report, heing of poniianent scientific vahic, is hero reprint-
ed from tiie Government Gazette, lil.]

1. Tlio report for the year 1885 gi^es the results of the
r>bservations taken at Sinj:]^apore, Penaiig, Province Welles-
ley and Malacca, and embraces the following meteorological
elements : —

I. Atmospheric Pressure.

11. Temperature of Air.

III. Temperature of Solar Radiation.

IV. Temperature of Grass, Nocturnal Radiation.
V. Humidity.

VI. Wind, Direction and Velocity.
Vn. Rainfall.

2. Annual abstracts of the observations, taken at the
four recording stations are attached, as are also the annual
registers of rainfall.

*4. The accompanying charts shew the mean annual pres-
sure, temperature, rainfall, and the number of days on which
•ain fell at Singapore, from 1870 to 1885. These tables are
interesting, and gain in importance every year.

1. I regret that some of the registers shew a few un-
ivoidable interruptions, but care will be taken in future that
hese returns be made as complete as possible.

Atmospheric Pressure,

Stati.ms. , "^^;*^-
est.

Date.

Lowest.

Date.

Ranee

for the

year.

Mean
for the
year.

Inches.
5inp^poro, ... iiO.OSS
fcVnanic. ...i o0.197
P. Wcii.'aley, ... 29.999
Malacca, ... 29.9 J8

22na Jan.

7 th Jan.

2l8t Jan.

20th Oct.

Inches.
29.708
29.712
29.(>11
29.702

29th Oct.

17th Dec.

10th June

9th June

Inches.
.106
.102
.073
.073

Inches.
29.889
29.972
29.833
29.8e0

Bimgllpnrr,

^ D»t..

92.0 l24th Miij

98,0 IHli Jim.
90.0 18th Jane

0. The highest tempcmtura^
Proi-ince Wellesley on the 9th 4
(63.4 F.) at Singapore on the lOl
mean was also reeoi'deJ at the la^^t
the mean temperatare for 18S3,
for 1881.

Tenipemture of Si

Stationa,

8in<^npr>re» ,,,
PeiJiint(.

Frovinoo Welleelej.
Malacca

Higheet.

Diite.

16L<i

25th

Mar.

159.0

2nd

Feb.

1 lt>:i(j

Jnii,

175.0

14th

Feb,

7. The highest temperature of
was observed at Malacca on the
lowest (90,0"F.) was recorded on the

METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1885. 387

Tcmpcraiure of OrasSj Nodm^ml Radiaiion,

SUitions.

Highost.

Date,

Lowest,

Dati\

JMeiin for

Province Wcllc8loj,.|
MtiUu:ca

76.5
74.0

*i7tli July

Not ob servi'd.
r2th Aug' ti3.5

27tk Mny

6G.U

lOtli Feb,'

28tb Feb.
2nd Mar.

70.0
71.7

8, Tbo lii<]fliest temperature on grass (7t).5°F.) was ub-
Boi'vtHl on \hv 12th August ut Proviucc Wellesley, ami tho
luwest (5K5 F.) iiL Siu'^aporo on tho 10th Febnuiry. At
this sUitiou aUo \ym recorded the lowest mean, viz , GO. IF.

Ilumidiiy,

Stiitieins.

Highest.

Dato.

Luwest.

Dat*\

Mcun fur
tbe year.

Siu;,Mpi»rcs

Peiiau^^f,

Prnviuce Welksley^
MaljiCL'u,

100
UK)

i;3th Feb.

yth Aug.

luth Aug.

28th May

% j

50 15th June
41 2Hth Jim.
39 1 8th Feb.
36 15th Jan.

%
79
76

78
84

9. The highest percentage of hiimidity (100%) was ob-
RLHTed fit Province Wellesley and Malacca, on tbe liJth August
and 28th Msij, respectively. At the hitter Settlement, jilso,
tho lowest peroontii^^e was reeurJeJ, viz., 3l5% on thu 15th
January, and tlie highest mean percentage, viz., 81-%,
Wiiitf^ Direction und Vchriiij,

IM, From January to March, the wind blew from the N. E.
and occasionally fnmi the N. N. E. and N, In the eai^ly
j.art of April, the wind was easterly.

11. The !S. W. Monsoon appeared in the latter part of
April, and, with but slight variations from S. E., continued
steady until Oetobfr. In November, tlie winda were vari-
able, sometimes W. and at times W. S, W,

12. December nsliered in the N, E. Monsoon with ucca-
siwai winds from the N, N, W, and N, W,

Singapore,

14. The velocity of the wind was registered du-

itiuiitlis of the year only, owin^ to the anemoiueU
^uny^ out of repair ; during the other three months no <
vatioiis were taken. The niean velocity for thin nerioi
113 miles, and the greatest in 21 hours was 203 mi"
6tb March.

Pcnaiig (tnd Province WeUeMeu,

15, During the year 1885, no observations of
tion and veloeity of the wind were taken. We lionc
year to have thia omiission reetified- ^

Mahtcea,

1(5. The N. E. wind prevailed from Janii:iry to At
again from November to Deeeniber. Darin**' i\u>
months of the jear, tlie uind was generally 8, W.

17. Thu Hjean velocity of the wind during the t^

METEOROLOGICAL REPOKT, 18S5.

389

months was 183 miles, imd the greatest velocity in any rmo
tliiy was 470 iiiUes.

18.

IlulnfalL
Tlio total number of registeriugr stations in the Straits

(Inriti^ i lie year 1885 was 21), Innng 18 over the nnniher ni
18S1. Ei|;hteeD of these, viz., 7 in Sinj^apore, 3 in Penan g,
5 in Province Wellesley and 3 in Malacca, supplied complete
returu:5 ; the remaining 11 furnishing theirs only incomplete-
ly. At Singapore, new stations ^vere started during the year
sit the Botanic Gardens, Neidf^ath, Chasseriaira E.state and
Bukit Tiruah, but, tAving to the absence of the official in
eharge of the last-named station, the observation had to be
diseoutinned in September,

11). At the beginning of the year, the station at the Leper
Asylnni, Pulan Jerajah, which liitherto funnshod returns
f(Jr PcTiung, was placed under the supervision of the Colonial
Surgeoiu Province Wellesley, and the observationi* there
have since been embodied in the returns of that Settlement,
A new station will shortly be opened at Balik Pnhio, Penang,
which is much required.

*J0. At Province Wellesley, no new stations were opened
during the year, the four registering stations at the District
Hofc^pitals and the one at the Leper Ishmd being found to
be ample.

21. In Malacca, seven new stations were started in the
course of the year 1885, in different situations, and a few
more will be opened in 188fL Mr, Uewvkv, the Kesident
Coutiuillor, tates a keen interest on the subject of the rain-
fall ai this Settlemetit, and I am obliged to liim for sugges-
tions as too the best Icalities for having them*

Singapore*

22. On the whole, the year 1885 was a very dry one, it
being, leaving out 1877, among the driest on record* The
mean fall for the year was <i7.32 inches only, and the number
of days on which rain fell, 134.

23. The maximum fall (1G.37 inches) occurred in Decem-
ber at the Sepoy Lines, and on tlie 20th of the same month,
at the same station, was recorded the gr^^atest fall in 21?
houi*8, viz,, G.IO inches. The mliiimum fall in any ouo

iiioiiih was that registered at tlie
Thouipsou Road, viz,, 0-(i3 inches,

2t, As already noticed by otbei-s, it is rut
study the Singapore iahhs of rainfall, and to ob^
every few year?*, varying apparently frr»tn 8 to U
a vpry Ijirge nnnnal fall of rain, and a Bniallor fal
tiiiU above tbo averiige, abcnit every five v*^}
secuis, at least, to l>e the more or loss i
look at the records from their very eomnr

25. What degree of influence tlio forest d
happily now checked), which has been ^-oinr* or
sonje years, ha3 luid on onr rainfall, it is difficiilt t
considering the situation of Singapore island rei
the two monsoons, and the very few hilU we I
cnongh to affect much the raiu-beariug clouds
think it has been very great.

2G. That, however, forest desiccation does influ
fall materially, there can be little doubt,
proofs now exist, but in further confirmation in|
an article "which appeared early in this year in
rican paper called the Snuthmi liivouac upon -
dcwtruetion which has been going on recently in thi
The writing is clothed in the tall but quaint and i
guage of a Transatlantic cousin, whose view, thou
jiiistic, doubtless yet contains much truth,
** Forest Desiccation "' and ruiis thus: —

**If the progress of tree destruction in
Alleghanies, should continue at the present rat
iiiundations of the Ohio valley will soon assume
aspect, and ere long the scenes of the river snbud
ville and Cincinnati will repeat themselves at
( liattanooga, while the suuiTuers will beconiol
drier, lu the Gulf States, the work of desieeati<|
alarming advances, brooks and streams shrink fr
year, and warm summers expose the gravel oi
which titty years ago could hardly be touched
of heavy laden vessels, Kast America is drvins
in the paradise of the blue griiss region, the failing o
driven many stock-raisers with their Iierdi

innu
1 a»n

METEOEOLOQICAL HEPORT, 18S5.

891

Pendnff,

27. During tlio first live months of the year, tlio fall was
luiiisimlly .small, but was eompensated howpvor liy hoavy
fulls tlnririg the last seven uitintha consecutively. The mean
for the jear is 110,81, as couiiiareil with 80*02 in 1884,
shewin*,^ uii increase of 21- 71) inches.

28. The greatest fall in 24 hours was recr>rdetl on 12th
July, viz., 0,93 inches at Government Hill. At thin station
there waj* also recorded the gfroatest fall in any one month,
vis!., 2SMt iiK'hes in Septemher, Tlie smallest t'fill on record
ia 0.27 inches, which was in January, and at the Central
Prison.

Province WelhaUij,

20. The rainfall at this Settlement during' 18S5 was
heavy, 10G.2I) inches was the mean, a|:^ainc;t 80,00 in the
previuna year. The {greatest fall in 2i hours was *5.tiO inches
at Ijcrtani on litli Octoher. The driest month was J.innnry.
No ruin was registered at Butter worth and Fulau Jr*rajnli,
aiul the mean fall recorded at the other stations for the
month waa only 1.G2 inches. Octoher seems to have been
the wettest month, the record shewing 21,03 inches.

Malacca.

30. The mean fall reg'istered at the three etations where
the returns wen? complete was 67.71 inches, being 10 inches
less tiian that for 1884-. The driest month was February,
when the mean fall was 0,7o inches only. The maximum
fall was in October; 14.ii2 inches of rain fell at Kandang,

;iK The greatest fall in 24 hours was 4,29 inches on the
15tli October at the same station.

tl2. The following brief notes on the geneml ^tat^ of the
weather in the straits w^ill be found interesting.

Hi], The month of January was dry, more so in Province
Wellesley, In Singapore, although the days were hot and
dry, the nights were cool and refreshing. Those in January
were the coldest on record. From the 0th to the 14tli in
partii'ular, the mini mum temperature fell from OD.O'^F. to
(>o/J"'F., with a corresponding fall of the grass radiation
thernKinieti?r, the lowest recorded on the latter instrument
heing 51M>^'F, on the 1 4th January. This low tempierature
Avasalso observed on reliable independent testimony at Jolior,

ntn^ and th^

at KainpOTigr Kerbati. In Penai^

nisjo in tlu^ oilier Settlements. The
mil I tall in all the SetLleinent:j diirij
iui*l Maj ; June and July were if%
August was somewhat di}' in Singj
principally at Kandang, Kossan^
Penun^ and Province Wellesley, ra
tember was a dry nionth in certain
in the dLstrit'ta uf Teluk Blangah au
heavy, «u nlso in Province Welleslej
wjis unsnally dry in Singapore, bu<
other Settlements. November aD<
months throuj^hout the*Straits, tlujj
On thf> nij^ht of the 12tli and or
an ntmsnal number of meteors w^
menon was also seen in other pari

•i4. I take this opportunity of te
connection witli the registration of r

MkSSHS. GeIGER, KxIGHT, McRlTCHIli

and Cantlky, for their valuable eo
retnrns of rainfall registered at th<
Killiney Estate, Water-Works R^
Neidpatlx and the Botanic Garde n^H

T. IRVINl
Principal Cmi

ilaffi

■

^^1

■^

^^^^^H

■

^^^^^^^^^H

^^^H

^^^"

^^^^^^^^H

393 ^M

Annufd Ah»^for fV? yerr 1S63. ^^|

^HU- ^

BAiiuMtrnncAL Jceo Rela-

■4-l>

^^H

INtiS CiJKHIiCTKnJH TIVE Hv-

^^H

^^^^^v

BEDUCED TO il±>X. MtDITY.

Cloud ^^I

J TO 10. ^H

' 1 1

~~~

^^^^H

^HS

•i

■

^^M ^

^■»

ill . i!i

i ■

i*y

b a

« C ' c \ z

o ' ' o ^^^H

^ c

3 J ^ ^

S -3

^ 'i 1^ ^^1

1 »-H

a! (g

li^j^ ■

Ins, Ina.

i Ml

InB.:iJ. laB.%^%%

1 I' '

Ihb.

Jan, .

30.W5: 20.8D4.

29.9789 .779 776(589 77

1 1 1 '

1,99

' m

Feb.

!2a.933' .826

.9015 .835^3700281

' III

6.29

\' I

Maiih..

.951

.8tC

.930^ .82176678777

l.li

4 5

' 1

April ..

.897

.787

.8679 .87775769080

i t J 1

5.40

5 6

' m

May ...

.SDftl .805;

.8;J38

.S-^77i7590

7.22

5 6

' m

June .,

,80a .71)7

.8173

.8S3 7875

1 1

10.11 5 5

» ■

July „.

.924 .829

.8868

.8SB76 68fi5

3.82 5

V ■

Au^'

.913 .810

.8^15 .8547«'o^

2M 4

' 1

Si'pt..

.Di6! .ts^ta

.9U7 .a5^7672

S(i

2.8 1' 5

"' ■

Oet.

.9(>3 .83S

1
.OaW .81874 69

1 [

3.0J, 4

.. ■

Nov. ..

.95i .835

.9583 .8807976

10,42 5

■

I>e<^. ,.

.935 ,825

.9164

.833

15.4? 6

- 1

1 1

1 T.>tal

■

3Iean.,

I29.9ai*i9 82^

1 i

20.9f>3 85iJ77

7->.sS7t" 71.01 4

' m

1 f

ear 18S5.

401

PENAKa,

Mriutha.

March,

Ap nl, Ml

Hay,

June, •»•

Julj,
August,

October,
November, ...
December, ...

Total,

^A-i'

1^'

-b^i

1.5:)
0.93
2.55
5.^1

lo/a

9.20
10.71
14,21
18.07

8.8 i.

4.62

86.87

Ins.
0.27

•■"

1.92
2.72

G.87

9,47

lUl

14,29

21.0?

21.14
7.95
8.30

I |.a

I o

1X19.

0.42
1.9G,
1.95

5.04
7.38
1017
16,30
18.61
23.80
27.02
12.25|
8.44;

Ina,
OM
1.20
1.61
1.50

i.m

2.Sr)
6,91
5.0S
5.15
5.22
2.10
2.45

Mean,

107.15: 138.411
llO^Sl

I ;

403

AnniMlear 1885.

lA.

Months.

m 1

IBB.

Ins.

Ini,

In«.

£d8.

Januaiy, ...

.78

Febrnaiy,

-i

.52

March, ...

1.00

Afril, ... ... I

4,96

6.43

-4^

3.80

May, ... ... 2

4.26

:?5

2.86

June, ... ... 1

1 6.88

2.37

July, )

a2i

6,04

D74

6.55

2.70

August, ... ... 1

4,65

H.37

5.i>5

3.36

3.21

September, ... ^

5.48

10.61

a78

4.24

40t>

Octjber, ... ... ^

6.56

ai6

S.TB

12.37

4.29

November, ... j

9.80

7.40

6.02

4.!>9

2.20

December, ... i

a.44

7,65

6.63

8.0S

1.80

57,Si7

68.8a

45.21

39.16

Mean,

.«:

■ ^

■

^^H

■s

to 1S85.

^H MOLLU

^H Annual
^H Tempera-

1870.

1883.

1884.

1885.

AimnAl ^H

Ttfmpera- ^1
^1

^H renheit*

" J21

S2*0
81-7

SIC

, 81-5

613

^K 81-0
^1

Tab. V
renbett ^1

islti H

815 H
81-3 .H

MO H
80-8 .H

^1 ^SQri

r eo-5

,^'

1
1

407

1870 to 1885.

Mean An-
nual number
of rainy
days.

1870.

1883.

1884.

1885.

Mean An-

naal num.

ber of rainy

days-

209
195

209

195

189

ISD

181

178

170

1
1

170

1*36

1G6

103

les

101

ir,i

158

146

144

141

•

119

1885.

409

Mean

Annnal

Rainfall.

1870.

1883.

1884.

1885.

Mean
Annual
Rainfall.

Inches.

123-2 i

123 24

IIGU

116-14

111.08

11103

10945

109-45

10316

103-16

9i00

91-00

93-96

89-91

88-16

8816

8705

87-05

85-60

8013

80-13

75-30

7530

70-U

7014

07-32

67-32

58-37

393

Anntuil Abssfor the year lS8o.

Barometrical Jted Rela-

in08 correcteur tive hu-
reduced to s2>s. midity.

C 5

cd ^ ^ ja e(

rU flj

^ cs O ^ 55 •

Pro-

P*TION
OP

Cloud
OtoIO.

a- **o ^^

Ibs.

Iji0.

Jan. ..

March.
ApriL .

Umj ..

JllBO ..

Julj ..
Aug. ..

Sept.,
Oct.

Nov, ..

I
20.033 ,826

1
.051

8tC
.805

.:o7

.829

.810

.016 .84S

.0S3i M%

J .954' .835
I I

.035 Mif

,B97|
J99'

.024

.013

209780
.0015

.8679

I I I ,
lm%% %%

I i I
,7707763 90 77

i I

.8:Jje370928i

f I I
.82176137 87 77

" I M t '
.877T5760(».80

I I 1 I
.8^77^7500801

I '
.8^787557

6.£0

^ 2

801

LVf] 4. 5

^Mi 5 H

I ■

7.22| 5 6
10.11 5 5

Oia^i 15.49 6^ (i 5

Mean 29.031 20.eiH

7^^ 3,82 5, 5 3

.8173'

.8£68'.83ii70G8S5

I 1
MUn, .SH7i\mM7a 2.31 4 4 3

,0U7 !.85^7a'72W7H 2.81 5

l>i76 .8'?g;74C0i.^7eJ 3.9 J 4

.dm ,880,797(1 03 ai 10

III

.m4

n 4

42 5 6

4' 2

20.9^3 «j077]72jS87l»

I - ' ' '

71.01 4' S; 3

OCCASIONAL NOTES.

BOTANY AND MALAY.

The Revel. B. Scorteccuini has scut the following Note
ated Thaipcng, 2Gth January, 1886, for publication : —

" Kindly fjjive nic leave to set at rest the identity of the
lant which \[r, Swlttemiam refere to in liis journal across
16 Malay Peninsula as printed in Journal No. 13 of the Straits
(ranch of the Koyal Asiatic Society, p. l^i. In this paper, the
lant is called by the native name of Mcmplas, and in au
ditorial note an etibrt is made to identify it with some kind
f Michelia, Allow nio to say, that most decidedly it cannot
le a Michelia, The few known Micheiias, and the fewer
hat are known in the Ptninsula, are large trees, with a
athcr smooth foliage and have solitary flowers. Those des-
iribed by Mr. Swktteniiam are by no means large trees, the
bliage feels exactly like sand -paper, and to this purpose in
nany places it is us(>d. I am in a position to state that the
jlauttowhich Mr. SwLTTENiiAM alludes is Dtlinia sarmentosa,
L.J a very common sarmentose plant, which generally makes its
ippearance among secondary growth in the low lands."

^' I would not have troubled you to set right this point of
nomenclature, were it not for the many mistakes which are
apt to creep in between Malayan names of plants, and their cor-
responding scientific names. Lately I had occasion to note
an error of this kind in reference to the plant which, among
Malays, goes by the name of Ikan tuba. It is well known how
Malays and other people make use of a certain part of some
plant to 8tui>efy and catch fish by poisoning the water with
it. This substance in Tamil is called Walsum, in Malay Ikan
tuba. It is not yielded by the jjamc plant. The fruit and

«»p W. A^ eommmU eftUwi bj

imh^^ MB ikmm imit WOiiU gti
Thm nmme beng sppnipnated
wbicb ^pcmk of M&lajmii nsagc^^
ukeii to fttgosfT tici other plmnt
FitNn the fmcu llusffefarr. thai a
IcgitbaaileiT condiide tliai it is Menu
9o it wn not Mew^tp^wmm coccmhu «
€WTiJ««, tbe phot wbidi limil m{ipet
of Ikmm imi€ and tbe $denUfic
Afijr ft%ht aeqnaiinlajice
macea^ would baTc persnaded a sim]
that the specimeafi, iilthou|rh dcri
represenliag uiil y tlse fuliage, eoukl n
pcMmiMl. Pinnated leases at tbe m
indeed^ even as an exception^ occor^ ~
form. I would be rather inclined;
inm to same Jhrris amon^ the
Icresting to know that be^idcit thi
another Ikan /at&i just as elFectual
would give me great pleasure, were a
eonimanicate some flowering or fruitiii
still, both, in order to refer tbe pj
and 8y>ecific position ."

[It sometimes happens that
lifihcd in tbiji Jonmal use Malay wi
or explftnation. Such a practice, if g
inconvenient by many readers of th
nnderstand Malay* It falls to the
Secretary) to insert translations and,
valent of a word (e. ^,, a tree or pla
name has sometimes been given i^l

l/e«tjf

ttet «
^ppct
tific

ikl n

he aj

■e a
itin

OCCASIONAL NOTES.

41;

No oue h likely to disagree with the general proposition
that the same native name may be applied to a variety of
trees or plants possessed of similar properties, and that, in
consequence of this rough classification it is unsafe to decide,
from the mere fact of the use of the generic native appella-
tion^ which individual, out of sevenil varieties, is intended to
be meant. But if Malay scholars in the Straits have much
to li'arti of botany, botanists, on the other hand, have to guard
against errors resulting from want of knowledge of the native
language. In Mr. SroRTECciiiNi's letter a plant is repeatedly
described, incorrectly, as ikan htba. He has evidently been
misled by some similarity in Buund between ikan, tislu and
nkar, root. Tfibn is the plant, akar tubti^ the tuba root, ( the
portion used by the Malays for stupefying fish), while tuba iktin,
or nicnuhn ikan^ means to kill fish with inbn. Ikan tnba, if
there were snch ao expression, could only be the designation
of a kind ef fish '* the tuba fish/*— En.]

THE DVTCH MID-SLTMATRA EXPEDITION.

Mr* Van Hassklt writes from Batavia as follows under
date February loth, 188G :—

'* In reply to the editor's note, which precedes the transal-
tiou of the account I gave at the third International Geogra-
phical Congress at Venice, September, 18c! I, of the object and
the results of a Ihitch expedition into the interior of Sumatra
in the years 1877, 1878 and 187^, 1 have the honour hereby
to inform you that not only I do not in the least object to the
said translation being published, but, on the contrary, appre-
ciate its being spread ; for it is my earnest desire that both
object and results of that Dutch expedition, which I am con-
fident did much towards inereatsing our knowledge of the
interior of Sumatra, may become more generally known also
^ your countrymen/*

" In the account given by me at Veuicej I had to record

416

OCCASIONAL NOTES.

the death of our fellow-explorer, the Naval OflScer Mr.j

Santvoort ; in these lines I find occasion to record
of onotlicr of our fellow-travellers, that of my highly
and beloved friend Mr. D. I). Vetu, Civil Eng:iueer, wh<
t!ie rjth of May, 1885, near the Kalahanla Kiver^ near
guella, S. W. Coast of Africa/*

** Some time after his return home from Sumatra^ he rei
on exploring another part of the worlds and he choj
Cunene River as the object for his researches. "

" Being a man of great character, who to much lea

joined a firm will and the power both mental and phy»i
execute what be undertook. Mr. Yeth, once resolved, lu
expedition entirely got up and fully equipped in less t
year's time,"

'' The 7th of December, 1881, he arrived at Moafl
where his travelling companions, Messrs. P. J. van ber r^
and L. J. Goudkfkot, had arrived some short time pravk
himself;' m

" It has not been permitted to this valiant enpSm
achieve what he had begun. Tlie climate was fatal tc
hie bodily strength soon gave May, and he died, as a a
his character and of hia uncommon zeal might die
midst of his laboiufSj engaged in the fulfilment of the
had undertaken /'

'* I lost in Mr. Yeth a noble and dear friend. Holla
explorer of rare learning and valour, who, had he been ai
might yet have rendered great services to his country .V^

NATIONALITIES OF THE INDO-CHINESE REC

The following sketch of the distribution of the
Chinese races and of the nature and extent of Indian

OOCASfONAL NOTBS.

417

in the fiu-ther Eaat^ occurs in an article on *^ Burma, Past
and Present,*' in the Quarferli/ Rf^view for January, 1886. — Ed-

" Assiiraingf a descent in rcraote ages of the nations occu*
pjring the Indo-Chinese region from beyond the ^reat plateau,
perhaps most of them through China, we must assign to the
Malays (if they are to be included) the curliest date. They
ieem to have left upon tlie continent as their nearciit kin the
'Tsiams, or people of Champa, in the extreme sonth-east, if
these were not rather a reflux of colonization from the islands.
To an early wave of migration BOiithward perhaps belong also
the MSfifi (Talaings, as the Burmese have taught us to style
them), that is, the people of Pegu, whom some have supposed,
owing to linguistic indications, to have found their way south
through India it-^elf ; then the Khmrt, or Cambojans, occupy-
ing tfie lower valley and delta of the Mcktmg ; and the Anam^
or people of Coeliia China. Then come the Mramma, or
Burnian race, apparently descending the Irawaddy, pressing
before them the Mung into the dclta^ the Khyem aud like
tribes into the adjoining mountain?!. One great branch of the
Burman race, by tliemsrlvis reckoned the elder, passed over
the mountains to the shores of the Bay of Bengal » shores
which, aeconling to tht-ir traditions, they found occupied by
Bihls or Ilakkan ; that is, by cannibal monsters, from whom
in after days the country got its name of Uakiin or Aracan.
Later still, perhaps, succeeded the great family of the Lao,
Thai, or Shaus, who have still congener'^ in Southern China,
and who occupied the plateau of Yunnan, the middle basin of
I the Mekong, and the upper part of the Mcnam, In latter
'days this rate hm fli-wtd back upnn tlic Upper Irawaddy, even
to the Brahmaputra, aiul has t>pre;id south to the coasts of the
Malay Peninsula and of Siam ; the kingdom bearing the latter
name having been established by a branch of the race.

As usual, the course of occupation has mainly followed
the line of the great rivei^s, those highways of the early world ;
and their valleys and deltas have become the scat of the more
civilized mouarchies Thus the Burmese still occupy the
Irawaddy basin, and the coast-plains of Aracan. Sixty years
ago, the whole rnco were united under one native monarchy.
^Tne latest of an intermittent series of events^ since then, has

unitetl tlicni once more under a single sovereign, but i
in the person of Queen Victoria, The Anamitos
the eastern shores are claime*l also, though with more
ful realization, to be under the one dominion, whet
sovereignty or protectorate, of tlic French Republic, Bct^
these two are the great Siam race, whose scttlemeuts, sp
with intervals from the banki^ of the Brahmaputra to the c«j
of the Malay Peninsula, and down tlie Mekong, nearly to
delta, are divided under an infinity of petty princes^
claimed as tributaries by a variety of sov vroveriinaci

everywhere displaying a fair amount of < ^*n, thoug

decay, everywhere possessed of letters, everywhere, excep
Assam (which they first entered in the thirteenth ceutu
followers of Buddha, and everywhere speaking substanti
the same language. Siam is now the only independent S
of the race. The Talaings^ the Khmer, the Tsiam, have I
famous in their day ; but they are now shrunken and deea;
and are being gradually absorbed by races of greater vitali"

The chief nationalities that we have named have player
the history of ludo-China the part which England, Fmi
Germany, and Spain, have pUiycd on the Continent of Euix
Most of them have stood fortli under considerable mouarcl
for more than a thousand years, some of theru much mi
All their countries have in turn (some, such as Burma, ag
and agaiii) been the seat of conquering empires, extend
their grasp, in some instances, almost from sea to sea ; and
in turn have been the subjects of vast disaster. But besi
these more prominent races, there are many of iufcriur
portanee, whom we generally characterize as ' wiUl trib
Some of them are inferior to the 'civilized races,' on wh
they border, only in the absence of a \^Titten language ; wl^
others are head-hunters in a low depth of savagery. Sumo
as elaborate iu the culture of their rice-terraces as the Chine
migrate in the forest from site to site^ buniing daw^i
each remove new arciis of jungle, on which to carry out
rude hand-husbandry.

Among these ^uncivilized' tribes, none are more wSr
of note and interest than those known conjointly as Karg

itlfc

OCCASIONAL XOTES.

419

occupying sparse settlements in Pegu (though also far beyood
its UmUa eastward), of whom so many have in our own time
become Christians under American teaching. They were
notalile, even before this closer claim on our inter»^st ai*08e,
for their remarkable traditions^ both religious and historicaL
The latter related how, on their migration from the north,
they found the Shan^ in possession of the territory to whieli
they themselves were boimd — perhaps the Upper Menam
basin. And the Karens cnrsed them, saying, ' Dwell ye in
the dividing of countries ; * the applicability of which is inter-
preted by what has already been said of the Shans,

We spoke above of the early traces of Hindoo influence.
How and when this began we have no real knowledge. But
that it was flowing out in pulses eastward from an early date,
and apparently long before our era, there can be no question*

Buddhism undoubtedly, with ita ssealoiis propaganda^ was
a most powerful agent in the sprojul of Indian influence among
the Indo-Chinese nations ; but possibly that influence had been
felt at a much earlier dnte. K wc go back to the oldest record
we possess of geographical detail in this region — the course, as
tabulated in Ptolemy, of a coasting- voyage from Argyrc to the
Sina>, that is, from Aracan to the beginning of China — we
shall find the continent and islands studded with narae^ of
whicIi nearly a score are of manifest or probable Indian origin.
Still, it is possible, that these names were given subsequently
to the flrst movement of Buddhism in this direction ; for it is
recorded, that after the third Buddhist synod, Iield at the city
of Pataliputra (or Palibothra), now Patna, as early as B.C. 241,
Sena and Uttara were despatchtHl on a mission to pmpagate
the doctrine in the Suvarna Bhiimi, or Golden Land, that is,
Thahtnn, near Martaban* Probably a later and larger wave
of iniluenee, and even of migration, took place in the first
centuries of the Christian era ; for it is remakable that most of
the nations of the further East, that have been tinged by Indian
civilization, recognize the Indian era of Salivahana, whichi
begins with the year 78 of our reckoning.

Later still, about the fifth century, wc recognize in tho
coincident traditions of the nations a new eiHux of action in

OCCASIUN

tlic same direction ; but this time it comefi^ not
ueiital India* but frum Ceylon^ cin island which,
roughly ludianizcd in I'eligiun and nianncrs^ hos yc
remarkable affinities with the further EaaiL This lauit i
has never entirely worn out ; and as the Weaterw i«
general has looked to Roroe, and the Ru^^ian \
stantinople, rather tJian to Jerusalem, as the iuit
of ecclesiastical sanctity, so tlie.se Indo-Chitiese uattui
stilly in a degree, to Ceylon as the metropolis of their fj

We have spoken of the Indian influence that can be
largely, not only in relip^ion, but in manners, architect u
nomenclature ; and indeed the foreign religion uec(
affects all of tJiese. Throuorhout the hundred princii
and kingdoms of Indo-China we find, in the etiqu
i-oyalty, in the forms of royal palaces and of court eerei
an extraordinary identity, pointing: to ancient Hindoo
the titles of the princes and illgnitaries almost uni\
embrace sonorous terms of SauBknt^ or rather of Pali (I
to Sanskrit much the same relation that Italian doe^ |^
that dialect in which the sacred books are read in (^|
Burma, Siam, and Camlxjja,^ ^^

As regards nomenclature, we hear from the Chim
vellcr Hiouen Thsaug (e. 640), of the existence in thisi
of great kingdoms bearing Hindoo designutiousj^^
Dvaravati, Ramanadyipaj and Mah^-Chanipa. Tl^|
name hardly quite extinct yet in the South of Coclim
was borrowed from a famous Indian State upon the G
Camboja was named from a region beyond the Indus ; &
region in the same quai-terjGandhfira, theGandaritcs of Pt
namely, the country round Peshawar, lent its name to Y
now a province of China, but still bearing in Burmec
papers the classic Indian title ; Ayodhya, the ancient
Eilma, from which is corrupted our modem Oudh^ g

• Iti Jsiva, where there are all the like traoea of Indian mfluence
more ample measuret we find the very title of Arj^n^ ie.» • Nobi.- -^v. i/
vhk^ has been adopts &« the dJBtinctiro note of ourlndo-i
BflBomed hj every one claimicg tiobility, among a peopU^ «., i
charactef so diverse £x?am oar own.

OCCASIONAL NOTES

name to great cities both in Siam ( Yutliia or Yudhya), and in
Java (Djokjo of the Dutch) ; Traw&ddy, the great river of
Burma, ia but. another Airavati, that river- name of the Punjab
whieli the historians of Alexander grecized as Hydraoien ;
Amarapura (* City of the Immortals ' ), which was the capital
of Burma twenty-five years ago^ is equally Indian ; and ^lan-
dalay itself, of now familiar sounds properly the name of a
conical isolated hill overlooking the city, probably represents
MmHiara, the sacred hill of Hindoo fable, which served the
gods as a churniiig-statf at the churning of the sea.

But it is in the great architectural remains scattered over
this region that we find the most striking testimony to Indian
influence. The native races are, none of thorn, addicted to
architecture in solid materials. Yet, in nearly all these coun-
tries we find remains of an elaborate and grandiose architecture
devoted to religions purposes. Such in Java are the ancient
temples of hewn stjne, including the extraortlinary pyramid of
sculptured terraces called Boro Htjdor, In Burma we find
edifices of fine brickwork, especially iu the remains of the
great mediivval city of Pag4n on the Irawaddy, whose ruins
cover many squait^ miles, and still exhibit majestic structuresj
rising, some of them, to a height of nearly 200 feet. Others,
also of brick, exist in the dense jungles which cover the remains
of Yudhya on the Mcnam. And within the last quarter-century
we have become acquainted with the countless and vast
remains of Cambojan architecture ; immense temples, with
corridors ami enclosures of hewn stone, and furlongs of sculp-
tured bas-relief. Latest of all, we are exploring raedireval
remains in Pegu ; which have been at our doors, as it were,
since 1853. Each series of remains has its own peculiarities,
but often there are close resemblances of general design, and
in the ornamental detail there is throughout much approxi-
mation to identity of character : and that is Indian."

OCCASIONAL KOTEB^

ORIENTAL MUSIC.

The following Note has been received by

regarding a proposed collection of the Musical Instniniei
and Literature of all Oriental and Extra*Euro|>ean nalic
to be deposited in tlic Uni%'ersity of Oxford, for the beo
of Musical students, and for the advancement of Science

It is proposed to establish at the University of Ox&n
complete and exhaustive collection of all the tnusteal inil
ments used ihroiighout the world by the Oriental and E\i
European nations, and to accompany this collection by «i
a mass of iuformation, that the facts regarding the mmU
these nations may be collected* and laid before the mas:
student in a concise and intelligible form, A thorough
vestigation into the Sacred and Secular Music of Oriei
nations^ forms a subject so vast, that it %^ould be impossi
for one man to attempt to undertake it. It if* Loped howc
that with the assistance of the various European musicii
resident in Eastern countries, a collection of ioformation i
be made and stored^ from which a coraprebensive text be
may be afterwards compiled. For that purpose a series
circulars arc herewith issued, and a careful reply to each qi
lion earnestly solicited.

These questions, were, with a few exceptions drawn
by the late Mr. Cahl ExoEt, for ** The British As^sociaf
for the Advancement of Science/' and a study of his wu
on National Music, would greatly assist the investigator. 1
cellcnt Bpecimens of the manner in which Oriental music she
be written in European notation will be found ou pages 28-
and 341, of his *' Study of National Music/'

It is needless for me to point out the many items of inl
est w^hieh occur in such an investigation, nor how useful
results will be to the ethnologist, as well as to the musiciaziy
the following will show how much that investigation is reqtiii

The music of the Burmese (highly spoken of by those 1
have heard it), is a sealed book to European musicians : j
the music of the Iliudus, though somewhat better kac
through the efforts of H. IL the Hajah Sir SouRi>iDRo Mo^
Tagore, yet affords a great field for research. ~^^

OCCA8I0NAL NOTKS*

423

Full scores of the OrcUestral music of Oriental nations are
absolutely wantingj;.

At Coeljin on the Malabar coast, the most interesting re-
sults might be deduced from a comparison of th** Sacred music
of the White and Black Jews resident there.

I The Sacred music of the Thibetan Buddhists, with their
double choirs and anti phonal method of singing, forms an-
other subject of great importance.

I It is a well-known fact, that the more civilised Asiatic
nations possess treatises on music. Oriental scholars mention
several of the Hindus, Amiot gives a list of about seventy
by Chinese authors; and it may be supposed that the Japanese

»are in this subject not behind the Chinese.
Further, an acquaintance with the ransica! instruments of
different nation!^, is of gnat importance in the study of
National music, since the peculiar construction of the instru-
ments enables us in many instances to ascertain with accuracy
the characteristic order of intervals, modulations, embellish-
ments and other such distinctive features prevailing in the
music of a nation.

An appeal therefore is made to all mut^icians, both Euro-
pean and Orientals, to assist in collecting the facts required ;
and to all those who are not musicians, that they, by their
rank, or official position, may afford to tlic musical coltectora,
opportunities for access to music they would not ordinai'ily
hear, and to musicians with whom they would not ordinarily
eet; and also that by collecting and presenting to the
Truivcrsity, treatises on, and manuseripts of, the music : an
exhaustive and complete collection of the musical instru-
ments, of the country in which they reside, that may further
the advancement of that branch of learning.

V 111 conclusion, I would add a few cautions to the would-be
collector, in addition to those noted on the circulars.

All the music should be written down as gathered from the
mouths of the singci^, or from the instruments performed on,
without any additions, and in any doubtful or peculiar pas-

OCCAKlOXAL XOTE8.

gage an explauutiou should accompany the s^cch-l*.
where eunh tunc is obtftineii, should bo nieutione«i, wit
natioDalily or tribe of the innsiemu, au*l the tiMine «^
ment. lJeviatit>u« in the tuiic**, or whiit may h«i t
etit readings, priiferred in certain places^ nhould be iudi
with imall notes.

Particular care should he taken in noting where t
times occur in a piece of music; if there is any

the time in whiili the mu^ic is written, mark

about the accented note«, making the dash hea%'ier or li

according to the force of the accent*

In the unisic of Extra- European nations^ J '^ and
strange times occur, for which a l(X»k-out shaulcl be kept
at the same time care should be taken that the ubserrer i
mUlcd into noting them, by pausesj tempo ruhato, groa
notes in tripletSj <!tc., or by rests occurring in ordinary ba

Florid pas-Hages of recitative are best left tmbarre>.l,
gradatiouis of time and accent beiug carefully not<!d.

In dances accompanied by vocal and instrumentul o
it is sometimes found that the vocal music is in oaej
the dance is in another.

Particular attention sliould be paid to the
ginul or ravage tribes, resident in the country.

The notes of biMs should be noticed, aud enqt
be made hs to wliother their son^^s are used in mns
whether any national airs arc derived from their notes.

All contributors are requested to give their ntimes ii
and their addresses, legibly written, for future reference*
All eomnuinieations shonld be addressed to

music

M. V, PURTMAN, E^,, Mls. Doc.^

PoKT Blai

The Andaman Tsi

Bat/ qf\

OCCASIONAL NOIlISi

425

Vocal Music,

11.

12.

13,

Are the people fond of music ?

la their ear acute for diaceming small musical intervals!

Can they easily bit atonewhichis sungorplayed totUem?

Is their voice flexible?

What is the quality of the voice? Is it loud or soft,

clear or rough, steady or tremulous ?
What is the usual compass of the voice ?
Which is the prevailing male voice — tcuor, bflrytonc^

or bass ?
Which is the prevailing female voice — soprano or alto?
Do the people generally sing without instrumental ac*

companiment ?
Have thoy songrs performed in chorus by men only, or

by women only, or by both sexes together ?
Have they any professional singers? If so, describe

their training and mode of life ?
When the people sing together, do tliey sing in unison

or in harmony, or with the occasional introduction

of some drone accompaniment of the voice ?
Is their singing in regular time, or does it partake of

the character of the recitative?

Note.— In answering^ these qnestuma, the greateBt care ehould be takoa,
bj frequent inveetigation from Tarieos people, and on the same point ; to giTe
the opinion^ not of one, but of eeTenil competent musician a.

lu taking down thf^ir Hrmgt} in musical notation, no attempt {§hoti)d be made
to oornsot any »m ^ ilt on the part of the mnger, nor should the muHio
be alteced or mad> ible to European ideas.

No eong shoula .. v.^..^n down unlena it haa been sung on three acparate
cxxsafiiona, by three different people, and no extraneona tmrniooy or aooom-
paniment, should be added to it.

Should the i^eople iiBe interrals smallor than Bcmitonefs such aa i or ( tonea»
particular care should 1>e taken to note them down, by writing in notattoa
the semitone, next below the tone sung, and writing the fraction above it*
The more faithfully the peculiaritlee of the music are preserved, the more
valuable is the notation. CoUec lions of popular tunes (with the words of the
aire) are very dceirable.

All ooUectors are requebted to write their name and addrvsn legibly nt the
foot of their manu^criptfj and in answering the qneetious, to qnote the head-
ing, and the number of the question.

42C

14.

15.

16.

17,

18.

ID.

20.

Have tbey songs for solo and chorus^ or with tl
for a single voice, and a burden (or refrain) for
munber of voices ?

Describe tlic difTerent kinds of songs which the;
(such as sacred songs, war songs, love songs, nj
songs^ &c,) with remarks of the poctrj.

Write down in the language of the country, anj
at the same time, a literal Knglish translation
many of the songs of all classes as you can coUoct,

Write ont, in a similar manner^ the libretto of a
operas, or plays accompanied by music, v^iiich th
may ha%*e ; and t^ikc particular care to murk t
accent, rvthm and metre.

Write down in notation, the exact score of theirs
vnth the instrumental accompaniment, if any.

Ilave they any books or manuscripts, on the
singing, giving instructions in sing^ing, or anv i
tions of songs, with or without music ?

If there is anything noteworthy about their ^
mnsic, which has not been noticed in the precedi
questions, notice it.

Musical Instruments.

What arc their instruments of percussion f5t_
drums, castanets, rattles, cymbals, gongs, bells 1

Have they instruments of percussion containing
ous slabs of wood, glass, stone, metal, &c.
which tunes can be played ? If so, write doi,
notation, or in letters, the tones emitted by the dal

Note. — Complete oollectioDfl of the intisic&l infiiruments of the T«xi4
Eastern connUiDA, are of tlie greAteKt value, nud these coUectiouB Bhonld
elude the infitrumenta, in their dUferent arti»tio forma, as u^4:d h j aU claase

PhotographB of musicians playin|?» both fdngrly and in oroheetraa, it*irf
danccri^ in every attitude, are also of value.

CAre should be taken to describe exactly the matemlB of which the ^^
ent parts of the inBtnimcnts are made, whether any particuiar value attael
to oertttiu woods, etc. : and the botanioal name of the wood, u» wen as I
native namei ahould be given. AIbo whether anj particular value is attach
to certain forms of instrumenti and whether there Are any maker»> i
excellence in their craft

OCCASIONAL NOTES.

427

Have tliey drums, witli cords or some other contrir-
ancc, by means of which the parchment can be
tightened^ or blackened at pleasure ?

Have they drums with definite tones (like our kettle-
drums) ? ; and if so, what are the tones in which
they are tuned, when two or more are playetl together t

Have they any open hand-drums^ with one parehment
only, like our tambourine ?

Are the drums beaten with sticksj or with the hande,
and h there anything peculiar or noteworthy in the
manner in which they are beaten.

What wiud-iu8trunients (trum|>et8, fluteSj &c.) have
they ?

Have they any trumpets with sliding tubes (like the
trombone) ?

How are the flutes sounded? Is there a plug in the
mouth-hole ?

Have they any nose-flutes ?

What is the number, and the position of the finger-
holes on the flutes t

What tones do the flutes yiehl if the finger-holes are
closed in regular succession, upwards, or downwards?

If the peo[de have the syrinx (or Pandean pipe), ascer-
tain tlie series of musical intervals yielded by the tabes.

Do the people construct wind-instruments^ with a
vibrating reed, or some similar contrivance, inserted

in the mouth-hole ?

If they have a reed wind-instrument, observe whether
the recti is single (like that of the clarionet) , or
double (like that of the oboe) .

Have they a kind of bag-pipe ?

What musical instruments have they, which are not
used by them in musical performances, but merely for
conveying signals, and for such like purposes ?

4S8

18. Hftve they atriuged instruments, the striiii

are BouuJert by being twanged with the

19. Have they any stringed inatniments, twanged "

plectrum ?

20* Have they any stringed iustrunaeiits beaten wUh tti
or hammers (like the dulcimer) ?

21- Have they any stringed inatrumeuts played with a b<

22. If there are Btringod instruments, with frets on

neck (as is the case with our guitar), note down
intervals produced by the frets in regular auecess

23. What are the substances of which the stritigs are mn^

24. Is there any particular coutrivance on some of the

struments in the arrangement^ and .situation of
strings?

Are there stringed instruments with syoa pathetic stri
{i\ < ., strings placed under those strings whic
played upon ; the sympathetic strings merel]
to increase the sonorousness) ?

^tflB

What are the musical intervals in which the si
instruments are tuned ?

Do the people possess any musical instrument of^|
peculiar construction ? If so describe it toinuten!

Give the name of each instrument in the langitage

the country.

Describe each iustruraent, and give illustrations
possible, showing the exact way, in which the
struments are held and played.

Give some account of the makers of musical inat
meots ; of the woods, metals^ hide, gut, hairj
other materials they use : of tlieir tools, etc. ^|

What arc the usual adornments and appendages o^
musical instruments t

occAerovAL notes.

429

32. If tlicre is anythiug noteworthy, about their musical

instnnnents, which has not been alluded to iu the
preceding queistions, notice it,

33. Had the nation at any previoua period musical instru-

mental different from those now in use?

34. Have they any hooka containing descriptions of musical

instruments, or directions for their couatruction ?

Compositions.

1. On what order of interrals is the music of the people

founded 7 Is it the diatonir major scale (like c, ff,
^'? ^3 ih ^f ^h ^)* or the diatonic minor scale (in which
the third is flat, thus c, </, e Jltd^ /, j/, a, /% r), or
the pcntatonic scale (in which the fourth and seventh
are omitted, thns (r, d^ e\ (f, a^ r), or some other
order of intervals f

2. Is the seventh used sharp (c — I), or flat (c — h flat) ?

3. Does the supcrfluf>us second occur in the **cale ? (In
the example r, */, <? flat, /sharp, g, a flat, //, c, the
steps from the third to the fourth, and from the sixth
to the seventh are superfluous seconds.)

Note.— The greatest care ehoold be taken in aiiswering the above ques-
tioDfl. The mnfiio of every nation haa certain oharaoteriptice of it« own. The
progreBBionfi of interrahi, the modnlatioiiB, embeUkhmentB, r^i^hmical clfecta.
kct ocicurrmg' in the miuio of extra-European nations are not nnfrequc^ntly
toQ peculiar, to be aocurately indicated by means of our nxniiical notation*
Some additional explanation is therefore required with the notation. In
writing down the popnlai' ttmee of forei^ countrieR on hearing them sung
or played by tlie nativee^ no attempt Bhould be made to rectify anything
which may appear incorrect to the Eurojienn ear, 7*he more faithfuUy the
apparent defects are preservecL, the more yahiable is the notation. AtttfUtion
is called to ♦•The Study of National Music" by Mr, Cahl Engkl, in which
admirable examples of EaHtem music committed farefulty to Enropcun
notation will be found ; notably thoee on pngen -'8 &. 2l> " Cfimiib.nl ^ovg of
the Marquesas iRlanders, '' and on pages 30, 31 and 3*i " AIth of the Zea-
iaa deJM*" A perusal of this work would greatly aaeist the investigator.

480

OCCASIOXAL XOTB*'

4, Does the music contain progress iu as m

chromatic intervals ?

6. Are there smaller intervals than semitones sue
i tones; J tones ?

6. Are there peculiar progressions in certaiu iotei

which are of frequent occurrence in the tunes
so, what are they ?

7. Do the tunes usually conclude in the tonic (tin

note, or the first interval of the scale) ? Or if m
what other interval ?

8. Do the tunea contain modulations from one ^|

another ? If so, describe the usual modulatidff

9. Are there certain rythmical peculiai ities predgitt

in the music ? If so, what are they ? ^— g

10. Is the time of the musiC; generally, eommon I

triple time, or irregular?

1 1 Arc there plirasos, or passagesj in the melodies^
iire of frequent re-occurrcnce ? ^fl

t2, Have the airs of tlie Hongs re-occurrenct's of mu
phrascji which are traceable to thn form i£

poetry ? ^M

13. Have the people musical compositions which thei

gard as very old ? and do tlicse compositions ex
the same charncteristics which are found in

modern ones ?

14. Are the compositions gcuerally lively or grave ?J

15. Describe the Form of the various kinds of ^^

compositions, (Form being taken in it^ ^1

sense, as Sonata-form^ etc.) ^

16. If there is iinythiDg noteworthy abaut their cc^H

tiona or manner of composing which has not |
alluded to in the preceding questions, notiee it.

OCCASIONAL NOTES. 481

Performances.

1. Have the people musical bands, or orchestras ?

2. Which are the instruments generally used in combina-

tion ?

3. Which are the instruments commonly used singly ?

4. What is the number of performers in a properly con-

stituted band ?

5. What proportion do the instruments bear to each other

in a properly constituted band or orchestra ; do they
vary according to the purposes for which the band
is used ?

6. Is there a leader of the band ? How does he direct

the performers?

7. Does the band play in imison or in harmony ?

8. If vocal music is combined with instrumental music, per-

formed by the band : is the instrumental accompani-
ment in unison (or in octaves) with the voices,
or has it something of its own ?

9. Is the tefnpo generally fast or slow ?

10. Are there sudden changes^ or gradual changes in the

tempo ?

11. Are there changes in the degree of loudness ?

12. Do the musicians, on repeating a piece, introduce

alterations or variations of the theme ?

13. Do they introduce embellishments ad libitum /

14. Mention the occasions (religious ceremonies, social

and public amusements, celebrations, processions,
etc.) on which musical performances take place.

Note. — The full scores of Oriental orchestral music are much to be dedred,
as is also all information regarding their methods of oroheetration.

10.
20.

21.

Arc there military bands f
stitiitctl !

And lio«r are the^

Ifi. U music employed to facilitate mauuml Uboarf

17 Arc tlurr longs, or iustni mental compositions i
tainiiig to particular occupations, or trades?

Have the |>co|ilr a natioual hyinUj or an instruii
coin|>u«*itio»i, which they perform in honour d
sovereign, or in commemoration of some po
event ?

Describe minutely the mumcal |K?rformances i
ligious worship, if theix^ arc any.

1 1 ave they sacred dauces performed in religious

monies, at funerals, etc. ?

Have they any war daneea, danoes of defiance^ et
Have they any dances, in which thev iniitat

peculiar movi'racnts and habits of certain animals
Are their dances accompanied by musical iastntE

by 8inpng, or merely by rythmical sounds, si

clapping of haudn, sniipping of fingers, rcitc

vociferation, &c. t

2 1. Give a list of all the dances.

25. Endeavour to ascertain whether the rhytl
music accompanying the dance
steps of the dancersi, or vice term.

Give if possible illustrations or photographs" e
nuisiciuus performing on their instruments.

Give full scores of their operas, theatrical repres
tiom, religious music, etc.

Give if possible, illustrations, or pbotographa
dancers, in every attitude, and combination. ^

If there is anything noteworthy about their
anccR, ^vhich has nut been alluded to in the m
questions, notice it.

IS suggest

4.
5.
G.

9.
10.
IL

1. Do the people easily learn a melody by ear ?
12. Have they a good musical memory?

Are the children taught music ? And if «o, how is it
done ?

Are there professional musicians ?

Are there any performers who evince much tulcut ?

Are there any minstrels, burds, or reciters of old
ballads ?

Are there any professional improvisators ?

Are theru professional musicians of difterent grades?

Who composes the music ?

Do the miKHicians follow other professions besides music?

Are the ministers of religion also musicians, and

medical men ?
Have the people some kind of musical notation ?
Have they Avritten signs for raising and lowering the

voice in singing, for giving emphasis to certain words

or phrases, or for simibr purposes ? If ao, describe

the signs.
Do they possess treatises on the history, theory,

etc. of music : instruction books for singing, and

for playing musical instruments, &c. ? If so, give a

detailed occount of their musical literature.
Have they musical institutions ? Give an account of them.
How do the people appreciate their own music ?
What impression does the music of foreign countries

produce upon them ?
Have any particular class (such as sailors) peculiar

aonga of their own ? If so, describe them.
19. If there is anything noteworthy about their music,

which has not been alluded to in the preceding

questions^ notice it.

Note, — A complete coUectioii of the treatises on the mtifiic of Eaotem
countriea, written by OrientiU mtuiicians, b much to be deeired.

18.

ftSlOXAI* NOTES.

Jr.

10.

Traditions,

Are there popular traditiona respecting the

roiisic ?

Have they any myths aboat a musical deif v,
super-human musician ?

Have they any legends or fairy-tales ia wliicU al
1o miisic U made ? If so^ what are thev ?

Kuve ihey any tradition about the in^^ention of certai
ftivourite musical instruments ?

Have ihey any tradition or histoxical record n -ii ii
the antiquity of stringed iusiruuients plaveri AtL
bow?

Have they any rcconls respecting their sacred mt

Is music believed to possess the power of curini
tain illnesses ?

Is music believed to possess the power of enticing ar

tanuQc: wild animals?

Are there popular tunes, or certain rhythmical tigur
in the tunes, which according to tradition hare bec
suggested by the songs of birds ?

If there is anything noteworthy about music whic
has not been alluded to in the preceding question

notice it.

'A ah

far

NOTE.^A collection of tbe oaiional Folk-Lore, would be vftTr..t.i -
^ M it f€l&te« to mufiic ^wuAWe, m

OCCASIONAL NOTES,

SINGAPORE WKATHER IN 1885.

Dry and wet seasons are, in their effects, even more dis-
tinguislied by the frequency and iiifrcquency of rain than
by the relative quantity of the rainfall. On this account it is
my practice, at the close of each year, to make notes of the
drotii^hts which have characterised it. Tlio rain-gauge rej^isters
hundredths of an int*h, and 1 note as '* droughts " all periods
of seven consecutive days and upwards without measurable
rain, and all periods of longer duration with only trifling rainfalL
I was absent during the exceptionally dry year 1877, but,
judging from the printed returns fur that year, it did not
surpass 1885 in this respect. The following are my notes for
the lal^ter year .^

From 7tlito 15th January,— 9 days, — only 0.01 inch.

From nth to 30th March,— ^0 days,— only one fall of

0,0<j inch.

From litb to 29th August, — IB days, — only 0.09 ioch in

three falls.

From 5tli to Mth September^ — 11 day.^, — onlv one fall
of 0.10 inch.

Na measurable Rain.

From 5th to 12th February,
„ Kith to 3(>th March,
15th to 24th April,
26th April to 2nd May,
3rd to 13th May,— 1 1 days,—

the fall was onlv O.'JG ineh.
26th April to 2nd Mav,
16th to 2;3rd June,
23rd July to 3rd August,
1st tt> 9tli October,
23rd to 30th December,

436

CAftlOXAI. K0TB9.

In fact, November was the only month of the yi
from drought. It may be added that in JaoTiary, ilai
August the monthly fall was less than 2 inches, and i
ber leaa than 3 inches. On the other hand, I regtstei
in 1885 on 162 days, while in 1877 the number of days
Kandang Kcrbau Observatory was only 125.

It is remarkable that, while the South-west mon
1885 was exceptionally hot, the nights iu January ai
ruary were, I think, unprecedent^ly cold, Decern be
havmg also been remarkably cold, though the rain, a
12th of the month, was very scanty.

A, KNIGI

FEUDAL TENURE IN THE DUTCH EAST INI
IN THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY,

The practice followed in lilalacca, durinj? the iii
that Settlement was a Dutch possession, ot obtiimi
Ranetion of the Court of Justice to every transfer or
mission, * was no doubt consequent upon the existen
rharge analogous to that made in Batavia^ as to land
vicinity of that town, under a Proclamation of Al
1027. It will be seen from the aouexed note^ trauslati
the '* Plakaatboek " of Mr. V.^n der Chijs, that the
in Batavia was feudal, the Company being the lord a:
hoklers of fiefs originally had to pay one-quarter of th
of their holdings e%^ery time that the property changed
This was reduced in 1627 to one-tenth.

Proclamation ABor? Landed-Property and Estat

1st April, 1627, All lands and estates both withi
beyond the jurisdiction of Batavia^ already held as fiefs o
after to be granted as such, are declared to be ''exemp
the name andscriutnde of fiefs and discharged from feud
vices and to be personal, inheritable and allodial proi
lands."

jpei

Orf'ASIONAt NOTES.

437

Blocks of land aud estates hatl frcq»ioritly been gninted to
"residents and Company's servants ' under the title and in
the form of '* tiefs " and on the following temis^ namely, tliat
with every "licrnsed alienation'* one-quarter of the value
of the land had to be paid to the CoznpaDy,

This clause and anotlier one wliich provided for " eertaiii
special duties and liabilities '* were evidently found to be
too severe and to retard the development of agriculture
round Bat a via « and for this reason the Government introduced
the provision that as to those oeeupied lands and estates
'^ both within nud beyond the jurisdietion of this eity/' and
also as to those lands, estates and gardens which might there-
after be granted, no greater sura should in future be paid
than one-tenth of their value, upon eaeh sale or alienation,
for "scignorial rights'* (just like the house-property within
the town itself)^ exclusive of the annual tithe of the fruit
and crops of such estates and gardens^ and that no other
duties should be leviable.

The above decree was promulgated in pursuance of a
Resolution of the Supreme Government oT 1st February,
1627.

Reoulations abovt Estates and Landed Propertiks,

WITHIN and beyond THE JuiUSDICTlON OF IUtATIA.

lltli April, 1628, The intention of Government in its

Proclamatiou of 1st April, 1627» was to bring about the
auielioration and improvement *^ of landed properties and
estatt^s, " but instead of co-operating to obtaiii that erul, many
laud-owners^ '^ in order to nourish and satisfy their insatiable
** covetousness, had been so bold as to aggravate and to
*' make worse the condition of their lands, by excavating and
" exhausting them for brick-kilns and otherwise, so much
" 60 that, after a few years, the said estates would become
'^ waste, unproductive and useless." Thence it was prohibited
to do anything tending to the " detriment or prejudice '' of
the said properties and estates, under penalty of, —

ly mntcd i _
for anything else^" be
ao order and a negnladaii of m
prerent bim from " spcnling " tl

I^nil^oTimers were oUxged **{
** to keep tbctD clean and in good i
*' grown with biiabea and junele^
** not onlj of robbein and rrnxmrn, btt

catniTorotn and hturtfal
'* ai abore stated/'

«leW

'fflV

RE-IifTtoxwrcnoji or the 8j

12tli Febrtianr, 162^ Tbis regi
MagUtratc : — Ah *' the lately finished
farm froni lx*ing let out, *' some re«
ai present " to grant it for two mon
to I4lh April, 1629) to Captain Ba]
wbo alone was allowed to gatber ai
pinang " growing on all the impriTi
and also on those which did not belon

Transgressors of this order were to

Everybody could grow so much sin
land as be liked to do, but he had to
•* at firs^t cost of f of a real to de Sa
" again at one real and a quarter, for

The farmer had to station watchme
" take care of the fidfilment of
** serve evervbodv,"

OCCASIONAL NOTES.

4S9

ASIATIC STUDIES, BY DUTCH SOCIETIES IN 1886.

The Royal Instilute of The Hague has, ia the past year, done
much good work in the largo area over whicli its operation
extend. The following: articles of its Journal (BijdrMgen tat
de taal-land-en volkenkundc van Nedorlandsch* Indie) are of
interest to our Society : — ** On the Philippine alphabets/' by
Professor Kern : — this learned paper \xn:» suggested by a
publication on the subji-ct entitled "Contribucion para el e^tudio
de los autiguos alfabelns filipinos, por T. FL PAttDu de
Tavera,'^ and treats of tiie affinity of these alphabets to those
of Sumatra, Java, Celebc?* and Kandjoja. Dr. G. A. Wilken
contributes a valuable article on circumcision as practised by
the people of the Indian Archipelago, in which he shewa that
it has nothing to do with the Moslem rite. Lastly, there is a
legend about Prince Sutan ManangkCkang, in the dialect of
Mauaogkarbau (transliterated text, translation and explanatory
notes), the most interesting and probably the most archaic
form of Malay epecch. This article, extending over Ij6pageSf
is not the least valuable of the materials for the study of that
dialect that have been supplied by ^Ir. Van dkh Tooex, of
Fort dc Koek, in the Padang district. Sec fur his other
papei's **de Indische Gids/' im2, II, pp.742-7G,and 1885, II,
pp. 1027.34,1163-78; the Batavian *' Tijdschrift," Vol. XXV,
pp. Ul-b9, 466-83,553-64: Vol XXVf, pp. 205-33,514.28;
and the *' Verhandelingen ran het Bataviaasch Gcnootschap,"
Vol. XLV, 1, where he has given the text, with translation
and glossary, of another Manangkarbau tale called ** Manjau
AtV* In Vol. XLI of the same serial is given the tale of
Princess Balkis in the same dialect (text, translitemtion, trans-
lation, and notes), edited by Mr. D. Gerth van Wijk. A
collection of Manangkarbau conversations, with an introduc-
tion and glossary, was brought out by Professor Punappel in
1872, Since 1875, collections of riddles, pantuns, proverbs
and other specimens of the dialect have been published in the
Batavian '* Tijdschrift ^' bv L, K. Harmsen, LiHBURo-BRorwKR,
and J, Habbema (Vol. XXI, pp. 288-94, 480-533 ; Vol. XXIII,
pp. 258-81; Vol, XXV, pp. 337-61, 417-31, 588.52; Vol,
XXVI, pp. 168-81, 234-65, 564-70): while the fourth series
of the Journal of the Institute of The llaguc has brought several

4t«>

nCCAMOXAt 3»rOTE^

g.H)tl coritri1jution% to our knowledge of the di

\V HrHKiK^Mi;!!, J. lA Ij. StHMEIimn, A, L, I'AM

siMcl J. H\bHK\n (Vol I, pp 21:5-81 ; Vol V% pp,
CnngK'^H \ol, pp. '210-30). Sufficient materials wi
jippear to bo avii liable from wlitch a conspectus of tlic
nii^^ht be worked nut

The first voImucnF ** Dc InclisoheGids'' for last
191-2 i'i) brings to u conclusion ii series of valu;
l)r. G. A. WiLivKN% on npirit worslnp as prac^liscd l*v t
of Muljiysin and Polynesia. It is to be hoped that the
will he publishrtl nepanitcly, and thu* be<*otDe accesf
lurgtT circle of students. i

The "Tijdsehrift voor Xederlfimisch Indie '* forfl
series of papers by J. A, B. WiJ^cLiNii, on prisona liti
labour in liritirili India and tbo Dutch Indian poi
Only u few pages (I, 277-80) ore given to the Strait

nu*iit»»

FOLK-LORE OF CHINA.

Thk followinj^ cirenlar bus been ii^^ucd
Secretary in Hongkong of iLe Folk-Lore Society o( Q
turn : —

Ilonykofiff, 7ih •TrJ

SiR.^lIaving been appointed to act in this I

world an local ^^ccretory of the Folk-Lore Societ^c
Britain, it has appenred to me after reflection that
|>ossiblc way of dealing: eflectivcly with the vast field
Lore in China, which has received but slight cultivatio
Imnds of western scholars, is to invite the co-operatid
Lnropeans and Americans resident in China. Thei^
little doubt that, either by their position or influen
could inateriiiily contribute towards a thorough in%'es
of a subject which is daily becoming of greater inter
which i:* gradually assuming a place of no smuU imt
among other branches of science.

OCCASIONAL NOTE 8,

441

The Folk-Lorc of China is not only a study of great in-
terest in itself, but the mass of materials it contain^ will, after
careful collection and discrimination^ be of great scicutitic
value for purjifises of comparative Folk-Lorc. No attempt has
ever been made to deal with this subject as a whole. What
little has been written bus, with a tew notable exceptions,
Ijeen geuerally of a local character. What is now proposed
is to euduavour to obtain, as faras possible, collections of the lore
peculiar to tlic dirtcrent parts of China^ and its dependencies.
Each collection, wliile in itself highly instructive, will be eliiefly
important as forming a link in the chain of facts from which a
general account of the Folk-Lorc of China may be deduced.
If willing Lclpcrs can be found to assist in the work of collec-
tion, the success of the scheme is ensured. Failure can only
result from want of co-operation and support. It is, therefore,
earnestly hoped that all will be ready to give their aid cither

K|^collectiDg and contributing themselves or by inducing

^■krs to do so.

As a first step towards obtaining a collection of Chinese
folk- Lore as complete as possible, and with a view to unifor*
anity of action, I enclose, herewith in English and Chinese an
iirrangement of the subjects of Folk-Lore under four main
divinions, sub-divided into minor groups. This arrangement has
been borrowed from the publications of the Folk-Lore Society
as appearing to be tlje one best adapted to China, though no
doubt modifications and additions will suggest themselves to
individual collectors. It is hoped, however, that it will serve
as a useful guide and form a basis on which may be built a
substantial structure of facts and generalisations.

The Chinese version is intended for circulation among the
Chines© who, experience shows, evince a great interest in the
ftobject when once they comprehend its aims and objects.
Tnder the minor groups, examples have been given in order
lo facilitate inquiry.

My excuse for addressing you and asking your assistance
Is that, as you arc interested in» as well as well acquainted
^vith, the customs and manners of the Chinese, it seemed not
unlikely that you would be willing to co-operate in the fur-

iiiii iff <fc» fa— !■ .Piiiii <■! ii Jy *i?wi

NO'I

CVipim o£ tho urule>r-menticmdd work mi%y be ubialued from
tbo HoDoniry Scorotary, Htngnport^ or Fermtig^ priee $5 to nieiu-
bers, ar$0.50 to ptirchriMcri^ wKonm not tnemUeri of tlie ScK^tt'ty :

MISCELLANEOUS PAPERS

RELATING TO

INDO-CH INA .

■■■■■■■■ I thr Ko>'n1 ' ■

utifl ' JfiujtLttt '' of Ui« ANiniio 8<ictety of Uvniriii*
Twu Volft., |ioftt Sit».

I<? ./// <y* placing Within " *//

siudcnts ithout arrr^x i^t iihr*fr iff

what has Ihih ikWimnnfi ./a t// trarned

Socu*ties in fiitst j'ears w/- ^ rc^rtencr iu ifi%

Malay Archipelago, has induced the Louncit of the Soceity
(the literature in question being of managrahlt' httltj ta
reprint a series of papers, collected from z^rious sonrees,
relating to the Straits Scttttments and Eastrrn Arcki-
petego.

CONTENT^

Volume !•

L Some A4*eoiiiif# of Qurdub By MicJiiid Tajiping, Em),

It Ki Ic to tbe Chief and Couiieil cif Brtlinn.

, by Lieut. Jami^i* Bartou, ol hi« j^ovt^ral

TIT Sh :. _ .kf ji Letter ta Ibe Cottrt of IHreeiori from
Mr. .iDhtt hme, cktetl July 2D, 1775, nt Borneo
Proper.

BI^^H

Du! Gf Jil Iff Limon^. By Mr (Ji^|

^n^^^

\ 1

i >i* tl»fi i; Nfliural l»roJactioti» ^M

VI L

16k,. J

VIII

^'^^^l

IX.

A BiiUitkttJ r^ ^^^^1

Art Aoi\>(Mit t>f the I I^^H

XI.

xir.

XIII.

Soiuii Account of {in ^M
CtnrkeAlit»l. SI. t>. |^H

l^^^^^i

XIV.

A \

XVI.

Clim&te of Siugapo i * ^^H

xvir.

Tn^k'n|»iiua oil tUt* Jcnu in ^ ^^^|

XV 111.

Exirnut of a Lt'tter frotti Cn ^^H

XIX.

InKTipiiua nt Sini;llpc)^^ ^^^^

XX.

An Acconnt nf Sf^rcrnl ' t^^H

XXI.

Nutc on ilte Insirnx^tions Tmn i>rQ &fid^|
Wellciilcy. By J. W^ hmiU} ■

XXII. On an liiM^riittlitu from Kedflftlu By LiCHit..!*.
Low.

XXIIL A Notice af the Alphabets ot the Pliini>pitu? hlaads,

XXIV, Succmci K^view of tb« Obnervntiootf of tbo Tided in
tbe Imlion Aivhipelxigo.

KcfM.rl nn tbo Tin of tbo PrtiviuiT of 3fcrc\ii. Br
II Trcixjt^tiheere.

XXVir Pani^^Tfipbs io bo niblfil t^» Ciipl, O, B. Tromeriboer

Report.

XXVIII. "Htjcoud HeiKjrt on rhe Tim uf M«*rgni. Bjr the Bhnu

XXIX. AlUilyw* of Iron Oi*j» from Tavoy an*! Afcrgiu, ami of
LimeetoQc fr^Di Mcrgui. Hy Dr. A. Ure,

XXX. Ri-port of a Vidit to tbe Pakcban I{i?ar, and of ^auie

Tin Localitie« in the 8outborn Portion of tUa
Teuaj<f<enm Provin^r^H \\y r.ipf. O B Tittdcii.
boertv

to Kmu, ou*\ thenco .aci\>8« tbe I«lbmii« of ICraii
tj l!io tiuJf of Siaoj. By (-apt. Al. Frascr and
Cupt, J. Q. Forloog,

XXXIJ, Hi'port, &C., from C^pt. (1. B. Tretuonheore, on tbe
Price of Mergiii Tio Ore.

XX X I U Ilrwark% on ihir different Siwri^?^ af Omnff-utiiit. By
K. Blytb, 15,-q,

Tokmj! 11.
XXXV. CattiUii^oo «»r MiumiiaJia Uibabitiot^ tbe MaUvaa

M.I'

XXXVl

O^ivti i'

6oi|^pun*.

x^i^^vsJ^tSrtJe^'